{"1": {"fulltext": "\u00e2\u0096\u00a0P\\ntali,\\n^1 V 5 5ffi", "height": "2920", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0001.jp2"}, "2": {"fulltext": "Class\\nBook\\niui:m:mt:i) my", "height": "2793", "width": "1575", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0002.jp2"}, "3": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2793", "width": "1575", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0003.jp2"}, "4": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2793", "width": "1575", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0004.jp2"}, "5": {"fulltext": "NEW METHOD\\nOF LEARNING\\nTHE FRENCH LANGUAGE;\\nEMBRACING BOTH THE\\nnaintic ano gnntfjelfc iH tu f Instruction\\nBEING\\nA. PLAIN AND PRACTICAL WAY OP ACQUIRING THE ART\\nOF\\nREADING, SPEAKING, AND COMPOSING FRENCH.\\nOK THE PLAN OF WOODBURY S METHOD WITD: GEEman.\\nBy LOUIS FASQUELLE, LL.D.\\nPROFESSOR OP MODERN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE IN THE UNIVERSITY OF\\nMICHIGAN, CORRESPONDING MEMBER OP THE NATIONAL INSTITUTE,\\nAUTHOR OP JUVENILE FRENCH COUR8E, THE COLLOQUIAL\\nFRENCH READER, MANUAL OF FRENCH\\nCONVERSATION,* ETC.\\nAutant de langues on parte, autant de fois on est homme. Charles T.\\nREVISED AND IMPROVED.\\nNEW YORK:\\nIVISON, PHLNNEY CO, 48 50 WALKER STREET.\\nCHICAGO: S. C. GRIGGS CO, 39 41 LAKE ST.\\nboston: brown, taggard chase. Philadelphia: sower, barnes fc co.,\\nAND J. B. LIPPINCOTT Sc CO. CINCINNATI; MOORE, WILSTACH, KEYS A CO.\\nSAVANNAH: J. M. COOPER Sc CO. ST. LOUIS: KEITH WOODS. NEW\\nORLEANS I BLOOMFIELD, STEEL Sc CO. DETROIT F. RAYMOND CO.\\nT8 6 1.", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0005.jp2"}, "6": {"fulltext": "We have published for the use of Teachers,\\nA Key to the Exercises in Fasquelle s New French\\nMethod, with occasional Notes and References to the Ptules, by\\nLouis Fasquelle, LL.D., etc. Price 75 cts. The Key can be\\nsent by mail, by sending the publisbers tbe price in P. 0. stamps.\\nIvison, Phinney Co., 48 50 Walker St.\\nEntered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 18C0, by\\nLOUIS FASQUELLE\\nin me cicik o offio\u00c2\u00bb of tho District Court of the United States for the\\nDistrict of Michigan.\\nBLBCTBOTYPBD BY rillNTFn BY\\nSmith McDousax., J. D. Bbdford Co.,\\nBBj KMAN-ST. Hfi FltANKI.IXST.", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0006.jp2"}, "7": {"fulltext": "AND LITEEATUEE,\\nTHEOUGHOUT THE UNITED STATES,\\n\u00c2\u00a9Ijis i) 1 it m\\nIS MOST RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED.", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0007.jp2"}, "8": {"fulltext": "AMERICAN EDUCATIONAL SERIES.\\nA COURSE OF PRACTICAL AND PROGRESSIVE\\nSCHOOL AND COLLEGE TEXT BOOKS;\\nIN WHOLE OR IN PART, OFFICIALLY ADOPTED BY THE\\nSTATE SUPERINTENDENTS OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION\\nAXD BOARDS OF EDUCATION,\\nIN NEABLY EVEBT STATE -WHERE ANT OFFICIAL EXAMINATION AND ADOPTION\\nHAS BEES MADE.\\nFIFTEEN MILLIONS\\nhave been sold, and the circulation is steadily increasing. They are also\\nofficially commended and principally used in the PUBLIC SCHOOLS of\\nNew York, Philadelphia, and many other large cities, and in the principal\\nNORMAL SCHOOLS throughout the Union.\\nThey are recommended by TWENTY EDUCATIONAL JOURNALS,\\nand by One Hundred aud Fifty other most respectable Journals Lite-\\nrary, Religious, etc.\\nProm Superintendents of States, Counties, and Cities, from Presidents\\nand Professors of Colleges, and from Teachers and Practical Educators,\\nand tho Press throughout the Union, we have\\nOVER 200 ROYAL OCTAVO PAGES OF TESTIMONIALS\\nto the superior merit of these Books, selections from which will be sent\\nfree, on application.\\nTHE SERIES EMBRACES\\nBANDERS NEW READERS, SPELLERS, ETC.\\nROBINSON S COMPLETE SERIES OF MATHEMATICS.\\nTHOMSON S PRACTICAL ARITHMETICS.\\nWILLSON S HISTORICAL SERIES.\\nWELLS CD. A.) SCIENTIFIC SERIES.\\nWELLS iW. 11. GRAMMARS. Revised.\\nOOLTON A PITCH S GEOGRAPHIES.\\nGRAY S (ASA) BOTANIES. Graded. 2,500 cuts.\\nBRADBURY S SCHOOL MUSIC BOOKS. 10 books.\\nLLEfl FRENCH SERIES.\\nWOODBURY S GERMAN 8ERIE8.\\nnil. HOOCK S ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.\\nBFTOHOOOK S NEW GEOLOGY.\\nSPENOERIAN PENMANSHIP. New edition. 9 books.\\nO DONNELL S PENMANSHIP. 81 ks.\\nBRYANT STRATTONS BOOKKEEPING.\\nKiHUSTER S DRAWING BOOKS\u00e2\u0080\u0094 beautifully engraved.\\nIVISON PHINNEY S SCHOOL RECORDS, DIA.\\nBIES, REGISTERS, ETC., ETC., ETC\\nZ3ST DES0RIPT1TE CATALOGUE and CIRCULARS, with mattei\\ninteresting to TeacherSp descriptions of books, notices, testimonials, prices,\\non request.\\nliberal Terms for Specimen Copies and first supplies for Schools.\\nIVISON, PHINNEY CO., Publishers,\\n48 50 Walker St., New York.", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0008.jp2"}, "9": {"fulltext": "PREFACE\\nThe universality of the French language furnishes sufficient\\nproof of its utility. Throughout Europe, in many parts of Asia,\\nAfrica, and America, no education is complete without a knowl-\\nedge of that tongue, which in more than one country of Europe\\nis emphatically called the language. Its merits are becoming\\nso well appreciated in this country, that it is almost unnecessary\\nto particularize them, to speak of its unsurpassed precision and\\nclearness, and of its capability of expressiug every idea, in the\\nmost laconic and in the most ornamental style. The language\\nof France, that happy compound of the Celtic, the Romanic and\\nthe Teutonic elements, is equally adapted to the lightest litera-\\nture and to the most profound diction of science. The rich\\nmines of French literature, too long but imperfectly known here,\\noffer in every department of knowledge treasures equal to those\\npresented by the literature of any other nation.\\nMany works have been published in this country and in Eng-\\nland to facilitate the acquisition of the French language but\\nduring his more than twenty years practice in teaching the\\nmodern languages, the author of this volume has in vain looked\\nfor the appearance of a book which, like several of the- French\\ngrammars published in Germany, should unite in due propor-\\ntions theory and practice. To the high merits of several of the\\ntheoretical grammars he bears his most cheerful testimony yet,\\nthe student might go through them, and know but little of the\\nidiomatic or practical part of the language. Several of the\\npractical works, though well executed according to the plans\\nwhich their authors had laid, neglect grammatical rules, if not\\nentirely, at least far too much and the student may, after hav-\\ning devoted a long time to the mere memorizing of sentences,", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0009.jp2"}, "10": {"fulltext": "VI PREFACE.\\nfind himself in possession of a number of set phrases, valuable,\\nit is true, but from -which, destitute of landmarks, the slightest\\ndeviation must lead him into unknown regions.\\nA work which, uniting practice with theory, should attempt\\nto avoid the difficulties mentioned above, had been long contem-\\nplated by the author of these pages, when Woodbury s New\\nMethod with the German made its appearance. Finding in\\nthat work the two systems, the analytic and the synthetic, beau-\\ntifully blended and well elaborated, he had no hesitation in\\nadopting the general plan of Mr. Woodbury s Grammar, in pre-\\nparing his long intended treatise on the French.\\nThe work commences with a comprehensive treatise on pro-\\nnunciation. The power of the letters, as initials, medials and\\nfinals, is fully explained under the different letters. Peculiar\\ncare has been taken to render this part sufficiently full, in order\\nto provide the student with a satisfactory guide and adviser, in\\nthe principal difficulties of the French pronunciation. The words\\npresenting peculiarities of pronunciation are placed as excep-\\ntions to the rules given in this part.\\nIn the commencement of the First Part of this grammar, the\\nrules are given in the most simple form, and the idioms are\\ngradually introduced and explained copious references to the\\nSecond, or more theoretical Part, render further information\\neasily attainable. After the rules of every lesson, comes a\\nresume of examples in illustration of them, as also of preced-\\ning ones, containing often new idioms and conversational phrases.\\nThe examples on the rules, the resumes, and the French exer-\\ncises to be rendered into English and consisting almost entirely\\nof questions and answers, combine, it is thought, all the benefits\\npresented by the practical grammars, while the rules in the\\nlessons, and the ease with which reference may be had to the\\nSecond Part, present all the advantages of the theoretical treat-\\nises. It will be easily seen that the teacher and student will\\nfind here the practice, with as little or as much of the theory as\\nthey may desire.\\nThe grammatical rules and idioms arc introduced gradually,\\nso as not to offer too many difficulties at once. Care has been\\ntaken not to present the rules as abstract and arbitrary laws", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0010.jp2"}, "11": {"fulltext": "PREFACE. VH\\nwhile the resemblance or difference of construction between the\\ntwo languages is carefully pointed out.\\nExercises to be rendered into French are placed at the end of\\nevery lesson. The materials for these are found in the exam-\\nples to the rules, in the resumes, in the French exercises and in\\nthe vocabularies preceding the same. Besides all this, the stu-\\ndent is furnished with the means of carrying on, in connection\\nwith the regular course already indicated, a series of exercises\\nin French composition, at once easy, interesting, and profitable\\nin the highest degree.\\nThe grouping of the tenses of the verbs and the classification\\nof the irregularities, will, it is hoped, simplify this part of gram-\\nmar. In the former, the student will see that by learning a\\ntense in one conjugation, he often learns it in the others in the\\nlatter, he will perceive that the deviations of the irregular verbs\\nare often very trifling and confined to particular tenses.\\nAn attempt is made in the Practical Resumes Lessons 98\\nand 99, to simplify as much as possible the somewhat complex\\nsubject of the past participle.\\nThe rules of the Second, or theoretical Part, are deduced\\nfrom the most reliable sources they are nearly all illustrated by\\nshort extracts from the best French authors. This will, it is\\nhoped, while giving classical authority to the rules, inspire the\\nstudent with a desire of becoming more intimately acquainted\\nwith the authors from whose works the examples are taken. It\\nwill be perceived, also, that the sentiments contained in the ex-\\ntracts have not been overlooked.\\nIn the Second Part, the verbs are. given in their fullest form.\\nThe irregular, defective, peculiar (See 49), and unipersonal\\nverbs are placed alphabetically.\\nThe author would here respectfully suggest, not with a view\\nof offering advice to experienced teachers, but as a mode which\\nhe has found beneficial in practice, that the student commence\\nto learn the verbs from the paradigms in the Second Part, as soon\\nas he has acquired some little knowledge of the pronunciation,\\nand this simultaneously with his learning the lessons of the First\\nPart. The verbs, in the French, and in the other so called\\nRomanic languages, are more complicated and require more", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0011.jp2"}, "12": {"fulltext": "VUl PREFACK,\\nstudy than the verbs in the German and other Teutonic lan-\\nguages. Having, in this manner, acquired some knowledge of\\nthe verbs, the student will, by the time he, in his progress\\nthrough the first part, reaches the groupings of the tenses men-\\ntioned above, be able to recognize the verbs as old friends, and\\nbetter to appreciate the classification of the irregularities. This\\ncourse is advised not as indispensable, but as beneficial.\\nThe reading lessons, in prose and in verse, extracted from the\\nbest sources, and containing grammatical references to both\\nparts of the work, will not be unacceptable to the student. A\\nvocabulary for these lessons is placed immediately after them.\\nAmong the numerous works which have been consulted dur-\\ning the preparation of this grammar, the author would mention\\nwith gratitude the labors of the French Academy, Laveaux,\\nLemare, Bescher, Girault-Duvivier, Boniface, Bescherelle,\\nLandais, etc.\\nWith a sinceie hope that the present volume may assist the\\nAmerican student in obtaining a knowledge of the beautiful\\nlanguage of France, it is respectfully submitted.\\nThe numerous editions of this grammar which have been\\nissued, having rendered a renewal of the stereotype plates neces-\\nsary, the Author has taken this opportunity of giving to the\\nwork a thorough review, and, without changing the arrangement,\\nof introducing such improvements as the kind suggestions of\\nseveral experienced Instructors, and its use in his own classes,\\nfor nearly ten years, have pointed out to him as desirable.\\nL. F.\\nUniversity of Michigan,\\nAnn Arbor, May, 1860. J", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0012.jp2"}, "13": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX.\\nA (a), prep. 142, (2).\\nAbbreviations, p. 281.\\nAccents, Lesson 2.\\nAcheter, to buy, 49, (5) its gov-\\nernment, L. 50, 1.\\nAccorder, s, to agree; said also of\\nwatches, L. 92, 3.\\nActive verb, 43, (2), (3.)\\nActive Voice, used in French in\\ncases where the passive is used in\\nEnglish, L. 35, 2 L. 46, 3 128,\\n(5.); \u00c2\u00a7113,(1.)\\nAdjectives, 14-1. Qualifying\\nadjectives, 14-2. Degrees of\\nsignification, 14-2. Gender\\nand number of, 1 5. Formation\\nof feminine of, 16, L. 13. Irregu-\\nlar adjectives, 16, (8.) Adjectives\\nhaving no feminine, 16, (9.)\\nPlural of, 17, L. 14. Agree-\\nment of adjectives with nouns,\\n18; 83 L. 13, L. 14. Relat-\\ning to several nouns, 18, (3);\\nL. 14, 1, 2. Determining adjec-\\ntives, 19. Demonstrative, L. 9\\n20; 93. Possessive, L. 9;\\n21; 94; Remarks on, 95.\\nAgree with object possessed, 21,\\n(2) L. 9, 3. Numeral adjectives,\\n22, L. 19 place of, 96. Car-\\ndinal adjectives, 22, (1), (2), (4);\\nVariations of, 23 Observation\\non, 24. Ordinal numbers, 23,\\n(3), (5). Observation on, 25.\\nIndefinite adjectives, 30 97.\\nVerbal adjectives, syntax of, 65.\\nRemarks on feu, nu, c, 84.\\nAdjectives used adverbially, 67,\\n(3) 84, (5). Place of adjec-\\ntives, L. 15 85 86. Adjec-\\ntives preceding noun, 85, (11).\\nAdjectives differing in meaning\\nbefore and after, 86. Regi-\\nmen or government of, 87\\n88 89 92 L. 79. Ad-\\njectives requiring a different pre-\\nposition in French and English,\\n\u00c2\u00a790.\\nAdverbs, 67. Formed from adjec-\\ntives, 68. Degrees of significa-\\ntion, 69. Adverbs forming a\\ncomparison of themselves, 70.\\nSyntax of, 136. Place of, 136;\\nL. 34; L. 41. Observation on,\\n137. Adverbs of negation,\\n138. Adverbs of quantity fol-\\nlowed by de, L. 18.\\nA droite, to the right, L. 70, 6.\\nA gauche, to the left, L. 70, 6.\\nA fieur de, even with, L. 80, 2.\\nA force de, by dint of, L. 80, 2.\\nA l egard de, with regard to, L. 80, 2.\\nA raison de, at the rate of, L. 80, 2.\\nAu dehors, outside, L. 80, 2.\\nAu dedans, inside, L. 80, 2.\\nAu dela, beyond, L. 80, 2.\\nAge, avoir used for, L. 20, 6.\\nA la campagne, in the country,\\nL. 34, 8.\\nA la chasse, hunting, L. 34, 8.\\nA la peche, fishing, L. 34, 8.\\nA l anglaise, a la franeaise, after the\\nEnglish, French fashions, L. 69,3.\\nA l ecole, at school a l e glise, at\\nchurch, L. 25, 6.\\nA l endroit, right side out; a l en-\\nvers, wrong side cut, L. 69, 1.\\nA l insu, unknown to, L. 82.\\nAlphabet, L. 1.\\nAller, to go, used for proximate fu-\\nture, L. 26, 1. Aller trouver, to\\ngo to, L. 26, 3. S en aller, to go\\naway, L. 40 1, 2 L. 47, 1.\\nAller, to fit, to sit, L. 47, 2. Aller\\na pied, a eheval, en voiture, to\\nwalk, ride, go in a carriage, L. 62,\\nExamples.\\nAmis (un de mes), a friend of mine,\\nL. 67, 3.\\nAmuser, (s ,)to take pleasure in, etc.,\\nL. 38, 6.\\nAnalogy between many French and\\nEnglish words, 147.\\nAnswers in French should be ex-\\nplicit, L. 24, 12.\\nApporter, amener, to bring, carry,\\nL. 44, 6.\\nApprocher, (s to draw near, L.\\n39, 6.\\nArticles, 13; L. 4, 1, 2. Elision\\nof, L. 4, 2; 13, (7); 146.\\nContraction of, 13, (8) L. 5, 1", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0013.jp2"}, "14": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX.\\nL. 25, 6. English article a or\\nan, 14, (9). Recapitulation of\\narticles, 13. Syntax of, 77.\\nUse of, 77, (1), (2), (3), etc. Be-\\nfore words used in partitive sense,\\n78, (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7);\\n13,(10); L. 6. 1; L. 7, 5 L. 8,\\n4; L. 12, 3; L. 29, 8. Article\\nused before words in general sense,\\nand abstract nouns, 77, (1), (2);\\nL. 8, 2, 3 L. 23, 11 L. 29 and\\n30. Article omitted before num-\\nber of a sovereign, L. 30, 3.\\nArticle le used before parts of the\\nbody, L. 63, 5. Use of article in-\\nstead of possessive adjective,\\n77, (9); L. 37, 1; L. G3, 5;\\nL. 60, 3. Repetition of, 80.\\nRemarks on the use of, 81.\\nIdioms in which the article is\\nomitted, 82.\\nAspirate II, L. 3, p. 25. H not\\naspirate in heroine, etc., L. 3,\\np. 25, note.\\nAsseoir, (s to sit down, L. 36, 4.\\nAsscz, enough, its place, L. 34, 3.\\nAujourd hui, to-day, its place, L.\\n41, 5.\\nAu lieu de, instead of, L. 35, 4.\\nAu re voir, till I see you again, L.\\n89. 4.\\nAuxiliary verbs, 43, (8); L. 43,\\nJ; 46. Use ofj 46. Paradigms\\nof, g 47.\\nAvancer, to gain, said of clocks, etc.,\\nL. 92, 1.\\nAvant, lirfcre, prep. 142, (1).\\nAvoir, to have, used idiomatically\\nwiili ijk lque chose, chaud, fro id,\\netc, L. 8, 1. With a utume,besoin,\\nL. 21, I. Used for the day\\nof the month, L. 19, 6 for age,\\nL. 20, 6. Avoir lieu, to take place,\\nL. 35, 3. Avoir mal, to have a\\njuitn, dr., L. 66, 1. Avoir d\\nL. 66, 2. Avoir, to hold,\\nL. 66, 3. Avoir chaud aux mains.\\nL. 66, i. Avoir beau, to be in vain,\\nL. 67, 1. Avoir, used for dimen-\\nsion, size, L. 68, 1. Avoir, nega-\\ntively, 5- 4 (2). Interrogatively,\\nit, Interrogatively aud\\nnegatively, g 17, (1).\\nTjl-.av, bel, handsome, fine, L. 13, 6.\\nCapitals, uso of, 145.\\nCardinal numbers, 22, (2); 24.\\nVariations of, 23. Use of, after\\nnames of sovereigns, L. 30, 3\\n26, (3). For the day of the\\nmonth, 26, (1).\\nCases, 2.\\nCe, demons, prn. 37, (6); 108;\\n116; L. 81. Used for he, she,\\nbefore etre, L. 82, 1. C est moi,\\nL. 81, 1.\\ndemons, adj., 20, (1); L. 10, 1, 2.\\nCedilla, L. 3, 6.\\nCe que, what, L. 31, 4.\\nCelui qui, he who, L. 81, 4.\\nChacun, each one, 41, (2).\\nChaque, each, 30, (4).\\nChanger d habit, to change one s coat;\\nchanger de maison, to move, L. 58,\\n1. Changer, to exchange, L. 58, 2.\\nChez, prep, at the house of, 142,\\n(3) L. 24, 9.\\nCollective nouns, 3, (5), (6). Num-\\nber of verbs after collective nouns,\\nL. 85.\\nCollocation of words, \u00c2\u00a7144\\nCombien de temps, how long; com-\\nbien dofois? how often? L. 44, 1.\\nCombien ya-t-il? how far? how\\nlong since? L. 57, 4.\\nComparison of adjectives and ad-\\nverbs. L. 16; L. 17.\\nComposing French, plan of exercises\\nfor, p. 103; list ofwordafor,p. 271.\\nCompound nouns, 3, (7). 9; L.\\n59. Gender o\u00c2\u00a3 5,(15).\\nConditional mode, 45, 2d, (3).\\nUse of, 12. Formation and\\ntermination of L. 62, 1, 2. Irre-\\ngularities of, L. 62, 4. Not used\\nafter si, if, L. 62, 6; 125.\\nConjugation of verbs. First conju-\\ngation, paradigm, 48. Peculiari-\\nties of some verba, 49. Second\\nconjugation, paradigm, 50.\\nThird conjugation, paradigm,\\n51. Peculiarities of verbs of\\nthird conjugation, 49; 52.\\nFourth conjugation, paradigm, $5\\n53. Pa\\nRule, 55. Reflective verbs, para-\\ndigm, 56. Negative form of,\\no Interrogative form.\\nInterrogative and negative form,\\n69. 1 iiipeison.il verbs, para-\\ndigm, 61, 2. Terminations of\\nregular verbs, S 60. Tabic of\\nirregular verbs, g 62.", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0014.jp2"}, "15": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX.\\nConnaitre, to be acquainted with, L.\\n30, 6. Connaitre quelqu un a la\\nvoix, to know some one by the voice,\\nL. 87, 4. Connaitre de vue, to\\nknow by sight, etc., L. 87, 5. Se\\nconnaitre a. to be a judge of, L.\\n87, 6.\\nConjunctions, 73. Lists of, 73,\\n(2). Syntax of, 143. Govern-\\nment of, 127 143. Requir-\\ning subjunctive, 143, (2) infin-\\nitive, 143, (1); conditional or\\nindicative, 143, (3); si, if, 125,\\n(3) L. 62, 6. Examples of con-\\njunctions, L. 100.\\nConsonants, L. 3.\\nConvenir, to be becoming, L. 49, 2.\\nCoucher (se), to retire, to go to bed, L.\\n37, 5.\\nDans, prep, in, 142, (2).\\nDavantage, more, L. 16, note.\\nDay of month, week, not preceded\\nby preposition, L. 26, 10.\\nDegrees of comparison of adjectives,\\nL. 16; L. 17.\\nDemain, to-morrow, its place, L. 41,5.\\nDemander, to ask, its government,\\nL. 50, 1.\\nDemettre (se), le bras, etc., to dislo-\\ncate one s arm, etc., L. 93, 1. To\\nresign a place, L. 93, 2.\\nDemonstrative adjective, 20. See\\nAdjective.\\nDemonstrative pronoun, 36. See\\nPronoun.\\nDepecher (se), to make haste, L. 40, 7.\\nDevant, prep, before, 142, (1).\\nDevenir, to become, L. 85, 5.\\nDevoir, to owe, expressing future,\\nobligation, L. 35, 5.\\nDimension, etc., L. 68.\\nDiphthongs, sounds of, L. 2, p. 19.\\nDont, prn. of whom, of which, L.\\n31, 8.\\nElision, 146. Of article, L. 4, 2\\n13, (7 Of pronoun ye, L. 4, 5.\\nOf preposition de, L. 6, 3. Of ne,\\nL. 7, 3. Of pronouns le, la, L.\\n9, 2.\\nEloigner (s to go from, to leave, L.\\n39, 6.\\nEmparerj (s to seize, to lay hold of,\\nL. 93, 3.\\nEmpecher, (s to help, to prevent\\none s self, L. 93, 4.\\nEmporter, Emmener, to take away,\\nL. 44, 6.\\nEn, pronoun, 39, (17); 95, (5);\\n110; 103, (1); 104; L.\\n15, 7 L. 22, 3. Before a past\\nparticiple, 135, (7); L. 42, 11,\\n12. Used instead of possessive\\nadjective, 95, (5); L. 96, 1, 2.\\nEn, prep. 142, (2) L. 34, 5, 6, 7.\\nEncore, more, etc., L. 17, 3.\\nEndormir (s to fall asleep, L. 39, 5.\\nEnnuyer, to weary, L. 38, 4. S en-\\nnuyer, to become weary, L. 38, 5.\\nEntendre parler, to hear about, of, L.\\n35, 7.\\nEntendre, to understand, L. 96, 3.\\nSe faire entendre, to make one s\\nself understood,!*. 9G. 4. Followed\\nby another verb, L. 97, 4.\\nEnvoyer chercher, to send for, L.\\n26, 5.\\nEpouser, to marry, said only of par-\\nties, L. 67, 2.\\nEssayer, to try on, L. 47, 4.\\nEst-ce que, prefixed to the verb,\\n98; L. 25.\\nEtre, conjugation of, 47, (5).\\nNumber of etre after ce, 116.\\nUsed for aller, to go, L. 43, 5. For\\nto belong, L. 47, 5 L. 91, 2. Etre\\nriche de, to be worth, L. 49, 5.\\nEtre en retard, to be late, and\\nother idioms with etre, L. 91, 1.\\nY etre, to be at home, in, L. 91, 3.\\nEuphonic t, L. 4, 6.\\nEveiller (s to awake, L. 39, 5.\\nEvery day, tousles jours, L. 26, 8.\\nExercises in composing French,\\np. 270.\\nFacher (se), to be or become angry,\\nL. 40, 4.\\nFaire, before another verb, to cause,\\nto have, L. 32, 3, 4 L. 97, 4.\\nFaire faire, to have made, L. 32, 4\\nL. 63, 1. Faire raccommoder, to\\nhave mended. Faire la cuisine,\\nfaire cuire, to cook. Faire bouillir,\\nto boil, L. 63, 1. Faire peur, to\\nfrighten faire attention, to pay\\nattention; faire tort, to injure;\\nfaire du mal, to hurt, L. 63, 3.\\nused unipersonally. in speak-\\ning of the weather, L, 33, 5.\\nFalloir, to be necessary, L. 48.\\nFeminine terminations, 6, (2), (3).\\nFeu, adj., late, 84, (1).", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0015.jp2"}, "16": {"fulltext": "GKNEEAL INDEX.\\nFuture absolute, 45, (2). Use of,\\n124. Formation of, 61 L. 60,\\n1, 2, 3. Irregularities of, L. 61,\\n1, 2, 3, 4. Future anterior, 45,\\n(2), 3. Use ot; 124. Forma-\\ntion of, L. 60, 4. Future used in\\nFrench where the present is used\\nin English, L. 61, 5.\\nGendeb, 4. By the meaning, 5.\\nBy the termination, 6.\\nG -iier, to incommode, trouble, etc., L.\\n83, 5. Se gener, to constrain or\\ntrouble one s self, L. S3, 5.\\nople, L. 95, 2, 3. 4.\\nGovernment iSse Regimen.\\nGre, Lou gre, mal gre, etc.\\nL. 88. 5.\\nGuere (ne), but fttffe, L. 17, 5.\\nIT \\\\ter (se), to hasten, L. 40, 7.\\nHier, yesterday, its place, L. 41, 5.\\nHour of the day, L. 20; L. 92.\\nImi i .uativk mode, 16, 3d,\\nof, 12 Terminations of, L.\\nto. 1 Irregul iriti s, I.. To, 3, l.\\nTwo imperatives coming together,\\n100, (6). Imperative followed\\nby a verb, L. 71, 1.\\nImperfect of indicative, 46, (2\\\\ 2d.\\nOse of, 1 19; L 53. Formation\\nand terminations, L. 53. Irregu-\\nlarities, I. 5\\nImperfect of subjunotive, 45,(5),\\n2. D8Q Of, 1\\nof, I.. 75, 1. 2, 3.\\nI,. 75, i. trr gularities, L 75,\\nImporter, n iraporto, no\\nqu importe? what matters it f L.\\n01. 1.2.\\nIn. dans, en, d, T.. r; t. 5. 6.\\nIndicative mo (2.)\\n1 5, (2), l Use\\not; 1 is. Terminations, I.. 2::. 6.\\nInfinitive mode, 45, \u00c2\u00b1h,\\nf. 12s. Important nil.\\nn. Verb precedi d by an-\\nput in infinitive, L 21, 2.\\nInquieter is i. L 93, 5.\\nInterj 1\\nI.\\nIntern n of, L.\\n!6, 1; L.\\n56, 1.\\nIrregular verbs, L. 24. Table of; 62.\\nIt, coining before verb to be followed\\nby etc. L. 81. It used abso-\\nlutely before verb to be, L. SI, 1.\\nJusqu ou, hoivfar? L. 44, 3.\\nJusqu a, until, as far as, L. 44, 4.\\nLaisser, to leave, to neglect, to forget\\nto bring, L. 86, 4. Followed by\\nanother verb, L. 97, 4.\\nLa plupart, most. Number of verb\\nafter, L. 85, 3.\\nLe, meaning so, it, etc., L. 46. I, 5.\\nLe mien, mine, etc., L. 9, 6; L. 12. 6.\\nLequel, etc., which, L. 18. 6; L. 31, 7.\\nLever, (se), to rise, L. 37, 6.\\nL un, L autre, one another, 41, (10).\\nL un et l autre, both, 41. (11): L.\\n19, 3.\\nMadame, Mademoiselle, used before\\nnames of kindred, L. 2 1\\nBefore titles, L. 29, 6. Plural of,\\n1, 29, 7.\\nMal. sore, pain, etc., L. 66. Mal do\\ntoothache, mal do U te,\\nheadache, L, 66.\\nMarcher, to walk, L. 36, 6.\\nMarier, to marry, to perform the\\nL. 67, \u00e2\u0080\u00a2_ Se marier, to\\ngit married, L.67, 2. litre marie,\\nto be viarr,(tl,L. 67,2. See \u00c2\u00a3pouser.\\nMeasure, wei :ht. price by, 1.\\nMime, same, even, etc, 30,(6);\\n(2).\\nMener, porter, to take, to carry, L.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2t I, 6.\\nMitt re, to put on, L. 32, 1.\\nle convert, to lay the cloth, L. 32, 1.\\nMettre a memo, (0 enable; mettre\\npied a tcrre, to alight; mettre a\\nla porte, to turn out of doors met-\\ntre au fait, to acquaint, etc., L.\\nBe mettre, to dress one s\\nself to sit down, L. 60, 2.\\nMettre a l heure, to set a watch, L.\\n92, 2.\\nMidi, minuit, norm, midnight, L. 20, 2.\\nI. Indicative, 15, 1st,\\n(2). Conditional, g 46, 2d, (3).\\ntmperative, 46, 3d, M).\\nve, ith, (5), Infinitive,\\nParticiple, 46,\\nMoi, toi, etc., used instead of nomi-\\npronouna, L. 17, 6.", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0016.jp2"}, "17": {"fulltext": "QENEEAL INDKX\\nxia\\nMon, ma, posg. adj., agree with ob-\\nject possessed, L. 9, 3, 4.\\nMonde, world, people, L. 95, 1; Tout\\nle moude, every body, L. 95.\\nMonsieur, used before names of kin-\\ndred, L. 24, note. Before titles,\\nL. 29, 6. Plural of, L. 29, 7.\\nMonth, day of, L. 19, 6 L. 26, 10.\\nMust, falloir, etc., L. 48 62.\\nNaitre, to be born, Je suisne, I was\\nbom, L. 43, note.\\nNasal sounds, p. 21.\\nNe, negative, 138. Place of, L. 7,\\n1. Ne que, only, L. 19, 2. Ne,\\nidiomatic, 127, 3 138, (4),\\n(5) L. 72, 9. Ne plus, no\\nmore, L. 17, 4. Ne guere, L.\\n17, 5.\\nNi, neither, nor, L. 7, 4. Article\\nused or not after ni, L. 8, 3, 4.\\nNi Tun, ni l autre, neither, L. 84, 4, 5.\\nN importe, no matter, L. 94, 1.\\nNegative sentence, L. 7.\\nNegative, second, suppressed after\\ncertain Verbs, 138, (2).\\nN est-ee pas? Is it not? L. 94, 3.\\nNeuter verbs, 43, (5). Their aux-\\niliary, L. 43 46.\\nNominative. See Subject.\\nNon, no, Je dis que non, I say no,\\nL. 82, 3.\\nNotre, votre, our, your, etc., L. 9, 5.\\nLe notre, ours, L. 9, 6.\\nNoun, 3. Proper, 3,(3). Common,\\ni* 3, (4). Collective, 3, (5), (6),\\nCompound, 3, (7). Taken in a\\npartitive sense, 13, (10); 78,\\n(1), (2) L. 6, 1 L. 29, 8. Taken\\nin a general sense, 77, (1), (2)\\nL. 8, 2. Gender by the meaning,\\n5. By the termination, 6.\\nPlural of, \u00c2\u00a78; L. 11. Plural of\\ncompound, 9 L. 59. Syntax\\nof, 76. Place of subject in\\naffirmative and negative sentences,\\n76, (1), (2). In interjected sen-\\ntences, 76, (3). In interrogative\\nsentences, 76, (4), (5); L. 6, 4;\\nL. 56, 1. Place of regimen, 76,\\n(6), (8), (9); L. 56, 2, 3. Ee-\\nspective places of possessor and\\nobject possessed, 76, (10) L. 5,\\n3. Of object and its substance,\\n76, (11); L. 5, 4; L. 59, 6. Of\\nobject and its use, 76, (12), (13),\\n(14); L. 59, 7.\\nNouveau, nouvel, new, L. 13, 6.\\nNu, bare, adj. 84, (2).\\nNul, no, 30, (7).\\nNulle part, no where, L. 25, 8.\\nNumber, 1, (5). See Different\\nParts of Speech.\\nNumber. See Numeral Adjectives.\\nOrdinal adverbs of number, 29.\\nNumeral collective nouns, 27.\\nNumerals, fractions, 28.\\nOn, one, people, they, 41, (4), (5)\\n113 L. 35, 1, 2.\\nOnze, eleven, etc., article not elided\\nbefore, L. 19, 7.\\nOrdinal numbers, 22, (3), (5). Not\\nused after names of sovereigns or\\nfor days of the month, L. 30, 3\\nA 26, (1), (3).\\nOter, to take off, to take away, L.\\n32, 2.\\nOu, or, agreement of verb with nouns\\nconnected by, L. 84, 2, 3.\\nOui, yes, Je dis que oui, I say yes, L.\\n82, 3.\\nParadigms of auxiliary verbs, 47.\\nFor others, see Conjugations.\\nPar ou which way L. 44, 5.\\nParticiple, past, 45, 6th, (7).\\nWithout an auxiliary, 66, (3);\\nL. 42, 10; L. 98, 1. Accom-\\npanied by etre, 134, (2) L. 42,\\n6 L. 98, 3. In reflective verbs,\\n135, (1), (2) L. 45, 2 L. 98,\\n6; L. 99, 4. In neuter verbs,\\nL. 98, 3. Accompanied by avoir,\\n134, (3) L. 42, 5 L. 98, 4.\\nNever agrees with indirect regi-\\nmen, L. 42, 9. Neuter verbs with\\navoir, 135, (6) L. 99, 2. Of\\nunipersonal verbs, L. 45, 6 L.\\n99, 3. Never agrees with en, 135,\\n(7); L. 42, 11, 12; L. 99, 8. Fol-\\nlowed by an infinitive, 135, (3)\\nL. 98, 7 L. 99, 5. Of passive\\nverbs. L. 46 L. 98, 2. Fait always\\ninvariable before an infinitive, L.\\n63, 2; L. 99, 7. After le peu,\\n135, (8).\\npresent 64 L. 97.\\nPartitive sense, nouns taken in, L. 6,\\n1;\u00c2\u00a7 13,(10); \u00c2\u00a778,(1), (2) L. 29,8.\\nPas, point, not, difference, 138, (1).\\nPlace of, L. 1, 1, 2. Omitted when\\na second negative occurs, 138,\\n(3) L. 7, 4. Omitted after cer-\\ntain verbs, 138, (2).", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0017.jp2"}, "18": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX.\\nPasser (se), to do without, L. 39, 1.\\nPassive voice, 113, (1).\\nPassive verb, 43, (4) L. 46. Con-\\njugation of, 54. Rule, 55. Its\\nparticiple, L. 46, 2 L. 98, 2.\\nPast anterior, 45, (2), 5. Use of\\n122 L. 55.\\nPast definite, 45, (2), 3. Use of\\n120; L. 51. Its terminations\\nand irregularities, L. 52.\\nPast indefinite, 45, (2), 4. Use of,\\n121; L. 41.\\nPast of subjunctive, 45, (5), 3.\\nPayer, to pay, its government, L. 50.\\nPersonne, no body, 41, (6) L. 7, 7.\\nPersons, 31, (3.)\\nPlace, of subject, L. 56, 1, respective\\nplace of noun, direct and indirect\\nregimen, L. 56, 1, 2, 3; 76,(7),\\n(8), (9). In interjected sentences,\\ng 76, (3). Of noun in interrogative\\nsentences, 76, (4), (5) L. 56, 1\\nL. 6, 4. Of adjective, L. 8, 5; L.\\n15; 85; 86. Of pronoun\\nsubject or nominative, 98. Of\\nregimen pronoun, L. 9, 1 L. 27\\nL. 28; 101; 102. Place of\\nen and y, 104 L. 57. Of adverb,\\n136; L. 34 L. 41, 4, 5. Of verb,\\nlit.\\nPlaire (se), to take pleasure in, L. 40.\\nUsed unipersonally, eonmie il vous\\nplaira, as you please, L. 89, 3.\\nPleuvoir, to rain, L. 33, 3.\\nPluperfect of indicative, 45, (2), 6.\\nUse of, 123; L. 55, 4.\\nof subjunctive, 45, (5),\\n4 L. 75, 6.\\nPlural of nouns, 8; L. 11. Of com-\\npound nouns, \u00c2\u00a79 L. 59. Nouns\\nhaving no plural, 10. Nouns\\nhaving no singular, 11. Plural\\nof adjectives, 17 L. 14, 3. Moral\\nor physical properties of man,\\nsingle in the individual, not put in\\nthe plural, L. 66, 5.\\nPlus de, more than, before a number,\\nL. 20, 7.\\nriusieurs, several, 30, (9); L. 18, 7.\\n1 iiur, in n/t r to, L. 28, 8.\\nPorter, to carry, to wear, L. 23, 10\\nL. 1 1. 6. Be porter, to be, to do,\\nL. 36,\\nPreposition,! Table of princi-\\npal, 7-j. Regimen or govern-\\nment of, 130. Governing with-\\nout anot her preposition,\\nBy means of de, 139, 2. By d,\\n139, 3. Rules on govermentof,\\n140. Repetition of, 141.\\nObservations on, 142,\\nPresent tense, used in French, where\\npast used in English, L. 57, 2.\\nPromener (se), to walk, ride, etc., for\\npleasure or health, L. 36, 5.\\nPrendre, to take, its government, L.\\n50, 1.\\nPrendre garde, to take care; prendre\\nle deuil, to go into mourning;\\nprendre la peine, to take the trou-\\nble; prendre les devants, to go be-\\nfore prendre un parti, to take a\\nresolution prendre du the, du\\ncafe, to take tea, coffee, L. 71, 3.\\nPrendre lo the, to take one s tea,\\nL. 71, note.\\nPronouns, 31. Personal, 32. Re-\\nmarks on, 33. Use of moi, toi,\\ninstead of subject or nominative\\npronouns, 33, (8), etc. Use of re-\\nflective, L. 37. Reflective pro-\\nnoun se, 33, (12), (13). Soi,\\n(14). Possessive pronouns, t; t\\nL. 9. Remarks on, 35. Demon-\\nstrative pronouns, \u00c2\u00a736; L. 9. Re*\\nmarks on, (V, demonstra-\\ntive pronoun, 37, (6); 108;\\n8 116; L. 81. Used tor he, she,\\nL s Celui, celle, celui-ci, olle-ci,\\n20 L. 10. Ceci, cela, L. 10, 6.\\nRelative pronouns, i 38 1. 31.\\nRemarks on, Jj 3 En,\\n(17); 8 95, 110; if 103,\\n(li. Place of En, 101. Y,\\nI (18); 103 (2); Placed\\n7/, 101; ill. Dont, I.. 31, 8.\\nSyntax of pronouns, i; .w. Place\\nof subject or nominative.\\nRepetition of, 99 j L 87. Place\\nof regimen pronouns, 100;\\nL. 9, 1; L. 27. Respective place\\nof regimen pronouns, j; Mil I..\\n28. Rule on this subject, 102.\\nRepetition of regimen pronoun,\\n105; L. 27, 7. Hull s on pos-\\npronouns, 106. On\\nden strative pronouns, 107.\\nUn relative pronoun-.\\nQi-e, rcl. prn., g 109. Xcvcr Sup-\\npressed, L. L9, 1 L 31, B\\ninterrogative, L 18, G L 31, 5.\\nQue, coni.. never suppressed, L 19,\\n1. Quo, idiomatic, L. 82, 3.", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0018.jp2"}, "19": {"fulltext": "GENEEAL INDEX.\\nQuel, which, what, 30, (10) 109\\nL. 18, 4.\\nQuelque, 30, (12) 97 L. 18,\\n7 L. 88.\\nQuel que, quelque que, govern\\nthe subjunctive, L. 88, 3.\\nQuelque chose, something, anything,\\nL. 7, 6. Require de before an\\nadjective, L. 18, 3. Not used in\\nnegative sentences, L. 7, 6.\\nQuelque part, somevjhere, anywhere,\\nL. 25, 8.\\nQuelqu un, 41, 1 L. 7, 6.\\nQu est-ce que, used idiomatically for\\nwhat L. 82, 2.\\nQuiconque, whoever, 41, (9).\\nQuitter, to leave, abandon, etc., L.\\n86, 3.\\nQuoi, what, L. 31, 6.\\nQui, who, whom, used absolutely,\\n39, (5).\\nRappeler (se), to remember, recollect,\\nL. 37, 2.\\nReading Lessons, p. 474.\\nRecevoir des nouvelles, to hear from,\\nL. 35, 6.\\nReflective verb, 43, (6). Conju-\\ngation of, 56; L. 36. Often\\nused in French for the English\\npassive, L. 36, 2. Its auxiliary is\\netre, L. 45 46. Its participle,\\n135 L. 45 L. 98, 5 L. 99, 4.\\nRegarder, to concern, L. 94, 5.\\nRemercier, to thank, Je vous remer-\\ncie, equivalent to a refusal, L. 89, 2.\\nResume of rules on participle past,\\nL. 98 L. 99.\\nRien, nothing, etc., L. 7, 7 L. 18, 3.\\nRegime, regimen or object, 2.\\nDirect, 2, (2) 42, (4) L. 56,\\n2, 3; 76. Indirect, 2, (3);\\n\u00c2\u00a742,(5); L. 56, 2, 3; 76.\\nRegimen or government of adjec-\\ntives, 87; L. 79. After etre\\nunipersonal, 87, (4); L. 79, 3.\\nAdjective followed by de, 88.\\nBy d, 89. By different preposi-\\ntions in both languages, 90.\\nRegimen of verbs, 129 L. 21, 4;\\nL. 50 L. 76, 77, 78. Verbs fol-\\nlowed by no preposition, 130 L.\\n76, 1. By a, 131. By de, 132\\nL. 21, 4; L. 77. By a preposi-\\ntion in French and by none in\\nin English, L. 78, 1. 2. By a\\ndifferent prep, in both, L. 78, 3.\\nRegimen of prepositions, 139\\nL. 80. Important rules on regi-\\nmen, 92 133 140 L. 80, 5.\\nRegimen of prendre, to take; voler,\\nto steal; acheter, to buy; deman-\\nder, to ask; payer, to pay, L. 50, 1.\\nRejouir (se), to rejoice, L. 40, 5.\\nRemettre, to set a dislocated bone,\\netc., L. 93, examples.\\nRepetition of demonstrative adjec-\\ntives, 93. Of possessive adjec-\\ntives, 21, (4). Of articles, 80,\\nL. 6, 5; L. 86. Of subject or\\nnominative pronouns, 99; L.\\n87. Of regimen or objective pro-\\nnouns, 105; L. 87. Of adverbs,\\n137. Of prepositions, 141.\\nRester, used unip., to remain, to have\\nleft, L. 85, 4.\\nReste de, left, L. 85, 4.\\nRetarder, to lose, to put back, said of\\nwatches, etc., L. 92, 1.\\nSavoir, to know, and connaitre, to\\nbe acquainted with, L. 30, 5.\\nSeoir, to suit, become, L. 47, 3. Used\\nunipersonally, L. 49, 1.\\nServir (se), to use, L. 39, 2. Servir,\\nto help at table, L. 89, 1.\\nS il vous plait, if you please, L. 89, 3.\\nSi, conj., 125, (3). Should not pre-\\ncede conditional mode, L. 62, 6.\\nSouvenir (se), to remember, recollect,\\nL. 37, 2.\\nrendered by le, L. 46, 4.\\nh, parts of, 1, (1).\\nStem of a verb, L. 23.\\nSubject or nominative, 2,(1) 42,\\n(2). Verb having several sub-\\njects in different persons, L. 83, 2.\\nAgreement of verbs with subjects,\\nL. 83, 1; L. 84; 114; 115.\\nSubjunctive mode, 45, 4th, (5).\\nUse of, 127 143 L. 72, 8, 9,\\n10. Present of, 45, (5), 1. Ter-\\nminations of, L. 72. Subjunctive\\nused after verbs expressing con-\\nsent, command, etc., followed by\\nque, L. 72, 8. After several uni-\\npersonal verbs followed by que, L.\\n73, 1. After certain conjunctions,\\n143 L. 73, 4. After croire, espe-\\nrer, etc., interrogative or negative,\\nL. 74, 2. After another verb, un-\\ncertain, and preceded by relative\\npronoun or a superlative, L. 74, 3,\\n4. Past of subjunctive, L. 72, 7.\\nSubstantive. See Noun.", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0019.jp2"}, "20": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX.\\nSuperlative absolute, 14, (11) L.\\n17, 1. Superlative relative, 14,\\n(9); L. 17, 2.\\nSyntax, 75. Of noun, 76. Arti-\\ncle, \u00c2\u00a777. Adjective, 33. Pro-\\nnoun, 93. Verb, 114. Parti-\\nciple, 134. Adverb, 136. Prepo-\\nsition, 139. Conjunction, 143.\\nTatre, to conceal, L. 96, 5. Se taire,\\nto be silent, L. 96, 5.\\nTarder, to tarry, to long, L. 5S, 3.\\nTel, such, 41, (12), (13). Monsieur\\nun tol, Sir. such a one, 41, 13.\\nTenir, to hold, used in the sense of to\\nkeep. Tenir sa parole, to keep\\none s word, tenir la porte ouvertc,\\nto keep the door open, etc., eta, L.\\n90, 1. Tenir an langage, to make\\nuse of language, crpressioris, etc.,\\nL. 90, 2. Tenir, to be attached,\\netc., L 90, 3. Faire tenir, to for-\\nward, L. 90, 5. So tenir, to re-\\nmain, to abide by, etc., L. 90, 6.\\nleasee of verbs, 15. Formation\\nof, .l i. See Different Ti\\nTerminations of regular verbs, 60.\\nOf indicative, L. 23, 5. of imper-\\nfect of indicative, L 63, 5. Of\\npast definite, L 5L Of future,\\nL. 60. Of conditional, L. 62. Of\\nimperative, L 7o. Of subjunc-\\ntive, L 72. Of imperfect of sub-\\njunctive, L 7. j. i if infinitive, L\\n21, l. i f presenl participle, L\\n23, 3. I f past participle, L. 28, l.\\nTime of day, L 20.\\nTimes, number of, in a given space,\\nL 68, l.\\nTout, \u00c2\u00ab.V. eta, 30, (15), (10); g 97,\\n(1), (6). Tout, every, I.. 26,\\ni..ut, the whole, L. 26, 9.\\nTout, entirely, quite, variable by\\neuphony, L. 88, 4.\\nTromper, to deceive, L. 38, 1. Se\\ntromper, to be mistaken, etc., L.\\n38, 2.\\nTjK, uno, a, an, one, g 13, (4), (11);\\nL. 6, 2. Not used before nouns\\nplaced in apposition, L. 30, 4.\\nTJnipersonal verba, L. 33 g 43, (71\\nParadigm of, 61-2. Auxfl. and\\npartte ofuoipers. verbs. I.. 15, 1.\\nVALOIB, to inyrlh, L. 19, 3 to be\\nbetter. L 49, 6.\\nVenir, to come, used to indicate past\\njust elapsed, L. 26, 2. Tenir\\ntrouver, to come to, L. 26, 3.\\nVerbal adjectives, 65 L. 97.\\nVerbs, Four Conjugations of, L. 21\\n42. Subject or nominative of,\\n42, (2). Regimen or object\\nof, 42, (3). Different sorts of\\nverbs, 43. Active, 43,\\n(3); L. 43. Passive. 43, (4i; L.\\n46. Neuter, 43, (5); L. 43.\\nReflective, 43, (6) 56 L. 36.\\nTJnipersonal, L. 33 43, 7\\n61-2. Auxiliary verbs. 4.\\n(8). Use of, 46; L. 43. L. 45.\\nModes and tenses of, 45. See\\nDifferent Modes and Tenses, Jr-\\nregular verbs, L. 24. Table of,\\nij 62. Syntax of the verb, 1 14.\\nAgreement of the verb with sub-\\nject, 114; L. 83; L. 84; L. 85.\\nVerb after a collective noun,\\n115; L. 85, 1, 2. 3. Number\\nof verb alter ce, 116. Verb\\nalter several subjects in different\\npersons, 117. Use of\\n\u00c2\u00a3118. See Different Tenses. Regi-\\nmen or government of verbs. See\\nRegimen.\\nVeuillez, be so kind, L. 70, 4.\\nVocabulary to the Reading Lessons,\\np. 493.\\nVoici, here is. L. 1.1.\\nVoila, there is, L. 34, 4.\\nVoler, to rob, steal, its government,\\nL. 50, 1.\\nVoub.ir dire, to mean, L. 32, 5, 6.\\n(en), to bear a grudge, etc.,\\nL 94, 6.\\nVowels, L. 2.\\nWHAT, rel. prn., ceque, L. 31, 4; que,\\nL. 31, 5.\\ninterrogative, rendered by,\\nqu est-ce que, L. 82, 2.\\nWhole (the), le tout, L. 26, 9.\\nWill, used in the sense of with, ren-\\ndered by vouloir, L. 60, 5.\\nWords, variable, 1, (3). Invariable,\\n1,\\nT avoir, to be there, 61-2 L.\\n33, 4. Used for ago, L. 41, 6.\\nT avoir, followed by the i\\nwhen the action continues, L.\\n57, 2.\\nY. prn. A adv. 39, (18); g 103,\\n(2). Place of, 101: 111;\\nL. 21. 11.", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0020.jp2"}, "21": {"fulltext": "FASQUELL E S\\nNEW FRENCH COURSE,\\nPAET FIKST.\\nLEgON I. LESSON I.\\nA\\na\\nB\\nb\\nC\\nc\\nD\\nd\\nE\\ne\\nF\\nf\\nG\\nH\\nh\\nI\\ni\\nJ\\nK\\nJ\\nk\\nL\\n1\\nM\\nm\\nN\\nn\\nP\\nQ\\nR\\nP\\nq\\nr\\nS\\ns\\nT\\nt\\nU\\nu\\nV\\nV\\nX\\nX\\nY\\nZ\\n7\\nz\\nTHE LETTERS.\\nibet contains\\ntwenty-five letters\\nOld names.\\nah\\nNew names. 1\\nah\\nExamples.\\namas.\\nbay\\nsay\\nday\\na\\nbe 5\\nke 6\\nde\u00c2\u00b0\\na\\nbarre.\\ncas, cil.\\ndard.\\neffet.\\neff\\nfe\\nfrere.\\nJ a y 2\\nash.\\nghe\\nhe\\ngrele.\\nhaie.\\ne\\ne\\nidee.\\njee a\\nkah\\nj e\\nke\\njais.\\nkali.\\nell\\nle\\nlit.\\nemm\\nme\\nmat.\\nenn\\nne\\nnatte.\\norge.\\npay\\nku\\nerr 3\\npe\\nke\\nre\\npere.\\nquadre.\\nrat.\\ness\\nse\\nsole.\\ntay\\nte\\ntort.\\nu 4\\nu\\nurne.\\nvay\\neeks\\nV\\nxe T\\nvase,\\nrixe.\\ne grec\\nzed\\ne grec\\nze 8\\nyeas.\\nzele.\\nW, called in French double V, might be added, as many for-\\neign words which have that letter, have been adopted into the\\nFrench language.\\n1 The new names of the French letters are seldom used.\\n2 Like s in pleasure. 3 Nearly like err in error.\\nNo corresponding sound in English.. B Nearly like be in globe.\\nNearly like ke and de in cake and grade. The e of the other letters ha3\\nthe same sound. 7 kse. 8 se in rose.", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0021.jp2"}, "22": {"fulltext": "18 DEUXIEME LEgON.\\nLEgOX H. LESSON II.\\nTHE VOWELS.\\nVowels are rendered long or short by certain marks placed over\\nthem. These marks, which are three in number, are called accents.\\nThe acute accent is placed over e, to give it a sharp or close\\nsound. (See 4. e.)\\nThe grave accent v is placed over e, to give to that vowel a\\ngrave or open sound. (See 5. e.) It is also put on a, at, or to, Id,\\nthere, and on the u of o\u00c2\u00ab, there, to distinguish those words from a. Has\\nla, the, and ou, or. The grave accent, however, does not change the\\nsound of a and u.\\nThe circumflex accent A is placed over a, e, i, o, it, to give to those\\nletters a long and broad sound. 1\\n1. a like a in mat, rat. Examples, face, face; bateau, boat; tableau,\\npicture patte, paw malade, sick.\\n2. i like a in bar, far. Ex. (ige, age chateau, castle jxite, paste;\\nblame, blame; crane, cra?tium.\\n3. c nearly like u in cur, and frequently silent at the end of poly-\\nsyllables. Ex. le, the; me, me; te, thee; que, that; meublc,\\ne of furniture peuple, people; rime, rime.\\n4. 6 like a in fife. Ex. etc, summer; amitie, friendship; /lev/,\\nraised ep sword,\\n5. e like e in met. Ex. p/re, father frt rc, brotlw mete, mother\\nolive, pupil.\\nG. 6 nearly like a in (fare, /arr. Ex. rAv, dream; extreme, ex-\\ntniue; crime, cream crt pe, crujie fon t, forest.\\n7. i nearly like ee in reed, crcecZ. Ex. nw di, mid-dag id, here;\\nKni, finished credit, credit.\\n8. i like ee in eel, feel. Ex. fie, island; gtte, lodging/ e*pitre, ejpi\\ndime, ////c abime, a y.s.s.\\n9. o between the o in roi and that in robe, or that of nor and ?;o.\\nEx. robe, robe; globe, globe; cacbot, dungeon; haricot,\\n10. 6 like o in 6o\u00c2\u00abe, wo. Ex. depot, dejwsit preVot, jirovost b entot,\\nsoon; suppot, supporter.\\n11. u. The exact French sound of this letter is not found in Eng-\\nlish. The position of the lips in whistling, is very nearly the\\n1 This accent indicates the suppression of the letter after tlio vowel on\\nwhich it is placed; fete, tite, bite, were formerly written, fiwte,\\nthe s was not sounded, but gave to the preceding vowel that prolonged\\nsound, now represented by the eircumllex accent.", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0022.jp2"}, "23": {"fulltext": "THE DIPHTHONGS, C. 19\\nposition which they should have in emitting the French u. Ex.\\nitrne, urn; hme, moon; but, aim; tvibu, tribe ;tribut, tribute;\\nelu, elected.\\n12. u is the u with a prolonged sound. Ex. mure, mulberry du,\\ndue; cvu, growth; bruler, to burn.\\n13. y. See 29, y, page 20.\\nExercise 1.\\n1. (a) Table, table; fable, fable chat, cat; eclat, splendor; arbre,\\ntree; tard, late; balle, ball.\\n2. (a,) ame, soul blame, blame batir, to build pate, paste age,\\nage mat, mast.\\n3. (e) me, me; de, of; que, that elle, sAe; malle, mail parle,\\nspeak; fourche, fork salle, AaZ/.\\n4. (e) pre, meadow alle, jrone donne, Rivera passe, passee, past\\neleve, raised armee, army.\\n5. (e) tres, very; apres, after achete, buy; mere, mother; espere,\\nhope leve, raise chere, fare chevre, goat.\\n6. (e) meme, same; careme, Lent; arret, arrest; tempete, tempest;\\ntete, head bete, fceastf.\\n7. (i) lit, Z e 2; dit, said/ dire, to say lire, to ?-eacZ; lime,/Zfe; cire,\\nwax; rite, rife.\\n8. (i) diner, to dine He, isle; dime, tithe; abime, abyss; epitre,\\nepistle; gite, lodging.\\n9. (o) mot, word; cachot, dungeon repos, rest; trot, trot; globe,\\nglobe carrosse, coach.\\n10. (6) tot, soon; plutot, rather roti, roast meat; depot, deposit;\\nprevot, provost.\\n11. (u) bu, drank; cru, believed; du, o/ #ie; elu, elected; menu,\\nminute prevu, foreseen ecu, crown.\\n12. (u) chute, /aZZ brulot, fireship mur, rzpe dument, duly il\\nfut, he might be nous fumes, we were.\\nTHE DIPHTHONGS AND COMBINED VOWELS.\\n14. A vowel surmounted by a diaeresis cannot form a diph-\\nthong with another vowel it is pronounced separately. Ex.,\\nhair Exception e at the end of a few words, such as cigue,\\nhemlock, is silent, the u being pronounced like u.\\n15. E accented (e) and followed by a vowel, is pronounced separ-\\nately. Ex. obeir, to obey geant, giant.\\n16. ai, ei, preceding a liquid I (see Consonants, 13) do not form a", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0023.jp2"}, "24": {"fulltext": "20 DETJXlfiME LEgON,\\ndiphthong; a is then pronounced as in mat, and case; in\\npair. The i seems merely to indicate the liquid sound of the\\nI. Ex. penile, straw oredle, ear.\\n17. ai is like a in/ate. Ex. }ai, Ihave; je fera/ I will make; bote,\\nhay mai, May bakn broom.\\nWhen the diphthong ai is followed by a final s, d, or i, it\\nassumes a broader sound, resembling the French c, or e in the\\nEnglish word met. Ex. j aven s, I had; je ferais, I should\\nmake lai t, mz /k laid, i^/fy.\\n18. au nearly like oh! in English. Ex. taux, rate chaud, warm.\\nE preceding au is blended with that diphthong without chang-\\ning its sound. Ex. beau, handsome chateau, castle tableau,\\npicture; eau, water.\\n19. ei nearly like a in fate. Ex. beige, serge; neige, snow setgle,\\nrye; reme, queen; pezgne, comb.\\n20. cu approaches the sound of u in muff. Ex. jew, play liet/., p/acc;\\npew, 7u7/e/ pettr, fear; chalear, heat. Exceptions, in c u. had\\nj ews, Sec, I had; j eusse, etc., J might have cu is pronounced\\nlike u alone.\\n21. ia nearly like ia in medial. Ex. il ha, he bound; il or/a, he cried\\ndialogue, dialogue.\\n22. ic like ec in tee. Ex. il be, 7*c binds il (Studt e, 7ie studies harpM,\\nharpy line, the soft part of bread.\\n23. oi nearly like wa in was. Ex. cro/x, cross; il bo/t, 7*e drinks\\nToi, king.\\n21. ou like oo in cool. Ex. doux, so/if coup, blow; nous, we xous,\\nyou cou, neck.\\nII sah a, he saluted il remua, he moved; il con-\\ntribua, he contributed.\\n2G. ue sr II salue, Ae salutes il rcmue, Tie moves il eon-\\ng tribue, 7ie contributes.\\n2 produ/t, produce condu/te, con Juctf \\\\ui t him;\\nbruit, noise; il re dw/ Ac reduces.\\n28. uo (3 duo, due*.\\n29. y when initial, when coming between two consonants, or when\\nforming a syllable of itself, has the sound of the French i.\\nEx. style, style type, type; yeux, eues; Fprcs, Ypres y, there.\\nBetween two vowels y has the power of two t s, one of which\\nforms a diphthong with the preceding, and the other with the\\nfollowing vowel; the syllabic division taking place between\\nthe t s. Ex. moyen, means essayer, to try nettoyer, to clean;\\ncitoyen, citizen abbaye, abbey these words are pronounced", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0024.jp2"}, "25": {"fulltext": "THE NASAL SOUNDS. 21\\nas if they were written moi-ien, essai-ier, nettoi-ier, citoi-ien,\\nabbaiAe. The words, pays, country paysage, landscape pay-\\nsan, peasant, are pronounced pi-is, pe-isage, pt-isan.\\nExercise 2.\\n17. (ai) je donnai, I gave je parlerai, I will speak; j allai, I went\\nje cherchai, I sought je menai, lied j irai, I will go.\\n(ais) je donnais, I was giving je parlerais, I would speak; j allais,\\nI was going je cherchais, I was seeking je menais, was\\nleading j irais, I would go.\\n18. (au, eau) inaux, evils chameau, camel; chevaux, horses; beau,\\nhandsome nouveau, new troupeau, flock.\\n19. (ei) neige, snow veine, vein; reine, queen; Seine, Seine; je\\npeigne, I comb sein, bosom.\\n20. (eu) peu, little; peur, fear; leur, their; il meurt, he dies; soeur,\\nsister; ceuf, egg lueur, light.\\n(eu) Hke v.. J eus, had tu eus, thou hadst il eut, he had\\neu, had.\\n21. (ia) liant, binding; il Ha, he bound; partial, partial il cria, ho\\ncried il nia, he denied il pria, he prayed.\\n22. (ie) garantie, guarantee; il prie, 7*e prays il ]ie he binds ilrie,\\nAe 7?ia?/ laugh il nie, Ae denies.\\n23. (oi) loi, ?aw; moi, me; il voit, Ae sees; il boit, Ae drinks; roi,\\nfan^ droit, riyA^ il croit, he believes.\\n24. (ou) bout, end il coud, he sews il moud, he grinds coupe, cup;\\nloup, wolf; coup, blow; croute, crust.\\n25. (ua) nuage, cloud; nuance, shade; il salua, he saluted; il remua,\\nhe moved il contribua, he contributed.\\n26. (ue) nue, cloud; lue, f. read; recue, f. received; il salue, he\\nsalutes il remue, he moves.\\n27. (ui) lui, him luisant, shining cuire, to bake cuit, baked nuire,\\nto injure produire, to produce.\\n29. (y) thyrse, thyrsus type, /^pe style, sft/Ze yeux, eyes Tvetot,\\nYvetot payer, to pay envoyer, to send abbaye, abbey\\nessayer, to try pays, country paysage, landscape paysan,\\npeasant.\\nTHE NASAL SOUNDS.\\n30. The combination of the vowels with the consonant m or n\\nproduces what the French call le son nasal, the nasal sound.\\n31. When the consonant m or n is doubled, or is immediately fol-", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0025.jp2"}, "26": {"fulltext": "22\\nDEUXI^ME LE5ON.\\n32. am\\nan\\nean\\ncm\\nen\\n30,\\npronounced\\nnearly\\nlike an in\\npant, want.\\n30\\nlowed by a vowel, 1 the nasal sound does not take place.\\nEx. innocent, innocent; immobile, immovable inutile, useless\\ninoui, unheard of. The syllables in and im in the words in-\\nnocent and immobile, are pronounced nearly as in English\\nthe syllabic division 2 of i-nu-ti-le and i-nou-i, will explain\\nthe reason of the absence of the nasal sound in those words,\\nample, ample; chambre, chamber lampe,\\nTamp.\\nro an, year banc, bench; dans, in; man*\\n*cu teau, cloak.\\na membre, limb emporter, to carry away\\n3 trembler, to tremble.\\nen, in; dent, tooth; prendre, to take;\\nrendre, to render.\\n33. en final is sometimes pronounced like en in then. Ex. Eden, Eden.\\n34. en in the third person plural of verbs is silent. Ex. ils lL?e it,\\nils portent, ils donnent; pronounce ils liz, ils port, ils donn.\\nen after i at the end of a word, is pronounced nearly like an in\\nBank, crank. Ex. bien, well; lie??, tie; rien, nothing.\\nim 1 somewhat f timbre, stamp; impossible, impossible; im-\\nportant, important.\\n\\\\in, flax; p? n, pine; cr?*n, horse-hair \\\\in,\\nwine.\\ntombe, tomb comble, height; sombre, dark\\ntomber, to fall\\nmon, my ton, thy son, his; bond, bound;\\npontj bridge.\\nbumble, humble; parfwm, perfume.\\nun, one; chacun, each one; importtsn, im-\\nportunate.\\nExercise 3.\\nInnocent, innocent; inutile, useless; diner, dinner; immortel,\\nimmortal; une, one lune, moon: dunes, downs.\\n32. am ambre, amber chambre, chamber; A. lam, Adam; ramper, to\\nample, ample; lampe, lamp.\\nan tante, aunt; manteau, cloak; plan, plan; plancher, floor;\\nrang, rank sang, blood enfant, child.\\n1 The wonls ennui, ennuyer, emmener, enivrer, enorgueillir, fori,\\ntiona to this rule The first syllable of ennui, ennuyer, emmener, is nasal;\\n7 r are pronounced en-nwrer, en-01\\n3 For the division of words into syllables, see Reading Lessons, page 474.\\n38. nm\\n:;i.\\nUke an in I\\ncrank,\\nsank.\\npronounced\\nnearly like\\non in song,\\nwrong.\\nnearly like\\nun in hunt-\\nin wrung.", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0026.jp2"}, "27": {"fulltext": "THE CONSONANTS. 23\\nem remplir, to fill temple, temple; temps, weather; assemblee,\\nassembly trembler, to tremble membre, limb.\\nen sentir, to feel; tente, tent; pente, declivity je rends, I ren-\\nder; je prends, I take je sens, I feel.\\n33. en amen, amen; specimen, specimen.\\n34. en ils donnent, they give; ils parlent, they speak; ils ecrivent,\\nthey write ils cherchent, they seek.\\n35. ien le mien, mine le tien, thine le sien, his.\\n36. im simple, simple; timbre, stamp; daim, deer; faim, hunger;\\nimposteur, impostor important, important.\\nin fin, fine; pain, bread demain, to morrow crin, horse-hair\\nvin, wine bain, bath teindre, to dye peindre, to paint.\\n37. om sombre, dark; nom, name; ombre, shadow tombe, tomb\\nnombre, number comble, height.\\non pont, bridge honte, shame montre, watch raison, reason\\nmaison, house; fondre, to melt; non, no.\\n38. um humble, humble parfum, perfume humblement, humbly.\\nun lundi, Monday brun, brown alun, alum emprunter, to\\nborrow; importun, importunate; un, one.\\nLEQON in. LESSON HI.\\nTHE CONSONANTS.\\n1. At the beginning of words or syllables, most consonants are\\nsounded as in English.\\n2. A final consonant is generally silent. The letters c, f, 1, r,\\nhowever, when final, are generally pronounced.\\n3. The final consonant of a word is generally carried to the next\\nword, when that word begins with a vowel or an h mute.\\n(See 10, h.)\\n4. For illustrations and exceptions, see the several letters.\\n5. B initial is pronounced as in English. In the middle of words,\\nand at the end of proper names, b is sounded. Ex. a diquer,\\nto abdicate, Job, Cale c. B is also pronounced in radoufr,\\nrefitting of a vessel, and rum (pronounced romb,) point of the\\ncompass. It is silent in plom6, lead aplom6, perpendicularity.\\nWhen b is doubled, only one of these letters is pronounced.\\nEx. abbe, abbot safr at.\\n6. C has its proper sound (k) before a, o, u, 1, n, r. Ex. cabane,\\ncottage; cou, neck; ecu, crown; enclin, inclined; Cneius,\\nCneius croire, to believe.\\nc before e and i, and with the cedilla (c) before a, o, or u, has", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0027.jp2"}, "28": {"fulltext": "24 TJK OI SIE ME LEgOK.\\nthe sound of s ceci, this cendres, ashes facade, front fa-\\nrou, fashion ret;u, received.\\nch is pronounced like sh in she. Ex. char, car; c/iarbon, coal;\\nc7iangement, change.\\nc in the words vermicelle and violoncelle, is pronounced like s7i.\\nch is pronounced like k, in a few words derived from the Greek.\\nEx. chaos, anacAronisme, c/ironique, patriarc/iat, orc/iestre, c\\nIn patriarcAe, arc/ieveque, Acheron, ch is pronounced like sh.\\nIn MicAel-Ange, Michael Angelo, it sounds like k.\\nc final is sounded, except when preceded by n. Ex. avcc, with\\narc, bow; sac, bag sue, juice; Turc, Turk.\\nExceptions it is silent in accroc, rent broc, jug clerc, clerk\\nestomac, stomach; lacs, snares marc, mark purr. pork tabac,\\ntobacco ch is silent in almanac7i.\\nc is pronounced like g in second, second, and fecond, fruitful,\\nand their derivatives,\\nc final is seldom pronounced upon the next word.\\n7. D has the same sound as in English. Ex. (fame, lady. D is pro-\\nnounced in the middle of words. Ex. adverbe, adverb ad-\\nmirer, to admire.\\nd is silent at the end of words, except in proper names as in\\niJavid, David in the word sud, soutli, and i:i a few foreign\\nwords, as le Cid, the Cid le Talmud, the Talmud, e.\\nd final, coming before a word commencing with a vowel or an\\nh mute, assumes the sound of t: grand liomme, is pronounced\\ngran tomme coud-il, does he sew? vend-il, docs he sell are\\npronounced cou-til, ven-til.\\n8. F is pronounced as in English. Ex. /ie vre, fever //iacre, hack-\\nney-coach.\\nf final is generally sounded. Ex. soi/ thirst; chef, chief sui/,\\ntallow.\\nExceptions; cle/, key cer/ stag chef-d oeuvre, master-^\\nceu/-dur, hard-egg; oeu/-frais, fresh egg; bcea/-frais, fresh\\nbeef bceu/-sale, salt beef. In the plural of the words ecu/ and\\nbceu/ is always silent.\\nTin; f of neu/ nine, is silent before a consonant, and sounds\\nlike o before a vowel or h mute; neu/livres, pronounce\\nUrns; neu/ homines, neu/ enfant-, pronounce neu-vommes,\\nneu-venfants.\\n9. G- is always hard (that is like g in game) before a, o, u. Ex.\\nf/arde, guard 70nd, hinge; ai /u, acute.\\ng before e and i has always the soft sound, (that of s- in pleasure).\\nEx. yerbe, sheaf; jendre, son-in-law /ibier, game; grilel", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0028.jp2"}, "29": {"fulltext": "THE CONSONANT!\\n25\\ngua,\\ngn\\n10. H\\nguo, gue, gui, are pronounced gha, gho, ghe, ghi, i. e., the u is\\nsilent. Ex. il \\\\egua, he bequeathed leguons, let us bequeath\\nguerre, war guit re, guitar.\\nExceptions: In aiguille, needle, Guise, c, the two vowels\\nare sounded. The ue of gue final is mute, unless a diseresis\\nis on the e, as in cigu e, hemlock.\\nis pronounced like ni in union. Ex. regne, reign; peigne,\\ncomb daigjier, to deign sai^ner, to bleed.\\nExceptions 6rmde, Pro^ne, stagnant, ignee, c.\\nfinal takes the sound of k before a vowel or an h mute\\nsang humain, human blood, is pronounced san kumain.\\nis mute or aspirate. H mute (having of itself no sound) is,\\nwhen preceded by a word subject to elision, 146) treated\\nas a vowel. H aspirate is always initial, the breathing or\\naspiration is very slight, but not entirely absent, as is advanced\\nby some grammarians.\\nAs it is important, on account of elision and of the pro-\\nnunciation of the last consonant of a word preceding h, to\\nknow when it is aspirate or not, we will give a list of the\\nwords which commence with h aspirate, omitting however\\nthe derivatives and a few words seldom used.\\nHableur\\nHarangue\\nHave\\nHorde\\nHache\\nHaras\\nHavre\\nHors\\nHagard\\nHarasser\\nHavresao\\nHotte\\nHaie\\nHarceler\\nHeler\\nHottentot\\nHaillons\\nHardes\\nHennir\\nHoublon\\nHaine\\nHardi\\nHenri\\nHouille\\nHair\\nHarem\\nHeraut\\nHoulette\\nHaire\\nHareng\\nHerisson\\nHouppe\\nHaler\\nHargneux\\nHerisser\\nHouri\\nHalage\\nHaricot\\nHeron\\nHouppelande\\nHale\\nHaridelle\\nHeros 1\\nHousse\\nHalle\\nHarnais\\nHetre\\nHoux\\nHallebarde\\nHarpe\\nHerse\\nHuche\\nHallier\\nHarpie\\nHeurter\\nHuee\\nHalte\\nHarpon\\nHibou\\nHuguenot\\nHamac\\nHasard\\nHideux\\nHuit\\nHameau\\nHater\\nHierarchie\\nHumer\\nHanche\\nHausser\\nHoquet\\nHuppo\\nHangar\\nHaut\\nHollande*\\nHure\\nHanneton\\nHautbois\\nHomard\\nHurler\\nHanter\\nHautesse\\nHonte\\nHussard\\n1 Tho h of the other words having the same derivation, heroine, hero-\\nisme, heroique, c, is not aspirated.\\n2 We say, however, du fromage d Hollande, Dutch cheese de la toile\\nd llollande, Dutch linen.", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0029.jp2"}, "30": {"fulltext": "\u00c2\u00a33 TBOISIfcME LEgON.\\n1 1. J is pronounced like s in pleasure. Ex. jour, day jamais, never.\\nK sounds like k in English. Ex. an, khan; Mogramme, a\\nFrench weight.\\n12. L in the combinations il, ill, not initial, but in the middle or at\\nthe end of words, has the liquid sound found in the English\\nword brilliant Many of the French, however, give to the\\nliquid I the sound of ye, in the English word eye. This pro-\\nnunciation is now so common, that it is no longer deemed\\nwrong. Ex. paiTZe, straw; HUe, daughter; batZ, lease;\\ntravai7, labor.\\nExceptions: ft7, thread; BresiZ, Brazil; Ni7, Nile; mil, mille,\\nthousand civi7, civil proft7, profile; xille, town, and its deriv-\\natives; tranquiTZe, tranqm7Zite, c, quiet, quietness, dtc.\\n11 in Sully has the liquid sound.\\nis silent in bariZ, barrel; cheniZ, kennel coutiZ, ticking; fusiZ,\\ngun; fiZs, son; fourniZ, bakehouse; griZ, gridiron outiZ, tool;\\npersiZ, parsley pouZs, pulse sourciZ, eyebrow; genti/shommes,\\nnoblemen.\\n13. M i initial are pronounced as in English. For these letters in\\n14. N combination with the vowels, see Nasal Sounds, (page 21).\\nFinal consonants after in and n are generally silent. Ex.\\ntemps, weather jo romps, jo prends, break, J take,\\nm is silent in condamncr, to condenui automne, autumn.\\nn final, and not belonging to a noun, is carried to the next won],\\nwhen this word begins with a vowel or an h mute, if the two\\nwords are closely connected. Ex. un bo\u00c2\u00bb enfant, a good child\\nmo// ami, mi/ friend pronounce bon nenjunt, mmi mimi.\\n15. P is generally sounded as in English. P is however silent in\\nbaptemc, baptism; baptiser, to baptize; eheptel, chattel\\nconipte, account; dompter, to subdue; exempt, exempt;\\nsept, seven scptieme, seventh,\\np final is silent. Ex coup, blow drap, cloth.\\nExceptions cap, cape and proper names generally,\\np final is not carried to the next word.\\n16. Q qu is pronounced like k. Ex. question, question qui, vim;\\nalite, qualm/ uc final is silent after q. Ex. pratigtte, prae-\\ntice.\\nException-: qu is pronounced as in English in agttatique,\\negruateur, 6qttesA i, equation, in-guarto, ligue ner,\\n5! adra^e naiie, quadruple, guadrupede, Quinte-Curoe, in-\\ntil.cn, quintuple, juirinaL\\nq final is sounded. It is however mute in co ?-d Inde, turkey", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0030.jp2"}, "31": {"fulltext": "THE CONSONANTS. 27\\nand in cinq, five, when followed by a word commencing with\\na consonant.\\n17. R. The French r is pronounced with greater force than the\\nEnglish.\\nit is pronounced like r. Ex. arriver, to arrive; arranger, to\\narrange.\\nExceptions in the future and conditional of acquerir, to ac-\\nquire; courir, to run, and mourir, to die, the two r s are dis-\\ntinctly sounded. Ex. je courrai, je mourrai, je courrais, je\\nmourrais, j acquerrais, c.\\nr final is pronounced when preceded by a, i, o, u. Ex. car,\\nfor finir, to finish cor, hunting horn pur, pure.\\nException monsieur, air.\\nr preceded by e is generally sounded in monosyllables. Ex.\\nfer, iron cher, dear.\\nr preceded by e is silent in words of more than one syllable.\\nEx. parler, to speak manger, to eat chercher, to seek.\\nExceptions r is sounded in amer, belveder, cancer, cuiller,\\nether, enfer, hiver, Jupiter, Lucifer, magister.\\nThe final r of an infinitive is not often carried to the next\\nword in conversation. In serious reading it is generally car-\\nried to the next word.\\n18. S has generally the same sound as in English.\\ns between two vowels is pronounced as in the English words\\nrose, prose. Ex. base, base vase, vase pause, pause chose,\\nthing.\\nExceptions s in words composed of a particle, or an adjec-\\ntive, and a word commencing with s, preserves the hissing\\nsound. Ex. parasol, parasol; vraisemblable, likely; desue-\\ntude, desuetude preseance, precedence, c.\\ns is pronounced in Christ, but not in Jesus-Christ,\\nsc is pronounced as in English. Ex. scandale, scandal science,\\nscience.\\nsch is pronounced like sh, in the words schisme, sc7usmatique,\\nsc7iiste, sc7ierif, sc7ieik, sc7ielling It is pronounced sk in\\nsc7ze me.\\ns final is generally silent. Ex. pas, step mais, hut jus, juice.\\nExceptions s is pronounced in aloes, aloes as, ace atlas,\\natlas blocus, blockade cens, census chorus, chorus en sus,\\nbesides; gratis, gratis lapis, lapis; laps, lapse; iris, iris;\\nmais, maize mars, March mceurs, manners ours, bear\\nprospectus, prospectus Rheims, Rubens; vis, screio and in", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0031.jp2"}, "32": {"fulltext": "28 TEOISIEHE LEgON.\\nLatin and Greek names ending in s Delos, Romulus, c.\\nIn fils, son, s may be pronounced or not.\\ns is carried to the next word when the word commences with\\na vowel or an h mute it lias then the sound of z bons\\namis, good friends, is pronounced bon zami. In conversa-\\ntion the final s of verbs is not always carried to the next\\nword.\\n19. T is pronounced like t in table. Ex. tard, late; tort, wrong.\\nt has the sound of the English c in cedar, in the combinations\\ntied, tiel, Hon, final or in the middle of words. The French\\nwords in which the above combinations occur, are very much\\nlike the English words which have the same meaning, and in\\nwhich ti has the sound of sh. Ex. partial, partial esscnticl,\\nessentiel observation, observation. Words in which those\\nterminations are preceded by s or x, are excepted the t\\ntherefore in bastion, question, mixtion, c, retains its proper\\nsound.\\nt has the sound of c in cedar, in words ending in atie, derived\\nfrom the Greek, and having in English the termination eg,\\naristocratie, democratic, c; also in initier to initiate; pa-\\ntience, patience ineptie, absurdity; minutie, minutia; Dal-\\nmatic, Dabnatia Dalmatien, Dalmatian Douiineu, Gratien,\\nEgyptien, c.\\nIn other words ending in tie, and in those ending in tie and\\ntier, the t lias its proper sound. I guarantee;\\nmoiiiG, half amitii, friendship chantier, dock-yard metier,\\ntrade.\\nth sounds always like t alone. Ex. the, tea th\u00c2\u00a7se, fl V\\nt final is generally silent. Ex. hut, aim mot, word; wort, fate.\\nExceptions: is sounded m brut, chut, correct, dot, dire\\ndeficit, fa/, exact, net, pr erit, suspect, strict, Chnst, but not\\nin Jesus-Christ. StC\\nt in sept, lmit, vingt, is sounded except when it comes befuro\\na consonant.\\nt is seldom carried to the next word t in el (and) is always\\nsilent.\\n20. V is a little softer than the English v. Ex. fiande, meat voile,\\n21. W which is found only in foreign words, is pronounced like v.\\nEx, (Fbrtemberg, HPestphalie. In a few other words it has\\nthe pronunciation of the English w. Ex. whig, IfAwt,\\n22. X initial, whieh in French is only found in a few words, is pro-", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0032.jp2"}, "33": {"fulltext": "THE CONSONANTS. 29\\nnounced like gz. Ex. xylon, cotton-plant; Xavier, Xeno-\\nphon, Xante, Xantippe.\\nXerxes is pronounced gzercess.\\nx following an initial e, and preceding a vowel or an h, is also\\nsounded like gz. Ex. exil, exile examiner, to examine ex-\\nhiber, to exhibit.\\nx not following an initial e, but coming between two vowels,\\nsounds like ks. Ex. axe, axis; luxe, luxury; Alexandre,\\nAlexander maxime, maxim. sexe, sex.\\nx sounds like ss in the following words: six, six; dice, ten;\\nsoixante, sixty Bruxelles, Brussels Auxonne, Auxerre, Aix-\\nen-Provence.\\nIn sixieme, dixieme, deuxiSme, dix-sept, dix-huit, dix-neuf,\\nit is pronounced like z in zone.\\nx final is generally silent. Ex. prix, -price croix, cross voix,\\nvoice.\\nExceptions x is sounded like ks at the end of names of\\nGreek and Latin origin. Ex. Ajax, Styx, etc. In Aix-la-\\nChapelle it has the same sound.\\nThe x of deux, six, dix, coming before a consonant is silent,\\nexcept in the cases mentioned above i e., in dix-sept, dix-\\nhuit, dix-neuf.\\nx when carried to the next word, sounds like z.\\n23. Z sounds as in the English words zinc, zone. Ex. zele, zeal\\nzenith, zenith.\\nz final is generally silent. Ex. nez, nose; chez, with, cfcc,\\nallez, go.\\nExceptions gaz, gas. In Metz, Suez, c, it sounds like ss.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2z final is generally carried to the next word when that word\\ncommences with a vowel, or an h mute.\\nExercise 4.\\n5. (b) baume, balsam blessure, wound bran, brown absolution,\\nabsolution; abstrait, abstract; abbaye, abbey Jacob, Jacob.\\n6. (c) cacher, to conceal; coin, corner; decuple, decuple; cire,\\nwax; cinq, five; chercher, to seek je cache, I conceal pa-\\ntriarche, patriarch; patriarchat, patriarchate; chambre,\\nchamber; arche, arch; changer, to change; orchestre,\\norchestra; charbon, coal; sac, bag; sue, juice; clerc, clerk;\\nbanc, bench; a,nc, flank second, second fecond, fruitful;\\nfacon, fashion recu, received.\\n7. (d) daim, deer; don, gift; admirer, to admire; bord, border;", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0033.jp2"}, "34": {"fulltext": "30 TEOISIEME LE5 ON.\\nnord, north sud, south Obed, Obed Talmud, Talmud\\ngrand age, advanced age renjd-il, does he render f prend-il,\\ndoes he take\\n8. (f) foin, hay faim, hunger froid, cold bref, short soif, thirst\\nsuif, tallow clef, key chef, chief; chef-d eeuvre, master-\\npiece ceuf, egg ceufs, eggs ceuf frais, fresh egg bceuf, ox,\\nbeef; bceufs, oxen neuf maisons, nine houses neuf chevaux,\\nnine horses; neuf amis, nine friends.\\n9. \u00c2\u00a3g) gager, to let gosier, throat gibier, game guide, gro de\\nhgue, league; il ligua, Tie leagued nous liguons, we league\\naiguille, needle; aiguillon, goad; eigne, hemlock digne,\\nworthy regne, reign Eipagne, Spain Pologne, Poland\\nbrugnon, nectarine soignant, talcing care; joignant, joining\\nstagnant, stagnant rang honorable, honorable rank.\\n10. (h) hate, haste; honte, shame; haut, high; herbe, herbage;\\nalmanach, almanac.\\n11. (j) jujube, jujube; jeune, young juger, to judge; jurer, to\\nswear jonc, rush; joindre, to join dejeuner, to breakfast;\\nJuif, Jew jeu, play.\\n12. (1) lame, blade; loi, law; illegal, illegal; illicite, unlaioful\\npaille, strata soleil, sun pareil, similar bail, lease railler,\\nto rail; souiller, to soil; caille, quail canaille, rabble; ville,\\ntown; village, village; mille, mile, thousand; peril, pm7;\\npointilleux, punctilious baril, barrel; fusil, y?m Lcntil-\\nhomme, nobleman; gentilsbommes, noblemen; bouteille,\\nbottle.\\n13.(mn)mon, my; marge, margin; nom, name; champ, field;\\nmoine, monk; prompt, quick; condamner, to condemn;\\nfaim, hunger son argent, his money bon appetit, good\\nappetite lien etroit, close connection.\\n15. (p) partir, to go away coup, blow temps, tueathcr drap,\\ncloth; sept, seven; baptume, baptism; cap, cape Ali-p,\\nAleppo.\\n1G. (q) querir, to fetch quitter, to have; musique, music; logique,\\nlogic; quarante, forty; quoi, what; aquatique, aquatic;\\nQuintilien, Qtiintilian cinq, five; cinq livres, five books.\\n17. (r) ranger, to arrange errer, to err arriver, to arrive verser,\\nto pour je courrai, I will run jo courais, I teas running\\njouir, to enjoy car, for; plaisir, pleasure; amer, bitter\\nparler, to speak; changer, to change; fer, iron; hivcr,\\nwmfer.\\nIS. (f) silence, silence; soin, care; sans, without; base, ftase; rose,", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0034.jp2"}, "35": {"fulltext": "THE ARTICLE. 31\\nrose; chose, thing; observer, to observe; rasoir, razor;\\nparasol, parasol; science, science; schisme, schism; scie,\\nsaw scheme, scheme gras, fat pas, step lambris, wain-\\nscot; Barras, Barras Eomulus, Samoa; vous avez, you\\nhave nous aimons, we love.\\n19. (t) tiers, third; tiare, tiara; tort, wrong portion, portion;\\nsanction, sanction essential, essential partiality, partiality\\nsection, section; question, question; bastion, bastion; obser-\\nvation, observation; minutie, minutia; democratie, demo-\\ncracy amitie, friendship initiation, initiation mot, word\\nlot, lot sept, seven sept livres, seven books et, and vingt\\nlivres, twenty boohs.\\n20. (v) voir, to see va, go leve, raise; lever, to raise; visage, face\\nvive, f. lively.\\n21. (w) Westphalie, Weimar, Wurms, Wurtemberg.\\n22. (x) xylon, cotton plant Xenophon exiler, to exile excuser, to\\nexcuse; luxe, luxury; Alexandre, Alexander; maxime,\\nmaxim soixantidme, sixtieth six, six sixieme, sixth six\\nlivres, six books Bruxelles, Brussels Aix-la-Chapelle dix,\\nten; Phenix; Ajax; deux homme.3, two men; dix amis,\\nten friends.\\n23. (z) zele, zeal; zone, zone; zoologie, zoology; vous Hsez, you\\nread nez, nose Metz allez-y, go there venez ici, come\\nhere.\\nHpW\u00c2\u00b0 For the division of words into syllables, see Reading\\nLessons, page 474.\\nLEgON IV. LESSON IV.\\nTHE ARTICLE LE, LA. GEITOER.\\n1. In French the article 13, (2.)] has, in the singular, a distinct\\nform for each gender.\\nLe fils, the son; La fille, the daughter, tJie girl;\\nLe frcre, the brother; La sceur, the sister.\\n2. Before a word commencing with a vowel or an h mute, [L. 3, 10,]\\nthe article is the same for both genders. 13, (7.)] Ex.\\nL ai eul, the grandfather L ai eule, the grandmother\\nL hote, the landlord; L h6tesse, the landlady.", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0035.jp2"}, "36": {"fulltext": "22\\nQUATEIEME LEyON.\\n3. There are in French only two genders, the masculine and the\\nfeminine. 4.] Every noun, whether denoting an animate or an\\ninanimate object, belongs to one of these two genders.\\nMasc. L homme, the man\\nLe livre, the hook;\\nL arbre. the tree\\nFem.\\nLa femme, the woman\\nLa table, the table;\\nLa plume, the pen\\nLe lion, the lion\\nLe papier, the paper}\\nLe bois, the wood.\\nLa lionne, /he lioness\\nLa leuille/i 1 leaf;\\nLa pone, Mc door.\\n4. Avoir, to iia rr, in the Present of tiie Indicative.\\nAffirmatively.\\nIn as, [\u00c2\u00a733.(1.) (2.)]\\n11 a,\\nKile a,\\nTODS,\\nI\\nHa oat, in.\\nElles unt, C\\nI hare\\nHe has;\\nShe has;\\nThey have\\nThey have;\\nInterrogatively.\\nAi-jo?\\nAs-tu\\nA-t-il\\nA-t-elle?\\n-IHlllS?\\nAvez-vous?\\nOnt-ils? m.\\nOnt-cllos? f.\\nHare I?\\nJJast thou?\\nlias sht t\\n6. The c of the pronoun jc is elided, when that pronoun comes\\nbefore a vowel or an mute. 1 MS.J\\nG. In interrogative sentences, when the ihird person singular of a\\nverb ends with a vowel, and is immediately followed by a pronoun, a\\nt, called euphonic, must be placed between the verb and the pronoun.\\nA-t-il? Has he? A-t-ello? Has she?\\nResume of Examples.\\nre a la viand lave the\\noafe, etj ai I eau.\\nL homme a le paw, l eniant a lo sel, i is the bread, the cltihl has\\nel DO IS avons 1 poivre. the salt, and wc ha.\\nAvoine, f. oats;\\nr. in. butcher;\\nBoulanger, in. baker;\\nEau, 1\\nKarine, f.\\nPille, C pir^ daughter;\\nExercise 5.\\nFrdra, m. 6r 9\\nLivre, m. fooft;\\nMadame, madam\\nMademoiselle, mtss;\\nMeunier, m. miller;\\nMonsieur, Mr\\nOui, yes\\nPain. in. bread:\\nriuino, f.pen;\\nQui;\\nSel, in.\\nSeuloment, wity;\\n/aWe;\\nTln m\\nYin. in.\\n1. Qui a le pain? 2. Le boulanger a le pain. 3. A-t-il la fa\\nOui, monsieur; il a la farine. 5. Avons-nous la viande V G. Oui, a", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0036.jp2"}, "37": {"fulltext": "CONTEACTION OF THE ARTICLE. 33\\nvous avez la viande et le pain. 7. Le meunier a la farine. 8. Le\\nboulanger a la farine et le ble. 9. Avons-nous le livre et la plume\\n10. Oui, mademoiselle; vous avez le livre et la plume. 11. Leboucher\\na la viande. 12. Le meunier a la viande, et j ai le cafe. 13. Avez-\\nvous l eau et le sel 14. Oui, monsieur nous avons l eau, le sel, et\\nl avoine. 15. Avons-nous le the 16. Non, monsieur la fille a le\\nthe, le vinaigre^et le sel. 17. Ai-je le vin 18. Non, madame\\nvous avez seulement le vinaigre et la viande. 19. Avez-vous la table\\n20. Oui, madame j ai la table.\\nEXERCISE 6.\\n1. Have you the wheat 2. Tes, sir I have the wheat. 3. Who\\nhas the meat 4. The butcher has the meat and the salt. 5. Has\\nhe the oats 6. No, madam the horse has the oats. 7. Have we\\nthe wheat 8. You have the wheat and the flour. 9. Who has the\\nsalt? 10. I have the salt and the meat. 11. Have we the vinegar,\\nthe tea, and the coffee 12. No, sir the brother has the vinegar.\\n13. Who has the horse 14. The baker has the horse. 15. Have\\nwe the book and the pen? 16. No, miss; the girl has the pen, and\\nthe miller has the book. 17. Have you the table, sir 18. No, sir;\\nI have only the book. 19. Who has the table 20. We have the\\ntable, the pen, and the book.\\nLEQON V. LESSON V.\\nCONTEACTION OF THE ARTICLE, C.\\n1. The article le, with the preposition de preceding, must be con-\\ntracted into du, when it comes before a word in the masculine singu-\\nlar, commencing with a consonant or an h aspirated. [L. 3, 10;\\n13, (8.) (9.)]\\nDu frere, of the Irofher; Du chateau, of the castle;\\nDu heros, of the hero Du chemin, of the way.\\n2. Before feminine words, and before masculine words commencing\\nwith a vowel, or an h mute, the article le is not blended with the pre-\\nposition.\\nDe la dame, f. of the lady; De 1 amie, f. of the female friend\\nDe l argent, m. of the money; De l honneur, m. of. the honor.\\n3. In French, the name of the possessor follows the name of the\\nobject possessed. 76, (10.)]\\nLa raaison du medecin, T7ie physician s house\\nL arbre du jardin, The tree of the garden\\nLa lettro de la sceur, The sister s letter.", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0037.jp2"}, "38": {"fulltext": "34 CIKQUIIIlIE LEgON.\\n4. The name of the material of which an object is composed fol-\\nlows always the name of the object; the two words being connected,\\nby the preposition de (d before a vowel or an h mute). 7G, (11.)]\\nL habit de drap, The cloth coat\\nLa robe de soie, The silk dress\\nLa montre d or, The gold watch.\\nResume of Examples.\\nLo taflleur a l habit do drap du The tailor lias the physician s cloth\\nmedecin. coat.\\nVous avez la lettre de la sceur du You have the baker s sister s letter, (the\\nboulangcr. letter of the sister of the baker.)\\nA-t-il le livro de la dame? Has he the lady s book I\\nExercise 7.\\nArgent, m. silver, money Couteau, m. knife; Porte-crayon, m. pencil-\\nLas, in. stocking Cuir, in. leather. case;\\nBois, m. wood; Dame, f. lady; Robe, f. dress.\\nChapeau, m. hat; l rap, m. c Satin, in. satin:\\nCharpentier, m. carpen- Foin, m. hay; Sceur, 1 sister;\\ntar; Habit, m.coai; Soie, C silk;\\nliiier, m. shoema- Laine, f. wool, woollen; Soulier, m. shoe;\\ntar; Maia, but; Table, f. table;\\nCoton. Tailleur, m. tailor.\\n1. Avez-vous la montre d or? 2. Otii, madame; j ai la montro\\nd or et le chapeau de soie. 3. Monsieur, avez-vous Ic livredu tailleur?\\n4. Non, monsieur; j ai le livro du mddecin. 5. Ont-ils le pain du\\nooulanger? C. lis out le pain du boulangcr et la fanne du meunier.\\ni. Avez-vous le porte-crayon d argeut? 8. Oui, monsieur; nous\\n9. Avons-noua I avoine du cheval\\n10. Vous avez I avoine et le foin du cheval. 11. Quia l habit de drap\\ndu charpentier 12. Lo cordonnicr a le chapeau de soie du tailleur.\\n1 Le tailleur a le Soulier de cuir du cordonmer. 14. Avez-vous la\\nde bois? 15. Oui, monsieur; j ai la table de bois du charpentier.\\nIC Ont-ils le couteau d argent? 17. lis ont le couteau d ai\\nIS. Le frerc du mddecin a la montre d argent. 19. La sceur du\\nnnier a la robe de soie. 20. A-t-elle le Soulier de cuir?\\n21. Non, madame; elle a le Soulier de satin. 22. Avons-noua le bee\\ndo laine 23. Non, monsieur vous avez le bas do soie du tailleur.\\n24. Qui a le bas de coton? 2.3. Lo meMecin a le bas de colon. 2G. La\\ndame a le Soulier de satin do la sceur du boulangcr.\\nExercise 8.\\n1. LTave you the tailor s book 2. No, sir I have the p!\\nwatch. 3. Who has the gold watch 4. The lady has the gold watch", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0038.jp2"}, "39": {"fulltext": "NOUNS USED IN THE PARTITIVE SENSE. 35\\nand the silver pencil-case. 5. Have you the tailor s shoe 6. I have\\nthe tailor s cloth shoe. 7. Have we the wooden table 8. Yes, sir\\nyou have the wooden table. 9. Have they the silver knife 10. They\\nhave the silver knife. 11. The lady has the silver knife and the\\ngold pencil-case. 12. Has she the satin dress 13. The physician s\\nsister has the satin dress. 14. Who has the wood 15. The car-\\npenter s brother has the wood. 16. Have you the woollen stocking\\n17. No, sir but I have the cotton stocking. 18. Who has the\\nbaker s bread? 19. We have the baker s bread and the miller s\\nflour. 20. Have we the horse s hay 21. You have the horse s\\noats. 22. Have we the tailor s silk hat 23. Yes, sir you have the\\ntailor s silk hat and the shoemaker s leather shoe. 24. Have you the\\ncloth shoe of the physician s sister 25. No, madam I have the\\nlady s silk dress.\\nLEgON VI. LESSON VI.\\nNOUNS USED IN THE PARTITIVE SENSE.\\n1. The article, contracted with or preceded by the preposition de,\\naccording to Rules 1 and 2 of Lesson 5, is placed in French before\\nwords used in a partitive sense. Such words may generally be known\\nin English when some or any is or may be prefixed to them. 13,\\n(10.) 78, (1.)]\\nDu pain, Bread, or some bread;\\nDe la viande, Meat, or some meat\\nDe l argent, Money, or some money.\\n2. The French numeral adjective, un, m. une, f. answers to the\\nEnglish indefinite article, a or an. 13, (4.) (11.)]\\nUnhomme, A man;\\nUne femme, A woman.\\n3. The e of the preposition de is elided before un and une. 146.]\\nD un livre, m. Of or from a book\\nD une maison, f. Of or from a house.\\n4. When the nominative or subject of an interrogative sentence is\\na noun, it should be placed before the verb and immediately after\\nthe verb, in simple tenses, and after the auxiliary in compound tenses,\\na pronoun must be placed, agreeing with the nominative in gender and\\nnumber. 76, (4.) (5.)j. See also L. 56, R. 1.", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0039.jp2"}, "40": {"fulltext": "so\\nSIXIE ME LKgON.\\nLe medecin a-t-il de l argent\\nLe boucher a-t-il de la viande\\nLe libraire a-t-d du papier\\nLa dame a-t-elle de la soie\\nHas the physician money t\\nHas the butcher meat?\\nHas the bookseller paper t\\nHas the lady silk\\nResume of Examples.\\nAvez-vous du pain\\nVous avez du pain, du beurre, et du\\nfromage.\\nVotre frere a-t-d une livre de beurre\\nAvez-vous le livre d un libraire?\\nNon, j ai le livre d une dame.\\nLa sceur du medeciu a-t-elle du pa-\\npier et do L encre\\nHave you bread?\\nYou have bread,, butter, and cheese.\\nHas your brother a pound of butter\\nHave you a bookseller s book\\nNo, 1 have a lady s book.\\nHis the physician s sister paper and\\nink?\\n5. It will be seen by some of the above examples, that the ar-\\nticle must be repeated before every noun used in a partitive sense.\\nAcajou, m. mahogany\\nAcier, m.\\nAuioord hui,\\nin. butler;\\nBoeufj m\\nCaii in.\\nCuiller,\\nDe, in. thimble;\\nExercise 9.\\nEncre, f. ink;\\nm. yrocer\\nFUa, in. son;\\nFourchetta, tfork;\\n(hint, in.\\nLibraire, m. bookseller;\\nI.i\\\\ iv, m\\nLivre, l*. pound;\\nMn, f. my;\\nMorceau, in. piece;\\nPapier, in. paper\\nPlume, F.\\nSucre, in. sugar J\\nin, in.\\nVotre, y ur\\nThe, in. tea.\\n1. Avez-vous de la viande? 2. Oui, monsieur; j ai unc livre de\\nviande. 3. Votre fils a-t-il un morceau de pain? 4. Oui, mac lame;\\nil a un morceau de pain. Le libraire a-t-il un livre? G. II a do\\nFencre et du papier. 7. Votre sceur a-t-elle une montre d or 8.\\nEllc a une montre d oret un de d argent 9. Le boulanger a-t-il du\\nv;n ..a de la bi loulanger a du the et du cafe 11. Votre\\n12. II a du fromage et du beurre. 13. La\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0t-elle une cuiller d argent 14. La dame a une cuiller et uno\\nfourchetl 15. Le boucher a-t-il de la viande aujourd hui\\n1 6. Oui, monsieur il a un bceuf. 17. Le cliarpentwr\\na-t-il une table? 18. Oui, monsieur; il a une table d acajou.\\n1. livre du m^decin^/20. Non, mada\\nle livre de 21. Qui a du csOK et du sucre 22.\\na du cafd et du sucre. J.\u00c2\u00b0.. La :-reur du libraire a-\\n24. Nod, monsieur; maia elle a un livre. A-t-elle un.- plume\\nX. -ii, monsieur; elle a une plume d or. -7. Vous\\navea le porte-crayon du medecin,", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0040.jp2"}, "41": {"fulltext": "the negative sentence, etc. 37\\nExercise 10.\\n1. Have you any tea 2. Yes, madam I have a pound of tea.\\n3. Who has bread 4. The baker, has bread, butter, and cheese.\\n5. Has the tailor cloth 6. The tailor has a piece of cloth. 7. Has\\nthe physician gold 8. Yes, sir the physician has gold and silver.\\n9. Has the lady a silver watch 10. Yes, miss (madam) the lady has\\na silver watch and a gold pen. 11. Has your sister silk? 12. Yes,\\nsir; she has silk and cotton. 13. Have you a knife 14. Yes, sir;\\nI have a steel knife and a silver fork. 15. Have you meat to-day,\\nsir? 16. Yes, sir; I have a piece of beef. 17. Has your carpenter\\na mahogany table 18. Yes, sir he has a mahogany table. 19. Has\\nyour sister a glove 20. Yes, sir-; my sister has a silk glove.\\n21. Has the bookseller s son a gold pencil case? 22. Yes, sir; he\\nhas a gold pencil case and a steel pen. 23. Who has your sister s\\nwatch? 24. Your brother has the gold watch and the silk hat.\\n25. We have gold, silver, and steel. (See Rule 5.)\\nLEQON VII. LESSON VII.\\nTHE NEGATIVE SENTENCE, ETC.\\n1. To render a sentence negative, ne is placed before the verb, and\\npas after it.\\nJe n ai pas le clieval. i have not the horse.\\nVous n avez pas la maison. You have not the house.\\n2. When the verb is in a compound tense, 45, (8.)] the first\\nnegative ne is placed before the auxiliary, and the second between\\nthe auxiliary and the participle.\\nJe n ai pas eu le cheval. have not had the horse.\\nYous n avez pas eu la maison. You have not had the house.\\n3. It will be seen in the above examples that the e of ne is elided,\\nwhen the verb begins with a vowel. 146.]\\n4. When the words ni, neither rien, nothing jamais, never per-\\neonne, no one, nobody, occur, the word ne only is used, and those\\nwords take the place of pas.\\nJe n ai ni le livre ni le papier. I have neither the booh nor the paper.\\nAvez-vous quelque chose Save you any thing f\\nNous n avons rien. We have nothing, or not any thing.\\nPersonne n a le livre. 41, (6.)] No one has the book.\\nYoua n avez jamais le couteau. You never have the knife.", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0041.jp2"}, "42": {"fulltext": "38 SEPTIEME LEgON.\\n5. A noun used in a partitive sense (Lesson 6, Rule 1), and being\\nthe object of a verb conjugated negatively, should not be preceded\\nby the article, but by the preposition de only. 1 78, (7.)].\\nNous n avons pas d argent. We have no money.\\nTous n avez pas do viande. You have no meat.\\n6. Quelqu un, some one, any one 41, (7.)] quelque chose, some-\\nthing, any thing should only be used in an affirmative or interroga-\\ntive sentence, or in a sentence which is negative and interrogative at\\nthe same time.\\nAvons-nous quelqu un Have we any one?\\nAvez-vous quelque chose Have you any thing\\nN avons-nous pas quelque chose? Have we not something\\n7. In a negative sentence, ne personne, signifies nobody, not any\\nbody and ne rien, nothing, not any thing.\\nJe n ai personne. I have no one, not any one.\\nVous n avez rien. You have nothing, or not any thing.\\n8. Avoir, to jta vk, in- the Present of Tm: Indicative,\\nvely. Negatively and Interrogatively.\\nJen aipae, Ihauenot; N ai-jepas? Have I not f\\nTu n as pas, Thou hast not; N as-tupas? Hast thou not?\\nII n a pas, has not; N a-t-il pas? His he not?\\nEUe ii a pas, Slie has not; N a-t-elle pas Has she not?\\nNous n avons pas, We have not; N avous-nous pas Haven\\nVous n avez pas, Tou have not; N avez- vous pas? J/nre you not?\\nlis n ont pas, m. They have not; N ont-ils pas m. Have they not?\\nElles n ont pas, Tiny have not. N ont-elles pas f Have they not?\\nRbsuhjb of Ex ami -lis.\\nLe taillcur a-t-il lc bouton? Has the tailor the button\\nLc tailleur n a pas lo bouton. The tailor has not Ou\\n11 n a pas en le drap. He has not had the cloth.\\nII o a ni lc bois ni le fer. He has neither the wood nor the\\nAi-jede la viande? Have I\\nVous n avez pas de viande, (R. 5.) Tou have no meat.\\nAvons-nous quelque chose? any thing?\\nNous n avons rien. We have nothing, or not any thing.\\n]foas n avons jamais de cafe, (R. 5.) We never ha\\nVous n avez pas de livre. Tou have no i\\n1 When, however, tbS sentence is interrogative as well as n\\narticle is sometimes used. In thoso cases, however, ne and pas are reu-\\ndered by not instead of no.\\nN avons-nous pas de l argent? laoney?\\nN avez-vous pas de la viande? meat?\\nWithout the article.\\nN avons-nous pas d argent Have we no money?\\nN avez-vous pas do viande Have you no meat?", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0042.jp2"}, "43": {"fulltext": "the negative sentence. 39\\nExercise 11.\\nAmi, m. friend; Drap, m. cloth; Personne, m. nobody\\nAnglelerre, ft England; Dutout, at all; Quelque chose, m. some-\\nAussi, also; France, f France; thing, any thing\\nAutre, other Histoire, f. history Quelqu un, m. some one,\\nChapelier, ra. hatter Libraire, m. bookseller; any one;\\nChien, m. dog Marchand, m. merchant Soie, f. silk\\nCoton, m. cotton; Mon, m. my; Velours, m. velvet;\\nCousin, m. cousin Ni, neither, nor Voisin, m. neighbor.\\nDeux, two\\n1. Le chapelier a-t-il de la soie 2. Le chapelier n a pas de soie,\\nmais il a du velours. 3. A-t-il du velours de coton 4. Non, mon-\\nsieur il n a pas de velours de coton, il a du velours de soie. 5. Avez-\\nvous de la viande 6. Oui, monsieur j ai de la viande. 7. Le me-\\ndecin n a pas d argent. 8. Qui a de 1 argent 9. Le marchand n a\\npas d argent, mais il a du drap, du velours et de la soie. 10. Avez-\\nvous quelque chose 11. Non, monsieur; je n ai rien du tout. 12. Le\\ntailleur a-t-il deux boutons d argent? 13. Non, monsieur; il a deux\\nboutons de soie. 14. Qui a votre chien 15. Le voisin a le chien de\\nmon cousin. 16. N a-t-il pas votre cheval aussi 17. Non, monsieur;\\nil a le cheval de votre ami. 18. Avez-vous l histoire de France\\n19. Non, madame je n ai ni l histoire de France ni l histoire d An-\\ngleterre. 20. N avez-vous ni le livre ni le papier? 21. Non, made-\\nmoiselle; je n ai ni l un ni 1 autre. 22. Qui a du papier? 23. Le\\nlibraire n a pas de papier. 24. Quelqu un a-t-il un livre 25. Per-\\nsonne n a de livre.\\nExercise 12.\\n1. Has the baker velvet 2. No, sir the baker has no velvet.\\n3. Who has silk velvet 4. The hatter has silk velvet and a silk hat.\\n5. Have you two silver buttons 6. No, sir I have a cloth coat, a\\nsilk hat, and a velvet shoe. 7. Has your neighbor a wooden table\\n8. Tes, sir he has a mahogany table. 9. Has your cousin a history\\nof England? 10. No, sir; he has a history of France. 11. I have\\nneither the cloth nor the velvet. 12. We have neither the meat nor\\nthe coffee. 13. Has any one a book ?^LjL4. Your cousin has a book,\\na velvet coat, and a silk hat. 15. Have you the physician s book\\n16. Tes, madam I have the physician s book, and the lady s gold pen.\\n17. Has the merchant cloth? 18. The merchant has no cloth, but he\\nhas money. 19. Who has your neighbor s dog 20. Nobody has\\nmy neighbor s dog. 21. Has any one my book 22. No one has\\nyour book. 23. Has your cousin s brother any thing 24. No, sir\\nhe has nothing. 25. Who has your friend s book 26. Your brother\\nhas my cousin s book. 27. Has he the tailor s coat 28. He has not\\nthe tailor s coat. 29. We have neither the cloth nor the silk.", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0043.jp2"}, "44": {"fulltext": "40 HUITIEME LE^ON,\\nLEgox Yin. LESSON VIII.\\nIDIOMS FORMED WITH AVOIR, TO UA VE, C.\\n1. The verb avoir is used idiomatically, in French, with the words\\nquelque chose, chaud, froid, /aim, honte, peur, raison, tort, soif, S07n-\\nmeil.\\nJ ai quelque chose. Something is the matter with me.\\nII a chaud. He is warm.\\nElle a faim. Slie is hungry.\\nNous avons honte. We are ashamed.\\nVous avez pcur. You, are afraid.\\nlis ont tort. Tlo.y are wrong.\\nAvez-vous raison? Are you right?\\nJ ai sommeiL J am sb epy.\\n2. A noun, whether taken in a general or in a particular sense, is,\\nin French, commonly preceded by the article le, in its different forms.\\n77, (1.) (2.)]\\nLe pain est necessaire. Bread is necessary.\\nII a le pain. He has the in ad.\\n3. A noun, preceded by the article le, retains that article after ni,\\nnor, neither; but a noun taken in a partitive sense, [L. 6, l f takes\\nafter ni, neither article nor preposition.\\nJo n ai ni l arbro ni le janlin. have neither the tree nor the garden.\\nNous n avons ui arbre ni jardin. We have neither tree nor gardm.\\nA. A noun, taken in a partitive sense, and preceded by an adjec-\\ntive, takes merely the preposition dc. 78, (3.)J\\n5. The following adjectives are generally placed before the noun.\\nBean, handsome, Brave, worthy; Gros, large, big; Mauvais,\\nfine, beautiful: young; Meilleur,\\nBon,good; Grand, \u00c2\u00a3r \u00e2\u0096\u00a0at, large; Joli, -pretty Petit, small;\\nYieux, old; Yilaiii, ugly.\\nliKSl Mt: OF E.VVMI i\\nAvoz-vous quelque choae 1 Is anything the mntfrr with yout\\nJe n ai rien, (UteraUy, Ihave nothing.) Nothing is k me.\\nfrere a-t-il chaud Is your brother warm\\n11 n a ii i froid ni obaud. He\\neura-t-elle faim ou soif? I ry or thirsty t\\nBile n a pas faim. maifl lonte. She is not hungry, but ash i\\nVotre ami a-t-il Bommeilf Is y py\\nMod ami n a :.i Bommeil ni peur. My fr nor afraid.\\nOUfl raison on tort?\\ni ifl du lait ou du viii? Havi you milk or winet\\ni lait ni vin, [R. 3.] I ha\\nle lait ou le vin? Havt you\\ni le lait in le vin. [R. 3.] i tk* wine.\\nAvez-vous de beau drap et de bon Have yuu handsome cloth and good", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0044.jp2"}, "45": {"fulltext": "IDIOMS WITH AVOIE, ETC. 41\\nExEJRCISE 13.\\nAu contraire, on the con- Fusil, m. gun Petit, small, little\\ntrary Froid, m. cold; Peur, f. fear, afraid\\nBouton, m. button; Gros, large; Quel, what, which;\\nCapitaiue, m. captain; Houte,f. shame,ashamed Kaison, f. reason, right;\\nCousin, m. cousin Mais, but Rien, nothing\\nChaud, m. heat, warm; Marteau, m. hammer Tort, m. wrong;\\nFaim, f. hunger, hungry Meuuisier, m. joiner Sel, m. salt\\nFer, m. iron. Poivre, m. pepper Sornmeil, m. sleep, sleepy.\\nFerblantier, m. tinman\\n1. Qui a sornmeil 2. Mon frere a faim, mais il n a pas sornmeil.\\n3. Avez-vous raison ou tort? 4. J ai raison, je n ai pas tort. 5. Avez-\\nvous le bon fusil de mon frere 6. Je n ai pas le fusil. 7. Avez-vous\\nfroid aujourd hui? 8. Je n ai pas froid; au contraire, j ai chaud.\\n9. Avez-vous de bon pain? 10. Je n ai pas de pain. 11. N avez-\\nvous pas faim 12. Je n ai ni faim ni soif. 13. Avez-vous honte\\n14. Je n ai ni honte ni peur. 15. Avons-nous du poivre ou du sel\\n16. Vous n avez ni poivre ni sel. 17. Quel livre avez-vous 18. J ai\\nle livre de mon cousin. 19. Avez-vous le marteau de fer ou le mar-\\nteau d argent 20. Je n ai ni le marteau de fer ni le marteau d argent,\\nj ai le marteau de bois du ferblantier. 21. Avez-vous quelque chose?\\n22. Je n ai rien. 23. Avez-vous le gros livre du libraire 24. Je n ai\\nni le gros livre du libraire, ni le petit livre du menuisier; j ai le bon\\nlivre du capitaine.\\nExercise 14.\\n1. Are you sleepy, sir 2. No, sir I am not sleepy, but I am\\nhungry. 3. Have you pepper or salt 4. I have neither pepper nor\\nsalt I have cheese. 5. Is your brother thirsty or hungry 6. My\\nbrother is neither thirsty nor hungry. 7. Is your sister right or\\nwrong 8. She is not wrong, she is right. 9. Is the good joiner\\nafraid 10. He is not afraid, but ashamed. 11. Have you milk or\\ncheese 12. I have neither milk nor cheese I have butter. .13. Have\\nyou the fine cloth or the good tea? 14. I have neither the fine cloth\\nnor the good tea. 15. Is any thing the matter with you, my good\\nfriend 16. Nothing is the matter with me, my good sir. 17. Have\\nyou no bread 18. Yes, madam I have good bread, good butter, and\\ngood cheese. 19. Is the carpenter sleepy 20. The carpenter is not\\nsleepy, but the tinman is hungry. 21. Have you the tinman s wooden\\nhammer 22. I have not the wooden hammer. 23. Which hammer\\nhave you 24. I have the steel hammer. 25. Have you a good cloth\\ncoat 26. No, sir but I have a silk dress. 27. Has the tailor the good\\ngold button 28. Yes, sir he has the good gold button. 29. Who\\nhas my brother s gold watch 30. Some one has the gold watch.", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0045.jp2"}, "46": {"fulltext": "42 NEUVIEME LEgOU.\\nLE\u00c2\u00a3ON IX. LESSON IX.\\nTHE PRONOUN Z\u00c2\u00a3l THE POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AXD PKOXOUXS.\\n1. The pronouns le, Mm, it la, her, it, are, in French, placed before\\nthe verb. 1 These pronouns assume the gender of the nouns which\\nthey represent.\\nToyez-vous le couteau m. Do you see the knife t\\nJe ]e vois. J see it.\\nYoyons-nous la fourchetto Do we see the fork?\\nNous la voyons. We see it.\\n2. The vowel of the pronouns le and la, is elided before a verb\\ncommencing with a vowel or an h mute. 146.]\\nAvez-vouslo baton? m. Have you, the stick?\\nJe l ai. than\\nAvons-nous la caiino Have we the cane\\nNous I We have it.\\n3. The possessive adjectives mon, m. ma,/, my ton, m. ta,/, thy\\nhie, her, agree in gender with the object possessed, that is\\nwith the noun following them. 21, (1.) (2.)]\\nMen pn] litre, 771. -Vy d\\nAvez-vous ma lettro? you my letttrt\\nJl a Son ftisil, /civ fttS\\n11 ;i Ba crava V/c Tits cravat.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2t. Before a feminine noun in the singular, commencing with a\\nVOWel i an h mute, the masculine form, mon, ion, son, is used.\\nE\u00c2\u00a7 21,(3.)]\\n.T ai Jhnrc my\\nm habitude,/ P is his or her habit.\\nLo general a .-on an The general has his army.\\n5. The adjectives notre, our; votre, your; leur, f/teir, are used\\nwithout variation, before a noun of either gender, in the singular.\\n[\u00c2\u00a721,(1.)]\\nNotre argent^ m. Mwr.\\nVotre canne,/ Fouri\\nLeur t rre, TVietV fancf.\\nC. The possessive pronouns le mien, la miennc, mine le\\nla tienne,/. tJiine; lo sien, m. la sienne, his or hers fie\\nnotre, m. la ndtre,/ ows; le votre, m. la votre,/ yours; le leur,\\nffetrs, can never bo prefixed to nouns. Th\\nI person singular, anil in tho/frs* and second persons\\nplural of the imperative used ajlirmativchj.", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0046.jp2"}, "47": {"fulltext": "POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUN S. 43\\nding those pronouns, and forming an indispensable part of them,\\ntakes the gender of the object possessed; 1 mien, tien, sien, vary for\\nthe feminine notre and votre, used as pronouns, have the circumflex\\naccent.\\nJ ai votre livre et le mien.\\nElle a sa robe et la mienne.\\nVous avez votre plume et la n6tre.\\nI have your book and mine.\\nShe has her dress and mine.\\nYou have your pen and ours.\\nResume oe Examples.\\nVotre ami a-t-il le mouton\\nII l a, elle l a.\\nII ne l a pas.\\nN avez-vous pas l encrier d argent\\nNous ne l avons pas.\\nAvez-vous votre fusil ou le mien\\nJe n ai ni le votre ni le mien.\\nSon epouse a-t-elle sa robe ou la\\nvotre\\nElle n a ni la sienne ni la votre.\\nNe l avez-vous pas\\nVotre frere ne l a-t-il pas\\nHas your friend the sheep or mutton\\nHe has it, she has it.\\nHe has it not.\\nHave you not the silver inkstand\\nWe have it not.\\nHave you your gun or mine\\nI have neither yours nor mine.\\nHas his wife her dress or yours\\nSize has neither hers nor yours.\\nHave you it not\\nHas not your brother it\\nAssiette, f. plate\\nBiscuit, m. biscuit;\\nBoeuf, m. beef;\\nBoucher, m. butcher\\nCommode, f. chest of\\ndrawers, bureau;\\nCouteau, m. knife;\\nExercise 15.\\nCrayon, m. pencil\\nCuisinier, m. cook\\nFourchette. fork\\nMatelot, m. sailor\\nMouton, m. mutton,\\nsheep\\nParent, m. relation\\nPlat, m. dish;\\nPoisson, m.fish;\\nPorcelaine, f. china;\\nSofa, m. sofa\\nTout, all;\\nMiroir, m. looking-glass Veau, m. veal, calf.\\n1. Avez-vous la fourchette d argent? 2. Oui, monsieur; je l ai.\\n3. Le cuisinier a-t-il le boeuf? 4. Non, monsieur; ll ne l a pas.\\n5. Quel mouton avez-vous? 6. J ai le bon mouton et le boii veau\\ndu boucher. 7. Votre parent a-t-il la commode 8. Non, monsieur\\nil ne l a pas. 9. A-t-il mon poisson 10. Qui a tout le biscuit du\\nboulanger? 11. Le matelot n a ni son pain ni son biscuit. 12. A-t-il\\nson couteau et sa fourchette? 13. II n a ni son couteau ni sa four-\\nchette, il a son assiette [R. 4], 14. Quel plat a-t-il 15. 11 a le jo^i\\nplat de porcelaine. 16. Avez-vous le mien ou le sien 17. Je n ai\\nni le votre ni le sien, j ai le notre. 18. Avez-vous peur, monsieur\\n19. Non, madame; je n ai pas peur, j ai faim. 20. Quelqu un a-t-il\\n1 The article is also contracted with the preposition de into du, (see L. 5,\\nR. 1) and with the proposition d into au, when the possessive pronoun\\nrefers to a noun in the masculine singular.\\nDe votre pere et du mien. Of your father- and mine.\\nA son pere et au mien. To his father and mine.", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0047.jp2"}, "48": {"fulltext": "44 DIXIIlMB LB5ON.\\nma montre d or 21. Non, monsieur personne nc l a. 22. Qu avez-\\nvous, monsieur 23. Je n ai rien. 24. Avez-vous le sofa d aeajou\\nde mon menuisier? 25. Non, monsieur; je ne l ai pas. 26. J ai\\nson joli miroir et son bon crayon.\\nExercise 16.\\n1. Have you the silver pencil case 2. No, sir I have it not.\\n3. Have you my brother s plate 4. Tes, madam I have it. 5. Has\\nthe butcher the good biscuit 6. He has it not, he has the good\\nbeef, the good mutton, and the good veal. 7. Have you my knife\\nand (my) fork 8. I have neither your knife nor your fork.\\n9. Who has the good sailor s biscuit? 10. The baker has it, and I\\nhave mine. 11. Have you mine also?., 12. I have neither yours\\nnor his. 13. Are you hungry 14. I am not hungry, I am thirsty\\nand sleepy. 15. Are you not ashamed? 16. No, sir; I am not\\nashamed, but I am cold. 17. Is your relation right or wrong? 18. My\\nrelation is right, sir. 19. Has he my china dish or my silver knife?\\n20. He has neither your china dish nor your silver knife, he has\\nyour china plat 1 21. Has any one my silver pencil-case? 22. No\\none has it, but your brother has your cloth coat. 23, Have yon\\nmine or his? _!4. I have yours. 25. Has the baker the mahogany\\nchest of drawers? 26. He has it not; he lias the mahogany sofa.\\n27. lias flic tinman my plate? 28. He has not your plate he has\\nmine. 29. Which sofa have you? 30. I have my brother s sofa.\\n31. I have neither his uor yours; I have mine.\\nLI (ON X. LESSON X.\\nTHE DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS.\\n1. The demonstrative adjectives ce, m. cette,/. this or that, arc al-\\nways placed before nouns; they agree in gender with these nouns.\\n[\u00c2\u00a720, (1.)]\\nAvez-vous ee parapluie? m. Have you this or that -umbrella t\\nVous n avez pas cette bouteille,/ You have not tins or Vint bottle.\\n2. Before a word masculine singular, commencing with a vowel or\\nan h mute, cd takes the place of ce. [j 20, (1).]\\n1 The possessive adjective must in French bo repeated boforo every\\nnoun [\u00c2\u00a721, (4.)]", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0048.jp2"}, "49": {"fulltext": "DEMONSTRATIVE ADJECTIVES AND PEONOUNS. 45\\nN avez-vous pas cet argent Have you not this or that money\\nVous avez eu cet honneur. You have had this or that honor-\\n3. When it is deemed necessary to express, in French, the differ-\\nence existing in English between the words this and that, the adverbs\\nci and la may be placed after the nouns. 20, (2.)]\\nJe n ai pas ce parasol-ci j ai ce pa- I have not this parasol; I have that\\nrasol-la, parasol.\\n4. The demonstrative pronouns, celui, m. celle, f. this or that, are\\nused to represent nouns, but are never joined with them like adjec-\\ntives. [\u00c2\u00a736, \u00c2\u00a737, (1.)]\\ntFai mon parapluie et celui de votre I have rny umbrella and your brother s,\\nfrere, i. e., that of your brother.\\nVous avez ma robe et celle de ma You have my dress and my sister s, i. e.,\\nsceur, that of my sister.\\n5. The pronouns celui, celle, with the addition of the words ci and\\nId, are used in the sense of this one, that one, the latter, the former.\\n37, (4).] They agree in gender with the word which they repre-\\nsent.\\nVous avez celui-ci, mais vous n avez You have this one (the latter), but you\\npas celui-la. have not that one (the former).\\n6. The pronouns ceci and cela, are used absolutely, that is, without\\na noun, in pointing out objects.\\nNous n avons pas ceci, nous avons We have not this, we have that.\\ncela,\\nCeci ou cela, This or thai.\\nResume of E\u00c2\u00b1amples.\\nAvez- vous le livre de cet homme Have you that man s book\\nJe n ai pas son livre, j ai le mien. I have not his book, I have mine.\\nLe cuisinier a-t-il ce parapluie Has the cook that umbrella\\nII n a pas ce parapluie-ci, il a ce He has not this umbrella, he has that\\nparapluie-la, (R. 3.) umbrella.\\nAvez- vous celui de votre frere Have you your brother s f that of\\nyour brother.\\nJe n ai pas celui de mon frere j ai have not my brother s I have my\\ncelui de ma sceur, (R. 4.) sister s i. e., that of my brother,\\nthat of my sister.\\nAvez-vous celui-ci ou celui-la 1 Have you this one or that one\\nJe c ai ni celui-ci ni celui-la. I have neither the latter nor thefi\\nQuelle robe avez-vous Which dress have you\\nJ ai celle-ci. J have this (one.)\\nAvez-vous ceci ou cela (R. 6.) Have you this or that", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0049.jp2"}, "50": {"fulltext": "46 diiieme le\u00c2\u00a7on.\\nExercise 17.\\nArdoise, f. slate Lettre, letter Saliere, f. salt stand\\nBalai, m. broom; Malle, f trunk; Enerier, m. inkstand;\\nBois, m. wood Parasol, m. parasol; Etranger, m. stranger,\\nBouteille, bottle; Poulet, m. chicken; foreigner;\\nDame, lady Plomb, m. lead Lait, m. milk\\nFromage, m. cheese Ne-plus, no longer, not Parapluie, m. umbrella\\nJaruinier, m. gardener; anymore; Yolaille, poultry.\\n1. Votre frere a-t-il son enerier d argent 2. Une l a plus, il a un\\nenerier de plomb. 3. Avons-nous la lettre de l etranger 4. Oui,\\nmonsieur nous avorts celle de l etranger [R. 4.J 5. Votre sceur n a\\npas son ardoise, mais elle a son chapeau de satin. 6. Le menuisier\\na-t-il votre bois ou le sien 7. H n a ni le mien ni le sien, U a celui\\ndu jardinier. 8. Avez-vous mon bon parapluie de soie? 9. J ai\\nvotre parapluie de soie et votre parasol de satin. 10. Avez-vous ma\\nbouteille 11. Je n ai pas votre bouteille, j ai la malle de votre\\nscour. 12. Le domestique a-t-il cette saliere 13. II n a pas cette\\ngaliere-ei il a eelle-la. 14. Avez-vous le bon ou le mauvais poulet\\n15. Je n ai ni celui-ci ni celui-la. 16. Quel poulet avez-vous 17. J ai\\ncelui du cuisinier. 18. Le boulangcr a-t-il de la volaille? [L. 6.\\nR. 1.] 19. Le boulanger n a pas de volaille, il a du lait [L. 7, R. 5.]\\n20. Avee-vous votre fromage ou le mien 21. Je n ai ni le votre ni\\nle mien, j ai celui du matelot. 22. Quelqu un a-t-il faim 23. Per-\\nsonne n a faim. 24. Avez-vous quelque chose 25. Non, monsieur\\nje n ai rien.\\nExercise 18.\\n1 Has your brother that lady s umbrella 2. My brother has that\\nlady s umbrella. 3. Have you this parasol or that one? 4. I have\\nneither this (one) nor that (one). 5. Have you the stranger s gold\\nwatch? G. No, sir; I have the baker s.* 7. Who has my slate?\\n8. I have your slate and your brother s. 9. llc.3 the cook a silver\\nsalt stand 10. The cook has a silver salt stand and a silver dish.\\n11. Has the cook tins poultry or that? 12. He has neither this nor\\nthat. 13. Has he this bread or that? 14. IL; has neither this nor\\nthat, he has the baker s good bread. 15. Have you my cotton paia-\\nBol? 16. I have not your cotton parasol, I have your silk parasol\\n17. Has ilio gardener a leather trunk 18. The gardener has a leather\\ntrunk. 19. Who has my good cheese? 20. Nobody has your\\nbut some one has your brother s. 21. Have y n n\\nhis? 22. I have neither yours nor his, I havi\\nthe cook this bottle or that broom 24. He has this bottl\\nyuu a lead inkstand 26. No, sir; 1 have a china inkstand. 27. Has", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0050.jp2"}, "51": {"fulltext": "PLURAL OF NOUNS. 47\\nthe stranger poultry 28. The stranger has no poultry, but he has\\nmoney. 29. Your brother is hungry and thirsty, afraid and sleepy.\\n30. Is any one ashamed 31. No, sir nobody is ashamed. 32. Is\\nyour brother right or wrong? 33. My brother is right, and yours is\\nwrong. 34. Your sister has neither her satin hat nor her velvet\\nhat.\\nLEQON XL LESSON XL\\nPLUBAL OP NOUNS 8).\\n1. The plural in French, is generally formed, as in English, by the\\naddition of s to the singular.\\nUn homme, une femme, A man, a woman\\nDeux hommes, deux femmes, Two men, two women.\\nThe form le of the article becomes plural by the addition of s,\\nand may be placed before plural nouns of either gender.\\nLes hommes, les femmes, Tlie men, the ivomen.\\n2. 1st Exception to Rule 1. Nouns ending in s, x z remain un-\\nchanged for the plural.\\nLe bas, les bas, The stocking, the stockings\\nLa voix, les voix, The voice, the voices\\nLe nez, les nez, The nose, the noses.\\n3. 2d Exception. Nouns ending with au, and eu, take x for the\\nplural.\\nLe bateau, les bateaux, The hoat, the boats\\nLe lieu, les lieux, The place, the places.\\n4. 3d Exception. The following nouns ending in ou, take x for\\nthe plural: bijou, Jewel; caillou pebble chou, cabbage; genou, knee;\\nhibou, owl joujou, plaything.\\nLes bijoux, les cailloux, les choux, Tlie jewels, the pebbles, the cabbages\\nLeshibous, les genoux, les joujoiix, The owls, the knees, the playthings.\\n5. 4th Exception. The following nouns ending in ail change that\\ntermination into aux for the plural: bail, lease; corail, coral; email,\\nenamel; soupirail, air-hole; sous-bail, under-lease; travail, labor.\\nLes baux, les coraux, les emaux, Tlie leases, the corals, the enamels;\\nLes soupiraux, les travaux, les sous- The air-holes, the labors, the under-\\nbaux, leases.", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0051.jp2"}, "52": {"fulltext": "43\\nONZIE ME LEg ON,\\n6. 5th Exception. Nouns ending in al form their plural in aux.\\nLe cheval, les chevaux, The horse, the horses;\\nLe general, les generaux, The general, the generals.\\nBal, ball; carnaval, carnival; cliacal, jackal; regal, treat, follow tho\\ngeneral rule.\\n7. 6th Exception. Ciel, heaven; ceil, eye; and aieul, ancestor,\\nform their plural irregularly.\\nLes cieux, les yeux, les ai eux, The heavens, the eyes, the ancestors.\\nFor further rules see 8, 9, and 10 of the Second Part\\nResume of Examples.\\nLes Anglais ont-ils les chevaux du\\ngeneral\\nLes generaux n ont pas les bijoux.\\nLes eniants ont-ils les cailloux?\\nLes yeux de l enlant.\\nLes tableaux de cetto eglisc.\\nAvez-vous les oiseaux de ce bois?\\nAvez-vous les enoriera d argentde\\nma soeur?\\nJ ai lea bijoux d argeut et d or do\\nl tr.\\nLes rois n ont-ils pas los palais do\\nmarbre\\nHave the English the generaVs\\nThe generals have not the jewels.\\nUave the children the pebbles t\\nThe child s eyes.\\nTlie pictures of that church.\\nHave you the birds of that wood!\\nHave you my sister s sQoer inkstands t\\nI have the gold and silver jewels oftlie\\njner.\\nHave nut the kings the marble pal-\\naces?\\nBaril, m. barrel;\\nBas, in. stocking;\\nChocolat, m. cliocolate;\\nBijou, in.\\nCliou, m. cabbage;\\nKnlant, m. child;\\nPer, 111. iron;\\nFils, in. 50?i\\nExercise 19.\\nGeneral, in. general;\\nOilet, in. waistcoat;\\nGrand, adj., large, great;\\nJardin, m. garden;\\nJdujou, in. plaything;\\nMan-hand. 111. merchant,;\\nManVhal, m. blacksmith;\\nMarteau, m. hammer;\\nMauvais, bad;\\nMeunier, in. miller;\\nMorceau, m. piece;\\nOiseau, in. bird;\\nPetit, small;\\nl airo, j\\nPoivre, m.\\nQu que, what;\\nliien, nothing.\\n1. Avez-vous les marteauxdu cliarpcnticr? 2. Nous avons les mar-\\nteaux du marechaL 3. Les marechaux ont-ils deux marteaux do\\nbois 4. lis ont deux martcaux de fcr. 5. Les gcneraiix ont-ils les\\nohapeaux de soie de I enfant? 6. Us ont les bijoux et les joujoux\\nde lVnfant. 7. Les enfants ont-ils les oiseaux de votre bois 8. lis\\nn ont pas les oiseaux de mon bois, mais ils ont les chevaux de mon\\ngeneral 9. Le marechaJ a-t-il une paire do bas delaine? 10. Lo\\nmarechal a deux paires de bas de laine. 11. Monsieur; n avez-vous\\n17 12. Nou, monsieur; j ai chaud. L A.ve*-vous du cale)\\noU du chocolat? 11. Jc n ai ui cafe ni chocolat 15. N avcz-voua", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0052.jp2"}, "53": {"fulltext": "PLURAL OP PRONOUNS, ETC. 49\\npas les choux de mon grand jardin 16. J ai les legumes de votre\\npetit jardin. 17. Votre fils, qu a-t-il? 18. Mon fils n a rien.\\n19. Avez-vous deux morceaux de pain 20. Le meunier a un mor-\\nceau de pain, et deux barils de farine. 21. L epicier a-t-il du cafe, du\\nthe, du chocolat, et du poivre 22. II a du the et du cafe, et le cho-\\ncolat et le poivre de votre marchand. 23. Qui a de l argent 24. Je\\nn ai pas d argent, mais j ai du papier. 25. Avez-vous de bon papier\\n26. J ai de mauvais papier. s\\nExercise 29.\\n1. Have you my brother s horses 2. I have not your brother s\\nhorses, I have your cousin s hats. 3. Have the blacksmiths good\\niron 4. The blacksmith has two pieces of iron. 5. Have you two\\npairs of stockings 6. I have one pair of stockings, and two pairs\\nof gloves. 7. Has your sister the gold jewels? 8. My sister has\\nthe gold jewels, and the paper playthings. 9. Have you the cabbages\\nin your garden 10. We have two cabbages in our garden. 11. Have\\nyou the silk hats 12. The generals have the silk hats. 13. Have\\nyou coffee or sugar? 14. We have neither coffee nor sugar.\\n15. Is your brother ashamed? 16. My brother is neither\\nashamed nor afraid. 17. Who has two barrels of flour 18. The\\nmiller has two barrels of flour. 19. Have the birds bread 20. The\\nbirds have no bread. 21. Has the merchant tea, chocolate, sugar\\nand pepper 22. He has sugar and pepper, but he has neither tea\\nnor chocolate. 23. What has your sister? 24. She has nothing.\\n25. What is the matter with your brother 26. Nothing is the mat-\\nter with him. 27. Is he not cold 28. He is not cold, he is warm.\\n29. Is he wrong? 30. He is not wrong, he is right. 31. Have you\\ntwo cloth coats 32. I have only one cloth coat, but I have two\\nsatin waistcoats. 33. Who has my brother s letter 34. Your -sis-\\nter has it. 35. Your sister has it not.\\nLEQON XII. LESSON XII.\\nTHE PLURAL, CONTINUED.\\n1. The plural form of the pronouns le, him or it la, her or it, is\\nles, them, for both genders. Its place is also before the verb.\\nVous les avez. Les avez-vous You have them. Have you them\\nNous ne les avons pas. We have them not.\\n3", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0053.jp2"}, "54": {"fulltext": "50 DOUZIEME LEgON\\n2. The plural of the article, preceded by the preposition de, of, or\\nfrom, is des for both genders.\\nDes livres, des plumes, Of or from the books, of the pens\\nDea freres, des sceurs, Of or from the brothers, of the sisters.\\n3. The same form of the article is placed before plural nouns used\\nin a partitive sense. [L. 6, R. 1.]\\nJ ai des habits. have clothes.\\nVous avez des maisons. You have houses.\\n4. Rule 5, Lesson 7, and Rule 4, Lesson 8, apply also to plural\\nnouns used partitively. See also note, page 38.\\nNous n avons pas de livres. We have no books.\\nTous avez de bons crayons. You have good pencils.\\n5. The plural form of the possessive adjectives, mon, ton, son t\\nnotre, voire, leur, is mes, my; tes, thy ses, his, her; nos, our; vos,\\nyour leurs, their, for both genders.\\nMes freres, mes soeurs, My brothers, my sisters;\\nNos livres, uos plumes, Our books, our pens.\\n6. The possessive pronouns, 2e mien, la viienne, etc., [L. 0, R. G,]\\nform their plural as follows\\nMas. Fern. Mas. or Fem.\\nLes miens, Les miennes, mine; Les notres, own,\\nD B miens, Des miennes, of mine; Dea n6tres, of ours;\\nLes tiens, Les tiennes, thine; Les votrea, y\\nDes tiens, Des tiennes, of thine Des votres, of yours;\\nLes siens, Les siennes, his or hers Les leurs, th\\nDes siens, Des siennes, of his or hers Des leurs, of Utcirs\\nVos maisons et les miennes, Your houses and mine\\nYos champs et les siens, Your fields and his\\nLes siens, les votres et los nfirres, His, yours and ours\\nDes miens, des votres ct des leurs, Of mine, of yours, and of theirs.\\n7. The demonstrative adjectives, ce, ecl, cctte, have ces fur their\\nplural.\\nCes hommes, ces femmes. Tliese men, these women.\\n8. The demonstrative pronoun, celui, m. this or that, makee\\nthe plural The feminine form, celle, merely takes the s in the\\nplural.\\nMes chandeliers (m.) ct ceux do vos My r\\nfreres. broOu\\nYos chandolles (f.) ct cellcs do nos\\nvoisins.\\n1 Aux miens, m., aux miennes,/. to m L 25, R. C.", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0054.jp2"}, "55": {"fulltext": "PLURAL OF PRONOUNS, ETC.\\n51\\nResume op Examples.\\nVotre frere a-t-il mes ehevaux\\nII n a ni les votres ni les siens.\\nA-t-il ceux de nos voisins\\nII ne les a pas.\\nMa sceur a-t-elle vos plumes, ou\\ncelles de ma cousine\\nElle n a ni les miennes ni celles de\\nma cousine, elle a les siennes.\\nAvons-nous des marteaux?\\nVous n avez pas de marteaux.\\nVous avez de jolis crayons.\\nAvez-vous les habits des enfants\\nJe n ai pas les habits des enfants.\\nVous avez les chapeaux des dames.\\nAvez vous ceux-ci, ou ceux-la.\\nHas your brother my horses\\nHe has neither yours nor his.\\nHas he those of our neighbors\\nHe has them not.\\nHas my sister your pens, or my cous-\\nin s, f. (or those of my cousin).\\nShe has neither mine, nor my cousin s,\\nshe has her own.\\nHave we hammers f\\nYou have no hammers.\\nYou have \u00e2\u0080\u00a2pretty pencils.\\nHave you the children s clothes\\nI have not the children s clothes.\\nYou have the ladies hats.\\nHave you these or those\\nAcajou, m. mahogany\\nAubergiste, m. innkeev-\\ner;\\nBlanc -he, white\\nChaise, f. chair;\\nChandelier, m. candle-\\nstick\\nEXERCISE 21.\\nChandelle, f. candle Fusil, m. n\\nCousine, f. cousin Laine, f. wool\\nCrin, m. horse-hair Marbre, m. marble\\nISbeniste, m. cabinet- Matelas, m. mattress;\\nmaker; Meilleure, better;\\nFerblanc, m. tin; Ouvrier, m. workman;\\nFerblantier, m. tinman Voyageur, m. traveller.\\n1. Avez- vous les marteaux des marechaux 2. Oui, monsieur je\\nles ai. 3. Ne les avez-vous pas? 4. Non, monsieur; nous ne les\\navons pas. 5. L ouvrier les a. 6. L aubergiste a-t-il vos ehevaux\\n7. L aubergiste n a ni mes ehevaux ni les votres, il a les siens. 8. Le\\nmedecin a-t-il des livres? 9. Oui, monsieur; il a de bons livres.\\n10. N avez-vous pas mes meilleures plumes? 11. Oui, monsieur;\\nj ai vos meilleures plumes, les miennes, et celles de votre cousine.\\n12. Le voyageur a-t-il de bons fusils 13. II n a pas de bons fusils,\\nil a des fusils de fer. 14. Le matelot n a-t-il pas mes matelas de\\ncrin 15. II ne les a pas. 16. Qu a-t-il 17. H a les matelas de\\nlaine de l ebeniste. 18. L ebeniste a-t-il des tables d acajou 19. Oui,\\nmadame il a des tables d acajou ^et des tables de marbre blanc.\\n20. Avez-vous mes chaises ou les votres 21. Je n ai ni les votres\\nni les miennes, j ai celles de l ebeniste. 22. N avez-vous pas som-\\nmeil? 23. Non, monsieur; je n ai ni sommeil ni faim. 24. Le fer-\\nblantier a-t-il vos chandeliers de fer 25. Non, monsieur il a ceux\\ndu marechal.\\nExercise 22.\\nHave you my tables or yours 2. I have neither yours nor\\nmine, I have the innkeeper s. 3. Have you them? 4. No, sir; I have\\nthem not. 5. Has your sister my horses? 6. Yes, sir; she has", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0055.jp2"}, "56": {"fulltext": "52 TEEIZIEME lEfON.\\nyour two horses, and your brother s. 7. Are you right or wrong\\n8. I am right, I am not -wrong. 9. Has the tinman my silver can-\\ndlesticks or yours 10. He has neither your silver candlesticks nor\\nmine. 11. What has he 12. He has the cabinet-maker s wooden\\ntables. 13. Has he your mahogany chairs 14. No, sir; he has my\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2white marble tables. 15. Have you these tables or those 16. I\\nhave neither these nor those, I have the cabinet-maker s. 17. Have\\nyou good pencil-cases? 18. No, sir; but I have good pencils.\\n19. Has the traveller iron guns 20. Yes, sir he has mine, yours,\\nand his. 21. Has he not your brother s 22. He has not my brother s.\\n23. Has the workman my iron hammers? 24. Yes, sir; he has\\nthem. 25. Has my brother your pens or my cousin s 26. He has\\nmine and yours. 27. Have you the children s clothes 2S. Yes,\\nmadam 1 have them. 29. Have j r ou your sister s hat? 30. I have\\nrqy cousin s./. 31. Is any thing the matter with your brother?\\n32. He is cold and hungry. 33. Have you horses 34. Yes, sir I\\nhave two horses. 35. I have two horse-hair mattresses and one\\nwool mattress.\\nLEQON XIII. LESSON XIII.\\nAOBEEMENT OF ADJECTIVES FEMININE OF ADJECTIVES.\\n1. The adjective in French, whatever may be its place, 1 agrees in\\ngender and number with the noun which it qualifies 15, I\\n2. Adjectives ending with e mute, i. c, not accented, retain that\\ntermination lor the feminine.\\nUn garcon aimable, An amiable boy\\nUne fille aimable, An amiable girl\\n3. Adjectives not ending in e mute, take c for the feminine.\\nUn garcon diligent, A diligent boy;\\nUne lillo diligento, A diligent girl\\n4. Exceptions. Adjectives ending in el, eil, en, el, on and as,\\ndouble the last consonant and take e for the feminine.\\nMas. Fern. Mas. Fem.\\nEssentiel, cssentiello, essential; Sujet, oujetto, subject;\\nVermeil, vcrmeille, Vermillion; Bon, bonne, good;\\nAncien, ancienne, ancient; Baa, basse, low.\\n5. Adjectives ending in /change the /into re; those ending in x\\nchange that letter into se for tin- feminine.\\n1 For the place of adjectives sou L. 15, and Rule 5, J", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0056.jp2"}, "57": {"fulltext": "AGREEMENT OE ADJECTIV:\\n53\\nUn habit neuij\\nA new coat\\nUn homme heureux,\\nA happy man;\\nUne robe neuve,\\nA new dress\\nUne femme heureuse\\nA happy woman.\\n6. The adjectives beau, handsome fan, foolish mou, soft nouveau,\\nnew; vieux, old, become lei, fol, mol, nouvel, and vieil, 1 before a\\nnoun masculine commencing with a vowel or an h mute j the last\\nconsonant of the latter form is doubled, and e added for the feminine,\\nEx., belle, folle, nouvelle, vieille.\\n7. Additional rules and exceptions will be found, 16 of the\\nSecond Part of this Grammar.\\n8. Conjugation of the Present of the Indicative of\\nEtre, to be.\\nInterrogatively.\\nAffirm\\nxtively.\\nJe suis,\\nlam;\\nTues,\\nTlwu art\\n11 est,\\nHe is;\\nElle est,\\nShe is\\nNous sommes\\nWe are\\nVous etes,\\nYou are\\nlis sont, m.\\nThey are\\nElles sont, f.\\nThey are;\\nSuis-je\\nAmi?\\nEs-tu\\nArt thou\\nEst-il\\nIs he?\\nEst-elle\\nIs she\\nSommes-nous\\nAre we\\nEtes- vous\\nAre you\\nSont-ils? m.\\nAre they\\nSont-elles?\\nAre they f\\nResume of Examples.\\nAvez-vous un garcon diligent et une Have you a diligent boy and a dili-\\nfille diligente\\nMon garcon est diligent, mais ma\\nfille est paresseuse [R. 5.]\\nCette coutume est-elle ancienne\\nCette coutume n est pas ancienne,\\nelle est nouvelle [R. 6.]\\nYotre plume est-elle bonne ou mau-\\nvaise\\nMa sceur est tres vive [R. 5.]\\nYotre maison est-elle meilleure que\\nla mienne\\nLa maison de ma sceur est aussi\\nbonne que la votre.\\ngent girl\\nMy boy is diligent, but my daughter\\nis idle.\\nIs this custom ancient\\nThis custom is not ancient, it is new.\\nIs your pen good or bad\\nMy sister is very lively.\\nIs your house belter than mine\\nBeau, bel, belle, hand-\\nsome\\nBon, good;\\nContent, e, pleased\\nCravate, f. cravat;\\nDame, f. lady\\nEncrier, m. inkstand\\nMy sister s\\nyours.\\nExercise 23.\\nFille, f. daughter, girl\\nHabit, m. coat\\nHeureux,-se, happy;\\nIci, here;\\nMeilleur, e, letter;\\nNeuf,-ve, new;\\nPaire, f. pair\\nExcellent, e, excellent; Parapluie, m. umbrella;\\nParasol, m. parasol;\\nParent, m. relation;\\nPetit, e. small\\nParesseux,-se, idle;\\nPorcelaine, f. china;\\nQue, than\\nVieux, vieille, old;\\nVif, vive, quick, lively.\\n1 Vieux is also used before a noun commencing with a\\nBilent h.\\njwei or a", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0057.jp2"}, "58": {"fulltext": "54 TEEIZIEME LEgOX.\\n1. Cette dame est-elle contente 2. Non, monsieur cette dame\\nn est pas contente. 3. Votre fille est-elle vive 4. Mon fils est tres\\nvif, et ma fille est paresseuse. 5. N a-t-elle pas tort G. Elle n a\\npas raison. 7. Yotre cousine est-elle heureuse 8. Oui, madame elle\\nest bonne, belle et heureuse. 9. A-t-elle des amis 10. Oui, monsieur\\nelle a des parents et des amis. 11. A-t-clle une robe neuve et de vieux\\nsouliers 12. Elle a de vieux souliers et une vieille robe. 13. Totro\\nfrere n a-t-il pas un bel habit [E. G.] 14. E a un bel habit et une\\nbonne cravatc. 15. Avez-vous de bonne viande, monsieur 1G. J ai\\nde la viande excellente. 17. Cette viande-ci est-elle meilleure quo\\ncelle-la 18. Celle-ei est meilleure que celle-li. 19. Votre ami a-t-il le\\nbel encrier de porcelaine? 20. Son encrier est beau, mais il n est\\npas de porcelaine. 21. Quelqu un a-t-il faim? 22. Fersonne n afaim.\\n23. Les generaux sont-ils ici 24. Les generaux et les mareehaux\\nsont ici. 25. J ai voa parasols et vos parapluies, et ccux de vos\\nenfants.\\nExercise 24.\\n1. Is your tittle sister pleased? 2. Yes, madam; she is pleased.\\n3. Is that little girl handsome? 4. That little girl is not handsome,\\nbut she is good. 5. Have you good cloth and good silk? G. My\\ncloth and silk are hen 7. la your sister happy? 8. My sister is\\ngood and happy. 9. Has that physician s sister friends? 10. No,\\nmadam; she has no friends. 11. Is your meat good? 12. My meat\\nis good, but my cheese is better. 13. Has the bookseller a hand-\\nsome china inkstand 11. He has a fine silver inkstand and a pair\\nof leather shoes. 15. Have you my silk parasols? 1G. I h.:\\ncotton umbrellas. 17. Is your brother s coat handsome f 18. My\\nbrother has a handsome coat and an old silk cravat. 19. Have you\\nrelations ami friends? 20. I have no relations, but I have friends.\\n21. Is that handsome lady wrong? 22. That handsome lady is not\\nwrong. 23. Have you handsome china? 24. Our china is haul-\\nsome and good. 25. It is bettor than yours. 2(1. Is not that little\\ngirl hungry? 27. That handsome little girl is neither hungry nor\\nthirst)-. 28. What is the matter with her 29. She has neither re-\\nlations nor friends. 30. Is this gold watch good 31. Th\\ngood, but that one is lnt tor. 3 J. Have you it? 33. I have it, but I\\nhave not your sister s. 34. I have neither yours nor mine, I hare\\nyour mother s.\\n1 The article, the possessive and tlio demonstrative adjective, and the\\nprepositions i and de are repeated before every noun.\\nMon fn -ro et ma soeur, M j brother and tki\\nA votre frere et an mien, To yo --i mine.\\nDo iioa livrea et des votres, Of our books and of) yours.", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0058.jp2"}, "59": {"fulltext": "PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES. 55\\nLEQON XIV. LESSON XIV.\\nAGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES. PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES.\\n1. An adjective qualifying a plural noun, or two or more singular\\nnouns of the same gender, assumes the gender of the noun or nouns\\nand is put in the plural. 18.]\\nles arbres et les fruits sont beaux. The trees and fruits are fine.\\nLes fleurs et les plantes sont belles. The flowers and plants are fine.\\nVos jardins sont tres beaux. Tour gardens are very fine.\\n2. An adjective qualifying two or more nouns of different genders,\\nis put in the plural masculine.\\nMou frere et ma soeur sont contents. My brother and sister are pleased.\\nLe canif et la plume sont bons. The penknife and pen are good.\\n3. The plural of the feminine of adjectives is invariably formed by\\nthe addition of an s.\\nVous avez de jolies maisons. You have pretty\\nCes demoiselles sont attentives. Those young ladies are attentive.\\n4. The plural of the masculine of adjectives is generally formed by\\nthe addition of an s.\\nCes ecoliers sont attentifs. Those scholars are attentive.\\nVos bois sont magnifiques. Tour woods are magnificent.\\n5. The terminations s and x are not changed for the plural mascu-\\nline.\\nNos fruits sont mauvaia. Our fruits are bad.\\nVos oiseaux sont hideux. Tour birds are hideous.\\n6. To the termination eau, x is added for the plural masculine.\\nVos champs sont tres beaux Tour fields are very fine.\\n7. The termination al is generally changed into aux for the plural\\nmasculine 17 (3.), Third Exception].\\nLes hommes sont egaux. Men are equal.\\n8. For more explicit rules and for exceptions, see 17, Second Part.\\n9. Present of the Indicative of IItee, to be.\\nNegatively. Negatively and Interrogatively.\\nJo ne suis pas, I am not; Ne suis-je pas Am 1 not?\\nTu n es pas, Thou art not; N es-tu pas? Art thou not?\\nII n est pas, Ms is not N est-il pas Is he not\\nElle n est pas, She is not N est-elle pas? Is she not?\\nNous ne sommes pas, We are not Ne sommes-nous pas Are we not\\nVous n etes pas, Tou are not N etes-vous pas Are you not\\nlis ne sont pas, m. They are not; Ne sont-ils pas m. Are they not?\\nElles ne sont pas, f. They are not; Ne sont-elles pas? f. Are they not", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0059.jp2"}, "60": {"fulltext": "56 QUATOEZIfiME LIS COX.\\nResume op Examples.\\nAvez-vous des ecoliers attentifs Have you, attentive scholars\\nMes ecoliers et mes ecolieres sont My scholars (male and female) are\\ntres attentifs et tres studieux. very attentive and very studious.\\nCes demoiselles sont-elles studieuses Are those young ladies studious\\nElles ne sont pas tres studieuses. They are not very studious.\\nCes regies sont-elles generates? Are those rules general f\\nCes principes sont generaux. Those principles are general.\\nLeurs kabillements sont superbes. Their clothes are superb.\\nAvez-vous peur de ces chevaux Are you afraid of those restive horses?\\nretifs\\nTos montres d or sont excellentes. Your gold watches are excellent.\\nLes miennes sont-elles nieilleures Are mine better than yours\\nque les votres\\nLes votres sont meilleurcs. Yours are better\\nExercise 25.\\nA; greable, agreeable; Mauvais, e, tad; Souvcnt, often\\nAine, c, elder; Mule, f. mule; Travail, m. labor;\\nAHemande, German; Oisif, ve, idle; Tres, very;\\nJamais, never; Pantoufles, f. slippers; Utile, useful;\\nIndulgent, c. indulgent; Personne, m. nobody Velours, m. velvet;\\nLaine, f. wool, woollen; Retif, ve, restive; YifJ ve, quick, lively.\\nMaroquin, m. morocco;\\n1. Les chevaux do notre ami sont-ils retifs? 2. Ses chevaux no\\nBont pas re*tifs, mais scs mules sont tres rdtives. 3. Les chevaux et\\nles mules de votre frere sont excellents. -1. Vos sceurs sont-elles\\ntresvives? 5. Mesl 9 sceurs sont tics vi is. 0. S. ut-ils\\nsouvent oisifs 7. Non, monsieur me3 soeurs ne sont jamais\\n8. Avez-vous peur do votrc frere? 0. Non, monsieur je i\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0iMi 10. Ne sommes-nous pas indulgents 11.\\nindulgents, et vous avez raison. 12. Ai-jo vos livres 13. Vous ne\\nz ceux de mon frere aine. 1 k Ne\\nvous pas? 15. Je ne les ai pas. 1G. Avez-vous une bonne pair\u00c2\u00a9 de\\nbas dc laine 17. J ai une belle paire de bas de soie. 18. Avez-voua\\nles bonnes maisons ou les mauvaises? 19. Je n ai ni les bonnes ni\\nles mauvaises, j ai celles de ma cousine. 20. Le travail cst-il agre-\\n.able? 21. Lc travail est utile et agreable. 22. Avez-vous mes\\nbeaux souliers de maroquin 23. Jo n ai pas vos beaux souliers de\\nmaroquin, j ai vos belles pantoufles de velours. 2-1. Ave/.-.\\npantoufles de votre sceur, ou les miennes? 25. Jo n ai ni les votres\\nni cellos de votre BceurJ ai celles de l Allemand\u00c2\u00abii\\nExebcisb 26.\\n1. Are your brothers and sisters very\\n2. Mj brothers are quick, butiny sisters arc not quick. 3. 1 1", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0060.jp2"}, "61": {"fulltext": "PLACE OF ADJECTIVES, ETC. 57\\nnot two restive horses 4. No, but I have a restive mule. 5. Have\\nyou not two good pairs of silk gloves 6. I have a good pair of\\ncotton gloves, and two pairs of silk gloves. 7. Are you not afraid\\nof your friends 8. No, sir; I am never afraid of my friends. 9. I\\nam afraid of nobody. 10. Are you right or wrong? 11. I am right.\\n12. -Have you my beautiful leather slippers, or my old satin slip-\\npers 13. I have your old leather shoes and your velvet slippers.\\n14. Are those ladies pleased? 15. Those ladies aie pleased, and they\\nare right. 16. Has the G-erman lady your father s shoes or mine\\n17. She has neither his nor yours, she has my sister s. 18. Has\\nyour elder brother good houses 19. His houses are better than\\nyours and than mine. 2 20. Are his houses old 21. His houses\\nare old, but they are good. 22. Have you them 33. No, sir I\\nhave them not, I have no houses. 24. Have you my brother s or\\nmy sister s 25. Tour sister has hers and my mother s. 26. Are\\nyour scholars attentive 27. My scholars are very attentive and\\nvery studious. 28. Are those German ladies studious? 29. They\\nare very studious and very attentive. 30. Are you often wrong\\n31. Yes, sir I am often wrong. 32. Is labor agreeable 33. Yes,\\nsir labor is agreeable and useful. 34. We have them, and you have\\nthem not.\\nLEgON XV. LESSON XV.\\nPLACE OP ADJECTIVES. RELATIVE PEOKOUK HIT.\\n1. The adjective, in French, follows the noun much more fre-\\nquently than it precedes it. 85, (l.)J\\nVous ajez des amis fideles. You have faithful friends.\\nMa soeur a des livres instructifs. My sister has instructive books.\\n2. Those adjectives which generally precede the nouns have been\\nmentioned in Lesson 8, Eule 5., and will be also found 85, (11.)\\nNous avons de belles maisons. We have beautiful houses.\\nVotre jolie petite fiUe est studieuse. Tour pretty little girl is studious.\\n3. The adjectives which are placed after nouns are 1st, All par-\\nticiples, present and past, used adjectively.\\nNous avons une histoire interessante. We have an interesting history.\\nVous avez des enfants polis. You have polite children.\\n1 See Rule 5 of next Lesson.\\na Que meaning which and que conjunction are never understood in\\nFrench, they must bo repeated before every noun, pronoun, and verb.\\nSee L. 19, R. 1.\\n3*", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0061.jp2"}, "62": {"fulltext": "58 QUI NZ IE ME LEgON.\\n4. 2d, All such as express form, color, taste such as relate to\\nhearing and touching such as denote the matter of which an object is\\ncomposed; as also such as refer to nationality, 1 or to any defects of\\nthe body. 85, (4.) (5.) (6.) (7.)]\\nNos parents ont des chapeaux noirs. Our relations have black hats.\\nYous avez des pommes douces. You have sweet apples.\\nToila de la cire molle. There is soft wax.\\nCette dame espagnolo a un enfant Tliat Spanish lady has a lame child.\\nboitcux.\\n5. 3d, Almost all adjectives ending in al, able, ible, (que and if\\nCes hommes liberaux sont aimes. Those liberal men are loved.\\nYoiia un esprit ralsonnablo. That is a reasonable mind.\\nYoila un esclavo fugitil That is a fugitive slave.\\n6. Some adjectives have a different meaning according to their\\nposition before or after the noun. [See list, 86.]\\nUn bravo homme, a worthy man; Un horame brave, a brave man.\\n7. En is used for the English words some or any, expressed or\\nunderstood, but not followed by a noun; en has also the sense of\\nof them, thereof generally understood in English sentences, par-\\nticularly in answers to questions. 39, (17.) 104, 110, (2.)(3.)]\\n-yous des souliera do cuir Have you leather shoes f\\nI ai. I hare sonic, I have (of them).\\nVotre fils en a-t-il? lias your son any 1\\nAn adjective used substantively, and having a partitive signiGca-\\ntion (in a sentence containing the pronoun en), must be preceded by\\nthe preposition de, in the same manner as if the noun were expressed.\\n[Sec l:. 1. L. 8.]\\nAvcz-voua do bonnes plumes? Have you good pens?\\nNon, maiaj en ai de mauvaises. Ko, but 1 have bad ones.\\nR SUlf\u00c2\u00a3 of Exmmpi.ks.\\nAvez-vous do beaux jarditis? Have you fine gardens?\\nlui. jell at ^e beaux. [It. 7.]\\nVotre frero n a-t-il pas des souliera Has not your brother black shoes 1\\nnoirs?\\n71 n en a pas, maia ma sccur en a. Tie has none, but my sister has some.\\nNfa-trelle pas aussi uuo robo Has she not also a white dress t\\nblanche?\\nOui, ellc en a une. Yes, she has one.\\nHon, elle n en a pas. hehaa none.\\nQui in a une W/io has one 1\\nyui n en a pas? Who has nonet\\n1 Such adjectives, in French, do not commence with a capital.", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0062.jp2"}, "63": {"fulltext": "PLACE OF ADJECTIVES, ETC. 59\\nLe boucher n a-t-il pas do la viande Has not the hutcher fresh meat?\\nfraiche (See note, page 38.)\\nII en a, il n en a pas. He has some, he has none.\\nII en a beaucoup. He has much (of it).\\n11 n en a guere. He has but little (of it).\\nII en a deux livres. He has two pounds (of il).\\nExercise 27.\\nAmusant, e, amusing; Bijou, ra. jewel; Laine, f. wool\\nAmericain,e, American; Blanc, blanche, white; Mademoiselle, f. Miss;\\nAnglais, e, English; Brave, brave, ivorthy Monsieur, m. sir, Mr.,\\nArabe, Arabian; Chale, m. shawl; gentleman;\\nAubergiste, m. innkeep- Couteau, m. knife Noir, e, black\\ner Francais, e, French Parent, m. relation\\nBeaucoup, much, many Guere, little, but little Soldat, m. soldier\\nBeige, Belgian Guitare, f. guitar Terre, f. land.\\n1. Avez-vous une bonne guitare 2. Oui, monsieur j ai une\\nguitare excellente. 3. Avez-vous de bons habits 4. Oui, madame\\nj ai de bons habits noirs et de belles robes blanches. 5. Votre mere\\nn a-t-elle pas un chale -de soie 6. Oui, mademoiselle elle en a un\\nde soie et un de laine. 7. L aubergiste a-t-il de bons chevaux\\nanglais 8. L aubergiste a des chevaux anglais, francais, et\\narabes. 9. II en a de superbes. 10. L ami de votre frere a-t-il des\\nbijoux d or 11. Oui, monsieur; il en a. 12. A-t-il aussi des bijoux\\n.d argent? 13. II en a aussi. 14. En a-t-il beaucoup? 15. Non,\\nmonsieur; il n en a guere. 16. Votre ami a-t-il des parents?\\n17. Oui, monsieur il en a. 18. Ce monsieur a-t-il une bonne plume\\nd acier, ou une belle plume d or 19. II en a une d acier, et nous\\nen avons une d or. 20. Le general n a-t-il pas de bons soldats?\\n21. II en a de tres braves. 22. Les Americains n ont-ils pas de bonne\\nterre 23. Us en ont d excellente. 24? Le marchand a-t-il des\\ncouteaux anglais ou francais 25. Les couteaux du marchand ne\\nsont ni anglais ni francais, ils sont beiges.\\nExercise 28.\\n1. Has your brother Arabian horses 2. Tes, sir he has some.\\n3. Has he handsome ones 4. Yes, sir he has handsome ones.\\n5. Are the good Americans wrong? 6. No, miss (madam); they\\nare not wrong, they are right. 7. Have you a French shawl\\n8. Yes, sir I have one, I have a handsome French shawl. 9. Has\\nyour innkeeper your silver knife or mine 10. He has neither yours\\nnor mine, he has his sister s handsome steel knife. 11. Has the Belgian\\na good guitar? 12. He has an excellent French guitar. 13. He has\\nan excellent one. 14. Has the gentleman amusing books 15. Yes,\\nsir; he has two. 16. Has the general French or Arabian horses?", "height": "2934", "width": "1734", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0063.jp2"}, "64": {"fulltext": "60 SEIZIKJIE LE^ON.\\n17. He has French and Arabian horses, but he has no English horses.\\n18. Who has Arabian horses 19. The Arabian has some. 20. Has\\nthe Englishman any? 21. The Englishman has some. 22. Has\\nyour friend s sister a good steel pen 23. My friend s sister has one,\\nbut my relations have none. 24. Are you not wrong, sir 25. Yes,\\nmadam I am wrong. 26. Are those knives English 27. No,\\nsir they are Belgian. 28. Have you relations 29. I have two,\\nand they are here (id). 30. Has the English butcher meat? 31. Yes,\\nsir; he has much. 32. Has he much money? 33. He has but\\nlittle. 34. Has the Belgian general brave soldiers? 35. Yes, sir; he\\nhas good ones.\\nLE\u00c2\u00a3ON XVI. LESSON XVI.\\nCOMPABISON.\\n1. Adjectives and adverbs arc always compared in French, as they\\noften an- in English, by means of adverbs.\\nbeau, plussouvent, More beautiful, oflentr.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2J. The first part of the comparison for the degree in qualify is\\nmade by\\nAussi, as, or as vxu \u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0096\u00a0h _.\\nThese adverbs oomo almost alwnvs\\nI I us,\\nbefore an adjective, a participle, or an\\nPas ansa, pas si, not so, not as;\\ngrand, as tall. Tins grand, I\\n..\u00e2\u0096\u00a0I, not as tall. Moins grand, less tall, not as (all.\\nPor tl degree in quantity w\\nAutanl de, us much, as many; Coming almost always be-\\nf fore a noun, an adject..\\nmuch or as many I substantively, or a post\\nJ or demonstrative pronoun.\\nAutnnt de livres, as many I i de bona, as many good ones.\\nMoins des miens, less of mint.\\n1. The second part of the compi i by:\\n08, than: when it does not pr do a word expressing ft quantity\\nI wiili the word following the first adverb of the comparison.\\nAutant de livres que votre frere, As many I\\nTout autant d or que sa sn-ur, Quite as much gold as hit\\nPlus diligent mo sa suiur, More diligent than his sitter.", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0064.jp2"}, "65": {"fulltext": "COMPAEI SON.\\nCI\\nQue de, as, than before a word expressing a quantity compared with\\nthat expressed by the word following the adverb of the first part.\\nPlus de livres que de maisons,\\nAutant d or que d argent,\\nJ ai tout autant de sucre que de\\nMore books than houses.\\nAs much gold as silver.\\nI have quite (or just) as much sugar\\nas coffee.\\nResume op Examples.\\nAvez-vous autant de livres anglais,\\nque de livres italiens\\nJ en ai tout autant.\\nJ ai autant de ceux-ci que de ceux-\\nla.\\nII est aussi heureux que vous.\\nAvez-vous plus d assiettes que de\\nplats?\\nJ ai plus de ceux-ci que de celles-la.\\nEst-il plus complaisant que ses\\nfreres\\nLe Francais a-t-il moms de legumes\\nque de fruits?\\nII a moins de livres que de manus-\\ncrits.\\nII n a pas autant de ceux-ci que\\nde ceux-la.\\nEn a-t-il moins que voire frere\\nII en a tout autant.\\nHave you as many English books as\\nItalian books\\nI have just as many.\\nI have as many of these as of those.\\nHe is as happy as you.\\nHave you more plates than dishes\\nI have more of these than of those.\\nIs he more obliging than his brothers f\\nHas the Frenchman fewer vegetables\\nthan fruits\\nHe has fewer books than manuscripts.\\nHe has not as many of these as of\\nthose.\\nHas he less (of them) than your\\nbrother\\nHe has quite as many.\\nExercise 29.\\nPer, m. iron Manuserit, m. manu-\\nFromage, m. cheese; script;\\nHollandais, m. Dutch- Marechal, m. blacksmith;\\nman; Modestie, f modesty;\\nItalien, ne, Italian; Soie, f. silk;\\nTres, very\\nVerre, m. glass.\\nBleu, e, blue\\nCourage, m. courage\\nDavantage,* more;\\nDrap, m. cloth\\nEnnemi, m. enemy;\\nEspagnol, e, Spaniard; Jardin, m. garden;\\nEstampe, f. engraving Manteau, m. cloak;\\n1. Etes-vous aussi content que votre frere 2. Je suis aussi con-\\ntent que votre frere. 3. Votre pere a-t-il autant de courage que de\\nmodestie 4. ]1 a moins de modestie que de courage. 5. Le\\nlibraire a-t-il autant de manuscrits que d estampes 6. II a plus de\\ncelles-ci que de ceux-la. 7. A-t-il autant d amis que d ennemis?\\n8. Ha plus de ceux-ci que de ceux-la. 9. A-t-il autant de pain que\\nde fromage? 10. II a tout autant de celui-ci que de celui-la.\\n11. Le marechal a-t-il plus de chevaux que votre frere 12. II en a\\nplus que mon pere, et plus que mon frere. 13. N avez-vous pas\\n1 Davantage means more. It can never be placed before a noun it may\\nbe used instead of plus, at the end of a sentence.", "height": "2917", "width": "1675", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0065.jp2"}, "66": {"fulltext": "62 DIX-SEPTIEME LE\u00c2\u00a3OX.\\nfroid 14. Non, monsieur je n ai pas froid, j ai tres ehaud. 15. Avez-\\nvous deux manteaux de drap? 16. J en ai un de drap et un de ve-\\nlours bleu. 17. N avez-vous pas plus de verres que d aasjettes\\nIS. Xous en avons davantagc. 19. Le ruarechal a-t-il phis de fer\\nque d acier 20. II n a pas autant de celui-ei que de celui-la.\\n21. II a moins de celui-ci que de celui-lu. 22. Les Hollandais ont-ils\\nde beaux jardins? 23. Leurs jardins sont tres beaux. 2-1. Les\\njardins des Italien3 sont plus beaux que ceux des Espaguols.\\nExeucise 30.\\n1. Are you more attentive than your sister 2. I am not a* atten-\\ntive as your brother. 3. Have you more courage than my brother?\\n4. I have quite as much. 5. Has the blacksmith as much moo\\niron? G. He has more of the latter than of the former. [L. 10, EL .J\\n7. lias he more modesty than the Spaniard? 8. He has more.\\nft. He has more than your friend s Bister. 10. Are you not cold, sir?\\n11. Noysir; but I am afraid and sleepy. 1 Li. Has tin- Dutchman\\nmore cheese than the Italian 13. He has more cheese and more\\ny. 11. Have you as much English silk as Italian silk 15. 1\\nId. Who has more friends than\\nire. 18. Has the Span::\\nhis 1: El f mine than i I\\nL ii. 1 loaks than cl\\nof these than of those. 22. II\\nind good leather shoes. 24. lla\\\\\\nplates than dishes? 25.\\nbut I have\\n27. N neither cold nor warm.\\n30. W e money than the carpenter 31. Th\\n32, Who lias mor\\nHit has mi\\nyour friend? 3. I am mure attentive thai.\\nI.I .miN XVII. LESSON XVII.\\n1. The superlative or bicn,\\nI 2, (1\\nn s nt ir. s utiles. v useful\\ntre Uillcur est bion obUgeaot", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0066.jp2"}, "67": {"fulltext": "COMPARISON, ETC. 63\\n2. The superlative relative is formed by adding the article le, la,\\nles, to a comparative. 14-2, (9.)]\\nYotre neves est le plus savant de tous. Your nephew is the most learned of all.\\n3. Encore is used in French in the sense of more, some more, any\\nmore, still, used affirmatively and interrogatively, but not nega-\\ntively.\\nAvez-vous encore du cafe Have you any more coffee\\nJ ai encore du cafe. have more (or some more) coffee.\\nJ en ai encore. i have some more, or some left.\\n4. Ne-^plus is used in the sense of not any more, and no more, or\\nnone left.\\nJe n ai plus de livres. I have no more books.\\nJe n ai plus de chocolat. 1 have no chocolate left.\\n5. Ne guere means but little, but few.\\nJe n ai guere d amis. I have but feio friends.\\nJe n en ai guere. i have but few but little.\\n6. The pronouns moi, toi, lui, eux, are used instead of the nom-\\ninative pronouns je, tu, il, ils, after the g/ue of a comparison, when\\nthe verb is understood.\\nYous etes plus heureux que moi. You are happier than I.\\nVous avez plus de merite que lui. You have more merit than he.\\nResume of Examples,\\nVotre marchand est bien obligeant. Your merchant is very obliging.\\nVoila, le meilleur de ces garcons. That is the best of those boys.\\nNous avons encore des amis. We have some more (or still) friends.\\nVous avez encore du credit. You have still (or yet) credit.\\nAvez-vous encore une piastre? Have you a dollar left?\\nLe macon a-t-il encore des briques 1 Has the mason more bricks\\nII n en a plus. He has no more he has none left.\\nII n a plus de briques. He has no more bricks.\\nII n en a guere. He has but few.\\nII n en a plus guere. He has but few left.\\nJe n ai guere de livres. I have but few books.\\nAvez-vous plus de courage que lui Have you more courage than he\\nII a moins de courage que moi. He has less courage than I.\\nCombien de piastres avez-voua en- How many dollars have you still, or\\ncore have you left\\nExercise 31.\\nCorrect, e, correct; Dictionnaire, m. diction- Savant, e, learned;\\nCourage, m. courage ary Sceur, f. sister\\nCredit, m. credit; Neveu, m. nephew Saladc, f. salad;\\nBeaucoup, much Niece, f. niece Tante, f. aunt\\nBoyer, Boyer Nouvelles, f. news; Tous, all;\\nJardin, m. garden Quel, which, which one Ville, f. town, city.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0067.jp2"}, "68": {"fulltext": "64 DIX SEPTIEME LEQON.\\n1. Votre dictionnaire est-il tres correct? 2. II est plus correct que\\ncelui de Boyer. 3. Votre dictionnaire est le plus correct de tous.\\n4. Quel est le meilleur de ces jardins 5. Celui-ci est le meilleur de\\ntous les jardins de la ville. 6. Avez-vous encore de l argent 7. Je\\nn ai plus d argent, mais j ai encore du credit. 8. Avons-nous encore\\nde la salade 9. Nous n en avons plus. 10. Nous n avons plus de\\nviande. 11. Qui en a encore? 12. Mes freres et mes sceurs en ont\\nencore. 13. En avez-vous encore beaucoup 14. Je n en ai plu3\\ngucre. 15. Votre tante a-t-elle plus de robes que votre niece?\\n1G. Elle n en a pas beaucoup. 17. Votre neveu est-il plus savant\\nque votre niece 18. II n est pas aussi savant qu elle. 19. Elle est\\nplus savante que lui. 20. Avez-vous encore froid 21. Je n ai plus\\nfroid, j ai bien chaud. 22. N avez-vous plus de nouvelles 23. Jo\\nn en ai plus. 24. En avez-vous beaucoup 25. Je n en ai guere.\\nExercise 32.\\n1. ITas your brother a very good dictionary? 2. TJis dictionary is\\nnot very correct 3. Has your father more courage than he? 1. He\\nhas much more courage than your oephew. 5. Have your brothers\\ncredit? G. They have but little credit, but they have money. 7. Is\\nyour aunt obliging? 8. My aunt is very obliging. 9. Have you still\\nbooks, pens and paper? 10. I have no more books, but I have still\\ngood pens and excellent English paper. 11. Who has still paper?\\n12. have no more, but my brother has some more. 13. Bar\\nany news, sir? 14. No, madam I have none to-day. 15. Have yon\\ntch wood a my brother s son? 16. I have more th;in you or he.\\n17. Axe yon still wrong? 18. No, -ir, I am do longer phut) wrong,\\n1 am right 19. Are your sisters still hungry? 20. Tiny arc neither\\nhungry nor thirsty, but they are still sleepy. 21. Is your niece as\\nlearned as I is more learned than he and {g%te) his aunt\\n23. Save you no aews, sir? 24 No, madam; I have no more d\\n25. Who has news? 2G. I have no more. 27. Have you them all?\\n28. 3TeS,sir; I have them all. 29. Has your aunt much of it left?\\n30, Sue has but little more of it. 31. Has your brother anymore\\nEnglish horses? 32. He has no more. 3.1. He has two more. 34 Have\\nyou a handsome French shawl left 35. I have no more French\\nshawls, but I have an English one.", "height": "2951", "width": "1755", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0068.jp2"}, "69": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS OE QUANTITY, ETC. 65\\nLEgON XVIII. LESSON XVIII.\\nADVERBS OF QUANTITY. QUELQUE CHOSE, C.\\n1. The adverbs of quantity, combien, how much, how many trop,\\ntoo much, too many; beaucoup, much, many; assez, enough; peu,\\nlittle, few guere, but little, few and the word pas, meaning no, when\\ncoming before a noun or an adjective, are followed by the preposi-\\ntion de.\\nCombien de fleurs avez-vous How many flowers have you.\\nJ ai beaucoup de fleurs. J have many flowers.\\nVous avez trop de loisir. You have too much leisure.\\nNotre sceur a assez de temps. Our sister has time\\n2. The adverb lien, used in the sense of beaucoup, (much, many,) is\\nfollowed by the preposition de, joined to or blended with the article\\nle, la, les. [L. 6.]\\nVous avez bien de la complaisance. You have much kindness.\\nElle a bien des amis. She has many friends.\\n3. Quelque chose, something, any thing [L. 7, 6.] and rien, nothing,\\nnot any thing, take de before an adjective.\\nVotre ami a quelque chose d agre- Your friend has something pleasant.\\nable.\\nAvez-vous quelque chose de bon? Have you any thing good?\\nJe n ai rien de bon. have nothing (not any thing) good.\\n4. Quel, m., quelle, f., quels, m. p., quelles, f. p., are used interro-\\ngatively for which or what before a noun.\\nQuelle serviette avez-vous Wliat or which napkin have you\\nQuelles bourses votre ami a-t-il What purses has your friend\\n5. Que is used for ivhat before a verb.\\nQu avez-vous What is the matter with you 1\\n6. Lequel, m., laquelle, f., lesquels, m. p., lesqueV.es, f. p., are used\\nabsolutely for the word which, not followed by a noun, and equiva-\\nlent to which one, which ones.\\nLequel votre ills a-t-il? Which (one) has your son?\\nLesquelles avons-nous Which (ones) have we\\n7. Quelques is used before a plural noun for a few, some; quelques\\nwis, m., quelques unes, are used absolutely, with the same mean-\\ning Plusieurs means several, and is invariable.\\nle Danois a-t-il quelques pommes? Has the Dane a few apples f\\nII en a quelques unes. He has a few.\\nII en a plusieurs. He has several.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0069.jp2"}, "70": {"fulltext": "CG\\nDII-HUITILME LECOU.\\nResumk of Examples.\\nCombien de poircs avcz-vous\\nNous avoD3 beaucoup de poires.\\nNous en avons beaucoup.\\nNous avons assez de cerises.\\nNous uen avons pas assez.\\nYous n avez guere de pecbes.\\nVotre jardinier a bien dcs pecbes.\\nNavez-vous pas de pechcs\\nJ ai beaucoup de pecbes et d abri-\\ncots.\\nLo boucber a-t-il quelquo cboso de\\nbon?\\nII a quelquo cboso do bon ct do\\ninauvais.\\nII n a rien de bon.\\nQue lies poires avcz-vous?\\nNous avons celles de vutre sceur.\\nQuel habit m. avez-vi\\nNous avona celui du tailleur.\\nbon\\nUS?\\nLesquela votre Opera a-t-il?\\nJ ai du fruit niur.\\nHow many pears have yout\\nWe have many pears.\\nWe have many (of them).\\nWe hare cherries enough.\\nWe have not enough (of them).\\nYou have but few peaches.\\nYour gardener has many peaches.\\nHave you no peaches f\\n1 have many j^aches and apricots.\\nHas, the butcher any thing good?\\nHe has something good and bad.\\nHe has not any thing (nothing) good.\\nWhat or which j^ears have yout\\nWhich or tcliat coat have yout\\nWe have the tad\\nWhat have you goodt\\nyout\\nij i ur brother t\\nfruit.\\nAbricot, m. aj\\nAnana,\\nBeam\\ny\\nExEBCISB 33.\\nJardinier, in. g i\\nKb ur, 1.\\nrehouse\\nMiir,\\nIh-lf, n,.\\nToivro, in.\\nPorame, 1 i\\nPomme do terro, f\\nPrune, f plum\\nSucre, in. augar\\nThd i\\na-i-il 2. Tl n en a\\ni na-\\n-I. II a en a guere, mais il a beaucoup debeurrei\\nVotre jardinier a-t-il beaucoup de cerises? i 11 a plu\\nque de prunes. 7. Les prun\\n8, I. meilleures que les prunes. 9. Avcz-vous quel-\\n10. Nuns in avons quelques\\nbricots. 11. a-t-il (juel-\\nson jardin? 12. II a quelque i\\n13. I! a de I belles fleura. 1 1.\\njardinier. 1^. N av\u00c2\u00ab v.-\\\\\\njo no les ai pus. 20. CJui en a beaucoup 21. Pi", "height": "2946", "width": "1720", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0070.jp2"}, "71": {"fulltext": "NUMBERS. DAY OF TIIE MONTH. 07\\na beaucoup. 22. J en ai quelques unes. 23. Avez-vous assez de\\nthe? 24. J en ai assez. 25. J en ai plus que lui.\\nExercise 34.\\n1. Has your gardener many vegetables 2. Yes, sir he has many.\\n3. How many gardens has he 4. He has several gardens and seve-\\nral houses. 5. Have you many books 6. I have but few, but my\\nfriend has many. 7. What coat has your brother 8. He has a good\\ncloth coat. 9. Has your uncle many peaches 10. He has but few\\npeaches, but he has many cherries. 11. How many plums has the\\ntailor 12. The tailor has no plums, he has cloth and silk. 13. What\\nsilk has your friend the merchant 14. He has a great deal (beau-\\ncoup) of silk, and a great deal of money. 15. Has the gardener any\\nthing good in (dans) his garden 16. He has many pineapples.\\n17. Has he more vegetables than fruit? 18. He has more of this than\\nof those. 19. Has your uncle many pears and cherries 20. He has\\na few, and he has many apples and plums. 21. Have you a few\\n22. I have still many, but my brother has no more. 23. Which\\npeaches has he 24. He has large (grosses) peaches. 25. Which\\n(ones) have you 26. I have the best peaches. 27. Has the mer-\\nchant any thing good in Iris warehouse 28. He has nothing good in\\nhis warehouse, but he has something good in his garden. 29. How\\nmany potatoes has the foreigner 30. He has not many. 31. Has he\\ngood vegetables 32. He has good vegetables. 33. Is he right or\\nwrong 34. He is right, but you are wrong. 35. He has neither\\nthis book nor that, he has the bookseller s.\\nLECON XIX. LESSON XIX.\\nTHE NUMBERS THE BAY OP THE MONTH.\\n1. The relative pronoun, que, whom, which, that, and the conjunc-\\ntion, que, that, are never omitted in French, and must be repeated\\nbefore every verb depending on them. 109.]\\nLes crayons que j ai, sont meilleurs Thepencils (which) I have, are letter\\nque ceux que vous avez. than those (which) you have.\\n2. Ke, before the verb, and que after it, are used in the sense of\\nonly, but.\\nJo n ai qu un ami. I have hut one friend.\\n3. L un et l autre, means both; les uns et les autres, these and\\nthose, the latter and the former. 41, (11.)]\\nYous avez l un et l autre. You have both.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0071.jp2"}, "72": {"fulltext": "GS\\nDIX-XEUTIEME L E O X\\n4. Cardinal\\nand Ordinal jSTcmbeks as far as twenty. 22, 23.]\\nCardinal.\\nOrdinal.\\nTTn, m. une,\\nf. One, a, an.\\nPiemier, m. e,\\nFirst,\\nDeux,\\nTwo,\\nSecond, i to. e,/.\\nPeuxiemc,\\nSecond,\\nTroi?,\\nThree,\\nTroisieme,\\nTliird,\\nQuatre,\\nFour,\\nQuatricme,\\nFourth,\\nCinq,\\nFive,\\nCinquiemc,\\nFifth,\\nSix,\\nSix,\\nSixieme,\\nSixth,\\nSept,\\nSeven,\\nSeptic mo,\\nSeventh,\\nlluit,\\nEight,\\nHuitieme,\\nEighth,\\nNeu$\\nNine.\\nNeuviemc,\\nMnth,\\nDix,\\nTen,\\nDixierae,\\nTenth,\\nOnzo,\\nEleven,\\nOnzieme,\\nEleventh,\\nDouze,\\nTwelve,\\nDouzieme,\\nTwelfth,\\nTreize,\\nThirt,, n,\\nTreizieme,\\nThirteenth,\\nQuatorze,\\nFur-teen,\\nQuatorzicme,\\nFourteenth,\\nQuinze,\\nFifteen,\\nQuinzieme,\\nFifteenth,\\nSeize,\\nSixteen,\\nSi izienie,\\nnth,\\nlnx-.- pt,\\nSeventeen,\\nptieme,\\nSeventeenth,\\nDix-huit,\\ntleen,\\nDix-huitieme,\\nEighteenth,\\nix-neuf,\\nteen,\\nDix-neuvieme,\\nnth,\\nYingt,\\nTwenty.\\nVingtieme,\\nTwentieth.\\n5. The cardinal numbers are used, in French, for the day of the\\nmonth, except the first, f r which the ordinal number j\\nBubstil\\nLe dix aout, lo cinq juillet,\\nLe premier du moia prochain.\\nhejffth tf July.\\nnext month.\\nC. The verb avoir. I (2.)] for the day\\nof the month. The verb Ore may also be used.\\nQuel jour du moia avons-nous?\\nns le vingt\\ndix.\\nWhat day of the month is itt\\nI th.\\nTo-day is the b nth.\\n7. B ford the word onze, the article le or la is not i\\nNoua avona le onze de deccmbro, It is th- eleventh of D\\nR BUlrfl OF EXAMPLES.\\nL eiivricr a-t-il lea outila quo vous\\n[Ue j ai, Pent- II\\nbonnes que ceUes que v u\\nis?\\nlis mon\\nir. re en a i\\nAvons-noua le quatorze du moia?\\nworkman the t\\nAre the huuses which 1 have, as good\\nas tlio.se which you\\nII iw ma youf\\nI\\nIs it the fourteenth day of the\\nmonth T\\nlu this word and its derivatives, c liaa tho sound of g hard.", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0072.jp2"}, "73": {"fulltext": "NUMBKES. DAY OF ^WMOSflD. GO\\nNon, monsieur; nous n avonsquelo XTo, sir; it is only the eleventh.\\nonze.\\nLequel de ces deux volumes avez- Which of those two volumes have you 1\\nvous\\nJ ai 1 iin et l autre. I have loth.\\nAvez-vous la premiere place, ou la Have you the first, or the second\\ndeuxieme place\\nJ ai la premiere, et mon frere a la I have the first, and my brother has\\ndeuxieme. the second.\\nExercise 35.\\nAujourd hui, to-day; Fevrier, m. February Outil, m. tool;\\nCanelle, f. cinnamon; Franc, m. franc; Ouvrage, m. work;\\nCentime, m. centime Histoire, f. history; CEuvres, f. works;\\nthe lOOtfi part of a Italien, m. Italian; Place, f. place\\nfranc; Kilogramme, m. kilo- Quart, m. quarter;\\nCombien, how much, how gramme about two Septembre, m. Septem-\\nmany pounds her\\nCravate, f. cravat; Menuisier, m. joiner Volume, m. volume.\\nDemi, half, 84, (2.) Mousseline, f. muslin;\\n1. Le cheval que vous avez est-il bon 2. II est meilleur que celui\\nque vous avez, et que celui de notre ami. 3. Combien d enfants avez-\\nvous 4. Je n en ai qu un, mais l ltalien en a plus que moi. 5. Avons-\\nnous le dix septembre 6. Non, monsieur nous avons le neuf de\\nfevrier. 7. Avez-vous ma cravate de soie, ou ma cravate de mousse-\\nline 8. J ai l une et l autre. J6. Avez-vous huit kilogrammes de\\ncanelle? 10. ISTon, monsieur je n en ai qu un demi-kilogramme.\\n11. Combien de francs avez-vous, monsieur? 12. Je n ai qu un demi-\\nfranc, mais mon ami a un franc et demi. 13. Votre sceur a-t-elle\\nvingt-cinq centimes 14. Oui, monsieur elle a un quart de franc.\\n15. N avons-nous pas le premier aout? 16. Non, monsieur; nous\\navons le six septembre. 17. Est-ce aujourd hui le dix 18. Non,\\nmonsieur j c est le onze. 19. Votre frere a-t-il la premiere place\\n20. Non, monsieur; il a la dixieme. 21. Yotre menuisier a-t-il\\nbeaucoup d outils 22. Oui, monsieur il en a beaucoup. 23. Cet\\nouvrage a-t-il dix volumes 24. Non, monsieur il n en a que neuf.\\n25. J ai le sixieme volume des ceuvres de Moliere, et le premier vo-\\nlume de l histoire de France de Michelet.\\nExercise 16.\\n1. Is that cinnamon good 2. That cinnamon is better than yours\\nand your brother s. [R. 1.] 3. What day of the month is it to-day\\n4. It is the sixth. 5. Has your father twenty francs 6. No, sir; he\\nhas only six francs fifty centimes. 7. How many volumes has your\\nwork 8. It has many, it has fifteen. 9. Has the joiner read (lu) the\\nsecond volume of Michelet s history of France 10. Yes, sir he has", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0073.jp2"}, "74": {"fulltext": "TO vn GTioE lEgox.\\nread the second volume (of it). 11. Has your friend Moliere s works\\n12. He has only two volumes of them. 13. Have you my cloth coat\\nor my velvet coat 11. We have both. 15. We have this and that.\\n16. How much cinnamon have you? 17. We have two kilogrammes.\\n]8. How many centimes has the merchant 19. He has twenty-six.\\n20. Have you the third or the fourth place 21. 1 have neither the\\nthird nor the fourth, I have the tenth. 22. Are you not ashamed to-\\nday 23. No, sir I am not ashamed, but I am afraid. 24. Have\\nyou a quarter of a franc 25. No, sir but I have half a franc.\\n20. Is it the sixth of July 27. No, sir it is the fourth of March.\\n28. Has your uncle six children 29. No, sir he has only one.\\n30. Have you ten kilogrammes of meat? 31. I have only five kilo-\\ngrammes. 32. Is the butcher s meat good 33. It (elle) is not very\\ngood. 34. How many kilogrammes have you (of it)? 35. I have\\nonly two, but my brother has four.\\nLEQON XX. LESSON XX.\\nTin; TIMK OF THE 1 .\\\\V. AOB, ETC.\\n1. For the time of the day, the verb Ctre is used unipcrsonally in\\nas the verb to be is used 111 English for\\nL The word heure, sing heurea, plur. represents the\\nions, o clock, or time, and must always be expressed.\\no clock (time) isitt\\nII eat one b\\nJl est dix heuros. It is ten; it is ten o clock.\\nin the day, and minuit, for mul-\\nnujht, or twdoe it night. J ouzc hcurcs is nev ipt in tho\\nhours.\\nKst-il ini.li? Est-Q minuit? Is il noon Is it mulnvjhtt\\nI answer to the English expres-\\nsions, a juai c.\\nII est neaf hemes si quart r nine.\\nJ 1 is /in// oft* r\\nIt is half ajl\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a21. Jfirihs un quart. itnules, answer to tho English ex-\\npressions, a quarhr Injure, twenty minutes before, e.", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0074.jp2"}, "75": {"fulltext": "THE TIME OP THE DAT, ETC. 71\\nH est dix heures moms un quart. II wants a quarter of ten.\\nII est neuf heures moins dix mi- It is ten minutes before nine.\\nnutes.\\n5. The word demi, preceding the word heure, does not vary.\\nPlaced after it, it is variable. 84, (2.) (3.)]\\nUne demi-heure. Half an hour.\\nUne heure et demie. An hour and a half.\\n6. The verb avoir, is used actively 43, (2,) (3,)] in French, in\\nspeaking of age, and the word, an, year, is always expressed.\\nQuel age avez-vous How old are~you lit. What age have\\nyou?\\nJ ai plus de vingt ans. I am more than twenty.\\n7. Plus de, moins de, are used for more than, less than, before a\\nnumber.\\nAvons-nous plus de dix metres de Have we more than ten metres of this\\ncette toile d Hollande Holland (Holland linen) 1\\nVous en avez moins de six aunes. You have less than six ells of it.\\nResume of Examples.\\nII n est pas encore deux heures. It is not yet two o clock.\\nEst-il une heure et demie Is it half-past one\\nII est midi et quart ou midi et demi. It is a quarter or half-past twelve.\\nII est huit heures moins un quart. It wants a quarter of eight.\\nQuel age votre fils a-t-il How old is your son\\nII n a que dix-huit ans. He is only eighteen years old.\\nVotre beau-frere n a-t-il pas plus de Is not your brother-in-law more than\\ndix-neuf ans nineteen years old\\nMa belle-soeur n a pas moins de dix- My sister-in-law is not less than eigh-\\nhuit ans et demi. teen years and a half.\\nEst-il plus de dix heures d votre Is it more than ten o 1 clock by your\\nmontre watch\\nII n est que neuf heures d mon It is only nine by my clock.\\nhorloge.\\nVotre fils est-il plus age que le Is your son older than mine t\\nmien?\\nII est plus jeune que le votre. He is younger than yours.\\nEXEECISE 37.\\nAge, e, old; Cela, that; Jour, m. day\\nAune, f. e\u00c2\u00ab; Cinquante, fifty Maintenant, now;\\nBeau-frere, m. brother- Cousin-germain, m. first Mars, m. March;\\nin-law cousin Metre, m. metre, a French\\nBeau-fils, m. son-in-law Enfant, m. child measure; about three\\nBeau-pere, m. father-in- Fevrier, m. February; French feet about 1.09\\nlaw Horloge, f. clock yards\\nBelle-mere, f. mother-in- Indienne, f. printed cal- Mois, m. month\\nlaw; ico B,uban, m. ribbon;\\nBelle-sceur, f sister-in- Italienne, f. Italian; Tard, late;\\nJeune, young Verge, f. yard.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0075.jp2"}, "76": {"fulltext": "72 VINGTIEME LE5ON.\\n1. Votre beau-frere est-il plus age que le mien 2. Le votre est\\nplus jeune que le mien. 3. Quel age votre belle-mere a-t-elle 4. Eile\\na pres de cinquante ans. 5. Quelle heure est-il maintenant G. II\\nest six heures passees. 7. Etes-vous certain de cela? 8. Oui,\\nmonsieur j en suis certain. 9. Est-il plus de deux heures d votre\\nmontre? 10. II n est que midi a ma montre. 11. Avez-vous plus\\nde cinq ans, mon enfant 12. Je n ai pas encore quatre ans.\\n13. Avez-vous plus de six verges d indienne 14. J en ai moins do\\ntrois metres. 15. Combien d aunes de ruban votre beau-pere a-t-il\\n1G. II n a guere do ruban, il n en a qu une demi-aune. 17. Est-il midi\\nmoins un quart 18. II est plus tard, monsieur il est midi et quart\\n19. Quel jour du mois avons-nous 20. Nous avons le six octobxe.\\n21. N est-ce pas le huit fevrier 22. Non, madame; e est le Luit de\\nmars. 23. Combien de jardins votre cousin-germain a-t-il 21. II\\nn en a qu un, mais il est trus beau. 25. II en a plus de dix.\\nExercise 38.\\n1. How old is your brother-in-law? 2. Ho is fifty years old.\\n3. b yonr aster-in-law older than mine? 4. No, sir; my sister-in-\\nlaw [3 your son twenty-five years old?\\nG. No, madam; he is only sixteen 7. What day of the month is\\nit to-day? 8. It is the eleventh. 9. Have you the twentieth\\nriand s workB? 10. No, madam; v.\\nith. 11. What o clock is it, sir 12. Itisonlytwi\\n1 Is it no later? 14. It wants a quarter of one. 15, It U a quar-\\nter after five. 16. How many yards of this Holland (I\\nlui(I have you 17. I have ten ells and a half. 18. I ha\\\\\\nyards of Italian silk. 1 \u00e2\u0080\u00a2thcr-\\nin-law younger than your father-in-law? 20. Sb than\\nhe. 21. Are you twenty years old si. No, sir; I am only i\\nteen and a half 23. We arc sure (s6r) that it is ten o clo.\\nare sure that it is noon. 25. Is it twenty minutes of ten 2d\\nsir; it is a quarter b foro twelve (midi). 27. How many houses\\nonly one, but my sister-in-law has\\n29. Have you mine (f.) or yours? 30. I have neither yours nor\\nmine. I have your son-in-law s. 31. Has your mother-in-law fivo\\nof that printed calico? 32. She has only two yards of it.\\n33. What o clock \\\\i it by (a) your watch? 34. It is hall-\\nfour, by my watch. 35. It is more than seven o clock by mino\\n(i la mienne.)", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0078.jp2"}, "77": {"fulltext": "TIIE FOUR CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS. 73\\nLEgON XXL LESSON XXL\\nTHE FOUR CONJUGATIONS OF VERES.\\n1. The four classes or conjugations, into which the French verbs\\nare divided are distinguished by the endings of the present of the\\ninfinitive 44]. The first conjugation ends in er as chanter, to\\nsing donner, to give; parler, to speak; chercher, to seek.\\nThe second conjugation ends in ir as ch^rir, to cherish; ptjnir,\\nto punish munir, to provide finir, to finish.\\nThe termination of the infinitive of the regular verbs of the third\\nconjugation, is evoir as devoir, to owe recevoir, to receive that\\nof the irregular verbs is oir, as valoir, to he worth.\\nThe fourth conjugation ends in re as, rendre, to render fendre,\\nto split; tendre, to stretch vendre, to sell.\\n2. A verb preceded by another verb (other than the auxiliaries\\navoir and ttre), or by a preposition (other than en), is put in the\\npresent of the infinitive.\\nII va travailler ou lire, He is going to work or to read.\\n3. In French, verbs are often connected with others by preposi-\\ntions not answering literally to those which accompany the same\\nverbs in English. They also often come together without preposi-\\ntions. The student will find in 129, and the following sections of\\nthe Second Part, lists of verbs, with the prepositions which they re-\\nquire after them.\\n4. The following idioms are followed by the preposition de when\\nthey come before a verb 132)\\nAvoir besom, to want; Avoir le temps, to have time or few-\\nAvoir coutume, to be accustomed ure\\nAvoir dessein, to intend, to design; Avoir peur, to be afraid;\\nAvoir envie, to have a wish, a desire; Avoir raison, to be right;\\nAvoir honte, to be ashamed, Avoir regret, to regret\\nAvoir intention, or l intention, to in- Avoir tort, to be ivrong;\\ntend; Avoir sujet, to have reason\\nAvoir 1\u00c2\u00a9 courage, to have courage Avoir soin, to take care.\\nCet enfant a besoin de dormir, That child wants to sleep.\\nVous avez honte de courir, You are ashamed to run.\\nResume of Examples.\\nAvez- vous quelque chose a, dire Have you any thing to say\\nJe have nothing to say.\\nTo s rien a ecrire Has your sister nothing to write f\\nEH ecrire. She has two letters to write.\\n4", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0079.jp2"}, "78": {"fulltext": "74 VINGT ET UNIEME L E O N.\\nA-t-elle le temps de le3 ecrire Has slie time to write them t\\nElle n a pas dessein de les ecrire. She does not design to write them.\\nElle n a pas l iutention de les ecrire. She does not intend to niite them.\\nElle n a pas envie de les ecrire. Slie has no desire to write them.\\nAvez-vous peur de danser Are you afraid to dance t\\nJe n ai pas honte de danser. J am not ashamed to dance.\\nVotrc cousin a raison de sortir. Your cousin is right to go out.\\nN avcz-vous pas soin d ecrire 1 Do you not take care to write t\\nAvez-vous le courage de lui parler Have you Vie courage to speak to him t\\nExercise 39.\\nAcheter, to buy Faire, to make, to do; Marcher, to walk;\\nChamp, m. field; Fatigue, c, tired, weary; Mars, m. March;\\nDanser, to dance; Gazette, f. newspaper; Ne rien, nothing;\\nI\u00c2\u00bbe bonne heure, early; Juillet, m. July Page, C\\nDormir, to sleep; Juin, m. June; Seize, sixteen\\nEcrire, to write; Lire, to read; Travailler, to work, labor.\\n1. Votre bellc-merc a-t-elle quelque chose a (aire? 2. E3Ie n a rien\\na faire. 3. A-t-elle deux pages S ecrire? 4. Non, monsieur elle\\nn en a qu une. 5. Avez-vous l intcntion de lire cettc gazette 6. Oui,\\nmadame; j ai intention de la lire. 7. Avez-vous raison d aofaeterun\\nhabit de velours? 8. J ai raison d en acheter on. 9. Votre petite\\nBile a-trelle beeoin de dormir 10. Oui, monsieur; elle a besoin de\\ndormir, elk i oua peur de tomber? 12. Je\\nn ai pas peur de tomb r. 13. Lojardinier a-t-il le temps tie travaiHer\\ndans les champs? 1 1. II n a pas envie de travailler dans les champs.\\n16. Vos champs sont-ils que les miens? 1 Di\\njilus grands que les vdtres, 17. Avez-vous honte de marcher?\\nn ai pas honte de marcher, mais j ai honte de danser. 19.\\nitre flls a-t-il 20. 11 a seize ans. 21. A deux\\nmars on le cinq juin? 22. Nous avons le vingt-huit juillet. 2:\\nil n.idi? 24. Non, monsieur il n e mi.li, il n est quo\\nonze 1 henres et demie. 25. Il est encore de bonne heure.\\nExEBCISH 40.\\n1. What ha your brother-in-law to do? 2. lie has\\nwrito. Does he want to work r ?s, sir; he wai\\n9 he intend to read my book? i. lie doi j not in\\nyour I no time. 7. Is your\\nB. My sister is not ashamed to walk, but my brother i a\\n9. Has y.\\nnothm is afraid to\\nmadam; it is not late, it is early. 13. Ha\\\\ a 1 my\\n1 No elision takes place Wfuro onzc, onxu", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0080.jp2"}, "79": {"fulltext": "AVOIE BESOI2ST, ETC. 75\\nsister s letter (f.) 14. Have you the courage to go to the war 15. 1\\nhave not the courage to go to the war. 16. Is your sister right to buy\\na silk dress (f.) 17. Yes, sir; she is right to buy one. 18. Does\\nthat child want to sleep 19. No, sir that child does not want to\\nsleep, he is not tired. 20. Has your brother s gardener a wish to\\nwork in my garden? 21. He has a wish to work in {clans) mine.\\n22. How old is that child 23. That child is ten years old. 24. What\\nis the day of the month 25. It is the ninth of March. 26. Are you\\nafraid to walk 27. I am not afraid to walk, but I am tired. 28. Have\\nyou time to read my brother s book 29. I have time to read his\\nbook. 30. Has the joiner a wish to speak? 31. He has a wish to\\nwork and to read. 32. Is your son afraid of falling 33. He is not\\nafraid of falling, but he is afraid of working. 34. What o clock is it\\n35. It is twelve.\\nLEgON XXII. LESSON XXII.\\nAVOIR EESOIN, ETC. \u00c2\u00a3TRE EACHE, ETC.\\n1. The expressions, avoir besoin, to want; avoir soin, to take care;\\navoir honte, to be ashamed avoir peur, to be afraid, require also the\\npreposition de before a noun. Those idioms mean literally, to have\\nneed, to have care, etc.\\nAvez-vous besoin de votre frere Do you want your brother f\\nJ ai soin de mes effets. I take care of my things.\\nII a honte de sa conduite. He is ashamed of his conduct.\\nElle a peur du chien. She is afraid of the dog.\\n2. As these expressions require the preposition de before their ob-\\nject, they will, of course, require the same preposition before the\\npronoun representing that object.\\nJ ai besoin de vous. I want you.\\nJ ai soin de lui. I take care of him.\\nDe qui avez-vous besoin Whom do you want\\nDe quoi a-t-elle besoin What does she want\\n3. When the object is not a person, and has been mentioned be-\\nfore, the pronoun en takes the place of the preposition de, and that\\nof the pronoun representing the object.\\nAvez-vous besoin de votre cheval? Bo you want your horse\\nJ en ai besoin. want it.\\n4. The expressions, etre fache, to be sorry etre etonne, to be aston-", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0081.jp2"}, "80": {"fulltext": "VINGT-DEUXIEME LECOJT.\\nished etre content, to be satisfied, require the preposition de before a\\nnoun or pronoun. 88.]\\nJe suis fuche de son malheur.\\nJe suis etonne de sa conduite.\\nJe suis coutont do luL\\nlam sorry for his misfortune,\\nlam astonished at his conduct\\nI am pleased with him.\\n5. \u00c2\u00a3tre fuche, in the sense of to be angry, requires the preposition\\ncontre.\\nTous t-tes fache contre moL You are angry with me.\\nG. For rules on the government of adjectives, see 87, and fol-\\nlowing Sections.\\nResume of Examples.\\nAvoz-vous besoin d argent?\\nJ ai beeoin d argent\\nJe n cii ai pas besoin. [R. 3.]\\nEn avc/.-vous I\\nJ en ai beeoin, ej mon fri.ro en a\\nbesoin\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0in do votro I\\nluL 1\\nI M besoin\\niiniro.\\nus .soin do votro livro?\\nJ en ai soin.\\nJ ai in do lui.\\nVotre frere .-til f che* contra moi?\\nJ en si pear.\\nitO?\\nJe nai\\nA v- choso?\\nJo n ai beeoin d\\nDo you want money?\\nI want numey.\\nI do not want any.\\nDo you want anyT\\n1 want some, and my broQier wants\\nsome too.\\nwant your brother t\\nMm,\\nmil\\nJ want a dictionary.\\nifyourbookt\\nI\\nDo you yiurfaUicrt\\nhim.\\nangry with met\\nAre you air, tut if this do j t\\nhim.\\nrniedf\\nam a\\nI j ttitli jt\\nI want\\nExEBi IBS 11.\\nCarcon, m.\\nLire, to read;\\nl arlf r, to speak;\\nr, to work\\nVieox\\nii. want, need;\\nOondoite, f. conduct;\\nint\\nunme, m. young\\nwish, desire; man\\n1. Qui a besoin de pain 2. Personnc n en a besoin, 8. NWcz-\\nI in de votre domestique? 4. Oui.\\nVotre jardinier a-t-il\\n1 Tho word en should bo avoided, as much as possible, in relation to", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0082.jp2"}, "81": {"fulltext": "AVOIR BESOIN, ETC. 77\\nmadame il en a soin. 7. A-t-il bien soin de son vieux pere 8. Oui,\\nmonsieur il a bien soin de lui. 9. Votre garcon a-t-il honte de sa\\nconduite? 10. Oui, monsieur; il en a honte. 11. Avez-vous peur\\nde ce cbeval-ci ou de celui-la 12. Je n ai peur ni de celui-ci ni de\\ncelui-la. 13. Notre domestique a-t-il soin de vos effets 14. II en\\na bien soin. 15. Avez-vous peur de parler ou de lire 16. Je n ai\\npeur ni de parler ni de lire. 17. Etes-vous etonne de cette affaire\\n18. Je n en suis pas etonne. 19. En etes-vous fache? 20. Oui,\\nmonsieur j en suis bien fache. 4^21. Avez-vous besoin dece garcon?\\n22. Oui, madame j ai besoin de lui. 23. N avez-vous pas besoin de\\nson livre? 24. Je n en ai pas besoin. 25. Avez-vous envie de\\ntravailler ou de lire 26. Je n ai envie ni de travailler ni de lire,\\nj ai envie de me reposer car je suis fatigue.\\nExeecise 42.\\n1. Do you want your servant 2. Yes, sir I want him. 3. Does\\nyour brother-in-law want you 4. He wants me and my brother. 1\\n5. Does he not want money 6. He does not want money, he has\\nenough. 7. Is your brother sorry for his conduct 8. He is very\\nsorry for his conduct, and very angry with you. 9. Does he take\\ngood (bien) care of his books 10. He takes good care of them.\\n11. How many volumes has he 12. He has more than you, he has\\nmore than twenty. j^3. What does the young man want? 14. He\\nwants his clothes. -j-15. Do you want to rest (yous reposer) f 16. Is\\nnot your brother astonished at this? 17. He is astonished at it.\\n18. Have you a wish to read your brother s books 19. I have a\\nwish to read them, but I have no time. 20. Have you time to work\\n21. I have time to work, but I have no time to read.^,22. Does the\\nyoung brother take care of his things? 23. He takes good care of\\nthem. 24. Is that little boy afraid of the dog? 25. He is not\\nafraid of the dog, he is afraid of the horse. 26. Do you want bread\\n27. I do not want any. 28. Are you pleased with your brother s\\nconduct 29. I am pleased with it. 30. Has your brother a wish\\nto read my book 31. He has no desire to read your book, he is\\nweary. 32. Is that young man angry with you, or with his friends\\n33. He is neither angry with me nor with his friends. 34. Do you\\nwant my dictionary 35. I want your dictionary and your brother s.\\n1 Repeat the preposition de.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0083.jp2"}, "82": {"fulltext": "78\\nYINGT-TKOISIEME LEgON.\\nLEgox xxm.\\nLESSON XXIII.\\nTHE PEESENT AM) PAST rAETICTPLES.-\\nTHE INDICATIVE.\\n-THE PEESENT OF\\n1. If the ending or distinguishing characteristic of the conjugation\\nof a verb, in the present of the infinitive, be removed, the part re-\\nmaining will be the stem of the verb\\n1st Conj.\\nChant-er\\n2d Conj.\\nFin-ir\\n3d Conj.\\nRee-evoir\\n4th Conj.\\nBend-re.\\n2. To that stem are added, in the different simple tenses of a reg-\\nular verb, the terminations proper to the conjugation to -which it be-\\nlongs. GO.]\\n3. rAHTICrPLE Tni\\nChant-ant\\nFin-issant\\nBec-evaat\\nBend-ant\\nt?i Jlh J\\ning.\\nTa;:ti.ii-i.i: Fast.\\nChteoi-i\\nFin-i\\nRend-u\\nBung\\nred.\\n5. Tluminations of tiii: Presxnt or titk Ijjdicativi:.\\nJo\\nclmnt -o\\nfin -is\\nroc -oia\\nrend -s\\n(\u00e2\u0096\u00a0hi J\\nfnith\\nTu\\npari\\nclii -r -is\\nape re\\nrend -s\\nThou\\nChfi\\nIt\\ndone -o\\n(burn -it\\nperc -oil\\ngawrt\\ntend\\n11\\n/U\\nNona eh, nli -oils\\npan\\nWe\\nseek\\njnininh\\nfive\\nhew\\nport -cz\\nBaifl -issez\\nd\\n1 -C7,\\nTarn\\ncurry\\nmCm\\nJ Is\\nDim -int\\nan -issent\\nraord\\nThey\\nlore, like\\nMf\\n0. The present oftho indicative has but one form in French, there-\\nfore Je chante, may be rendered ii sing, I dosinj or\\nJ u ui ringing.\\n7. The plural of the present of the indicative may formed from\\nthe participle present by changing ant int\\nmkm a; finiaaant, no event, now recevona;\\nrendant, nous rendons.\\nSee g 52, (1).", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0084.jp2"}, "83": {"fulltext": "THE PRESENT OP THE INDICATIVE. 79\\n8. This rule holds good not only in all the regular, but in almost\\nall the irregular verbs.\\n9. Verbs may be conjugated interrogatively in French (except in\\nthe first person singular of the present of the indicative,) 98, (4.)\\n(5.), L. 25, R. 1.] by placing the pronoun after the verb, in all the\\nsimple tenses, and between the auxiliary and the participle, in the\\ncompound tenses.\\nChantez-vous bien Do you sing well\\nAvez-vous bien chante Have you sung well?\\nN avez-vous pas bien chante? Have you not sung well?\\n[L. 7, R. 2.]\\nNe chantez-vous pas bien Do you not sing well\\nYotre pere parle-t-il bien 1 [L. Does your father speak well\\n4, R. 6\u00e2\u0080\u0094 L. 6, R. 4.]\\n10. The verb porter means to carry. It means also to wear, in\\nspeaking of garments apporter means to bring, and emporter, to\\ncarry away. Aimer means to love, to like, to be fond of, and takes the\\npreposition a before another verb.\\nQuel habit portez-vous What coat do you wear\\nJe porte un habit de drap noir. i wear a coat of black cloth.\\nVotre frere qu apporte-t-il [L. What does your brother bring\\n4, R. 6.]\\nII apporte de l argent a son ami He brings money to his friend.\\n11. A noun used in a general sense 77 (1.)] takes the article Ze,\\nla, T, or les.\\nAimez-vous le bceuf ou le mouton Do you like beef or mutton\\nJe n aime ni le boeuf ni le mouton. I like neitJier beef nor mutton.\\nResume op Examples.\\nChantez-vous une chanson ita- Do you sing an Italian song?\\nlienne\\nNous ehantons des chansons alle- We sing German songs.\\nmandes.\\nPortez-vous ce livre a l homme Do you carry this book to the man\\nNon, je le porte a mon frere. No, I carry it to my brother.\\np]rnportez-vous tout votre argent Do you carry away all your money\\nJ en emporte seulement une partie. i carry away only a part of it.\\nPinissez-vous votre lecon aujour- Do you finish your lesson to-day\\nd hui?\\nNous la finissons ce matin. We finish it this morning.\\nN aimez-vous pas les enfants? Do you not like children\\nJe les aime beaucoup. like them much.\\nRecevez-vous beaucoup de lettres Do you receive many letters?\\nNous en recevons beaucoup. We receive many.\\nVendez-vous des marchandises Do you sell goods\\nNous en vendons beaucoup. We sell many.\\nVotre frere aime le bceuf et le mouton. Your brother likes beef and mutton.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0085.jp2"}, "84": {"fulltext": "80 YINGT-TROISIKilE LE^ OX.\\nEXEECISE 4?\\nC3P We shall hereafter put a hyphen between the stem and the termination of\\nthe verbs placed in the vocabularies. The number indicates the conjugation.\\nAim-er, 1. to love, to like, Donn-er, 1. to give; Xon sculemcnt, notonlj;\\nto be fond of; Fin-ir, 2. to finish Lecture, f. reading;\\nAutre, Fourn-ir, 2. to furnish; Farce que, because;\\nAssez, enough; Gard-er, 1. to A ep; Faille, i\\nGhapeao, m. hat; Gucre, but I Ford-:\\nr, 2. to cherish Habits, m. p. clothes, Tort-er. 1. to car\\nL hi.rt-h-er, 1. to seek, to garments;\\nlook fat; Reo-evour, 3. to ret\\nCompagnon, m. comp^\\nion; Mairhand, m. merchant; Toujours, aiwagt]\\nDame, f. lady; Matin, m. morning; Travail, in. fcri\\nDe bonne heure, early; Marchandis\\nD-evuir, 3. to owe; Neveu, m. nephew Vend-\\n1. Totre raCre rume-t- lV la lecture? [7/1. 11. J 2. Oui, matlemoi-\\n-\u00e2\u0096\u00a0-il 1. T!\\n6. Oni,\\ninon 7. Fourn\\n[B. 11] 10.\\nI\\nI\\n21. 1; aujourd hui?\\naudi i\\n1.\\n1. P\\n11. J\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a21. 11\\nthan Qfteea 7. A", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0086.jp2"}, "85": {"fulltext": "IEUEGULAE TEELS. CUEZ, ETC. 81\\nright to finish mine early, and you are wrong not to (de ne pas) fin-\\nish yours. 9. Do you receive much money to-day 10. I receivo\\nbut little. 11. Do we give our best books to that little child 12. We\\ndo not give them, we keep them because we want them. 13. Do\\nyou sell your two horses 14. We do not sell our two horses, we\\nkeep one of them. 15. Do you finish your work this morning?\\n16. Yes, sir; I finish it this morning early:/ 17. Does your brother-\\nin-law like fine clothes 18. Yes, madam he likes fine clothes.\\n19. Do you seek my nephew? 20. Yes, sir; we seek him.\\n21. Does he lose his time 22. He loses not only his time, but ho\\nloses money. 23. How much money has he lost to-day 24. He\\nhas lost more than ten dollars. 25. Does your joiner finish your\\nhouse 26. He finishes my house and my brother s. 27. Do you\\nsell good hats 28. We sell silk hats, and silk hats are good.\\n[R. 11.] 29. How old is your companion? 30. He is twelve years\\nold, and his sister is fifteen. 31. Does your brother like meat?\\n32. He likes meat and bread. 33. Do you receive your goods at\\ntwo o clock 34. We receive them at half after twelve. 35. We\\nreceive them ten minutes before one.\\nLEQOX XXIV. LESSOX XXIV.\\nIEEEGTjXAE VEBES. CHEZ, ETC.\\n1. There are in French, as in other languages, verbs which are\\ncalled irregular, because they are not conjugated according to the\\nrule, or model verb of the conjugation to which they belong. 62.]\\n2. Many irregular verbs have tenses which are conjugated regu-\\nlarly.\\n3. The singular of the present of the indicative of the irregular\\nverbs, is almost always irregular.\\n4. In verbs ending in yer, the y is changed into i before an e mute. 1\\n[\u00c2\u00a749.]\\n5. Present of the Indicative of the Irregular Verds,\\nAller, 1. to go Envoyer, 1. to send; Venir, 2. to come\\nJe vai3, go, do go, or J envoiepl. 4.] I send, do Je viens, I come, do come,\\nam going; send, or am sending or am coming;\\nTu vas, Tu envoies, Tu viens,\\nII va, II envoie. II vient,\\nNous allons, Nous envoyons, Nous venous,\\nVous allez, Yous envoyez, Yous venez,\\nlis vont, Us envoient [R. 4.] I]s viennenf.\\n1 Many French authors do mot make that change, but write fenvoye, etc.\\n4*", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0087.jp2"}, "86": {"fulltext": "82 VI.VGT-QUATEIOE LE^OX.\\nG. All veri 3 ending in enir are conjugated like venir.\\n7. The student will find, in 62, the irregular verbs alphabetically\\narranged. He should always consult that table, when meeting with\\nan irregular verb.\\nS. The expression a, la maison, is used for the English at home, at\\nJiis or her house, etc.\\nLe chirurgien est-il a la maison Is the surgeon at home t\\nM011 freve est a la maison. My broUier is at home.\\n9. The preposition chez, placed before a noun or pronoun, answers\\nto the English, at the house of, with (meaning at the residence o/),\\namony, etc. 142, (3.)]\\nChez mni, chez lui, chez cllo, At my house, at his house, at her house.\\n:.i us, ehcz vous, chez cux, m. At our house, at your house, at Uieir\\nIlea, house.\\nis literally, at the house 0/ me, at Ute house of him, etc\\nhBoeur, At my father s, at my sister s.\\n10L vers to tho English with, meaning merely\\nt/\u00c2\u00bb thecomptu\\nCome with us, or with him.\\n11. The word y mean* to it, at it, at that place, there. It is gener-\\nally -1 refers alv thing xueu-\\nj 104.]\\nlb f Hater m y wr house?\\nste is Onere,\\n12. rraot, ni in 1\\n\\\\iliary or a 1 by a nomi\\nhave.\\nsome. Tho words oui or tion, without a verb, would however\\nvous chez lui aujourd hui Th you go fa his house to-day t\\nhornet\\nOui, monsieur; nous en avoni r ue have.\\nK. OF K\\\\ AM1\\nOfi lc colonel est-il\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0iher s.\\nt\\n...uiiour il u y e*t pas. A o, sir; he u noL", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0088.jp2"}, "87": {"fulltext": "IRREGULAR VERBS. CHEZ, ETC.\\n83\\nMadame votro mere est-elle a la Is your mother at home\\nmaison? 1\\nNon, madame elle n y est pas.\\nAllez-vous chez nous, ou chez lui\\nNous allons chez le capitaine.\\nN est-il pas chez votre frere\\nNon, monsieur il est chez noua.\\nNo, madam she is not.\\nDo you go to our house, or to his\\nhouse\\nWe go to the captain s.\\nIs he not at your brother st\\nNo, sir he is at our house.\\nN envoyez-vous pas vos habits chez Do you not send your clothes to your\\nvos soeurs sisters t\\nJe les envoie chez elles. send them to their house.\\nN allez-vous pas chez ce monsieur Do you not go to that gentleman s\\nJe n y vais pas, 2 je n ai pas le temps I do not, [R. 12.] I have not time to\\nd y aller aujourd hui.\\nAU-er, 1. ir. to go\\nAmi, m. friend;\\nAssocie, m. partner;\\nCapitaine. m. captain;\\nDemeur-er, 1. to live,\\ndwell\\nGilet, m. waistcoat;\\nthere to-day.\\nExercise 45.\\nHorloger, m. watch-ma- Peintre, m. painter\\nJeer Relieur, m. book-binder;\\nHollandais, e, Dutch; Rest-er, 1. to remain,\\nMagasin, m. warehouse, live\\nstore, shop; Russe, Russian;\\nMaison, f. house Ven-ir, 2. ir, to come\\nMatin, m. morning Voisin, e,\\n1. Ou allez-vous mon ami 2. Je vais chez monsieur votre pere,\\nest-il a la maison? 3. II y est ce matin. 4. D ou venez-vous?\\n5. Nous venons de chez vous et de chez votre sceur. 6. Qui est chez\\nnous 7. Mon voisin y est aujourd hui. 8. Ou avez-vous l inten-\\ntion de porter ces livres 9. J ai l intention de les porter chez le fils\\ndu medecin. 10. Avez-vous tort de rester chez vous 11. Je n ai\\npas tort de rester a la maison. 12. L horloger a-t-il de bonnes\\nmontres chez lui? v 13. II n a pas de montres chez lui, il en a dans\\nson magasin. 14. Chez qui portez-vous vos livres 15. Je les\\nporte chez le relieur. 16. Allez-vous chez le capitaine hollandais\\n17. Nous n allons pas chez le capitaine hollandais, nous allons chez\\nle major russe. 18. Est-il chez vous ou chez votre frere? 19. II\\ndemeure chez nous. 20. Ne demeurons-nous pas chez votre tailleur\\n21. Vous y demeurez. 22. Votre peintre d ou. vient-il 23. II vient\\nde chez son associe. 24. Ou portez-vous mes souliers et mon gilet\\n25. Je porte vos souliers chez le cordonnier, et votre gilet chez le\\ntailleur.\\nExercise 46.\\n1. Where does your friend go 2. He is going [L. 23, R. 0], to\\nyour house or to your, brother s. 3. Does he not intend to go to\\n1 The French, in speaking to a person whom they respect, prefix the\\nword Monsieur, Madame, or Mademoiselle to the word representing their\\ninterlocutor s relations, or friends.\\na See 103, (2.)", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0089.jp2"}, "88": {"fulltext": "84 VINGT-CINQUIEME LE?ON.\\nyour partner s 4. He intends to go there, but he has no time to-day.\\n5. What do you want to-day 6. I want my waistcoat, which (qui)\\nis at the tailor s. 7. Are your clothes at the painter s 8. They arc\\nnot there, they are at the tailor s. 9. Where do you live, my friend\\n10. I live at your sister-in-law s. 11. Is your father at home 12. No,\\nsir he is not. 13. Where does your servant carry the wood 11. lie\\ncarries it to the Russian captain s. 15. Does the gentleman who (qui)\\nis with your father, live at his house? YlG. No, sir; he lives with\\nme. 17. Is he wrong to live with you? 18. No, sir; he is right\\nto live with me. 19. Whence (cFoii) comes the carpenter? 20. lie\\ncomes from his partner s house. 21. Has he two partners 22. No,\\nsir; he has only one, who lives her- Have you time to\\ngo to our house, this morning? 2 1. We have time to go (here. 25. We\\nintend to go there, and to Bpeak to your sister. 26. Is she at your\\nSave you brea 1, butter,\\nand cheese at home 29. We have bread and butt We\\nhave \u00c2\u00abur watch at\\n33. Have you\\nwatches? 34. I! Who intends to go\\nto my father s, this mornin .ends to go there.\\nON XXV. JON XXV.\\nrjrXKBBOG OTVE FORM OE THE PRESENT OF THE US\\n1. In tl\\nwhich in thai person ha\\nI in r or gir, the common into\\nT. r. ii i.-r tho verb in\\nto th i\\ntrop? inch?\\n-ilar of the h\\nir, be a\\nIrs?\\ntbien vow tlois-jo?", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0090.jp2"}, "89": {"fulltext": "INTERROGATIVE FORMS, ETC. 85\\n3. The form est-ce que is always allowable, and in conversation and\\nfamiliar writing generally preferable, 1 even when the first person\\nsingular of the present of the indicative of a verb has several syl-\\nlables, 98, (6.)]\\nEst-ce que je vous envoie des livres Do I send you boohs\\nEst-ce que je commence a parler Do I begin to speak\\n4. Est-ce que may in conversation, be used with all the persons of\\nthose tenses susceptible of being conjugated interrogatively Qu est-\\nce que vous lisez may be said, instead of, Que lisez-vous What do\\nyou read?\\n5. Interrogative Form of the Indicative Present of\\nAller, to go. Envoter, to send. Venir, to come.\\nEst-ce que je vais do I Est-ce que j envoie do Est-ce que je viens do I\\ngo, or am I going I send, or am I sending come, or am I coming t\\nVas-tu Envoies-tu Viens-tu\\nVa-t-il? Envoie-t-il? Vient-il?\\nAllons-nous Envoyons-nous Venons-nous\\nAllez-vous Envoyez-vous Venez-vous\\nVont-ils Envoient-ils Viennent-ils\\n6. The article h, preceded by the preposition d is contracted into\\nau before a noun masculine commencing, with a consonant, or an h\\naspirate and into aux before a plural noun. 13, (8.)]\\nAllez-vous au bal ou au marche Do you go to the ball or to market\\n7. A l eglise means at or to church; a l ecole, at or to school\\nNous allons l eglise et a l ecole. We go to church and to school.\\n8. Quelque part, means somewhere, anywhere nulle part, nowhere.\\nVoire neveu ou est-il Where is your nephew\\nII est quelque part. He is somewhere.\\nII n est nulle part. He is nowhere.\\nResume op Examples.\\nEst-ce que je vais a l ecole Do I go to school?\\nVous allez a l eglise aujourd hui. You go to church to-day.\\nEst-ce que je commence mon travail? Do I begin my work?\\nEst-ce que je parle anglais Do I speak English\\nEst-ce quo j envoie ce livre a mon Do I send this book to my brother?\\nfrere\\nAllez-vous au marche demain Do you go to market to-morrow\\nJ j vais apres-demain. I go there the day after to-morrow.\\n1 No Frenchman, for example jwould ever say demande-je do I ask 7\\napportc-je? do I bring? etc., except perhaps in oratorical style or in poetry.\\nThis rule will apply also to the imperfect and past definite.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0091.jp2"}, "90": {"fulltext": "86 VIXGT-CINQUIKME LE^OX.\\nEnvoyez-vous vos enfants a lecole? Do you send your children to school t\\nJe lcs envoie chcz le professeur. I send them to the professor s.\\nJe les j envoie cette apres-midl I send them there this afternoon.\\nVos habits ou sont-ils Where are your clothes t\\nlis sont quelque part They are somewhere.\\nlis ne sont nulle part Tht y are nowhere,\\nEst-co que je demeure chez vous Do I live at your house t\\nExEKClSE 4 7.\\nAbsent, e, absent; Cuir. m. lather; Xoir, Hack;\\nAdresse, f. address; Depuis, 6 Pcrruquier, m. hair-dress-\\nf. bank; C school; er\\nBanquier, m. banker; Ecolicr, m. scholar;\\nLihY-t, m. note, I irch;\\nChapelier, m. hatter M.ir- i.- in. market;\\nConcert, m. concert; No-point, not, (a ai jreen.\\nOoap-er, 1. to cut; c limn pas;)\\n1. OQcst-cccju l.z chez le chapelier. 3.1\\nque je vaia a la banque? -1. Vous allea a la banque el au concert.\\nje coupe voire Luis tupes zu mon OOifl\\n_\\nd portea us noir. 9.\\n10. II \\\\a a I ^glise, a\\n1 1. Ne va-(-il pas chez le perruquier? 12. II ne va nullo\\nooir. 15.\\npas chez lui 17. V ient-fl\\n18. II a I inl 19. A-t-il\\n[la grando envi aie il\\nn a paa de l met 2L I\\nB-VOU8 CO billet i la I\\n24. Je l cnvoie it. sou adresse.\\n1. T k hat? 2. You Trcar n hand\\nhat. 3. Does the banker go to the bail\\n4. II\\n7. I 1\\nthem, yet written K Do 1 send\\n10. Y( a lend m i\\n1 1. Does your bro!\\n1 T! ii\u00c2\u00ab, but in no other caso. This I\\nof the eliaiou ol* i.", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0092.jp2"}, "91": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC USE OF ALLBE, VENIE, ETC, 87\\ndo not go anywhere. 15. Where do you go 16. I am going to\\nyour brother s, is he at home 17. He is not at home, he is ab-\\nsent. 18. Does your brother live in this village 19. He does\\nnot; [L. 24. 12] he lives at my nephew s. 20. Are you wrong\\nto go to school? 21. No, sir; I am right to go to church and to\\nschool. 22. Do you wish to come to my house 23. I like to go to\\nyour house, and to your brother s. 24. When are you coming to\\nour house 25. To-morrow, if I have time. 26. Does the banker\\nlike to come here 27. He likes to come to your house. 28. Is the\\nhair-dresser coming 29. He is not yet coming. 30. What are you\\nsending to the scholar 31. I am sending books, paper, and clothes.\\n32. Where is he 33. He is at school. 34. Is the school in the vil-\\nlage 35. It is there.\\nLEQON XXVI. LESSON XXVI.\\nIDIOMATIC USE OP ALLER, VESTIK, ETC.\\n1. The verb aller, is used, in French, in the same manner as the\\nverb to go, in English, to indicate a proximate future.\\nAllez-vous ecrire ce matin Are you going to write this morning t\\nJe vais ecrire mes lettres. I am going to write my letters.\\n2. The verb venir is used idiomatically, in French, to indicate a\\npast just elapsed. It requires, in this signification, the preposition de\\nbefore another verb.\\nJe viens d ecrire mes lettres. J have just written my letters.\\nNous venons de recevoir des lettres. We have just received letters.\\n3. Aller trouver, venir trouver, are used in the sense of to go to,\\nio come to, in connection with nouns or pronouns representing\\npersons.\\nAllez trouver le ferblantier. Go to the tinman.\\nJ ai envie d aller le trouver. have a desire to go to him.\\nVenez me trouver a dix heures. Come to me at ten o clock.\\n4. Alter chercher, means to go for, to go and fetch.\\nAllez chercher le medecin. Go and fetch the physician.\\nJe vais chercher du sucre et du cafe. I am going for coffee and sugar.\\n5. Envoy er chercher, means to send for, to send and fetch.\\nEnvoyer chercher le marchand. Send for the merchant.\\nJ envoie chercher des legumes. I send for vegetables.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0093.jp2"}, "92": {"fulltext": "88 VINGT-SIXIEME LI^ON.\\nG. The first and second persons of the plural of the imperative\\nare, with few exceptions, the same as the corresponding persons of\\nthe present of the indicative. The pronouns nous, vous, are not\\nused with the imperative.\\n7. Plural of the Imperative of Aller, En-voter, and Vans.\\nAllons, let us go; Envoyons, lei us send; Tenons, let us come;\\nAllez, /o; Euvoyez, send come.\\n8. Tous, m. toutes, f. followed by the article les and a plural noun,\\nare used, in French, in the same sense as the word every in English.\\nfr re vient tons lee jours. Y tr broOi v day.\\n.i:-/. a lYe la tone tee matins. You go to school every in\\n9. Tout, m. tout*, f. followed by 7c or la and the noun in the\\nsingular, are used for the English expression the whole, coming beforo\\na noun.\\nII rcsto ici touto la j lie remains here the rchole day.\\n10. r of the month, pointed out as the timo\\nof an appointment or of an OOCU1 ded bj a\\ntiuti in 1\\nI lundi ou mardi. Come on Monday or Tuesday.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2iuzo ou lo ecizo avriL Come \u00e2\u0096\u00a0-i the ji/teenth or sixteenth\\nApril.\\n11. When\\nartic!\\nt nous trouvcr le lundi.\\nJ 1 .i tr u an 4 to your father \\\\n the afternoon.\\nl; m \u00c2\u00ab.r Kx am;:\\nfather.\\nII V.l\\nI india. II day.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2her.\\nI Do you send for Arabic books?\\nm\\ntte dame lundi? Do you idayt\\n.I ai I intention d v aller mardi.\\nrodi. days.\\nlo dimaocho. to c hm rch Sundays.", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0094.jp2"}, "93": {"fulltext": "idiomatic use of ailee, yekie, etc. 89\\nExercise 49.\\nAnnee, f. year; Dimanche, m. Sunday; Mardi, m. Tuesday;\\nApprend-re,4.ir. to learn; Ecossais, e, Scotch Mercredi, m. Wednes-\\nApres-midi, f. afternoon Ecri-re, 4. ir. to write day\\nCommene-er, 1. to com- Enseign-er, 1. to teach; Musi que, f. music\\nmence; Excepte, except; Prochain, e, next;\\nCompagne, compan- Jeudi, m. Thursday; Vendredi, m. Friday;\\nion Journee, f. day Rest-er, 1. to remain,\\nConnaissances, ac- Irlandais, e, Irish live\\nquaintances Lundi, m. Monday Samedi, Saturday\\nDemain, to-morrow Malade, sick Teinturier, m. dyer.\\n1. Qu allez-vous faire 2. Je vais apprendre rues lecons.\\n3. N allez-vous pas ecrire a vos connaissances 4. Je ne vais ecrire\\na personne. 5. Qui vient de vous parler 6. L Irlandais vient de\\nnous parler. 7. Quand l Ecossaise va-t-elle vous enseigner la mu-\\nsique V 8. Elle va me 1 enseigner l annee prochaine. 9. Va-t-elle\\ncommencer mardi ou mercredi 10. Elle ne va commencer ni mardi\\nni mercredi, elle a l intention de commencer jeudi, si elle a le temps.\\n11. Votre compagne va-t-elle a l eglise tous les dimanches 12. Elle\\ny va tous les dimanches et tous les mercredis. 13. Qui allez-vous\\ntrouver 14. Je ne vais trouver personne. 15. N avez-vous pas\\nl intention de venir me trouver demain 16. J ai l intention d aller\\ntrouver votre teinturier. 17. Envoy ez- vous ehercher le medecin?\\n18. Quand je suis malade, je l envoie ehercher. 19. Eeste-t-il avec\\nvous toute la journee 20. II ne reste chez moi que quelques\\nminutes. 21. Allez-vous a l ecole le matin 22. J y vais le matin\\net l apres-midi. 23. Y allez-vous tous les jours 24. J y vais tous\\nles jours, excepte le lundi et le dimanche. 25. Le samedi, je reste\\nchez nous, et le dimanche, je vais a l eglise.\\nExercise 50.\\n1. What is the Irishman going to do 2. He is going to teach\\nmusic. 3. Has he just commenced his work 4. He has just com-\\nmenced it. 5. Who has just written to you 6. The dyer has just\\nwritten to me. 7. Does your little boy go to church every day\\n8. No, sir he goes to church Sundays, and he goes to school every\\nclay. 9. Do you go for the physician 10. I send for him because\\nmy sister is sick. 11. Do you go to my physician, or to yours\\n12. I go to mine, yours is not at home. 13. Where is he. 14. He\\nis at your father s, or at your brother s. 15. Do you intend to\\nsend for the physician 16. I intend to send for him. 17. Am I\\nright to send for the Scotchman? 18. You are right to send for\\nhim. 19. Do you go to your father in the afternoon? 20. I go to", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0095.jp2"}, "94": {"fulltext": "90 VIXGT-SErTliilE LECOX.\\nliim in the morning. 21. Does your brother go to your uncle s every\\nMonday 2 J. He goes there every Sunday. 23. Are you going\\nto learn music 2-i. My niece is going to learn it. if she has tune.\\nAm I going to read or to write 20. You are going to read to-\\nmorrow. 27. Does he go to your house every day 28. He cornea\\nto us every Wednesday. 29. At what hour? 30. At a quarter\\nbefore nine. 31. Does he come early or late? 32. He OOSMfl at a\\nquarter after nine. 33. What do you send for? 34. We send for\\nwine, bread, butter, and What do you go for 30. Wo\\ngo for vegetable?, meat and sugar. o7. We want sugar I\\nmorning.\\n\u00c2\u00bbN XX VI I. LESSON XXVII.\\nP] i: OF i m: PBOKOl BIB,\\n(\\\\.t) 01 e.\\\\-\\nplural i\\n.limn. loim him.\\n.1 voua aime.\\n2, 1 Of the\\npreaed\\nor and\\nII Don tir.\\nrally placed q\\ni\\ncomt\\npheaL\\nthem.\\nI", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0096.jp2"}, "95": {"fulltext": "PLACE OF PRONOUNS.\\n91\\n5. The words en and y follow the above rules, except the 3d.\\nJ en parle, j y pense. I speak of it, I think of it.\\nG. The pronoun used as indirect regimen, answering to the geni-\\ntive or ablative of the Latin, and to the indirect object which, in\\nEnglish, is separated from the verb by a preposition other than to, is\\nin French, always placed after the verb.\\nJe parle de lui, d elle, d eux. I speak of him, of her, of them.\\nJe reste avec vous et avec eux. J remain with you and with them.\\n7. All pronouns used as objects of verbs, must be repeated.\\nJe les aime, je les respecte, je I love, respect and honor them.\\nles honore.\\nResume of Examples. See 32.\\nM entendez-vous\\nJe ne vous entends pas.\\nLes entendez-vous\\nJe les vois et je les entends.\\nII nous aime et il nous honore.\\nMe parlez-vous de votre ami\\nJe vous parle de lui. [R. 6.]\\nNous parlez-vous do ces dames\\nJe vous parle d elles.\\nNe leur parlez-vous pas\\nJe n ai pas envie de leur parler.\\nParlez-lui.\\nNe lui parlez pas.\\nAllez a lui, courez a lui.\\nParlez-leur. Ne leur parlez pas.\\nDo you hear or understand me\\nI do not understand or hear you.\\nDo you hear them\\nI see them and understand them.\\nHe loves and honors us.\\nDo you speak to me of your friend?\\nI speak to you of him.\\nDo you speak to us about those ladies\\nI speak to you of them.\\nDo you not speak to them\\nI have no wish to speak to them.\\nSpeak to him or her.\\nDo not speak to him.\\nGo to him, run to him.\\nSpeak to them. Do not speak to them.\\nExercise 51.\\nAffaire, f. affair Compagnon, m. compan- Matin, m. morning;\\nArbre, m. tree; ion; Nouvelle, f. news;\\nAvis, m. advice; Leja, already; Pens-er, 1, to think;\\nCerisier, m. cherry-tree Ecri-re, 4. ir. to write Poirier, m. pear-tree\\nCommuniqu-er, 1. to com- Exemple, m. example Pommier, m. apple-tree\\nmunicate; Envoy-er, 1. ir. to send; Respect-er, 1. to respect.\\n1. Allez- vous lui ecrire 2. Je vais lui ecrire et lui communiquer\\ncette nouvelle. 3. Allez-vous lui parler de moi 4. Je vais lui par-\\nler de vous et de votre compagnon. 5. Leur envoyez-vous de beaux\\narbres ?v^6. Je leur envoie des pommiers, des poiriers, et des cerisiers.\\n7. Ne m envoyez-vous pas des cerisiers? (See note, page 38.)\\n8. Je ne vous en envoie pas, vous en avez deja. 9. Avez-vous raison\\nde leur parler de cette affaire 10. Je n ai pas tort de leur parler de\\ncette affaire? 11. Venez nous demain matin. 12. Venez nous", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0097.jp2"}, "96": {"fulltext": "VINGT-UUITIEHE L E O X\\ntrouvcr cctte apres-midi. 13. Allez-vous les trouver tous lcs jours?\\n14. Je vais Its trouver tous les soirs. 15. Leur donnez-vous do bons\\navis? 16. Je leur donne de bons avis et de bons exemples. 17. Nous\\nparlez-vous de voa soeurs? 18. Je vous parle d elles. 19. Ne uous\\nparlez-vous pas de nos freres? 20. Je vous parle d eux. 21. No\\nles aimez-vous i is les aimons et nous k-s rasp\\n23. Pensez-vous a ce livre, ou n*y ill 21. Nous y\\noa et nous en parlons. 25. Nous n y penson\\n5 2\\n1. When arc you going to write to your brother? 2. T cu\\nDo you intend to write\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a01. I intend to wi 3 mdaj.\\nII.;-.. y i a v. 1 have n n\\nat his\\nLhem? 10.\\nl 9b I\\ni\\nXXVIII. XX VI II.\\nplural, i.. U-jJ", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0098.jp2"}, "97": {"fulltext": "KESPECTIYE PLACE OF THE PEONOUNS. 93\\nJe vous le donne. J give it to you.\\nH me le donne. He gives it to me.\\nII nous le donne. He gives it to us.\\n2. When the pronoun used as an indirect object (dative), is in the\\nthird person singular or plural, it must be placed after the direct\\nobject. [\u00c2\u00a7101,(2.)]\\nNous le lui donnons. We give it to him.\\nNous le leur donnons. We give it to them.\\n3. The above rules of precedence apply also to the imperative used\\nnegatively.\\nNe nous le donnez pas. [R. 1.] Do not give U to us.\\nNe le lui donnez pas. [R. 2.] Do not give it him.\\n4. With the imperative used affirmatively, the direct object pre-\\ncedes in all cases the indirect object. 101, (5.)]\\nDonnez-le-nous. Give it to us.\\nMontrez-le-leur. Show it to them.\\n5. En and y always follow the other pronouns.\\nJe lui en donne. I give him some.\\nII nous y envoie. He sends us thither.\\n6. Present of the Indicative of the Irregular Verbs.\\nVoir, to see Vouloir, to will, be wiV Pouvoir, to le able\\nling\\nJe vois, 1 see, do sec, or Je veux, I will or am Je puis, I can, I may,\\nam seeing; willing; I am able;\\nTu vois, Te veux, Tu peux, 1\\nH voit, II veut, II peut,\\nNous voyons, Nous voulons, Nous pouvons,\\nVous voyez, Vous voulez, Vous pouvez,\\nlis voient, Us veulent, Us peuvent.\\n7. The above verbs take no preposition before another verb.\\n8. The preposition pour is used to render the preposition to, when\\nthe latter means in order to.\\nJe vais chez vous, pour parler a 1 go to your house, to speak to your\\nvotre frere, et pour vous voir. brother, and to see you.\\nJ ai besoin d argent pour acheter 2 want money to (in order to) buy\\ndes marchandises. goods.\\nKesume op Examples.\\nVoulez-vous nous le donner? Will you give it to us f\\nJe veux vous le preter. i will lend it to you.\\nPouvez- vous me les donner Can you give them to Trie f\\n1 After the verbs, pouvoir, to be able; oser, to dare; savoir, to know; the\\nnegative pas may be omitted.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0099.jp2"}, "98": {"fulltext": "94 VIJfGT-DUITIEME LEgox.\\nJe ne puis vous les donner. I cannot give them to you.\\nVotre i rere peut-il le lui envover? Can your brother send it to himt\\nII ne veut pas le lui envover. He uill not send it to him.\\nQui vcut le leur prater? Who will I id it to Jam t\\nPers\u00c2\u00abnne ne veut le leur preter. Xo one will lend it to them.\\nEnvoyez-les-nous. Send them to us.\\nSTe Doaa les envoyez pas. Do not send them to us.\\nDonnez-nous-eu.\\nIT en onvovez pas. Do not send them any.\\nee-le-leor, {our les contcutcr. them (in order) to M\\nthem.\\nJe puis vous l y envoyer. lean send it to you there.\\nKxni: isi: 53.\\nCom mis, m. clerk\\nPologne, C 1\\nPre ter, 1. I\\ni. ir. to betii\\nOubli-\\n1. Voules-vo I le lui\\ni\\ni\\n:eliT.\\ni a parier 12. Je\\ni I 1. J(\\n22. Je lui\\n1. V.\\nyou, if you will f;J\\ni ufruiJ of forgetting it? [L. 3 I am", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0100.jp2"}, "99": {"fulltext": "USE OF THE AKTICLE. 95\\nnot afraid of forgetting it. 10. Will you send them to him 11. I\\nintend to send them to him, if I have time. 12. Do you speak to\\nhim of your journey 13. I speak to him of my journey. 14. I\\nspeak to them of it. 15. Can you communicate it to him 1G. I\\nhave a wish to communicate it to him. 17. Do you see your ac-\\nquaintances every Monday -18. I see them every Monday, and every\\nThursday. 19. Where do you intend to see them 20. I intend to\\nsee them at your brother s, and at your sister s. 21. Can you send\\nhim there every day 22. I can send him there every Sunday, if\\nhe wishes (s il le veuf). 23. Can you give them to me 24. I can\\ngive them to you. 25. Who will lend them books 26. No one\\nwill lend them any. 27. Your bookseller is willing to sell them\\ngood books and good paper. 28. Is he at home 29. He is at his\\nbrother s. 30. Are you wrong to pay your debts 31. I am right\\nto pay them. 32. Will you send it to us 33. I am willing to send\\nit to you, if you want it. 34. Are you willing to give them to us?\\n35. We are willing to give them to your acquaintances.\\nLEQON XXIX. LESSON XXIX.\\nUSE OF THE AETICLE. 77.)\\n1. The article le, la, les, as already stated, is used in French before\\nnouns taken in a general sense.\\nLes jarclins sont les ornements des Gardens are the ornaments of vil-\\nvillages et des campagnes. lages and of rural districts.\\n2. The article is also used in French, as in English, before nouns\\ntaken in a particular sense.\\nLes jardins de ce village sont su- The gardens of this village are su-\\nperbes. peri.\\n3. It is also used before abstract nouns, before verbs, and adjectives\\nused substantively.\\nLa paresse est odieuse. Idleness is odious.\\nLa jeunesse n est pas toujours do- Youth is not always tractable.\\ncile.\\nLe boire et le manger sont neces- Eating and drinking are necessary to\\nsaires a, la vie. life.\\n4. The article is used before the names of countries, provinces,\\nrivers, winds, and mountains. 77, (3.) (4.)]\\nLa France est plus grande qdp l ltalie. France is larger than Italy.\\nLa Normandie est tres fertile. Normandy is very fertile.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0101.jp2"}, "100": {"fulltext": "VIN-GT-NEUYIKME L E O X\\n5. The article is used before titles.\\nLe general Cavaignac.\\nLe marechal Nej.\\nGeneral Cavaignac\\nMarsha:\\nC. In respectful address or discourse, the words, monsieur, ma-\\ndame, mademoiselle are placed before titles and designations of re-\\nlationship.\\nMonsieur le president (Mr.\\n.--\u00e2\u0096\u00a0llo votro soeur.\\n\\\\r sister.\\n7. The plural of monsieur, madame, and inadcinoiselle, is memi\\niiiuiscfles.\\n8. The student should be careful to distinguish a noun taken in a\\nd or in a particular sense, from one taken in a partitive\\nrartilivt sense.\\nNous avons des I\\nks.\\ni\\nGeneral or particular dense.\\nUvxeSj\\nWe have the books.\\nLa m- ible.\\nr.il.\\n.r.i dcajardins do co\\nJ ai I ll\\nid\\nMuu 1.\\nrat\\nFlower-\\nwen of tfu go\\n1 yy u inti-nd visiting 1\\nIs Cap\\nI\\nMy brntiicr is nut fond of praises.\\nAim-cr, 1. to L\\nApportH\\nI\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u00a2.oral;\\n\\\\rrry;\\n\u00c2\u00a3tudi-er, 1. to study;\\ncrry;\\nitplierry\\nin. vegetable\\nLundi, i\\n1. A/nez-vous le pain ou la viandc? _ J aimc le\\nt le fruit. 3. Avons-nous des pdehea dans uotrc jardin 4", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0102.jp2"}, "101": {"fulltext": "TTSE OF THE ARTICLE. 97\\navons des peches, des fraises, des framboises, et des cerises. 5. Mon-\\nsieur votre frere aime-t-il les cerises 6. II n aime guere les cerises,\\nil prefere les ^prunes. 7. Avez-vous des legumes 8. Je n aime\\npoint les legumes. 9. Nous n avons ni legumes ni fruits. [L. 8, 3. 4.]\\n10. Nous n aimons ni les legumes ni les fruits. 11. Allez-vous tous\\nles jours dans le bois de monsieur votre frere 12. Je n y vais pas\\ntous les jours. 13. Yotre sceur apporte-t-elle les fleurs 14. Ello\\nles apporte. 15. Madame votre mere apporte-t-elle des fleurs?\\n16. Eile en apporte tous les lundis. 17. Voyez-vous le general Ber-\\ntrand 18. Je ne le vois pas, je vois le caporal Duchene. 19. Mes-\\ndemoiselles vos sceurs sont-elles fatiguees? 20. Mes sceurs sont\\nfatiguees d etudier. 21. Monsieur le president est-il cbez lui?\\n22. Non, monsieur il est cbez monsieur le colonel Dumont. 23. De-\\nmeure-t-il loin d ici? 24. II ne demeure pas loin d ici. 25. Ou.\\ndemeure-t-il 26. U demeure cbez monsieur le capitaine Lebrun.\\nExercise 56.\\n1. Does your sister like flowers 2. My sister likes flowers, and\\nmy brother is fond of books. 3. Is be wrong to like books 4. No,\\nsir be is right to bke books and flowers. 5. Have you many flowers\\nin your gardens 6. We have many flowers and mucb fruit. 7. Is\\nyour cousin fond of raspberries 8. My cousin is fond of raspberries\\nand 1 strawberries. 9. Is the captain fond of praises 10. He is not\\nfond of praises. 11. Has the gardener brought you vegetables?\\n12. He has brought me vegetables and fruit. 1 13. Is he ashamed to\\nbring you vegetables 14. He is neither ashamed nor afraid to sell\\nvegetables. 15. Is your mother tired 16. My mother is not tired.\\n7. Is your brother at Colonel D s 18. He lives at Colonel D s, but\\nhe is not at home at present (a present). 19. How many peaches\\nhave you? 20. I have not many peaches, but I have many plums.\\n21. Does Captain B. like peaches?/ 22. He likes peaches, 1 plums,\\nraspberries, and strawberries. 23. Are you going into (dans) your\\nbrother s wood 24. I go there every morning. 25. Is General L.\\nhere 26. No, sir he is not here, he is at your cousin s. 27. Does\\nyour friend, General H, live far from here 28. He does not lire far\\nfrom here, he lives at his brother s. 29. Have you fine flowers in\\nyour garden? 30. We have very fine flowers; we are fond of\\nflowers. 31. Do you give them to him? 32. I give them to you.\\n33. I give you some. 34. I give them some. 35. Give us some.\\n36. Do not give us any.\\n1 The student must not forget that the article is repeated before every\\nnoun.\\n5", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0103.jp2"}, "102": {"fulltext": "98 TBEXTIOE LEfOX.\\nLE0ON XXX. SON XXX.\\nCBB OF Till: ARTICLE, O N n.\\\\ l i;i\\n1. Adjectives of nation will, according\\nbe preceded l y the article. 145.]\\nII apprend le Bra\\n1 alkmauJ, et ritauen,\\nrbjparfer, the article may be omitted before an ad-\\ngaia.\\nThe numb\\nA.\\nB04 i;i\\n[ualifled by\\ni or tiik I\\n11 appr\\nUMQt lis connaisscnt\\nana to be acq\\\\\\n..rtiol", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0104.jp2"}, "103": {"fulltext": "use of the article. 99\\nResume op Examples.\\nLe Capitaine G-. sait-il le francais Does Captain G. know French\\nII ne le sait pas, mais il 1 apprend. He does not know it, but learns it.\\nConnaissez-vous le Docteur L. Bo you know Dr. L. 7\\nJe ne le connais pas, mais je sais ou I am not acquainted with him, but 1\\nil demeure. know where he lives.\\nCe monsieur est-il peintre Is that gentleman a painter t\\nNon, il est architecte. No, he is an architect.\\nOe monsieur est un architecte dis- That gentleman is a distinguished\\ntingue. architect.\\nOe Francais parle grec et arabe. Tliat Frenchman speaks Greek and\\nArabic.\\nII parle le grec, l arabe, et l italien. He speaks the Greek, Arabic, and\\nItalian languages.\\nAvez-vous vu Charles dix, frere de Have you seen Charles the Tenth, a\\nLouis dix-huil brother of Louis the Eighteenth f\\nExercise 57.\\nAllemand, e, German Grec, que, Greek Quatorze, fourteen\\nAncien, ne, ancient Hongrois, e. Hungarian Quatre, four\\nAnglais, e, English Langue, f. language; Russe, Russian;\\nChinois, e, Chinese; Moderne, modern; Sue dois, e, Swedish,\\nDanois,e, Danish, Dane; Pays, m. country Swede;\\nFort, very Polonais, e, Polish, Pole Tapissier, m. upholsterer.\\n1. Connaissez-vous ce monsieur 2. Oui, madame je le connais\\nfort bien. 3. Savez-vous de quel pays il est? 4. II est hongrois.\\n5. Parle-t-il allemand 6. II parle allemand, polonais, russe, sue-\\ndois, et danois. 7. N est-il pas medecin 8. Nbn, monsieur avant\\nla revolution, il etait capitaine. 9. Avez-vous envie d apprendre le\\nrusse? 10. J ai envie d apprendre le russe et le grec moderne.\\n11. Connaissez-vous les messieurs qui parlent a votre soeur 12. Je\\nne les connais pas. 13. Savez-vous ou ils demeurent 14. lis de-\\nmeurent chez le tapissier de votre frere. 15. N avez-vous pas l his-\\ntoire de Louis quatorze, dans votre bibliotheque y 16. Je n ai ni\\ncclle de Louis quatorze, ni celle de Henri quatre. 17. Avez-vous\\ntort d apprendre le chinois 18. Je n ai pas tort d apprendre le chi-\\nnois. 19. Yos compagnons apprennent-ils les langues anciennes\\n20. Ils savent plusieurs langues anciennes et modernes. 21. Parlez-\\nvous anglais 22. Je sais 1 anglais et je le parle. 23. Connaissez-\\nvous 1 Anglais que nous voyons 24. Je ne le connais pas. 25. II\\nne me connait pas, et je ne le connais pas.\\nExercise 58.\\n1. Does our physician know French 2. He knows French, Eng-\\nlish, and German. 3. Does he know the French physician 4. He\\nknows him very well. 5. Are you acquainted with that lady G. I", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0105.jp2"}, "104": {"fulltext": "100 TiiE^TE ex trzriiiicB le^ox.\\nam not acquainted with her. 7. Is she a German or a Swede.\\nis neither a German nor a Swede, she is a Russian. 9. Do you\\nid to speak to her? 10. I intend to speak to her in {en) English.\\n11. Does she know English? 12. She knows several langui\\npeaks English, Dan: and Hungarian. 13. Is your\\nbrother a colonel? 14. No, sir; he is a captain. 15. Is tout up-\\nholsterer a Dane? 1G. Die is not a Dane, he is a Swede., 17. Are\\nyou a Frenchman 7 18. JTo, sir; I am a Hungarian 19. D\\nknow Chinese? 20. I know Chinese, Russian, and modern Greek.\\n1M. Are yon wrong to I -am I\\nlearn languages. 23. Do you know the Englishman who liv\\nyour broth m acquainted with him. 25. I am\\nd with him. 26. Do\\n1 have DO\\n30. Have you no time? 31, 1 have but\\nlittle lime. 32. W learn 33. We I\\nWe do\\n.:n it.\\nON xxxi. xxxi.\\nI 1 i\\\\ i: PSOX\\nlin. 77k: flown* vrh ich are i I\\nitin?\\n.om. which, may be said of I\\n-1.]\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2*r-ij.\u00c2\u00bb u-hnm we see.\\nI ifl QOUfl api-renona.", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0106.jp2"}, "105": {"fulltext": "RELATIVE PEONOUNS,\\n101\\n5. Que answers to the English pronoun what, used absolutely be-\\nfore a verb.\\nQue pensez-vous de cela? Wliat do you think of that?\\nG. Quoi, what, when not used as an exclamation, is generally pre-\\nceded by a preposition, and relates only to things.\\nDe quoi voulez-vous parler\\nA quoi pensez-vous\\nOf what do you wish to speak\\nOf what do you think\\n7. Lequel, m., laquelle,/, lesquels, m. p., lesquelles,/ p., which, or\\nwhich one, [L. 18. 6] or which ones, relate to persons or things.\\nThey may be preceded by a preposition, contracted or not with the\\narticle.\\nLequel avez-vous apporte\\nDuquel (de laquelle) parlez-vous\\nWhich one have you brought?\\nOf which one do you speak\\n8. Dont, of which, or of whom, whose, may relate to persons or\\nthings, in the masculine or feminine, singular or plural. It can never\\nbe used absolutely, and must always be preceded by an antecedent.\\nIt is preferable to de qui or duquel, etc.\\nLes fleurs dont vous me parlez. The flowers of which you speak to me.\\nLes demoiselles dont votre sceur vous The young ladies of whom your sister\\nparle. speaks to you.\\n9. Present op the Indicative of the Irregular Verbs,\\nDi-re, 4. to say. Fai-re, 4. to make, to do. Mett-re, 4. to put.\\nJe dis, say, do say, or Je fais, make, or do, 1 Je mets, I put, do put, or\\nam saying. am making or doing. am putting.\\nTu dis, Tu fais, Tu mets,\\nII dit, II fait, II met,\\nNous disons, Nous faisons, [L. 63, note.] Nous mettons,\\nVous dites, Vous faites, Vous mettez,\\nUs disent. lis font. lis mettent,\\nResume of\\nConnaissez-vous le monsieur qui\\nparle a notre cousin\\nJe connais celui qui lui parle.\\nComprenez-vous ce que je vous dis\\nQui vous a parle de cette affaire\\nL Anglais dont vous parlez est ici.\\nL Espagnol dont la soeur est ici.\\nQue faites- vous ce matin\\nQue dites-vous a notre ami\\nNous faisons ce que vous nous dites.\\nPour qui faites-vous cet habit\\nDe quoi parlez-vous a votre frere\\nNous faisjms ce que nous pouvons.\\nNous parlous de ce dont vous parlez.\\nExamples.\\nBo you know the gentleman who\\nspeaks to our cousin?\\nIknow him who speaks to him.\\nDo you understand what I say to you\\nWho has spoken to you of this affair\\nThe Englishman of whom you speak\\nis here.\\nTJie Spaniard whose sister is here.\\nWhat do you do this morning\\nWhat do you say to our friend?\\nWe do that which (what) you say to us.\\nFor whom do you make this coat\\nOf what do you speak to your brother\\nWe do what we can.\\nWe speak of that of which you speak.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0107.jp2"}, "106": {"fulltext": "102 teexte et {txtik mb lki;os.\\nExercise 59.\\nArriv-cr, 1. to arrive; ITabillement, m. dress, Preaque, almost;\\nAvec, wiUi chih Ilkn. nothing\\nHolla Recommaad-er, 1. to re-\\nOommand-er.l. to order; Linge, m. 1 com:-.\\nScotch; Monsieur.i r. in. shoe;\\nEulont, lq. child; me; Vrai, e, true.\\nTlaiiir, in.\\n1. Qui eonnaisscz-vous 2. Nona connaissona lea HoDandai\\nvous nous parlcz. 3. Qucllos lecons apprenez-vous 4. No a\\nprenon\\ntil vrai 6. De l 1 Qma\\nparlcz-vou* arri-\\nna qui viont d arriver? I 1\\nque n\\nL2. 1 Sire.\\n20. I\\ni leer, dire?\\n1. B want 2. v.\\noot know 1\\n11. w\\nlie mtk", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0108.jp2"}, "107": {"fulltext": "METTRE, 6TER, PAIEE, ETC. 103\\nsister is here. 27. Is your brother wrong to do what he does?\\n28. He cannot be wrong to do it. 29. What are you doing 30. I\\nam doing that which you do. 31. Where do you put my books\\n32. Into (dans) your brother s trunk. 33. Is your brother here\\n34. He is not here. 35. He is at my brother s, or at my father s.\\nLEQON XXXII. LESSON XXXH.\\nPLAN OF THE EXERCISES IN COMPOSING- FEENCH.\\nHitherto the student has been occupied exclusively in acquiring\\nfacts, forms and principles, and in translating, by the aid of these,\\nFrench into English and again English into French. Following still\\nthe plan of the work, let him now undertake the higher business of\\nendeavoring to compose in French. With this intent, let him take\\nsome of the words, given for this purpose, in the lists at page 271, and\\nseek to incorporate them in sentences entirely his own. The words\\ntaken from the lists, are to be used merely as things suggestive of\\nthought. The form which, in any given case, the sentence may\\nassume, should be determined by the models found in the Lessons\\npreceding for, every sentence which the pupil has once mastered in\\nthe regular course of the Lessons, is or should be to him a model, on\\nwhich he may at pleasure build other constructions of his own.\\nIndeed, this constructing sentences according to models, that is,\\nshaping one s thoughts according to the forms and idioms peculiar to\\na foreign tongue, is the true and only secret of speaking and writing\\nthat language well. The pupil, therefore, as he passes along in the\\nordinary course of the Lessons, should frequently be found applying\\nhis knowledge in the way of actually composing independent sen-\\ntences. In this way he will soon acquire a facility and accuracy in\\nthe language, which are hardly otherwise attainable at all.\\nMETTRE, OTER, EAIEE, ETC.\\n1. The verb mettre is used in the same sense as the English to put\\non, in speaking of garments. Mettre h convert, means to lay the\\ncloth, or set the table.\\nQuel chapcau mettez-vous? What hat do you put on\\nYotre frere met son habit noir. Your brother puts on his Mack coat.\\nLa domestique va mettre le couvert. The servant is going to lay the cloth.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0109.jp2"}, "108": {"fulltext": "104\\nTEENTE-DEUXIEUE LEQON.\\nWon domestique ute son chapeau.\\n6tez co livre de la table.\\n2. Otar means to take off, to take away, to take out.\\nMy servant takes off his hat.\\nTake away that book from tfie table.\\ni pas 6te le diner? Have they not taken away Vie dinner t\\n3. The verb /aire is used before another verb, in the sense of to\\nhave, to\\nr lYit-i] kltir unc maison? Does you brother have a house built?\\n11 en bit batir plus dune. He has more Uian one built.\\n4. It may be used in the same sense before its own infinitive.\\nire tin lial lit do drap.\\nilea faire cks soulicrs do euir.\\nmade.\\n5. Vouhir, [L. 28. 6.] followed 1 in the sense of to\\nQue voulez-voua din?\\nlie diro?\\nyou meanf\\nsitter mean t\\nI\\nI\\nlean?\\ncant\\nyour shoes end stock-\\nv\\nto lay\\nI\\nthings.\\n61.\\nl to\\ni\\n1\\niu. dinner\\nl ra, e, ruuly;\\nWluU!", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0110.jp2"}, "109": {"fulltext": "MBTTEE, dTEK, PAIEE, ETC. 105\\n1. Le General N. met-il son uniforme 2. H ne le met point.\\n3. Pourguoi ne portez-vous point votre manteau noir 4. J ai peur\\nde le gater. 5. Mettez-vous vos souliers de satin tous les matins\\n6. Je ne les mets que les dimanches,, 7. II est midi, le domestique\\nmet-il le couvert 8. II ne le met pas encore, il va le mettre tout-a-\\nl heure. 9. Le diner n est-il pas pret 10. Le domestique 6te-t-il\\nle couvert 11. II ne l ote pas encore, il n a pas le temps de l oter.\\n12. Otez-vous votre habit, quand vous avez chaud? 13. Je l ote,\\nquand j ai trop chaud. 14. Faites-vous faire un habit de drap 15. Je\\nfais faire un habit de drap, et un gilet de satin noir. 16. Ne faites-\\nvous point raccommoder vos pantoufles de velours 17. Ne faites-\\nvous pas creuser une cave 18. Je fais creuser une grande cave.\\n19. L apothicaire, que veut-il dire 20. II veut dire qu il a besoin\\nd argent. 21. Savez-vous ce que cela veut dire 22. Cela veut dire\\nque votre frere est fache contre vous. 23. Avez-vous envie de met-\\ntre votre manteau 24. J ai l intention de le mettre, car j ai grand\\nfroid. 25. Je vais l oter, car j ai chaud.\\nExercise (St.\\n1. Do you take off your coat 2. I do not take off my coat; I put\\nit on. 3. Do you take off your cloak, when you are cold 4. When\\nI am cold, I put it on. 5. Does your little boy take off his shoes and\\nstockings 21, (4.)] 6. He takes them off, but he is going to put\\nthem on again. 7. Does that little girl lay the cloth 8. She lays\\nthe cloth every day at noon (midi). 9. Does she take away the\\nthings after dinner? 10. She takes away the things every day.\\nII. Do you intend to have a coat made 12. 1 intend to have a coat\\nmade. 13. I am going to have a coat and vest made. 14. Does\\nyour brother have his boots mended? 15. He has them mended.\\n16. What does your son mean 17. I do not know what he means.\\n18. Is he angry with me, or with my brother 19. He is neither\\nangry with you, nor with your brother. 20. Is he afraid to spoil his\\ncoat 21. He is not afraid to spoil it. 22. Does the druggist want\\nmoney 23. He does not want money. 24. Does your sister take\\nmy book from the table 25. She does not take it away. 26. Why\\ndo you take off your shoes 27. I take them off because they hurt\\nme (gtnenf). 28. Do you intend to have a house built 29. I in-\\ntend to have one built. 30. Does the tailor spoil your coat 31. He\\ndoes not spoil it. 32. Who spoils your clothes? 33. No person\\nspoils them. 34. What hat do you wear 35. I wear a black hat.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0111.jp2"}, "110": {"fulltext": "106 TEENTE-TBOISIEME LEJON.\\nLEgON XXXIII. LESSON XXXIII.\\nUXIPEESOXAL YEEES.\\n1. The unipersonal verb is conjugated only in the third person\\nsingular of a tense. Its nominative pronoun, il, t7, is used absolutely,\\nu e. it represents no noun previously i\\nII pleut aujourJ huL rains to-day.\\n2. The unipersonal verb assumes the termination of the class or\\nconjugation to which it I always uuiper-\\nand will be foun I\\nand il* irregular, will bo found in the personal form in tfa\\n3. Pbbeht of the Ini-icativk of t v\\\\i. Yr.nns,\\nlit, to be tiicre: JP.\\nII y a, there is, thenar,-. 11 pleat, it rains, il u 11 noige, it snotcs, il is\\nsrui\\nhad: t\\\\aw:\\n:haws,\\nJ be followed by a\\ngams in the market\\nj trden.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ually\\nscoLL\\nither,\\nips est beau co matin. The tceaUier is fine this morning.\\nil ca miUin rain this morning t\\nn DO it snows.\\nI\\n.tin?\\nYn-t-ii ptauriean .onset\\nwoi?", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0112.jp2"}, "111": {"fulltext": "UNIPERSONAL VERBS. 107\\nII y a plus de deux personnes. There are more than two persons.\\nN y a-t-il personue a l eglise Is there nobody at church\\nII n y a encore personne. There is as yet no one there.\\nEst-il trop tot Is it too soon\\nAu contraire, U est trop tard. On the contrary, it is too late.\\nFait-il froid ou chaud aujourd hui 1 Is it cold or warm to-day\\nII fait chaud et humide. It is warm and damp.\\nFait-il du vent, ou du brouillard? Is it windy, or foggy?\\nII fait un temps bien desagreable. It is very disagreeable weather.\\nLe temps n est pas agreable. The weather is not agreeable.\\nExercise 63.\\nAssemblee, f. assembly, Couvert, e, elovdy Manuscrit, m. manu-\\nparty Fjcurie, f. stable script\\nBibliotheque, library; \u00c2\u00a3pais, se, thick; Superbe, very beautiful;\\nBrouillard, m. fog Foin, m. hay Veau, m. veal\\nChambre, f. room; Gibier, m. game; Vent, m. wind;\\nCinquante, fifty Humide, damp Volaille, poultry.\\n1. Quel temps fait-il aujourd hui? 2. H fait un temps superbe.\\n3. Fait-il tres beau temps aujourd hui 4. II fait un temps couvert\\net humide. 5. Pleut-il beaucoup ce matin 6. II ne pleut pas en-\\ncore, mais il va pleuvoir. 7. Fait-il du vent ou du brouillard 8. II\\nne fait pas de vent. 9. Le brouillard est tres epais. 10. Combien\\nde personnes y a-t-il a, l assemblee? 11. II y a plus de deux cents\\n[L. 20. 7.] personnes. 12. Wj a-t-il pas beaucoup de manuscrits\\ndans votre bibliotheque 13. II n y en a pas beaucoup, il n y en a\\nque cinquante-cinq. 14. Fait-il trop froid pour vous, dans cette\\nchambre 15. II n y fait ni trop froid ni trop chaud. 16. Y a-t-il\\nbeaucoup de foin dans votre ecurie 17. II y en a assez pour mon\\ncheval. 18. Eestez-vous a la maison, quand il pleut 19. Quand il\\npleut, je reste a la maison, mais quand il fait beau temps je vais chez\\nmon cousin. 20. Y a-t-il de la viande au marche? 21. II y en a\\nbeaucoup il \u00e2\u0080\u009ey a aussi du gibier. 22. II y a du veau, du mouton, et\\nde la volaille. 23. N y a-t-il pas aussi des legumes et des fruits\\n24. II n y en a pas. 25. Hyena aussi.\\nExercise 64.\\n1. Are you cold this morning 2. I am not cold, it is warm this\\nmorning. 3. Is it foggy or windy 4. It is neither foggy nor windy,\\nit rains in torrents (a verse). 5. Is it going to rain or to snow\\nC. It is going to freeze, it is very cold. 7. It is windy and foggy.\\n8. Is there any body at your brother s to-day 9. My brother is at\\nhome, and my sister is at church. 10. Is there any meat in the (au)\\nmarket 11. There is meat and poultry. 12. Is it too warm or too\\ncold, for your sister, in this room *f3. It is not so warm in this\\nroom, as in your brother s library. 14. Are there good English\\n5*", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0113.jp2"}, "112": {"fulltext": "10S\\nTKEXTE-QL AT Kl JBJCS LSQ OK.\\nbooks in your sister s library? 15. There arc Eomo good one?.\\n16. Are there peaches and plums in your garden? 17. There arc\\nmany. IS. Do you remain at 3-our brother s, when it snows?\\n10. When it snows, wo remain at home. 20. Are there ladies at\\nyour mother s 21. Tour two sisters are there to-day. 22. Have\\nyou time to go and fetch them 23. I have no time this morning.\\n24 I- your horse in the Btable? 25. It is not there, it is at my\\nDoes it hail this morning? 27. It does not hail, it\\n2 VFhat weather is it this m i 1. It is very fine\\n1? 31. It is neither too warm nor too\\ndoes not snow every da]\\nLEQON XXXIV. LESSON XXX IV.\\ni-r.v. 1: or Tin: .v;\\nand h\\nWTk d B v rb is in the in;:\\nne au-i\\n-i lire.\\nQt rally\\nm you\\nI it ia\\ntrunk.\\nC J jr to", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0114.jp2"}, "113": {"fulltext": "PLACE Or THE ADVERB\\n109\\nreside, followed by the name of a part of the earth, a country, or\\nprovince.\\nNotre ami est en France.\\nVous allez en Italie.\\nOur friend is in France.\\nYou go to Italy.\\n7. The preposition is used for the words at or to, in or into, be-\\nfore the name of a town, city, or village, preceded by the verbs men-\\ntioned above.\\nII va a Paris lo mois prochain. He is going to Paris next month.\\n8. The same preposition is used in the expressions a la campagne,\\nla ville, 1 a la chasse, a la peche, au marche, etc.\\nNous allons a la campagne. We go into the country.\\nVous n allez pas a la ville. You do not go to the city.\\nJe vais a la chasse et a la peche. I go hunting and fishing.\\nII ne va pas au marche. He does not go to market.\\n9. Indicative Present op the Irregular Verbs,\\nCondui-re, 4. to conduct. \u00c2\u00a3cri-re, 4. to write. Li-re, 4. to read.\\nJe conduis, I conduct, do J ecris, write, do write, Je lis, read, do read, or\\nconduct, etc. or am writing am reading\\nTu conduis, Tu ecris, Tu lis,\\nII conduit, II ecrit, II lit,\\nNous conduisons, Nous ecrivons, Nous lisons,\\nVous conduiscz, Vous ecrivez, Vous lisez,\\nlis conduisent. lis ecrivent. lis lisent.\\nResume of Examples.\\nVotre parent ecrit-il bien\\nII ecrit assez bien.\\nNous avons assez de livres.\\nNous sommes assez attentifs a nos\\nVoila la demoiselle dont vous parlez.\\nHoes your relation write well\\nHe writes tolerably.\\nWe have books enough.\\nWe are attentive enough to our les-\\nsons.\\nThere is the young lady of whom you\\nVotre cheval n est-il pas dans le Is not your horse in the field?\\nchamp\\nII n y est pas, il est dans le jardin.\\nAllez-vous en France cette annee\\nNous allons a Paris et a Lyon.\\nOu conduisez-vous ce jeune homme\\nJe le conduis en Allemagne.\\nDemeurez-vous la ville?\\nNous demeurons a la campagne.\\nAllez-vous souvent a, la chasse\\nNous allons quelquefois a, la peche.\\nIt is not there, it is in the garden.\\nHo you go to France this year\\nWe go to Paris and to Lyons.\\nWliere do you take this young man 1\\nI take him to Germany.\\nDo you live in the city\\nWe live in the country.\\nDo you go often hunting\\nWe sometimes go fishing.\\n1 fitre a la ville, to be, or rather, to dwell in the city, and not in the country.\\nfitre dans la ville, to be within the city. \u00c2\u00a3tre en ville, to be out, not to be at\\nhome, to be in the city.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0115.jp2"}, "114": {"fulltext": "110 TBBXTX-QU ATBISHB L E O X\\nExercise G5.\\nm. partner; Forr. Ian*;\\nCariit; m. IVrrv, f.\\nille, i b en, city;\\nhunting;\\nCuLuuiis, iu. clerk, Bend-re, -i. to return; Voyage, m. y\\n1. \u00c2\u00a3crivez-vou3 encore la m- 2. Je n ecria plus la mdme,\\nj en ecris unc autre. 3. Voti oentT 4. 11\\nfort bion, inais il\\nat pour acb \\\\t. mais j ai\\nrinten .7. VoilS votre livre, en\\navuz-\\\\ u en ai paa besoin,j en ai un aul\\nvoos encore besoin do mon canif? 10. Je u en ai plug h\\nvous -t-fl a la vuTe? 12. II ne\\nderm !-il a\\n1 1. II n aii 15. II va\\nI intentiond\\n21. Je ne d ni a\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2J L Voire\\nmonsieur; il est a rtfoole.\\n1. I rk write as v. a 2. He\\ny son. 3.\\nit looks en\\nsome more. 5. B B. 1\\nid it 7. D\\nMX v.\\n13. D\\n1 7. How mai\\n18. 1", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0116.jp2"}, "115": {"fulltext": "OK, AVOIR LIEU, DEVOIR, ETC. Ill\\nthere, but not often. 27. Does that young lady read as well as her\\nsister 28. She reads better than her sister, but her sister reads\\nbetter than I. 29. Is there any one at your house 30. My father\\nis at home. 31. Is your brother-in-law absent 32. My brother-\\nin-law is at your house. 33. There is no one at home to-day.\\nLEQON XXXV. LESSON XXXV.\\nON, AVOIR LIEU, DEVOIR, ETC.\\n1. The indefinite pronoun on has no exact equivalent in English.\\nIt may be rendered by one, we, they, people, etc., according to the\\ncontext. On has, of course, no antecedent, and seldom refers to a\\nparticular person, 41, (4.) (5.) 113.]\\nOn doit honorer la vertu. We should honor virtue.\\nOn nous apporte de l argent. Money is brought to us.\\n2. As may be seen in the last example, on is often the nominative\\nof an active verb, which is best rendered in English by the passive,\\n113, (1.)]\\nOn dit que votre epouse est ici. It is said that your wife is here.\\nOn raconte des histoires singulieres. Singular histories are related.\\nOn recolte beaucoup de ble en Much wheat is harvested (grown) in\\nFrance. France.\\n3. Avoir lieu answers to the English expression, to take place.\\nCela a lieu tous les jours. Thai takes place every day.\\n4. Au lieu de answers to the English, instead of. The verb which\\nfollows it must, according to Rule 2, Lesson 21, be put in the in-\\nfinitive.\\nAu lieu d etudier, il joue. Instead of studying, he plays.\\n5. Devoir, to owe, is used before an infinitive, like the English verb,\\nto he, to express obligation.\\nJe dois lui ecrire demain. I am to write to him to-morrow.\\nNous devons j aller demain. We are to go there to-morrow.\\n6. Recevoir des nouvelles, means, to hear from.\\nDevez-vous recevoir des nouvelles Are you to hear from your sister?\\ndo votre soeur?\\n7. Entendre parler, answers to the English phrase, to hear o/or about.\\nEntendez-vous souvent parler de Do you often hear of your friends?\\nvos amis", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0117.jp2"}, "116": {"fulltext": "11- TEENTE-Ci:* QUIEit E LEro.\\\\.\\nR\u00c2\u00a3buik\u00c2\u00a3 of Examples.\\nQno dit-on de nous dans la villo What do they say of us in the city 1\\nroua People do not speak of you.\\nNemange-t-onpaa tousles joara? a yf\\nOn mange quand on a bun, eat when they are k\\n:\\\\x- de Poor en California,\\nl it-.n quelque cboso do nouveau? newt\\nI a ne lit rien do nouveaa\\nA-Umrefa dee noavelleede George? Has any i Heard from\\nOn n a point cntondu parlor de lui. Nothing ha him.\\nOn o*a\\nerire d n.-tro ami?\\nlui ecrire domain, Jam to wriU\\nit-U avoir lien co soir? Is the con emmgt\\ntin-\\ns l rvro.\\nII danso au lien do ma\\nirt, to\\n1 I. i|, i\\n17. M\\n21\\n1. V,\\nhat luucugol", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0118.jp2"}, "117": {"fulltext": "REFLECTIVE VERBS. 113\\nAfrica 4. It is said that much gold is found in California. 5. Do they\\nbring you books every day 6. Books are brought to me [R. 2]\\nevery day, but I have no time to read them. 7. What should one\\ndo (doit-on /aire) when one is sick 8. One should send for a physi-\\ncian. 9. Do you send for my brother 10. I am to send for him\\nthis morning. 11. Do you hear from your son every day? 12. I\\nhear from him every time that your brother comes. 13. Does tho\\nsale (venie, f.) take place to-day 14. It takes place this afternoon.\\n15. At what time (heure) does it take place 16. It takes place at\\nhalf after three. 17. I have a wish to go there, but my brother is\\nsick. IS. What am I to do 19. Tou are to write to your brother,\\nwho, it i3 said (dit on), is very sick. 20. Is he to leave for Africa\\n21. He is to leave for Algiers. 22. Do you come instead of your\\nfather 23. I am to write instead of him. 24. Does the concert\\ntake place this morning 25. It is to take place this afternoon.\\n26. Do you know at what hour? 27. At a quarter before five.\\n28. Is your brother coming 29. My brother is not coming, he has\\nno time. 30. Are you angry with your brother 31. I am not\\nangry with him. 32. Is there any thing new (Is any thing new\\nsaid 33. There is nothing new. 34. What is said of him 35. Noth-\\ning is said of him.\\nLEgON XXXVI. LESSON XXXVI.\\nREFLECTIVE VEEES. 43, (6.) 56].\\n1. A verb is called reflective or pronominal, when it is conjugated\\nwith two pronouns of the same person, i. e., the usual nominative\\npronoun, and the pronouns me, te, se, etc. 56.] In these verbs, the\\nsubject is represented as acting upon itself.\\nJe m applique a l etude. I apply (myself) to study.\\nJe me propose de voyager. I propose to (myself) to travel, i. e., it\\nis my intention to travel.\\nIn these verbs, the second pronoun is in fact only the objective\\npronoun direct or indirect, which, according to Rules 1 and 2, Lesson\\n27, is placed before the verb.\\n2. The reflective form of the verb, which is much more frequently\\nused in French than in English, often answers to the passive form so\\ncommon in the latter language.\\nCela se voit tons les jours. \u00e2\u0084\u00a2p literalI 7:\\nJ l That sees itself every day.\\nCette marchandise se vend facile- That merchandise is easily sold.\\nment. That merchandise sells itself easily.\\nCela se fait ainsL\\nThat is done thus.\\nThat does itself so.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0119.jp2"}, "118": {"fulltext": "11-t TEESTE-SlXI^i: LEQOH.\\n3. The verb se porter, literally, to carry one* self, is used idiomati-\\ncally for to do or to he in speaking of health.\\nComment vous portez-vous Uow do you\\nJe me portc trcs bien. lam very\\n4. S asscoir, [3. ir. see G2.] to t- also a reflective verb.\\n:Kro s assied. Your brother sits down.\\n;;ns to walk, to ride, etc., for pleasure, or health.\\npromt no tous les jours. I take\\nJo me pro:;. ride.\\nattar a cher*.\\n-vous bcaucoup tous les Do you walk much every day?\\nSb roitT-Ett, .iovalk S xs*r-iv., 3. ir. to stf\\ndo; or rt down\\ndo aw: down;\\nTu i\\nlis so portent. lis s\\ntown.\\nt-il?\\nI", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0120.jp2"}, "119": {"fulltext": "r^l LECTIYE VEBBS. 115\\nVotis promenez-vous tous les jours Bo you take a vjalk every day\\nJe me promeno en voituro au- I take a ride to-day (in a carriage).\\njourd hui.\\nVos amis se promenent-ils a cheval Bo your friends take a ride\\nN aimez-vous pas a marcher Bo you not like walking\\nJ aime beaucoup a aller a cheval. J like riding much.\\nAimez-vous a vous promener Bo you like walking (for pleasure)\\nAsseyons-nous, s il vous plait. Let us sit down, if you please.\\nNe nous asseyons-nous pas Bo we not sit down\\nJSTe nous asseyons pas, il est trop Let us not sit down, it is too late.\\ntard.\\nCombien ce drap so vend-il la 1 For how much is that cloth sold a\\nverge yard\\nII se vend vingt-cinq francs le metre. It is sold twenty-five francs tJie metre.\\nComment cela s appelle-t-il? How is that called? What is the\\nname of that\\nComment vous appelez-vous 49, What is your name How do you\\n(4.)] call yourself?\\nExercise 69.\\nBanquier, m. banker Magnifique, magnificent; Pied, m.foot;\\nComment, how Matin, m. morning Port-er, to carry, wear\\nCheval, m. horse Mieux, better Quelquefois, sometimes\\nDrap, m. cloth; Oblige, e, obliged; Quitt-er, 1. to leave;\\nFatigue, e, weary, tired; Part-ir, 2. ir. to set out; Yoiture, f. carriage.\\n1. Comment ce monsieur s appelle-t-il 2. Je ne sais comment\\nil s appelle. 3. Cette dame ne s appelle-t-elle pas L. 4. Non,\\nmadame, elle s appelle M. 5. Monsieur votre pere se porte-t-il bien\\nce matin 6. II se porte beaucoup mieux. 7. Fait-il beau temps\\naujourd hui 8. II fait un temps magnifique n allez-vous pas vous\\npromener 9. Nous n avons ni cheval ni voiture. 10. Ne pouvez-\\nvous marcher 11. Je suis trop fatigue pour marcher. 12. N allez-\\nvous pas a cheval tous les matins 13. Je me promene tous les\\nmatins. 14. Comment vous promenez-vous? 15. Quelquefois a,\\npied, et quelquefois en voiture. 16. A qui vous adressez-vous, quand\\nvous avez besoin d argent 17. Je m adresse a, mon banquier\\n18. Ne voulez-vous pas vous asseoir 19. Nous vous sommes bien\\nobliges. 20. Ce drap se vend-il fort bien 21. II se vend fort cher.\\n22. Ne devez-vous pas aller a la campagne, s il fait beau temps?\\n23. Votre frere doit-il quitter la ville aujourd hui 24. II doit partir\\ndemain matin. 25. Ma sceur se promene tous les matins.\\nExeecise 70.\\n1. Does your sister walk every day 2. She takes a -walk every\\nmorning. 3. She likes riding on horseback, and in a carriage.\\ni The English a or an, before a measure, is rendered into French by the\\narticle le, or la, etc.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0121.jp2"}, "120": {"fulltext": "116 TIlK.VTr-SEPTIKME LE\u00c2\u00a3ON.\\n4. What is that little girl called 5. She \\\\a called L. 6. Is not Uiat\\ngentleman called L. 7. No, sir he is called G., and his cousin is.\\ncalled H. 8. How is your brother? 9. My brother is very well, bat\\nmy sister is not well. 10. How are your two daughters 11.\\nare tolerably well to-day. 12. Will you i. gentlemen\\n13. We are mueh obliged to you, madam, we have no:\\n1 Does thai book sell well? 1T I trefl. 16, 11\\nthat sil! Bold an ell (fcume)1 17. It i\\n.1 you\\nJk? 20. I have no time to walk, 21. To whom does\\napply 22. He appli h his\\n25. When d\\ngo tO Franco, D\\nsay t.: too\\na goud hor.\\nLB XXXVII. LESSON xxxvir.\\nniir [2. ir. S\\nNou n r havin.j been do\\npriu i", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0122.jp2"}, "121": {"fulltext": "USE OP REFLECTIVE PRONOUN, ETC. 117\\n4. Se souvenir, takes the preposition de before a noun or pronoun,\\nas well as before an infinitive.\\nVous souvenez-vous de cette affaire\\nJe ne m en souviens pas.\\nJe me souviens de lui avoir ecrit.\\nDo you remember that affair t\\nI do not remember it.\\nI remember having written to him.\\n5. Se coucher, corresponds to the English verbs to retire, to go to\\nJe me couche de bonne heure. I retire early.\\nG. Se lever 49, (6.)] means to rise, to get up.\\nJe me lave au point du jour. J rise at the break of day.\\nResume op Examples.\\nVous coupez-vous les ongles\\nJe me coupe les ongles et les che-\\nveux.\\nVous coupez-vous les doigts\\nJe me coupe souvent les doigts,\\nquand je taille ma plume.\\nVous rappelez-vous 49, (4.)] les\\nmalheurs du frere de votre ami\\nJe me rappelle ses malheurs.\\nJe me les rappelle distinctement.\\nJe me rappelle de l avoir vu.\\nVous souvenez-vous de cela\\nJe ne m en souviens pas du tout.\\nA quelle heure vous couchez-vous\\nNous nous couchons tous les jours\\nau coucher du soleil.\\nNous nous levous de meilleure heure\\nque vous, au lever du soleil.\\nII se leve a cinq heures du matin, et\\nil se couche a dix heures et de-\\nmie du soir.\\nof\\nDo you cut your nails\\nJ cut my nails and hair.\\nDo you cut your fingers\\nI often cut my fingers, when I mend\\nmy pen.\\nDo you remember the misj\\nyour friend s brother?\\nI remember his misfortunes.\\nI recollect them distinctly.\\nI remember having seen him.\\nDo you remember that\\nI do not remember it at all.\\nAt what hour do you retire f\\nWe go to bed every day at sunset.\\nWe rise earlier than you, at sun\\nrise.\\nHe rises at five o clock in the morn-\\ning, and goes to bed at half after\\nten in the evening.\\nExercise Yl.\\nAssocie, m. partner\\nBois, m. wood\\nBoucher, m. butcher tier\\nSe brul-er, 1. ref. to Doigt, m. finger;\\nbum one s self; Fer, m. iron;\\nCharpentier, m. carpen- Feu, m. fire\\nter; Main, f. hand;\\nSe chauff-er, 1. ref to S occuper, 1. to occupy\\nwarm one s self;\\nCheveux, m. pL hair Parfaitement, perfectly\\nDe meilleure heure, ear- Perruquier, m. hair-\\ndresser\\nPoele, m. stove\\nPouce, m. thumb\\nPromesse, f promise\\nSe souvenir, 2. to remem-\\nber (see Venir, 62.)\\none s self;\\nTravaill-er, 1. to work.\\n1. Le perruquier se coupe-t-il le pouce 2. Non, monsieur il se\\ncoupe les cheveux. 3. Le charpentier ne se coupe-t-il pas la main\\n4. II ne se coupe pas la main, il coupe le bois. 5. Ne vous rappelez-\\nvous pas cette dame 6. Je me rappelle cette dame et ces messieurs.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0123.jp2"}, "122": {"fulltext": "118 TKEXTE-SEPTIEME LBQOXT.\\n7. De quoi vous occupez-vous S. Xous nous occupona dc nus af-\\nfaire-. 9. Vous Bouvenez-vous dea fusils do votre pdre? 10. Je\\nen souviens point du tout jyll. I alc-t-\\nelle pas? 12. Elle ne so brule pas, il u y a pas de feu dans Le\\n13. Pourquoi le boucher no so cbauffe-t-il paa 1 1. Tarcequ ll n a\\n~\\\\ont-ils do meilleurc heui\\n16. Ila Be con ihenl de bonne h is les i\\nqc veut-il p 18. II n a\\n1 M 22. Jo n\\nse C\\nQaand\\nte bicn, ou I\\n1. i .\u00e2\u0080\u00a2..\u00e2\u0080\u00a211, I\\nL.\\nthnmb\\nIt. I-\\nI lltlr-\\n:t my\\nmiafartune :uber", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0124.jp2"}, "123": {"fulltext": "SE TKOMPEK, S EKHUTEK, ETC. 119\\nLECON XXXVIII. LESSON XXXVIII.\\nSE TEOMPEE, s eNISTCTYER, ETC.\\n1. The verb tromper, conjugated actively, corresponds to the Eng-\\nlish verb to deceive.\\nII trompe tout le monde. He deceives every body.\\n2. Conjugated reflectively, se tromper means to be mistaken; liter-\\nally, to deceive one s self.\\nOn se trompe bien souvent. One is often mistaken.\\n3. JEnnuyer, 49, (2.)] used actively, means to weary the mind, to\\ntease, to bore.\\nCet homme ennuie ses auditeurs. That man wearies his hearers.\\nVous nous ennuyez par vos de- You tease, or weary us by your ques-\\nmandes. tions.\\n4. S ennuyer has no exact correspondent in English. It signifies\\ngenerally, to be or to become mentally weary of any thing or place.\\nNous nous ennuyons ici. We are weary of being here.\\nVous ennuyez- vous a la campagne Are you weary of being in the country\\nJe m ennuie partout. I find no amusement anywhere.\\n5. Je m ennuie means in fact, 7 am mentally weary, I want change,\\namusement, occupation, etc.\\n6. S amuser, answers to the English expressions, to amuse one s\\nself to take pleasure in, to spend one s time in, to find amusement in, to\\nenjoy one s self.\\nNous nous amusons a. la campagne. We enjoy ourselves in the country.\\nVous vous amusez a des bagatelles. You spend your time in trifles.\\nResume of Examples.\\nOn se trompe souvent soi-meme, en We often deceive ourselves, while seek-\\ncherchant a, tromper les autres. ing to deceive others.\\nVotre commis ne se trompe-t-il pas Is not your clerk mistaken\\nII se trompe bien rarement. He is very rarely mistaken.\\nNe vous trompez-vous pas frequem- Are you not frequently mistaken\\nment?\\nTout le monde est sujet a se trom- Every one is apt to be mistaken.\\nper.\\nCe marehand trompe tout le monde. That merchant deceives every body.\\nSa conversation nous ennuie. His conversation icearies us.\\nVous ennuyez vos amis par vos You weary your friends by your\\nplaintes. complaints.\\nEst-ce que je ne vous ennuie pas Do I not weary you\\nVous ennuyez-vous chez nous Are you weary of remaining with us\\nJe m ennuie a la ville, et je m amuse I become weary of the city, and find\\na la campagne. amusement in the country.\\nA quoi vous amusez-vous With what do you amuse yourself?\\nJe m amuse a lire l allemand. i amuse myself in reading German.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0125.jp2"}, "124": {"fulltext": "120 TEEXTE-UriTIKJIE L E C O N\\nExercise 73.\\nApprend-re, 4. ir. to Entend-re, 1. to h at; Quand, when;\\nEuauvor, L. Set 49,(2.) Quelquefois, sometimes;\\nBanquier, m. banker; Langue, E language; Rec-evoir, 3. to\\nClient, in. client, au- Malade, i Rev-enir, 2. ir. to come\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2lire, in. bill; back;\\nl eiut;ur-er, 1. to dwell; Prefer-er, 1. to prefer; Tromp-cr, 1. to\\n1. Aimcz-vous u demeurer a la oampagne 2. Je prefers la cam-\\npagne a. la ville. D. Vousennuj tven( a lacampagne?\\nI jo m ennoie I ne, je reviena a la v\\nGeneral L. G. On n entend pas parferdehiL\\n7. Voos trompesr-vons quelquefoia? 8. Tout le monde se trompe\\nLe banqmer trompe-t-il sea clients? 10. 11 do\\ntrompc i.i j amis, il nc trompe perBonne. 11. No\\nmpes-Toos pas dans ce memoire 12. Je ne me trompe pas.\\n13. Vow re? 1. Je m an\\nI aflemand et le franoaia, 15. Avea-voos tort (Tapprendre\\nIan/ n 17. V OOS rnnuyt 7.-\\nvous souvi-nt 1-. Je m ennoie quand jo o ai rien fiure, 19. A\\nmpagne? 20. Nona\\nBona le teste de Ujoornee.\\n\u00c2\u00bbura l:. ii? j j. Nous Bommee quelque-\\nchercher lo moMecin? 2\\nrenvojona ohercher. Is cheroher,\\nK\\\\i;i: -isi: VI.\\n1. Are] 2. lam oot mistaken. Is sot the\\nbanker i\\n6. He does\\nnobody. 7. Are you\\nnot intend to deceive lii:\\ntistakc 10. He i the bill\\n1. Do you 1. ]\u00e2\u0080\u00a2_ 1\\ni\\nI weary you\\n16. Do", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0126.jp2"}, "125": {"fulltext": "SB PASSEE, SE SERVIE, ETC. 121\\nthe contrary, it amuses us. 24. Is your brother heard from?\\n25. Nothing is heard of him. [L. 35.] 26. Is your sister -well?\\n27. No, sir she is sick. 28. Do I weary you 29. You do not\\nweary me. 30. Am I mistaken 31. You are not mistaken. 32. Is\\nhe often mistaken 33. He is often mistaken. 34. Do you not rise\\nlate? 35. No, sir; I rise early.\\nLEgON XXXIX. LESSON XXXIX.\\nSE PASSEE, SE SERVIE, ETC.\\n1. The reflective verb, se passer, is used idiomatically in the sense\\nof to do without. It is followed by the preposition de, when it\\ncomes before a noun or a verb.\\nVous passez-vous de ce iivre Do you do without that book\\nJe ne puis m en passer. I cannot do without it.\\n2. Se servir [2. ir. see 62], to use, also requires the preposition de\\nbefore its object.\\nJe me sers de votre cani\u00c2\u00a3 I use your penknife.\\nJe ne m en sers pas. I do not use it.\\n3. The second example of the two rules above, shows that when\\nthe object of those verbs is a thing, it is represented in the sentence\\nby the pronoun en.\\nJe m en sers, je m en passe. I use it, I do without it.\\n4. The pronoun 1 used as indirect object of a reflective verb, if rep-\\nresenting a person, follows the verb 100, (4.)]\\nJe puis me passer de lui. 7 can do without him.\\nJe m adresse a vous et a elle. I apply to you and to her.\\n5. S endormir [2. ir. see 62.], to fall asleep, and s eveiller, to\\nawake, are also reflective.\\nJo m endors aussitot que je me- I fall asleep as soon as I go to bed.\\ncoucbe.\\nJe m eveille a. six lieures du matin. i awake at six o clock in the morning.\\n6. S approcher, to come near, to approach s eloigner, to draw bach,\\nto leave, take the preposition de before a noun. Their object, when\\na pronoun, is subject to Rules 3 and 4 above.\\nYotre fils s approche-t-il du feu? Does your son draw near the fire?\\n11 ne s en approche pas. He does not come near it.\\nII s eloigne de moi et de vous. He goes from me and from you.\\n1 The rule does not apply to the reflective pronoun, which is sometimes\\nan indirect object.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0127.jp2"}, "126": {"fulltext": "122\\nT Ii E N T E X i: U V 1 1! M E I. E Q O X.\\nRjBSUME OF\\nTous servcz-vous de ce couteau\\nJe ne m en sera pas; il ne coupe pan.\\nDe quels couteaux vous servez-vous\\nNous nous servons do couteaux\\nd acier.\\nPouvez-vous vous passer d argent\\npouvoos Doug en passer.\\nVoua passez-vooa de votre mattre?\\ni lui.\\nVous actresses- vous a ces messieurs?\\nN ius nous adressons a eux et a vous.\\nVous vous endormez (adlemeai.\\nJ m ereillede tree bonne b\\nl ourquoi vous approchoz-vous du\\nJc m en approche, parce quo j ai\\nfroid\\nus eloignous du feu.\\nNous m his en i kugaoaa.\\napproohons denotro pere.\\nNous uous apfruehoaa do luL\\nExamples.\\nI o you use (hat knife?\\nI do not use it i\\nWhat knit s du you use?\\nsteel knives.\\ndo without it.\\nIh you do without your- teacher t\\nhi in.\\nDo you cq ply t those gentlemen t\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0i and to you.\\nI\\nWhy do you come near\\nI come near it, became I am cold.\\na fin.\\nwhim.\\nEtcisa\\nalso; Onlin.iir. nifiil, general-\\nly,\\nFeu, i Plume, f.\\nFourchette, Lfork; Pourquoi, why;\\nI Heure, E\\nqua, in. Quart, nv qwmrter;\\nlant Taill-cr, to timid.\\n1. Pouvee-vous V( pouvoni nous en\\nvotra\\npluma 1. J Ne voales-\\ndu feu G. je n ai\\noid. 7. Pourquoi cea demoisel ifenA-\\nqu il y fait trop\\nenfant I moi\\n:.mn frfee. 11. A quelle heure vous eveillez-vous le matin?\\n12. J\\n1 3. Je dont\\n-t-il du feu? 21. parce qu il\\nchaud, 22. Pourquoi votre domestique s en approche-t-il 2\\nipproche pour sc chauffer, lii. Vuus ennuyea-voua ioi 2o. Jo", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0128.jp2"}, "127": {"fulltext": "s en allee, se plaiite, etc. 123\\nExercise 76.\\n1. Will you lend me your penknife? 2. I cannot do without\\nit, I want it to mend my pen. 3. Do you wish to use my book\\n4. I wish to use it, will you lend it to me 5. What knife does\\n3 our brother use 6. He uses my father s knife, and my brother s\\nfork. 7. Will you not draw near the fire 8. We are much obliged\\nto 3 r ou, we are warm. 9. Is that young lady warm enough [L. 34,\\n3.] 10. She is very cold. 11. Tell her (dites-lui) to come near the\\nfire 12. Why do you go from the fire 13. We are too warm.\\n14. Does your brother leave the window 15. He leaves the win-\\ndow, because he is cold. 16. To whom does that gentleman apply\\n17. He applies to me and to my brother. 18. Why does he not ap-\\nply to me 19. Because he is ashamed to speak to you. 20. Do\\nyou awake early every morning? 21. I awake early, when I go to\\nbed early. 22. Why do you go to sleep 23. I go to sleep because\\nI am tired. 24. Are you afraid to go near your father 25. I am\\nnot afraid to approach him. 26. Can you do without us 27. We\\ncannot do without you, but we can do without your brother. 28. Do\\nyou want my brother s horse 29. No, sir we can do without it.\\n30. Do you intend to do without money? 31. You know very\\nwell that we cannot do without it. 32. Is your brother weary of\\nbeing here 33. He is not weary of being here. 34. Come near\\nthe fire, my child.\\nLECON XL. LESSON XL.\\nS EN AIXER, SE PEAIKE, ETC.\\n1. The verb alter (1. ir. 62.), conjugated reflectively, and pre-\\nceded by the word era, i. e.. s era aller, corresponds to the English ex-\\npressions to go away, to leave.\\n2. Indicative Present of the Verb S en Aller, to go away-\\nJe m ec vais, I go away; Nous nous en al- We go away\\nTu t en vas, Thou art going away Ions,\\n11 s en va, He goes away Vousvous en allez, You are going\\naway\\nlis s en vont, They go away.\\n3. The same Tense Conjugated Interrogatively.\\nEst-ce que je m en Do I go away? Nous en allons- Do we go away\\nvais nous\\nT en vas-tu Art thou going Yous en allez- Do you go away?\\naway vous\\nB en va-t-il Is he going away S en vont-ils? Do they go away", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0129.jp2"}, "128": {"fulltext": "12 1 QUAE.VXTIJHE LECOX,\\n4. Se facher, to be or become angry, requires the preposition contre\\nnoun or pronoun following it.\\nBe f. tche-t-il contre votre frere J Does h\\n:.rro\\\\m. Hi is angry with him.\\nIXD rien.\\n)Ve, is followfl by the pr\\ntre bonheur. I rejoice al your happi\\nIds A In cam] Hike I\\n7. .r/.v(V, take d\\nMSM.\\n1 I\\nit newer\\ntorn t\\nDa iui i i\\njoateOQI du\\n1!\\nS\\n8\\nat tsk 77.\\nI /or\\nrival i Mulliour, m. misfortune; rnaine, t. i\\nr\u00c2\u00ab; /vrt;\\nMidi,\\n2. Je in", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0130.jp2"}, "129": {"fulltext": "s en allee, se plaiee, etc. 125\\np]ais pas ici. 5. Vous plaisez-vous mieux chez votre tante qu ici\\n6. Je m y plais mieux. 7. N avez-vous pas tort de vou3 en aller si\\ntot 8. J ai raison de in en aller. 9. Ne vous rejouissez-vous pas\\ndes malheurs d autrui? 10. Nous ne nous en rejouissons point.\\n11. Cet homme se fache-t-il contre le jardiaier? 12. II se fache\\ncontre lui, parce qu il ne veut pas se depecherj/ 13. Se fache-t-il bien\\nsouvent 14. II se fache a, tout moment, il se fache d un rien. 15. Ne\\nvous depechez-vous jamais 16. Je me depeche toujours, quand j ai\\nquelque chose a faire. 17. Ne vous plaisez-vous pas a courir et a\\njouer 18. Je me plais a jouer, et mon frere se plait a lire. 19. Vous\\nrejouissez-vous de l arrivee de I ambassadeur turc? 20. Je m en\\nrejouis. 21. Ne vous plaisez-vous pas en Amerique 22. Je m y\\nplais beaucoup mieux qu en France. 23. Votre ecolier ne se plait-il\\npas chez vous 24. II se plait chez moi, mais il desire retourner\\nchez son pere. 25. Depechez-vous, il est deja midi.\\nExercise 78.\\n1. At what hour does your friend go away 2. He goes away\\nevery morning at nine o clock. 3. Do you go away with (avec) him\\n4. I go away with him, when I have time. 5. Will you make haste\\nto finish your letter 6. I make haste to finish it. 7. Does the gar-\\ndener get angry with his brother 8. He gets angry with him, when\\nhe does not make haste. 9. Make haste my friend, it is teu o clock.\\n10. Why do you not make haste? 11. I like to play, but I do not\\nlike to study. 12. Do you like to stay at my house 13. I like to\\nstay there. 14. Do you rejoice at the arrival of your mother?\\n15. I rejoice at it. 16. Is not your brother wrong to go away so\\nsoon 17 He is right to go away, he has much to do at home.\\n18. Do you rejoice at other people s misfortunes? 19. I do not re-\\njoice at them. 20. I rejoice at your success. 21. Does not your\\nbrother draw near the fire 22. He goes from the fire, he is too\\nwarm. 23. Does that young lady get angry with you 24. She\\ngets angry at trifles (de rien). 25. Do you like to be in Paris? 26. I\\nlike to be there. 27. Can you do without me to-day 28. We\\ncannot do without you make haste to finish your work (ouvrage).\\n29. Do you want your penknife 30. I want to use it. 31. Make\\nhaste to rise, it is six o clock. 32. Is it fine weather 33. No, sir\\nit rains. 34. Is your father well this morning 35. Yes, sir he is\\nvery well.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0131.jp2"}, "130": {"fulltext": "126 QUAEAXTE E T UNljtiS.lt LET OX.\\nLEQOX XLI. LESSON XLL\\nTHE TAST INDEFINITE. 121.]\\n1. The past indefinite is composed of the present of the ind cative\\nof one of the auxiliary verbs, avoir and tr- and the par-\\nticiple past of a verb. See the different paradigms of verbs, g -17\\nand following sections.\\nJ ai parle, jo suis arriv J have spoken, I have arrived.\\n2. The past indefinite is used to express an action entirely\\nmed at a time of which a part is not yet elaj\\nor at a time entirely past, but not specified. [\u00c2\u00a7121, i 1.) f-Mj\\nJ ai v:; matin. have seen your father this morning.\\nJe no vousai pas i I have not you.\\n3. The past indefinite may also be used, when the til\\nfied. [i 121,(3.)]\\nii -crit la sotn\\nJo lai r U\u00c2\u00bbt month.\\nden\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a21.\\norally\\nI\\nJo Lie 1 ha\\nof manner ending in mm\\nadvci; between th\\nI 1.\\ny avoir, I\\nB an.\\nR\\nto us.\\n-.1 fail mon habit\\nkxmier a Oui scd soulier T/.t shot i", "height": "2957", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0132.jp2"}, "131": {"fulltext": "THE PAST INDEFINITE. 127\\nVotre frere a dit quelque chose. Tour brother said something.\\nVotre sceur qu a-t-elle dit What did your sister say f\\nN avez-vous rien dit a rnon cousin Have you told my cousin nothing\\nJe ne lui ai rien dit. I have told him nothing.\\nJe ne l ai jamais rencontre. I have never met him.\\nJe ne leur ai jamais parle. i never spoke to them.\\nQu avez-vous fait aujourd hui What have you done to-day?\\nHier, nous n avons pas travaille. We did not work yesterday.\\nEn avez-vous souvent parle Have you often spoken about it\\nJe leur en ai souvent parle. have often spoken to them about it.\\nJe ne le leur ai pas encore dit. I have not yet told them of it.\\nN avez-vous pas assez ecrit? Have you not written enough?\\nII m a ecrit, il y a longtemps. He wrote to me, a long time ago.\\nII nous a repondu, il 7 a un mois. He replied to us, a month ago.\\nExercise 79.\\nAvocat, m. barrister G-arcon, m. boy Mis, from mettre, put on\\nCela, ceci, that, this; Hier, yesterday; Plant-er, 1. to plant;\\nDit, told, said Journee, f. day Poirier, m. pear-tree\\nEtudi-er, 1. to study Lu, from lire, read Soulier, m. shoe\\nGant, m. glove Ministre, m. minister Vu, from voir, seen.\\n1. Qui vous a dit cela 2. L avocat me l a dit. 3. Lui avez-vous\\nparle de cette affaire 4. Je ne lui en ai pas encore parle. 5. L avez-\\nvous vu dernierement 6. Je l ai vu, il y a quelques jours. 7. N avez-\\nvous pas ecrit hier? 8. Nous avons lu et ecrit toute la journee,\\n[L. 26, (9.)] 9. N avez-vous pas ote vos gants et vos souliers 10. Je\\nn ai pas ote mes gants, mais j ai ote rnon chapeau. 11. Le tailleur\\nn a-t-il pas mis son chapeau 12. Oui, monsieur il a mis son cha-\\npeau. 13. Qu avez-vous fait ee petit garcon 14. Je ne lui ai rien\\nfait. 15. Ne lui avez-vous point dit que je suis ici 16. Je ne le lui\\nai pas encore dit. 17. Qu avez-vous etudie ce matin 18. Nous avons\\netudie nos lecons, et nous avons lu nos livres. 19. Le jardinier du mi-\\nnistre a-t-il plante le poirier 20. II l a plante, il y a plus de huit jours.\\n21. Avez-vous achete un habit de drap noir 22. Fen ai achete un.\\n23. L avez-vous porte aujourd hui? 24. Je ne l ai pas encore porte.\\n25. Nous avons mis nos souliers et nos bas ce matin.\\nExercise 80.\\n1. Have you studied to-day 2. We have no time to study, we\\nhave read a page. 3. Have you not written to my brother 4. I\\nhave not yet written to him. 5. Has not the German written to my\\nmother 6. He has not yet written to her. 7. Have you told (a)\\nmy mother that I have taken (pris) this book 8. I have not yet\\nseen your mother. 9. What have you done this morning 10. We\\nhave done nothing. 11. Have you taken off your coat 12. I have", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0133.jp2"}, "132": {"fulltext": "128 QUAEAUTE-DETJXliME LE^OX.\\nnot taken off my coat, it is too cold. 13. Has the bookseller writ-\\nt li to your brother? 14. He wrote to him, a long time ago. 15. Did\\nhe write to him, a month ago 1G. He wrote to him, more than a\\nyear ago. 1 Have you planted a pear-tree 18. We have planted\\nseveral. 19. Is it too cold to (pour) plant trees? 20. It is too warm.\\n21. What has the gardener done to your little boy 22. lie Las done\\nnothing to him. 23. Has any one done any thing to him 24. Xo\\none has done any thing to him. 25. Is any thing the matter with him\\n2G. Nothing is the matter with him. 27. Baa your father put on his\\nblack hat 2 Xo. sir; he has not put on his blade hat. 211 What\\nhafl your brother said? 30. lie has said nothing. 31. Has your\\nI -Id yon tl: told it me. 33. Did yon not work\\nday? 3 We did DO work yesterday, we have nothing to do.\\n35. Your little boy has done nothing to-day.\\nON XLII. LESSON XLII.\\nTHE PAST PABXft rri.i:. 134.]\\nwhich, in French, forma a part of ev\\na its termination.\\nwill find in the table of the terminations of the\\nI e past participle\\nof th m oinine terminations of the\\n\u00c2\u00bbund in the alpha\\nof ill- feminine termination is always an mute.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a21. i\\ni ipanied by I new\\ni\\n77\u00c2\u00abj youni lulirr. sany.\\nia its\\nler and number\\nMa :i\u00e2\u0080\u009e.\\na us.\\nPhe participle, a )mpanied by the auxiliary\\nr with its din\\nS 42, 1 1. J when the object prece I", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0134.jp2"}, "133": {"fulltext": "THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 129\\nLes dames que nous avons vues. Tlie ladies whom we have seen.\\nLes lettres que nous avons lues. Tlie letters which we have read.\\n8. When the regime direct or objective (accusative) follows the\\nparticiple, no agreement takes place, 134, (5.)]\\nAvez-vous vu les dames Save you seen the ladies\\nAvons-nous lu les lettres Save we read the letters\\n9. A past participle never agrees with its regime indirect, or indi-\\nrect object (dative or ablative), 2, (3.) 42, (5.)]\\nLes dames a, qui nous avons parle. The ladies to whom we have spoken.\\n10. The past participle used adjectively, that is, without an aux-\\niliary, foUows the rule of the adjective, 66, (3.) 134, (1.)]\\nDes litres bien imprimes. Wellprinted books.\\n11. The participle, preceded by the relative pronoun en, remains\\ninvariable, although the en should relate to a feminine or plural\\nnoun, 135, (7.)]\\nAvez-vous apporte des plumes Have you drought pens\\nJ en ai apporte. have brought some.\\n12. The presence of en does not, however, prevent the agreement\\nof the participle, when it is preceded by a direct regimen, 135,\\n(7-)]\\nLes plumes que j en ai apportees. Thepens which Ihave brought from it\\nResume of Examples.\\nTos soeurs ont-elles ecrit Save your sisters written\\nElles n ont pas encore ecrit. They have not yet written.\\nLes lettres que nous avons ecrites. The letters which we have written.\\nAvez-vous ecrit vos lettres Save you written your letters\\nJe les ai lues; je les ai ecrites. I have read them; Ihave written them.\\nLes avez-vous apportees Save you brought them\\nJe ne les ai pas apportees. have not brought them.\\nAvez-vous appele ces dames Save you called those ladies\\nJe ne les ai pas appelees. Ihave not called them.\\nQui avez-vous vu ce matin Whom have you seen this morning\\nNous avons vu ces demoiselles. We have seen those young ladies.\\nNous les avons vues. We have seen them.\\nNous ne leur avons pas parle. We have not spoken to them.\\nAvez-vous des livres relies Save you bound books\\nJ ai des livres broches. i have unbound {stitched, in paper\\ncovers,) books.\\nAvez-vous achete des pommes? Save you bought apples?\\nJ en ai achete. Ihave bought some.\\nNous en avons achete. We have bought some.\\nNous les en avons persuades. We have persuaded them of it.\\n6*", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0135.jp2"}, "134": {"fulltext": "130 QUAEAXTE-DEUXIKHE LEgOX.\\nEXERCISH 81.\\nAchct-or, 1. to huy, Dit, from Diro, 4. ir. Marc-hand, m. merchant;\\n40, (5.)] said; Musique, 1*. m\\nApport-er, 1. to briny Entenu-re, 4. to hear Oubli-er, 1. to forget;\\nr. 1. to call, Examin-er, 1. to exam- Point, not, a stronger\\n49, (4 ine; n than pas;\\nBroch-er, I. to stitch; Exptee, on purj I, to receive;\\nBour- er; r, 1. to bind]\\nCass-er, 1. io Reveana, m. p. income;\\nCommission, f. errand; Gravure, engraving; Taeae, f. ea$\\nDcnm-er, 1. to give; La Yu, /rem voir, 3. ir\\n1. Nona svee-TOus apport^nos habits? 2. Nous ne lea avona paa\\nencore app i rubliea? 4. N\\npas oublies, mais nous eu lo tempe da tea importer.\\nirqooi n avei appele lea marchanda G. Jo\\nappi!. ntendu. 7. A atenduoette\\n[ue 8. Jc P a li s jofiea\\nI\\nJ* lea\\n16, .1,- i,.\\n17. Jo,\\nI\\nL n. A-t-i 11\\nochcto\\nnlieS.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2Jl. -lites,\\n26. Jo a ai pas oubliu rotrt coin-\\nmission.\\n1. II. I my cup*? 2. I have not yr-t seen thorn.\\n8. I!\\nyour Boaters? She baa n\\n1 Have nay acnwlf\\n11. 91\\n12. W\\nII. Ha\\nbroken them on", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0136.jp2"}, "135": {"fulltext": "USE OE THE AUXILIARIES. 131\\nevery month 21. She receives it every six months. 22. Is the\\nhouse which you have bought large 23. I have bought no house.\\n24. Did you receive a letter from your father yesterday 25. I re-\\nreceived a letter from him, four days ago. 26. Have you spoken to\\nthose ladies 27. I have spoken to them. 28. Have you given\\nthem flowers 29. 1 have given them some (en). 30. Are the books\\nwhich you have bought bound 31. No, sir they are in paper\\ncovers. 32. Have you examined that house 33. I have not ex-\\namined it. 34. Your brother (en) has examined several (plusieurs).\\nLEgON XLIIL LESSON XLIIL\\nUSE OE THE AUXILIARIES 46).\\n1. The active verb, 43, (2.) (3.)] that is, the verb which has or\\nmay have a direct regimen or object, always takes avoir as its aux-\\niliary 46, (1.)]\\nNous avons ecrit a notre banquier. We have written to our banker.\\n2. Most neuter verbs, 1 i. verbs which cannot have a direct object,\\ntake also the auxiliary avoir.\\nNous avons couru, marche, parle. We have run, walked, spoken.\\n3. The compound tenses of a few neuter verbs are, however, con-\\njugated with ttre aller, to go arriver, to arrive entrer, to enter,\\nto go in; rentrer, to go in again; tomber, to fall; deceder, mourir,\\nto die; naitre, to be born; partir, to start; venir, to come; parvenir,\\nto succeed; de venir, to become; revenir, to return.\\nA quelle heure etes-vous venu At what hour did you come\\nJe suis 2 ne en France. I was lorn in France.\\n4. A few neuter verbs [see list 46, (3.)] take avoir, when they\\nexpress action, and ttre, when they express situation.\\nTotre frere a-t-il sorti ce matin Has your brother gone out this morn-\\ning i. e., Has he been out\\nVotre frere est-il sorti Has your brother gone out i. e., Is he\\nout now\\n5. The past indefinite of the verb ttre [4. ir.] (J ai etc, c.) is\\nThere are in French, says Girault Duvivier, about COO neuter\\nverbs; and of these upwards of 550 take avoir.\\n2 Observe that when the person spoken of, is living, the French use the\\npresent and not the past of the auxiliary, with the past participle of naitre,\\nto be bom Cette dame est nee en Angleterre. That lady (is) was born in\\nEngland. Mon frere est ne en France. My brother (is) was born in France.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0137.jp2"}, "136": {"fulltext": "1 33 QL AKAXTE-TROISliME LE^OX.\\ninstead of the past indefinite of otter (Je suis all when speak-\\ning of a place whore one has l :i.\\ni.viii n t- a Paris.\\nJ ai ete a l eglise co matin. went to chunk r.\\n6. When, however, we are still in a given place, or on the road\\nIs it, the expression, Je su used,\\ndan has gone fa London.\\nVotre aOBOI i urc h.\\nRi\\nrrn bal hier au Boil\\nnou3.\\nvoir son J\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2j.strrday (and\\nmoaon;\\nto be\\nmoo. pore? 12. T\\naujourd hui 14. II n a", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0138.jp2"}, "137": {"fulltext": "MENEE, POUTER, AMENEE, ETC. 133\\na, la maison 16. Non, madame il est sorti. 17. Quand est-il\\nsorti 18. II est sorti il y a une lieure. 19. Votre chapelier est-il\\narrive aujourd hui, ou bier 20. II est arrive bier, a quatre beures\\ndu matin. 2.1. Notre tailleur a-t-il ete voir son pere aujourd hui\\n22. II est parti pour Lyon. 23. L orfevre de mon cousin n est-il pas\\nparti pour l Espagne 24. Non, monsieur; il est retourne en Alle-\\nmagne. 25. Ma sceur a ete a l eglise ce matin, et die est allee a\\nl ecole, il y a une demi-beure.\\nExercise 84.\\n1. Is tbe physician at home 2. No, sir be is not at home be\\nis out. 3. Have you been out this morning 4. No, sir I have not\\nbeen out I am sick. 5. Is your sister s little girl out 6. Tes, sir\\nshe is out, she is at my brother s. 7. At what hour did the hatter\\narrive 8. He arrived last evening at nine. 9. Did the jeweller go\\nto Paris, or to Lyons this year? 10. He went to Paris six months\\nago, but be is back (de retour). 11. Did you go to my brother, or to\\nmy sister 12. I have not had time to go to them. 13. Where\\nwas that gentleman born 14. He was born in England, in Exeter,\\nor in Portsmouth. 15. Was not your sister born in Paris? 16. No,\\nsir; she was born in Madrid, in Spain. 17. Did you tell me that\\nyour brother has bought a good house 18. He has bought a very\\ngood house, in London. 19. Do you know at what time the watch-\\nmaker arrived 20. He arrived this morning, at a quarter btfore\\nfive. 21. Has he brought much jewelry 22. He has not brought\\nmuch jewelry, but he has brought many watches (montre, f.) 23. Has\\nhe been in Prance, or in G-ermany 24. He has been in Prance, in\\nGermany, and in Switzerland (Suisse). 25. Is your sister in (d ca\\nmaison), sir? 26. No, sir; she is out, she has gone to church.\\n27. Did she go to school yesterday? 28. She went to school, and\\nto church. 29. Is she there now? 30. No sir; she is back.\\n31. Has the hatter arrived 32. Tes, sir; be has arrived. 33. When\\ncbd he arrive 34. He arrived yesterday, at nine o clock in thi\\nmorning.\\nLEgON XLIV. LESSON XLIY.\\nMENER, PORTER, AMENER, APPORTER, ETC.\\n1. Comhien de temps corresponds with the English expression\\nhow long.\\nCombieu de temps avez-voua de- How long did you live in Italy f\\nmeure en Italie", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0139.jp2"}, "138": {"fulltext": "134 QUAE A TTE- QU ATE ItM E LET OX.\\n2. Combien de fois answers to the English, how often, how many\\ntimes.\\nCombien de fois y avez-voua e te Hjw many times have you been there 1\\n3. Jusquou is used for how far, what distant\\nJusqn oa avez-voua Bow far hare you been\\n4. Jusqu d quelle :t hour.) means also, how\\nJuaqu a quelle heure avez-vuus at- IL-w ]a c did you wait?\\ntendu?\\n5. Cot) means whence; par ou, rectibn.\\nami? IT\\nPai I I! r \u00e2\u0096\u00a0_,\\ntake, to carry; anioner, appor:\\nI\\nv, etc.\\nIV: I\\nans.\\nbcuro avcz-voua Em\\nit josqu A minuit. V t/nM midnight.\\nW\\nonent d Aix-la-Chap lie.\\n77xry cane\\nfiUfl a Z)\\nj l y ported ell\\nIT ItiarrlifT.\\nD6 l ttPB i l.i\\non choral, yemporte 1", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0140.jp2"}, "139": {"fulltext": "ME]STEK, POETEE, AMEUEE, ETC. 135\\nEXEECISE 85.\\nBruit, m. noise Ici, here Pied, m. foot\\nDrap, m. cloth; Loin, far; Quitt-cr, 1. to leave;\\nEleve, m. pupil; Magn ifique, magnificent Soieries, f. p. silk goods,\\nTils, m. son Midi, noon Voiture, carriage\\nFin, e, fine Nouvelle, f. news Voyageur, m. traveller;\\n1. Le jeune liomme est-il alle loin 2. II n est pas alle bien loin,\\nil n est alle que jusqu a Paris. 3. Vos enfants font trop de bruit,\\npourquoi ne les emmenez-vous pa s 4. Us sont malades, ils ne peu-\\nvent marcher. 5. Comment les avez-vous amenes ici 6. Je les ai\\namenes en voiture. 7. A quelle lieure amenez-vous le medecin?\\n8. Je l amene tous les jours a midi. 9. Combien de fois par jour\\nmenez-vous vos eleves a l eglise 10. Je les mene a l eglise deux\\nfois par jour. 11. Combien de fois y avez-vous ete 12. J y ai ete\\nplusieurs fois. 13. Par ou ces voyageurs sont-ils venus 14. Ils\\nsont venus par Amiens et par Rouen. 15. D ou apportez-vous cette\\nnouvelle? 16. Je l apporte de Cologne. 17. D ou. avez-vous amend\\nces superbes chevaux 18. Je les ai amenes d Angleterre. 19. Si\\nvous quittez la Prance, avez-vous l intention d emmener votre fils\\n20. J ai l intention de l emmener. 21. Qu avez-vous apporte do\\nFrance 22. Nous avons apporte de magnifiques soieries, des draps\\nfins, et des chapeaux de Lyon. 23. Avez-vous amene votre fille\\npied ou 3, cheval 24. Je l ai amenee en voiture. 25. Vos freres\\nnous ont apporte des livres.\\nExeecise 86.\\n1. How long did your son live in London 2. He lived there\\nten years. 3. How far has the physician gone 4. The physician\\nhas gone as far as Cologne. 5. Has he taken his son with him\\n6. He has not taken him. 7. How have you brought your two lit-\\ntle girls 8. I brought one in a carriage, and I carried the other.\\n9. Is she too little to walk 10. She is not too small to walk, but\\nshe is sick. 11. Have you brought your horse 12. We have brought\\ntwo horses. 13. Have you brought the books which you have pro-\\nmised me (promis) 14. I have forgotten to bring them. 15. Has\\nthat lady brought her eldest (aine) son 16. She has brought all\\nher children. 17. How did they come? 18. They came in a\\ncarriage. 19. Which way did your brother come from Germany\\n20. He came by Aix-la-Chapelle and Brussels. 21. Do you intend\\nto take your son to school this afternoon 22. I do not intend\\nto take him there, it is too cold. 23. Is that child too sick to walk?\\n24. He is too sick to walk, and I intend to carry him. 25. Why do", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0141.jp2"}, "140": {"fulltext": "100 QT7 ARAXIE-CIXQV I 13 ME LE^OX.\\nyou not take him in a carriage? 26. My brother lias taken my\\nhorse away. 27. Have you brought the physician 28. I have not\\nbrought him, no one is sick at our house. 29. Will you take this\\nbook to church? 30. I have another, I do not want it. 31. Have\\nyou taken my letter to the post-office? 32. I have forgotten it.\\n33. How late did you write? 34 I wrote until midnight (minuit).\\n.nee do your sisters come 30. They come from Paris.\\nLEQON XLV. X XLV.\\nai Mi.i.vKV a\\\\i i-AUii. iri i: OF i:::iii: u\\\\ i: am t nitku-\\nBONAX VXBBS.\\npronominal\\nconjugated\\niii.it regimen pre-\\ntodent\\nor an\\nla m.iin.\\nIt wi!\\nII a pin,\\nt.\\nilheiir. me A ha]\\nA-l-il.-\\nhero f", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0142.jp2"}, "141": {"fulltext": "REFLECTIVE AND UNIPEESONAL V Eli US. 137\\n6. The past participle of a unipersonal verb is always invariable\\n135, (6.)]\\nLes pluies qu il y a eu cet ete. The rains which we have had this\\nsummer.\\nResume of Examples.\\nLes Italiennes se sont-elles prome- Did the Italian ladies take a ivalle\\nnees\\nOui, monsieur elles se sont prome- Yes, sir they have taken a walk.\\nnees.\\nNous nous sommes apercus de cela. We perceived that.\\nYotre mere s est-elle bieu portee Has your mother been ivell\\nVos soeurs se sont-elles assises Did your sisters sit down\\nCette marckandise s est-elle bien Did that merchandise sell well\\nvendue\\nYos enfants se sont-ils appliques a. Did your children apply to study f\\n1 etude?\\nlis s y sont appliques. Tliey applied to it.\\nNous nous sommes donne de la We gave {to) ourselves trouble.\\npeine. 135, (1.)]\\nQuel temps a-t-il fait ce matin What weather was it this morning?\\nN a-t-il pas fait beau temps Was it not fine weather 1\\nQuel malheur est-il arrive What misfortune has happened\\nVous est-il arrive quelque chose Das any thing happened to you\\n11 ne m est rien arrive. Nothing has happened to me.\\nExEEClSE 87.\\nAcier, m. steel S asse-oir, 3. ir. ref. to Plu, from pleuvoir,ramec?;\\nS adress-er, 1. ref. to ap- sit down; Plume, f. pen\\nply (to a person or S ermuy-er, 1. pec. Se port-er, 1. ref. to be\\nplace) 49.] to grow weary or do\\nS aperc-evoir, 3. ref. to G-rel-er, 1. pec. to hail; Se tromp-er, 1. ref to be\\nperceive; Hollandais, e, Dutch; mistaken;\\nS appliqu-er, 1. to apply Neig-er, 1. pec. to snow Se serv-ir. 2. ir. ref. to use;\\n(to a thing) Peine, f. trouble Se vend-re, 4. ref. to sell.\\n1. A qui vos soeurs se sont-elles adressees 2. Elles se sont\\nadressees a moi. 3. Ne se sont-elles pas trompees? [L. 38, 1.]\\n4. Elles se sont trompees. 5. Vous etes-vous apercu de votre\\nerreur? 6. Je ne m en suis pas apercu. 7. Vous etes-vous ennuyes\\n5, la campagne 8. Nous nous y sommes ennuyes. [L. 38, 4.]\\n9. Ces demoiselles se sont-elles ennuyees chez vous 10. Elles s y\\nsont ennuyees. 11. De quoi vous etes-vous servie pour ecrire,\\nmademoiselle [L. 39, 2.] 12. Je me suis servie d une plume d or.\\n13. Ces ecolieres ne se sont-elles pas servies de plumes d acier?\\n14. Elles se sont servies de plumes d argent. 15. La Hollandaise\\ns est-elle assise? 16. Eile ne s est point assise. 17. Lui est-il arrive\\nun malheur 18. II ne lui est rien arrive, elle ne se porte pas tres\\nbien. 19. Nev s est-elle pas donne 135, (1.)] de la peine pour rien?", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0143.jp2"}, "142": {"fulltext": "138 QUAEANTE-SIXIKME LEO ON.\\n20. Cette soie ne s est-elle pas bien vendue? 21. Elle s est trds\\nbien vendue. 22. N a-t-il pas fait beau temps toute la joumee?\\n23. Non, monsieur il a plu, 1 il a neige* et il a grele. 24. N est-il rim\\narrive aux deux dames que nous avons vues ce matin? 115. Non,\\nmadame; il ne leur est rien arrivj.\\nExsaaSE 88.\\n1. Has it rained to-day 2. It has not rained, but it lias baile 1\\nand snowed. 3. lias any thing happened to your little bay?\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a21. Nothing has happened to him, but In 1 i sick to-day. 5. 1\\nsit down at I nol sit down, she was\\n7. Did that cloth Sell well? 8. It sold well, we have Bold\\nit all 9. Did you perceive you L0. We perceived\\nit. 11. W. taken in tin s affair? 12.\\n13. Wi is w ary of being\\nin the 1 1. Tli. v, being at my brother s.\\n1. V.\\nI a silver pen. 17. Have you used my pen-\\nI it. 19. Whal bas happened to yon?\\ni. Has your mother been well?\\n23. Did your brothers apply to their\\ni ad have lin-\\n26. It.\\nr taken much trouble iu\\n28. B a much trouble for nothing. 29. Did\\nralk? 30. They walked this morning. .1. How\\nthey walk\\neach tli. r the hand\\n:;t. We sho k i\\nmuch (beam\\nI.I ON Xi.VI. LESSON XI.YI.\\nTin: PASSIVE vi i:::. I g B I.)\\nBra, in all\\nparticiple an\\nand number with\\nB", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0144.jp2"}, "143": {"fulltext": "THE PASSIVE VERB. 139\\nCes vieillards sont respectes. Tlwse old men are respected.\\nCes enf auts sont aimes de tout lo Those children are loved by every-\\nmonde. body.\\n3. The genius of the French language seems to prefer the active\\nto the passive voice. Many expressions, which are in the passive in\\nEnglish, are accordingly rendered into French by the active or re-\\nflective 128, (5.) 113, (1.)].\\nCette maison est a louer ou a vendre. Tliat house is to be let or sold.\\nMa soeur est a, plaindre. My sister is to be pitied.\\nCet homme est a craindre. That man is to be feared.\\nGet homme s appelle H. [L. 36, E. 2.] Thai man is called II.\\nCet homme se trompc. [L. 38, R 2.] That man is mistaken.\\nOn dit que cela est ainsi. [L. 35, R. 2.] It is said that it is so.\\nOn nous a dit cela. [L. 35, R. 2.] We have been told that.\\n4. In answer to a question [see L. 24, E. 12], the pronoun le cor-\\nresponds in signification with the English word so, or it, expressed\\nor understood. Le refers then to a noun not determined (not preceded\\nby an article or a possessive adjective), to an adjective, to a verb or\\neven to a whole sentence.\\nCes enfants sont-ils aimes Are those children loved?\\nlis ne le sont pas. They are not (so).\\nCes demoiselles sont-elles soeurs? Are those young ladies sisters\\nElles ne le sont pas. They are not.\\n5. When le refers to a determined noun, it often corresponds in\\nsignification to the pronoun he, she, or they, which may or may not be\\nexpressed in the English sentence. Le must then assume the gender\\nand number of the noun to which it refers.\\nEtes-vous la soeur de mon ami? Are you the sister of my friend?\\nJe la suis. am (she).\\nResume of Examples.\\nLeur conduite est-elle approuvee Is their conduct approved\\nElle n est approuvee de personne. It is approved by nobody.\\nCette dame est-elle estimee et res- Is that lady esteemed and respected\\npectee\\nElle n est ni estimee ni respectee. She is neither esteemed nor respected.\\nCes marehandises sont a vendre. Those goods are to be sold (for sale).\\nCes enfants sont a- plaindre. Those children are to be pitied.\\nA-t-on dit quelque chose a mon frere Has anything been said to my brother\\nOn ne lui a rien dit. Nothing has been said to him.\\nSavez-vous comment cela s appelle Do you know how that is called\\nMadame, etes-vous maitresse ici Madame, are you mistress here\\nJe ne le suis pas, Monsieur. I am not (so), sir.\\nEtes-vous la maitresse de la maison Are you the mistress of the house\\nJe la suis. lam (she).", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0145.jp2"}, "144": {"fulltext": "140 quaeamte-sixieme leo ox.\\nExercise 89.\\nS appel-er, 1. poo. to be Croi-re, 4. ir. to believe; Fun-ir, 2. io punish;\\ncalif d 4L\u00c2\u00bb. (4.iJ; \u00c2\u00a3colier, m. scholar; Rarement, seldom\\nAuteur, m. author; Jardiu, iu. garden; Relieur, m. bookbinder J\\nBl n-er, 1. to blame; Lou-er, 1. to lei, to praise; Souvent, often\\nMere, f. mother; Us-er, 1. to wear out;\\nConduite, conduct; Paresseaz, Be, idle; Vend-re, -i. tosdl;\\n1. Totre mOre est-clle aimee de sa scour? 2. Elle est aimee de\\nson frere el de sa bobut. 3. Les Italiens sont-ils aimesdes Francois?\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a21. Vos ecobere ne sont-ils pas bl mes 5. lis sont bl mes quelque-\\nuvent punis? 7. Ds sont rarement punis. 8. Tar\\nqui etes-vous puni, qnand voua 9. Je ae buis jamais\\npuni in. Sa conduite a-t-.lle e*te approuvee? 11. Efle a i u ap-\\n.m le moude. 12. EUe a e*te* approuve*e par 1 see amis.\\nI:;, e time de tout le monda\\n15. Le jardin da relieur est-il ft vendre n a, louer? 1G. On dit\\nqu il est louer. 17. Le menuisier a-t-il fait (aire m habit? 18. 11\\nL9 I kbits que vous i z a betes Bont-fls\\ni ai fail faire d autres, 21. I ii-\\non qu 22. n oe d\\navoua rues\\nOBurs? J l. Ellea oe le\\ndit q L offlcier tjuc vie t d ar-\\n90.\\n1. I ither blamed DOf\\nbody 1. She is\\n5. W I Noth-\\nb 7. I W ii kuOM\\n5. 1 ave\\npiti( i 1\\nlie. 13. An\\nwin M they\\nblamed when they arc idle. l Is that\\nmod, and r\\ni by i ,v bo ly 17. Whal has bc d told you 1\\nbrother is n\\ni not 21. 1\\n1 The prq osiUou.s de uud par urc used indifferently naive", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0146.jp2"}, "145": {"fulltext": "s en alleb, \u00c2\u00a3tee, etc. 141\\nyou pleased with your son s conduct 22. No, sir; I am not, for lie\\nis blamed by every body. 23. How is that large (gros) man called\\n24. It is said that he is called H. 25. What is your brother s name\\n26. He is called James. 27. Have you been told that my brother\\nhas arrived? 28. We have been told so. 29. Are the goods which\\nyour brother has brought, for sale? 30. They are not for sale.\\n31. Has the bookbinder had a coat made 32. He has had a coat\\nmade. 33. Is his other coat worn out? 34. The coat which he\\nbought last year is worn out.\\nLEQON XLVIL LESSON XLVII.\\ns en allee, etbe, etc.\\n1. In the compound tenses of the verb s en aller, to go away,\\n[L. 40. 1, 2], the pronoun en will of course keep its general place,\\nafter the other pronouns and he/ore the auxiliary. It must never\\ncome between the auxiliary and the participle.\\nJe m en suis alle, went away Nous nous en We went away\\nsommes alles,\\nTu t en es alle, Tlwu didst go Vous vous en etes You went away\\naway alles,\\nII s en est alle, He went away Us s en sont alles, They went away.\\nLes dames s en sont allees. The ladies have gone away.\\nLes messieurs s en sont alles. The gentlemen have gone away.\\n2. The verb aller when referring to articles of dress answers to the\\nEnglish, to fit, to sit.\\nMon habit va bien. My coat fits or sits well.\\n3. Seoir, [3. ir. see table 62.] answers to the English, to suit, to\\nbecome.\\nCe chapeau ne vous sied point. That hat does not become you.\\n4. Essayer, 49.) corresponds in signification to the English, to\\ntry on.\\nJ ai essaye mon gilet, il ne me va I have tried my waiscoat, it does not\\npas bien. fit me well.\\n5. Eire is often used in French for appartenir, to belong, 106, (3.)]\\nElle est a mon cousin. It is my cousin s.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0147.jp2"}, "146": {"fulltext": "145\\nQTT AB ANTE -S E P TI B M B LErox.\\nResume op Examples.\\nA quelle heure voua en 6tes-vous\\nall-?\\nJo m en soia alle a neuf heui\\n11 i ii s-voua allies\\nlames 7\\ni ird.\\ni a\\nKilo ne me va paa bi\\nI fort Men?\\nJe I ai essayed maia il ne me va paa\\nbien.\\n11 va bi\u00c2\u00a3n a mon Brere.\\nII me gene, il me Berre (rop.\\nOette robe ne lui va p\\nmi i\\ni ni a moi ni\\nnt-fla done?\\nI\\nJ ai apporte oeux d\\nAt what hour did you go away f\\nI went away at nine\\nj too soon, ladiu 1\\ni\\nwell t\\nI hare I g not/U\\nH H.\\nuch.\\nto you.\\nthey then t\\nmjhtt\\nI\\nI\\n1\\n1\\n1.\\nTon-ir, 2. Ir. to hold;\\nvon( pas\\n1. v\\nI. I .lies\\nI .li iiiiirr\\nre alio*. 7. A quelle beore\\nI\\nI obil que voua\\n10. II im- i ni lui ni 1 moi,\\n-t-il bien? 12. I! lui va i\\ncl il lui 1 1. 11 Pa fail\\nA made-\\nva-t-;l\\nmi.-ux q k mteuz.\\nI. 1\\n21.\\n22, Je I ai i couleur n-\\ncouleura", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0148.jp2"}, "147": {"fulltext": "FALLOIE, 143\\nExercise 92.\\n1. Have your friends gone away 2. They have not gone away,\\nthey are still here. 3. At what hour did your mother go away?\\n4. She went away early this morning. 5. Did your little sister go\\naway late 6. She went away too soon. 7. Does your sister s new\\ndress become her 8. It does not become her. 9. Why does it\\nnot become her 10. Dark colors never become her. 11. Do light\\ncolors become your brother s wife 12. They become her very\\nwell. 13. Are your new boots too narrow, or too wide 14. They\\nare neither too narrow nor too wide, they fit very well. 15. Does\\nyour brother s waistcoat fit him? 16. It fits him, but it does not\\nbecome him. 17. Light colors never become him. 18. Does\\nyour coat press you 19. It does not press me, it is by far too\\nwide. 20. Whose house is that? 21. It is my father s and\\nbrother s. 22. Whose books have you brought this morning 23. 1 have\\nbrought my brother s and sister s. 24. Whose dresses are those\\n25. They are my mother s, my sister s, and my cousin s. 26. Are\\nnot those German books yours 27. They are not mine, they are\\nmy friend s. 28. Are those pens yours or mine? 29. They\\nneither yours nor mine, they are my brother s. 30. Does tl\\nfit you well 31. Yes, sir it fits me well, but it does not 1\\nme. 32. Is your hat too small 33. It is too large. 34. A:\\ngloves too large 25. They are too small, I cannot put then\\nLEgON XLVIII. LESSON XLVIII.\\nEAIXOIK, TO BE NECESSARY, ETC.\\n1. The verb falloir [3. ir.], to be necessary, is always conjugated\\nunipersonally. See table, 62, page 364.\\nII faut, il a fallu. It is necessary, it was or has been ne-\\ncessary.\\nII faut etudier tous les jours. It is necessary to study every day.\\n2. As falloir has always a unipersonal pronoun for its nominative\\nor subject, a pronoun in the indirect regimen (dative me, ie, lui,\\nnous, vous, leur,) placed before the verb, will be equivalent to the\\npronoun used as nominative to the English verbs must, to be\\netc.\\nII me faut ecrire un theme. I must write an exercise.\\nOu nous faut-il aller? Where must we go", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0149.jp2"}, "148": {"fulltext": ".EAXTK-HUITIEilE LETOX.\\nis used in the signification of to leant, to need, to be\\n.ne necessity of having.\\nme taut un livre. 1 I\\nII lui taut de l argent. Me is in want of money.\\n4. When must is used in the last acceptation, and has a noun as\\nit* nominative, the noun in the corresponding French sentence\\nshould be in the indirect regimen preceded by a-\\nII l aut un livre ma soeur.\\nlir.-IMl OV Kx.VMIM\\nTo\\\\ir npprendro uno langue, il faut To team a language, it is 7iecessary to\\nstudy.\\n11 faut alter d J io J\u00c2\u00b0 chureh and io\\nII faut rector d la mateon V remain at home.\\n11 me faut lire DO ton livre. J must rend a QOQ book.\\nU lui taut alter v. ir Ba Me her n\\nlaui-il lire? must they read?\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0il\\ncredit V credit.\\nii it, j f nines 1\\nintv-rini] francs.\\nnt lut-il a voire\\ni 0.\\n.1 I U. RKUtl\\nBzxbi i-i\\nAii T trouver, Port, very, very much;\\nOurra\\nm. LOOM im-.i],\\nEnvoyer, I. ir.\\ni r. iii\\nianyt 1 iui: Qoand,\\n1. Que iaut-il (aire aujourd hui? 2. Anjourd hui, il faut travailler.\\nA-t-il lallu travailler fort, pour finir L ouvrage a temps I. 11 a\\nl.illu travaill.T toute lajoumde. 5. Q\\nid ecrire aujourd hui 7. M\u00c2\u00ab faut-il alter trouver\\nmoo pdra 8. Q voua faul aller le trouver, il i parter.\\n.1 besom de quekrae chose 1 II lui faut deslivree, dee pi\\nI enore. 11. Ne lui faut-il pae aussi de l argent V 1-- H\\nfaul beauooup pour pay. i en ore quelque\\n1 1. II De me faul plus rien, j ai toul ce qu fl me faut I\\nAnother construction of these sentences will bo fouud Lmmq l,\\nLesson 7.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0150.jp2"}, "149": {"fulltext": "SEOIE, COHTE1TIE, VALOIE, ETC. 145\\nfaut-il pas du papier a votre sceur 16. II ne lui en faut pas da-\\nvantage. 1 17. Que faut-il envoyer au chirurgien? IS. II faut lui\\nenvoyer de l argent, il en a grand besoin. 19. La modiste a-t-elle\\ntout ce qu il lui faut? 20. Elle n a pas tout ce qu il lui faut. 21. Com-\\nbien vous faut-il 22. II me faut cinq francs. 23. Ne vous faut-il\\npas davantage 24. II ne me faut pas davantage. 25. Que lui faut-\\nil pour sa peine 26. II demande un franc vingt-cinq centimes.\\nExercise 94.\\n1. What must we do? 2. Tou must bring your book and learn\\nyour lesson. 3. Is it necessary to write to your brother to-day 4. It\\nis not necessary to write to him. 5. Has it been necessary to speak\\nto your father 6. It has been necessary to speak to him. 7. Is it\\nnecessary to go to D. to-day? 8. It is necessary to go there (y).\\n9. Must I go to your sister 10. Tou must go to her, she wishes to\\nspeak to you. 11. How much money must your brother have?\\n12. He must have ten francs fifty centimes. 13. How many books\\ndoes your sister want 14. She must have many books, she reads\\n(lit) much. 15. What will you send to the surgeon 16. We must\\nsend him our horse; his own (le sieri) is sick. 17. Must he not have\\npaper? 18. He must have some he has letters to write. 19. Must\\nhe have much 20. He must have a quire (mam, f). 21. Do you\\nwant any thing more (See No. 13, in the French exercise above.)\\n22. I need something more. 23. I need nothing more. 24. Must\\nyou have one hundred francs 25. 1 must have ten dollars. 26. What\\ndoes the surgeon want 27. He must have money, to (pour) pay\\nhis debts. 28. Has the tailor all that he wants 29. He has not all\\nthat he wants. 30. The milliner has received all that she wants.\\n31. What must you have for your trouble 32. How much do you\\nwant 33. How much do we want 34. What must I do 35. You\\nmust write a letter. 36. What must she write 37. She must write\\nfour pages. 38. She must go to church.\\n\u00c2\u00abS r.\\nLEQON XLLX. LESSON XLIX.\\nSEOIE, CO]SrVENTE, VAXOIK, ETC.\\n1. The verb seoir [3. ir. Lesson 47, Eule 3.], is also used uniper-\\nsonally.\\n]Q ne vous sied pas de parler ainsL It does not become you to speak thus.\\n1 This adverb should never be placed before a substantive.\\n7", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0151.jp2"}, "150": {"fulltext": "146 Q r A K A N T E N E U V I E M E L E C O K\\n2. The verb con I uni-\\n11 convbut cb lui e w ad visa\\nverb vahir [see table, 02.] co::\\n::iuisoa vaut ting millo francs. T^-i/ 1 house is i\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a21. Ne rien valoi valoir\\ngrand chose, /o be worth little, not to I-\\nCe drop no vaut ricn. Thai\\nIf olre maisou no vaut pas grand chose. On.\\n5. \u00c2\u00a3tre riche de i\\nis the nominal\\nmill\\nl; Bi \\\\mpi bs.\\nII M\\nrepro\\nit \u00c2\u00abo.\\nidler.\\nI eotre jardin i\\nrien.\\nl i\\nto deserve,\\nelse; Cuaine, cJuiin;", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0152.jp2"}, "151": {"fulltext": "SEOIR, COlfYENIE, YALOIE, ETC. 147\\nMontre, f. watch Pouvoir, 3. ir. to be able Tout au plus, at most\\nNegligence, f. neglect; Reprock-er, 1. to re- ~V a, from aller, to go\\nNegotiant, m. merchant; proach Vingtaine,f. about twenty.\\n1. Vous sied-il de nous reproclier notre negligence 2. II me\\nsied de vous faire des reproches, quand vous le meritez. 3. Vous\\nconvient-il d aller trouver mon frefie 4. II ne me convient pas\\nd aller le trouver, j ai autre chose h faire. 5. Combien ce champ\\npeut-il valoir 6. II peut valoir une vingtaine 27, (2.)] de mille\\nfrancs. 77 Valez-vous mieux que votre frere 8. Mon frere vaut\\nbeaucoup mieux que moi. 9. Ce couteau ne vaut-il pas plus que le\\nvotre? 10. Le mien est meilleur, il vaut da vantage. 11. Combien\\nvotre montre vaut-elle 12. Elle ne vaut pas grand chose, elle ne\\nva pas bien. 13. De combien le negotiant est-il riche 14. Je ne\\npuis vous le dire au juste, il est riche d une centaine de mille francs.\\n15. Ne vaut-il pas mieux rester ici que d aller au marche 16. II\\nvaut mieux aller au marche. 17. Yotre chaine d or vaut-elle plus\\nque la mienne? 18. Elle vaut tout autant. 19. Elle ne vaut pas\\ngrand chose, elle est cassee. 20. Cela vaut-il cinquante francs?\\n21. Cela vaut tout au. plus deux francs. 22. Avez-vous demande\\nau marchand ce que cela vaut? 23. Je ne le lui ai pas demande.\\n24. II m assure que cela vaut une centaine de francs.\\nExercise 96.\\n1. How much is my house worth 2. It is worth about twenty-\\nthousand francs. 3. Is that horse worth as much as this one?\\n4. This horse is worth two hundred dollars, and that one three hundred.\\n5. Is it worth the while to write to your brother 6. It is not worth\\nthe while. 7. Is it worth the while to go out, when one does not\\nwish to walk 8. It is not (n eri) worth the while. 9. Does it suit\\nyou to write to my brother to-morrow 10. It does not suit me to\\nwrite to him. 11. Does it become you to reproach me with my neg-\\nlect 12. It becomes me to blame (bldmer) you when you deserve\\nit. 13. What is that man worth? 14. I cannot tell you exactly,\\nabout fifty thousand francs. 15. Is that cloth good 16. No, sir\\nifc is good for nothing. 17. Is your gun worth as much as mine\\n18. Tes, sir it is worth more. 19. Will you go to my father s\\n20. No, sir; I have something else to do. 21. Is it better to go to\\nmarket early than late 22. It is better to go early. 23. How\\nmuch may your horse be worth 24. It is not worth mucb, it is\\nvery old. 25. Is your watch better than mine 26. It is not worth\\nmuch, it does not go. 27. Is that book worth two francs 28. It is\\nworth one, at most. 29. Have you asked your sister what that", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0153.jp2"}, "152": {"fulltext": "148 CIX Q TANTIEME LE^OX.\\nbook is worth? 30. 1 have not. [L. 21, R. 12; L. 40, R. 4.] 31. What\\nmust I do 32. You must speak to your father. 33. Must he have\\nmoney? 34. lie must have some. 35. Has he not sold his horse\\n30. He has sold it, but it is not -worth much.\\nLEQON L. LESSON L.\\nim:i:\\\\i i:k, a SORTER, iu:mamh:i:.\\n1. When the verbfl prendre [I. ir. j- 62.], to take; volor, to rob,\\nto at payer, to pa are\\nfollowed by J regimens in the\\nif nouns, arc imt t be separated from the\\nn if pron form of the direct\\nI\\nlivre?\\n11, r\\n2. ipanied by\\n[f a noun, be preceded b;\\nthe indirect\\nDie book.\\nlash- I inan.\\none stolen y ur books from\\nf\\n2.] 1 me.\\nlea Boulicrs au curdon- lias Vie .\u00e2\u0080\u00a2shoemaker been aid fur Uis\\nlui a pas cii r them.\\nf", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0154.jp2"}, "153": {"fulltext": "PRENDRE, ACHETER, DEMANDER, ETC. 149\\nQui avez-vous demande Whom have you asked for\\nJ ai demande mon frere aine. I inquired for my eldest brother.\\nAvez-vous demande de l argent a Have you asked your friend for\\nvotre ami? money?\\nJe ne lui en ai pas demande. I have not asked him for any.\\nExercise 97.\\nChapelier, m. hatter Legume, m. vegetable Eend-re, 4. to return\\nCrayon, m. pencil; Loyer, m. rent; Renseignements, m. p.\\nDemeur-er, 1. to dwell, to Pantoufle, f. slipper information\\nlive; Paysan, m. peasant; Eevenus, m. p. income;\\nPenetre, f. window Proprietaire, m. land- Tout, e, all\\nPrapp-er, 1. to knock; lord; Voyageur, m. traveller;\\n1. Que vous a-t-on pris 2. On m a pris mes livres, mes crayons, et\\nmon canif. 3. Savez-vous qui vous les a pris 4. Je ne connais pas\\ncelui qui me les a pris, mais je sais qu il demeure ici. 5. Avez-vous\\ndemande vos livres 6. Je les ai demandes a mon cousin. 7. Vous\\nles a-t-il rendus 8. II me les a payes. 9. Vous a-t-on vole beaucoup\\nde fruit cette annee 10. On m a vole des legumes, mais on ne m a\\npoint vole de fruit. 11. Avez-vous paye votre chapeau au paysan\\n12. Je ne le lui ai pas paye, je l ai paye au chapelier. 13. A qui avez-\\nvous demande des renseignements 14. J en ai demande au voya-\\ngeur. 15. Savez-vous qui vient de frapper a la porte 16. C est M.\\nL., qui vous demande. 17. Qui avez-vous demande? 18. J ai demande\\nvotre frere. 19. Votre frere a-t-il paye toutes ses dettes 20. H ne\\nles a pas encore payees, parce qu il n a pas recu ses revenus. 21. Lui\\navez-vous paye ce que vous lui avez achete 22. Je le lui ai paye.\\n23. Ne leur avez-vous pas paye votre loyer 24. Je le leur ai paye.\\n25. Us nous ont paye notre maison.\\nExercise 98.\\n1. Have you paid your landlord 2. I have paid him my rent.\\n3. Have you paid him for the windows which you have broken\\n4. I have paid him for them. 5. Has the hatter paid for all his hats\\n6. He has not paid for them, he has bought them on credit (a credit).\\n7. Do you pay what you owe, every day 8. I pay my butcher\\nevery week. 9. Have you paid him for his meat 10. I have paid\\nhim for it. 11. Eor whom did you inquire this morning 12. I in-\\nquired for your brother. 13. Why did you not inquire for my father\\n14. I know that your father is in England. 15. Has the hatter been\\npaid for his hats 16. He has been paid for them. 17. Has your\\nmoney been taken from you 18. My hat has been stolen from me.\\n19. Have you asked your brother for your money? 20. I have asked\\nhim for it, but he cannot return it to me. 21. Has he no money?", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0155.jp2"}, "154": {"fulltext": "150\\nCINQTTAHTE E T UNIEME L E r O N\\n22. He has just paid all his debts, and lie has no i i\\n23. Have you asked your father for money? 24. I have not\\nhim for any, I know that he has none. 25. From what bookseQer\\nhave you bought your books? 26. I bought them from your book-\\nou wrong to pay your del 28. I am right to\\npay them. 20. Who is inquiring for me? 30. The physician is in-\\nquiring for you 31. Who knocks? Your shoemaker knocks,\\nLE o\\\\ T.I. LESSON LI.\\nTin; PAST DJBFUN1TJC. I\\nL The past definite may be called tl tZ tense\\nof the French, rt is used to definite\\nThe time mu y por-\\nL One night at least, Bay the besl French\\ntion took\\n...r in mind i indefinite [L -11. J\\nowever, may\\nthe indefinil the indefin\\nwould at times appear\\nthe\\nwith\\ni i y the par-\\nJ ulhii a L egliae bier \\\\urch yesterday\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a21. TsRM\\nchant\\nfill\\n-as\\n-is\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2oa\\n-is\\n77iou\\ndonn\\n11\\nfimn\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2it\\nH U-jht\\nVoOl\\n.1\\n-irout\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0urent\\n-ircnt\\nyvy\\nunited\\nttctmt", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0156.jp2"}, "155": {"fulltext": "THE PAST DEFINITE.\\n151\\n5. It will be seen that the terminations of the second, and fourth\\nconjugations are alike.\\nResume of Examples.\\nOn nous parla de vous hier. They spoke to us of you yesterday.\\nLe banquier nous donna de l argent The banker gave us money last year.\\nl annee derniere.\\nLe banquier nous a donne de l ar- The hanker has given us money.\\ngent.\\nLe professeur nous parla de yous, The professor spoke to us about you,\\nl annee derniere. last year.\\nII nous a parle de ses amis, et des Be spoke to us of his friends, and of\\nnotres. ours.\\nPendant notre voyage, il nous ra- During our journey, he related to us\\nconta ses aventures. his adventures.\\nII nous a raconte l bistoire de sa vie. He related to us the history of his life.\\nExercise 99.\\nAine, e, elder, eldest; Se lev-er, 1. ref. to rise Proprietes, f. p. property\\nAvec, with; Lorsque, when; Eacont-er, 1. to relate;\\nSe coucb-er, 1. ref. to go Lyon, Lyons Eemerci-er, 1. to thank\\nto bed; Neuf, ve, new Sejour, ra. stay;\\nDernier, e, last Ordinairement, general- Semaine, f. week;\\nS ecbapp-er, 1. ref. to ly Soldat, m. soldier\\nescape; Pendant, during; Tard, late;\\nHabillement, m. dress Pri-er, 1. to beg Trop tot, too soon.\\n1. Le banquier recut-il beaucoup d argent la semaine derniere?\\nI. H en recut beaucoup. 3. Aussitot que vous apercutes votre frere,\\nbe lui parlates-vous pas 4. Des que je l apercus, je lui parlai.\\n5. Avez-vous deja porte vos habillements neufs 6. Je ne les ai pas\\nencore portes. 7. Quand il vous donna de l argent hier, le remer-\\nciates-vous 8. Je le remerciai, et je le priai de vous remercier.\\n9. Avez-vous trouve vos livres 10. Je ne les ai pas encore trouves.\\nII. Lorsque vous vintes nous voir, ne finites-vous pas vos affaires\\navec mon pere? 12. Je les finis alors, et je le payai. 13. N avez-\\nvous pas vu votre sceur ainee, pendant votre sejour a Lyon 14. Je\\nne l ai pas vue. 15. Ne vous couchates-vous pas trop tot, hier au\\nsoir 16. Je me couchai tard. 17. A quelle heure vous etes-vous\\nleve ce matin 18. Je me suis leve a cinq heures je me leve ordi-\\nnairement de bonne heure. 19. Ne cherchates-vous pas h vous\\nechapper de votre prison, l annee derniere 20. Je n ai jamais cherche\\na m echapper. 21. Avez-vous vendu vos proprietes? 22. Je ne\\nles ai pas vendues. 23. Qu avez-vous donne au soldat 24. Je ne\\nlui ai rien donne. 25. Pendant son sejour a B. nous lui donnames\\ntout ce qu il voulut.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0157.jp2"}, "156": {"fulltext": "1^2 c i xt qu a h tb-d e u x i h b le(;os\\nExercise 100.\\n1. What did you receive last week 2. We received fifty francs\\nfrom your friend, and twenty-live from your brother. 3. Did you\\ntake your son to church with you yesterday 4. I did not take him\\nthere (y). 5. What did y year? G. We lost our money,\\nour clothe?, and our horses. 7. Have you looked (eherch s) for\\nP 8. I looked for them, but did not find them. D. Did they\\nspeak of your brother yesterday? 10. They spoke of him and of\\nyou. 11. What did the physician me\\nnothing: 13. At what hour did your j sterday 14* She\\n15. 1 H 1 j 16. We\\n7. Eas your i ousin sold all h.\\ni i 11. -us\\n_ He related them\\n21. I M your father?\\n22. I\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0i him.\\n80. I have\\ni.. r. 31. When\\nbank him 32. I did not\\nit line v. /her.\\nT.i: i.n. LESSON LII.\\nP L8T DBFEHTXJB, COOTIK! ED.\\nI. The 1\\nTn\\nVora, to see;\\n1 -m\\nv\\na which an\\nn coni", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0158.jp2"}, "157": {"fulltext": "THE PAST DEFINITE,\\n153\\n2. Avoir and etre, it will be perceived, take in this tense a new-\\nstem, e-us, /-us etre and lire, though belonging to the 4th conjuga-\\ntion, take the terminations of the 3d, and voir, a verb of the 3d, takes\\nthe terminations of the 4th.\\n3. In other instances, the stem of the verb drops some of its let-\\nters, and sometimes adopts others. This may be seen in the verbs\\nCraindre,\\nto fear\\ncraign -is\\ncraign -is\\ncraigu -it\\ncraign -imes\\ncraign -ites\\ncraign -irent\\n4. Like venir, are conjugated all verbs ending in enir like crain-\\ndre, connaitre, and conduire, those ending in indre, aitre, aud uire;\\nand like prendre, those composed of this verb and a prefix as, com-\\nprendre, surprendre, c.\\n5. We would at all times refer the student to the table of irregu-\\nlar verbs, 62, for those tenses of the irregular verbs, with which he\\nis not familiar.\\nResume op Examples.\\nNe conduisites-vous point votre fils Did you not take your son to\\nVenir,\\nPrendre,\\nto\\ncome;\\nto take;\\nJe\\nv -ins\\npr\\n-is\\nTu\\nv -ins\\npr\\n-is\\n11\\nv -int\\npr\\n-it\\nNous\\nv -inmes\\npr\\n-imes\\nVous\\nv -intes\\npr\\n-ites\\nlis\\nv -inrent\\npr\\n-irent\\n30NNA1TRE,\\nCondutre,\\nto know\\nto conduct.\\nconn -us\\nconduis -is\\nconn -us\\nconduis -is\\nconn -ut\\nconduis -it\\nconn -umes\\nconduis -imes\\nconn -utes\\nconduis -ites\\nconn -urent\\nconduis -irent\\nen Espagne, l annee derniere\\nJe Vy conduisis, et je Yy laissai.\\nAussitot que vous vites votre frere,\\nne le reconnutes-vous pas\\nJe le reconnus, aussitot que je\\nl apergus.\\nlast year?\\n1 took him thither, and left him.\\nAs soon as you saw your brother, did\\nyou not recognize him\\nI recognized him, as soon as 1 per-\\nceived him.\\nvoir\\nII vint me voir; il fut bien etonne\\nde trouver chez moi, un de ses\\nanciens amis.\\nNe prites-vous pas conge de vos\\namis, hier?\\nJe pris conge d eux, et je les priai\\nde m ecrire.\\nLe pharmacien ne vint-il pas vous Did not the apothecary come to see\\nyou?\\nEe came to see me; he was much\\nastonished to find one of his old\\nfriends, at my house.\\nDid you not take leave of your friends,\\nyesterday\\nI took leave of them, and begged them\\nto write to me.\\nExercise 101.\\nAccompagner, 1. to ac- De mon mieux, as well Eistoire, f. history;\\ncompany as I could; Inform-er, 1. to inform;\\nA la fin, at last Se depech-er, 1. ref. to Notaire, m. notary\\nAmicalement, kindly make haste Lu, from lire, 4. ir. to\\nArrivee, f. arrival Des que, as soon as read\\nAttend-re, 4. to wait for; Ecolier, m. scholar; Peintre, m. painter;\\nAu secours, to the assis- S ennuy-er, 1. pec. lobe- Perd-re, 2. to lose;\\ntance come weary Sans, without\\nConge, m. leave Se hat-er, 1. ref. to Secour-ir, 2. ir. to sue\\nCour-ir, 2. ir. to run; hasten; cor.\\n7*", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0159.jp2"}, "158": {"fulltext": "154 CIXQUAXTE-DEUXIE3IE LEgON.\\n1. Xos eeoliers s ennuyerent-ils hier d attendre si longtemps?\\n2. lis furent obliges d attendre si longtemps, qu S la fin ils perdirent\\npatience. 3. Ne recutes-vous point votre parent amicalement, lors-,\\nqu il vint vous voir? 4. Je le recus de mon mieux. 5. Ne lutes-\\nvous pas la lettre de votre frere, avant hier G. Je la lus, et je l en-\\nvoyai u raon oncle. 7. Ne courutes-vous pas an secours de votre\\nfrere, aussitut que vous le vitea en danger? 8. Je me hatai de Le\\n9. Ne vous etes- vous pas dep mes de venir? 10. Nous\\nnous sommc? depeche 11. Aussitdtque vous eutes apercu mon frere,\\nne m informates-vous pas de son arrivee 2. Je vous en informal\\n13. A quelle beure votre Boeur est-eUe venue aujourdlini? 14. Elle\\none i miili. 17j. Voa compagnons vinrent-ils hier vous prier do\\n16. Ils vinrent me voir, mais ils me quitterent\\nme parler de leur 17. Ne pei i an\\ntableau, l ani 18. Je peignis un tableau d histoire.\\n20. II le finit hier.\\nuvelle,\\nj.-urie lmiume a-t-^teris\\n24. 11 a pris conge de lui. lo. 11 prit Congo de lui\\nhier.\\nY.w.\\\\: \\\\sa 102.\\n1. I 2. He accompanied\\nl your companion\\nirning.\\ni... h 1 have lent you G. I\\nAt what ti::,\\nnine.\\nII L0. Be painted all day\\n11. I), l yon not ran\\n.-aw hint in i L2. Ibl\\nbat did you do w\\nsoon. r my brother. 15. Did you tab\\nrmany last year? 16. took her then\\nyour children to i y I took them I\\n19. Do you paint a historical picture? I paint.\\natiy\\nher? Bd r\\ntha notary, aa aoon as you heard from your lathi nl for\\nhim. 2 When did the notary tak\\nthis morning at nine. 27. Has the apothr\\nhid letter 28. lie has not yet finished it 20. Were you not", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0160.jp2"}, "159": {"fulltext": "THE IMPERFECT. 155\\nmuch (lien) astonished yesterday to see that lady 30. I was not\\nastonished to see her. 31. Did you make haste to read your book,\\nlast night {hier au soir) 32. I made haste to read it. 33. Have\\nyou finished it 34. I have not yet finished it.\\nLEQON LIII. LESSON LIII.\\nTHE IMPERFECT. 119.)\\n1. The imperfect, or simultaneous past tense, may be called the\\ndescriptive tense of the French. The action which it represents, or\\nthe situation which it describes, is imperfect of itself. This tense\\nleaves the beginning, duration, and end of an action zmdetermined.\\nIt may often be rendered in English by the auxiliary was, and the\\nparticiple present of the verb 119, 120.]\\nJ ecrivais ce matin quand vous etes I was writing this morning when you\\nentre. came in.\\nJe passais hier quand vous m ap- I was passing yesterday when you\\npelates. called me.\\n2. The imperfect is also used to express an action which is cus-\\ntomary or often repeated. It may then be rendered in English by the\\nwords used to, placed before the verb.\\nL annee derniere, j allais tous les Last year, I went (used to go) every\\njours a l ecole. day to school.\\nQuand nous demeurions a la cam- When we lived, (used to live) in the\\npagne, nous nous couchions or- country, we used to go to bed at nine\\ndinairement aneuf heures. o clock.\\n3. The imperfect can seldom be rendered in English by the past\\ntense which takes did 1 as an auxiliary. The past definite never cor-\\nresponds in meaning to the English imperfect, composed of the\\nauxiliary was, and the participle present. It cannot be rendered\\nby the verb preceded by used to.\\nJ allais a, la chasse hier matin quand I was going hunting yesterday morn-\\nnous nous rencontrames. ing when we met (did meet).\\nJ allai a la chasse hier matin. I went (did go) hunting yesterday\\nmorning.\\n4. The imperfect is formed from the participle present, by changing\\nant into ais, etc., 61. It may also be formed by adding ais, etc., to\\n1 Except when, in interrogative sentences, did is used as an auxiliary\\nto used to expressed or understood.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0161.jp2"}, "160": {"fulltext": "156\\nCI.XQl-AN.TE-TEOISIEME L E O N\\nthe stem of the verb, for the 1st and 4th conjugations, issais, etc., for\\nthe 2d, and evais for the 3d.\\n5. TERMINATIONS OF THE I.MPERFECT OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS.\\nJe chant -ais\\nK i\u00c2\u00bb tinging\\nTu pari -ais\\nJhou wutupeaWng\\nII donn -ait\\nPCh -ions\\nVous port -iez\\nI\\nDa aim -aient\\nTJiey we\\nnn\\nu finishing\\ni b r -jasaia\\nicatt ohtriaMng\\nloiirn\\n-king\\npun\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0-hing\\nBaiB\\nmi -isaaient\\nwere uniting\\n-evaia\\nIO U rect icing\\napero -evaia\\nperc -wait\\n-eviona\\nd\\nroient\\nrend -ais\\ntea* rendering\\nvend -ais\\nIM mlling\\ntend -ait\\nWOI tending\\nentend -ions\\nwring\\nperd -ioz\\nmord -aicnt\\n\u00c2\u00abcd/\u00c2\u00ab biting.\\nEXAMPLES.\\nJ aim.i:\\ny lo read M\u00c2\u00ab\\nroom when\\nyour father when y\\nin F\\ni-uj.\\nI whs lot faOur.\\nDemeur-\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2an;\\nN\\nMent-er, l. to\\nPantoufi\\npas, almost none,\\nRetrouv-er, 1. to find\\nrcise\\n1. De \u00c2\u00abi\u00c2\u00bbii parliez-vooa co matin qaand trotnrwT\\nN aiinii Z-\\nmieuz 1 boeuf que le mouton, autrefoi t. .1\\nQvendatfl\\nrairc. 7. I o libra lu beau-\\natin 8. 11 a vendu beaucoup\\njourd hu.. ;-vous beaucoup d pie voua", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0162.jp2"}, "161": {"fulltext": "THE IMPERFECT. 157\\netiez libraire? 10. Je n en vendais presque pas. 11. Votre frere\\nportait-il un habit vert, lorsqu il demeurait a Londres 12. II portait\\nun habit brun et des pantoufles noires. 13. Que cherchiez-vous\\n14. Je cherchais mon livre. 15. Depuis quand l aviez-vous perdu\\n16. Je l avais perdu depuis hier. 17. L avez-vous retrouve 18. Je\\nl avais retrouve, mais je l ai perdu de nouveau. 19. Ce boulanger\\nvous fournissait-il de bon pain 20. II nous en fournissait d excel-\\nlent. 21. Punissiez-vous souvent vos ecoliers 22. Je les punissais\\nquand ils le meritaient. 23. Ou. etiez-vous ce matin, quand je vous\\ncherchais? 24. J etais dans ma chambre. 25. Je finissais mon\\ntheme.\\nExercise 104.\\n1. Who was at your house this morning 2. My friend G-. was\\nthere, and was looking for you. 3. Were you looking for me this\\nmorning? 4. I was not looking for you, I was looking for your\\nscholar. 5. Did you speak to my father yesterday 6. I was speak-\\ning to him, when they brought me your letter. 7. Did you use to\\nsell much meat, when you lived in B. 8. I sold much meat, because\\nI was a butcher. 9. Did your father use to wear a white hat, when\\nhe lived in London 10. He used to wear a black hat, and my brother\\nwore a black coat. 11. Were you singing when my father came\\n12. No, sir I was finishing my exercise. 13. Had you lost your\\npencil this morning 14. I had lost it, and was looking for it when\\nyou spoke to me. 15. Has your brother paid all that he owed?\\n16. He has not paid for his coat. 17. How was your mother when\\nshe lived in Italy 18. She was very well. 19. You used to like\\nreading (la lecture,) did your sister (use to) like it also 20. She\\nliked it also. 21. Where was your sister this morning, when I was\\nlooking for her 22. She was at my mother s. 23. What song were\\nyou singing this morning? 24. I was singing an Italian song.\\n25. Have you been afraid to speak to me 26. I have never been\\nafraid to speak to you. 27. Have you brought my book 28. I\\nhave not brought it. 29. Of what were you speaking 30. I was\\nspeaking of nothing. 31. What were you giving to my brother\\n32. I was not giving him any thing. 33. What were you carrying?\\n34. I was carrying a tree. 35. Where were you carrying it? 36. I\\nwas carrying it home.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0163.jp2"}, "162": {"fulltext": "158 C I N Q U A H T E Q U ATB I E M E LD g X.\\nLEgON LIV. LESSON LIV.\\nTHE EMPERPECT, CONTINUED.\\n1. The imperfect of the indicative of every French verb, regular\\nor irregular, ends in ats, ais, at*, w fea, atent\\n2L No verb of the first conjugation br, is irregular in this tense.\\n3. The only irregularity found in the irregular verbs of the scrum!\\nconjugation in. is that, to form the imperfect, the stem of these verbs\\nven-ir, Je ven-ais, cour-ir, Je\\nException: Fuir, to flee -jefuyaia.\\n4. The irregular verbs of the third conjugation out, change that\\ntermination (oir) jular verba of the same:\\n.-uir. fiiv-m s. [exceptions: Be-oir, to become,\\nipounds, and dechoir, [tee i i\\nwhich the stem of the irregular verba of the fourth\\nconjugation undergoes, in this tense, are too various to admit of\\nWe, however, offer the folloi\\nCraIRDM, /.)/\u00c2\u00abir.\\nJe crai\\nHow. tat\\nJe conduit\\n8. Like] Scrire are conjugated, in thi i verbs\\nin wh m aa comprendre,\\nlain. In- and 000-\\nan\\ns; as, lire,/*\\nfain-.\\nrire, ta r I their compounds.\\n7. niettre and its compounds, and\\nThe participle present, from which the French grammariaE\\nfine the imp irregulariti(\\nvalant. prenant, ecrivant, craignant, ooadnisaiit.\\n1 i B OF IaamplkS.\\nDOtre ami avait-U pour? our friend afraid t\\nI! a avail pear de rii a.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0voua paa b. aoin de m\\nlui. We wanted him.\\nirehand n avaft-U paa beeoin D ant want money t\\n.ut grand besoin. ZA, hud .jnat need", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0164.jp2"}, "163": {"fulltext": "TIIE IMPERFECT. 159\\nQuelle voiture conduisiez-vous What carriage were you driving\\nPour qui me preniez-vous For whom were you taking me t\\nJe venais vous trouver quand je I was coming to you when I met you.\\nvous reneontrai.\\nA qui ecriviez-vous ce matin To whom we i e you writing this morn-\\ning?\\nJ ecrivais a ma scaur et a, mon I was writing to my sister and to my\\nfrere. brother.\\nExercise 105.\\nAutrement, otherwise Oubli-er, 1. to forget; Teind-re, 4. ir. h dye;\\nCass-er, 1. to break; Peche, f. fishing; Teinturier, m. dyer;\\nChasse, f. hunting Peind-re, 4. ir. to paint Toile, f. linen cloth;\\nDire, 4. ir. to say Keven-ir, 2. ir. to re- Rencontr-er, 1. to meet;\\nMontre, f. watch turn Val-oir, 3. ir. to be worth\\nMoius, (au) at least Sav-oir, 3. ir. to know Ven-ir, 2. ir. to come, to\\nMort, e, dead; Setromp-er, 1. to be mis- have just; L. 26, 2.\\nOffens-er, 1. to offend; taken; Vite, quickly.\\n1. Pourquoi n ecriviez-vous pas plus vite ce matin 2. Parce que\\nj avais peur de me tromper. 3. Ne craigniez-vous pas d offenser\\ncette dame 4. Je craignais de l offenser, mais je ne pouvais faire\\nautrement 5. Que peigniez-vous ce matin 6. Je peignais un\\ntableau d histoire. 7. Votre teinturier que teignait-il 8. II teignait\\ndu drap, de la soie, et de la toile. 9. De quelle couleur les teignait-\\nil 10. II teignait le drap en noir, et la soie et la toile en vert.\\n11. Conduisiez-vous le jeune Polonais a l ecole, lorsque je vous ai\\nrencontre 12. Je conduisais mon fils aine a l eglise. 13. Que lisiez-\\nvous 14. Je lisais des livres que je venais d acheter. 15. Ne saviez-\\nvous pas que ce monsieur est mort 16. Je l avais oublie. 17. Com-\\nbien la montre que vous avez cassee valait-elle 18. Elle valait au\\nmoins deux cents francs. 19. Ne valait-il pas mieux rester ici, que\\nd aller a, la chasse 20. II valait beaucoup mieux aller a l ecole.\\n21. Votre ami que vous disait-il 22. II me disait que son frere est\\nrevenu d Espagne. 23. N alliez-vous pas h la chasse tous les jours,\\nlorsque vous demeuriez a la campagne 24. J allais souvent a la\\npeche. 25. Mon fr\u00c2\u00a3re allait tous les jours eL l ecole, quand il etait ici.\\nExercise 106.\\n1. Were you afraid this morning when you came to our house\\n2. I was afraid. 3. Of what were you afraid 4. I was afraid of\\nthe horse. 5. Was not your friend afraid of falling? (de tomber.\\nSee L. 21, E. 2, 4.) 6. He was not afraid of falling, but he was\\nafraid of making a mistake (de se tromper. See 2. in Exercise above.\\n7. Were you not afraid of offending your brother 8. I was afraid\\nof offending him. 9. Were you taking your son to school 10. I", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0165.jp2"}, "164": {"fulltext": "1G0 CINQU AKTE-CINQUlillE LEgON.\\nwas conducting him to school. 11. Was the dyer dyeing your coat?\\n12. He was not dyeing my coat,, he was dyeing silk. 13. What color\\nwas he dyeing the silk 14. He was dyeing some red, and some\\ngreen. 15. Was he dyeing his linen cloth black or green 1G. He\\nwas neither dyeing it black nor green, he was dyeing it pink (rose).\\n17. Were you aware (sa bat your uncle is dead? 18. I\\nt know it (imperfect). 19. What was the gentleman read-\\n20. He was reading a letter which he had just received.\\n21. Wert you cold when you came here? 22. 1 was cold, hun-\\nand thirsty. 23. Were you not ashamed of your couduct?\\n24. 5. Were you not in want\\nney? 26. I waa not in want of it. 27. Did you not want\\nWe did not want him. Whither w.r.\\ni your house. 31. Were\\nriving your broth 32. I was driving my own Qa\\nv or t.i me S 1. I was\\nwriting t.i y ur IV STour friend was taking me for\\nyour el I\\nON I.V. 3SON I.V.\\njiii: i\\\\i \\\\mi:i;i..i: am iiii: PLUPBEFBCT. (.4 122,123.)\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0Hied from the past definite of the anx-\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2_ Ti. past anterior\\ntion. The latter immediately\\nfollows the former, and often\\ni\\nI\\nquand,\\nallai.\\n3. This tense partakes of finite.\\nt is composed of the imperfect of the auxiliary\\nand i\\npplied nearly all the nil\\nof the imperfect. The .atiou", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0166.jp2"}, "165": {"fulltext": "PAST ANTERIOR AlfD PLUPERFECT. 101\\nwhich it depicts, is frequently a customary one, or one often re-\\npeated.\\nDes que j avais fini ma tacheje m en As soon as my tash was finished, I\\naliais. used to go away.\\nResume of Examples.\\nAviez-vous eu soin de vos effets Had you taken care of your things\\nJ en avais eu soin. had taken care of them.\\nN aviez-voua pas eu besoin de moi Had you not wanted me f\\nJ avais eu besoin de vous et de votre I had wanted you and your brother.\\nfrere.\\nN aviez-vous pas eu 1 intention de Had you not intended to speak to me\\nme parler?\\nNous avions eu envie de dormir. We had had a wish to sleep.\\nDes que vous eutes fini yotre lettre, As soon as you had finished your Utter,\\nne la portates-vous pas a la poste did you not carry it to the post-office?\\nDes que vous aviez fini vos lettres, As soon as your letters were finished,\\nne les portiez-vous pas a la poste did you not (commonly) take them\\nto the post-office\\nDes que vous fates arrive, ne corn- As soon as you had arrived, did you\\nmencates-vous pas a ecrlre not commence writing\\nDes que vous etiez arrive, ne com- As soon as you used to arrive, did you\\nmenciez-vous pas a ecrire not (generally) commence writing f\\nExercise 107.\\nArret-er, 1. to stop; lilgar-er, 1. to mislay; Perd-re, 1. ir. to lose\\nDal, m. ball; Invit-er, 1. to invite; Bemont-er, 1. to wind\\nBourse, f. purse Se lev-er, ref. to rise up\\nSe coucher, 1. ref. to go Malade, sick Eetrouv-er, 1. to find\\nto bed Musicien, m. musician again\\nDangereusement, dan- Oubli-er, 1. to forget Sort-ir, 2. ir. to go out;\\ngerously Part-ir, 2. to set out Spectacle, m. play.\\nDiner, m. dinner\\n1. Re saviez-vous pas ou le musicien etait alle 2. Je savaia\\nqu il etait alle a Paris. 3. Ne vous avait-on pas dit que votre frere\\nest mort? 4. On m avait dit qu il etait dangereusement malade.\\n5. Ne vous couchiez-vous pas ordinairement, des que vous aviez fini\\nvos lecons? 6. Des que je les avais finies, j allais au spectacle.\\n7. Des que vous eutes fini vos lecons, que fites-vous hier au soir?\\n8. Aussitot que je les eus finies, j allai au bal. 9. Cette petite fille\\nn avait-elle pas envie de dormir 10. Elle avait plus envie de dormir\\nque d etudier. 11. Qu aviez-vous fait de (with) votre livre, quand je\\nvous le demandai 12. Je 1 avais egare. 13. Ou 1 aviez-vous egare\\n14. Je l avais oublie dans le jardin. 15. Pourquoi votre montre etait-\\nelle arretee 16. Parce que j avais oublie de la remonter. 17. L hor-\\nloger ne l avait-il pas remontee 18. II avait oublie de le faire.\\n19. N aviez-vous pas perdu votre bourse? 20. Je l avais perdue,", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0167.jp2"}, "166": {"fulltext": "1G2 COQUANTE-SIXIKilE LE^ON.\\nmaisjel ai retrouvee. 21. Totre cousin etait-il parti? 22. H n etait\\npas encore parti. 23. \u00c2\u00a3tait-il sorti? 24. II dtait sorti avec ma mere.-\\n25. Oii etait-il allc 2C. 11 etuit alle ehez men ire re, qui l avait\\ninvite u, diner.\\nExXBdBK 108.\\n1. Had you not intended to speak to my brother? 2. I had in-\\ntended to speak to him, but lie had gone. 3. Did your Bister go to\\nbed last evening, as Boon as lu- had read (Zu) her book? I.\\nwent to bed as soon as she had read it. Did she usually\\nhad read her book 6. 8\\nbad read six pages. 7. Were you told that your\\n8. I was told thai she had been dangerously\\n9. Did yotl know what you had done with your pen 10. 1 knew\\nthat I had mislaid it. 11. Had youi I heiS? 12.\\nhad! 13. How many of your books have\\nyou mislaid? 14. I had mislaid five, but my brother has found\\nhad you si them? 16. I had left them in the\\n17. Qad your brother s watch stopped is. [t had stopped.\\n19. Why had it I. He had forgotten to wind it up.\\n21. II P.) 22. lb had not 1.\\n2 I had wanted your lit-\\nI 26. She was cut With your brother.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2j7. n bad gone thither.\\n29. B He had nut yel gone, he intended to\\nat five 31. Had you spoken to him, when I rday?\\nI had spoken to him. 33. Had you told him that my sister is\\nhe\\ni\\nON l.\\\\ I. LESSON 1.VI.\\nri.A i: OF i tin Bl BJECT am or iiu: OBJ]\\n1. We have n [L R 6 (4.)] a rule fur the\\nnominative of an\\ntudent, we I om intro-\\nvuxny and quand, when the noun may It placed immedia", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0168.jp2"}, "167": {"fulltext": "PLACE OP SUBJECT AND OBJECT.\\n163\\nthe verb. This construction is similar to that of the English inter-\\nrogative sentence, when the verb has no auxiliary 76, (5.)]\\nWhere are our friends and relations\\nWliat writes your correspondent\\nOil sont nos amis et nos parents\\nQu ecrit votre correspondant\\n2. When there are, in a French sentence, two regimens of equal\\nlength, the direct should precede the indirect 76, (7.)].\\nAvez-vous donne les jouets a Ten- Have you given the child the play-\\nfant things\\nAvez-vous donne cette lettre a Have you given the man that letter\\nrkomme\\n3. The regime indirect precedes the direct, when the latter is fol-\\nlowed by a relative pronoun, or by other words qualifying it, and\\nrendering it much longer than the indirect 76, (8)]. The indirect\\nregimen should also precede the direct, when the sentence would\\notherwise be equivocal 76, (9)].\\nAvez-vous donne a l enfant, les jouets Save you given the child, the plarj-\\nque vous lui aviez promis things which you had promised\\nhim\\nResume op Examples.\\nQuel age a cette demoiselle\\nQue veulent dire ces messieurs\\nOu sont alles messieurs vos freres?\\nCombien d enfants a ce monsieur\\nAvez-vous paye cet argent au mar-\\nchand\\nJ ai paye mon habit au tailleur.\\nVous avez paye au tailleur, le gilet\\nque vous avez achete.\\nN aviez-vous pas demande cela a\\nl enfant?\\nHow old is that young lady\\nWhat do those gentlemen mean\\nWliere have yourbrothers gone\\nHow many children has that gentle-\\nman?\\nHave you paid the merchant that\\nmoney\\nI paid the tailor for my coat.\\nYou have paid the tailor for the waist-\\ncoat which you have bought.\\nHad you not asked the child for that?\\nExeecise 109.\\nAccompagn-er, 1. to ac-\\ncompany\\nAine, e, eldest\\nAssocie, m. partner\\nAubera:iste,m. landlord;\\nBouteule; f. bottle;\\nChaine, f. chain;\\nChapeau, m. hat,\\nnet\\nCinquante, f. fifty\\nCle\u00c2\u00a3 f. key\\nCommis, m. clerk\\nDernier, e, last;\\nbon- Pres, near, nearly\\nProprietaire, m. landlord;\\nRend-re, 4. to return\\nSerrurier, m. locksmith;\\nServiette, f. napkin.\\n1. Ou etaient vos parents l annee dernieYe 2. Us ctaient en An-\\ngleterre. 3. Ou sont restes les messieurs qui vous accompagnaient\\nce matin 4. Us sont restes chez leurs associes. 5. Que lisaient\\nvos amies, lorsque vous les avez quittees 6. Elles lisaient les nou-\\nvelles qu eUes venaient de recevoir. 7. Que dit monsieur votre pere", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0169.jp2"}, "168": {"fulltext": "-J\\n1G4 Cn QUAXTE-SIXIOE LE^OS.\\n8. II ne clit rien. 9. Quel age a co monsieur 10. II a pivs do cin-\\nquantc ans. 11. Quel age ont vos enfauts 12. L aine* a dix ans, et\\nle plus jeune a six ans. 13. Avez-vous demande* votre chaine d or a\\nce monsieur? 14. Je la lui ai demandee. 15. Avez-vous rendu au\\nCommis, l argent qu il vous avait prete? 16. Je le lui ai rendu.\\n17. Aviez-youa envie d envoyer vos clefs au serrurier IS. J avais\\nenvie de les lui envoj^er, car elles sot: 1 19. Aviez-vons\\noublio de payer VOtre habit au tailleur? 20. J avais oublie de le\\nlui payer. 21. Valait-il la peine d envoyer ces plumes a l ecolier\\n22. II ne valait pas la peine de les lui envoyer, il en avait d autres.\\n23. Valait-il la] L aubergiste 21. II\\nvalait. la peine de lea lui envoyer, car il n en avait p.:-. J. Aviz-\\nvous deinan le des serviettes a, Vutre pjre 20. Je n ai pas voulu\\nlui en demander.\\nEXEB4 UM 110.\\n1. What does the tailor i: 2. I do nd know what he means.\\nis your eld( r at my\\nB. Be was\\n7. II W many I\\nI\\nthe letter\\nto her, I left it upon\\nman who 1. that pen-\\nat my father to him\\nr which I 1 i\\nr 11. B 1 It at\\ni him. 16. Has your mother paid the\\n1 her for\\n21. I had n wi-li to send it to ,,,-tli the\\nwhile to give your brother that hook\\nil to him, foi\\ni the while to Bend them\\niksmith\\n81. He baa ten. 32\\nletter? Jo. 1 have lui gotten to give it to him.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0170.jp2"}, "169": {"fulltext": "PLACE 0! THE TEEB, ETC. 1G5\\nLEQON LVII. LESSON LVII.\\nPLACE OP VERB. PRESENT TENSE USED IN PKENCH, WHERE\\nTHE PAST IS USED IN ENGLISH, ETC.\\n1. The French avoid placing the verb at the end of such sentences\\nas the following when the nominative is a noun.\\nDites moi on demeure M. H. Tell me where Mr. H. lives.\\nJe ne sais ou est mon pere. I do not know where my father is.\\nSavez-vous oil est George Do you know where George is 1\\n2. In speaking of a state, condition, or action, commenced in the\\npast, but still continuing, the French use the present of the indica-\\ntive. The past is commonly used in English in similar cases.\\nCombien de temps y a-t-il qu il est How long has he been here\\nici?\\nII y a deux heures qu il ecrit. He has been writing these two hours.\\nHyaun mois qu il demeure a Paris. He has lived in Paris one month.\\nII y a deux ans qu il est mort. He has been dead these two years.\\n3. When, however, the state no longer continues, the past may be\\nused in French, in the same manner as it is used in English.\\nCombien de temps avez-vous de- How long did you live in L. t\\nmeure a, L.\\nCombien de mois avez-vous appris How many months did you learn\\nl allemand German 1\\nH y a un mois que je ne l ai vu. I have not seen him this month.\\n4. Combien y a-t-il Combien de milles y a-t-il Quelle\\ndistance y a-t-il answer to the English expressions How far\\nHow many miles is it What is the distance, etc.\\nResume op Examples.\\nCombien de temps y a-t-il que vous How long have you had that house\\navez cette maison\\nII y a deux ans que nous l avons. We have had it these two years.\\nCombien de temps avez-vous eu How long did you have this house\\ncette maison\\nNous l avons eue dix ans. We had it ten years.\\nCombien de temps y a-t-il que votre How long has your brother been\\nfrere apprend le grec learning Greek\\nH y a six ans qu il l apprend. He has been learning it six years.\\nQuelle distance y a-t-il de Calais a How far is it from Calais to Bou-\\nBoulogne logne\\nII y a huit lieues de Calais a Bou- It is eight leagues from Calais to\\nlogne. Boulogne.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0171.jp2"}, "170": {"fulltext": "1gg cikquante-septieme let on.\\nExercise 111.\\nCompagnie, f. company; Maintetmnt, w;\\nAn, m.,ann e, f. j/\u00c2\u00abir; Demeurer, 1. toliv Mois,\\nAngleierre, mi, c, fta^;\\ntired; H6,from oaitre, -i. to he\\nto wo. Imprimeur, m. printer\\nJ.i. uo. Itd jue Verger, in. orchard;\\nLoudivs, London; Viem\\n1. Combicn dc temps y a-t-il que M. L. demeure a Paris 2. II y\\nqu il y demeure. 3. N a-t-il pas demeure* si Lyon? 1. 11 y\\na demeure autrefois. 5. Pouvez-vous me \u00c2\u00abIire oii est le fils du\\ni 6. II y a un an qu il est en A.ngleterre. 7. Savee-vous\\nare M. B. 8.11 demeurait autrefoia Rouen: je ne sais\\npas ou il demeure maintenant 9. Y a-t-il longtempa que v.. us dtes\\nici? 10. II y a plus de deux moi mmea ici 11. Oom-\\n12. 11 y a un an\\nque nou- ce( imprimeur est-il nd? II.\\nil y o do Paris a Vienne ir 11\\n17. V a-t-il longtemps quo la compa\\nV a-t-il\\n20. II y a plu\\nluc. 21. V. a-t-il p.is plus d uno demi-heure que\\nin Hi en eal\\nlee ce moroeau do\\nj 1 atl. lids.\\n[SE 1 12.\\n_ IT- 1 lias 1\\nyou ii t know where my father lives?\\n4. I know where he lives, but I 1\\n.:i lived ill I i. 1 1\\ni It- lived\\nsmith live in. Be lives at my broth r a 11. li\\n12. I Lave been waitu\\nv.\\n1 7. Bow\\nI. HOW far i\\none hundred and sixteen leagues from Paris Lj", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0172.jp2"}, "171": {"fulltext": "CHANGER, TAttDER. 167\\nto Turin 22. It is farther from Lyons to Turin than from Lyons to\\nGeneva. 23. How long did your father live in Germany (Alle-\\nmagne.) 24. He lived in Germany two years, and in England six\\nmonths. 25. How long have you lived in Paris 26. We have\\nbeen here six months. 27. How long did you live in Rome 28. We\\nlived there more than a year. 29. How long has your brother been\\ngone 30. He has been gone these two years. 31. Have you been\\nlearning German more than one year? 32. I have been learning it\\nmore than four years. 33. Your sister has been learning music one\\nyear and a half.\\nLEQON LVIII. LESSON LVIII.\\nCHANGER, TARDER.\\n1. Changer [1. see 49, (1.)], used in the sense of to change, to leave\\none thing for another, is followed by the preposition de changer\\nd habit, de chapeau, etc., to put on another coat, hat, etc. changer\\nd avis, to change one s mind changer de maison, to move, to change\\nhouses changer de place, changer de pays, changer de climat, to go\\nto another place, country, climate changer de nom, to change one s\\nname. The student will perceive that the noun following changer, is\\nnot preceded by a possessive adjective, like the noun of the English\\nsentence.\\nVoulez-vous changer d habit? Will you change your coat?\\nCe monsieur a change de nom. That gentleman has changed his name.\\n2. Changer contre, means to exchange for changer pour, to change\\nfor, to get change for.\\nVoulez-vous changer votre chapeau Will you exchange your hat for mine?\\ncontre le mien\\nChangcz ce billet pour de l argent. Change that bill for silver.\\n3. Tarder means to tarry, to he long in coming. Tarder, used\\nunipersonally, and accompanied by an indirect object, means to long,\\nto wish for.\\nVotre soeur tarde bien ei venir. Tour sister is very long coming.\\nII me tarde de la voir. I long to see her.\\nResume of Examples.\\nN!avez-vous pas change d apparte- Have you not taken another apart-\\nment ment t\\nNous avons change de maison. We have changed houses.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0173.jp2"}, "172": {"fulltext": "108 CINQUAXTE-IIUITIKME LECOS.\\nVi itre fr re a change do conduite. Tour brother Las changed hie conduct.\\ni change 1 de religion. That lady has changed her religion.\\nContra qaoi avez-vous change votre For what have you exchanged your\\ncheval horse t\\nJ .ii beaoin de monuaic, pouvez-vous I want change, can you change me\\nme changer cette piece do vingt this twenty franc j\\nfrani\\nCe garcon a bcaueoup taidS. v much.\\nII nous tardait d arriver. rrive.\\n11 lour tardait de revoir leaTa amis. They longed to see their friends agairi.\\nU mo tardo do revoir la Franco. long to sec trance again.\\nELoracmi 113.\\nAir, m. air; .Tonne, young V:\\\\yt. m. country;\\nAvi-, in. mind, meaning\\nBentr-er, 1. to come in\\nI iii i;. i- again, I\\nGonduite, C conduct; Mmiill Vie,\\nin. countenance,\\nI last;\\nL C .t lioiiimo n a-t-il rie? 2. D a change* de oon-\\nde maitiv?\\nhi de Pachi\\nanteau? G. 1\\nchange-in 1\\nouvent 9.\\n10. 1! :i a\\nd air? 1j. I\\n1 l. Je oe I ai plus, je l al\\nIG. Jo l ai 1\\nte jeune bomme qui demeurait ici lo mi 17. Le mar-\\nI pciii-il me 1 18. II oe\\n1 mbien\\ny a-i-il dan II y en a ving et on,\\nbean-\\n2 I. Ne VOU3 tardo-t-il pas duller en Italic 25. II mc I\\nd y idler.\\n1 1 I.\\n1. Why do you not cl i rea-\\nyour father cb\\nbut vrc ii\\nyour", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0174.jp2"}, "173": {"fulltext": "PLURAL OF COMPOUND NOUNS. 169\\nreligion 8. No, sir I have not changed my religion. 9. Do you\\nnot change your place very often 10. I change my place when 1\\nam tired, i 11. Does not your sister change her mind every day?\\n12. She does not change her mind every day. 13. Was not your\\nbrother afraid, did not his countenance change 14. His counte-\\nnance changed, but he was not afraid. 15. Have you not changed\\nrooms (chambre, f.) 16. I have not changed rooms, my room is\\nvery good. 17. Do you not long to be in France 18. I long to\\nbe there. ^19. Does not your mother tarry too long? 20. She is\\nvery long in coming. 21. Have you changed the forty franc piece\\n22. I have not changed it yet 23. Why have you not changed it\\n24. Because your father has no change. 25. Have you the change\\nfor a guinea? 26. No, sir; I have only twelve shillings. 27. How\\nmany cents are there in a dollar 28. There are one hundred.\\n29. Has that gentleman exchanged that house 30. Yes, sir; he has\\nexchanged it for a warehouse. 31. Will you exchange your hat for\\nmine 32. No, sir your hat is too small for me. 33. With whom\\nhave you exchanged your horse 34. I have exchanged it with my\\nbrother. 35. I have exchanged it for a white one.\\nLEQON LIX. LESSON LIX.\\nPLURAL OP COMPOUND NOUNS.\\n1. We have given in Lesson 11, rules for forming the plural of\\nnouns, but have in accordance with our plan of not presenting too\\nmany difficulties at once, deferred until the present Lesson, the rules\\nfor the formation of the plural of compound nouns.\\n2. When a noun is composed of two substantives, or of a substan-\\ntive and an adjective, both take the form of the plural un chef-lieu,\\ndes chefs-lieux, a chief place, chief places un gentilhomme, des\\ngentilshommes, a nobleman, noblemen 9, (1.) (3.)].\\n3. When, however, two nouns are connected by a preposition, the\\nfirst only becomes plural Tin chef-d oeuvre, des chefs-d oeuvre, a,\\nmaster-piece, master-pieces 9, (2.)].\\n4. In words composed of a noun and a verb, preposition or ad-\\nverb, the noun only becomes plural passe-port, passe-ports, pass-\\nport, passports 9, (6.)].\\n5. Words composed of two verbs, or of a verb, an adverb, and a", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0175.jp2"}, "174": {"fulltext": "170 CIXQUAXTE-XEUVIKME LE^ON.\\npreposition, are invariable un passe-partout, des passe-partout,\\nmaster-key, master-keys 0. (8.)]-\\nG. We have seen [L. 5, R. 4.] iliat the name of the material al-\\nways follows the name of the object, and that both are united I\\npreposition de. The name of the profession or occupation, al\\nlows the noun representing the individual, and the same preposition\\nde connects the two un mattre d armes, ncing-mask r un maitre\\nde dessin, a drawing master un marehand de farine, a dealer\\n[\u00c2\u00a776, (12.) \u00c2\u00a781, (4.)}\\n7. The name of a vehicle, boat, mill, etc., always preeedes the BOUO\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2wet by which it is impelled, or the puxpo\\nwhich it is adapted; the nam. of an apartment, thai of the 086 to\\nwhich it i- appropriated. The connecting prepoaition is A; on\\nmonlin a vapeur, a .-(\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0096\u00a0m, m\u00c2\u00abH; un bateau a vapeur, a steamboat: \\\\m\\nmoulin a ran. i la sallc a manger, the dinin j-room\\nsi mi or Rxaxfi\\nLillo\\nI departementfl\\nLos i\\nBailed ma:\\nI\\nlllli!\\nI i tu tax 1 1\\nChat-huant, m. Fain I ir, 2.\\nC bat fad\\n1. r aut-il avoir i;\\nen avoir un. I.\\nime mieux y\\nn ai\\nixjiut do pa je-partuut, jy u ai (pie des tick ord", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0176.jp2"}, "175": {"fulltext": "PLURAL OF COMPOUND NOUNS. 171\\nfr\u00c2\u00a3re est-il venu clans un bateau a vapeur 10. II est venu dans un\\nbateau a voiles. 11. Avez-vous une voiture a quatre chevaux?\\n12. Non, monsieur nous n avons qu un cabriolet a un eheval.\\n13. Votre frere a-t-il bati un moulia a vapeur? 14. II a fait batir\\ndeux moulins, l un a vent et l autre a eau. 15. Votre compagnon\\na-t-il engage un maitre d armes? 16. Non, monsieur; il a deja un\\nmaitre de dessin, et un maitre de danse. 17. Combien de chambres\\na coucher avez-vous 18. Nous en avons deux. 19. Avez-vous\\nune bouteille de vin 20. Non, monsieur mais j ai une bouteille a\\nvin (wine-bottle) 81.]. 21. Voyez-vous les chats-huants? 22. Non,\\nmais je vois les chauves-souris. 23. J ai une voiture a quatre\\nroues.\\nExercise 116.\\n1. Is your father in England 2. No, sir he is in France with\\nmy brother. 3. Have they taken passports 4. Yes, sir they have\\ntaken two. 5. Is it necessary to have a passport to travel in Amer-\\nica 6. No, sir but it is necessary to have one to travel in Italy.\\n7. Is there a steamboat from Calais to Dover (Douvres) 8. There\\nare several. 9. Is there a railroad from Paris to Brussels (Bruxettes)?\\n10. There is one from Paris to Brussels, and one from Paris to Tours.\\n11. Has your brother bought a wind-mill? 12. No, sir; but he\\nhas built a steam-mill. 13. Are there many wind-mills in America\\n14. No, sir but there are many water and steam-mills. 15. Have\\nyour sisters a dancing-master ?V 16. They have a dancing-master, and\\na music master. 17. Does your cousin learn drawing 18. He does\\nnot learn it, he cannot find a drawing-master. 19. Is the fencing-\\nmaster in the dining-room 20. No, sir he is in the drawing-room.\\n21. Is your cousin in his bed-room? 22. No, sir; he is out (sorti).\\n23. How many rooms are there in your house. 24. Pive a kitchen,\\na dining-room, a drawing-room, and two bed-rooms. 25. Are there\\nowls here 26. Yes, sir and bats too. 27. Have you seen those\\nmaster-pieces 28. Yes, sir I have seen them. 29. Have you sent\\nthem to the chief place of the department 30. I have sent them\\nthere. 31. Have you a two-horse gig? 32. I have a four-horse\\none. 33. Has your brother a two-wheel carriage 34. He has a\\ntwo-seat carriage (a deux sieges).", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0177.jp2"}, "176": {"fulltext": "172\\nSOIXAXTIEME LETOJf.\\nLE\u00c2\u00a3ON LX. LESSON LX.\\nTill: TWO FUTDBKS, SIMPLE, AM\u00c2\u00bb AXTKIUOK. 124.]\\n1. The future of every verb, in the French language, ends with\\nrout.\\nJ his in all the regular verb?, as also in the irregular i\\nnot mentioned in the H formed from the present\\nthe first and Becond conjuga-\\ntions, and the oir and rt of the third and fourth, into the terminations\\nalready given, and here again re]\\nIATTOH Of Tii ii i: OF Tin: RsotTLAB YXRDB,\\nchante -mi Bni -mi racer -ad rand -mi\\ni\\nf -r.is vend \u00e2\u0080\u00a2m\\nThou\\n11 donno -ra fourni -ra r;l\\nantand -rani\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2rea\\nrr V will l*i*s\\nl -root nord -rout\\nuniU lite\\nI participle of the verb,\\nconjugated with tl\\nwhen rendering English into I .1.1 l r\\nI this latter uiva-\\nlcnt to\\nm f\\n-vous pas lui you not will.\\nif rife\\nIn the first example wiU is used as an auxiliai\\ni it Is used a\\nR I AMPI.Eg.\\nB you speak to Oial grnllc-", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0178.jp2"}, "177": {"fulltext": "THE TWO .FUTURES, ETC. 173\\nNe vendrez-vous pas vos proprieties Will you not sell your property\\nQue voulez-vous avoir What do you wish to have\\nQue veut lire votre frere What will your brother read\\nApporterez-vous des pommes Will you bring apples\\nNous amenerons nos enfants. We will bring our children.\\nYous apporterez des legumes. You will bring vegetables.\\nExercise 117.\\nAbreuvoir, m. watering Champ, m. field; Men-er, 1. [\u00c2\u00a749, (6.)] to\\nplace; Chateau, m. villa; take, to lead;\\nAppel-er, 1. 49, (4.)] Colporteur, m. pedlar, Se promen-er, 1. ref.\\nto call hawker 49, (6.)] to walk or\\nApres-midi, f. afternoon; Donner a. manger, fo/eec\u00c2\u00a3; ride for pleasure, or\\nAvoine, f. oats Ecurie, f. stable health\\nBle, m. wheat Foin, m. hay Recolt-er, 1. to harvest;\\nCachet-er, 1. 49, (4.)] Geler, 1. 49, (5.)] to Sem-er, 1. 49, (6.)] to\\nto seal freeze sow.\\n1. Menerez-vous vos enfants a l ecole 2. Je les menerai a\\nl ecole et a l eglise. 3. Le jardinier apportera-t-il des legumes au\\ninarch e? 4. II y en apportera. 5. Ou menerez-vous ce cheval?\\n6. Je le menerai a l ecurie. 7. Lui donnerez-vous a, manger?\\n8. Je lui donnerai du foin et de l avoine. 9. Lui donnerez-vous de\\nl eau? 10. Je le menerai a l abreuvoir. 11. Paierez-[\u00c2\u00a7 49, (2.)] vous\\nce que vOus devez 12. Ne voulez-vous pas vous promener 13. Je\\nme promenerai cette apres-midi. 14. Vous promenerez-vous a pied,\\nou a cheval 15. Je me promenerai a cheval, et ma sceur se prome-\\nnera en voiture. 16. Marcherez-vous beaucoup, dans votre voyage\\na Paris 17. Nous ne marcherons pas du tout. 18. N appellerez-\\n49, (4.)] vous pas le colporteur 19. Je ne l appellerai pas.\\n20. N acheterez- 49, (5.)] vous pas ce chateau? 21. Nous l ach\u00c2\u00a7-\\nterons si nous pouvons. 22. Ne gelera-t-il pas 49, (5.)] cette\\nnuit 23. Je ne le crois pas, il fait trop chaud. 24. Ne semerez-\\n49, (6.)] vous pas tout le ble que vous recolterez 25. Je n en\\nsemerai qu une partie, je vendrai le reste. 26. Je cachetterai mes\\nlettres, et je les porterai a la poste.\\nExercise 118.\\n1. Will not the gentleman call his children 2. He will call his\\nchildren and his sister s! 3. Will you not bring your children?\\n4. I cannot bring them. 5. Will you not take a ride this afternoon?\\n6. We will ride in a carriage to-morrow. 7. Will you not buy my\\nfather s horses 8. I shall .not buy them, I have no money. 9. Will\\nyou not call the pedlar 1*0. I do not wish to call him, I do not\\nwish to buy anything. 11. Will you pay the tailor? 12. I will\\npay him for my coat. 13. Will it not freeze to-morrow. 14. It will", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0179.jp2"}, "178": {"fulltext": "174 S0IXA2TTE ET UXIKHE LECON.\\nfreeze to-morrow it is very cold. 15. Will you not sow oats in\\nthis field (See note, Lesson 7). 1G. 1 will not sow oats I will sow\\nwheat there. 17. Will you take your sister to school? 18. I will\\ntake her there this afternoon. 19. Will you not take your son to\\nmarket? 20. I will not take him there. 21. Will not the gardener\\ntake his horse to the watering place? 22. He will take him there.\\n23. oat3 to your horse? 2 I will give him hay.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2j. Will you bring your son with you? 26. I will bring him to-\\nmorrow. 27. Will he bring his horse 28. He will bring his hone\\nimage. 20. Why do you carry that little child? 30. I\\ntoo aid walk. 31. Will your brother sell his property?\\n32. He will only s.-ll part of it 33. Will not yourservant carry the\\nI U seal it an i him.\\n35. Will you feed my b L will not feed him, 1 have\\nLEX 1011 I. XI. 30N I.XI.\\nn:i;i: .t LABTXIBfl 01 Tin: PI n ki:.\\nption afler, 1 1\\nmake in the fill 62.]\\nbich end in\\ntenir,\\nL\\nimpounds, double the r in the future\\nCueillir,\\nl;i the third c\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2rati\\nof t!\\nplo and ant\\nadverb of time, in cases similar to those in whi\\niut and perfect of the indicative, with a/u.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0180.jp2"}, "179": {"fulltext": "IRREGULARITIES OF THE FUTURE.\\n175\\nQuand vous verrez ces messieurs. When you see those gentlemen\\nDes que vous aurez recu eette lettre As soon as you have received this\\nvous partirez. letter you will leave.\\nResume of Examples.\\nIrez-vous en France cette annee\\nNous irons en France et en Italie.\\nNous vous enverrons chercher.\\nNe viendrez-vous pas nous trouver\\nNe nous assierons-nous pas\\nQuand ils viendront, j aurai ma\\nCela vaudra-t-il la peine?\\nCet habit ira-t-il bien\\nII faudra leur envoyer de l argent.\\nShall you go to France this year f\\nWe shall go to France and Italy.\\nWe shall send for you.\\nWill you not come to us\\nShall we not sit down\\nWlien they come, I shall have my letter.\\nWill that be worth the while\\nWill that coat jit well\\nIt will be necessary to send them\\nmoney.\\nExercise 119.\\nAvec, with G-uitare, f. guitar\\nBientot, soon; Lentement, slowly;\\nConnait-re, 4. ir. to Malade, ill, sick;\\nknow Marcli-er, to walk, to g\\nDemain, to-morrow; on foot;\\nDemeure, f. dwelling; Moi-meme, myself;\\nFraise, f. strawberry Ou, where\\nPart-ir, 2. ir. to set out,\\nto leave;\\nPermett-re, 4. ir. to per-\\nmit;\\nPlaisir, m. pleasure;\\nPret-er, 1. to lend\\nSort-ir, 2. ir. to go out.\\n1. Ne viendrez-vous pas nous voir demain 2. J irai vous voir, si\\nle temps le permet. 3. N enverrez-vous pas chercher le medecin, si\\nvotre fils est malade 4. Je l irai chercher moi-meme. 5. Quand je\\nserai fatigue, je marcherai plus lentement. 6. Quand vous connaitrez\\nsa demeure, irez-vous le voir 7. J irai le voir, aussitot que je saurai\\nou. il demeure. 8. Ne le verrez-vous pas aujourd hui? 9. Je le\\nverrai cette apres-midi. 10. Pourrez-vous nous accompagner\\n11. Je le ferai avec beaucoup de plaisir. 12. Ne leur enverrez-vous\\npoint des fraises 13. Je leur en enverrai, quand les miennes seront\\nmures. 14. Ne faudra-t-il pas leur ecrire bientot 15. Quand nous\\naurons recu des nouvelles de leur parent, il faudra leur ecrire.\\n16. Que ferons-nous demain 17. Nous irons a la chasse. 18. N irez-\\nvous pas chez votre pere 19. Nous irons certainement. 20. Quand\\nvotre guitare sera arrivee, la preterez-vous 21. Je ne pourrai la\\npreter. 22. A quelle heure partirez-vous demain 23. Je partirai\\na cinq heures du matin. 24. Ne sortirez-vous pas ce soir 25. Je\\nne sortirai pas, et je me coucherai de bonne heure.\\nExercise 120.\\n1. Will you send for the physician 2. I will send for him this\\nafternoon. 3. Will not the little girl go and fetch apples 4. She\\nwill send for some. 5. Will you not sit down,, when you are tired", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0181.jp2"}, "180": {"fulltext": "170 SOIIANTE-DEUXlillE LEJOX.\\nG. We will not sit down, we have no time. 7. What will your\\nbrother do, when he is toed [R. 5.] S. He will do what [ce qm]\\nhe can. [R. 5.] 9. Will it be worth the while to (de) write to him?\\n10. It will not be worth the while, for (car) he will not come.\\n11. Will it not be necessary to speak to the merchant? 12. It will\\nnot be necessary to speak to him. 13. Will it ho necessary for us to\\niassports? 1-1. It will be le f tu lr i.) IT). Will\\nnot your little boy walk more slowly, when he is tired 10. When\\ntired, he will sit down.- 17. What will your sister do to-mor-\\n;i go to chur hool 19. Will she nut\\ncome! 21. Will you walk,\\nor go on hon i 1 ahall\\n_\u00e2\u0096\u00a0 i iuse my\\ncarriaj adon. j When will you see them I\\n_ 7. Will ti\\n_ I. When you\\n30. 1 will n. t speak to\\nhim. 31. 01 you\\nwill you send it 5. Will you\\nv. .11 send it to-murru\\\\v. 37. They will i\\nto you\\nI. XII. I B980N I A I.\\n1 1 1 i\\n1. The the future, l y\\nI\\nI\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ns punir\\nn\\n:d lot* ikouUl unite", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0182.jp2"}, "181": {"fulltext": "THE TWO CONDITIONALS. 177\\n4. The irregularities of the conditional do not appear in the ter-\\nminations, but in the stem of the verb. They are precisely the same\\nas those of the future. Those irregularities will be found in the last\\nlesson, and need not be repeated here. The conditional of any irreg-\\nular verb may be formed, by placing after the last r of the future, the\\nterminations of the imperfect of the indicative.\\n5. The conditional past is formed from the conditional present of\\none of the auxiliaries, avoir, etre, and the past participle of the verb\\n125, (2.)]\\nJ aurais ecrit, je me serais flatte. I should have written, I should have\\n6. The two futures and the two conditionals should not be used\\nafter the conjunction si (if). But in such case, the present and the\\nimperfect of the indicative should be used.\\nS il pouvait quitter son pere, il vien- If he could leave Ms father, he would\\ndrait. come.\\nSi j etaia a votre place, j irais. If I were in your place, I would go.\\nResume oe Examples.\\nNous irions a. la chasse, si nous We would go hunting, if we had time.\\navions le temps.\\nJe lirais, si j avais des livres ici. I would read,if I had books here.\\nJ aimerais mieux aller a pied qu a, I would prefer walking to riding.\\ncheval.\\nVotre mere se porterait mieux k Your mother would be better in Paris.\\nParis.\\nNous nous passerions facilement de We might easily do without thai book.\\nce hvre.\\nNe vaudrait-il pas mieux lui ecrire? Would it not be better to write to him\\nNe faudrait-il pas lui ecrire Would it not be necessary to write to\\nhim?\\nJe m assierais, si j etais fatigue. I would sit down if I were tired.\\nCet habit m irait bien, s il etait assoz That coat would fit me well, if it were\\nlarge. broad enough.\\nExercise 121.\\nS amus-er, 1. ref. to S ennuy-er, 1. ref. [\u00c2\u00a749.] Peut-etre, perhaps;\\namuse one s self; to be or become weary Se tromp-er, 1. ref. to be\\nS approch-er, 1. ref. to Interromp-re, 4. ir. to mistaken;\\ncome near interrupt Se por-ter, 1. ref. to be\\nCertainement, certainly Invit-er, 1. to invite or do\\nS eloign-er, 1. ref. to go Mett-re, 4. ir. to put on; Seeh-er, 1. to dry\\nfrom Mouill-er, 1. to wet Vite, quick, quickly\\nDemeur-er, 1. to live 6t-er, 1. to take off; Voyage, m. journey.\\n1. Quel habit mettriez-vous, si vous alliez a la chasse? 2. Je\\nmettrais un habit vert. 3. N oteriez-vous pas vos bottes, si elles\\netaient rnouulees 4. Je les oterais, et je les ferais se eher. 5. Si", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0183.jp2"}, "182": {"fulltext": "178 SOIXANTE-DEtrXIKME LE\u00c2\u00a3ON.\\nvous avicz froid, ne vous approcheriez-vous pas du feu G. Je m en\\napproeherais certainenient. 7. Yotre petit gareon ne s en eloigne-\\nruit-il pas, s il avait trop cbaud? 8. II s en eloignerait bien vito.\\n9. Vous ennuieriez-vous iei TO. Je ne m ennuierais pa-, je m amuse-\\nrau a, lire. 11. Ne vous tromperiez-voua pas, si vous faiaiea z\\\\\\ncul? 12. Je mc troinperais peut-etre, Bi j ais iuterrompu. 13. Yieu-\\ndriez-vous, si on vous iuvitait? 14 Je viendrais aveo beaueoup do\\nplaisir. 15. Ne vous porteriez-vous pas mieux, si vous lisirz m\\n1G. Je me p i oup mieuz. 17. Ne faudraifr-fl pas mi parler\\nde v I 3. II faudrait lui en parler. 19. Oombien d argent\\nmiHe francs, bJ je faisa\\nraudraib-il pas mieux lui parler, que lui ficrire?\\nvaudrait mi z h ma place, quo\\ni je lui\\nolontieri vus lettrea a la\\nK\\\\i.i: 122.\\n1. Would you not read if you had time? 2. T would read two\\nhour.- i raid your brother\\ntrarch? 4. Ho would put in a black coat\\n.1 1 put on a straw hat,\\nI you not draw [L. 39, G.]\\nWe would draw Mar it.\\n1 would take it oil if\\nha invited\\n12. [won other s, if tln-y in-\\non your l wet?\\n11. not put them on. 15. Bow much\\n18. Wa would\\n18. I lould not 1 L9. Would it\\nNT tO\\n21. Would you read the book, if I lent it to you?\\n22. I\\n1 I I go. 26. If\\nto him\\n:.w, would j I ahould n\\n31. Would 3\\n33. Would you not sit down if 34 1 would sit down,\\nif I v.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0184.jp2"}, "183": {"fulltext": "FAIBE USED IDIOMATICALLY, ETC. 1*79\\nLEQON LXIIL LESSON LXHI.\\nEAIKE USED IDIOMATICALLY, ETC.\\n1. The verb faire 1 is used in the formation of a number of idiomatic\\nsentences. See L. 32, R 3, 4. Faire faire, to have made, to bespeak\\nfaire raccommoder, to have mended faire la cuisine, to cook faire cuire,\\nto cook, to bake; faire bouillir, to boil; faire rotir, to roast; faire\\nchauffer, to warm (in speaking of food) faire bonne chere, to live\\nwell.\\nNous avons fait faire des habits. We have had clothes made.\\nVous faites raccommoder vos gilets. You have your waistcoats mended.\\n2. The past participle of faire never varies, when it precedes an\\ninfinitive.\\nLes livres que vous avez fait venir. The books which you have sent for.\\n3. Faire peur, to frighten faire attention, to pay attention faire\\ntort, to injure faire mal, faire du mal, to hurt, take a before a noun.\\nEcus avons fait peur a cos enfants. We have frightened those children.\\nVous leur avez fait mal. You have hurt them\\n4. The last example will show that, when a noun preceded by d,\\nexpressed or understood, is replaced by a pronoun, that pronoun will\\ntake the form of the indirect regimen (dative). By an exception to\\nthe rules for the place of personal pronouns, when faire attention has\\nfor its indirect object a pronoun representing a person, that pronoun\\nfollows the verb.\\nNous ferons attention a, lui. We will pay attention to him.\\n5. In speaking of the parts of the body, the French use the article,\\nle, la, les, etc., instead of the possessive adjective, 77, (9.)] when\\nthe possession is expressed by a reflective (L. 37, E. 1.) or other per-\\nsonal pronoun, or by some other word in the sentence.\\nVous m avez fait mal a, la main. You have hurt my hand.\\nLe bras lui fait mal. His arm hurts or pains him.\\nResume oe Examples.\\nFerez-vous raccommoder vos sou- Will you have your shoes mended\\nliers\\nJe ferais faire un habit, si j avais de would bespeak a coat, if I had\\n1 argent. money.\\n1 In the present participle of faire and its compounds, in the first person\\nplural of the present of the indicative and the imperative, and throughout\\nthe imperfect, the ai of the first syllable is pronounced nearly like u in tub\\nalso in the word bienfaisance.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0185.jp2"}, "184": {"fulltext": "lbO SOIXANTK-l liOISIOi; LEO ON.\\nII ne sait pas fairs la cuisine. lie does not I Ling.\\nAvez-voua fail i.-uire votre viande 11 sat t\\nPerez-roua chauffer votre bouillon? Will you warm your broth t\\nYous lui avez lait mal an coude. You have Iturt his i\\nVoua m avez fait mal au pied. You have hurt my fobL\\nYous avez fait peiudro votro mai- You, have liad your new house 2\\nson neuve.\\nExEUCISE 1-23.\\n2. to I /il J\\nBouillon, in. broth; (on; Pied,\\n6nw ure, i. Poignet, m. 1 rist;\\nChi 11. 1; Tete, f.\\nM:iin. Tout l heure, y-\\nLpaule, shoulder March-er,l. toafcg ul, in. uv/Vi, 1\\nL Qaand 1 2. Ten ferai bAtir una\\nl annee prochaine, 1 -voos fait bouil-\\nIir ce I. Je I ai Lo caisitter a-t-il\\nm? 11 ne l a pas encore Pail chauffer,\\n7 -VOUS\\n1 es petites nUee?\\n10. Nona leox a ion votre\\nLb ntion. I fait mal I\\n1 1. Je if lui ai pas fail maL 1 N u Gut\\nmal A fail maL 17. u 1 mal\\na la main. 19. Ne hli\\nJe lui ai fait mal a repaule.\\nmal? 22. 11 u a fail mal\\nmal au pied? 24. V01\\npied, 1 L 25. La Uke, L epaule, lo bra\\netla muiu rue font mal. [K.\\nEzra be 1 S t.\\n1. Will you lmve your coat mended? 2. I will not\\niur brother i. painted? I. He\\nSave j\\n9 I hifl arm pain him 1 Y\\npain him. 11. W\\n13. Hav i\\nhurt my angers (doigts). 15. Duu your cook underatan", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0186.jp2"}, "185": {"fulltext": "PAUSE, CONTINUED. 181\\n1G. lie understands cooking. 17. Has the cook roasted that leg of\\nmutton 18. He has boiled it. 19. Has he not warmed it 20. He\\nhas not had time to warm it. 21. Has the physician sent for en-\\ngravings 22. He has sent for books. 23. Have you hurt his\\nelbow 24. I have not hurt his elbow, but his hand. 25. Have I\\nnot hurt your fingers -f-2G. You have hurt my wrist. 27. Where\\nhave you hurt your son? 28. I have not hurt him. 29. Would the\\ncook boil that meat, if he had time? 30. He would not boil it, he\\nwould roast it. 31. When will he warm your broth 32. He will\\nwarm it by-and-by, if he has time. 33. If you had stepped upon\\nmy foot, would you not have hurt me? 34. I should certainly have\\nhurt you, if I had stepped upon your foot.\\nLEgON LXIV. LESSON LXIV.\\nFAIEE, CONTINUED.\\n1. Faire connaissance, to become, or get acquainted, takes the prepo-\\nsition avec before its object. Faire un mille, etc., faire un voyage,\\nfaire un tour de promenade, mean to go, or travel a mile, etc., to go\\non a journey, to take a walk.\\nNous avons fait vingt milles a, che- We travelled twenty miles on horse-\\nval. lack.\\n2. Faire ses adieux, faire des emplettes, faire des progres, faire des\\nquestions, faire du feu, correspond in signification to the English ex-\\npressions, to bid farewell, to make purchases, to improve or progress, to\\nask questions, to make afire.\\nJ ai fait mes adieux a, mee parents. I lid farewell to my relations.\\nAvez-vous fait du feu dans ma Have you made afire in my room\\nchambre\\n3. Faire sortir means, to send out, or to order out; faire entrer, to\\nlet in, to bid come in faire attendre, to keep waiting.\\nVous les avez fait entrer dans ma You made them come into my room.\\nchambre.\\nVous avez fait attendre mon pere. You made my father wait.\\n4. Faire son possible, to do one s best, takes the preposition pour.\\nFaire semblant, to pretend; faire usage, to make use, are followed\\nby de.\\nNous avons fait notre possible. We have done our lest.\\nNous avons fait semblant de lire. We pretended to read.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0187.jp2"}, "186": {"fulltext": "182 soiiante-quateieme lecon.\\nResume of Examples.\\nNous avons fait connaissance avcc ire have become acquainted with\\ncux. them.\\nYuus avez fait vingt licucs en dLs You travelled twenty leagues in ten\\nlieures. hours.\\nNous feroos un tour de promenade. We shall take a walk.\\nJe lui ai fait plusiours questions. las ral questions.\\nlis nous out fait lours adienx. Tfiey have bid us/arewelL\\nVous nous avez fait attendre. You have modi us wait.\\nCet enf uit fait semblant de dormir. That child\\nVous fkites Bemblant do lire.\\nNous ferons notre possible pour lo We will do our best to see him.\\nvoir.\\nEXBBCESB 126.\\nlad; be- M e ndiant, m. beggar;\\nciant, in. mm\\nFaire L aamdne, to pttM Quart, m. jt\u00c2\u00bbar\\nElarec\\ni-ir, 2. ir. to ss-ir, 2. to mec\\nLii.ii r. league;\\nce monsieur\\n2. il fait-i] une lieue en un quart\\nmatin une lit 5. Leur\\nai fait. 1 7. Queues\\nJe leur ai demande B iJto avaient\\nfait lours\\nc tii lcs? lc n i n font pas beaucoup, ils riennent raremenf ft\\n1\\\\ 11. rous, feriez-vous semblant de dormir?\\n12, 3 iblant de dormir. 13. Pourquoi\\nrcemendiant? 14. Ma mere vient do lui\\n1 anmdna 15. Le negotiant Giit-il usage de son credit 16. H\\n(ii But usage. 17. I ments ce malade fa H. 11\\nlillon. 19.\\n20. Je fais ton! mon pos ible. 21. Aves-vous fait ei\\nJe les ai\\navons-nous fait atl udr J 1. Vbus nou\\nliainos, olios So f chl\\nDBS 126.\\n1. Does thai child pretend to road? 2. He pretends to read.\\n3. D an pretend t de p 1. He d(\\n5. Will you take a walk\\nBee Lesson 42. 11, and 136, (7.)", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0188.jp2"}, "187": {"fulltext": "FAIKE, CONTINUED. 183\\nthis morning 6. I would do so with pleasure, if I had time.\\n7. Have you become acquainted with the physician? 8. I have\\nnot yet become acquainted with him. 9. How many questions\\nhave you asked (d) the child 10. I asked him many questions.\\n11. Have you asked him if he had studied his lesson 12. I did\\nnot ask him. 1 13. Will not that little girl do her best to learn her\\nlesson 14. She will do her best to learn it. 15. Of what food do\\nyou make use, when you are sick 16. We make use of bread\\nand rice. 17. Have you forgotten to bid farewell to your mother\\n18. I had not forgotten it, I intended to go to her house this after-\\nnoon. 4-19. With whom have you become acquainted 20. With\\nthe bookseller. 21. Do you not keep those ladies waiting 22. I\\ndo not keep them waiting, they are not ready (prttes). 23. Do I\\nmake you wait 24. Tou do not make me wait. 25. Have you\\nleft your children in your room? 26. I have not done so (le).\\n27. Have you sent them out 28. I have not sent them out, I have\\nlet them remain where they were. 29. Have you made purchases\\nthis morning 30. I have made none, I have no money. 31. Has\\nthe servant made a fire in my room 32. He has made one. 33. Will\\nyou do your best to come to-morrow 34. I will do my best to\\ncome early. 35. We travelled yesterday forty leagues in sixteen\\nhours.\\nLEQON LXY. LESSON LXV.\\nPAIRE, CONTINUED.\\n1. Faire is also used in the sense of playing the part of, or pretend-\\ning to be.\\nII fait le grand seigneur. He plays the great lord.\\n2. Faire also means to matter, to concern, to help.\\nCela ne fait rien. That is no matter.\\nCela no vous fait rien. That is nothing to you, does not con-\\ncern you.\\nQu est-ce que cela nous fait What is that to us f\\nJe ne puis qu y faire. I cannot help it.\\n3. Se faire mal, conjugated reflectively, means to hurt one s self.\\nSe faire is used reflectively, in the sense of the English verbs, to be-\\ncome, to turn. It is also used with the signification of the words", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0189.jp2"}, "188": {"fulltext": "1S4\\nSOlXANTE-CINQUIKilE LE^ON\\ncause, have, get, etc. Se /aire takes Ctre as its auxiliary, ff -1G.\\nL. 45.]\\nJe mo suis fait medecin. lhave become aphye\\nJe me suis fait fairo une pairo do I have had a pair of loots made for\\nJ have had my leurd shaved.\\nNous nous sommes fait couper les We have had our ha\\ndievcux.\\nJe me suli fait rual au doigt. I have hurt my/i\\n4. B sides the instances mentioned [L. 33 R .3.], /aire is used\\nunipcrsonally in many idiomatic 62\\nr, il fait nuit. i jht-\\nlaboue, il fait de la p\\nJl fait clair de loos, il fait obscur. i dark.\\nil Hiit bou id, iJ fait chsr id. d-.ar hire.\\nR 81 OF ExAJCPl\\nCo jcunc liommc fait Ifl\\nI\\ni. .tir one in..\\n11 oomm lard\\n11 fait\\ni, j man plays Vic\\nme,\\nto it 1\\nEmuflkb\\nme.\\ninst\\nY.x\\\\.v. IBS 127.\\nPeintre,\\nTnnnour, m. I\\nI in] .-rt ii. ran, in. n -v\\nI\\ni. workman; Vitrier, in. tf\\n1. Pourquoi cet ouvrier foit-il malade,\\nl.iit-il\\nI. II 1 1 I fait le fou, 5. 6\\nici 6. II\\nre rimpertinent, 7. Cela fait-il q\\nolument rien. I it-il fairo q i\\nleur fait rien du tout 1 1. N\\nj\\nbyoataer? 11. Non, moiu", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0190.jp2"}, "189": {"fulltext": "AVOIR MAI, ETC. 185\\nne s est-il pas fait vitrier? 16. II s est fait tanneur, et son frere s est\\nfait soldat. 1 7 La modiste ne s est-elle pas fait couper les cheveux\\n18. Elle se les est fait couper. 19. Ne vous levez-vous pas aussitot\\nqu il fait jour? 20. Oui, monsieur; je me leve de tres bonne heure.\\n21. Ne fait-il pas clair de lune? 22. II fait tres clair, mais il ne\\nfait pas clair de lune. 23. Fait-il bon vivre en Amerique 24. II\\nfait tr\u00c2\u00a3s bon vivre en Amerique, les denrees y sont 3. bon marche.\\nExercise 128.\\n1. Does not that gentleman play the learned man? 2. He plays\\nthe lord and fool at the same time (d lafois). 3. Does not that boy\\npretend to be sick 4. He pretends to be sick, he does not wish to\\nstudy his lessons. 5. When you have no wish to work, do you pre-\\ntend to be sick. 6. I neveV pretend to be sick. 7. Is it muddy to-\\nday 8. It is not muddy, it is dusty. 9. Will it be moonlight this\\nevening? 10. It will not be moonlight, it will be very dark. 11. Is\\nit comfortable here? 12. It is very comfortable. 13. Is it too\\nwarm or too cold? 14. It is neither too warm nor too cold here.\\n15. Will you have your hair cut t 16. I had my hair cut yesterday\\nmorning. 17. Will you not go home, it is beginning to grow late\\n18. Is it not very dark out (dehors.) Vl9. It is not dark, it is moon-\\nlight. 20. Has not the glazier turned goldsmith 21. He has not\\nturned goldsmith, he has turned soldier. 22. Does that concern\\nyour brother 23. That does not concern him. 24. Are you not\\nsorry for that 25. I am sorry for it, but I cannot help it. 26. Why\\ndo you get shaved 27. Because I cannot shave myself. 28. Have\\nyou not hurt those children 29. I have not hurt them. 30. Have\\nyou not hurt your arm? 31. No, sir; but I have hurt my head.\\n32. Has not your sister hurt her hand 33. She has hurt her hand,\\nand my mother has hurt her elbow. 34. Have you not hurt your\\nhead 35. I have not hurt my head, but I have hurt my hand.\\nLEgON LXVI. LESSON LXVL\\nAVOIR MAI, ETC.\\n1. Avoir mal, means to have a pain or ache, a sore. When used\\nin relation to one of the limbs, it means generally, to have a sore, a\\nbruise, a cut, etc. The name of the part of the body is preceded by\\nthe preposition d and the article [See L. 63, E. 5, 77, (9.)]\\nN avez-vous pas mal au doigt Have, you not a sore finger\\nJe n ai pas mal a la tete. My head does not ache.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0191.jp2"}, "190": {"fulltext": "180\\nSOIXANTE-SIIIEilE LE\u00c2\u00a3ON.\\n2. Avoir line douleur, or des douleurs, corresponds to the English\\nto have a pain or paths.\\niPai une douleur au bras. J have a pain in my arm.\\n3. The construction mentioned in Rule 1. is used utter avoir, taken\\nin the sense of tenir, to hold, and after avoir /raid, and avoir chaud\\n63, Rule 5.)\\nVoua avez les armcs a la main. Ton have, your arms in your hands.\\nJ ai chaud aux mains et aux pious. My hands and/set are u-unn.\\n4. The article etc., is used before words indicating moral and\\nproperties, in cases where the English use a or or omit\\nthe article. When, however, an adjective precedes the noun, un, une\\nare at tim\\nune a I espril justo.\\nVotre Boeur a lea\\n77iat lady has a correct\\nter has Had;\\n6. A moral or physical pi h in the individual i\\nis not put in the plural in French, though the reference be to a num-\\nTltose ladies have correct m\\nM.onssosontQut mal have hurt their h\u00c2\u00bb ids.\\nor Examples.\\nmal au pied?\\n1 i de tete.\\nMuii frere a le\\n.-in a mal an\\nI trine.\\n.in?\\nJe tt ai ri. d I la main.\\nlud aux mains, et froM aux\\niilin.\\n:1achc\\nhache.\\ntide.\\nhandt\\nr with your\\nthing in my hand.\\nNothing is I tih my\\nrvld.\\nTour\\nUlemen have J Jo man iwses.\\nK\\\\i:i:. 61 129.\\nBleu, e. blue Mal\\nBouche, f. moidh;\\ntooth; Mal d on", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0192.jp2"}, "191": {"fulltext": "AVOIR MAI, ETC. 187\\n1. Ce jenne hamme a-t-il mal a, la gorge 2. Oui, monsieur il\\ny a deux jours qu il a le mal de gorge. 3. Avez-vous souvent mal\\na, la tete 4. J ai le mal de tete presque tous les jours. 5. N avez-\\nvous pas mal au bras 6. J ai mal au bras, et a la main. 7. Votre\\nsceur a-t-elle le mal d oreille 8. Oui, madamc elle a le mal d oreille\\net le mal de dents. 9. N avez-vous pas froid a, la tete 10. Non,\\nmonsieur; mais j ai froid aux doigts. 11. N avez-vous point froid\\nau visage 12. ISTon, monsieur je n y ai point froid. 13. Cc mon-\\nsieur a-t-il le nez aquilin 14. II a le ncz aquilin, et la bouche\\ngrande. 15. Cette demoiselle a-t-elle de belles dents 16. Elle a\\nde belles dents, et de beaux yeux. 17. Ce petit garcon a-t-il les\\npieds petits? 18. II a les pieds petits, et les mains grandes.\\n19. Votre niece n a-t-elle pas les yeux bleus 20. iSTon, monsieur\\nelle a les yeux noirs. 21. Vos ecoliers se sont41s fait mal au visage\\n22. lis se sont fait mal a la poitrine. 23. Yos filles ont-elles une\\nbonne memoire 24. Elles ont la memoire excellente. 25. Ces\\nItaliennes n ont pas le teint frais.\\nExEECISE 130.\\n1. What is the matter with your hand 2. I have had a sore hand\\nthese ten days. 3. Has your brother sore fingers 4. He has sore\\nfingers, and a sore hand. 5. What has your brother in his hand\\n6. He has a pen in his hand. 7. Has your little boy a sore throat\\n8. He has a sore throat. 9. Has not your eldest sister the tooth-\\nache 10. She has not the toothache, but she has a sore finger.\\n11. Why does not the soldier walk 12. He cannot walk, he has a\\nsore foot. 13. Have you not sore feet? 14. My feet are not sore.\\n15. If your fingers were sore, would you write 16. If I had sore\\nfingers, I should not write. 17. If your brother had the headache,\\nwould he study his lesson 18. He could not study his lesson, if\\nhe had the headache. 19. Has not that gentleman pains in his chest\\n20. He has pains in his chest and in his side. 21. Has your little\\ngirl black eyes, or blue eyes? 22. She has black eyes, and a fresh\\ncomplexion. 23. Has not your daughter the tooth-ache 24. She\\nhas the tooth-ache, and the ear-ache. 25. Are not your hands and\\nfeet cold 26. My hands are cold, but my feet are warm. 27. Have\\nnot those ladies aquiline noses 28. They have aquiline noses, and\\na fair complexion (le teint beau). 29. Has your sister large hands\\n30. No, sir; my sister has small hands. 31. Have not those little\\ngirls hurt their heads 32. They have not hurt their heads, they\\nhave hurt their faces. 33. That little boy has black hair (cheveux).", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0193.jp2"}, "192": {"fulltext": "188 SOIXAXTE-SEI IIKJIE LEfOX.\\nLEgOX LXVII. LESSON LXVII.\\nAVOIR BEAU, ETC.\\n1. Avoir beau Thus avez beau, corresponds in signification to tho\\nEnglish expression, it is in vain for you to. It must bo followed by\\nthe infinitive.\\nVous avcz beau dire, il no viendra Ji he u-ill\\npas. hvt come.\\n2. fipouser, marier, to marry, have, in French, a different mean-\\ning. Marier, conjugated actively, can only have as its nominative\\ntin person performing the ceremony, or giving one or both of tho\\nparties in m its nominative, the contracting\\nand must always be followed by a direct regimen. So\\nmariei and marier, conjugated passively, take the\\nMr. L. has married his daughter to\\nMr. a.\\nM. I.. Mr. 0. has married Mr. L. s dawjli-\\nm. i t mi;\\n.:icr.\\nJ I a/ milir.\\nIl i M OF l AM.\\nlis 01 they\\nwith him,\\np of B. has viarrud vnj\\nLoon- ma oou- Cbj u 0. ha* married roy em um\\n:ie xis\\nto\\ncousin has\\none] a cpouao uuo do m t d has married a s\\nsocura.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0194.jp2"}, "193": {"fulltext": "avoir beau, etc. 189\\nExercise 131.\\nAfne, c, elder, eldest; Devoir, 3. to owe, to be Parent, e, relation;\\nArcheveque, m. arch- about; Princesse, f. princess\\nbishop lupous, pi. couple, man Prochain, e, next\\nCadet, te, younger and wife Savoir, 3. ir. to know\\nDemoiselle, f. young Infanterie, f. infantry Regiment, m. regiment;\\nlady; lilveque, m. bishop; Vieillard, old man.\\n1. Votre ni\u00c2\u00a3ce ne va-t-elle pag se marier? 2. Elle se maricra\\nl annee prochaine. 3. Qui epousera-t-elle 4. Elle epousera le fils\\naine du general M. 5. Savez-vous qui a marie ces deux epoux\\n6. L archeveque de Paris les a maries. 7. N a-t-il pas aussi marie\\nMile. L. 8. II l a mariee avec M. Gr. 9. Qui votre demoiselle a-t-\\nelle epouse 10. Elle a epouse M. L., capitaine au 2 me regiment\\nd infanterie. 11. Ce vieillard n a-t-il pas tort de se marier 12. II\\nn a pas tort de se marier, mais il a tort d epouser cette demoiselle.\\n13. Quand ces princesses vont-elles se marier? 14. Elles se ma-\\nrieront le mois prochain. 15. Qui les mariera? 16. L eveque\\nd Arras les mariera. 17. Qui doivent-elles epouser? 18. L ainee\\ndoit epouser M. W., et la cadette M. Gr. 19. Le capitaine G, n a-t-il\\npas epouse une de vos parentes 20. Oui, monsieur il a epouse\\nune de mes cousine s. 21. Qui est cette demoiselle 22. C est\\nune de mes sceurs. 23. N avez-vous pas un de mes livres 24. J ai\\nun de vos livres, et une de vos plumes. 25. Je viens de parler a une\\nde vos sceurs.\\nExercise 132.\\n1. Is your brother going to marry Miss L. 2. Yes, sir it is in\\nvain for us to speak to him, he will marry her. 3. Will not your\\nfather marry your sister to Mr. Gr. 4. No, sir; he will marry her\\nto Mr. L. 5. Is Captain H. married 6. No, sir he is not yet\\nmarried, but he will be married next year. 7. Whom does he in-\\ntend to marry 8. He intends to marry a cousin of mine, who is\\nat my brother s. 9. Who will marry them 10. My eldest brother\\nintends to marry them. 11. Is your youngest sister married? 12. No,\\nsir she is not married. 13. Is she going to be married 14. She\\nwill marry when she is [L. 61, 5.] old enough (assez agee). 15. Whom\\ndid Colonel J. marry? 16. He married a sister of mine. 17. How\\nlong have they been married [L. 57, 2.] 18. They have been mar-\\nried two years. 19. Is not that young lady wrong to get married\\n20. She is wrong to marry, she is too young. 21. Who married\\nGeneral S. and Miss N. 22. The bishop of Arras married them.\\n23. Did not the archbishop of York marry that couple 24. The", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0195.jp2"}, "194": {"fulltext": "190 SOIXANTE-UUITIK3IE LE^OX.\\narchbishop of Paris married them. 25. Will not your aunt marry\\n2G. She -will not many. 27. Is not your sister at homo 28. No,\\nsir she is with (chez) an aunt of mine. 29. Is your brother at your\\nhouse? 30. No, sir; he is with one of my relations. 31. Is he\\nmarried? 02. He is not married. 33. Is Captain H. married?\\n3-i. lie was married last week. 35. He married Miss 11.\\nLEQON LXVTII. LESSON LXVIII.\\nDIMENSION, WHIGHT, ETC.\\n1. The verb avoir i- used in expressing (he size of an object. The\\npreposition de precedes the noun of dimension. When there is no\\nverb in the senteiire, the preposition must be placed before the num-\\nid again before the noun of dimension.\\nur.till.- a I I high,\\nhaul\\nlour. Thai\\nl ii.: table de quae i mg,\\nguour.\\nand the verb lre is\\nthe number\\ni ploa grand quo i r than J by tu\\ndeux\\nYY: is used\\nthe noun exj measure, weight, etc. When the\\nremuiii i mentioned\\nthe pr\\nrend nn franc la livr\\njour. 11 car\\ni we speak of the number of\\ntime.\\nj day,\\nII, \\\\MIM IS.\\ni .its pieds do Thai i\\nhauteur.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0196.jp2"}, "195": {"fulltext": "DIMENSION, WEIGHT, ETC.\\n]91\\nCet etang a huit pieds de profon-\\ndeur.\\nUne charabre do quinze pieds de\\nlongueur, sur dix-huit de largeur,\\net huit de hauteur.\\nDe quelle taille est votre frere\\nSa taille est de cinq pieds huit\\npouces.\\nNotre ami est-il grand ou petit\\nJl est de taille moyenne.\\nVotre maison est plus haute que la\\nmienne do cinq pieds.\\nJe vais a, l ecole deux fois par jour.\\nII nous paie huit francs par semaine.\\nThat pond\\ndeep.\\nA room fifteen feet long, by\\nfeet broad, and eight feet high.\\nHow tall is your brother\\nHis height is five feet eight inches.\\nIs our friend tall or short\\nHis height is middling.\\nYour house is higher than mine\\nfive feet.\\nI go to school twice a day.\\nHe pays us eight francs a week.\\nExercise 133.\\nBon marche, cheap Grandeur, f. size\\nCassonade, f. brown su- Hauteur, f. height\\ngar Largeur, f. breadth;\\n!Ecossais, e. Scotch, Longueur, f. length;\\nScotchman; Loyer, m. rent;\\n^paisseur, f. thickness; Metre, m. metre;\\n\u00c2\u00a3to\u00c2\u00a3fe, f. stuff; Moyen, ne, middling;\\nProfondeur, f. depth;\\nPouce, m. inch;\\nSemaine, f. week\\nTaille, f. height, size;\\nUne fois, once\\nVerge, f. perch, yard,\\nrod.\\n1. Votre maison est-elle grande? 2. Elle a cinquante pieds de\\nlong, et vingt-cinq de large. 3. Quelle longueur votre jardin a-t-il\\n4. II a vingt-cinq verges de longueur, et douze de largeur. 5. De\\nquelle grandeur est ee livre 6. II a dix-huit pouces de longueur,\\ntreize de largeur, et trois d epaisseur. 7. Votre maison est-elle\\nplus longue que celle-ci 8. Elle est plus longue de deux pieds.\\n9. Quelle profondeur a ce puits 10. De quelle hauteur est ce\\ncloeher? 11. II a trois cent cinquante-trois pieds de hauteur. 12. De\\nquelle taille est cet officier? 13. II est de haute taille. 14. De\\ncombien cet Ecossais est-il plus grand que son frere 15. II est plus\\ngrand de toute la tete. 16. N etes-vous pas de beaucoup plus grand\\nque moi? 17. Je suis plus grand que vous de tro, pouces.\\n18. Combien cette etoffe se vend-elle la verge 19. Elu. se vend\\ntrois francs le metre. 20. La cassonade ne se vend-elle pas cher\\n21. Elle se vend bon marche. 22. Combien de lettres ecrivez-vous\\npar semaine 23. Je n en ecris que six par semaine. 24. Combien\\npayez-vous par semaine pour votre loyer 25. Je ne paie que dix\\nfrancs par semaine.\\nExercise 134.\\n1. How large is your father s garden 2. It is twenty-five rods\\nlong, and ten broad. 3. Is your cousin s house large 4. It is fifty-\\nsix feet long, and forty broad. 5. Is your house larger than mine", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0197.jp2"}, "196": {"fulltext": "102 SOIXAXTE-XEUVIilllE LE^ON.\\nG. It is larger than yours by ten feet. 7. Do you knew how deep\\nthat well is? 8. It is twenty-five feet deep, and six feet broad.\\n9. How is that cloth sold a metre 10. It is sold forty-five francs a\\nmetre. 11. How much do you receive a week for your work? 12. I\\nreceive fifty francs a week for my work. 13. How much does your\\nfriend pay a month for his board (jyension, f.) 14. lb pays seventy\\nfrancs a month. 15. Are you taller than your cousin? 1G. I am\\ntaller than he, by the whole head. 17. Is nut your nephew taller than\\nyour son? IS. lie is taller than my son, by three inches. 19. How\\nlarge is this room? 20. It is sixty feet long by forty. 21. What\\nsize is your brother? 22. He is tall, he is taller than I. 23. How\\nmany books do you read a week 21. I read ten volumes a week.\\nL Eow is butter sold a pound? 2G. Butter is sold two francs a\\npound. 1*7. Do you know how much your son earns a day?\\n28. II- I a: ns as much as yours, lie earns ten I nines a day. 29. Etow\\nmuch h that silk worth a metre? 30. It is worth six francs a metre.\\n31. ur friend s stature is middling. 32. Do you go to church twice\\na day? 33. I go to church once a day. .I. Does your son go to\\nthe pust-uilkc every day 3o. He qocs thither six times a day.\\nI.IVuN I. XIX. 30N LXIX.\\nmi:iti:i\\\\ si: Mi:rn:i i:i.\\\\\\nir.) forms in French, many idiomatic exp-\\nMettre a mdme tnettre pied terre, to alight, to land;\\nmettre le pied, to $et one** foot mettre a la porte, to um\\nmettre au fait de, aeeguaini with mettre 1 abri, to shelter; mettro\\na fombre, to pui in fht UU habil a I endroit, a l cuvcrs,\\n\\\\l side out, wrong n\\nITooa 1 avons mis a mi mo do con- We enabled him to know the truth.\\nnaitre la v -rit\\n11 u mis oet insolent a la porto. tied that insolent person out f\\ndoors.\\n2. Mdtrc, conjugated reflectively, i. e., tr mrttrr, me\\n.id.-, to sit down to table;\\nomc anyry, to put one s self in!\\nII se met a l ombre, au soloil. He places himself in the sliade, in the\\nsun.\\n3. ,SV mrttre, followed by an infinitive, means to\\nlis se mircnt plcurer. Tlu", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0198.jp2"}, "197": {"fulltext": "METTEE, SE METTRE, ETC. 193\\nA Tanglaise, a la frangaise, are used elliptically for, it la mode\\nfrancaise, a la mode anglaise, after the French, after the English\\nfashion.\\nResume op Examples.\\nCe cavalier a mis pied a terre. That horseman has come down from\\nhis horse.\\nVous n osez mettre lo pied chez lui. You dare not set your foot inside his\\nhouse.\\nMettez ces enfants a l abri de la pluie. Shelter those children from the rain.\\nYous avez mis votre manteau a You have \u00e2\u0080\u00a2put on your cloak inside out.\\nl envers.\\nCe monsieur se met toujours a Pan- Tliat gentleman always dresses after\\nglaise. the English fashion.\\nHier, nous nous mimes a table a dix Yesterday, we sat down to table at ten\\nheures. o clock.\\nPourquoi vous mettez- vous a Torn- Why do you go into the shade f\\nbre?\\nCes enfants se mirent a rire. Those children commenced laughing.\\nPourquoi ne vous mettez- vous pas Why do you not set yourself to work\\nl ouvrage\\nJe vais me mettre en pension. 1 will commence boarding.\\nNous allons nous mettre en voyage. We are going to commence our jour-\\nney.\\nExercise 135\\nA l italienne, after the Effets, m. p. things; Etudi-er, 1. to study\\nItalian fashion Entr-er, 1. to come in; Mise, f. mettle, dressed;\\nA merveille, exceedingly Endroit, m. right side Pluie, f. rain\\nwell; Envers, m. wrong side Eire, 4. ir. to laugh\\nCouvert, See L. 32, 1. Etourdi, e, giddy per- Soleil, m. sun;\\nDefend-re, 4. to forbid son Tablier, m. apron.\\n1. Avez- vous defendu a cet homme de mettre le pied chez vous\\n2. Je le lui ai defendu. 3. Avez-vous mis ces effets a l abri de la\\npluie? 4. Je les ai mis a l abri de la pluie et du vent. 5. Avez-vous\\nmis votre frere au fait de cette affaire 6. Je ne Ten ai pas mis au\\nfait. 7. Ne l avez-vous pas mis a meme d etudier? 8. Je l ai mis a\\nmeme de s instruire, s il desire le faire. 9. Voulez-vous mettre cela\\ndecote? 10. Je vais le mettre au soleil. 11. Votre ami n a-t-il\\npas voulu entrer? 12. II n a point voulu mettre pied a terre.\\n13. Yotre teinturier n a-t-il pas mis son tablier a l envers 14. Non,\\nmonsieur il l a mis^ l endroit. 15. N avez-vous pas mis cet etourdi\\na la porte 16. Nous lui avons ferme la porte au nez (in Ms face)._\u00c2\u00b1\\n17. A quelle beure vous mettez-vous a table 18, Aussitot que le\\ncouvert sera mis [L. 61, (5.)]. 19. Cet homme se met-il bien?\\n20. II se met toujours a l anglaise, ou a l italienne. 21. Ces enfants\\nne se mirent-ils pas a pleurer 22. Au lieu de se mettre a pleurer,\\nils se mirent a rire. 23. Pourquoi ne vous mettez-vous pas h", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0199.jp2"}, "198": {"fulltext": "194\\nSOIXANTE-DIXIEME LEO OX.\\nc crirc 24. II est temps de so mettre a table. 25. Ces Sicilicnncs\\nsont-elles bicn inises 26. Elles sont niises a merYcille {extremely\\nwell dresst J.)\\nExercise 13C.\\n1. Dill the gentleman alight this morning? 2. He would not\\naudit, he had no time. 3. Have you put that insolent person out of\\ndoors 4. No, sir but I forbade him to set his foot in my house.\\n5. Did you shelter those litde children from the rain 0. I sheltered\\nthem from the rain and the wind. 7. Have you enabled your son\\nto Btudy medicine 8. I enabled him to Btudy medi-\\nifhe wishes to do so. 9. Have you pot on your coat inside\\n10. I have not put it on inside out, but right side out. 11. Did\\nyon i it v.. urself in a passion? 12. No, sir; I did not be\\nangry. 13. Did you sit down to table at four o clock, yesterday?\\ndown to table at six o clock. 15. Do you intend to\\nence boarding? 1 I intend to board with Mr. L (che*M. L.)\\n17. Whend yourjourney? L8. We commence our\\nlorrow iii-nnn- 19. Did your sou commence\\nimmenced weeping. 2L Why do you not\\nace working 22. B commence\\nfashion? 24.\\n25. Are 1 lose ladies well dn\\nemery well dre ed. 27. Will you not place\\n1 will place myself in the sun, I a:\\ni, mi-; it is righl aide out.\\n;;1 _ i ,th? 32. It is th.- wrong Bide,\\n1 after the English fashion? 84. 1 am\\nItalian fadhion. 35. You are well dre.\\nLE\u00c2\u00a3ON I. XX.\\nI. XX.\\n1 iii- imi i:i:aiivk.\\n.ATiox OF tiik I Mi-i r. viivi: or tiii: RlOULAB A*Enns.\\nQu il\\n-o\\ntUta\\n],ul -O\\ndona -ous\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0lire\\nii -ez\\nQu il3 port -out\\nUt them curry\\nfin -U\\nfinish\\noher\\ni.t hiu,\\nburn\\npan\\nLI Uiem tciic\\naperc\\n1,1 an g\\ni\\nd\\nU t Um on\\nrend -a\\nMM. I -O\\notend\\nth,\\n;,\u00c2\u00bbc", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0200.jp2"}, "199": {"fulltext": "THE IMPERATIVE. 195\\n2. The second person singular, and the first and second persons\\nplural of the imperative, are the same as the first person singular, and\\nthe first and second persons plural, of the present of the indicative.\\nThe pronouns are dropped.\\nJe parle, park; je finis, finis. I speak, speak; I finish, finish.\\n3. Exceptions Avoir, to have, makes in those persons of the im-\\nperative, aie, ayons, ayez etre, to he sois, soyons, soyeg savoir, to\\nknow sache, sachons, sachez and aller, va, and vas before y not fol-\\nlowed by an infinitive.\\n4. Vouloir has only the Becond person plural, veuillez, have the\\ngoodness to\\n5. A third person singular and plural is given, in the imperative, by\\nmost of the French grammarians. These parts, however, belong\\nproperly to the subjunctive, as they express rather a strong wish than\\na command. The English expressions, let him speak, that he may\\nspeak, are rendered in French by qit il parle.\\nG. A droite, a gauche, correspond in signification to the English\\nto the right, to the left.\\nAllez a droite, a gauche. Go to the right, to the left.\\n7. For the place of the pronouns in connection with the imperative,\\nsee Lesson 27, Rule 1, 4 Lesson 28, Eule 1, 2, 3, 4.\\nResume of Examples.\\nPrenons la premiere rue a droite. Let us take the first street to the right\\nNe cherchez plus a le tromper. Seek no longer to deceive him.\\nSachons nous contenter du neces- Let us know how to content ourselves\\nsaire. with necessaries.\\nPaites bien attention a ce que vous Pay great attention to what you say.\\ndites.\\nDites toujours la verite. Always tell the truth.\\nAllons messieurs depechez-vous. Come gentlemen make haste.\\nTenez, monsieur voila votre argent. Here, sir; here is your money.\\nYeuillez accepter ce present. Be so kind as to accept this present.\\nEXEECISE 137.\\nClef, f. key Prochain, e, next Renvoy-er, 1. to send\\nCrayon, m. pencil; Promett-re, 4. ir. to pro- back;\\nInstitutrice, f. teacher mise Sans faute, without fail\\nObe-ir, 2. to obey Rapport-er, 1. to bring Se serv-ir, 2. ref. to use\\nPartie, f. part back; Tiers, m. third;\\nPrecepteur, m. instruc- Pemett-re, 4. ir. to de- Verrez, 3. ir. from voir,\\ntor; liver; to see.\\n1. Envoy ez chercher le medecin votre petit garcon est malade.\\n2. Nous l avons deja envoye chercher. 3. Vous n avez pas besoin", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0201.jp2"}, "200": {"fulltext": "196 SO IX ANTE-DIXIEME L E C N\\nde votrc crayon, pretez-le-moi [L. 27, K. 4 L. 28, R. 4]. 4. Je ne\\nsaurais vous le prdter, je m en sera. 5. Donnea-le-moi, ou me lc\\npretcz (ou pretez-le-moi). 100, (G.)] 0. Jo l ai promis a votrc in-\\nstitutrice. 7. Si vous ne le lui avez pas dit, dites-le-lui aussitot quo\\npossible. 3. Ne le lui dites pas encore. 9. Parlez-lui-en, 39, 17.]\\nla prochaine fois que vous le verrez. 10. Ayez patience, mon ami,\\nvotre peVe ne tardera pas u venir. 11. Obeissez a votrc precepteur.\\n12. Je Lui ol ela toujoura. 13. Donncz-lui-cn one bonne partie. 14, Je\\nlui en ai deja donne* plus dea deux tiers. 15. Avcz-vous porte* oetta\\nBerrurier? 10. J ai oubbe* de la lui remettre. 17. Port\\nlui sans faute cctte apreVmidi. 18. Veuillez me dire ou demeure\\nM. I 19. Prenez la premidre rue gauche, il demeure dans la deo-\\n20. Allons, mesdemoiselles, d^pdchona-noua.\\n2L M- -in y 1 plna tot possible, 22. Ne me les rapportex pas,\\n23, i; :..-i domain, 24. Portona-les-y. 25. No les y\\nmais ne les Lui donnei\\n[SB 138.\\n1 man 2. 1 have already given him\\nI it to him, if you will not give\\nI will not lend it to h mg la-\\nto give me a pen. 7.1\\nand speak to\\n10. 1 will Bend\\nas you can. 12. Do nol do bo\\nie, children learn\\nor lend him\\nhave (fe) time. 16. Eave pa*\\nbild, the merchant will Boon come. 17. Send it to him,\\ni to him. 18. Write to bim ihia ail moon, withr\\nL [9, i i bim, if I had time. 20. Lei\\nto the right\\n22. Pay attention to whal your brot 1 the.\\ntruth. 24 Lei na read that book to-day.\\nour iustm.\\nme back I v ;1\\nbring them back to me, read them 80. Le! ua hai\\non have money. 31. Lei usspeak to them, they\\nTell them that I intend to write to them to-\\nGo to church this afternoon,\\nj them there, but bring tl", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0202.jp2"}, "201": {"fulltext": "VERB AFTER THE IMPERATIVE, ETC.\\n197\\nLEQON LXXI.\\nLESSON LXXI.\\nVERB AFTER THE IMPERATIVE, ETC.\\n1. A verb, following another verb in the imperative, is put in the\\ninfinitive, (according to general Eule, L. 21, 2.) The conjunction\\nwhich often comes between the two verbs, in English, is not used in\\nFrench.\\nAllez parler au musicien.\\nAllez faire votre ouvrage.\\nCourez voir c\\nGo and speak to the musician.\\nGo and do your work.\\nRun and see those gentlemen.\\n2. Prendre garde, to take care, to take heed; when followed by an-\\nother verb in the infinitive, means to take care not to.\\nPrenez garde de tomber. Take care not to fall.\\n3. Prendre le deuil, means to go into mourning prendre la peine,\\nto take the trouble prendre les devants, to go on before prendre un\\nparti, to take a determination prendre du cafe, du the, c, to take\\ncoffee, tea, c.\\nResume op Examples.\\nSend for the upholsterer.\\nGo and fetch your umbrella.\\nBun and see your father.\\nLet us take care not to hurt ourselves.\\nTake care not to tear your clothes.\\nHave you not put on mourning\\nTake the trouble to sit down.\\nTake tea or coffee.\\nWhat resolution have you taken f\\nEnvoyez chercher le tapissier.\\nAllez chercher votre parapluio.\\nCourez voir votre pere.\\nPrenons garde de nous blesser.\\nPrenez garde de declarer vos habits.\\nN avez-vous pas pris le deuil?\\nPrenez la peine de vous asseoir.\\nPrenez du the ou du cafe.\\nQuel parti avez-vous pris\\nExercise 139.\\nAttend-re, 4 to expect, G-at-er, 1. to spoil; Robe, f. dress;\\nto wait for; Gouverneur, m. govern- Soin, m. care;\\nChocolat, m. chocolate; nor; Tomb-er, 1. to fall,\\nCourrier, m. courier; Lorsque, when; Tacher, 1. to stain, to\\nCroi-re, 4 ir. to believe Port-er, 1. to wear spot\\nDechir-er, 1. to tear Quelquefois, sometimes Se tai-re, 4. ir. to be silent.\\n1. Allez voir mon frere, il a quelque chose a vous communiquer.\\n2. Courez leur dire que je les attends. 3. Mon frere a bien pris\\ngarde de dechirer ses habits. 4. Votre cousine a-t-elle pris garde de\\ntacher sa robe 5. Elle a pris garde de tomber, car en tombant elle\\nl aurait gatee. 6. Ces petites filles ont-elles pris le deuil 7. Elles\\nviennent de le prendre. 8. Pour qui prenez- vous le deuil 9. Je\\nporte le deuil de ma mere. 10. Prenez-vous du the ou du cafe le", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0203.jp2"}, "202": {"fulltext": "198 SOIXASTE-OXZlhlE LE\u00c2\u00a3ON.\\nmatin? 11. Xous prenons du the ct du cafe. 12. No prencz-vous\\npas quelquefois du cbocolat Yd. 2S*ous n en prenons quo lorsque\\nnous sommos malades. 14. Quel parti le gouverneur a-t-il pris?\\n15. II a pris le parti de se taire. 16. Prendrez-vous mon parti, (my\\npari) ou oelui de votrc lils? 17. Jo prendrai le voire, si jo crbis que\\nvous avez raison. 18. Pourquoi no prenez-vous pas la peine de lire.\\nL9. Parce qu elle n en vain pas la peine. 20. Votre cour-\\nrier a-t-il pris les devants? 21. 11 n a pu prendre les deranta\\nL _ N avea-VOUa pas tort de prendre son parti? 23. Je n ai pas tort\\nile le prendre. 24. Aves-vous pris i 2 Nona\\nn avons pas pris (our) le the, nous avona pris le c\\nV.w.iu [SB 1 10.\\n1. Has your brother taken care not to spoil his bat? 2. lie baa\\nil it, be bas only one. 3. Go and speak to your\\nyou not lake n cup I\\n6. What have you said to\\n:1 7. I Lave told hi K her\\ni bai\\nit 10. II a 1 1. He baa doI yet\\n12. At what horn tea 1 at your\\nl i. Do yon take tea r\\n15. We take coffee, I\\n17. I to has not 1 d able to\\n1 19. 1 have\\nthe r\\n21. 1 i them. 22. What\\nour brother i mined to\\nbroiii Ar.- you I\\nI n\u00c2\u00ab f afraid i\\nhi- part 29. I an\\ni. I will tak\\nroad W my\\nend. 1. I\\nIceo by\\nvicudrai acuk-uicut vnly come to Uic (m", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0204.jp2"}, "203": {"fulltext": "THE SUBJUNCTITK. 199\\nLEQON LXXII. LESSON LXXII.\\nTHE SUBJUNCTIVE.\\n1. All the French verbs, regular and irregular, end in this tense\\nwith e, es, e, ions, iez, ent.\\n2. Conjugation op the Present of the Subjunctive of the\\nEegular Verbs.\\nQue je chant -e fin -isse rec -oive rend -e\\nThat I may sing may finish may receive may render\\nQue tu pari -es cher -isses aperc -oives vend -es\\nTliat thou may est speak mayest cherish mayest perceive may est sell\\nQu il donn -e fourn -isse perc -oive tend -e\\nThat he may give may furnish may gather may tend,\\nQue nous cherch -ions pun -issions cone -evions entend -ions\\nThat we may seek may punish may conceive may hear\\nQue vous port -iez sais -issiez d -eviez perd -iez\\nThat you may carry may seise may owe may lose\\nQu ils aim -ent un -issent dec -oivent mord -ent\\nThat they may love may unite may deceive may bite\\n3. In the first conjugation, the subjunctive is, in the singular, simi-\\nlar to the present of the indicative. Exception aller\u00e2\u0080\u0094 je vais, que\\nj aille.\\n4. The first and second persons plural of the subjunctive, in the\\nfour conjugations, are the same as the corresponding persons of the\\nimperfect of the indicative. The third person plural is like the cor-\\nresponding person in the indicative present. Exceptions avoir,\\nsubjunctive, nous ayons, vous ay ez, its aient; savoir: nous sachions,\\nvous sachiez, Us sachent etre nous soyons, vous soyez, ils soient; faire\\nnous fassions, nous fassiez, ils f assent; aller: ils aillent vouloir ils\\nveuiUent; valoir: ils vaillent.\\n5. The subjunctive may also be formed from the participle present,\\nby changing ant into e, es, e, ions, iez, ent as, chantant, je cJiante\\nfinissant, je jinisse ouvrant, fouvre; sachant, je sache; craignant,\\nje craigne.\\n6. The verbs presenting exceptions to this last rule are the fol-\\nlowing, which the student will find conjugated in the Second Part\\nof this grammar, 62.\\nAcquerir\\nConcevoir\\nMourir\\nPrendre,\\nSavoir Venir\\nAller\\nDecevoir\\nMouvoir\\n(and\\nTenir (and (and\\nApercevoir\\nDevoir\\nPercevoir\\nits com-\\nits com- its com-\\nAvoir\\n\u00c2\u00a3tre\\nPouvoir\\npounds)\\npounds) pounds)\\nBoire\\nFaire\\nPourvoir\\nRecevoir\\nValoir Vouloir\\n7. The past of the subjunctive is formed from the subjunctive", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0205.jp2"}, "204": {"fulltext": "200 SOIXAXTE-DOUZIEUE LEfON.\\npresent of one of the auxiliaries, avoir, itre, and the past participle\\nof a verb 45].\\nQue j aie parle, que je sois verm. That 1 may have spoken, that I may\\nhave came.\\n8. A verb is put in the subjunctive, when it is preceded by the\\nconjunction que, and another verb expressing consent, command,\\n...mt, duty, necessity, regret, fear, appreheu-\\nL27, (2.)]\\nJe vcux quo vous lui parlicz. you to speak to him,\\nJe desire quo vous arriviez a temps. wish you to arrive in time.\\n9. When the tlr-t verb expresses far or apprehension, the verb\\nIso preceded by ne, which, however, has\\nno negative sense [s 1-7, I (5.) (I ij\\nJo crains qu il no tombo. I am a/raid lest he fall.\\n10. avoir penr,\\ntrembler, t trend in connection wi\\nne, when we wish for tl timent of the action or occur-\\nJo tremble qu il\\nof Examples.\\nt me to drink\\nallies voir. Mm.\\ntime.\\nmaster may\\nmatter m iy not pun-\\nt nut\\nthat.\\n.1 aille A !a c\\nQue voule/.-vous que j What mt t (thai I\\nf\\nuik-uxquo vous me payiez. I would ratlter Vial you should pay\\n111.\\n:iiU;\\n;i:t\\nid. bracelet;\\ntody; unhealthy; Tomb-er, 1. tu/alL", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0206.jp2"}, "205": {"fulltext": "USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 201\\n1. Que voulez-vous que nous fassions? 2. Je desire que vous\\nfassiez attention 3, vos etudes. 3. Ne craignez-vous pas que la pluie\\nne vous empeche de sortir 4. Nous craignons fortement que la\\npluie ne nous empeche de remplir nos engagements. 5. Doutez-vous\\nqu il soit chez lui maintenant 6. Je doute qu il y soit, il est deja\\ndix heures. 7. Exigez-vous qu il parte de bonne heure? 8. Je\\nm etonne qu il ne soit pas deja parti. 9. Aimez-vous mieux que\\nje vous rende ces bracelets 10. J aime mieux que vous me les\\npayiez. 11. Votre voisin craint-il que son enfant ne sorte 12. II\\ncraint qu il ne tombe dans la rue. 13. Ne desirez-vous pas que vos\\neleves vous obeissent? 14. Je souhaite qu ils m obeissent et qu ils\\nobeissent a leurs professeurs. 15. Ne craignez-vous pas que cet\\nartisan ne tombe malade 16. Je crains qu il ne tombe malade, car\\nson atelier est tres malsain. 17. Ne regrettez-vous pas qu il soit\\noblige de travailler 18. Je regrette qu il soit oblige de travailler\\nau dessus de ses forces. 19. Ne desirez-vous pas qu on lui apprenne\\ncette nouvelle 20. Je desire qu cn la lui apprenne le plus tot pos-\\nsible. 21. Votre pere ne veut-il pas que vous achetiez un magasin\\n22. II veut que j achete un moulin a scie. 23. Desirez-vous que je\\nvous quitte 24. Je desire que vous restiez avec moi. 25. Je veux\\nque vous partiez ce matin.\\nExercise 142.\\n1. Do you wish me to speak to the mechanic 2. I wish you to\\ntell him to (de) come here to-morrow morning. 3. What do you\\nwish me to do 4. I wish you to bring me a book. 5. Do you not\\nwish me to read your letter 6. I wish you to read it, and (que)\\ngive it to my sisters. 7. Does not your sister fear lest the rain may\\nprevent her going out 8. She fears that the rain may prevent our\\ngoing out. 9 Do you doubt that your father be at home now\\n10. I doubt his being there. 11. Do you require me to do my work\\nnow 12. I wish you to do your work before going out (avant de\\nsortir). 13. Do you not regret your being obliged to work 14. I\\ndo not regret my being obliged to work. 15. Are you not astonished\\nthat he knows that? 16. I am astonished that he knows all.\\n17. Do you require me to pay him to day 18. I wish you to pay\\nhim to-morrow. 19. What would you have me do (See No. 1, of\\nthe above exercise) 20. I will have you pay him immediately.\\n21. Do you fear lest the master punish your son 22. I fear that he\\nmay not punish him. 23. What would you have me say 24. I\\nwould have you say the truth. 25. Does not your father wish you\\nto buy a house 26. He wishes me to buy a warehouse. 27. Do\\n9*", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0207.jp2"}, "206": {"fulltext": "202 SOIXANTE-TKEIZIEME LEgON.\\nyou wish us to leave you 28. I wish you to go away to-morrow.\\n29. Do you wish me to stay witli you 30. I wish you to stay\\nhere. 31. Do you wish me to tell him that news? 32. I wish you\\nto tell it to him. 33. Do you wish your children to obey their\\nteacher 34. I wish them to obey him.\\nLEgON LXXIII. LESSON LXXIII.\\nUSE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE, CONTINUED.\\n1. A v I by the conjunction que and one of the uni-\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0al verba; il 1 it matter*, it is\\nimportant j il coovient, it is proper, becoming; il vaut niieux, it is\\nleases, suits; il se pent, il peut Be faire, it may be\\nil est temps, it is time\\nis proper\\nit is urgent, or by\\nv.iil, or propriety,\\nL27, (4.)]\\nII bat Vtst remain here.\\nnet you should be retcanleJ.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2j. The unipewonal verl rns the indicative pic a m i or the\\nfuture, y, and followed by que, coming\\nvnii, true;\\nand\\nIn qu il vicnt ou qu il II eertetfl that he comes or that he\\nira. ivi U i\\nconnection,\\nU u certain that he will\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0t. Alter oertain conjunctions, afin q that; qnoiqni\\n(hough,\\nr|uevousfaasiez, quoiquevous Wfiatever you may do, whatever you\\nmay aay.\\nimportant rule?, on tho government of conjunctions, will\\nbe found in said 143.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0208.jp2"}, "207": {"fulltext": "USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.\\n203\\nResume of Examples.\\nQue faut-il que votre soeur fasse\\nFaut-il que je lui ecrive\\nII est necessaire que vous lui ecriviez.\\nII est temps que vous lui donniez son\\nargent.\\nN est-il pas facheux qu il soit arrive\\nsi tard\\nH est certain qu il est arrive.\\nII n est point certain qu il se soit\\nRestez ici jusqu a ce qu il arrive.\\nPourvu que vous finissiez a temps.\\nWhat must your sister do t\\nMust I write to him\\nIt is necessary for you to write to him.\\nIt is time that you should give him his\\nmoney.\\nIs it not a pity that he {should have)\\narrived so late\\nIt is certain that he has arrived.\\nIt is not certain that he has hurt him-\\nself.\\nRemain here until he comes.\\nProvided that you finish in time.\\nExercise 143.\\nAffaire, f. affair Fourn-ir, 2. to furnish;\\nAinsi, thus Se lev-er, 1. ref. to rise\\nCreancier, m. creditor Linge. m. linen\\nSe couck-er, 1. ref. to Manqu-er, 1. to want;\\nretire; Necessaire, m. necessa-\\nDire, 4. ir. to say ries\\nEmprunt-er, 1. to oor- Ordre, m. order\\nPoint, m. point, degree;\\nPourvu que, provided\\nthat;\\nEegl-er, 1. to regulate;\\nRest-er, 1. to remain;\\nSatisfai-re, 4. ir. to sat-\\nisfy\\nOubli-er, 1. to forget; Tel, le, such;\\n1. Que faut-il que je dise 2. II faut que vous disiez ce que vous\\navez entendu. 3. Ne faut-il pas que je finisse cette histoire 4. II\\nn est pas necessaire que vous la finissiez. 5. N est-il pas a, propos\\nque je satisfasse mes creanciers 6. II est a, propos que vous le fassiez.\\n7. N est-il pas juste que je vous paie ce que je vous ai emprunte\\n8. II est juste que vous me le payiez. 9. Se peut-il que votre frere\\nait oublie sa famille 10. II ne peut pas se faire qu il l ait oubliee.\\n11. Est-il certain que votre frere se soit oublie a un tel point?\\n12. II est certain qu il s est oublie. 13. II est bien facheux qu il se\\nsoit oublie ainsi. 14. Resterez-vous jusqu a ce que j aie mis ordre a\\nmes affaires? 15. Je resterai jusqu a ce que vous les ayez reglees.\\n16. Ne faudra-t-il pas que je fournisse des provisions a cette famille\\n17. II faudra que vous lui en fournissiez, pourvu que vous en ayez.\\n18. Ne vaudra-t-il pas mieus que vous lui pretiez de l argent, que de\\nle laisser manquer du necessaire 19. II vaudra mieux que nous\\nlui en pretions. 20. Que faut-il que nous fassions 21. II faut que\\nvous portiez ce linge chez moi. 22. N est-il pas temps que je me\\ncouche 23. II est temps que vous vous coucbiez. 24. Faut-il que\\nje me leve 25. II faut que vous vous leviez.\\nExercise 144.\\n1. What must our friend do 2. He must remain at our house\\nuntil I come. 3. What must our neighbor do 4. He must put his", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0209.jp2"}, "208": {"fulltext": "204 SOIXANTE-QUATOKZIE1IE LE^ON\\naffairs in order. 5. Is it not right that you should pay your credi-\\ntors G. It is right that I should pay them. 7. Is it time for your\\nlittle boy to go to school S. It is time for him to go to school, it is\\nten o clock. 0. Must I write to your correspondent to-day or to-\\nmorrow? 10. You must write to him to-morrow morning. 11. la\\nit not a pity that your brother has torn his cap (casquette)? 12. It is\\na pity that he has torn it. 13. Is it D icessary for your mother to\\n14. It is not necessary that she finish it. lf Is it\\ncertain that your son has forgotten his money 1G It is certain that\\nhe has forgotten it. 17. It is by no means certain that he has for-\\nd it. 18. Must you furnish money to that mechanic? l! I\\nmust furnish him some, he has none. 20. Whatever you may do\\nyou will not Bucceed (riussir). 21. Whatever your brother may\\n22. Musi I write to you?\\ni! must wri1 24. I 1 you wish me to be sick? 25. I\\nto tell you\\n28. Do you wish\\nI wish you to go there. J Must I\\n32. Must\\nd immediately. 3-4. It is\\nlve o clock.\\nLEU ON I. XXIV. LESSON I.XXIV.\\nI BH I Till: Bl I-..1IN. Tl\\\\ K, M\\nm gager\\nand\\nn and positive, are\\nNote].\\n2. The a hen used in I i. and eonju-\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2wed by the subjunctive,\\nibtful\\nded by anothi r verb and", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0210.jp2"}, "209": {"fulltext": "USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 205\\nput in the subjunctive, while there is an idea of uncertainty, and in\\nthe indicative, when the idea is certain 127, (2.) Note].\\nJ ai un homme qui me rendra ser- I have a man who will oblige me.\\nvice.\\nJ ai besoin d un homme qui me Iivant a man who will (may) oblige\\nrende service. me.\\n4. A verb, preceded by a superlative relative, or by the words, le\\nseul, le premier, le dernier, is put in the subjunctive 127].\\nVoila le seul chapeau que j aie. Tliat is the only hat I have.\\nYoila le meilleur homme que je There is the best man 1 know.\\nconnaisse.\\nResume op Examples.\\nJe crois que le concert a eu lieu. believe that the concert took place.\\nJe ne pense pas que notre ami do not think that our friend will\\nvieime. come.\\nJ espere que vous apprendrez cela 1 hope that you will learn that by\\npar cceur. heart.\\nJe ne pense pas qu il puisse appren- I do not think that he can learn all\\ndre tout cela par coeur. that by heart.\\nJe crois que ce marehand s enrichit believe that this merchant grows rich\\naux depens d autrui. at the expense of others.\\nJe ne crois pas qu il s enrichisse a I do not believe that he enriches him-\\nvos depens. self at your evpense.\\nJe ne crois pas que vous reussissiez I do not believe that you will succeed\\na gagner votre vie. in earning your living.\\nJ ai une carafe qui contient un litre. I have a decanter which holds a litre.\\nJe cherche une carafe qui contienne I seek a decanter which holds a litre.\\nun litre.\\nJe vous prete le meilleur chapeau I lend you the best hat 1 have, on con-\\nque j aie, a condition que vous me dition that you will return it to me\\nle rendiez demain. to-morrow.\\nEXERCISE 145.\\nS asse-oir, 3. ir. ref. to Fort, strong Rentr-er, 1. to come in\\nsit down Litre, m. litre, about a again\\nCompt-er, 1. to depend; quart. Sorte, f. kind;\\nCristal, m. crystal; Negotiant, m. merchant; Sum-re, 4. ir. to suffice;\\nDebout, standing; Parasol, m. parasol; Tanneur, m. tanner;\\nDur-er, 1. to wear, last; Portier, m. porter; Tard-er, 1. to tarry.\\n1. Pensez-vous que ce drap dure longtemps? 2. Je crois qu il\\ndurera bien, car il est fort. 3. Croyez-vous que notre portier tarde 3,\\nrentrer 4. Je crois qu il ne tardera pas. 5. Desirez-vous que nous\\nrestions debout? 6. Je desire au contraire que vous vous as-\\nseyiez. 7. Croyez-vous que ces etudiants puissent apprendre cinq\\npages par cceur, en deux heures 8. Je crois que c est impossible.\\n9. Esperez-vous que notre ami arrive de bonne heure 10. J espere", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0211.jp2"}, "210": {"fulltext": "20G SOIXA^TE-QUATOKZIilME LEgON.\\nqu il arrivera bientot. 11. Quelle sorte de carafe vous faut-il\\n12. H m en faut une qui contienne un litre. 13. J tn ai une do\\ncrista], qui contient deux litre?. 14. Pensez-vous que cc negotiant\\ns enrichisse a vos depens 15. Je sais qu il s enrichit aux depens\\nd autrui. 16. Quel parasol pensez-vous me preter 17. Je pense\\nvou3 preter le meilleur que j aie. IS. Le tanneur reussira-t-il a,\\ngagner sa vie 19. Je ne crois pas qu il y rfiussisse. 20. Pensez-\\nvous que cet argent suffise a votre pure 21. Je erois qu il lui\\nsuffira. 22. Croyez-vous que ces messieurs comptent sur moi?\\n23. Je sais qu ils comptent sur vous. 24. Pensez-vous que le concert\\nait lieu aujourd hui 25. Je crois qu il n aura pas lieu.\\nExercise 140.\\n1. Do you believe that the concert has taken place 2. I believe\\nthat it has you 1 elieve that your sister s dress\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0will wear well 4. I think that it will wear well, for the silk is very\\ngood. 1 re that our friend will succeed in earning a\\nlivelihood? G. I I \u00c2\u00abd in it (jf), for he is very dili-\\ngent. 7. Do you think that the tanner grows rich at my expense?\\nthe expense of others. 9. Does\\ncpense 10. lie grows\\nrich a 11. What kind of a house must you have\\n(vous faut-if) \\\\1. I i which baa ten rooms.\\n12. 1 rooms. 14. What kind\\nof a d which holds three\\n16. 1 baveonewl i I will lend it to you. 17. What\\ncoat will yi IS. I will send you the best 1 have, take\\ntin it. 19. Do you think that the student will learn all\\nthat 20. I do not think that be will learn it. 21. Do\\nyou b that he will\\nsoon. 23. Do you think that your father -i 24. I\\ni. 25. Does not thai gentleman de-\\npend upon i think that he depends upon your brother.\\n27. Will the I hope that he will\\nad me your umbrella? 30. I\\nwill lend it to you with pleasure. 31. Does my brother remain\\nstanding? 32. Be does not lown. 33. Do you wish\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2mi? 34, I wish you to remain standing. 35. I wish\\nthat he may come.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0212.jp2"}, "211": {"fulltext": "USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 207\\nLEQON LXXV. LESSON LXXV.\\nTHE IMPERFECT AND PLUPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.\\n1. The terminations of the imperfect of the subjunctive are, in all\\nthe verbs, regular and irregular, of the four conjugations, sse, sses, t,\\nssions, ssiez, ssent.\\n2. The vowel preceding the t of the third person singular, always\\ntakes the circumflex accent.\\n3. Conjugation of the Imperfect of the Subjunctive of the\\nEegular Yerbs.\\nQue je chant -asse fin -isse rec -usse rend -isse\\nThat I might sing might finidb might receive might render\\nQue tu pari -asses cher -isses aperc -usses vend -isses\\nIhat thou mightest speak mightest cherish mightest perceive mightest sell\\nQu il donn -at fourn -it perc -ut tend -it\\nThat he might give might furnish might gather might tend\\nQue nous cherch -assions pun -issions cone -ussions entend -ission3\\nThat we might seek might punish might conceive might Jiear\\nQue vous port -assiez sals -issiez d -ussiez perd -issiez\\nThat you might carry might seise might owe might lose\\nQu ils aim -assent un -issent dec -ussent mord -issent\\nThat they might love might unite might deceive might bite\\n4. This tense may be formed from the past definite, [L. 51] by\\nchanging, for the first conjugation, the final i of the first person sin-\\ngular of the past definite into sse, sses, etc., and adding se, ses, etc., to\\nthe same person in the other three conjugations. This rule has no\\nexceptions.\\nJ allai, fallasse je finis, jefinisse. I went, I might go I finished, I might\\nfinish.\\n5. All the observations made Lesson 52, on the changes of the\\nstem of the irregular verbs, in the past definite, apply equally to the\\nimperfect of the subjunctive.\\n6. The pluperfect of the subjunctive is formed from the imperfect\\nof the same mode, of one of the auxiliaries avoir, ttre, and the past\\nparticiple of the verb.\\nQue j eusse fini que je fusse venu. That 1 might have finished, that 1\\nmight have. come.\\n7. All the rules given on the use of the subjunctive, in the three\\npreceding lessons, apply, of course, to the imperfect and pluperfect of\\nthe mode.\\n8. In the same manner as the present or future of the indicative\\nof the first part of a proposition, governs under the above-mentioned", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0213.jp2"}, "212": {"fulltext": "208\\nS OIX ANTE-QUIXZI E ME LE\u00c2\u00a3ON.\\nrules, the verb of the second part, in the present or past of the sub-\\njunctive, so the imperfect and other past tenses of the indicative,\\nand the two conditionals, govern the verb iu the second part of the\\nproposition, in the imperfect or pluperfect of the subjunctive.\\nNe fallait-il pas que je lui parlasse Was it not necessary that I should\\nspeak to him t\\ndonnasso co It would be necessary for me to give\\nhim that book.\\nII faudrait que je lui\\nlivre.\\nRksime of Examples.\\nVoudriez-vouS que jc donnasso uu\\ncoup de baton A cet enfant?\\nJe vondrais que voua tirassiez un\\nooup de fusil but cet\\nRxigeriez-voua que nous rcvins-\\nure?\\nIriee-vous que ccs homines\\nBt?\\n11 fall: I:\\nvoua mourus-\\nfrokL\\nmourus-\\nl aim.\\nt so un\\ncoup n piers?\\nWould you wish me to give that child\\na blow with a stick f\\nyou to fire your gun\\nupon that bird.\\nWould you require us to rctur\\nWhat would you wish those men to\\nWhat did you wish me to do t\\nIt would be necessary for me to have\\nmy 171\\ndid not wish you to die with the\\nym might die with\\nwant\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0i me to cast a glance\\nfen 9\\nBard, m.\\nad;\\n1\\n1\\nCoup d ceU, in.\\nFooet, in. whip;\\nExebcise 147.\\nunkard;\\nhare;\\ntier, t. sea;\\nnew;\\nPerdrix, C partridge!\\nI to re-\\nbl-er, 1. to r\\n111. r\\nSant. i\\\\ health\\nS\u00c2\u00ab\u00c2\u00bbrt-ir, 2. ir to go out;\\nTir-er, 1. to fire,\\nun habit ;1 d\\ntlait-on que c\\noulait qu il Be rendlt a. bod\\n5. Faudrait-il que je dei bord de la m\\nfaudrait, pour\\nensez-vous pas que cet enfant re\\ns. Je ne pense pas qu il lui ressemble. i A qui n\\nt- 10. 1 .11. Consentiri.;\\nvotre fir. oe? 12. Voudriez-voua i\\ndo fruid. 11. No vuulcz-vuus pao tiror sur Of", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0214.jp2"}, "213": {"fulltext": "GOVERHMEN T OF VERBS. 209\\nlieVre 15. Je tirerais sur cette becasse, si mon fusil etaifc charge.\\n16. Combien de coups de fusil voudriez-vous que je tirasse 17. Si\\nTous aviez de la poudre, je voudrais que vous tirassiez sur cette per-\\ndrix. 18. Voulez-vous que je jette un coup d ceil sur cette lettre\\n19. Je voudrais que vous la lussiez. 20. Que voudriez-vous que je\\nfi.-se? 21. Je voudrais que vous fissiez attention si, vos etudes.\\n22. Faudrait-il que je sortisse 23. II faudrait que vous restassiez a, la\\nmaison. 24. Que voudriez-vous que je fisse a ce cheval 25. Je\\nvoudrais que vous lui donnassiez des coups de fouet.\\nExercise 148.\\n1. What would you have me do 2. I would have you cast a\\nglance upon this letter. 3. Would you wish me to give that dog\\nblows with a stick 4. I would wish you to give that horse blows\\nwith a whip. 5. Would you require us to return at five o clock\\n6. I would require you to return early. 7. Do you think that your\\nbrother resembles your father 8. I do not think he resembles my\\nfather. 9. Whom do you think that he resembles 10. I think he\\nresembles my mother. 11. How many shots have you fired 12. 1\\nhave fired five shots at that woodcock. 13. Would you not have me\\nfire at that partridge 14. 1 would have you fire at that partridge, if\\nyour gun was loaded. 15. Where would it be necessary for me to\\ndwell 16. It would be necessary for you to dwell on the sea-shore.\\n17. Would you have me die with hunger? 18. I would not have you\\ndie of hunger. 19. Would you have your brother die with cold?\\n20. I would not have him die with cold or want. 21. What would\\nyou have your son do 22. I would have him learn his lessons.\\n23. Would you have him learn German 24. I would have him learn\\nGerman and Spanish. 25. Have you fired (sur) at that hare 26. I\\nhave not fired at that hare. 27. Would it be necessary for me to go\\nout? 28. It would be necessary for you to go out. 29. Would it be\\nnecessary for me to remain here 30. It would be necessary for you\\nto go to church. 31. What did you wish? 32. I wished you to\\nwrite to me. 33. Did you wish me to buy a coat half worn out\\n31. I wished you to buy a good hat.\\nLECON LXXVL LESSON LXXVI.\\nREGIMEN OR GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 129.)\\n1. Many verbs come together, in French, without prepositions,\\nwhich are, in English, joined by them. Many others are connected, in", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0215.jp2"}, "214": {"fulltext": "210\\nSOIXANTE-SEIZIE3IE LE^ON,\\nFrench, by prepositions different from those connecting the corres-\\nponding verbs in English. Xo satisfactory general rules can be\\ngiven on this point We have given, in the Second Part of this\\ngrammar, 130, 131, 132] copious lists of the verbs in general use,\\nwith the prepositions which follow them, when they come before\\nother verbs. We have also hitherto noted the prepositions usually\\nplaced after the verbs introduced in our lessons.\\n2. The student will recollect, that a verb following another verb\\n(not avoir or itre) or a preposition (not en) must be in the infinitive.\\n3. The following verbs, extracted from the list, 130, although\\nthey in English, take a preposition before another verb, do not take\\none in French.\\nASer, 1. ir. to go Falloir, 3. ir. to he nc- Savoir, 3. ir. to know\\nntend cessary Souhaiter, 1.\\nOourir, 2. ir. to run Mener, 1. to ir. to le\\nI\\nr, l. to think Venir, 2. ir. to come\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0080\u00a2we iir, ir. to be (Me Vouloir, 3. ir.\\n1. ir. to send Prdteadre, i to nquire, to\\n_\\nmi OF\\nUS?\\npere.\\ndonner a man-\\nD\\nI\\nr -i-il a liaut, ou fn\\nNous preforons louor li\\nline cbambre\\nEx AMD IS.\\n:h ns f\\ntd Hint itoj l\\nDo you wish t go up to my\\nyaw father* a.\\non the ground\\nfloor 1\\nTwish to\\nL-ry.\\nCOSH i l\\nEn limit, tip stairs, Plaistr, I\\nOompt-er, l. to cipher;\\nDomain, I\\ni\\nPinc-er, 1. I story\\nViolo\\nrez-de-chaussee ct deux cabim\\n3. Ne pivierez-vous pas louer one chambre oouoher an", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0216.jp2"}, "215": {"fulltext": "GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 211\\n4. Nous preferons demeurer au rez-de-chaussee. 5. Ne pouvez-vous\\nrester a diner avec nous aujourd hui G. Je vous remercie, je pre-\\nfere venir demain. 7. M. votre pere viendra-t-il demain dejeuner\\navec nous 8. II compte venir demain de bonne heure. 9. Que\\nvoulez-vous leur dire 10. Je veux les prier de me faire ce plaisir.\\n11. Comptez-vous faire ce plaisir a, mon frere 12. J espere le lui\\nfaire. 13. Preferez-vous demeurer en haut, ou en bas 14. Nous\\npreferons demeurer en bas. 15. Que pensez-vous faire de ce jeune\\nfaisan 16. Nous pensons l envoyer a M. votre beau-frere. 17. Ne\\nsavez-vous pas jouer du violon? 18. Je sais en jouer. 19. M e.\\nvotre cousine sait elle toucher le piano 20. Elle sait toucher le\\npiano et pincer la harpe. 21. Ne savez-vous pas ecrire 22. Nous\\nsavons lire, ecrire, et compter. 23. Savez-vous jouer de la guitare\\n24. Nous ne savons pas en jouer. 25. Nous souhaitons trouver un\\nappartement au rez-de-chaussee.\\nExercise 150.\\n1. Does your brother-in-law intend to rent the ground floor\\n2. He intends to rent two rooms in tbe second story. 3. How\\nmany rooms does your son intend to take 4. He intends to take\\ntwo rooms in the second story. 5. Does he prefer to live on the\\nsecond floor 6. He prefers to live on the ground floor. 7. Does\\nyour father wish to come to dinner with us to-morrow 8. He in-\\ntends to come to-morrow, at two o clock. 9. Do you prefer to live\\nup stairs, or down stairs? 10. I prefer to live above. 11. Does\\nyour sister know how to play on the piano 12. She knows how to\\nplay on the piano. 13. Where do you intend to live (demeurer)\\n14. We intend to live at your father s. 15. Will you go up to my\\nroom 16. I will go down to your father s. 17. Do you wish to\\nlive on the ground floor 18. I wish to live on the second floor.\\n19. Is it necessary to stay here 20. It is not necessary to stay\\nhere. 21. What do you think of doing with (de) your book 22. I\\nthink of giving it to my son. 23. What do you wish me to say to\\nthat gentleman 24. I wish to beg him to do me a favor. 25. Do\\nyou wish to send that pheasant to your mother 26. I wish to send\\nit to her, she is sick. 27. Cannot your sister play on the violin?\\n28. She cannot play on the violin, but she can play on the guitar.\\n29. Does your sister wish to live up stairs 30. She prefers living\\ndown stairs. 31. Will you not do me that favor? 32. I will do it\\nwith pleasure. 33. Cannot your brother stay and dine with us to-\\nday 34. He has promised my father to come and dine with him.\\n35. Our friend knows how to read, write, and cipher.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0217.jp2"}, "216": {"fulltext": "21 2\\nSOIXAXTE-DU-SEPTUJIE LEQON,\\nLEgox LXXVII.\\nLESSON LXXVII.\\nGOVEENMEXT OF VERBS, CONTINUED.\\n1. Many verbs, in French, are joined with other verbs following,\\nby means of the preposition do. of where the corresponding verb*,\\nin English, either take DO preposition, or one other than of. Besides\\na [L 21. B. 4.], the Mowing verbs extracted from\\ni ish Disp us Negliger, to neglect\\nPrier,\\ncease fiviter, to avoid Promettre, topromise\\nCommander, com- one s Proposer, to\\nmuni\\nto a tviet\\nto forbid\\nl ire,\\nself\\nJurer, to\\nManquer, t /o*J\\nMenacer, to threaten\\nSupplier, to mireat\\nTrembler, to tremble,\\nbe in yreat /ear\\nOF l LBCPLEB.\\nlish learning (Jiat\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2i n aohevez-- 1\\nprendre ee metier?\\nfrom (ton?) to continue our rfu*\\nIAS.\\nn ne oeeae de noos tounnenter. rmenmgiu.\\nlubiana D tnggoodn that\\nX pas do lui fairo uno Do not neglect paying him a runt.\\npay a vmt to\\niii. ii ami my fn\\npile d alKr tout-dn.it cheZ J bej you w,U go straight home.\\nvenlt par le\\nohem iD\\nlui fairo mes\\noomp\\n1 1 iper\\nj ai refuse* de lui taire\\not\\nafter.\\nadvise you to comt by the railroad.\\nhimf\\nit to me to trust kim\\nwith this money\\nKim with it.\\nto reproach him with his\\ni IB 151.\\nQard- r, 1. i\\nday\\nnd-re, 4. ref. to re-\\npair; traveling.\\nOubli-er, 1. to forget;\\nRond-ro,", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0218.jp2"}, "217": {"fulltext": "GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 213\\n1. Pourquoi ne cessez-vous pas de lire 2. J aurais tort de cesser\\nde lire, avant de savoir ma lecon. 3. Avez-vous defendu a vutre\\njardinier d arroser ces fleurs 4. Au contraire, je lui avais com-\\nmande de les arroser. 5. Pourquoi a-t-il neglige de le faire 6. Parce\\nqu il a oublie d apporter l arrosoir. 7. Que desire faire M. F. 8. II\\nbrule de continuer 1 etude de la medecine. 9. N avez-vous pas\\ntort de faire des visites a ce monsieur 10. J aurais tort de le ne-\\nghger. 11. N avez-vous pas refuse de rendre ce service a, votre en-\\nnemi 12. J aurais eu tort de refuser de le lui rendre. 13. Quelle\\nvoie nous avez-vous conseille de prendre 14. Je vous ai conseille\\nde prendre le bateau a vapeur. 15. Avez-vous menace de frapper cet\\nenfant? 16. Je l ai menace de le corriger. 17. Avez-vous refuse\\nde vendre des marchandises a, mon frere 18. J ai refuse de lui en\\nvandre a credit. 19. Avez-vous dit a mon fils de se rendre a la\\nmaison? 20. Je l ai prie d y aller tout-droit. 21. Vous proposez-\\nvous de venir la veille de Noel 22. Nous nous proposons de venir\\nle lendemain. 23. Yotre compagnon se propose-t-il de garder le\\nsecret 24. II se propose de faire part de cela a tout le monde.\\nExeecise 152.\\n1. Have you forbidden my cousin to speak to the gardener 2. I\\nhave not forbidden him to speak to him. 3. Has your mother ordered\\nthe gardener to water her roses (roses) 4. She has ordered him to\\nwater them. 5. Has he forgotten to do it 6. He has neglected to\\ndo it; he has not forgotten it. 7. What conveyance will you take to\\ngo to Paris 8. I advise you to take the railroad. 9. Have you told\\n(a) your son to take the steamboat 10. No, sir I have told him\\nto take the stage (diligence, f.). 11. Is not your brother wrong to\\nneglect paying a visit to his brother-in-law 12. He is wrong to\\nneglect it. 13. Does not that young German long to read that\\nletter 14. He longs to continue his stndies. 15. Do you propose to\\ntrust him with that money 16. 1 propose to trust him with it. 17. Do\\nyou neglect to reproach him with his faults 18. 1 avoid to reproach\\nhim with them. 19. Have you threatened to punish your son? 20. I\\nhave threatened to strike him. 21. Do not fail to present my com-\\npliments to my sister s friends. 22. I will not fail, (je riy manquerai\\npas). 23. Have you refused to sell him goods 24. I have refused\\nto sell him goods on credit. 25. Which mode of travelling do you\\nadvise me to take 26. I advise you to take the railroad. 27. Do\\nyou forbid him to come 28. I have forbidden his writing. 29. Have\\nyou failed to pay your gardener? 30. I have not failed to pay", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0219.jp2"}, "218": {"fulltext": "214 SOIXANTE-DIX-HUITIEilE LECON.\\nhim. 31. I have forgotten to pay you. 32. Do not neglect to write\\nto me. 33. Tell him to go to my father. 34. Do not cease to work.\\n35. Tell him to come Christmas Eve. 36. I have told him to come\\nthe day after.\\nLECOX LXXVIII. LESSON LXXVIII.\\nGOVERNMENT OF VERBS, CONTINUED.\\n1. Many French verbs reach their objeci by means of prepositions,\\nwhile the corresponding English verbs govern their object directly,\\nthat is, without intervening prepositions. Other French verbs reach\\ntheir objeci through prepositions different from those used in English.\\nbere B few verbs coining under those two classes, commen-\\ncing with the first.\\nbs which have a preposition before b noun, in French, but\\nah.\\nPlaire a, to\\nS approcuer d to op- Manquera, qffmdfio Sesouvenirda, tu remem-\\nber\\nM dire d n ir de, to tve\\nler a, to rcsvm-\\nDouter do, to doubt Burvivra a, to wwiH\\nfichapper a, escape\\nrbs reaching thi ir objeci through different prepositions in the\\ntwo lanj\\nB affligerd for Retnercier de, to thank\\nby fa\\nPenser a, to think of Rire do, to laugh at\\nQemird Rougir de, to ottu h at\\nB informer de, to inquire out l a, to think\\nabout\\nR SUlrfl OF EXAMPI\\nX avc7.-vnus pas abuse do notrc pa- ITave you not aimed our patience t\\nties\\nWe l\\ni a vos parents. Y\u00c2\u00bbu i\\nj of your\\nU think of tht\\nriec*vo is p de dos erreura\\nd riona point\\n.iuble-t-il p:ia a son pC-re? JJocs ht not rt tem ik hie father.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0220.jp2"}, "219": {"fulltext": "government of verbs. 215\\nExercise 153.\\nArrangement, m. ar- Coeur, m. heart; Ne plus, no more;\\nrangement Devoir, m. duty Nouvelle, f. news\\nCirconstance, f. circum- Faute, f. fault; Parent, m. relation;\\nstance S informer, 1. ref. to in- Peintre, m. painter\\nConduite, f. conduct quire Prochain, m. neighbor\\nComplaisance, f. kind- Malheur, m. mis/or- Sellier, m. saddler;\\nness tune; Succes, m. success.\\n1. Cet arrangement vous convient-il 2. II ne me convient pas,\\nmais il convient a notre parent. 3. Cela ne deplait-il pas au peintre\\n4. Votre conduite lui depkit beaucoup. 5. Ne craignez-vous pas\\nd abuser de la patience de votre ami 6. Je crains d en abuser.\\n7. Ne pensez-vous jamais a, vos devoirs? 8. J y pense tous les jours.\\n9. Avez-vous pense a votre frere aujourd hui 10. J ai pense a lui,\\net je me suis souvenu de ses bontes. 11. A-t-il eu soin de son pere,\\net lui a-t-il obei 12. II lui obeit constamment. 13. Ne lui a-t-il\\njamais desobei? 14. II lui a desobei plusieurs fois, mais il genii t de\\nsa faute. 15. Ne les remerciez-vous pas de leur complaisance\\n16. Je les en remercie de tout mon coeur. 17. Le sellier vous a-t-il\\nfelicite de votre succes 18. II m en a felicite. 19. N avez-vous\\npas ri de notre malheur 20. Nous n en avons pas ri 5 nous ne rions\\njamais des malheurs d autrui. 21. Ne vous souvenez-vous pas des\\nnouvelles que je vous ai apprises 22. Je ne m en souviens plus.\\n23. Votre pere ne vous a-t-il pas defendu de medire de votre pro-\\nchain 24. II me l a defendu. 25. Nous nous sommes informes de\\ntoutes les circonstances decette affaire.\\nExercise 154.\\n1. Have you not abused your friend s kindness? 2. I have not\\nabused his kindness, I have abused his patience. 3. Does not your\\nconduct displease your parents? 4. My conduct does not please\\nthem. 5. Why have you not obeyed your father 6. I have obeyed\\nhim Qui). 7. Have you not laughed at my mistakes 8. I have\\nnot laughed at your mistakes. 9. Has the young man laughed at\\nthe painter s mistakes 10. He has not laughed at his mistakes.\\n11. Has your saddler laughed at your cousin s misfortunes? 12. He\\nhas not laughed at his misfortunes. 13. Do you ever laugh at the\\nmisfortunes of others 14. We never laugh at our neighbor s mis-\\nfortunes. 15. Do you remember the lesson which you learnt yes-\\nterday 16. I do not remember it (en). 17. Does that young lady\\nresemble her mother? 18. She does not resemble her mother.\\n19. Have you thanked your friend for his kindness 20. I have\\nthanked him for it. 21. Has your mother forbidden you to read", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0221.jp2"}, "220": {"fulltext": "2 1 G S O I X A X T E D I X X E U V I E M E LEJON.\\nthat book7 22. She has forbidden it (me To). 23. Why do you\\nirgive your enemies 24. I forgive them with all my heart.\\n25. Do you not think of your duties? 2G. I think of them (y) every\\n27. J lave you congratulated your friend? 28. I have con-\\ngratulated him on his I. Have you not slandered those\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2men? 30. I never slander my neighbor. 31. Does that house\\ntits me, bnt it does not suit my father. 33. Does\\nthat house suit the painter? 34. It suits him very well, but it is\\niall for me. 35. My father has forbidden my speaking to that\\ngentleman. i\\nLEgON I.XXIX. LESSON LXX1X.\\nj:i:..imi:v OB Aiui-. n\\\\ B B7^\\n1. The regimen, or of an adjective, is generally a\\nation. The regimen is usually\\nwe, by means of a preposition.\\ndifferent, in French, from that oon-\\nvi ith its regimen\\ni unipersonally, the\\ni.jj.\\nir It is necessary to labor in order to\\nlive.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a21. i icted from 1 DO,\\nitiona different in French and\\nireuz dc, in love Meoontcnt do, displeased I roprv a,\\nilaBant de. pnrta\\nI ucdwith fid fur\\nlent avec, insolent\\nj for Ik (ii towards\\nInqul trds PoM envera, polite to, or\\nl\\\\rc de, intoxicated with Ex.. towards.\\niP Ell IMP]\\nyi u not pleased with you-\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ntent J urn very m I !h it\\ncuact in fulfilling\\nremplir aea del his duties t", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0222.jp2"}, "221": {"fulltext": "EEGIMEN OE ADJECTIVES. 217\\nAvez-voua rempli de vin cette bou- Have you filled that bottle with ivine?\\nteille\\nAvez-vous rempli d argent votre Rave you filled your purse with\\nbourse money f\\nJe Tea ai remplie. I have filled it with it.\\nII est tres facile de blamer les ac- It is very easy to blame the actions of\\ntions d autrui. others.\\nII est glorieux de mourir pour sa It is glorious to die for one s country.\\npatrie.\\nH est plus agreable de voyager en It is more agreeable to travel in sum-\\nete qu en hiver. mer than in winter.\\nExercise 155.\\nAbatt-re, 4. ir. to cut Bois a. bruler, m. fire- Nettoy-er, 1. to clean;\\ndown wood Peuple, m. people\\nAchat, m. purchase Chagrine, e, vexed Pommier, m. apple-tree\\nArrach-er, 1. to pull up; Encre, f. ink; Prunier, m. plum-tree;\\nAubergiste, m. innkeep- Fendre, to cleave, split Roi, m. king\\ner G-loire, f. glory Sei-er, 1. to saw\\nBourse, f. purse Liberte, f. liberty Tonneau, m. cask.\\n1. Ce heros n etait-il pas amoureux de la liberte et de la gloire\\n2. II en etait amoureux. 3. Ce roi n etait-il pas cheri de son\\npeuple 4. II en etait cheri. 5. Ces negotiants ne sont-ils pas\\ncontents de leur achat 6. lis n en sont pas contents. 7. N etes-\\nvous pas chagrine de ne pouvoir nous accompagner 8. J en suis\\ndesole. 9. Savez-vous de quoi 1 aubergiste a rempli ce tonneau?\\n10. II l a rempli de vin. 11. De quoi ferez-vous remplir cette bou-\\nteille, quand vous l aurez fait nettoyer 12. Elle est deja remplie\\nd encre. 13. N etes-vous pas bien fache d avoir fait abattre vos\\npommiers 14. J en suis bien content, car ils n etaient bons a rien.\\n15. N est-il pas necessaire de faire arracher ces pruniers? 16. II\\nn est pas necessaire de les faire arracher. 17. Est-il possible de\\nfendre ce morceau de bois 18. II est possible de le fendre.\\n19. Etes-vous exact nettoyer vos habits 20. J y suis tres exact.\\n21. De quoi avez-vous rempli votre bourse? 22. Je l ai remplie\\nd argent. 23. Est-il necessaire de faire scier votre bois a bruler\\n24. H est necessaire de le faire scier. 25. W etes-vous pas reconnais-\\nsant des services qu on vous rend 26. J en euis tres reconnaissant.\\nExercise 156.\\n1. Are you not grieved with having lost your money 2. I am\\nsorry that I have lost my purse. 3. With what will you fall that\\nbottle 4. I will have it filled with ink. 5. Is it not necessary to\\nhave our wood sawed 6. It is necessary to have our fire-wood\\neawed. 7. Your garden is too small, is it not necessary to have some\\n10", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0223.jp2"}, "222": {"fulltext": "218 QUATKE-YINGTIKAIE LE\u00c2\u00a3OX.\\nplum-trees pulled out 8. It is necessary to have some plum-trees\\ncut down. 9. Have you filled your friend s purse with silver? 10. I\\nhave filled it with gold. 11. Are all your buttles filled with wine\\n12. They are all filled with ink. 13. Are you sorry to have filled\\nyour bottles with ink 14. I am glad to have filled them with ink,\\nfor I want ink. 15. Are you pleased with this book? 16. Iain\\n1 with it. 17. Is that land good for any thing IS. It is good\\nfor nothing. 19. Is that lady beloved by her children f\\nbeloved by her friends, and by her children. 21. Are you grateful\\nfor those Services L J. I am grateful for them. 23. Is it not pos-\\nto split that piece of wood? 24. It is not possible to split it.\\n25. Is it agreeable to travel in winter? 26. It is not .is agreeable to\\ntravel in winter as in summer. 27. It is easy to blame others.\\n28. Is it not glorious to die for oik s country? 29. It is glorious to\\n1 to die for one s country. 30. Have you filled the inkstand?\\nDed it with ink. _ Would it not be De-\\nto pull up all those trees? 33. It would not be necessary to\\npull them all OP, tor my garden is very large. Henry the Fourth\\nbe-lovcd by his people.\\nLB ON I. XXX. LESSON I. XXX.\\nc,..vi:i:\\\\mi:nt 01 PREPOSITIONS, BTC. I\\n1. Son follow them without\\nthe ai\\nV2. d.ij dentin,\\neli./. On aunt, touchin\\n(1.)]\\ntlnir object\\nfrom\\na fleui force de, by dint of; l e*gard de, with n\\nI in-u de, without the i unknown t\\nIhr rate of; an decs le. thi.i w\\nl, 2.}\\n3. Others take i\u00e2\u0080\u0094 quai\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2l. 9\\nregimen in common, provided they govern in the tame man-\\nner or", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0224.jp2"}, "223": {"fulltext": "G0YEEX1IE5TT OP PREPOSITIONS.\\n219\\nNous aimons et nous louons 1103 We love and praise our children.\\neufants.\\nCe jardin est utile et agreable a, That garden is useful and agreeable\\nnotre pere. to our father.\\nAu dedans ou au dehors du roy- Within or without the kingdom.\\naurne.\\n5. When, however, two or more verbs, adjectives or prepositions\\ncoming together in the same sentence, do not govern their regimen\\nin the same manner, they cannot have a regimen in common. The\\nregimen must be repeated, or replaced by a pronoun, or another turn\\nmust be given to the sentence. The following sentences could not,\\ntherefore, be translated literally into French.\\nTliat man is useful to and loved by his family I write to and receive letters\\nfrom my brothers To be exposed to or sheltered from the rain. We must\\nsay:\\nCet homme est utile a sa famille, et Tliat man is useful to Ms family, and\\nil en est aime. he is beloved by them.\\nJ ecris des lettres a mon frere, et I write letters to my brother, and re-\\nj en recois de lui. ceive some from him.\\n\u00c2\u00a3tre expose a la pluie, ou en etre To be exposed to the rain, or to be\\na l abri. sheltered from it.\\nUtile and aime, icrire and recevoir, expose and a talri, take dif-\\nferent regimens.\\nResume op Examples.\\nWe arrived before the battle.\\nNous sommea arrives avant la ba-\\ntaille.\\nYous vous asseyez toujours devant\\nmoi.\\nLes avez-vous places sur la table\\nJe les ai places dessous.\\nJe les ai mis sous la chaise ou des-\\nsus.\\nlis demeurent derriere notre maison.\\nJ ai loue une chambre de derriere.\\nNous occupons le devant de la mai-\\nson.\\nJe les ai rencontres derriere votre\\njardin.\\nYous avez achete cette terre a, l insu\\nde votre pere.\\nJ ai paye le jardinier a. raison de\\ndeux francs par jour.\\nYou always sit before me.\\nWave you placed them upon the table t\\nJ have placed them under.\\nI have put them under the chair or\\nupon it.\\nThey lived behind our house.\\nI have rented a back room.\\nWe occupy the front of the house.\\nI met them behind your garden.\\nYou have bought that estate without\\nthe knowledge of your father.\\nJ paid the gardener at the rate of two\\nfrancs per day.\\nExercise 157.\\nDessous, under, under Hectolitre, m. hectolitre,\\nit; 100 litres;\\nDessus, above, upon it Plat, m. dish\\nDehors, outside, without; S enrich-ir, 2. to become Pomme de terre, po-\\nAssiette, f. plate\\nCout-er, 1. to cost\\ninside, within\\nDerriere, m. back;\\nDevant, m. front,\\nrich\\nHors, out;\\ntato\\nSur, upon, about.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0225.jp2"}, "224": {"fulltext": "220 QUA THE- VI N GTI OE LE?02f.\\n1. X avcz-vous pas ferine la porte de devaut 2. Xous l avons\\nfermee, ruais nous n avons pad ferine la porte de derriere. 3. Qui\\nest arrive avant moi 4. Le monsieur qui est as^is devant la feneire.\\ndemeure derriere VOtre niaisou? G. 11 n y a poiut de maison\\nderriere la ndtre. 7. Ne pensez-VOUS pas qu a* force de travailler, il\\niiira? S. Je ne erois pas qu il 3*il vend ses mer-\\nchandises a si bun marehe. 9. Apprend-il la nmsique a l insu de\\n10. II L apprend a lent- insu. 11. Vous etes-vous\\nSOeur? 12. Je me suis marie a son insu.\\n1:;. Notre ami nVst pas dans la maison, il est dehors; 14. 11 nVst\\npas hora de la lans, 15. Avez-vous de l argent but\\nvous? 16. Je n ai pas d argent sur moi. 17. Demeurez-vous sur le\\ndevant de la maison? is. Nous demeuroni sur le\\ndevant 19. La cuisiniere a-t-elle m but la table, oa\\nplatS, laS ruilleivs, ct lis\\nronrchettes sur la table. 21. I pommes de\\nil. Je I raiaon de cinq franca\\nIIS bit reparer le dedans ou le dehors do la mai-\\nMO -1. J ai fait reparer l interieur et l exterieur.\\nEn a dsh 168.\\n1. Save y d bought that house without your father s knowledge?\\n2. I .i without his know! 3. Have you forgotten\\nfront dour? -1. I have -hut thefronl door and the back\\ndoor. 1 have brought all coy p1 two or th\\n7. II. oocupii\\ns. Whom behind that bouse? I met d\\nbehind the bou 1 I thai g\u00c2\u00bb utl man live behind your 1\\n11. N behind our house. no bouse\\nl Hare you a kn I 1 1. 1 have no knife\\nme. 15. Di a knife about you I [nevei\\na knife about me. 17. mr brother i him?\\n18. lie Las no money about him. 1 Will you put these j\\n\\\\ipon the table, or under it? 20. I will put them in the drawer\\n-l. How much have you given for that wheat?\\n.t it at th. i. the hectolitre.\\nl house out of the city? 24. It is not out of the eity; it [a\\nwith ter placed I\\nShe has put tlie plates upon tin- table,\\nL 7. Have you had your i 28. I", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0226.jp2"}, "225": {"fulltext": "DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN, CE. 221\\nyou? 30. I have bought it at the rate of five francs the metre.\\n31. Did you marry without your father s knowledge 32. I mar-\\nried without his knowledge. 33. Have you sold my books without\\nmy knowledge 34. I sold them without your knowledge. 35. I\\nsold them without my sister s knowledge.\\nLECON LXXXI. LESSON LXXXI.\\nTHE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN, CE. 108.)\\n1. The pronoun ce answers to the English pronoun it, used before\\nthe verb to be, in such sentences as, it is I, it is thou, etc. The latter\\npronouns (I, thou, etc.) are rendered by moi, toi, lui, elle, nous, vous,\\neux, m., elks, f. The verb remains in the singular, except when the\\npronoun following it is in the third person plural, in which case it\\nmay be put in the plural or in the singular 116, (2.)]. If the pro-\\nnoun is followed by qui, the verb is better in the plural, and, if fol-\\nlowed by que, in the singular.\\nC est moi, c est lui, c est elle. It is I, it is he, it is she.\\nCe sont elles qui parlent. It is they who speak.\\nC est elles que nous eherclions. It is they whom we seek.\\n2. If the relative pronoun qui and another verb follow etre, this\\nsecond verb must agree in number and person with the pronoun pre-\\nceding the relative.\\nC est vous qui avez fait cela. It is you who have done that.\\nC est nous qui avons dechire cette It is we who have torn that silk.\\nsoie.\\n3. Ce also renders the English pronoun it, used absolutely, but not\\nunipersonally before the verb to be 108, (5.)].\\nCe fut en Allemagne qu il trouva It was in Germany that he found his\\nson ami. friend.\\n4. Celui qui, celle qui, ceux qui, m., celles qui, are equivalent to\\nthe English pronouns, he who, she who, they who celui que, celle que,\\nceux que, celles que, render he whom, etc.\\nCelui ou celle qui chante. He or she who sings.\\nResume op Examples.\\nEst-ce vous qui nous avez averti de Is it you who have warned us of\\ncela this\\nC est nous qui vous en avons averti. It is we wlio have warned you of it.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0227.jp2"}, "226": {"fulltext": "222 Q U A T RE -VINGT-UN I E ME LEgON.\\nEst-co vons, mosdames, que nous Is it you, ladies, whom we have met?\\navons n ocoi\\nCe n e.-t pas dous, e est eux quo /if is not we, it is they whom you have\\nyou- avez vus. seen.\\nCe n est pae vous, co sont eux qui It is not yov, it is they who have done\\nont fait oela that.\\ni Aiigletcrro que jo vous ai It is in England that I saw you,\\nvu.\\nus ccs deux Tortu- Do you know those two Portuguese t\\nI qui p:u-le a M. L. know ?iim who speaks to Mr. L.\\nExercise 159.\\nAppel-er, 1. to oaB; OonnaJ8Bance,Cao9t(atn De temps on temps, ^om\\nA tool all ance; time to lime\\nExpliqu-er,l. imero, No., number tof\\nAv.rt-ir. l. (o irarn Guerre, l.\\nDejour en \\\\ovx t from day Phrase,\\n1 r, 1. to over- today; Prelud-cr, \\\\.topi\\\\lude.\\nW. a\\n1. i; [ui avezappele* votredomestique? 2. Co\\nce vous, mon ami, iui voulea\\na ton) pas ni i, e eel moo\\nlui qui d averti ce matelot de son danger?\\nmoi |ui I m ai averti. 7. Eisfc-ce nous que\\nluren jour? 8. Co n est pas vous, e eel bus que\\nqui noua avec combie\\nI i ladame. 1 I\\navec lui 12. n e i\\nt-ce vous, mesdami tisinee,\\n[U. D a] 1 I.\\n15. N deux\\nli qui parte a Madame L 17. I\\nqui nous avea explique*\\nieur, |ui demeurea\\n21. C moi qui y demeure. 22. Entendea-voua oe* must-\\nlui qui chante. 24. Je a enteodi jkis biou\\ncelui ijui jout.-. 2 j. Nona entendons ceux qui pruludenL\\nK\\\\i BClSE 100.\\n1. I- it you, my friend, who have warned me of my\\n;t they whom you\\nfrom \u00c2\u00ab!a_v t i day 4. It is nut they whom we i\\nit you who have douc this C. It il you who", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0228.jp2"}, "227": {"fulltext": "DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN, CE. 223\\ndone it. 7. Was it in England that you bought this hat 8. It was\\nnot in England it was in Germany. 9. Was it not in Russia that\\nyou became acquainted with him 10. It was not in Russia it was\\nin Italy. 11. Was it you who were calling us 12. It was not we\\nit was he. 13. Are you not acquainted with the two Poles who\\nare reading? 14. I know the one who is near you. 15. Is that\\n(est-ce la) the lady whom you expected 16. It is not (she). 17. Is\\nit you, gentlemen, who have loaded my brother with kindness\\n18. It is not (we), sir we have not the pleasure of knowing him.\\n19. Is it you who have been wounded in the (au) arm 20. It is\\nnot (I).V 21. Do you not hear those two ladies 22. I do not hear\\nthe one who sings. 23. I hear the one who plays. 24. Was it you\\nwho came to our house this morning 25. It was not I I was in\\nLondon then (ahrs). 26. Was it you, sir, who did us that favor?\\n27. It was not (I) it was my sister. 28. Was it your son who\\nwished by all means to go to London 29. It was not he he is\\nnow in Germany. 30. Is it you who wrote that letter 31. We\\nhave written no letter. 32. Who lives at (au) No. 20 33. I live\\nthere (c est moi). 34. Is it we whom you have seen 35. It was\\nnot you whom I saw.\\nLEQON LXXXII. LESSON LXXXII.\\nCE, IDIOMATIC USE OP QUE.\\n1. The pronoun ce (and not the pronouns il, elle, etc.), must be\\nused for he, she, they, coming before the verb to be, when that verb is\\nfollowed by a noun, or an adjective used substantively, preceded by\\nthe, a or an, by some or any understood, or by a possessive or demon-\\nstrative adjective. When the word used in apposition with ce is plural,\\nand in the third person, the verb is put in the plural, although ce re-\\nmains unchanged 108, (2.) (3.)].\\nC est un Polonais. He is a Pole.\\nCe sont des Anglais. They are Englishmen.\\nC est cette dame qui m a parle de It is that lady who spoke to me of\\nvous. you.\\n2. Ce is used as the nominative of the verb tire, in sentences like\\nthe following, and the conjunction que is used idiomatically after it.\\nThe verb in this case is not put in the plural.\\nQu est-ce que ces enfants What are those children\\nQu est-ce que Htalie What is Italy\\nQu est-ce que le jardinage What is gardening t", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0229.jp2"}, "228": {"fulltext": "224 QUATEE-VIXGT-DEUXIKilE L E C O N\\n3. Que is used idiomatically in a number of sentences. In the\\nfullowing it gives greater force to the expression.\\nCe sont do bons livres que les vutres Yours are indeed good books.\\nJo dis quo oui; je crois que non. I say yes J believe not.\\nlli .-i Mi op Examples.\\nI messieurs qui parlent Who are the gentlemen who speak to\\na M. I..? Mr. L.I\\ncousins, qui vicnneut They are my cousins, tvho have just\\ndan\\nhands?\\nla riaaaeni They are Poles, they\\nd arri\\nII ae paa i Lonais, ils sont Th-y arc not Poles, (hey are Jius-\\nPolonaia, ce aont T. -j are Rut*\\nqu la Toaraine\\nni a 1. 1 Praam\\nyour irindvw look on the\\nwas la rue?\\nK\\\\u:. i-;-: 161.\\ni Soieriee, p,\\nir;\\nI\\nr- Surpreod-ra, 1. ir. to\\n1. I\\nmon-\\nsieur N -..nt-. p.\\nI VIM\\nIn. n -t paa lui,\\n12. O\\nt freres. 1\\nI 7\\nI\\nlui, monsieur; c cst sur lc jardin qu ell", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0230.jp2"}, "229": {"fulltext": "AGEEEMENT OF VERB WITH SUBJECT. 225\\npas notre charron qui a fait cette roue 24. Ce n est pas lui qui l a\\nfaite. 25. Ce sont nos amis qui l ont brisee, et c est le menuisier qui\\nl a faite.\\nExercise 162.\\n1. Is that lady your friend s sister 2. No, sir; she is a stranger.\\n3. Who are the two gentlemen who are speaking to your sister\\n4. They are Swiss gentlemen, i 5. Are those the gentlemen whom\\nyou have invited C. It is they (eux). 7. Do you not know that\\nman? 8. I know him very well; he is the man who has stolen my\\nwine. 9. What is Italy? 10. It is the garden of Europe. Til. Is\\nnot that the letter which you intended to carry to the post-office\\n12. No, sir it is another. 13. Is the city of Havre fine 14. Tes,\\nsir; Havre is truly a large and beautiful city. 15. Is not that the\\nman whom you have caught stealing your fruit 16. It is not, it is\\nanother. 17. Is not this the cap that you have bought 18. Tes,\\nsir I believe so. 19. Do not the windows of your room look on\\nthe street? 20. No, madam; they look on the garden. 21. Do not\\nthe windows of your dining-room look on the yard (cour) 22. No,\\nsir they look on the lake (lac). 23. Is it that little child who has\\ntaken your preserves 24. It is his brother or his sister. 25. What\\nare those engravings 26. They are engravings which I bought\\nin Germany. 27. Are these gentlemen Scotch? 28. They are not\\nScotch they are Italian. 29. Are those ladies Scotch 30. No\\nthey are the Italian ladies who came yesterday. 31. What is Mar-\\nseille 32. It is one of the finest cities in (de) France. 33. Is it\\nnot your tailor who made that coat 34. It is not he, it is an Eng-\\nlish tailor who made it. 35. It is your friend who broke my watch.\\nLEgON LXXXIH. LESSON LXXXEI.\\nAGEEEMENT OF THE VERB WITH ITS SUBJECT.\\n1. In French, as in other languages, when a verb has two subjects\\nin the singular, it is generally put in the plural 114, (2.)].\\nL oncle et la tante sont arrives. The uncle and aunt have arrived.\\n2. When a verb has two or more subjects of different persons, it\\nis put in the plural, and assumes the termination of the first perse?\\nrather than that of the second or third, and the termination of the", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0231.jp2"}, "230": {"fulltext": "22G QUATEE-YINGT-TEOISIEilE LEgOlT.\\nsecond in preference to that of the third. A pronoun recapitulating 1\\nthe others, is placed immediately before the verb.\\nTous et moi nous irons demain a la You and I will go hunting to-morrow.\\nYous et lui vous irez demain a l ecole. You and he will go to school to-morrow.\\nSa rn re et moi nous avons ecrit II is mother and I have written that\\noette lettre. letter.\\n3. The above examples will show, that, when a verb has several\\nsubjects, all of them pronouns, or partly pronouns and partly nouns,\\nirords moi, tui, lui, euXj are used instead ofje, ta, il, Us\\nLI.)]\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2i. Fur further rules on this Subject, see 114 and 115, and also the\\nBOO.\\n6. I ponds in signification to the English to trou\\nthe way, and to hurt (in apeakmg of\\nshoes ami run. .r trouble one s self.\\nAm I in your wag t\\nI, 31 mi OF El vmi\\nOu in y u go, your brother and\\nmo^noaa ir. oULgo to F.ngland.\\nIw/ u/ual.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0i, noUS DOU H TJtey and I have hurt nr heads.\\nmal a\\nipi yourselves\\nwdl without doubt incom-\\nIt be in your\\nde roua gener.\\nme k Jamais chez mes n nt with my\\nids.\\nmettcz-vous a Be under no constr ai nt; place your\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ildy.\\nr les au- We do not like to incommode others.\\nNuus u aimons pas i nous g li r. We do not like to incommode our-\\nEnon tsa 168.\\nA porto, at a loss; no means; So pr tor. 1. rcf. to ad. p\\nA profit) with a profit\\narm; r. 1. to persist; So\\n,-Tooa if-ux.\\n1 T sometimes omitted by tho b\\nExample, g 83, (10.)", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0232.jp2"}, "231": {"fulltext": "AGREEMENT OP VERB WITH SUBJECT. 227\\n1. Si nous restions plus longtemps ici, nous craindrions de vous\\ngener. 2. Vous ne nous genez nullement votre societe nous est\\ntres agreable. 3. N avez-vous pas ete trop prodigues, vous et votre\\nfrere 4. Lui et moi au contraire, nous avons ete tres economes.\\n5. N avez-vous pas tort de gener ce monsieur 6. Nous n avons\\nnullement envie de le gener. 7. Est-ce que mon bras vous gene,\\nmonsieur 8. Non, monsieur nous avons assez de place, vous ne\\nme genez pas. 9. Ne devriez-vous pas vous preter aux circonstances\\n10. Nous faisons, elle et moi, notre possible pour nous y preter.\\n11. Ce jeune homme persiste-t-il dans sa resolution 12. Nous y\\npersistans, lui et moi. 13. Persistez-vous tous deux a rester ici\\n14. Nous y persistans tous deux. 15. Cet homme est-il gene dans\\nses affaires {uncomfortably situated, badly off) 16. II etait gene\\ndans ses affaires, il y a un an. 17. Ne vous genez pas, monsieur.\\n18. Je ne me gene jamais, monsieur. 19. Est-ce-que mon frere vous\\nderange? 20. Nou, monsieur il ne me derange pas. 21. Je ne\\nvoudrais pas vous deranger. 22. Pardon, si je vous derange. 23. Vous\\net votre associe vous avez vendu vos marchandises a perte. 24. Vous\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2et moi nous vendons toujours a profit. 25. Votre pere, votre frere,\\net moi nous avons achete des marchandises.\\nExercise 164.\\n1 Do we incommode you, my brother and I 2. No, sir you\\ndo not incommode us we are very glad to see you. 3. Are you not\\nafraid to disturb your friend 4. We are afraid to disturb him, he\\nhas much to do. 5. Is my foot in your way, sir 6. No, sir your\\nfoot is not in my way. 7. Will you and your brother go to Ger-\\nmany this year 8. We intend to go there, he and I. 9. He, you\\nand I should write our lessons. 10. Should you not, you and your\\nfriends, adapt yourselves to circumstances? 11.. We should do so,\\nif it were possible. 12. Do I not disturb you, sir 13. Vou do not\\ndisturb me by any means. 14. Does not my little boy disturb you\\n15. He does not disturb me. 16. He disturbs nobody. 17. Does\\nnot your partner sell his goods at a loss 18. He never sells at a\\nloss. 19. He and I always sell at a profit. 20. Do you persist in\\nyour resolution 21. Your friend and I persist in our resolution.\\n22. I never feel under constraint at your house. 23. Be under no\\nconstraint (make yourself at home). 24. Are you not wrong to in-\\ncommode them 25. I do not intend to incommode them. 26. We\\ndo not like to incommode ourselves (to put ourselves out of the way).\\n27. My little boy and I will, perhaps, be in your way. 28. No, sir j", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0233.jp2"}, "232": {"fulltext": "228 ^L AXKil-Vl.N GX-yrAXKlijIE LKl OX.\\nwe are very glad of your company. 29. Do I disturb you 30. Xo,\\nsir; you do not disturb us. 31. Do I disturb your father? 33. Xo,\\ndisturb no one. 33. Excuse me. sir, if I disturb you.\\n31. Have you not been very lavish? 33. Xo, sir; I assure you\\nthat your son and I have been very economical\\nLEO LXXXIV. LESSON LXXXIV.\\nA.GBKEHKXT OP THE vi:i;i; WITH [T8 SUBJJB l CO J t TUt O JtD\\n1. When a verb i* preceded by several nouns n\\nthe nouns are in some way\\ndwells more i rcibly upon the la.-t.\\nia chil-\\nI Ut le t/; ^Jy\\noua Tour fri -!\u00e2\u0080\u009eh, your ratal\\nmited by the i tho\\nv vfl wn fe to your\\n(not\\npluraL\\nI rtfc\\nthe pluraL\\ny niTun ni f-\\nI rni the act.\\nNl fun ni I m\\n.cut.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0234.jp2"}, "233": {"fulltext": "agreement of tjeeb with subject. 229\\nResume of Examples.\\nNi l un ni l autre n qnt trouve le vin Neither the one nor the other found\\nbon. v the wine good.\\nL un et l autre ont trouve le diner Both found the dinner lad.\\nmauvais.\\nComment se trouvent messieurs vos How do your brothers find themselves\\nfreres\\nNi l un ni l autre ne se trouvent bien. Neither find themselves well.\\nL un et l autre se trouverent au ren- They both found themselves at the ren-\\ndezvous.\\nNi l un ni l autre ne sera elu presi- Neither will be elected president.\\ndent.\\nL un ou l autre y trouvera a, redire. One or the other will find fault with it.\\nLui ou vous vous avez trouve quelque He or you have found something to\\nchose a redire a, notre conduite. blame in our conduct.\\nNi lui ni moi nous n avons trouve a Neither he nor 1 have found any fault\\nredire a la conduite de vos enfants. with your children s conduct.\\nExercise 165.\\nAuteur, m. author; Plutot, rather; Se trouv-er, 1. ref. to find\\nDevoir, m. duty Rempl-ir, 2. to fulfil; one s self; to be pres-\\nEcriture, f. writing. Rati, m. roast meat ent.\\nEli-re, 4. ir. to elect; Secretaire, m. secretary Yeiller, 1. to watch;\\nExpos-er, 1. to expose; Trouv-er, 1. to find, to Vie, f. life.\\nInteret, m. interest like, to fancy\\n1. Eemplissez-vous bien votre devoir 2. Nous ne le remplissons\\nni l un ni l autre. 3. Cherchent-ils l un et l autre a s exposer? 4. Ni\\nl un ni l autre ne cherchent a exposer leur vie (La Brityere). 5. M.\\nvotre pere et M me votre mere, se trouvent-ils mieux aujourcl hui\\n6. Ni l un ni l autre ne se trouvent mieux. 7. Avez-vous trouve a\\nredire a mon ecriture ou a celle de mon secretaire 8. Te n ai trouve\\na redire ni a l une ni a l autre. 9. Cet auteur ne trouve-t-il pas a\\nredire a tout? 10. II trouve a redire a, tous les livres. 11. T\\ntrouvez-vous quelque chose a redire? 12. Ni lui ni moi nous n y\\ntrouvons rien a redire. 13. Lui ou moi, nous veillerons a vos\\ninterets. 14. Ni lui ni moi nous ne cesserons de veiller a la con-\\nduite de votre fils. 15. Nous y veillerons plutot que d y trouver a,\\nredire. 16. Lui et moi nous nous trouvames ensemble au rendez-\\nvous. 17. Yous y trouverez-vous l un ou l autre 18. Nous nous\\ny trouverons l un ou l autre. 19. L un ou l autre sera-t-il elu presi-\\ndent? 20. Ni l un ni l autre ne sera elu. 21. Comment trouvez-\\nvous ce roti 22. Je le trouve excellent. 23. Je trouve ce livre\\nbon. 24. Je ne le trouve pas bon. 25. Je trouve cela bien fait.\\nExercise 166.\\n1. How do you like that book? 2. Neither my sister nor I like\\nit. 3. Did your brothers find the dinner good 4. Both found it", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0235.jp2"}, "234": {"fulltext": "230 QUATRE-YINGT-CINQUIKME LE^OS.\\nvery good. 5. Did the professor find fault with your conduct\\nC. He did not find fault with it. 7. Neither be nor my father fiud\\nfault with my conduct 8. Do they both watch over your\\nduct? 9. They both watch over my conduct, and over my int\\n10, Have you both fulfilled your duty? 11. Wo have fulfilled it.\\n12. Have you not both criticised my writing? 13. Neither haeori ti-\\nlt 11. Do not yo:: find themselves better to-day 7\\n15. One finds herself better. 1G. The other does not hod herself so\\nwelL 17. Do not i find fault with 18. They\\nfind fault v. 19. Will cither be elected prefect of the\\nDepartment? *J Neither will 1 elected. 21. How do you like\\nI find it very good. 23. Did your two friends\\narrive in tim inted place? 2b Neith in (A)\\ntime. 25. Do you find fault with that (eeZa)? 26. I do not find\\nfault with it 27. Wfll you both to this dan-\\nbo it 2! l\\\\ you find\\nid 30. I do nol find fault with it.\\n31. Do yon find fault with his writing? 32. I find fault witli it. for\\nit is very bad. rmy interests? 84. My\\nWe will not cease to watch\\nLEI I N I. XX XV. LESSON I.X.WV.\\na .ki:i:mi.m OV iii i vi:i:r. with Tin: si 1 1 n i i;i\\nLA verb, ha\\n1 1 )J.\\nest grandc. 77j crowd of the poor is p\\nof the noun following the collective, unless attention b\u00c2\u00ab par-\\nticularly the collective 5, (2)}\\ns recoivent A crowd of poor people receive assist-\\nance.\\n3. The on nombrS, a numhrr, find the\\nof quantity, oaass, hat, moms,\\nIsm\\npersonally in the\\nrttte is often used in the same niauner\\nEnglish word bfl.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0236.jp2"}, "235": {"fulltext": "AGREEMENT OF VERB WITH SUBJECT. 231\\nII me reste deux francs. have two francs left or literally\\nThere remains to me two francs.\\nNous avons cinquante ecus de reste. We have fifty crowns left.\\n5. Devenir (2. ir.) to become, with ctre as an auxiliary, corresponds\\nin signification to the English to become, followed by of. It is also\\nEnglished by to become, or simply to turn.\\nQu est devenu votre frere What has become of your brother\\nII est en France, et est devenu He is in France and has turned law-\\navocat. yer.\\nResume op Examples.\\nLa plupart de mes heures sont con- Most of my hours are devoted to labor.\\nau travail.\\nLa foule des humains est vouee au The mass of mankind is devoted to\\nmalheur. misfortune.\\nLa plus grande partie des voyageurs The greatest number of travellers say\\nle disent, et le repetent. it, and repeat it.\\nNe vous reste-t-il que cela Have you only that left\\nVoila tout ce qu il me reste. That is all that I have left.\\nJe ne sais ce qu ils sont devenus. I do not know what has become of\\nthem.\\nJe ne sais ce que vous deviendrez. I do not know what will become of you.\\nExercise 167.\\nS appliqu-er, 1. ref. to Chemin, m. way, road; Habile, skilful;\\napply Desol-er, 1. to desolate; Maigre, thin, lean;\\nApprenti, m. apprentice Fjgar-er, 1. to mislay Naissance, f. birth;\\nAveugle, blind; Bmplettes, p. purcha- Parent, m. relation;\\nBagatelle, f. trifle; ses Eue, f. street;\\nBoiteux, se, lame; Ictat, m. trade; Savant, e, learned.\\n1. La plupart de vos parents ne sont-ils pas venus vous voir\\n2. Beaucoup sont venus. 3. Que sont devenus les autres 4. Je ne\\nsaurais vous dire ce qu ils sont devenus. 5. Que deviendra ce jeune\\nhomme, s il ne s applique pas a 1 etude 6. Je ne sais pas ce qu il\\ndeviendra. 7. Je sais qu il ne deviendra jamais savant. 8. Combien\\nde francs avez-vous de reste 9. II ne me reste qu un franc.\\n10. Combien vous restera-t-il, quand vous aurez fait vos emplettes\\n11. H ne me restera qu une bagatelle. 12. Cet apprenti est-il devenu\\nhabile dans son etat 13. II y est devenu habile. 14. Ce monsieur\\nest-il aveugle de naissance, ou l est-il devenu 15. II l est devenu.\\n16. Savez-vous ce que sont devenus ces jeunes gens? 17. Us sont\\ndevenus medecins. 18. Ne savez-vous pas ce que sont devenus mes\\nlivres 19. Us sont egares. 20. Ne deviendrez-vous pas boiteux, si\\nvous marchez tant 21. Je deviendrai boiteux et maigre. 22. La\\nfoule ne s est-elle pas egaree dans ce bois 23. La foule s y est", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0237.jp2"}, "236": {"fulltext": "232 Q V AT H E- VI SGT -SIX I EM E Ili^ON.\\neVarce, ct n a pu rctrouver son chemin. 24. Une nuee de barbares\\ndesoletant le pays. (Acad.) 25. Unc foule de citqyena ruines,\\nremplissaient les rues de Stockholm. (Voltaire.)\\nExEBOSB 1G8.\\n1. Have not most of your friends become rich? 2. Most of them\\nhave become poor. 3. Has not that young lady become learned?\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a01. I think that she wiD never become learned. 5. Is not the Ameri-\\nmall? G. Tiie American army is small, but\\nof the American Boldieraare very brave (\u00c2\u00a9no 7. Oan yon\\ntellmewhal tleman? B. I cannot tell you\\nwhat of him. 9. Is y nr brother blind by birth\\nyour brother born blind) 10. No, sir; he has become 80. 11.\\nyou born lame? 12. No, sir; I became bo three yean i\\nto play I m .i?\\n1 1. N ly. 15. Bow much of your\\n16. 1 have only twenty-five francs left*\\n17. Do yon know i have only a trifle\\nich shall yon have left to-morrow 20. I shall\\n21.] only have two francs h-ft, when\\n22. What has becoinr of yOUT gram-\\ni you know what has 1\\np n the table. 26. Will\\nnot that gentleman become blind? 27. lb- will not become blind,\\nBkflful in his trade? 28. He\\nhas become of him 81. He\\n32. Did the crowd lose its way\\ni oknd of lo\\n(8auterelU. deflated uur country.\\nLEgoN I.XXXYJ. lesson i.xxxvr.\\nBXPB1 i PIOH OF i in: a;:i tCLE, i: aimij tivi:.\\nI the possessive adjectives,\\nwhich they\\nf to abandon^", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0238.jp2"}, "237": {"fulltext": "RE PETIT I ON O F AETICL!\\n233\\nVous avez quitte vos parents et vos You have left your relations and\\namis. friends.\\nNous avons quitte nos etudes. We have discontinued our studies.\\n4. Laisser, to leave, to let, is generally said of things. It is, how-\\never, said of persons in the sense of to suffer to remain.\\nYous avez laisse votre livre sur la You left your book upon the table.\\ntable.\\nThe examples below will illustrate the use of those two verbs.\\nResume of Examples.\\nN avez-vous pas quitte votre mai- Have you not left your house f\\nson?\\nJ ai quitte mon pays et mes parents, i have left my country and relations.\\nJ ai laisse ma bibliotheque en Eu- I left my library in Europe.\\nrope.\\nNe voulez-vous pas laisser votre fils Will you not leave your son here 1\\nici?\\nJe n aime pas a, le quitter. J do not like to quit him.\\nJ ai laisse votre lettre a, son domes- I left your letter with his servant.\\ntique.\\nMon pere m a laisse cinquante mille My father left me fifty thousand\\nfrancs. francs.\\nLes avez- vous laisses tranquilles Have you let them alone\\nJe leur ai laisse le champ libre. have left them a free choice {free\\nroom).\\nCe malade a quitte le lit. Tliat sick man has left his bed.\\nVotre frere a quitte le barreau. Your brother has left the bar.\\nJe vous laisserai ce cliapeau ce I will let you have that hat at that\\nprix. price.\\nExercise 169.\\nA bon compte, cheap; Mauvais, e, bad;\\nCarte, f. card; Moins, less\\nEpee, f. sword, army Noyau, m. fruit-stone\\n(figuratively). Pourquoi, why\\nHabitude, f. habit; Pavie, m. clingston\\nJugc, m. judge; peach;\\nPension, f. boarding-\\nschool\\nPortier, m. porter\\nPrix, m. price;\\nEobe, f. gown;\\nService, m. service, army.\\n1. Vos oncles, vos cousins, et vos neveux, ont-ils quitte le com-\\nmerce 2. lis ont quitte le commerce, et sont devenus medecins.\\n3. Le capitaine G. n a-t-il pas quitte le service 4. II a quitte la Trance,\\nxnais il n a pas quitte le service. 5. Ou avez-vous laisse votre fils\\n6. Je l ai laisse dans une pension. 7. Est-il trop jeune pour quitter\\nses etudes 8. II est trop jeune, il n a que douze ans. 9. A qui\\navez-vous laisse votre carte de visite? 10. Je l ai laissee chez le\\nportier. 11. Pourquoi ne le laissez-vous pas parler 12. Parce qu il\\nest temps que nous vous quittions. 13. Me permettez-vous de lui", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0239.jp2"}, "238": {"fulltext": "!34\\nQUATEE-TINGT-SErTIEMi; LKOOS.\\ncommuniquer cela 14. Je vous laisse le champ libre ft cot egard.\\n15. Cejeune homme n a-t-il pas quitte ses mauvaisea habitudes?\\n1G. II lea a quitte es. 17. M. L. n a-t-il pas quitte la robe pour I ep J\\n18. Oui, monsieur; il n est plusjuge, il est capitaino. 19. Ces p hes\\nquittent-clles faeilement le noyau 20. Xon, monsieur ce BOnt dea\\npavies. 21. Je vous laisse cet habit pour cinquanto franca 22. A\\nquel prix me le laisserez-vous 23. Jo vous le laisserai pour dix\\nfranca. 24. Je vous le laisse a, bon eomjite, je ne saurais vous le\\nlaisscr u inoins.\\nKxi:i: -isic 170.\\n1. The son, daughter, and cousin, have loft Paris. 2. My father\\nmother, and sister, have loft me here. 3. Do you like to leai\\ncountry I. I do not like to leave my friends and country. 5. My\\nparents do not like to leave me her,-, I am too young. 0. Why\\ndoes not your brother lei his Bon speak [L 7, 4.]? 7. Because he\\nliaa 8. Have you lei him alone? 9. 1 have let him\\nalone, 10. Why do you ad let me alone? 11. I will lei them alone.\\n12. Has your friend left his bed? 13. He has not yet left his bed,\\n1 1. II..- CaptainG. left the army 16. B\\nthe army. 1 Has QOl that gentleman left the army fo\\nnot left the army. 1 My friend has left the bar.\\n18. Li what price will you let me have this silk? 20. I will let you\\nat two Branca a yard. 21. Can you not l -t me have it for\\nl 700 havi Will you let me have that honk for\\nfrancs? 24 I \\\\\\\\;1 l.-t you have it for twenty-two. 25. I\\nboI you I With whom (,i qui) have you\\nW my l k? L 7. I lefl it with your Why did you not\\nit with my servant? 29. Because he had left your house.\\n30. Do you like to have your friends? 31. I do not I\\ntbem, have you left your book? I lefl it at my\\nfather s. :;i. Has that m nupcommeroe? (hamm\\nHe has not ojfeen it up. 36. Those peaches do not part 1\\nfrom the stone, they are cliiiL. st.\\nin ON I.XX.Wll. LESSON I.XX.wir.\\nBXPEXITIOH OF miv\\\\ti\\\\ 1: FBONOl S\\n1. The nominative pronouns je, ih cJle.^\\nrepeated, when the first verb of the\\nand the Beoond affirmative, when the verba uro indifferen", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0240.jp2"}, "239": {"fulltext": "EEPETITION OF NOMINATIVE PRONOUNS. 235\\nand when the different propositions are connected by conjunctions\\nother than et, ou, ni, mais 99. 2.]\\nII ne lit pas il ecrit. He does not read Tie writes.\\nElle neviendra pas; elle est partie. She will not come; she is gone.\\n2. The pronouns of the third person are often omitted before the\\nsecond verb in cases not coming within the above rule. The other\\nnominative pronouns are also, sometimes, omitted. We should not,\\nhowever, advise the student to omit the latter pronouns. It is al-\\nways correct to repeat the nominative pronouns.\\n3. The student will bear in mind, that the objective pronouns must\\nalways be repeated.\\n4. Connaitre a, answers to the English expression, to Icnow by.\\nJe le connais a sa demarche. I know him by his walk (carriage).\\n5. Connaitre de nom, de visage, de vue, mean to know by name, by\\nsight.\\n6. Se connaitre a qnelque chose, or en quelque chose, corresponds\\nin signification to the English expression, to be a judge of something,\\nVous vous connaissez en pierreries. You are a judge of precious stones.\\nResume of Examples.\\nJe le connais, je l aime, et je lui J know him, love him, and do justice\\nrends justice. Gresset. to him.\\nII s ecoute, il se plait, il s adonise, il He listens to himself, is phased with\\ns aime. J. B. Rousseau. himself, adorns himself, loves him-\\nself.\\nA quoi connaissez-vous ce mon- By what do you know that gentle-\\nsieur man\\nJe le connais a, son habit noir. I know him by his black coat.\\nJe le connais de vue. I know him by sight.\\nJ ai reconnu ma mere a la voix. 1 recognized my mother by her voice.\\nA quoi vous connaissez-vous Of what are you a judge\\nJe me connais en marchandises. lam a judge of goods.\\nJe ne m y connais pas. lam not a judge of it (of them).\\nII ne s y connait point du tout. He is not at all a judge of it (of\\nthem).\\nII s y connait mieux que moi. He is a better judge of it (of them),\\nthan I.\\nJe m y connais aussi bien que lui. 1 am as good a judge of it (of them),\\nas lie.\\nExercise 171.\\nArtisan, m. mechanic \u00c2\u00a3toffe, f. fabric, cloth of Gracieux, se, graceful;\\nBlond, e, light different kinds Grain, m. grain\\nBoucle, e, curled; Fabricant, m. manufac- Orfevre, m. goldsmith;\\nChevelure, f. head of turer; CEuvre, f. work\\nhair Forgeron, m. blacksmith; Poesie, f. poetry\\nCheveux, m. p. hair; Gestes, m. p. gestures; .Tout, quite.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0241.jp2"}, "240": {"fulltext": "236 QUATKE-TIXGT-SEPlliilE LECON.\\n1. Ne reconnaissez-vous point votre amie 2. Je la reeonnais a,\\nsa cbevelure blonde. 3. A quoi reconnaissez-vous cette demoiselle\\n4. Je la reconnais a sa demarche gracieuse. 5. N auriez-vous point\\nconnu votre ami a, la voix G. Je l y aurais reconnu. 7. A lVeuvre\\non connait 1 artisan (La Fontaixu. 8. Ne le reconnaitrez-vous point\\nJe L y reconnaftrai. 10. Cet orfevre ne se con-\\nnait-il point a cel.i? 11. II ne s y connait point du tout 12. Vous\\ny connaisscz-vous aussi bien que leforgeron? 13. Je m y connais\\ntout au.--.--i bien [ue luL 1-1. Ne voua connaisses-vous point en\\nm y connaia gudre. 10. Le tabricant se oonnaft-\\nil aussi bien en fitoffes qu en grain? 17. II se connait beaucoup\\nmieux a celles-la qu a celui-ci 18. N -voua pas mon-\\niments? li 1.- connais a sea cheveux\\n20. X 1 70U8 dtes-voua pas fah connattre (toW yovrname)\\n2L J me Buis fait connattre. J _ Ne nous ferona-nous pa\\nnalto 24. II Se l erout coimaitre\\npar leurs vertus, (th y iciii make themselves known).\\nEXK [BE 172.\\n1. D(- you n t know tliat mat I know him by his\\nB; me? 4. 1 1\\nd 5. Do you n j Wend by bj\\niiim by bis black c at 7. I you\\nkimw him w.ll s. I kn w him by Bight, but I have never spoken\\nr the blacksmith\\nt will you know your book? L2. 1\\nshall know it by th 13.B u not known your friend\\n14. No, madam; I knew her by her light hair.\\n15. Save you told your name? 16. 1 hare nol told my name.\\n17. Did you katm tuiad hair?\\nknew her by it 10. Is the men of cloth? _ II\\nb tter judge of it than\\nmaim:\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2Idsmith as gi you f 24. I\\niu a judge? 2d I\\nam a judge 27. Are nol your\\nnot\\nknow that young lady by her d I know her by hi r\\nthey made themselves known?\\niwn by tlnir mi i\\nrork? 31. The workman\\nis known by hid work. Jo. lie i.s a judge of it.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0242.jp2"}, "241": {"fulltext": "QUELQUE, QUEL QUE, TOUT, ETC. 237\\nLEgON LXXXVIII. LESSON LXXXVIII.\\nQUELQUE, QUEL QUE, TOUT, ETC.\\n1. Quelque, whatsoever, however, some, any, followed by a noun\\ntakes the form of the plural. It is invariable, when it is followed\\nby an adjective or an adverb 97, (1.) 2. 3].\\nQuelques livres que vous ayez. Wliatever books you may ha\\nQuelque bons qu ils soient. However good they may be.\\n2. Quel que, followed by a verb, is written as two words, the first\\n(quel) agreeing in gender and number with the nominative of that\\nverb 97, (l.j 1.].\\nQuelle? que soient vos vertus. Whatever your virtues may be.\\n3. The above examples show that quelque que, and quel que,\\ngovern the subjunctive.\\n4. Tout meaning entirely, quite, nothing, but, though an adverb,\\nvaries through euphony, before a feminine word, commencing with\\na consonant or an h aspirate.\\nL esperance, toute trompeuse qu elle Hope, deceitful as it is, serves at least\\nest, sert au moins a nous mener a to conduct us to the termination of\\nla fin de la vie par un chemin life by an agreeable road.\\nagreable. (La BkuySre.)\\n5. The word gre signifying consent, will, meaning, c, forms a\\nnumber of idioms.\\nJe lui sais [savoir, 3. ir.] bon gre de lam thankful to him (i. e. owe him\\ncette action. good-wilt) for that action.\\nII nous sait mauvais gre de cela. He is displeased with us for that.\\nResume of Examples.\\nNe le ferez-vous pas de bon gre Will you not do it willingly\\nII s est marie contre le gre de ses He married against the will of his\\nparents. parents.\\nSa chevelure vole au gre du vent. His hair flies at the will of the wind.\\nJe sais mauvais gre a votre frere de i am displeased at your brother for\\nvouloir se meler de mes affaires. wishing to interfere with my affairs.\\nJe lui en sais bon gre. Jam thankful to him for it.\\nJ espere que vous ne me saurez pas J hope that you will not be displeased\\nmauvais gre, si je ne vous ecris with me, if J do not write to you.\\npas.\\nC est, a mon gre, le meilleur enfant He is, to my thinking, the lest child\\ndu monde. in the world.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0243.jp2"}, "242": {"fulltext": "2oS QUATEE-VIXGT-HUITIKHE LEgON.\\nExekcise 173.\\nBon gre, mal gre, willing Men-er,l./o take, io lead; Partir, 2. ir. to leave;\\nor not willing; Nou-er, l.totie, io fasten; Quitt-er, 1. to leave:\\nChambre, room; Obligor, 1. to oblige; Secret) m. secret;\\nGard-er, 1. tolceep; Ofl re, E offer; Silence, m. silence;\\nLit. in. Recommand-er, 1. to re- Suite, t consequence;\\nMaLa in spite of; commend; Voter, 1. to jig.\\n1. Savez-vous mauvais gre a votrc onclc do ce qu il a (lit? 2. Jo\\nno lui t n Baia aucun mauvais gre (Voltaire). 3. No mo sauriez-\\nvous pas boa gro, ije voua menais avec moi 4. Je voua en saurais\\nle meilleur gre ilu monde. 5. Ne leur savez-vous paa bon gre*d avoir\\ngarde* ce secret G. Jo lour sais bon gre do l avoir garde. 7. No\\nli or avez-voua paa recommande de garder le silence? 8. Je leur ai\\nrecommande de le garder. 9. Ce malade garde-t-il encore le lit?\\n10. II ne garde plus le lit. mais il csl encore oblige de garder la\\nI i. Votre chevelore est-elle bien nouee? 12. Non, mon-\\n13. Gkrderez-vous votre domestiqne?\\n1 1. Je le garderai, il fait tout a mon gro*. 1~ Quelquea offres qu on\\nil ne vent pas me juit t. -i- 16. Quclque bonnes que Boient\\npas a mon gro*. 17. Quelles que soien^lea\\nitte affaire, je vous sais bon gre de voa intentions?\\n1 l\\\\mte beUe qu elle est, elle n esl pas a mon re*. 19. L avee-voua\\nfait malgro vous? 20. N :i. monsieur; j.- 1 ai fait de bon gro.\\n2L Bon ^vr, mal gre, il partira, 22. Me garderea-tvoua secrel\\n28. Je vons le garderai. 24. II change d opinion au gre* dee eVene-\\ni i;. EBH 17 1.\\n1. Will he many against bis father s consent? 2. 1 To -will not\\nmarry ent Why are you displeased with\\nme? 1. [am not displeased with you 6. [s your little girl s hair\\ntied? G. It is not ti.-l it wa with the wind. 7. What\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2il think f my bo in my opinion, the best book\\nthat I have read (L. 74, 3, Ij. 9. Will you not be displeased with\\nme, if I do not come to-day? 1 I shall not be displeased with\\n11. Will you not read that letter? 12. However well written\\nit may ho, I will not read it. 13. Are those ladies hand\\n11. However handsome and good they may be, they do not\\nmy fancy. 15. Are you di pleased with my brother? 16.\\nI am thankful to him for his intentions, whatever may I\\nquencea of his conduct 17. Will you keep this\\nDie)? 18. I will keep it willingly. 19. Does your si.sU.-r keep bet", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0244.jp2"}, "243": {"fulltext": "8BETIE, S lL VOUS PLAtT, ETC. 239\\nbed willingly? 20. She does not keep her room willingly. 21. Will-\\ningly or not, she must keep her room, when she is sick. 22. Will\\nyou keep silent on this point? 23. I will willingly. 24. I am\\nthankful to you for your good intentions. 25. Are you thankful\\nto him for this (de cela) 26. I am thankful to him for it. 27. Will\\nthe judge keep his servant? 28. He will keep him. 29. Does he\\ndo his work to his fancy 30. He does it to his fancy. 31. Is\\nyour brother obliged to keep in the house 32. He is obliged to\\nkeep his bed. 33. Has he not left his room? 34. He has not\\nyet left his room; he is too sick to leave it. 35. I should be under\\nthe greatest obligations in the world to you, if you would do this.\\nLEQON LXXXIX. LESSON LXXXIX.\\nSEEVIR, S lL VOUS PLAIT, ETC.\\n1. Servir [2. ir.] is used in French in the sense of the English\\nexpression to help to.\\nQue vous servirai-je To what shall I help you\\nNous servirai-je de la soupe Shall I help you to some soup\\nVous n avez pas servi monsieur. You have not helped that gentleman.\\n2. Je vous remercie, I thank you, said in answer to an offer, is in\\nTrench a refusal. This phrase is never employed like the English\\nexpression, I thank you for (this or that), to signify a request. The\\nFrench make use of other forms Oserai-je vous prier de Oserai-\\nje vous demander Je vous prie de Je vous prierai de Je\\nvous demanderai\\nJe vous demanderai une aile de cette I will thank you for a wing of that\\nvolaille, un morceau de ce roti fowl, a slice of that roast meat.\\n3. S il vous plait, corresponds to the English, if you please. The\\nverb is used unipersonally in that sentence, and in the following.\\nComme il vous plaira. As you please.\\nII ne me plait pas d y aller. It does not suit or please me to go there.\\nQue vous plait-il Wliat would you please to have\\n4. Au plaisir de vous revoir, au revoir, adieu, jusqu au revoir, mean,\\niill I have the pleasure of seeing you again, till I see you again, etc.\\nResume of Examples.\\nJu aurai-je le plaisir de vous servir To what shall I have the pleasure of\\nhelping you?\\nJe vous demanderai un morceau de I will thank you, or I will trouble you\\nce jambon, for a slice of that ham.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0245.jp2"}, "244": {"fulltext": "240 Qt ATE E VINGT-NE UV I E M E LEgON.\\nYous offrirai-je un morceau de ce\\nroti?\\nJe voua rcmereio, monsieur; je\\nprendrai de preference une aile\\nrte volaille.\\nN a-tron pas encore Bervi?\\nJe vous souhaite le bou soir.\\nJ ai souhaito le bonjour a madame.\\nI i complaisance do vous as-\\nira, aycz la complaisanco\\nd entrer.\\nShall I offer you a slice of this roast\\nmeat f\\nI thank you, sir I tcould prefer a\\nwing of that fowl.\\nIs not the dinner yet on the tabic f\\nI wish you good evening.\\nI have wished the lady a good morn-\\ning.\\nHave tlie goodness to sit down.\\nGentlemen, have the kindness to walk\\nin.\\nPri-cr, 1 to leg, to desire\\nRemerctment, m. thanks;\\nRoti, in. roast meat;\\nSoupe, C soup;\\n^ullisaniment, adv. suf-\\nficient! g\\nTranche, I\\nEXEECISB 17,\\nAdieu, m. adieu; Grace, f thanks;\\nAile, t wing Jarnbon, m.\\nAttend-P\\nltuuilli, in. boiled utea .\\\\l tt-ie. (se) ir. re! -1.\\ni hrtolan, m. ortolan;\\nlVrdrix, 1 jmrtrnlge;\\n1. Monsieur, qu anrai-je le plaiair de vous Bervir? 2. Jc voua de-\\nmanderai on morceau de oejambon 3. Jevouspriede Bervir cea\\n1 voua demander on morceau dece bouilli?\\nJe vous rends grace,\\nit; j en ai Buffisamment 7. Mademoiselle, aurai-je fnon-\\nneur de voua Bervir ui i perdrix? 8. Je voua remercie,\\nje prendrai de preference un de ces ortolans. 9. Monsieur,\\nk 1 Ma\\nmademoiselle. 11. Jevoua en demanderai aprds. 12. .lean, pn$-\\nisieur. 13. Ces tdgumes aont ddlicieux.\\nbien aise que vous lea trouviez buns. 15. Mon-\\nsieur, ne jeoir? 16. Mille remerciments,\\nmonaieur; moo pare m attend ;1 la maison 17. N e leur aves-i\\nBouhaite le bonjour? 18. Je leur ai souhaite le bon aoir. 19. Leur\\nadieu? 20. J ai dit adieu amonfrere. 21. J ai pria\\neux 22. Lea avez-vous pries\\n-I. Messieurs, on a Bervi 2o. Ayee la oomplaiaanoe da\\nvous mettre UO.\\nExKBCISfl 170.\\n1. Madam, to what shall I help you? 2. T will trouble you for a\\nslice of that ham. 3. Shall I of this fowl!\\nBir; I thank J\\nof thisbham}", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0246.jp2"}, "245": {"fulltext": "TENIE, PAIEB TENIK, ETC. 241\\n7. I thank you, sir I would prefer a slice of the partridge. 8. Shall\\nI offer you a little of this boiled meat 9. I thank you, sir I have\\nsome. 10. Madam, shall I send you a little of this soup 11. Much\\nobliged to you, sir [see No. 16, in the above exercise]. 12. Sir, will\\nyou have the goodness to help this young lady 13. With much\\npleasure, sir. 14. John, take this soup to the gentleman. 15. These\\nortolans are delicious. 16. 1 am very glad that you like them. 17. Is\\nthe dinner on the table 18. 2To, sir it is not yet on the ta*ble.\\n19. It is too early. 20. Does it please you to go there 21. It does\\nnot please me to go to his house but I will go if you wish it.\\n22. Shall I go with you 23. As you please. 24. Will not your friend\\nsit down 25. He is much obliged to you; he has not time to-day.\\n26. Have you wished your friend a good morning 27. I wished\\nhim a good evening. 28. Have you not bid him farewell 29. I\\nhave bid him farewell. 30. Have the goodness to sit down here.\\n31. I have taken leave of them. 32. I have taken leave of all my\\nfriends. 33. Madam, have the goodness to walk in. 34. We are\\nmuch obliged to you, sir. 35. Our father is waiting for us at home.\\nLEQOX XC. LESSON XC.\\nTENIE, PAIEE TENIR, ETC.\\n1. The verb tenir [2. ir.], to hold, often corresponds in signification\\nto the English verb to keep; tenir un hotel, to keep a hotel; tenir table\\nouverte, to keep open table; tenir sa chambre propre, to keep one s\\nroom clean tenir la porte, les fenetres ouvertes, to keep the door, the\\nwindows open tenir les yeux ou verts, fermes, to keep one s eyes opened,\\nshut tenir la tete droite, to keep one s head upright tenir sa parole,\\nto keep one s word; tenir compagnie a quelqu un, to stay or remain\\n%vith some or any one.\\n2. Tenir un langage singulier, tenir des propos des discours\\nwould be rendered in English by to make use of singular languoge,\\nto use peculiar expressions, to advance things, c.\\nCo jeune homme tient des propos That young man says foolish things.\\ninsenses.\\n3. Tenir is also used in the sense of being attached to, to be tena-\\ncious of.\\nJe tiens a mon argent, a la vie. lvalue (i. e. hold to) my money, my\\nlife.\\nJe tiens a mon opinion. I am tenacious of my opinion.\\n11", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0247.jp2"}, "246": {"fulltext": "24:\\nQUATEE-TOGT-DIXIEME LE^ON\\n4. Tenir is also used of a color \u00e2\u0096\u00a0which is fast or not.\\nCette couleur tiendra ou ne tiendra This color is fast li. c. holds) or not.\\npas.\\n5. Faire tenir is used in the sense of to forward, to send.\\nFaites-lui tenir cct argent, cetto Forward liim this money, this ktkr.\\nlettre.\\nB. Se tenir or s en tenir conjugated reflectively, may often be ren-\\ndered by to remain, to abide by, to be satisfied with.\\nTl se ticnt debout, assis. Be remains standing, seated.\\nJe m eu tiens a votre opinion. J am satisfied with your opinion.\\nResume of Examples.\\nM. L. tient un liAtcl superbe.\\netite fille ne tient pas sa\\nofaambre Men propre,\\nPourquoi teuez-vous les portes ou-\\nII f.it si (.baud quo nous tcnoDS\\ndroits, et les yeux\\nooverta\\nPounju/i ne toncz-vous pas votro\\nrole?\\n1 votro soeur;\\nolle eat mi. i\\nI propos bien\\nsingulars.\\nS diseours bitn\\nVOtre Imp tiendra-\\nt-ellef\\n.:r ee livro?\\n-VOU3?\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0uej ai dit\\nI toujoura dc-\\nD tiendra-t-il an pre-\\nsent, qoi doit finir demain\\nMassii.i OS.\\nMr. L Keeps a superb hotel.\\nYour little girl does not keep her room\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0lean.\\nWhy do you keep the doors open t\\nIt is so warm that ipekeep all the win-\\ndows open.\\nr head upright, and your\\neyes\\nyou not keep your word 7\\nh your sister she is sick.\\nTour friend makes use of very singu-\\nlar exprt ssions.\\nTon use very light language.\\nJs the cd,,r of your cloth fast t\\nsent him the\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ion 1\\nI shall\\n\\\\Miy does he\\ning T\\nIhepr\\nrow?\\nEXEB IBB 177.\\nPool icr. m. conch man; Gena, pLjM IYTt- t,\\nling; Ind\\nI insolent, i commend;\\nlieu, m. lace;\\nBn dehors, out, outside; Lyon, Ly\\\\\\nB earnumer, 1. re\u00c2\u00a3 to get Unlade, tick; Bav-oir, Ir. to know;\\na cold; Earfaitement, perfectly Vie,", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0248.jp2"}, "247": {"fulltext": "TENIE, PAIEE TENIR, 33 T C 243\\n1. Quel hotel votre here tient-il 2. H tient l hotel de 1 Europe,\\nrue de Lyon. 3. Votre petit garcon se tient-il bien propre 4. II\\nse tient bien propre. 5. A quoi vous en tiendrez-vous 6. Je m en\\ntiendrai a, ce que je vous ai dit. 7. Ne savez-vous pas a, quoi vous\\nen tenir 8. Je sais parfaitement a quoi m en tenir. 9. Pourquoi\\nvous tenez-vous debout 10. Parce que nous n avons pas le temps\\nde nous asseoir. 11. N avez-vous point defendu a ces jeunes gens de\\ntenir de tels propos 12. Je le leur ai defendu. 13. Votre cocher\\nn a-t-il pas tenu un langage bien insolent? 14. N avez-vous pas\\npeur de vous enrhumer, en tenant les portes ouvertes 15. Nous\\nprefererions les tenir fermees. 16. Votre maitre vous recommande-\\nt-il de tenir la tete droite 17. II me recommande de tenir les pieds\\nen dehors. 18. Pourquoi votre ami ne vous tient-il pas compagnie\\n19. Sa sceur est indisposee il est oblige de rester avec elle. 20. Votre\\noncle ne vous a-t-il pas tenu lieu de pere 21. II m a tenu lieu de\\npere et de mere. 22. Eegarderez-vous de plus pres a cette affaire\\n23. Non, monsieur; je m en tiendrai ce que j en sais. 24. Ce\\nmedecin ne tient-il pas a son opinion 25. II y tient plus qu il ne\\ntient a la vie de ses malades.\\nExercise 178.\\n1. Does that gentleman keep open table 2. He keeps a hotel in\\nParis. 3. Why do you keep the windows open 4. We keep them\\nopen, because we are too warm. 5. Has not your friend kept his\\nword 6. He has kept his word he always keeps his word. 7. Have\\nyou not told your scholar to keep his head upright 8. I have told\\nhim to keep his head upright, and his eyes open. 9. Why do you\\nnot stay with your sister 10. Because I have promised to go to\\nmy cousin s this morning. 11. Have you forbidden your little boy\\nto make use of these expressions? 12. I have forbidden him.\\n13. Does he make use of insolent language? 14. He does not.\\n15. What will be your decision? 16. I will abide by what I told\\nyour father. 17. Have you forwarded that money to your friend\\n18. I have not yet forwarded it to him. 19. Will you forward it to\\nhim to-morrow 20. I will forward it to him, if I have an oppor-\\ntunity. 21. Why do you not keep standing 22. Because I am\\nweary. 23. Do you think that the color of your coat is fast 24. I\\nthink that it is fast it (elle) appears very good. 25. Will you not\\nlook closely into your brother s affairs 26. I shall not look closely\\ninto them. 27. I will be satisfied with your opinion. 28. Are you\\nnot too tenacious of your opinion 29. I am not too tenacious of", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0249.jp2"}, "248": {"fulltext": "244: QUATEE-VINGT-OXZIEME LEgON.\\nit. 30. Does not your physician adhere too tenaciously to his\\nopinion? 31. He adheres to it. 32. Does that lady hold your\\nmother s place 33. She is a mother to me. 34. Our cousin is a\\nfather to us. 35. That physician does not value the life of his pa-\\ntient.\\nLEQON XCI. LESSON XCI.\\nIDIOMATIC USE OF ETKE.\\n1. The verb ttre forms a great many idioms besides those which\\nwe have already mentioned: etrc en retard, to be late, to tarry etrc\\nen ctat, a. meine de, to be able to etre en peine tie, to be uneasy\\nabout; etre en vie. to he alive, to lire fitre en eheinin pour, to be on\\nthe iray to etrc au fait, au courant de, to be familiar with etre a la\\nvcillc de, to be on the eve of; etre de trop, to be unnecessary, to be in\\ntin way etrc bien avec, to be on good terms with etre brouille avec,\\nU with etre aux prises avec, be in open rupture,\\nHe with etre d avis, t be of opinion, etc.\\nas already said [L. -17. 5.], is used in the sense of appar-\\ntenir, to belong. It ia also employed in the sense of to behoove, to be-\\ncome. In the latter sense, it takes generally the preposition de before\\nanother verb.\\nvoua de lui fairo des ro- Does it become you to cast (make) re-\\nproches? proaches upon him t\\nana a parlor. It is your turn to speak.\\n3. Y etre is often used for to be at home, to be in.\\nVutre pere y cst-il Is your father at home t\\nMi.svsik of Examples.\\nXo sommos-nous pas defrop iei Are toe net in (he way Jicret\\nNous no somines pas bien avoc nos We are not on good terms with our\\npa rents.\\nNi us sommes au courant do tout W arc familiar with all that.\\noela.\\nJe suis a memo de satisfairo a sa I am able to sa isfy his demand.\\nd. inande.\\nNous soinmcs brouilles. We are not on good terms we are at\\nvariance.\\nMa scour est a la vcillo do so My sister is on the eve of her mar-\\nniarier.\\nKous sommes d avis quo vous allicz It is our opinion (hoi yu should go\\nlui fain to him.\\nC e u efli pas a lui do nous rcprocher 1 71 to riproacJi us\\nnotro bonte*. with our kindness.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0250.jp2"}, "249": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC USE OF T B E 245\\nA qui est-ce a lire Whose turn is it to read?\\nC est a ma sceur a lire ce matin. It is my sister s turn to read this\\nmorning.\\nCette maison est a lui et a, moi. That house is his and mine.\\nElle est a moi, elle est a lui. It is mine, it is his.\\nCes souliers ne sont pas a nous. These shoes are not ours.\\nlis appartiennent a notre frere. They belong to our brother.\\nlis, lui appartiennent. They belong to him.\\nMonsieur 1 n y est paa. The gentleman is not at home.\\nMadame y est. The lady is in.\\nExercise 179.\\nAchet-er, 1. to buy S embarqu-er, 1. ref. to Part-ir, 2. ir. to start, set\\nApparten-ir, 2. ir. to be- embark; out;\\nlong Gravure, f. engraving Proprietaire, m. land-\\nArriv-er, 1. to arrive Hote, m. host; lord; owner of the\\nCorrespondent, corres- Libraire, m. bookseller house.\\npondent; Mois, m. month; Punir, 2. to punish;\\nCraind-re, 4. ir. to fear Montre, f. watch; Veille, eve, day be-\\nDev-oir, 3. to owe, to be ~Mort,dead from mourir, fore;\\nobliged; to die; Vie, f. life.\\n1. T a-t-il longtemps que vous etes brouilles 2. H y a plus d un\\nmois que je suis brouille avec lui. 3. Votre ami est-il encore en vie\\n4. Non, monsieur il y a dix ans qu il t est mort. 5. Votre corres-\\npondant est-il en chemin pour Paris 6. Je crois qu il doit etre\\narrive. 7. Ce jeune homme n est-il pas en retard 8. Oui, mon-\\nsieur; il ne vient jamais a temps. 9. Ces gravures sont-elles\\nvous, ou a votre libraire 10. EUes sont a moi je viens de les\\nacheter. 11. Ne craignez-vous pas d etre de trop ici? 12. Nous\\nsommes trop bien avec notre bote pour craindre cela. 13. A qui\\nest-ce a aller cliercher les livres 14. C est a, moi a, les aller cbercher.\\n15. Est-ce a vous de le punir, quand il le roerite 16. C est a moi\\nde le punir, car je lui tiens lieu de pere. 17. Ces maisons n appar-\\ntiennent-elles pas a notre proprietaire? 18. EUes ne lui appar-\\ntiennent pas. 19. EUes sont a notre correspondant. 20. A qui\\nsont ces lettres 21. EUes ne sont point a moi, elles sont a ma\\ncousine. 22. Cette montre est a lui. 23. N etes-vous point a la\\nveille de partir pour Londres 24. Nous sommes a, la veiUe de nous\\nembarquer pour Cadiz. 25. H y a longtemps que nous sommes\\naux prises.\\nExeecise 180.\\n1. Are you able to pay him 2. I am not able to pay him I have\\nnot received my money. 3. Are you on good terms with your\\n1 Monsieur, madame, not followed by a name, are generally understood\\nto mean the master and mistress- of the house, the heads of the family.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0251.jp2"}, "250": {"fulltext": "246 QUATEE-Yn GT-DOUZIEME LE^OH.\\nbookseller 4. J am not on good terms with him. 5. I am on bad\\nterms with him. 6. How long have you been on bad terms with\\nhim 7. It is more than a month. 8. Are you not able to satisfy\\nmy friend s demand? 9. I am able to satisfy it (d y sat is/ aire).\\n10. Are you on your way to Xaples 11. Xo, sir; I am on my\\nway to Rome. 12. Is not your physician on the eve of starting for\\nMontpellier 13. He is on the eve of starting for Paris. 11. Am I\\nin the way here 15. Xo, sir you are not in the way. 16. Whose\\nturn is it to speak 17. It is my turn to speak and to read. IS. Is\\nit my place (d moi) to make apologies to him 19. It is your\\nbrother s place to apologize to him. 20. Does it become you to pun-\\nish that child? 21. It behooves mo to punish him. 22. Do you hold\\nthe place of a father towards him? 23. I hold the place of a father\\ntowards him. 24. Is that coat yours 25. No, sir it is not mine\\nit is my brother s. 26. Have you broken openly with him? 27. We\\nhave been quarrelling two months. 28. Is not that large house yours?\\n29. No, c ir; it is not mine; it is my sister s. 30. Does it become\\nyour brother to reproach him with his kindness? 31. It does not\\nbecome him to do it. 32. Whose turn is it to go and fetch the books?\\n33, It is my place to go and fetch them. 31. Is the gentleman in\\n35. Xo, sir; the gentleman is not in; but the lady (of the house)\\nis in.\\nLECOX XCII. LESSOX XCII.\\nAVANTEH, r.KTAKDKn, ETC.\\n1. Avancer, rctarder, correspond to the English verbs to gain, to\\nlose, to put forward, to put bark, in speaking of a watch or clock, etc.\\nThe preposition dc is placed before the word expressing the vari-\\nation.\\nMa montro rctardo d uno demi- My watch is half an hour too slow.\\nheure.\\nL.i mil -imo avanco d un quart Mine is a quarter of an hour too fast.\\nil li /urc.\\nJ ai avanco cetto horloge d uno 1 set that clock half an hour forward,\\ndemi-heure.\\nBetardez votro montro do cinq Put your watch five minutes lack.\\nminutes.\\nL\\\\ M./ttre [1. ir.] a, l heure, means to set right, to put right, to set.\\nMettez cetto montro a l heure. Set that watch right\\n3. S accorder, to agree, is said also of clocks, watches, etc.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0252.jp2"}, "251": {"fulltext": "AVANCEK, KETARDEK, ETC.\\n247\\nResume of Examples.\\nVotre montre va-t-elle bien\\nElle retarde d une demi-heure par\\njour.\\nElle avance d un quart d heure par\\nsemaine.\\nDe corobien avance-t-elle\\nJe viens de mettre ma montre a\\nl heure.\\nSi votre montre retarde, pourquoi ne\\nl avancez-vous pas\\nMa pendule avance, je viens de la\\nretarder.\\nQuelle heure est-il a votre montre\\nMon horloge sonne les heures et le3\\ndemies.\\nJ ai oublie de la monter (or remon-\\nter).\\nVotre montre est derangee.\\nII faudra la faire nettoyer.\\nLa sonnerie en est derangee.\\nVotre pendule et ma montre ne\\ns accordent pas.\\nLes pendules a ressort vont mieux\\nque les pendules a poids.\\nL norloge a sonne deux heures.\\nDoes your watch go well 9\\nIt loses half an hour a day.\\nIt gains a quarter of an hour a week.\\nSow much does it gain\\nI have just set my watch right.\\nIf your watch loses, why do you not\\nset it forward\\nMy clock gains, I have just set it\\nlack.\\nWhat o clock is it by your watch\\nMy clock strikes the hour and the half\\nhour.\\nI have forgotten to wind it up.\\nTour watch is out of order.\\nIt will be necessary to have it cleaned.\\nThe striking part is out of order.\\nYour clock and my watch do not\\nagree.\\nSpring clocks go better than weight\\nclocks.\\nThe clock lias struck two.\\nExercise 181.\\nAiguille, f. hand Droit, e, straight\\nS arret-er, 1. ref. to Fele, e, cracked;\\nstop; Juste, right, correct;\\nBalancier, m. pendu- Matin, m. morning\\nlum Perfection, f. perfection hand\\nBoite, f. watch-case Plat, e, flat, thin Timbre.\\nCadran, m. face, dial Regl-er, 1. to regulate; clock\\nCass-er, 1. to break Repetition, (montre a) f. Vite, quick, quickly.\\nDouble, double; repeater\\nRessort, (grand) m. main-\\nspring\\nSecondes, (montre a)\\nwatch with a\\nof\\n1. N avez-vous pas une montre a repetition 2. J ai une montre\\nd or, a double boite. 3. Va-t-elle mieux que la mienne 4. Elle ne\\nva pas bien, elle retarde d une heure par jour. 5. Est-ce une montre\\na secondes 6. C est une montre a secondes et a cadran d or.\\n7. Votre horloge ne sonne-t-elle pas 8. Elle ne sonne plus, le\\ntimbre en est casse. 9. Pourquoi ces pendules ne s accordent-elles\\npas? 10. Parce que l une avance et 1 autre retarde. 11. N avez-vous\\npoint casse le grand ressort de votre montre 12. Je l ai casse en la\\nremontant. 13. Votre pendule est elle juste? 14. Oui, monsieur;\\nelle est juste, je viens de la faire regler. 15. La sonnerie de cette\\npendule est-elle derangee 16. La sonnerie en est derangee, et le", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0253.jp2"}, "252": {"fulltext": "248 QTJATEE-TISGT-TEEIZIEME LEgOST.\\ntimbre en est fele. 17. La petite aiguille de ma motitre plate est\\ncassee. 18. Le balancier de votre borloge n est pas droit 19. De\\ncombi^n votre pendule avance-t-elle 20. Elle avance de cinq mi-\\nnutes par jour. 21. La perfection d une pendule n est pas d aller\\nvite, mais d etre reglee (Delelle). 22. Yotre montre s arrete-t-elle\\nsouvent? 23. Elle s arrete tous les matins. 24. Yotre pendule\\ns est arretee.\\nExercise 182.\\n1. Does your watch gain or lose? 2. It does not lose; it goes\\nvery well. 3. It loses twenty-five minutes a day. 4. Does your\\ncluck gain much? 5. It gains one hour a week. 6. How much\\ndoes your sou s gold watch lose 7. It loses much it loses one\\nhour inn.) twenty-four (heures). 8. I have put it forward one\\nhour. 9. I will put it back half an hour. 10. Does not your clock\\nstrike the half hour? 11. No, sir; it only strikes the hour.\\n12. Have you forgotten to wind up your repeater? 13. I have\\nforgotten to wind it up, and it has stopped. 14. Is j T our silver watch\\nout of order? 15. It is out of order, and it will be ne\u00c2\u00a9\\nhave it cleaned. 1C What o clock is it by your watch? 17. It is\\nlock by my watch, but it gains. 18. How much does it\\ngain a week? 19. It gains more than five minutes a day. 20. Is\\nyour watch right? 21. No, sir it i not right; it is out of order.\\n22. Does your clock Strike right 23. It does not strike right; the\\nstriking part is out of order. 24. Have you broken the hands of\\nyour clock 25. I have broken the hour hand and the dial. 26. Has\\nstruck three 27. It has struck twelve. 28. It has stopped.\\n29. Does it stop every morning? 30. It does nol Btop every morn-\\ning; it stops every evening. 31. Your watch does not agree with\\nmine. 32. Have you broken the main-spring of your brother s\\nwatch? 33. He has broken it in winding it up. 34. My brother s\\nwatch is right he has had it cleaned and regulated.\\nLEgON XCTII. LESSON XClll.\\nSE DEMETTRE, b eMPAKER, ETC.\\n1. Be demettre [4. ir.] le bras, le poignet, corresponds to the\\njsion to dialocai vrist, to ptit one s arm, writt\\nIn this sense sc demettre takes no preposition before\\nits object\\nJo mo suis demis l epaulo. I have dislocated my shoulder.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0254.jp2"}, "253": {"fulltext": "SB DEMETTEE, SEMPAREE, ETC. 249\\n2. Se demettre, used in the sense of to resign, to give up, takes the\\npreposition de before its object.\\nII s est demis de sa place. He has resigned his place.\\n3. S emparer, to seize, to lay hold of, takes de before its object.\\nII s est empare de ce chapeau. Se seized upon this hat.\\n4. S empecher, to prevent one s self, to forbear, to help, takes de be-\\nfore another verb.\\nJe ne puis m empecher de rire. cannot help laughing.\\nJe ne puis m en empecher. cannot help doing so.\\n5. S inquieter answers to the English expression, to he or become\\nuneasy, to trouble one s self; it takes de before its object, be this ob-\\nject noun, pronoun or verb.\\nJe ne m inquiete pas de cela. 1 am not uneasy about that.\\n6. Se comporter answers to the expressions to behave, to deport\\none s self.\\n7. S attendre means to await, to expect. It takes d before its ob-\\nject.\\nJe ne m attendais pas a, cela. I did not expect that.\\nJe ne m y attendais pas. I did not expect it.\\nResume of Examples.\\nVous etes-vous demis l epaule Have you dislocated your shoulder\\nJe me la suis demise [L. 45, 2. I dislocated it.\\n135].\\nCette demoiselle s est demis le poi- Tliat young lady has dislocated her\\ngnet. wrist.\\nQui le lui a remia Who set it for her\\nLe Dr. L. a remis l epaule a ma Dr. L. set my sister s shoulder.\\nsoeur.\\nVous etes-vous demis de votre Have you resigned your situation\\nplace\\nJe m en suis demis 135, 7]. I have resigned it.\\nNous ne pouvions nous empecher We could not help smiling, during\\nde sourire, pendant ce recit. that narration.\\nVous etes-vous empare de ce livre Have you seized that book t\\nJe m en suis empare. I laid hold of it.\\nDe quoi vous inquietez-vous Why do you trouble yourself?\\nJe ne m inquiete de rien. I trouble myself about nothing.\\nComment ce jeune homme se com- How does that young man behave\\nporte-t-il\\nII se comporte comme il faut. He behaves properly.\\nJe ne m attendais pas a, une telle I did not expect such an answer.\\nreponse.\\nJe ne m y attendais nullement. did not expect it, by any means.\\n11*", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0255.jp2"}, "254": {"fulltext": "250 QUATEE-TINGT-TEEIZIEJIB LEgON,\\nExercise 183.\\nA 1 avenir, in future Gauche, left; Paysan, m. peasant;\\nBras, m. arm; Mieux, better; Poiguet, m. wrist;\\nCass-er, 1. to break; Monde (tout lc), every Prusse, f. Prussia;\\nDroit, e, right; body; Sejour, m. stay\\nDurant, during; Oblige, obliged; Traitement, m. treat-\\nEcritoire, f. inkstand; Pareil, Je, similar, such meat\\nEuncini, m. enemy Part, tpari; Yille, f. city.\\n1. Ne vous etiez-vous pas demis lo bras 2. Je ne me l etais pas\\ndemis je me l etais casse. 3. Si vous alliez en Amerique, vous de-\\nmettriez-vous de votre place 4. Je serais oblige de m en dcmettre\\n5. Y a-t-il longtemps que votre cousin s est demis de la siennc\\nG. II y a un mois qu il s en est demis. 7. L enncmi s est-il empare de\\nla ville 8. II s en est empare. 9. Votre fils se comportera-t-il\\nmieux a l avenir 10. II s est tres bien comporte durant son sejour\\nen Prusse. 11. Vous attendiez-vous a, un- pareil traitement de sa\\npart? 12. Je ne m y attendais pas. 13. A quoi vous attendiez-\\nvous? 14. Je m attendais e*tre traits comme il faut. 15. Pourquoi\\n-VOUS moque de lui? 16. Parce que je n ai pu m en empe-\\nchcr. 17. Si vous laissioz voire ecritoire ici, lepavsan s en emparc-\\nrait-il 18. II s en emparerait certainement 19. Votre a-\\ncomporte-t-fl bien envers vous? 20. II se comporte bienenvers tout\\nlc monde. 21. Qui a remis le poignet a voire scour? 22. Le Dr.\\nG. lc lui a remis. 2:;. M. votre pore no s est-il pas demis le bras\\ndroit cc matin? 24. II ne se Test pas demis; il so Test casse ce\\nmatin i\\\\ cinq heures.\\nExercise 184.\\n1. Has not Dr. L. resigned fads place 2. He has not resigned it\\n3. He would resign it, if he went to Germany. 4. Are you olthged\\ni your place 5. I am not obliged to resign it. 6. Has your\\ncousin dislocated his arm 7. He has not dislocated hia arm, but his\\nshoulder. 8. Who set it for him 9. Doctor F. set it for him.\\n10. Has not your mother dislocated her wrist? 11. She has not\\ndislocated her wrist; she has broken her arm. 12. Has the enemy\\nseized the town 13. The enemy has seized the town. 11. Will\\nnot some one lay hold of your hat, if you leave it here 15. Somo\\none will lay hold of it. 1G. How has your son behoved this morn-\\ning? 17. He behaved very -well. 18. He always behaves properly.\\n19. Do you not trouble yourself uselessly (inulilemeut) 20. 1 do\\nnot trouble myself at all (du tout). 21. Did you expect, such treat-\\nment from (de la pari de) your son? 22. I did not expect such\\ntreatment from him (dc sa part). 23. Does that young lady behavo", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0256.jp2"}, "255": {"fulltext": "n impoete, x est-ce pas, etc. 251\\nwell towards her mother? 24. She behaves well towards every\\nbody. 25. Will you behave better in future 26. We will behave\\nwell. 27. Have you broken your finger (doigf) 28. 1 have broken\\nmy thumb (pouce). 29. Could you help going to sleep (de dormir)\\n30. We could not help smiling. 31. My sisters could not help laugh-\\ning. 32. Why are you uneasy 33. Because my son does not be-\\nhave well. 34. Did your father expect to be well treated 35. He\\nexpected to be treated properly. 36. We did not expect such an\\nanswer.\\nLEQON XCIV. LESSON XCIV.\\nn impokte, h est-ce pas, etc.\\n1. N importe, an ellipsis of il riimporte, answers to the English\\nexpression no matter, it does not matter, never mind.\\nDomiez-moi un livre, n importe le- Give me a booh, no matter which.\\nquel.\\n2. Qu importe? answers to the English phrase what matter?\\nWJiat does it matter When that expression is followed by a plural\\nsubject the verb importer is put in the plural.\\nQue nous importenfc leurs mur- What do we care for their mur-\\nmures murs\\n3. N est-ce pas corresponds to the English expressions, is it not\\nis he not, c. do they not? following an assertion.\\nII fait froid; n est-ce pas? It is cold; is it not?\\n4. N est-ce pas frequently precedes the assertion.\\nN est-ce pas que votre frere est Your brother is come is he not\\narrive\\n5. Regarder, to look at, is used in the sense of to concern.\\nCela regarde votre frere. Thai concerns your brother.\\n6. En vouloir quelqu un, a quelque chose, means to have a\\ndesign against or upon, a grudge against any one, to he angry with\\none on account of something.\\nII en veut a notre vie. He has a design against our life.\\nResume op Examples.\\nPourvu que vous veniez, n importe Provided you come, no matter which\\npar quel chemin. way.\\nPourvu qu il le fasse, n importe Provided he does it, no matter how.\\ncomment.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0257.jp2"}, "256": {"fulltext": "252 QUATEE-YINGT-QTJATORZIEME LEQON.\\nApportez-moi quelque chose, n im- Bring me something, no matter what.\\nporte quoi.\\nJ en mourrai n importe 1 shall die through it no matter.\\nII n est pas satisfait qu importe He is not satisfied with it what mat-\\nters it\\nII refuse nos presents qu importe He refuses our presents what does it\\nmatter\\nQue nous importe cette affaire What do we care for that affair\\nQue nous importe son arrivee Wliat is his arrival to us\\nVous viendrez n est-ce pas? y m u\\nN est-ce pas que vous viendrez? J y\\nEst-ce que cela me regarde Does that concern me Is that any-\\nthing to me?\\nCela ne regarde personne. That concerns nobody. Tliat is no-\\nbody s business.\\nII en veut a nos biens. He has a design upon our property.\\nII en veut a nos amis. He has a grudge against our friends.\\nCela vous regarde-t-il Is that your business t\\nExercise 185.\\nAecord-cr, 1. to grant; Effort, m. effo i; Pouv-oir, 3. ir. to be\\nApprouv-er, 1. to ap- Basard, m. chance; able;\\nLoin, fair Qualite, f. quality\\nAuteur, m. author; Sc moqu-er, 1. ref. to Sang, m. blood;\\nBien, laugh at Va, from allcr, logo,\\nCondamn-er, 1. to con- Murmure, m. mur mur; Velours, m. velvet\\nPen, tittk; s-er, 1. to pour, shed;\\nI i .\u00e2\u0080\u00a2niaiide, f. request; Plainte, f. complaint; Vil, e, vile\\n1. Que vous apporterai-je de Londres? 2. Apportcz-nous ce quo\\nvous pourrez, n importe quoi. 3. Lui avcz-vous dit d apporter du\\nvelours? 4. Jc lui ai (lit d en apportcr, n importe de quelle qualite.\\n5. Pourvu que quelqu un vienne, n importe qui. G. Que m importe\\nqu Arnaud m approuve ou me condamne? (Boileau.) 7. Vou3\\naccorde-t-il votre demande? 8. II refuse; qu importe? 9. Est-il\\nsatisfait des efforts que vous avez faits 10. II n en est pas satisfait\\nqu importe? 11. II n a pas voulu nous reccvoir; peu m importe.\\n12. Qu irapoi tent les plaintes et les murmures des auteurs, si le public\\nn moque? (FIbaud.) 13. Qu importe qu au hasard, un sang vil\\nRacine.) 14. Cela vous regarde n est-ce pas 15. Cela\\nue me regarde pa3. 16. Cela ne regarde que moi. 17. Vous leur\\navez dit que ces affaires ne les regardaient pas; n est-ce pas?\\n18. Vous m en voulez n est-ce pas? N importe. 19. A qui en\\nvoulez-vouB? 20. Nous n en voulons a personne. 21. Nous ne vous\\nen voulons pas. 22. Vous m en voudrez; n est ce pas? 23. En\\nvjoulez-vous ;1 la vi.- de votre ami 24. Je n en veux i as ft sa vie.\\n25. II m en veut; qu importe? 2G. Va! Cesar est bien loin d eu\\nvouloir u sa vie (Voltaire).", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0258.jp2"}, "257": {"fulltext": "monde, tout le monde, etc. 253\\nExercise 186.\\n1. Which way -will your brother come 2. Provided he comes\\nto-morrow, it does not matter which way. 3. Will he write to\\nyour brother 4. He will not write to him but it is no matter.\\n5. Will you not lend me a book 6. Which book do you wish to\\nhave 7. No matter which. 8. Shall I bring you some silk from\\nParis 9. Bring me what you can no matter what. 10. Does that\\nconcern your brother 11. That does not concern him, but it con-\\ncerns me. 12. Does he refuse to write to us 13. He refuses to\\n{de) write, but what does it matter 14. Bring me a book, no mat-\\nter which. 15. Tour brother will come, will he not 16. Has he\\nbeen willing to receive your brother 17. He has refused to receive\\nhim, but no matter. 18. He is pleased, is he not 19. He is not\\npleased, but it is no matter. 20. Is that your business 21. It is\\nmy business. 22. It is my brother s business. 23. I have told you\\nthat it is nobody s business. 24. Has that man a design against your\\nfather s life 25. He has no design against his life, but he has a\\ndesign upon his property. 26. Are you angry with us on that ac-\\ncount 27. I am not angry with you for this. 28. Have you a\\ngrudge against my friends 29. I have no grudge against them.\\n30. That concerns you, does it not 31. That concerns me. 32. Is\\nthat your business 33. It is very warm this morning is it not\\n34. My sister will come this afternoon will she not 35. If she\\ndoes not come, it does not matter. 36. What is her coming, to us\\nLEgON XCV. LESSON XCV.\\nMONDE, TOUT LE MONDE, GENS, ETC.\\n1. The word monde, world, is often used in French in a restricted\\nsense. It has then the meaning of people, company, retinue, servants,\\netc. Tout le monde, is used for the English expression everybody.\\nT avait-il beaucoup de monde 4 Were there many people at church\\nl eglise\\nSe mettant a, la tete de son monde, Placing himself at the head of his\\nil ouvrit lui-meme la porte. people, he himself opened the door.\\nVoltaire.\\nTout le monde le croit. Every body believes it.\\n2. The word gens also means people, and is of the masculine gen-\\nder but, by a singular anomaly, the adjectives which precede gens\\nare put in the feminine, while those which follow it must be in the\\nmasculine gender.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0259.jp2"}, "258": {"fulltext": "254 QUATEE-TOGT-QUOZIEME L E g 5T\\nCosontles meilleures gens dumonde. They are the best people in the world\\nCes gens sont fort dangereux. Those people are very dangerous.\\n3. The words tout, tel, quel, certain, not preceding immediately\\nthe word gens, are put in the masculine, except when the word\\ncoming between is an adjective, having a different termination in the\\ntwo genders.\\nTous ees gens la etaient-ils ehre- Were all those people Cliristians t\\ntiens Pascal.\\nTous ces gens la, sont sottement All llwse people are foolishly ingeni-\\ningenieux. J. J. Rousseau. ous.\\n4. The words tout, tel, quel, certain, are put in the feminine when\\nthey precede immediately the word gens, or are separated from it by\\nan adjective having a different termination in the feminine.\\nQuelles gens etes-vous Quellessont Wliat people are you t Wliatisyour\\nVOfl atVaircs (Racine.) business f\\nQuelles bonnes et dignes gens 1 What good and worthy people\\nRxsuMfi Examples.\\nApres s etro fait eraindrc do tout lo\\nmondo, il craignit tout le mondo\\naussi. Flkciiieu.\\nII dit da mal do tout lo nionde.\\nTout le monde le dit.\\nAvez-vous ameno beaucoup do\\nmonde\\nLo monde n est pas encore arrive.\\nII n y avait pas grand mondo.\\nII y a da monde avee lui.\\nII a congedie tout sou monde.\\nCe capitaine a tout son monde.\\nVoila de sottes gens.\\nII s arr- -te chez tea premieres bonnes\\ngens qa il tr BoiSTE.\\nII y a a la ville, comme ailleurs, do\\nfort sottes gens, des gens fades,\\noisifs, desoccupes. La Bruyere.\\nQuel-; braves gens!\\nQuelles vdes et mecliautes gens I\\nAfter having inspired every body with\\nfear, he feared every body.\\nUe slanders every body.\\nody says so.\\nHave you brought many people t\\nThe company has not yet come.\\nTherewere not many people dure.\\nme person with him.\\nHe has discharged all his servauts\\ntain has all his crew.\\nThose are foolish people.\\nlie stops with the first good people\\nthat he finds.\\nTliere art in the city, as elsewhere,\\nvery silly people, tedious, idle, un-\\nempl\\n1hy people!\\nWhat vile and wicked people\\nExercise 187.\\nS accommoder, 1. rcf. Pes que, as soon as Pcrd-rc, 4. to lose\\nto put up with, to agree Equipage, ta.crew; Raasembl-er, 1.1* bring\\nwith eill-er, 1. to awake; together;\\nAttend-re, l. fo aivait, to tiens d epee, military fteven-ir, 3. h*. fart turn;\\ntil n Salon, m. th-inviny-rtinrn;\\nBord (ii. on board; Gens de lettrcs, men of Serv-ir, ir. ft\\nCampagne, f. country; letters;\\nI -iu I-er, 1. fascttle,ar- Gens de robe, lawyers; Yovag-cr, 1. [g -19.] to\\nrange; Patron, m. patron saint travel.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0260.jp2"}, "259": {"fulltext": "MONDE, TOUT LE MONDE, ETC. 255\\n1. Avez-vous rassemble beaucoup de monde chez vous 2. II n esb\\nvenu que peu de monde. 3. A quelle heure servira-t-on le diner\\naujourd hui 4. On le servira, des que notre monde sera venu.\\n5. Le capitaine a-t-il tout son equipage a bord 6. Non, monsieur\\nil a envoye du monde a terre. 7. Vos gens se levent-ils de bonne\\nheure? 8. H faut que tous les jours, j evehle tout mon monde\\n(Racine). 9. Les Moscovites perdirent trois fois plus de monde que\\nles Suedois (Voltaire). 10. Ou est madame votre mere 11. Elle\\nest dans le salon, il y a du monde avec elle {company). 12. Tout le\\nmonde peut voyager comme moi (X. de Maistre). 13. Ainsi va le\\nmonde. 14. Elle attend pour quitter le monde, que le monde l ait\\nquittee (Flechier). 15. Vos gens sont-ils revenus de la campagne\\n16. Nous attendons nos gens aujourd hui. 17. T a-t-il ici une societe\\nde gens de lettres 18. Non, monsieur il n y a qu une societe de\\ngens de robe. 19. Connaissez-vous ces braves gens 20. Je crois\\nque ce sont des gens d epee. 21. Tels sont les gens aujourd hui.\\n22. Telles gens, tels patrons (La Bruyere). 23. Tous mes gens\\nsont malades. 24. II faut savoir s accommoder de toutes gens\\n(L Academie). 25. Que pouvez-vous avoir a, demeler avec de telles\\ngens?\\nExercise 188.\\n1. Are there many people at your brother s 2. There are not\\nmany people there. 3. Does that young man slander every body\\n4. He slanders nobody. 5. Have you brought many people with\\nyou 6. We have brought but few people with us. 7. Is there com-\\npany with your mother 8. There is no company with her. 9. Who\\nhas told you that? 10. Every body says so. 11. Has the company\\ncome 12. The company has not yet come. 13. Has your mother\\ndischarged two servants (domestiques) 14. She has discharged all\\nher people. 15. Do you know those people 16. I know them\\nvery well they are very worthy people. 17. When he travels, he\\nstops always with good people. 18. Are there foolish people here\\n19. There are foolish people everywhere (partouf). 20. Do you\\nawake your people every morning 21. Yes, sir; I must awake\\nthem every day. 22. What can your brother have to settle with\\nthose people 23. They are the best people in the world. 24. Were\\nthere many people at church this morning 25. There were not\\nmany people there. 26. Are your people sick 27. Yes, sir all\\nmy people are sick. 28. There is here a society of learned men.\\n29. There are in Paris several societies of lawyers. 30. What", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0261.jp2"}, "260": {"fulltext": "256 QUATEE-TOGT-SEIZIEME LECON.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0worthy people 31. What good people 32. Do you expect your\\npeople to-day 33. We expect them this evening. 34. So goes\\nthe world. 35. Has your captain all his crew? 36. He has all his\\ncrew on board.\\nLECOX XCYI. LESSON XCVI.\\nEX, USED TO EXPRESS PROPERTY, ETC.\\n1. When property or possession is affirmed of things inanimate,\\nthe relation of possession is often expressed by the relative pronoun\\nen 95, (5.)].\\nVoila un bcl arbro lo fruit en est That is a fine tree its fruit is ex-\\nexcellent. ceUenik\\n2. When, however, the inanimate possessor is the subject of the\\nsame clause, the possessive adjective is used 95, (4.)].\\nCct arbro a perdu son fruit. Tliat tree has lost its fruit.\\n3. Entendre, to hear, is used in the sense of to understand. It is\\nalso used reflectively. It means then, to be understood, to understand\\nor one another, or to agree ivitii one another. It means also,\\nto be expert in any thin;/. In this latter sense it takes a before its\\nregimen. This regimen is at times replaced by the pronoun y.\\nComment entendez-vous cela How do you understand ihatt\\nentend That is u n d r stood.\\n11 s enteud aux affaires. He is expert in business.\\n4. Se faire entendre corresponds to the English, to make one s self\\nunderstood, to make one s self heard.\\nNous nous sommes fait entendre. We made ourselves understood.\\n5. Taire [4. ir.] means to conceal, to keep to ones self. Se taire, to\\nhe silent.\\n-vous. Taisons-nous. Be silent (hold your tongue). Let us\\nbe silent.\\nDitcs-lui dc so taire. Tell him to be silent.\\nTIksume op Examples.\\nL autcur d un bienfait est eelui qui The author of a good deed is the one\\nen recoit les plus doux fruits. who receives its sweetest fruits.\\nDcclos.\\nTotro jardin est magnifique; les Tour garden is magnificent; its trees\\narbrea cu sout BOperbea are very beautiful.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0262.jp2"}, "261": {"fulltext": "EN, USED TO EXPRESS PROPERTY. 257\\nLa vie a ses plaisirs et ses peines. Life has its pleasures and Us troubles.\\nL etude a ses charmes. Study has its charms.\\nEntendez-vou3 bien le latin Do you understand Latin well\\nCet avoue n entend rien aux affaires. That attorney has no knowledge of\\nbusiness.\\nII ne s y entend pas. He is not expert in this.\\nJe lui ai donne a entendre qu il I gave him to understand that he was\\netait de trop ici. in the way here.\\nQu entendez-vous par la What do you mean by that f\\nII y avait tant de bruit, que nous There was so much noise, that we\\nn avons pu nous faire entendre. could not make ourselves heard.\\nTaisez le premier, ce que vous vou- Keep to yourself,. that which you would\\nlez qu on taise. Latin Maxim. wish to have kept secret.\\nPourquoi ne vous taisez-vous pas Why are you not silent\\nNous l avons fait taire. We made him hold his tongue (si-\\nlenced him).\\nExercise 189.\\nAgrement, m. pleasure Chirurgien, m. surgeon Manche, f. sleeve\\nAvantage, m. advan- Consent-ir, 2. ir. to con- Mel-er, 1. to mix;\\ntage.; sent; Muet, te, dumb, mute,\\nBasque, f. skirt of a Court, e, short; Pays, m. country;\\ncoat; Force, f. force, power Eaison, f. reason;\\nBrave, worthy Port, very Eeuss-ir, 2. to succeed.\\n1. Est-ce un habit neuf que votre fils porte 2. C est un habit\\nneuf le drap en est tres fin. 3. Les manches n en sont-elles pas trop\\ncourtes 4. Je crois que les manches en sont trop courtes et les\\nbasques trop longues. 5. La campagne n a-t-elle pas ses avantages\\n6. J aime la campagne j en connais les avantages. 7. Paris a ses\\nagrements. 8. J aime Paris j en connais les agrements. 9. Ce chi-\\nrurgien s entend-il a la medecine 10. II n y entend rien du tout.\\n11. Entendez-vous la medecine? 12. Je ne m y entend pas. 13. Je\\nne l entends pas. 14. Je n y entends rien. 15. Avez-vous reussi a\\nvous faire entendre 16. Nous n y avons pas reussi. 17. Mon voi-\\nsin est un brave homme, et je m entends fort bien avec lui. 18. Faire\\ntaire certaines gens est un plus grand miracle que de faire parler les\\nmuets. (Balzac). 19. Savez-vous de quel pays est cet homme\\n20. II tait son pays et sa naissance. 21. Par la force de la raison,\\nelle apprit l art de parler et de se taire (Flechier). 22. Voulez-\\nvous vous taire, impertinente? vous venez toujours meler vos imper-\\ntinences a. toutes choses (Moliere). 23. Qui se tait consent\\n(Proverb).\\nExercise 190.\\n1. Have you a very good garden 2. We have a very large one,\\nbut its soil (terre, f.) is not good. 3. Is your brother s coat new\\n4. He has a new coat, but its sleeves are too short. 5. Are not its", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0263.jp2"}, "262": {"fulltext": "258 QUATKE-TOGT-DIX-SEPTlillE LEfOX.\\nskills too long 6. No, sir its skirts are too short. 7. Have you\\nnot heard that preacher (predXateur) 8. There was so much noise\\nthat I could not hear him. 9. Does not the country have its plea-\\nsures? 10. The country has its pleasures. 11. Does not your bro-\\nther like the city 12. He likes the country he knows its pleasures.\\n13. What does your brother mean by that 11. He means Avhat he\\nsays. 15. Is your father expert iu business? 1G. My lather has no\\nknowledge of business. 17. Does that young man understand Eng-\\nlish well 18. He understands French and English very well. 19. Do\\nyou agree well with your partner 20. My partner is an honest\\nman S6.] I agree very well with him. 21. Does that young man\\nconceal his age 22. He conceals his age and his country. 23. 1 les\\nyour father understand medicine 24. He does not understand it.\\n25. He has no knowledge of it. 26. Be silent, my child. 27. Tell\\nthat child to be silent. 28. Silence gives consent 29. Will you not\\nbe silent? 30. What have you given him to understand 31. We\\ngave him to understand that study has its charms. 32. Have you\\nsilenced him? 33. Tea, air; we aflen 1 him. 31. Tell him to be\\nI have already (deja) told him to be silent. 3G. Let us\\nbe silent.\\nLEgON XCVIL LESSON XCVII.\\nTHE PBBSBBT PABIICIFLB. THE VERBAL Al JKCTIVE,\\n1. The present participle is invariable, and ends always in ant. It\\nnot situa-. il be rendered into English\\nby an ad rendered by the participle present^ r by the\\nby a relative pronoun. The pres-\\nent participle baa often, or may have a regimen. 64.]\\nCos homines, prevoyaut lo d men, foreseeing the danger\\n..rent.\\n2. The part of the verb used after the preposition en is always the\\nat participle.\\nEn e erivant, en lisant. In writing, in reading.\\nWhen the word ending in ant, is used to expre^ the qualities,\\n9, or moral or physical situation of a noun, it i- a verbal\\nand assumes, in its termination, the gender and number of\\nthe noun which it cpialiQcs. It must in this case be rendered into\\nb by an adjective.\\nCes hommes sont prevoyants. Tliose mm are cautious, provident", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0264.jp2"}, "263": {"fulltext": "PRESENT PAETICIPLE, ETC. 259\\n4. The verbs entendre, to hear faire, to cause, to make; laisser, to Jet,\\netc., followed by another verb completing their meaning, are not in\\nFrench separated from that verb. In the corresponding sentences in\\nEnglish, the two verbs are usually separated by other words.\\nJ ai laisse tomber mon couteau. have let my knife fall {dropped).\\nJ ai entendu dire cela. have heard that said.\\nResume op Examples.\\nJe eonnais des personnes, dormant I know z ersons sleeping (who sleep)\\nd un sommeil si profond, que le so profoundly, that the noise of\\nbruit de la foudre ne les reveille- thunder would not awake them.\\nrait pas. Bescher.\\nLes eaux dormantes sont meilleures Sleeping (still) waters are letter for\\npour les chevaux que les eaux horses than living waters.\\nvives. Buffon.\\nNous avons trouve cette femme We found that woman dying.\\nmourante.\\nCette femme, mourant dans la crainte That woman, dying in the fear of\\nde Dieu, ne craignait point la God, did not fear death.\\nmort.\\nOn est heureux en se contentant de One is happy in contenting one s self\\npeu. with little.\\nAvez-vous laisse passer ce voleur Have you let that thief pass\\nJe l ai laisse passer. I let him pass.\\nPourquoi avez-vous fait faire un Why have you had a coat made\\nhabit\\nJe n ai pas fait faire d habit. I have had no coat made.\\nJ ai laisse tomber quelque chose. let something fall.\\nLui avez-vous entendu dire cela Have you heard him say that\\nJe le lui ai entendu dire. I heard him say it.\\nJe l ai entendu dire. heard it said.\\nJe l ai entendu dire a, ma sceur. heard my sister say it.\\nExercise 191.\\nS appliqu-er, 1. ref. to Essayer, 1. to try Pleuv-oir, 3. ir. to rain;\\napply Se hat-er, 1. ref. to Prevenant, e, obliging\\nBesoin, m. want; hasten; Preven-ir, 2. ir. to antici-\\nCbangement, m. altera- Lecture, f. reading; pate;\\ntion; bligeant, e, obliging; Repet-er, 1. to repeat;\\nDifficulte, f. difficulty Plai-re, 4. ir. to please; Suivant, e, following\\nEmouss-er, 1. to blunt; Plume, I pen; Suiv-re, 4. ir. to follow\\nEmpecber, 1. to prevent; Pointe, f. point; Voyant, e, bright, showy.\\n1. Ma cousine est-elle aussi oblige ante que la votre 2. Elle est\\naussi obligeante, et bien plus charmante que la mienne. 3. Vos en-\\nfants sont-ils prevenants 4. Mes enfants, prevenant tous mes be-\\nsoms ne me laissent rien a desirer. 5. Lisez bien attentivement les\\npages suivantes. 6. Ces demoiselles, suivant l exemple de leur mere,\\ns appliquent a la lecture. 7. Les couleurs voyantes ne me plaisent\\npoint. 8. Mes sceurs, voyant qu il allait pleuvoir, se h terent de re-", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0265.jp2"}, "264": {"fulltext": "2G0 QUATEE-YIXGT-DIX-IIUITIKME LEO 03\\nvenir. 9. Qu avez-vous laisse tomber 10. J ai laisse tomber ma\\nplume; la pointe en est emoussee. 11. Les avez-vous fait parler\\n12. Je les ai fait parler. mais avec difticulte. 13. Avez-vous fait\\nfaire des cbangemeuts dans votre maison 14. J y en ai fait faire.\\n15. A quoi en avez-vous fait faire 1G. J en ai fait faire a. la salle a,\\nmanger et au salun. 17. Avez-vous laisse passer cet bomme? 18. Je\\nn ai pas essaye de Ten empecher. 19. A qui (whom) avez-vous en-\\ntendu dire cela 20. Je l ai entendu dire a mon pdre. 21. Je le lui\\nai entendu rcpeter. 22. II vous l a entendu dire. 23. II VOUS a vu\\nfaire cela, 24. II vous l a vu faire. 25. Je l ai vu passer.\\nExercise 192.\\n1. Are still waters good for borses 2. Buflcn says that they are\\nbetter for horses than living waters. 3. Are your sisters cautions\\nre not very cautious. 5. My ing thai it was\\ngoing to rain, brought their umbrellas. 6. What have you let fall?\\n7. I have Lei my knife and book fall. S. Do very bright colors please\\nber? V, bright colors do not please him. 1 Save\\n11. Have you seen the dying wo-\\nman? 12. Your Bister, dying in the fear of Qod, was very happy.\\nfollowing your example, applied herself to study,\\nIt. Have you made them read 15. I made them read and write.\\nl i. I made my brother write. 17. 1 have had a book bound (rdiar),\\nyour father had alterations made in his house? 19. He has\\nhad some made in it J [n which room has he had some made\\n2L He baa bad me made in my brother s room. 22. Whom have\\nyou heard say that 23. I heard my sister say it 24. Have you\\nheard him say that 25. 1 have not heard him say it. 26. Have\\nyou seen my father pas-? 27. I b\\nheard him spei bim speak. 30. Let it fall 31. Do not\\nlet it full. 32. What has your brother dropped 33. He has dropped\\n34. Whom bave you heard say that 35. 1 hoard your\\nbrother say it 30. I have heard you repeat it. 37. We have seen\\nu: WVI1I. LESSON xevm.\\n|-i:\\\\. in \\\\l BJCSI mi OF Tin: BULKS ON Mil: PAST l \\\\i:\\nTICIPLE. I.\\nThe participl lbiable under any of the follo-u\\nditions:\\n1. When employed as an adjective; in which case it a\\ngender and number with the noun which it qualifies.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0266.jp2"}, "265": {"fulltext": "RULES ON THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 2G1\\nDes livres imprimes. Printed boohs.\\nCes feturnes paraissent bien abat- Those women appear very dejected.\\ntues.\\n2. When used in the formation of the tenses of passive verbs\\nwhen it always agrees with the subject of the proposition.\\nElles sont bien recues de tout le They are well received by every\\nmonde. body.\\n3. When employed in forming the compound tenses of neuter\\nverbs having etre as an auxiliary in which place, as in the preceding\\ncase, it agrees with the subject or nominative.\\nVotre soeur est partie ce matin. Tour sister went away this morning.\\n4. When employed in forming the tenses of active verbs having\\navoir as an auxiliary; in which connection it agrees not with the\\nsubject, but with the direct object or regimen, provided that object\\nprecedes it.\\nLes maisons que nous avons ache- The houses which we have bought.\\ntees.\\n5. When used along with etre in the formation of the compound\\ntenses of reflective verbs, wherein the reflective pronoun is the direct\\nobject; in which position it agrees with that pronoun or direct\\nobject.\\nCes dames se sont flattees. Those ladies have flattered themselves.\\n6. When used along with etre (as in Eule 5.) in the formation of\\nthe compound tenses of those reflective verbs, in which the reflective\\npronoun is not the direct, but the indirect object of the proposition\\nin which event it agrees with the direct object, provided (as in Eule\\n4.) that object precedes it.\\nLes histoires qu elles se sont racon- The stories which they related to each\\ntees. other.\\n7. When forming part of a compound tense of a verb governing a\\nsucceeding infinitive, it is at the same time preceded by a direct ob-\\nject, which is represented as performing the action denoted by the\\ninfinitive in which condition it agrees with that direct object.\\nLes dames que j ai entendues chan- The ladies whom I heard sing (sing-\\nter. ing).\\n8. When, in a sentence containing the pronoun en, the participle\\nis preceded by another object or regimen which is direct in which\\ncase it agrees with that direct object\\nJe les en ai avertis. I have warned them of it.\\nVous les en avez informes. You have informed them of it", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0267.jp2"}, "266": {"fulltext": "262 QUATEE-TINGT-DIX-HUITISME LEQON.\\nResume of\\nTous avez des livres bien relies.\\nVos Miles sont estimees.\\nCes terres sont bien labourees.\\nMes voisines sont toinbees d ac-\\ncord.\\nElles sont venues nous trouver.\\nLa victoire que nous avons rcm-\\nportee.\\nLes champs que vous avez laboures.\\nYous vous etes repcutis do votre\\niante.\\nElle est souvenue de sa promesse.\\nLes soldats quej ai vua passer.\\nLes musicienaes que j ai entenducs\\njouer.\\nration quo nous nous sommes\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0li^a\\nais qu ellcs so 60nt\\nLee fruits que j en ai recua\\nLes oouveUes quej eo\\nExamples.\\nYou have well bound books.\\nYour daughters are esteemed.\\nThose lands are luell ploughed.\\nMy neighbours have come to an un-\\nderstanding.\\nThey came to us.\\nThe victory which we have gained.\\nTlie fields which you have ploughed.\\nYou have repented (you) of your\\nfault\\nShe remembered her promise.\\nThe soldiers whom 1 saw passing.\\nTfie musical ladies whom I heard\\nplaying.\\nThe indiscretion with which we re-\\nproached one another.\\nits which they related to on 6\\nanotfu r.\\nThe fn; m it.\\nT/ic news which J brought from it.\\nA l ordii\\nAvert-;:-.\\nBone, C\\nOoutume, (de), usually,\\nCiieill-ir, 2. to gather\\nDechiflT-er, 1. to deci-\\npher\\nto dis-\\neour\\\\\\nExBECISB 103.\\nI aver\\nMalade, tick j^rson;\\nMerveille (a), wonder\\nfully, perfectly\\nParven-ir, ir. to suc-\\nI to be, to\\ndo;\\nPlus t. .t. soon r,\\nBi-re, -l. ir. to laugh;\\nSo rcproeh-or, 1. ref. to\\nself i\\nSe rieux, Be, a\\nSouri-re, i. ir.\\ns.iivaut, according to;\\nTomb-er, 1. to fall;\\nTomb-er d acoord, income\\nnderstandvng\\nTrouv-er, 1. to Jiml;\\nVol-er, 1. to skal.\\ntrottve-t-elle pas bien fatiguee? 2. ESQe\\n3. Votre scaur est-efte allee ft L eglise\\nBuivant Ba coatume? 4. Ma mere et ma socur y sont alleea\\nf). Votre sceur que de coutume 6. Hie est\\nrevenue plus tard qcra I ordinaire. 7. Oette paurre malade\\n8. Elle eel as la boue. 9. Ma mSn\\nparvenue ft decbiffrer ma lettre? 1 pas parvenue.\\ntieillie 12. Les Seurs que j ai b\\nBont plus que vous m avez envoye*\\nn porte*e? 1 I. Elle s eal portee a mtr-\\nveille. 15. De quel lii rous Bervie, mademoiselle? L Je\\nlu vdtre. 17. Nous nous somm\\n18. Quelles faul reprochees? 19. Lea fautesqu i]\\nprochdw nc BOBt pad Berieuses. 2U. Led avcz-vuus vus", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0268.jp2"}, "267": {"fulltext": "RULES OH THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 263\\nrire 21. Je les ai vus sourire. 22. Les avez-vous vus voler des\\nfruits? 23. Je les ai vus voler des pommes. 24. Les avez-vous\\navertis de leurs fautes 25. Je les en ai avertis. 26. Je ne les en\\nai pas avertis.\\nExercise 194.\\n1. Are your books well bound 2. They are well bound, and\\nwell printed. 3. Did not your little girl find herself discouraged\\n4. She found herself tired, but not discouraged. 5. Have your sis-\\nters come to an understanding 6. They have not come to an un-\\nderstanding. 7. My brothers have come to an understanding.\\n8. Who came to you 9. Your friends came to us. 10. Has not\\nyour sister gone to church 11. My sister has gone to church as\\nusual. 12. Did your sister return sooner than usual 13. My sis-\\nter returned later than usual. 14. Are the fields which you have\\nploughed, large 15. The fields which I have bought are very large.\\n16. Where are the gentlemen whom you saw pass? 17. The ladies\\nwhom I heard sing are in their room. 18. Did your poor sister fall?\\n19. Did that poor sick woman fall in the mud 20. Did your sis-\\nter succeed in reading that book? 21. She succeeded in reading\\nit. 22. Have you warned your sisters of their danger 23. I have\\nwarned them of it. 24. I have not warned them of it. 25. What\\npen has your mother used 26. She has used mine. 27. Have not\\nthose young ladies used my book 28. They have not used it.\\n29. Has your mother been well 30. She has been perfectly well.\\n31. Has she remembered her promise 32. She has remembered it.\\n33. Have you seen those boys laugh 34. I have seen them smile.\\n35. Have you seen them play 36. I have heard them play,\\nLEgOU XCIX. LESSON XCIX.\\nPRACTICAL RESUME OP THE RULES OJT THE PAST PAR-\\nTICIPLE. II.\\nThe participle past is invariable\\n1. In active verbs, When the direct regimen follows the participle.\\nMes nieces ont etudie leurs lecons. My nieces have studied their lessons\\nElles ont neglige leurs etudes. They have neglected their studies.\\n2. In neuter verbs conjugated with avoir.\\nMes cousines ont disparu. My cousins have disappeared.\\nLes cinq heures qu elles ont dormi. The Jive hours which they have slept.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0269.jp2"}, "268": {"fulltext": "204 QUATBE-TINGT-DIX- EUTIEME L E q O V.\\nIn the latter sentence, the word pendant is understood after heures.\\nLes cinq heures pendant lesquelles The five hours during which they\\nelles oat dorml slept.\\n3. In unipersonal verbs, whether conjugated with Ctre or with\\navoir.\\nLes chaleurs qu il a fait cettc annee. The heat there has been this year.\\nII est arrive bien des rnalheurs. Many misfortunes have happened.\\n4. In reflective or pronominal verbs, of which the second pronoun\\nis an indirect regimen, when no direct regimen precedes.\\nEllo s est propose de partir. She proposed to herself to leave.\\n5. When the participle precedes an infinitive, and is preceded by\\na direct regimen, and this direct regimen is not the actor, but the ob-\\nupon. In this ease the infinitive is generally rendered in\\nEnglish by to ice.\\nosons que j ai entendu chan- The songs which I heard (being) su}ig\\nter.\\nC. When the fared regimen preceding a participle, is not the object\\nof this particple, but of a verb following.\\nquo jo vous ai conseillo The rule which I advised you to\\n7. The participle of fairc. fait, followed by an infinitive, is always\\ninvariable.\\nJo les ai fait raccommodcr. 1 have had them mended.\\n8. After the pronoun, en, when no direct regimen prec\\nm donne des flours? Jla you flowers t\\na a donn Tu y hare given me (some) of th*m.\\nl; ai m: r Examples.\\nKilos nous ont donne do bona con- They have given us good ad\\nnous on ont don mat,\\nlieaea qu il a couru hich he ran.\\nLea anneea qoe cos c diticea ont The yean thai those edifices have\\ndure*.\\nLa belle journeo qu il a fait hierl What a beautiful day it was yester-\\nday\\nplofl belle fi to qu il he finest feast that there lias\\ndeux de vos amis.\\nso sont nui. Tliosc young ladies have injured one\\nand\\neducation\\nde 1 1 of the clejihant a kind of art.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0270.jp2"}, "269": {"fulltext": "RULES ON TIIE PAST PARTICIPLE. 265\\nElle s est imagine l idee de pouvoir She conceived the idea that sJie might\\nreussir. succeed.\\nLes i ruits que j ai vu voler. Tlie fruits which I saw bei?ig stolen.\\nLes soldats blesses que j ai vu por- The wounded soldiers whom I saw\\nter. (being) carried.\\nLa chanson que j ai entendu chan- The song which I heard sung.\\nter.\\nLes pommes que je vous ai defendu The apples which I forbade you to\\nde manger. eat.\\nJe les ai fait partir. I obliged them to leave.\\nElles m ont apporte des oranges. They have brought me oranges.\\nElles m en ont apporte. They have brought me {some) of them.\\nExercise 195.\\nAuberge, f. inn Jou-er, 1. to play Nuit, night\\nBien, m. good; Habill-er, 1. to dress; Piece, f. piece;\\nDernier, e, last Dorm-ir, 2. to sleep Eacont-er, 1. to relate\\nDisparait-re, 4. ir. to dis- Lion-d Or, m. Golden Reven-ir, 2. ir. to re-\\nappear; Lion; turn;\\nEnterr-er, 1. to bury Mort, e, dead Soieries, silk goods, stiles.\\n1. Quelle auberge vous a-t-on recommandee 2. On m a recom-\\nmande l auberge du Lion-d Or. 3. Quelles nouvelles avez-vous\\napportees? 4. J ai apporte des nouvelles agreables. 5. Vos voisines\\nsont-elles habillees 6. Elles ne sont pas encore habillees. 7. Ont-\\nelles bien dormi, la nuit derniere 8. Elles n ont pas bien dormi.\\n9. Quand sont-elles arrivees 10. Elles sont arrivees a quatre\\nheures et dernie. 11. Ont-elles dormi plus de cinq heures 12. Les\\nsix heures qu elles ont dormi leur ont fait beaucoup de bien. 13. Vos\\nBoeurs se sont-elles amusees? 14. En jouant, elles se sont fait\\nmal au bras. 15. Se sont-elles raconte notre conversation 16. Elles\\nse la sont racontee. 17. Vos amies ont-elles disparu? 18. Elles\\nn ont pas disparu elles sont revenues chez elles. 19. Les soldats\\nque vous avez vus partir, sont-ils revenus 20. II sont morts je les\\nai vu enterrer. 21. Ne les avez-vous pas fait etudier 22. Je les\\nai fait lire. 23. Avez-vous apporte des soieries 24. Je n en ai pas\\napporte. 25. Les soieries que j en ai apportees sont superbes.\\nExercise 196.\\n1. Have you not recommended my nieces? 2. I have recom-\\nmended them. 3. Have you brought me good oranges 4. I have\\nbrought you some. 5. Have you given any to my daughters 6. I\\nhave given them some. 7. I would have given them some, if I had\\nhad many. 8. Have you not neglected your studies 9. I have\\nnot neglected them I never neglect them. 10. The years which\\nthat church has lasted, speak in favor (en faveur) of the architect.\\n11. The ten miles which he has run, have fatigued him. 12. Have\\n12", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0271.jp2"}, "270": {"fulltext": "2GG CENT 1 13 ME LEQON.\\nyour sisters injured each other? 13. They have nattered themselves.\\n14. Did my friends present themselves? 15. There came three of\\nyour sisters. 1G. What did they imagine 17. They conceived the\\nidea of reading Tasso (Le Tassv). 18. Have you seen them (m.J\\nsteal my apples 19. I saw them steal your peaches. 20. Iiuvo\\nyou heard them (f.) sing? 21. I have heard them sing. 22. i\\nsongs which I heard sung, are not new. 23. 1 found in your room\\nthe books which I had forbidden you to take. 24. The peaches\\nwhich I have forbidden you to eat, are not ripe (mitres). 2o. Have\\nyou seen those soldiers 2G. I saw them pass last week 27. I saw\\nthem carried to the hospital (d Vhdpital) this morning. 28. Have\\nyou brought oranges from France 29. I brought some. 30. The\\nOranges which I brought from it (en) are good. 31. Have you\\nbrought silk goods? 32. I have brought some. 33. I have brought\\nnone. 34. Are the silk goods which you brought from that place,\\n3o. I brought but two pieces.\\n1.IV N I LESSON C.\\nEXAMPLES ZLLUSTBATIKG mi: VARIOUS USES OF TIIK l Ul.V-\\nir.u. COKJ1 NOTIONS.\\na hoiks oi K.\\nII n en fem rien, d mains qu voua will do nothing of the himl,\\nBe lui j Mm.\\nA que vous ne prenies bien Unless you choose your turn\\nvotre temps, vous n en viandres pas you will not accomplish it.\\nQuel indigne plaisii pout avoir What unworthy pleasure am ava-\\nBtqu wins What is the use of hoarding up uu-\\nqu uu. ne joui- I i.x. less we enjoy t\\nont nucuno force pour Therefl i\\nM;i douleur serait trop\\nbI je pouvais la de*p so 1\\nne I entreprendrai pas. derta\\n21 ml.\\nw RJ\\nco qu il ya do plus sage au this is (he wisest t0O|\\nrests, e est uus3i ce quH y a de plus is also the vuatjust.\\njusts. Makmoxtel.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0272.jp2"}, "271": {"fulltext": "VARIOUS USES OF CONJUNCTIONS,\\n207\\nYoila les perils, voici le moyen de\\nles eviter car enfin, le bras de Dieu\\nn est pas raccourei. Massillon.\\nLe peuple se figure une felicite\\niiuagiuaire dans les situations ele-\\nve es, ou il ne peut atteindre, et il\\ncroit (car tel est l homme),que tout\\nce qu il ne peut avoir, c est cela\\nmeme qui est le bonheur qu il\\ncherqhe. Massillon.\\nThose are the dangers, this is the\\nway of avoiding them; for finally,\\nthe influence of God is not less pow-\\nerful.\\nThe people picture to themselves\\nan imaginary happiness in elevated\\nstations which they cannot reach, and\\nthey believe (for such is man), that\\nall that which they cannot obtain,\\nforms that very happiness which\\nthey seek.\\nCOMME QUE.\\nComme l ambition n a pas de As ambition has no limits, and as\\nfrein, et que la soif des richesses nous the thirst of riches devours us all,\\nconsume tous, il en resulte, que le the result is, that happiness avoids\\nbonheur nous fuit, a mesure que nous us, as we proceed in our search after\\nle cherchons. Th. Corneille. it.\\nDONC.\\nVotre maitre vous aime; done\\nvous devez l aimer.\\nJe suis, done, un temoin de leur\\npeu de puissance. Racine.\\nEt d ou peut done venir ce change-\\nment extreme Voltaire.\\nSi ce n est toi, c est done ton frere.\\nJe n en ai pas. C est done quel-\\nqu un des tiens. La Fontaine.\\nAllons done! repondit-on, et la\\ntransaction n eut pas lieu.\\nDe Cussy.\\nYour master loves you; therefore,\\nyou should love him.\\nI am, therefore, a witness of their\\nwant of power.\\nWhence, therefore, can this extreme\\nchange proceed?\\nIf it is not you, then it is your\\nbrother. I have none. Then it must\\nbe some one of your family.\\nWell then! replied they, and the\\naffair did not take place.\\nDE MEUE QUE.\\nDe meme que le soleil brille sur As the sun shines upon the earth,\\nla terre, de meme le juste brillera so will the just shine in heaven.\\ndans les cieux. L academie.\\nC est etre faible et timide que\\nd etre inaccessible et fier.\\nMassillon.\\nUne famille vertueuse est un vais-\\nseau tenu pendant la tempete par\\ndeux ancres, la religion et les mceurs.\\nChateaubriand.\\nQuel carnage de toutes parts\\nOn egorge a la fois les enfants, les\\nvieillards,\\nEt la sceur et le frere,\\nEt la fille et la mere,\\nLe fils dans les bras de son pere.\\nRacine, Esther.\\nTo be inaccessible and proud, is to\\nbe weak and timid.\\nA virtuous family is a vessel\\nstrengthened during the tempest by\\ntwo anchors, religion and morals.\\nWhat carnage on all sides\\nThey murder at once the children,\\nthe old men, the sister, and the broth-\\ner, the daughter and the mother, the\\nson in the arms of his father.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0273.jp2"}, "272": {"fulltext": "2G8\\nCEXTIEME L E O N\\nLORSQUE QUAXD.\\nLorsque 1 innocence habitait la\\nterre. Bosscet.\\nQuand vous me hai riez, je uo m en\\nplaindrais pas. Racine.\\nQuand nous n aurious egard qu au\\nrcpos seul de notro vie, quand nous\\nn aurious point d autre int ir ioi-\\nbas que de nous preparer des jours\\nheureox, quel bonheur de prevenir\\nd avanee, et dVtouH er dans lour\\nnaissance tant de passions violentes.\\nMassillox.\\nWhen innocence inhabited the\\nearth.\\nIf even you hated me, J would not\\ncomplain.\\nIf even we considered merely the\\nrepose of our lives, if even we had\\nno other interest ttere than to pre-\\npare for ourselves happy day,*, what\\nhajpiness it would be, to prevent be-\\nforehand, to stifle in their birtti, to\\nmany violent passions.\\nC ctait di ja la puissance impe-\\nrial.-, qu on lui a vue depois,\\navec l asaentiment universe! des\\npeoples, avec des formes moms\\nmais plus digues peut-etra\\nI ll 1 1 B\\nL*harmonie ne Grappe pas Edmple-\\nment PoreOle, mats I esprit.\\nBou\\nla guerre de\\nBUT la I E I\\nis brulant\\nI. a Km, BBFOUOAtJUX\\n11 n y a point de mail qui tteu-\\noint ma Bile ft\\nun muct. 13ia\\nwas already the imperial power,\\nof which we have since st.en him pos-\\nbut wilh ilte C07isen( f the\\npeople, with forms less regal, bv per-\\nhaps more worthy.\\nHarmony does not only strike\\nOie ear, but the mind.\\nT keep on the defensive is a wise\\nn in war, but it is not the\\niant.\\nis no but in Uie matter\\nJ will not give my daughter to a\\nmule.\\nM.\\nTTcuroux eclui qui Bait so conten-\\niM-u Boo Bommeil n ost\\nTu\\\\i D HORACX.\\nVoua perdes ainsi la oonflanon de\\n\\\\Mir reudus nt\\nplusnaoUeB.\\nTorvTATJffl.\\nfast jamais si heUP 03\\nmalheuxeuz qu on se l imag\\nLa Bochbpoi i \\\\ri.n.\\nloi sainte neconnalt pins, ni\\n.i riche, nt noble, nirotuner,\\n:ixo.v.\\nHappy is he who can content hint-\\ns If with little His sleep is dis-\\nturbed neither by Vie far, nor by\\nthe shamiful den\\nTRANSIT 0\u00c2\u00bb llnliWK.\\njfl thus thecon\\nOiem cither belttr or more sktlfuL\\nli~ are nem or so un-\\nloejamcy.\\nTliat h ly law know* M\\neither poor or rich, noble or j kbeian,\\nmaster or slave.\\nbona-noua A T\\nQi] I .las me lit-il on jour,\\nLi\\nKow then, lei us qo to\\nNow thru, i, u tome\\nthe tunc of yuur childhood is", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0274.jp2"}, "273": {"fulltext": "VAEIOUS USES OF CONJUNCTIONS,\\n2G9\\nLa fortune, soit bonne ou mau-\\nvaise, soit passagere ou constante,\\nne pout rien sur l ame du sage.\\nMarmontel.\\nLa liberte de publier ses penseea,\\nou la liberte de la presse, doit t-tro\\nregies sur la liberte meme d agir.\\nB. dk St. Pierre.\\nFortune, be it good or bad, be it\\ntransient or constant, has no power\\nover the soul of the wise.\\nThe liberty of publishing one s\\nthoughts, or the liberty of the press,\\nshould be regulated upon the liberty of\\naction itself.\\nPARCE QUE.\\nLes grands homines entreprennent Great men undertake great things\\nde grandes choses, parce gw elles because they are great, and fools,\\nsont grandes, et les fous parce qu ils because they believe them easy.\\nles croient faciles. Vauvenargues.\\nLa, tout est beau, parce que tout Every thing there is beautiful, be-\\nest vrai. J. J. Rousseau. cause every thing is true.\\nLe style le moins noble a pour- The least elevated style has,\\ntant sa noblesse. Boileau. tbeless, its elevation.\\nPourquoi le demander, puisque\\nvous le savez Racine.\\nNe vous lassez jamais d examiner\\nles causes des grands changements,\\npuisque rien ne servira jamais tant\\na votre instruction. Bossuet.\\nPuisque vous le voulez, je vais\\nchanger de style. Boileau.\\nWhy ash about it, since you know\\nit?\\nNever be weary of examining into\\nthe causes of great changes, since\\nnothing will ever be of so much ser-\\nvice to your instruction.\\nSince you will have it so, I will\\nmy style.\\nQUE.\\nJamais on ne vit un si grand es-\\nemple, que le courage n est point in-\\ncompatible avec la mollesse.\\nVoltaire.\\nA quoi vous servira d avoir de\\n1 esprit, si vous ne l employez pas, et\\nque vous ne vous appliquez pas\\nBossuet.\\nToutefois, que sert-il de me justi-\\nfier Racine.\\nQu il fasse ce qu il lui plaira.\\nSais-tu quelque chose de plus?\\nOhl que oui. Brueys.\\nC est une maladie d esprit, que de\\nsouhaiter des choses impossibles.\\nPenelon.\\nLa veritable conversion du cceur\\nfait autant aimer Dieu gw on a aime\\nles creatures. Pascal.\\nCrois-tu que dans son cceur, il ait\\njure ta mort Racine.\\nNever was such a striking exam-\\nple seen, that courage is not incom-\\npatible with effeminacy.\\nOf what use will be your wit, if\\nyou do not employ it, and do not ap-\\nply yourselves\\nHowever, what is the use of justify-\\ning myself?\\nLet him do what he pleases.\\nDo you know any thing more f\\nThat I do!\\nWishing for impossible things, is a\\ndisease of the mind.\\nThe true conversion of the heart\\nmakes us love God as much as we\\nhave loved the creatures.\\nDo you believe that he has sworn\\nyour death in his heart", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0275.jp2"}, "274": {"fulltext": "270\\nEXERCISES IN COMPOSING.\\nCe n est pas que j eusse rnieux fait It is not that I might have done\\nque vous. Mhb. de Ssvigxe. letter than you.\\nII a fallu que rues malheurs m aient It was necessary that my misfor-\\ninstruit, pour ni apprendre ee que je tunes should instruct me, to teach vie\\nne voulais pas croire. Fenelon. what I would not believe.\\nQT70IQUE.\\nQuoique Dieu et la nature aient Although God and nature have\\nfait to us les hommes egaux, en les made all men equal, in forming them\\nformant d une meme boue, la vanito from the same earth, human vanity\\nhumaine ne peut soull rir cette ega- cannot bear thai equality.\\nJit Bossuet.\\nST.\\nSi vous lo voulicz, nous partitions\\nensemble.\\nSi TOUa lo prenez sur co ton, jo\\nme retire.\\nXul empire n est siir, s il n a\\nI atnour pour R terra\\nSMI I taut, nuns part irons.\\nVotre esprit a bouj\\nquelqu\\nI QHSa\\nIf you wislied it, we would go to-\\nIf you go on in this way, I with-\\nXo empire is safe, unless it has\\nwe vill go,\\nmind has always in reserve\\nbut\\nlis repondirent, qu fl f Hait r\\ntablir l equitibre euro] n rompu;\\n\u00c2\u00ab|ii il t allait le r. t.ililir SUVM sur le\\noontinent, oil il 6tsit tout a fidt\\ndi truit. au moina sur i I\\nTim B\\nc :i I fl nele\\nl n in.il funesto et\\nre pandil dans lea principal\\nque I intem-\\ndana lea\\nqu un commer apporte*\\nli lieet\\nde mort, soil que l angi\\nla main pour frapp\\nmallicurcuso province. FLBOHIBB.\\nTliey replied, that it was necessary\\nto re-establish the disturbed Euro-\\npean balance thai a\\nto restor- if not on the continent,\\ny destroyed, at\\nleast on the Oc\\nWhether he does it, whether he\\ni! ami contagious\\nspread in the principal c\\nNormandy be it thai\\nbe it that a\\nfrom\\ni id death,\\nbo it that tin\\nhis hand to smite that\\niote province.\\nEXERCISES I\\\\ COMPOSING.\\nThe words in the follow i tore intimated\\n13), aa suggestive of thought. Tu conducting\\nLeeta a particular word, a", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0276.jp2"}, "275": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN COMPOSING,\\n271\\nrequires each pupil to compose a French sentence containing this\\nterm. The pupil is duly notified that he is at liberty to take any\\nthought suggested by the word, and to produce a sentence of any\\nform found in any of the foregoing Lessons regard being had all\\nalong to all the Rules, Notes, Exceptions, etc., that may bear upon\\nthe case. Thus, adopting as a model the sentence, Voire marcliand\\nest Men ohligeant (Lesson 17, Resume) Le Danois a-i-il quelques\\npommes (Lesson 18, Rule 7) Connaissez-vous le Docteur L. f (Les-\\nson 30, Resume) Ce monsieur est-il peintre etc., etc., let him en-\\ndeavor to produce others of the like kind.\\nA little practice -will render the exercise both easy and interesting.\\nIt will soon come to be easy to incorporate not only one, but two,\\nthree or more of the words taken from the lists.\\nLe Temps et ses Divisions.\\nTime and its Divisions.\\nUn siecle, an\\nage, a century.\\nMidi,\\nnoon.\\nUn an, une annee,\\na year.\\nL apres-midi,\\nthe afternoon.\\nUne saison,\\na season.\\nLe soir,\\nthe evening.\\nUn mois,\\na month.\\nLa nuit,\\nthe night.\\nUne quinzaine,\\na fortnight.\\nMinuit,\\nmidnight.\\nUne semaine,\\na week.\\nAujourd hui,\\nto-day.\\nUn jour,\\na day.\\nDemain,\\nto-morrow.\\nUne heure,\\nUne demi-heure,\\nan hour,\\nhalf an hour.\\nApres-demain, the da after to\\n1 morrow.\\nUn quart d heure,\\nj a quarter of\\nan hour.\\nHier,\\nAvant-hier,\\nyesterday.\\nthe day before\\nyesterday.\\nUne minute,\\na minute.\\nUne seconde,\\na second.\\nLa veille,\\nthe day before.\\nLe matin,\\nthe morning.\\nLe lever du soleil,\\nsunrise.\\nLa matinee,\\nthe forenoon.\\nLe coucher du sole!\\nsunset.\\nLes Saisons.\\nJ. The Seasons.\\nLe printemps,\\nthe spring.\\nL automne, (tonn)\\nthe autumn.\\nL ete,\\nthe summer.\\nL hiver,\\nthe winter.\\nLes Mois.\\n3. The Months.\\nJanvier,\\nJanuary.\\nJuillet,\\nJuly.\\nFevrier,\\nFebruary.\\nAout, (oo)\\nAugust.\\nMars, (Marss)\\nMarch.\\nSeptembre,\\nSeptember.\\nAvril,\\nApril.\\nOctobre,\\nOctober.\\nMai,\\nMay.\\nNovembre,\\n^November.\\nJuin,\\nJune.\\nDecernbre,\\nDecember.\\nLes Jours.\\n4. The Days.\\nDimanche,\\nSunday.\\n1 Jeudi,\\nThursday.\\nLundi,\\nMonday.\\nVendredi,\\nFriday.\\nMardi,\\nTuesday.\\nSamedi,\\nSaturday.\\nMercredi,\\nWednesday.\\nTous les jours,\\nevery day.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0277.jp2"}, "276": {"fulltext": "LISTS OF TV O E D S\\nLes Peixcipaux Pays\\nL Afrique,\\nL Algerie,\\nL Allemagne,\\nL Amerique,\\nL Angleterre,\\nL Autriche,\\nv\\\\\\n-riquo,\\nme,\\nAfrica.\\nAlgeria, Algiers.\\nGermany.\\nAmerica.\\nAustria.\\nArabia.\\nAsia.\\nBavaria.\\nla I :p ta-ne.( Grande), Great Britain.\\nCanada,\\n-tille,\\nLe Chili,\\nwo,\\nLa Fi.:\\n.iV3 de)\\nLow. I\\nUpper Canada\\nChill\\nChina\\nTriE Principal Countries.\\nL Hclv^tie, (see) Helvetia.\\nLa Hongrie, Hungary.\\nL Inde. India.\\nLes Endes Occidentales, West Indies.\\nLes Indes Orientalea, Last Indies.\\nL Irlandc,\\nL lslande, (iss)\\nLa Judee,\\nt ique,\\nLa M(\\n:-!:tndie,\\nLa N rv. ge,\\n-tine,\\nLe Pi mont,\\nU 1\\nJO\u00c2\u00a9,\\nLa Bar\\nHe,\\nClio,\\nIreland.\\nIceland.\\nJapan.\\nJudea.\\nM rico.\\nBfuscovy.\\nNaptea\\nNormandy.\\nNorway.\\nPal( Btine.\\nthe Netherlands.\\nPiedmont.\\nPeru.\\nSardinia.\\nSaxony.\\nSi.-ily.\\nSwitzerland.\\nSyria\\nTurkey.\\nWill!\\nNations.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ain,\\nl n AJ\\nI n A\\nI n Aj\\nitique,\\nunion,\\nI n Br\\nD i lien,\\niilan,\\nlien,\\nOn Dauoia,\\nfrican.\\nan A;\\nan\\nan A\\na Bavarian.\\na i\\na Bohemian.\\nladian.\\na Castilian.\\na Coi\\na Dane.\\n6.\\nOn\\nOn\\nTn\\nI n\\nOn\\nTn\\nCi\\nI n\\nI m\\nIn\\nI n\\nI n\\nTn\\nOn\\nTn\\nUn\\ntJD\\nGaUoia,\\nlIanov. rien,\\nH.h. ti-n,\\nIII. lien,\\n.luii;\\nNonnaud,\\nlitnan.\\nptian.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0iiinan.\\na Welchman.\\na .mil.\\na Hanoverian,\\na Helvetian.\\na Urn\\nan Indian,\\nan Iridiman.\\nan Icelander,\\na Ju]\\na .lew.\\na Mi\\na Mu\\na Ne i|\\na Norman.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0278.jp2"}, "277": {"fulltext": "POE COMPOSING F BENCH,\\n273\\nUn Norvegien,\\nUn Parisien,\\nUn Peruvien,\\nUn Persan,\\nUn Piemontais,\\nUn Polonaia,\\nUn Prussien,\\nUn Russe,\\nUn Sarde,\\na Norwegian.\\na Parisian,\\na Peruvian.\\nPiedrnontese.\\na Pole.\\na Prussian.\\na Sardinian.\\nUn Savoyard,\\nUn Saxon,\\nUn Sicilien,\\nUn Suedois,\\nUn Suisse,\\nUn Syrien,\\nUn Turc,\\nUn Wurtembergeois\\na Savoyard.\\na Saxon.\\na Sicilian.\\na Swede.\\na Swiss.\\na Syrian.\\na Turk.\\na Wurtein-\\nbergian.\\nProfessions et Metiers. 7. Professions and Trades.\\nUn acteur,\\nUn apothicaire,\\nUn artiste,\\nUn aumonier,\\nUn auteur,\\nUn avooat,\\nUn avoue,\\nUn banquier,\\nUn barbier,\\nUn berger,\\nUn bijoutier,\\nUne blauchisseuse,\\nUn bottier,\\nUn boueher,\\nUn boulanger,\\nUn brasseur,\\nUne brodeuse,\\nUn carrossier,\\nUn chapelier,\\nUn charbonnier\\nUn charcutier\\nUn charlatan,\\nUn charretier,\\nUn charron,\\nUn chaudronnier,\\nUn chirurgien,\\nUn cordier,\\nUn cordonnier,\\nUn corroyeur,\\nUn coutelier,\\nUne couturiere,\\nUn couvreur,\\nUn cure,\\nUn dentiste,\\nUn drapier,\\nUn ebeniste,\\nUn ecclesiastique\\nUn epicier,\\nUn eveque,\\nUn faucheur,\\nUn fermier,\\nUn fripier,\\nUne fruitiere,\\nan actor.\\nan apothecary.\\nan artist.\\na chaplain.\\nan author.\\na barrister.\\nan attorney.\\na banker.\\na barber.\\na shepherd.\\na jeweller.\\na washerwoman.\\na bootmaker.\\na butcher.\\na baker.\\na brewer.\\nan embroiderer.\\na coachmaker.\\na hatter.\\na coal-man.\\na pork butcher.\\na quack.\\na cartman.\\na waggonmaker.\\na coppersmith.\\na surgeon.\\na ropemaker.\\na shoemaker.\\na currier.\\na cutler.\\na slater, tiler.\\na vicar.\\na dentist.\\na draper.\\na cabinetmaker.\\na clergyman.\\na grocer.\\na bishop.\\na mower.\\na farmer.\\na fripperer.\\na fruit- woman.\\nUn gantier, a glover.\\nUn graveur, an engraver.\\nUn horloger, a clock or watchmaker.\\nUn instituteur, a schoolmaster.\\nUne institutrice, a schoolmistress.\\nUn imprimeur, a printer.\\nUn jardinier, a gardener.\\nUn joaillier, a jeweller.\\nUn libraire, a bookseller.\\nUn magon, a mason, a bricklayer.\\nUn maitre d ecole, a schoolmaster.\\nUn manouvrier, a day-laborer.\\nUn marchand de chevaux, a horse-\\nUn maquignon,\\nUn marechal ferrant,\\nUn marechal,\\nUn mcdecin,\\nUn menuisier,\\nUn moissonneur,\\nUn musieien,\\nUn naturaliste,\\nUn negotiant,\\nUn opticien,\\nUn orateur,\\nUn orfevre, a gold and silver smith.\\nLe pape, the pope.\\nUn parfumeur, a perfumer.\\nUn patre, a shepherd, herdsman.\\nUn peintre, a painter.\\nUn perruquier, a hairdresser.\\nUn philosophe, a philosopher.\\ndealer,\\na farrier, shoe-\\ning-smith.\\na blacksmith.\\na physician.\\na joiner.\\na reaper.\\na musician.\\na naturalist.\\na merchant.\\nan optician.\\nan orator.\\nUh predicateur,\\nUn pretre,\\nUn raffineur de\\nsucre, de sel,\\nUn ramoneur\\nde cheminees,\\nUn relieur,\\nUn savetier,\\nUn sculpteur,\\na preacher,\\na priest.\\na sugar, salt refiner.\\na chimney-sweeper.\\na bookbinder.\\na cobbler.\\na sculptor.\\n12*", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0279.jp2"}, "278": {"fulltext": "274\\nLISTS OF WOEDS\\nUn sellier,\\na saddler.\\nUn tisserand,\\na weaver.\\nUn serrurier,\\na locksmith.\\nUn tonuelier,\\na cooper.\\nUn tailleur,\\na tailor.\\nUn tourueur,\\na turner.\\nUn tapiasier,\\nan upholsterer.\\nUn vitrier,\\na glazier.\\nUn teinturier,\\na dyer.\\nUn Toiturier,\\na cart man.\\nL HOMME. g\\nMax\\nLes anci-tres,\\nthe ancestors.\\nUnfils,\\nn son.\\nUn arriere-petit-fils, a\\nLe futur,\\nLa future,\\nthe bridegroom.\\ntin- bride.\\nUn beau-fils, a son-in-law. step-son.\\nI n gendra,\\na son-in-law.\\nUn beau-fivrc,\\na brother-in-law.\\nIn grand-pere,\\na grandfather.\\nUn bcau-pere,\\na father-in-law,\\nstep-father.\\nI lii- grand s\\nUnjenne bomme,\\na grandmother.\\na young num.\\nUne bulle-fille, j\\na daughtertn-law,\\nBtep-daughter.\\nUne jeuue fille,\\ni young woman,\\ngirl\\nTil.- V\\na mother-in-law,\\nstep-mother.\\nLa jean youth.\\nIn junuau, unejumelle, a twin.\\nI m- belli\\n.-\u00e2\u0080\u00a2-in-law.\\nI n liuiri.\\na husband.\\nit-grandfather.\\nI m- marraine,\\nmother.\\nOne bra,\\na daughter-in-law.\\nI.a Daifflanoe,\\nthe birth.\\n:i,\\nthe\\nI ll! 1H\\na nurse.\\ni n Douveau marie,\\na bridegroom.\\n1 in germain, tl\\nI m- nonveue mariee, a bride.\\nnn\\nL oncle,\\nthe undo.\\ni n arphelin,\\nOne orphehns, J\\nan orphan.\\n1\\nchild\\n1\\na consort\\ni n pa\\na godfather.\\nin petit-flla,\\na grand-son,\\niUe,\\na family.\\nIn |\u00c2\u00bbtitc-lille, a\\ngrand-daughter.\\nUne femme,\\na woman, wire.\\ni.a tante,\\nthe aunt.\\nlilies,/\\np. betrothing.\\ni ii viit;\\na widower.\\n1\\nin. veuve,\\nVuu lill\\na girl, a daughter.\\nLa vi 111\\nold uge.\\nLe Coiu\\\\s Hujcaxk S\\nTin: IlrM.w\\nBony.\\nUne aii\\nan art i rv.\\nale.\\nthe shoulder.\\nLa barbe,\\nbeard.\\nLi I ini (da dos),\\nthe spine.\\nJ. a DO\\nthe mouth.\\n1 i-,\\nthe whiskers.\\ntin arm.\\nLe i i\\nthe liver.\\nJ.- iville,\\nthe brain.\\nLe iii mt.\\nin ad\\nLa chair,\\nthe flesh.\\nthe gums.\\nthe eyi lashes.\\noil,\\nti\\ntlir heart\\nthroat\\nthe hips.\\nthe leg.\\na rib.\\nl..i i hi.-.\\nthe rln i k.\\nth\\nLa lai\\nthe i\\nii.lr\\ntlir elbow.\\nLa levra,\\nthe lip.\\ntli skull.\\ni n membra,\\na limb.\\ntin- thigh.\\ni..- I... tit. .ii,\\ntl.e ehin.\\ntin finger.\\nLa mo lie,\\nthe\\nLc doe,\\ntill.\\n.-tache,\\na mou", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0280.jp2"}, "279": {"fulltext": "FOE COMPOSING FRENCH\\n275\\nUn muscle,\\na muscle.\\nLa rate,\\nthe spleen.\\nUii nerfj\\na nerve.\\nLes reins,\\nthe loins.\\nLe uez,\\nthe nose.\\nLe sang,\\nthe blood.\\nUn ongle\\na nail.\\nLe sein,\\nthe bosom.\\nUn orteil,\\nUn doigt du pied, J\\na toe.\\nLes sourcils,\\nthe eyebrows.\\nUn squelette,\\na skeleton.\\nUn os,\\na bone\\nLe talon,\\nthe heel.\\nL ouie,\\nthe hearing.\\nLe teint,\\nthe complexion.\\nLe palais,\\nthe palate\\nLes tempes,\\nthe temples.\\nLa paupiere,\\nthe eyelid.\\nLa tete,\\nthe head.\\nLa peau,\\nthe skin.\\nUn trait,\\na feature.\\nLe pouce,\\nthe thumb.\\nUne veine,\\na vein.\\nLes poumons,\\nthe lungs.\\nLe visage,\\nthe face.\\nLa prunelle, the pupil of the eye.\\nLa vue,\\nthe sight.\\nMaladies, Infirmites, etc. 1\\nMaladies, Infirmities, etc.\\nUne attaque,\\nan attack, fit.\\nLa goutte,\\ngout.\\nDu baume,\\nbalsam.\\nUne guerison,\\na cure.\\nLe begaiement,\\nstammering.\\nL hydropisie,\\ndropsy.\\nUne blessure,\\na wound.\\nUne indisposition,\\nan indisposition.\\nLa cecite,\\nblindness.\\nLouche, adj.\\nsquinting.\\nUn chancre,\\na cancer.\\nUn malaise,\\nan indisposition.\\nUne cicatrice,\\na scar.\\nLa migraine,\\nthe head-ache.\\nLa colique,\\ncolic.\\nLe mutisme,\\ndumbness.\\nUne contusion,\\na bruise.\\nDe l onguent, m. pommade, f. salve.\\nLa crampe,\\ncramp.\\nUne ordonnance,\\na prescription.\\nUne dislocation,\\na dislocation.\\nLa petite-verole,\\nthe small-pox.\\nUn eraetique,\\nan emetic.\\nLa pulmonie,\\nconsumption.\\nUne enrlure,\\na swelling.\\nUn remede,\\na remedy\\nUn enrouement,\\na hoarseness.\\nUn rhume,\\na cold.\\nUne entorse,\\na sprain.\\nLa rougeole,\\nthe measles.\\nL epilepsie,\\nepilepsy.\\nUne saignee,\\na bleeding.\\nUn evanouissement,\\nfainting.\\nLa surdite,\\ndeafness.\\nLa fievre,\\nfever.\\nUne toux,\\na cough.\\nLa fievre nerveuse,\\nnervous fever.\\nUn ulcere,\\nan ulcer.\\nLa fievre scarlatine,\\nscarlet fever.\\nUn vertige,\\ndizziness.\\nHABILLEJrENTS.\\n11.\\nArticles of Dress.\\na clasp.\\nUne agrafe,\\nUne aiguille,\\nUne aiguille de cheveux,\\nUne bague,\\nDes bas,\\nDu basin,\\nDe la batiste,\\nDe la bijouterie,\\nUn bonnet,\\nUne boucle,\\nUne boucle, a lock of hair, curl.\\nDes boucles d oreilles, ear-rings.\\nUne bourse, a purse.\\nUn bracelet^ a bracelet.\\nDes bretelles, braces, suspenders.\\nUne brosse, a brush.\\nhair-pin.\\na ring.\\nstockings.\\ndimity.\\ncambric.\\njewelry.\\na cap.\\na buckle.\\nUne brosse a dents, a tooth-brush.\\nUn calecon, m. s. drawers.\\nUne ceinture, a sash, belt, band.\\nDu cirage,\\nblacking.\\nDes ciseaux,\\nscissors.\\nUne coiffure,\\na head-dress.\\nUn collet,\\na collar.\\nUn collier,\\na necklace.\\nDu coton,\\ncotton.\\nUne cravate,\\na cravat.\\nDu crepe,\\ncrape.\\nDe la dentelle,\\nlace.\\nUn diamant,\\na diamond.\\nDe la doublure,\\nlining.\\nUn ecrin,\\na casket, jewel-box.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0281.jp2"}, "280": {"fulltext": "218\\nLISTS OP TTORD\\nUi.e epe e,\\na sword.\\nTn parapluie,\\nan umbrella.\\nDea eperona,\\nspurs.\\nUa parasol,\\na parasol.\\nUue epingle,\\na pin.\\nUn pcignc,\\na comb.\\nUn etui, m.\\nUu eventail,\\na needle-case.\\na tan.\\nDes pendants-d\\nfss\\nUn i la eon,\\na smelling-bottle.\\nUne perle,\\nB peal.\\nLa fourrure,\\nthe fur.\\nUue poche,\\na pocket\\nUu frac,\\na dr\\nDe la pominade\\npomatum.\\nLa Grai\\nthe fringe.\\nUne redingote,\\nat coat\\niture,\\nthe trimming.\\nUne robe,\\na div-\\nDu gn\\na tost, waistcoat\\nUnerobedochambre, i a pressing-\\n1 gown.\\n(tin,\\nsatin.\\nI ll habit,\\n1 e la soie,\\nsilk.\\nDe I ivt\\nivory.\\nUn Soulier,\\na Bhoe.\\nlinen.\\nl n tabher,\\nan apron.\\nDa tail tas,\\nthe\\nDu velours,\\nvelvet\\nmuslin.\\na vest\\nutolon, in.\\nI i\\na veil\\nT. v 12. Town-,\\nEotjsk, Era\\ntrie,\\na Btable.\\ni\\nthe environs,\\nBD 1\\ni\\na borough\\na\\na Linn.\\na brick.\\na fouataia, m 11.\\n1\\nmet)\\nl n four,\\na chimi\\nl n grand chemia.\\nI ruute,\\n1\\nIn ha\\na li\\nl n hi p\\nan Lo.-pii.il.\\na hut,\\nliMhall.i-ity-\\nU, town-hall.\\nimaey.\\nl n m d\\nuituro.\\nI\\ncharck-\\ni.i in. i\\ntot\\nB 1m 11.\\nUn iiiur.\\nUne mo\\nL\\nl n p\\ntho custom-house.\\n1\\nu board.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0282.jp2"}, "281": {"fulltext": "FOR COMPOSING FEENCD,\\n2T7\\nLe plancher,\\nUn poele,\\nUne pompo,\\nUn pont,\\nUne porte,\\nthe floor.\\na stove.\\na pump.\\na bridge.\\na door, gate.\\na meadow.\\nLa poste, the post, post-office.\\nUne poutre, a beam.\\nUne prairie,\\nUn pre,\\nUne prison, a prison.\\nUn puits, a well.\\nUn quartier, a quarter.\\nUne rampe, (a balustrade of a\\nd escalier f staircase.\\nUn rez-de-chaussee, a ground-floor.\\nLa sacristie, the vestry.\\nUne salle, a parlor, sitting-room.\\nUne salle a manger, a dining-room.\\nUi salon, a drawing-room, hall.\\nUne serre, a conservatory.\\nUne serre-chaude, a hct-house.\\nUne serrure, a lock.\\nUne sonnette, a bell.\\nUn theatre, a theatre.\\nUn toit, a roof.\\nUne tour, a tower.\\nUne tuile, a tile.\\nUn verger, an orchard\\nUn verrou, a bolt.\\nUn vestibule, a hall, entry.\\nLa vigne, le vignoble, the vineyard.\\nUn village, a village.\\nUn volet, a window-shutter.\\nUne voute, a vault.\\nMeubles, etc.\\n13.\\nUne allumette, a match.\\nUne allumette o v\u00e2\u0080\u009e+-\u00e2\u0084\u00a2 \u00e2\u0084\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u009e+\u00e2\u0080\u009et,\\nchimique, a fr^tion-match.\\nDe l amadou, tinder.\\nUne armoire, a cup-board.\\nUne assiette, a plate.\\nUn baril, a cask, barrel.\\nUn bassin, a bowl, washbowl.\\nUne baseinoire, a warming-pan.\\nUn berceau, a cradle.\\nUne boite a fusil, a tinder-bos.\\nUne bougie, a taper.\\nUne bouilloire, a kettle.\\nUn briquet, a fire-steel.\\nUn cadre, a frame.\\nUne cafetiere, a coffee-pot.\\nUn candelabre, a chandelier.\\nUne casserole, a saucepan.\\nUne cassette, a box, casket.\\nUne chandelle, a candle.\\nDu charbon de bois, charcoal.\\nDu charbon de terre, stone-coal.\\nUne chaudiere, a boiler.\\nUn coffre, a chest.\\nUne commode, a chest of drawers.\\nUne corbeille, a basket.\\nUn couteau, a knife.\\nUn crible, a sieve.\\nUne cruche, a pitcher.\\nUne cuiller,o?- cuillere, a spoon.\\nUn cuvier, a tub.\\nUn drap, a sheet.\\nUne ecumoire, a skimmer.\\nUn entonnoir, a funnel.\\nUn essuie-main, a towel.\\nFURNITURE, ETC.\\nUn fer a repasser, a smoothing iron.\\nUne fourchette, a fork.\\nUn fourgon, a poker.\\nUn foyer, a hearth.\\nUne lampe, a lamp.\\nUne lanterne, a lantern.\\nUn lit, a bed.\\nUn lit de plume, a feather bed.\\nUne lumlere, a light.\\nUn lustre, a sconce.\\nUn marchepied, a footstool.\\nUn mortier, a mortar.\\nLes mouchettes, the snuffers.\\nUn moutardier, a mustard-pot.\\nUne nappe, a tablecloth.\\nUn oreiller, a pillow.\\nUn panier, a basket.\\nUn paravent, a screen.\\nUne peinture, a painting, a picture.\\nUne pelle, a shovel.\\nUne pierre a fusil, a flint.\\nLes pincettes, the tongs.\\nUne poele, a frying-pan.\\nLa poivriere, the pepper-box.\\nUn pot, a kettle.\\nUn pupitre, a desk.\\nUne saliere, a saltcellar.\\nDu savon, soap.\\nUn seau, a pail.\\nUne serviette, a napkin.\\nUn sofa, a sofa.\\nL T ne soucoupe, a saucer.\\nUn soufflet, bellows.\\nUne soupiere, a soup-tureen,\\nUn sucrier, a sugar-dish,", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0283.jp2"}, "282": {"fulltext": "2VS\\nLISTS OF W O It D S\\nUne table,\\nUn tableau,\\nUna tablette,\\nUn tapis,\\nUne tasse,\\nUne tueiere,\\na table.\\na picture.\\na shelf.\\na carpet.\\na tea-cup.\\na tea-pot.\\nUn tire-boucbon,\\nUn tiroir,\\nUn traver.-in,\\nDea ustensilea de\\ncuisine.\\nUu verre,\\na cork-screw,\\na drawer,\\na bolster.\\nkitchen utensils.\\na glass.\\nPlats, etc.\\n14.\\nDisiii\\nDu bceuf, beef\\nDu b milli, boiled beef, boiled meat,\\nDu bouillon, broth.\\ni lie, a quaiL\\noard, a duck\\nStores, f. p. preserves,\\nlette,\\nI n dindon, a turkey.\\nil de mouton, a leg of mutton.\\nibon, ham.\\nl u burin, a rabbit\\nI n li -vre, a hare.\\n.ton, mutton.\\nUn aeuf, an egg.\\nUne omelette,\\nI ll pi itc,\\nUne perdrix,\\nDu pore,\\n1 u poulet,\\nDee rafraichissements,\\nI u ruii.\\nUne Baudsse,\\nDe la soupe,\\nDe 1.. BOupe maijjre, v\\ntrte,\\nI u vcau,\\nPn vet\\nDe la rolaille,\\nan omelet\\na pie.\\na pati\\npork.\\nchicken\\nrefresh)\\nroast meat.\\ntsage.\\nBOUp.\\negetable\\na tart.\\nveaL\\nvermicelJe.\\nfowl.\\n:v, BTOi\\n15.\\n;:ux, ktc.\\nm., pi. aulx\\nline,\\nUu bl\u00c2\u00a3,\\nUn champignon,\\nI\\nI ifleur,\\n1\\nSOD,\\nI\\ni n berbe,\\nDe la taitue,\\ncrarlie.\\na rrm\\na can\\na cucumber.\\nn kernel.\\nan herb.\\nlettuce.\\nlentils,\\nmaise.\\nDa millet.\\nDie,\\nI ll panels,\\nI i penal,\\nI m- plante,\\nOne pomme d\\nilio,\\ni ii radia,\\nlm r.iilort,\\nI m- rave,\\nI u riz,\\nDe la\\nI la sauge,\\nI u tlivm.\\nmillet.\\nturnipBi\\nonions.\\n1 alley.\\nBorreL\\nn pareuip.\\nparalejr.\\na plant\\na potato.\\na Pint.\\nradish (turnip).\\nborse-radiah.\\na radish (long).\\nHalad.\\naaga,\\nthyme.\\na truffle.\\nAbbess FsumBss, Fauna 16. Faun Tt.kfs, FnnTs.\\nUnabr an apricot, l Un chataignier, a chesto\\nan apricot-tree, i n citron, lemon.\\nUne an an almond, i n citronnier, a lem\\ni nn almond-tn a qoinoa,\\na pineapple,\\na filbert. Une i\\nI a el,", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0284.jp2"}, "283": {"fulltext": "FOE COMPOSING FRENCH.\\n279\\nUne fraise,\\na strawberry.\\nUne orange,\\nan orange.\\nUne framboise,\\na raspberry.\\nUn oranger,\\nan orange-tree.\\nUn framboisier, a raspberry-bush.\\nUne pavie, a clingstone peach.\\nUne groseille, a gooseberry, currant.\\nUne peche,\\na peach.\\ntt mm ;ii\u00e2\u0080\u009e, a currant, or goose-\\nUn groseiller, j beny uah f\\nUn pecher,\\nUne poire,\\na peach-tree,\\na pear.\\nUn melon,\\na melon.\\nUn poirier,\\na pear-tree.\\nUne mure,\\na mulberry.\\nUne pomme,\\nan apple.\\nUn murier, a\\nmulberry-tree.\\nUn pommier,\\nan apple-tree.\\nUne nefle,\\na medlar.\\nUne prune,\\na plum.\\nUne noisette,\\na hazel-nut.\\nUn prunier,\\na plum-tree.\\nUne noix,\\na nut.\\nDu raisin,\\ngrapes.\\nUu noyer,\\na nut-tree.\\nUne vigne,\\na grape vine.\\nAebres Forestiers. 1\\nForest Trees.\\nUn bouleau,\\na birch.\\nUn orme,\\nan elm.\\nUn buisson,\\na bush.\\nUn peuplier,\\na poplar.\\nUn ehene,\\nan oak.\\nUn rameau,\\na bough.\\nL ecorce,\\nthe bark.\\nUn sapin,\\na pine.\\nUn erable,\\na maple.\\nUn saule,\\na willow.\\nUn frene,\\nan ash.\\nUn tfileul,\\na linden-tree.\\nUn hetre,\\na beech.\\nUn tremble,\\nan aspen.\\nUn inelese,\\na larch.\\nUn tronc,\\na trunk.\\nFleurs,\\nETC. 1\\n3. Flowers,\\nETC.\\nUne auricule,\\nan auricula.\\nUn ceillet,\\na pink.\\nUn chardon,\\na thistle.\\nUne ortie,\\na nettle.\\nDu chevre-feuille,\\nhoneysuckle.\\nUn pavot,\\na poppy.\\nUne giroflee,\\na gillyflower.\\nUne pensce,\\ni forget-me-not.\\nUne jacinthe,\\na hyacinth.\\nUn pied d alouette,\\na larkspur.\\nDu jasmin,\\njessamine.\\nUne primevere,\\na cowslip.\\nUn lis,\\na lily.\\nUne rose,\\na rose.\\nUne marguerite,\\na daisy.\\nUn tournesol,\\na sunflower.\\nUne mauvaise herbe,\\na weed.\\nUne tulipe,\\na tulip.\\nUn myrte,\\na myrtle.\\nUne violette,\\na violet.\\nOlSEATJS\\n1\\nBirds.\\nUn aigle,\\nan eagle.\\nUn corbeau,\\na raven.\\nUne aile,\\na wing.\\nUne corneille,\\na crow.\\nUne alouette,\\na lark.\\nUn coucou,\\na cuckoo.\\nUn autour,\\na hawk.\\nUn cygne,\\na swan.\\nUne autruche,\\nan ostrich.\\nUn dindon,\\na turkey.\\nLe bee,\\nthe beak.\\nUn faisan,\\na pheasant.\\nUne becasse,\\na woodcock.\\nUn geai,\\na jackdaw.\\nUne becassine,\\na snipe.\\nUne grive,\\na thrush.\\nUne bergeronnette,\\na wagtail.\\nUn heron,\\na heron.\\nUne caille,\\na quail.\\nUne hirondelle,\\na swallow.\\nUn canard,\\na duck.\\nUne linotte,\\na linnet.\\nUn canari,\\na canary-bird.\\nUn merle,\\na blackbird.\\nUn chardonneret,\\na goldfinch.\\nUne oie,\\na goose.\\nUne chauve-souris,\\na bat.\\nUn oiseau de proie,\\na bird of prey.\\nUne cigogne,\\na stork.\\nUn paon,\\na peacock.\\nUne colombe,\\na dove.\\nUn passereau,\\na sparrow.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0285.jp2"}, "284": {"fulltext": "280\\nLISTS OF WOEDS.\\nUn perroqnet,\\na parrot\\nUn roitelet,\\na wren.\\nOne perdris,\\na partridge.\\nUn rossignol,\\na nightingale.\\nUne pie,\\na magpie.\\nUn rouge-gorge,\\na redbreast.\\nl n pig-eon,\\na pigeon.\\nVn serin,\\na canary-bird.\\nUue poule,\\na hen.\\nUne tourterelle,\\na turtle-dove.\\nUn poulet,\\na chicken.\\nUn vautour,\\na vulture.\\nQUADRUPEDES. 20. QUADRUPEDS.\\nVn agneau,\\na lamb.\\nUn Eevre,\\na hare.\\ni can,\\na badger.\\nUn lion,\\nB lion.\\nstar,\\na beaver.\\nUn loup,\\na woK\\nl u -rr;\\nUne mule,\\na mule.\\nT ;i cha\\na cl\\nOn ours.\\na In ar.\\nOne ch\\nI n poulain,\\na cult.\\nI m chei\\na roebuck.\\nl n pourceao,\\na hog, swine.\\nireuil,\\nlirrel.\\nUn renard,\\na (hoc\\nhrret\\nUn singe,\\na monkey.\\nT n li.ri.sson,\\nl n taupe,\\nB lilele.\\nUn lapin.\\na rabbit.\\nl n tigre,\\n\u00c2\u00bbN S. 21.\\nfuQlo,\\nIan,\\na whiting.\\n1\\na whale.\\nroe,\\na codfish.\\nrobe,\\nr K\\n:i OBip.\\nI iiii,\\na ihark.\\n1\\na shrimp.\\n-i ii,\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0080\u00a2h.\\nI m ban\\na bi\\ni tin-,\\na turtle.\\na r 1 i\\ndte,\\nU lobster.\\nin torbotj\\na turi i l.\\n2\\n2.\\nI n litnai/i l),\\ntulle,\\nrpillar.\\nI m mouche,\\na By.\\ntopper.\\nl n papflkm,\\na butterfly.\\nl n.- 1\\nI ll.- pui\\na bug.\\n1\\n1\\ni -Telle,\\n.riui,\\nan :int.\\nlit,\\nOne 1\\nillon,\\nOCTILS,\\nETC. 2\\n3. Tools,\\nFJne aldne,\\nan awl.\\nI ll.- carabine.\\nUne charm,\\nl n chi\\nI m- 1\\nire,\\nIto,\\na wheelbarrow.\\na hatchet\\nV-t,\\nDo l.i OOUBj", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0286.jp2"}, "285": {"fulltext": "ABBREVIATIONS.\\n281\\nUn compas,\\ncompasses.\\nUn marteau,\\nUn echafaudage,\\na scaffold.\\nUne meule,\\nUne echelle,\\na ladder.\\nUn pain a cacheter,\\nUne enclume,\\nan anvil.\\nUne pelle,\\nUn etau,\\na vice.\\nUne pince,\\nUne faucille,\\na sickle.\\nUn pinceau,\\nUne faux,\\na scythe.\\nUne poulie,\\nUn fleau,\\na flail.\\nUn rabot,\\nUn fusil,\\na gun.\\nUn rouleau,\\nUne hache,\\nan axe.\\nUne sabliere,\\nUn hamecon,\\na fishhook.\\nUne scie,\\nUne herse,\\na harrow.\\nUne serrure,\\nUne houe,\\na hoe.\\nDes tenailles,\\nUne ligne,\\na line.\\nUne truelle,\\nUne lime,\\na file.\\nUne vis,\\na hammer.\\na grindstone.\\na wafer.\\na shovel.\\na crowbar.\\na brush, pencil.\\na pulley.\\na plane.\\na roller.\\na sand-box.\\na saw.\\na lock.\\npincers.\\na trowel.\\na screw.\\nABKEVIATIONS.\\nABBREVIATIONS.\\nA. P. A protester.\\nA. S. P. Accepte sous protet.\\nA. S. P. 0. Accepte sous protet, pour\\na-compte.\\nB on Baron.\\nC er Chevalier.\\nC te Oomte.\\nOsse. Comptesse.\\nD 1 Docteur.\\nj)r. j^d. Docteur-medecin.\\nE. Est. f\\nJ.-O. Jesus-Christ.\\nLL. AA. II. Leurs Altesses Impe-\\nrials.\\nLL. AA. RR. Leurs Altesses Roya-\\nles.\\nLL. AA. SS. Leurs Altesses Sere-\\nImper\\nLL. Em. Leurs Eminences.\\nLL. Ex. Leurs Excellences.\\nLL. HH. Leurs Hautesses.\\nLL. MM. Leurs Majestes.\\nLL. MM. II. Leurs Majestes\\nriales.\\nLL. MM. RR. Leurs. Majestes Roya-\\nles.\\nM. ou M r Monsieur.\\nM B ou M tre Maitre.\\nM. A. Maison assuree.\\nM. A. C. I. Maison assuree contre\\nl incendie.\\nM d Marchand.\\nM de Marchande.\\nTo be protested.\\nAccepted under protest\\nAccepted under protest, on account.\\nBaron.\\nChevalier, knight, sir.\\nCount.\\nCountess.\\nDoctor.\\nDoctor of medicine.\\nEast.\\nJesus Christ.\\nTheir Imperial Highnesses.\\nTheir Royal Highnesses.\\nTheir Most Serene Highnesses.\\nTheir Eminences.\\nTheir Excellencies.\\nT/ieir Highnesses.\\nTheir Majesties.\\nTheir Imperial Majesties.\\nTlieir Eoyal Majesties.\\nSir, Mr.\\nMaster.\\nHouse insured.\\nHouse insured against fire.\\nDealer, shopkeeper, m.\\nDealer, shopkeeper, f.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0287.jp2"}, "286": {"fulltext": "282\\nABBREVIATIONS.\\nM Mademoiselle.\\nM- Mouseigneur.\\nM Marquis.\\ni(juise.\\nMM. Messieurs.\\nM Madame.\\nMat, Manuscrit\\nB. Not a tieno\\nN. D. Notre-Dama\\nX.-X.-K. Nord-nord-est\\nX.-X.- Nord-nord-ouest\\n_ oti nt\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2iautc.\\nniero.\\ngnear.\\nJ igucur Jl sus-\\nord.\\nI \u00e2\u0096\u00a0mm.\\ni:. i\\nS. A. Tmpt rialo.\\nB.A.B Etoyale.\\n[ear.\\nS. EL E\\na m. g\\ns. M. Britanniqne.\\nB. M. I i btholiqae.\\nB. M i\\nB- M. i: loyale.\\nB. M. r in a rim\\nti IHH\\nS. M. i\\nLd-eud-ooast\\nMiss.\\nMy lord.\\nMarquis.\\nMarchioness.\\nM ssrs. Gentlemen.\\nMadam. Mrs.\\nipt.\\nNota bene.\\nOar Lady.\\nXorth-itvrth-east.\\nNorth-not\\nin.\\n2Hunber.\\nnl.\\nOur Lord Jesus Christ.\\nII rf.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a07/i.\\nrial Highness.\\nHi, \u00e2\u0096\u00a0-\u00e2\u0096\u00a0II.. a Bishop).\\n7/ j u u (the Turkish Kmporor).\\nI\\nrrs.\\nSouQi-soiUh-vxsL", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0288.jp2"}, "287": {"fulltext": "FASQUELLE S\\nNEW FRENCH COURSE.\\nPAET SECOND.\\n1. Parts of Speech.\\n(1.) There are, in French, ten sorts of words or parts of speech\\nNouns or Substantives, Participles,\\nArticles, Adverbs,\\nAdjectives, Prepositions,\\nPronouns, Conjunctions,\\nVerbs, Interjections.\\n(2.) These are divided into variable, and invariable words.\\n(3.) The variable words are those the termination of which ad-\\nmits of various changes by these changes, various modifications of\\nmeaning are expressed. The variable words are of six kinds\\nThe Noun, The Pronoun,\\nThe Article, The Verb,\\nThe Adjective, The Participle.\\n(4.) The invariable words are those the termination of which\\nnever changes\\nThe Adverb, The Conjunction,\\nThe Preposition, The Interjection.\\n(5.) All variable parts of speech have two numbers the singular,\\nwhich denotes but -one, and the plural, which denotes more than one.\\n(6.) All variable parts of speech, except the verb, have two gen-\\nders the masculine and the feminine.\\n2. Cases.\\nThe cases adopted by French grammarians are\\n(1.) The nominatif or sujet answering to the nominative or sub-\\nject of the English, and to the nominative of the Latin.\\n(2.) The regime direct, or direct object of the English, accusative\\nof the Latin.\\n(3.) The regime indirect, indirect object of the English, answers to\\nthe oblique cases of the Latin, the genitive, dative, and ablative.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0289.jp2"}, "288": {"fulltext": "2S4 GENDEE. 3, 4, 5.\\n3. The Xorx or SrcsTAXTAnvE.\\n(1.) The noun or substantive is a word -which serves to name a\\nperson or a thing; as Jean, John maison, house.\\n(2.) There are two sorts of nouns proper and common.\\nA. proper noun is applied to a particular person, or thing as,\\nX tpoleon; Paris, Paris.\\n(4.) A common noun belongs to a whole class of objects as, livre,\\nmme, man.\\n(5 Some common nouns, although singular in number. pr\\nto the mind the idea of Beveral persons or things, forming a colleo-\\nV 7/ v nouns; as, troupe,\\nuple, people.\\n(6.) Collective noons are general, or partitive; general, when they\\nlent an entire collection; as, I armee d\\nn they represent ;i partial collection; as,\\ni\\ni 7.i A\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0096\u00a0in. 1 noon.\\nwe shall\\n-QmtDEB.\\n(l.i Ther y two genders: the\\nand animals of the male kind,\\nto women, and animals of the\\nne and fem\\ni: DETKEMHONQ GENDER Bl THI M i: a.\\\\ l.\\\\.\\n(1.) bomme, (1.) Female I fernine,\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0i lionne,\\ncte to which male i to which female\\nqaalil\\npirit); liine,\\nrhar-\\nle printen\\nGSvrier, except l", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0290.jp2"}, "289": {"fulltext": "GENDER,\\n285\\nMasculine.\\n(4.) The days of the week:\\nlundi, Monday; mardi, Tuesday,\\netc.\\n(5.) The names of the cardinal\\npoints and the winds as, Test,\\nthe East; l ouest, the West, etc.\\n[See exceptions opposite.]\\n(6.) The names used in the\\nFrench decimal system as, cen-\\ntime (hundredth part of a franc);\\nkilogramme (1000 grammes, about\\ntwo pounds); metre, etc.\\n(7.) Metals le fer, iron; l acier,\\nsteel, etc.\\n(8.) Colors: le vert, green; le\\njaune, yellow.\\n(9.) The names of empires and\\nkingdoms when ending with a\\nconsonant le Danemarc, Den-\\nmark le Bresil, Brazil.\\n(10.) Mountains le Jura, Mount\\nJura; le Puy-de-Dotne, 1 the\\nPuy de Dome; le Cenis, le St.\\nBernard, Mount Cents, Mount St.\\nBernard.\\n(11.) The names of rivers when\\nending with a consonant le Rhin,\\nthe Rhine le Nil, the Nile.\\n(12.) Trees, shrubs le chene,\\nthe oak le frene, the ash le rosier,\\nthe rose-bush. [Exceptions op-\\nposite.]\\n(13.) The name of a language\\nas, le francais, French; l alle-\\nmand, German, etc.\\n(14.) The letters of the alpha-\\nbet un a, an a un z, a z.\\n(15.) Compound words formed\\nof a verb and of a noun, either\\nmasculine or feminine, or of a\\npronoun and a verb porte-feuille,\\npocket-book rendez-vous, rendez-\\nvous.\\nFeminine.\\n(5.) Festivals la Saint Jean, i.e.\\nla fete de St. Jean, St. John s\\nday la Chandeleur, Candlemas\\nexcept Noel, Christ-mas, masc.\\nBise, a poetical term for North\\nwind. Tramontane, a term ap-\\nplied on the Mediterranean to the\\nNorth wind. Brise, breeze mous-\\nsons, trade-winds.\\n(6.) The names of countries\\nwhen ending in e mute la France,\\nl Espagne, l Amerique, etc.\\nExc. Bengale, Hanovre, Me-\\nxique, Peloponese.\\n(7.) Chains of mountains in the\\nplural: les Alpes, the Alps; les\\nPyrenees, the Pyrenees les Vo-\\nges, les Cevennes, etc.\\n(8.) The names of rivers when\\nending with e mute la Seine, the\\nSeine la Loire, the Loire.\\nExc. Le Rhone, the Rhone le\\nDanube, le Tibre, le Cocyte, masc.\\n(9.) Aubepine, hawthorn bour-\\ndaine, black alder epine, thorn\\nhieble, dwarf-elder ronce, brier;\\nyeuse, ilex.\\n(10.) G-arde-robe, wardrobe\\nperce-neige, spring-crocus perce-\\nfeuille, hare s-ear.\\n1 The word Puy, from the Celtic puech, mountain, is applied to a num-\\nber of places in France Puy-en-Velay Puy-notre-Dame, etc.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0291.jp2"}, "290": {"fulltext": "280 GENDER, BY THE TEE 311 NATION. 6.\\nMasculine. Fern in ine.\\n(16.) Nouns, pronouns, verbs,\\netc, used substantively le boire\\net le manger, eating and drinking.\\n17. i Number sardinal, ordi- (11.) Moitie*, half anil all num-\\nnal. an I proportional used sub- bers ending with aine doueaine.\\nstantively: le due, the tenth; le dozen; ceutaine, hundred, etc.\\nueuvieme, the ninth le tiers, the\\nthird. [Exceptions opposite.]\\n6. Gender, by the termination.\\n(1.) The exceptions to the masculine will be found opposite the\\ntermination, in the feminine column and the exceptions to the feui-\\niniuc, iu the masculine column, also opposite.\\n(2.) Consonants.\\nB\\nminine T rminatians.\\nTm\u00c2\u00bbin- Example. Eiujlwh.\\nation.\\n1 11\\ni b radoub,\\nMil plumb.\\n/ushij)\\nlead.\\nc\\nBO 1\\n10 D\\noc soc,\\nDC\\nho tronc,\\nlero,\\nsc lisc,\\nD\\n:n\\nn nid,\\nntst.\\nniimd.\\ntripod.\\nTalmud.\\nm marchand,\\nint.\\nKl 1\\nP\\nIF\\nDF\\nBf 1\\nchief.\\nsUij.\\nExo. clef, hey; nef, ship,\\n1 l hirst.\\nrank.\\narrack", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0292.jp2"}, "291": {"fulltext": "GENDEE, BY THE TERMINATION. 0. 2S7\\nMasculine Terminations.\\nFeminine Terminations.\\nAL\\nbal,\\nball.\\nEL\\nsel,\\nsalt.\\nIL\\nsolei\\nsun.\\nOL\\nsol,\\nsoil.\\nUL\\ncalcul,\\ncalculation.\\nM\\nAM\\nAdam,\\nAdam.\\nEM\\nharem,\\nharem.\\nIM\\ndaim,\\ndeer.\\nOil\\nnom,\\nname.\\nUM\\nparfum,\\nperfume.\\nN\\nAN\\ncadran,\\ndial.\\nEN\\nexamen,\\nexamination.\\nIN\\nraisin,\\ngrape.\\nON\\nnot preceded by is or gi\\nsi, ti,\\nel\\nbaton,\\nstick.\\ngazon,\\nturf.\\nblason,\\nblazon.\\nbison, bison; horizon, ho-\\nISON\\nrizon\\noison, gosling\\npoison\\npoison tison\\nfirebrand.\\nGION\\nSION\\nbastion,\\nbastion bestion\\nTION\\nfigure-\\nhead of a ship.\\nXION\\nP\\nAP\\ndrap,\\ncloth.\\nOP\\ngalop,\\ngallop.\\nUP\\ncoup,\\nblow.\\nQ\\nOQ\\ncoq-d Inde, turkey.\\nR\\nAB\\nchar,\\ncar.\\nEK\\nfer,\\niron.\\nExc. faim, hunger male-\\nfaim, excessive hunger.\\nExc. fin, end; vaa,m,hand.\\nExc. chanson, song; cuis-\\nson, baking contre-\\nfacon, counterfeiting\\nfacon, mode moisson,\\nharvest; moussons,tfra 2e-\\nwinds rancon, ransom.\\nmaison, house.\\n[Exceptions opposite.]\\nregion, region.\\npension, pension.\\nquestion, question.\\nreflexion, reflection.\\nir plaisir, pleasure.\\nor or, gold.\\nUR not preceded by e\\nazur, azure.\\nbonheur, happiness coeur,\\nheart choeur, chorus de-\\nnominateur, denominator\\ndeshomieuT,dishonor;equa-\\nteur, equator; exterieur,\\nExc. cuiller, spoon mer,\\nsea.\\nchair, flesh.\\nExc. tour, tower, cour,\\ncourt.\\nchaleur, heat.\\nhauteur, height.\\n[Exceptions, opposite.]", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0293.jp2"}, "292": {"fulltext": "GEXDEE, BY THE TEE MI NATION.\\nMasculine Terminations,\\nexterior honneur, honor\\ninte rieur, interior labeur,\\nlabor; mallieur, misfor-\\ntune; multiplicateur, mul-\\ntiplier; pleura, fears; t\\ngtilateur, regulator vcuti-\\nlateiir, ventilator.\\nE Continued.\\nFeminine Terminations.\\neur Continued.\\n[Exceptions opposite.]\\nAS\\nbras.\\narm.\\nla\\n80\\n19\\nos\\nOS,\\nbone.\\nUS\\nPS\\nfther.\\ni;~\\nAT\\ncliiimt,\\nclit/iatr.\\nEf\\nIT\\nlit.\\nI...I.\\ndm\\nj,.nt,\\nExc.\\namaryllis, amaryJUa lire-\\nMs, s/ieej, foia, time BOU-\\nria, mouse; vis, screw.-;\\noasis, oasis.\\nX.\\nfordt,\\nforest.\\nunit,\\nn i jli f.\\ndot,\\ndower.\\ndent, (oaA gea^ people;\\njlllllcllt. /m//r.\\npart, aaare; bplapart, fa\\nmot!\\nA\\n1\\\\\\nprix,\\ncourronx,\\nanger.\\nHI\\nlynx,\\na\\nu\\nf/.\\n1/\\nriz,\\n(3.) 1\\nA\\nA\\nEXO. OTOiZ, CT0W/ noix,\\npaiZ, e,,re v,,ix.\\nperdrix,\\nfrtfya poix. ptteA.\\nExO. chaux, time Unix,\\neq/the; toux, ongA,\\nEXO. vinul.n, a snc/ o/\u00c2\u00abrf-\\nA c mpl ruling in r mate (a majority of\\nmurine) would be, rrom its length, of little prai\\nwho would find it* tionary than to\\nBnch list Wo will give I them", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0294.jp2"}, "293": {"fulltext": "GENDER, BY THE T E E M I N AT I O N\\n6. 289\\naccording to their gender, and placing the exceptions under the exam-\\nples given for the terminations, instead of putting them, as hitherto,\\nin the opposite column.\\nMasculine Terminations.\\nabe astrolabe, astrolab.\\nExc. Souabe, Suabia\\nsyllabe, syllable.\\nacle miracle, miracle.\\nExc\u00e2\u0080\u0094 debacle, breaking\\nup of the ice made, a\\nmineral.\\nacre sacre, consecration.\\nExc. nacre, mother of\\npearl.\\nage courage, courage.\\nExc. im ge,image; rage,\\nrage page, page of a\\nbooh cage, cage; nage,\\nswimming; -plage, beach.\\naire salaire, salary.\\nExc. affaire, affair; aire,\\nfloor; glaire, white of\\negg grammaire, gram-\\nmar paire, pair jug-\\nulaire, jugular-vein\\nhaire, hair-cloth; ehaire,\\npulpit serpentaire,\\nsnake-root parietaire,\\npellitory and a few\\nother names of plants.\\nARE hectare, hectare (a\\nmeasure).\\nastre cadastre, register.\\natjme chaume, thatch.\\nExc. paume, tennis.\\nK not immediately preceded\\nby t or ti: abrege,\\nabridgment.\\nege college, college.\\nExc. Norvege, Norway.\\neme careme, Lent.\\nExc. creme, cream\\nbreme, bream bireme,\\ntrireme, galley with two\\nor three rows of oars.\\netre pretre, priest.\\nExc. fenetre, window\\nguerre, gaiter.\\netjrre beurre, butter.\\nidre cidre, cider.\\nFeminine Terminations.\\nace grace, grace.\\nExc. espace, space,\\nade parade, parade.\\nExc. stade, stadium;\\ngrade, grade.\\naie haie, hedge.\\nance importance, importance.\\nanse danse, dance.\\nasse masse, mass.\\nExc. Parnasse, Par-\\nee nuee, cloud.\\nExc. apogee, apogee;\\nathee, atheist camee,\\ncameo colisee, coli-\\nseum coryphee, cory-\\npheus empyree, highest\\nheaven lycee, lyceum\\nmausolee, mausoleum\\nmusee, museum hj-\\nmenee, marriage; pe-\\nrigee, perigee pygmee,\\npygmy; trochee, trochee\\ntrophee, trophy spon-\\ndee, spondee scarabee,\\nscarabee.\\neine baleine, whale,\\nence cadence, cadence.\\nExc. silence, silence.\\nENNE antienne, anthem.\\nExc. renne, reindeer\\nojjence.\\nesse tristesse, sadness.\\nie charpie, lint.\\n.Exc. genie, genius peri-\\nhelie, perihelion incen-\\ndie, conflagration para-\\npluie, umbrella; pavie,\\nclingstone peach.\\niere chaudidre, boiler.\\nine doctrine, doctrine.\\nIQTJE pratique, practice.\\nive rive, shore.\\nisse coulisse, sliding-shutter.\\nlle paille, straw.\\nExc. intervalle, interval", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0295.jp2"}, "294": {"fulltext": "290\\nGEXDEE. 1\\nMasculine Terminations.\\nisme prisme, prism.\\nisque risque, risk.\\nExc. bisque, soup.\\nISTE e beniste, cabinet-maker.\\nExc. batiste, cambric\\nliste, list piste, track.\\ntjge refuge, refuge,\\ntste arbuste, shrub.\\nPPE\\nKRE\\nTil\\nTTK\\nrp.E\\nWE\\nFeminine Terminations.\\nlibelle, libel vermicelle,\\nverm icelli violoncelle,\\nvioloncello eheviv-\\nfeuille, honey-suckle\\nportei euille, po -ket-book;\\nvaudeville, vaudeville.\\nbosse, bunch.\\nExo. a ilosse, colossus\\ncarrosse, fja 7i.\\nnappe, table-cloth.\\nceded fry u.\\nterre, fand\\nExc. lierre, wy; parterre,\\nr-garden; tonnerre,\\nthund r paratonnerre,\\nlightning rod vi ire,\\nglass.\\nauntie, friendship.\\npatte,\\nExc. amulet te, amulet\\nsquelette, th\\nnature, nature,\\nise.\\ncuve, tub.\\nmi li, iwon.\\nExc. f i, faith; fourrni,\\nant \u00e2\u0096\u00a0PreB Blidl,\\nnoon i, inerci,\\nmercy.\\nc rrvenu, WW\\nExr. brn, ilaughtcr-in-\\nplu,\\ntribu, (rJMi\\n7.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 NOUOT M\\\\- ii;vi: iv nvi: ACCEPTATION, am\\nl sing.),\\nMM IN nil. OTHER,\\nIfascu\\nr\\nass\\niy).\\nccirji.\\noma\\ntore).\\nmale and female.\\napa\\ncrape.\\ndelight.\\n1 ipl.1,", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0296.jp2"}, "295": {"fulltext": "PLURAL OF NOUNS. 8 8.\\n291\\nMasculine.\\nFeminine.\\nEspace,\\nspace.\\nEspace,\\nleading (in print-\\ning),\\nwriting-copy.\\nExemple,\\nexample.\\nExemple,\\nFaux,\\nforgery.\\nPaux,\\nscythe.\\nForet,\\ndrill.\\nForet,\\nforest.\\nGreffe,\\noffice of clerk of a\\ncourt.\\nGreffe,\\ngraft.\\nHeliotrope,\\nsun flower.\\nHeliotrope,\\na mineral.\\nHymne,\\nclassical chant.\\nHymne,\\nChristian hymn.\\nLivre,\\nbook.\\nLivre,\\npound.\\nManche,\\nhandle.\\nManche,\\nsleeve,\\nMemoire,\\nmemoir, bill.\\nMemoire,\\nmemory.\\nMode,\\nmode, (grammar,)\\nsystem.\\nMode,\\nfashion.\\nMoule,\\nmould, model.\\nMoule,\\nshell-fish.\\nMousse,\\ncabin boy.\\nMousse,\\nmoss.\\nCEuvre, (m.\\nf.) work.\\nGEuvres,\\nliterary works.\\nOffice,\\ndivine service.\\nOffice,\\npantry.\\nOmbre,\\na game.\\nOmbre,\\nshadow, spectre.\\nOrgue (sing.),\\norgan.\\nOrgues (pi.),\\norgan.\\nPalme,\\nhand, a measure.\\nPalme,\\nthe advantage.\\nPanache,\\nplume.\\nPanache,\\npea-hen.\\nParallele,\\ncomparison.\\nParallele,\\nparallel line.\\nPendule,\\npendulum.\\nPendule,\\nclock.\\nPeriode,\\nacme, height.\\nPeriode,\\nperiod, epoch.\\nPivoine,\\na bird.\\nPivoine,\\na flower.\\nPlane,\\nplane-tree.-\\nPlane,\\njoiner s tool.\\nPlatine,\\nplatina.\\nPlatines,\\nsmall metallic\\nplates.\\nPoele,\\nstove, pall.\\nPoele,\\nfrying-pan.\\nPoste,\\nplace, office.\\nPoste,\\npost-office.\\nPretexte,\\npretence.\\nPretexte,\\na Roman robe.\\nRegale,\\norgan-pipe.\\nRegale, right\\nof receiving the reve-\\nnues of a vacant bishopric.\\nRemise,\\nhackney-coach.\\nRemise,\\ncarriage-house.\\nSerpentaire,\\nconstellation.\\nSerpentaire,\\ndragon-wort.\\nSolde,\\nbalance of account.\\nSolde,\\npay.\\nSomme,\\nnap, sleep.\\nSomme,\\nsum.\\nSouris,\\nsmile.\\nSouris,\\nmouse.\\nTour,\\ntour, turn, trick.\\nTour,\\ntower.\\nVague,\\nspace, emptiness\\nVague,\\nwave.\\nVase,\\nvase, vessel.\\nVase,\\nmire, slime.\\nVoile,\\nveil.\\nVoile,\\nsail.\\n8. Formation of the Plural of Nouns.\\n(1.) The plural in French, as in English, is formed by the addition\\nof s to the singular.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nmaison, liouse maisons, houses.\\nville, town; villes, towns.\\n(2.) First exception. Nouns ending in the singular with s, x, or z,\\nhave the same form in the plural.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0297.jp2"}, "296": {"fulltext": "292 PLURAL OF NOUNS. 8\\nSingular.\\nfils, son\\nvoix, voice;\\nnez, nose;\\nPlural.\\nfils, sons.\\nvoix, voices.\\nnez, noses.\\n(3.) Second exception. Nouns\\nending in the singular with au and\\neu, take x in the pluraL\\nSingular.\\nchapeau, hat;\\nfeu, fire;\\nPbral\\nchapcaux. hats;\\nfeux, ,/frBKi\\n(4.) Third exception. The following nouns ending in ou take in\\nthe pluraL\\nSingular.\\nbijou.\\ncaillou, pel\\nebon, cabbage;\\njoujou, playOiing;\\ncaillnux, pebbles.\\ndhotu\\niux, An\u00c2\u00abfs.\\nhiboui\\njoujou x, jilay things.\\nnouns ending in ail, change\\nthat terrninat. D the plural.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ase;\\nBOUph\\ntravail, labor;\\ncoru\\nema\\nBOUpiratlX, air-holes.\\nBOUS-baOX, under-leases.\\ntraraox, labors.\\n.n. The following nouna form their plural irreg-\\nularly.\\nPlural.\\nnil,\\nootflfc CUwut\\n(7. fl fefl rrrrpt!..n. Nouns ending in the singular with al, chanw\\ninto ius in the plural.\\nPlural\\n.red; p ii. rauv, generals.\\noberal MX, horses.\\nmal. evils.\\nCiel, ceil, aieul, travail, have t\\\\v phi\\nSingular. PluraL\\nm\\nlacaL, jackal;", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0298.jp2"}, "297": {"fulltext": "PLUKAL OF COMPOUND NOUNS 9. 293\\nceil, eye; yeux, eyes.\\nceil-de-bceuf, oval window oeils-de-bceuf, oval windows.\\naieul, ancestor; ai eux, ancestors.\\nai eul, grandfather aieuls, grandfathers.\\ntravail, labor; travaux, labors.\\ntravail, trave; travails, traves.\\n9. Plural of Compound Nouns.\\n(1.) When two nouns form a compound substantive, both take the\\nplural ending.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nchef-lieu, chief place chefs-lieux, chief places.\\nlieutenant-colonel, lieutenant- lieutenants-colonels, lieutenant-\\ncolonel colonels.\\n(2.) When a compound noun is formed of two substantives joined\\nby a preposition, the first only takes the plural ending.\\nSingular. Plural.\\narc-en-ciel, rainbow; arcs-en-ciel, rainbows.\\nchef-d oeuvre, masterpiece; chefs-d oeuvre, masterpieces.\\nThe words tete-a-tete and coq-a-1 ane (an incongruous discourse), remain\\nunchanged in the plural.\\n(3.) When a noun and an adjective form a compound noun, both\\nare varied in the plural.\\nSingular. Plural.\\ngentilhomme, nobleman; gentilshommes, noblemen.\\nporte-cochere, carriage-door portes-cocheres, carriage- doors.\\nbasse-cour, poultry-yard basses-cours, poultry-yards.\\n(4.) For the sake of euphony, the mark of the plural 1 is omitted in\\nthe adjective of the following compound words.\\nSingular. Plural.\\ngrand mere, grandmother; grand meres, grandmothers.\\ngrand messe, high-mass; grand messes, high-masses.\\n(5.) The words, monsieur, sir, Mr., gentleman madame, madam,\\nor Mrs., mademoiselle, miss, form their plural as foUows.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nmonsieur, sir, etc. messieurs, sirs, gentlemen.\\nmadame, madam, etc. mesdames, ladies, etc.\\nmademoiselle, miss, etc. mesdemoiselles, young ladies, etc.\\n(6.) In words composed of a noun and a verb, a preposition, or an\\nadverb, the noun takes the form of the plural provided, however,\\nthere is plurality in the idea.\\nSingular. Plural.\\npasse-port, passport passe-ports, passports.\\navant-garde, vanguard; avant-gardes, vanguards.\\n1 The mark of the feminine also.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0299.jp2"}, "298": {"fulltext": "294\\nPLUKAL OF NOUNS. 10, 11, 12.\\n(7.) Compound nouns of which the second word indicates plural-\\nity, take s in the singular and plural.\\nSingular. Plural\\ncure-dents, a tooth- cure-dents, toothy\\n8. i Words composed of two verbs, or of a verb joined to an ad-\\nverb, or a preposition, are invariable.\\nitor. rium!.\\npoor-bo pour-b\\n10.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Nouns which have no Plural.\\nid.) The names of metals considered in th\u00c2\u00ab or, jroW;\\ni\\neta\\nt virtues and me names relating to\\nand moral man a la\\nbeautiful,\\ni !._%\u00e2\u0096\u00a0,,, Kg win, ii EE SlXGULAB IV THB\\nBiKKH i cvrar.\\nArrlics.\\n1\\nnbrca,\\nKuviv\\n(HUB,\\n12. PfiOPBS \\\\ami\\nl Pj invariable, -yen\\nwhen preceded by the plural article, lea. 1\\nd avoir pro-\\nbirth 8 \u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0096\u00a0cas.\\nB ITNOOABD.\\nn used by tho French before uviduals,\\nSco second e.\\\\\\n.oney.\\nhin j.\\nto U under arrest\\n\u00c2\u00bbhL\\nMoBurs,\\nmm\\nMoucl\\nconfines.\\ni\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2rns.\\nPleurs,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2i time.\\npresents.\\nrliirkness.\\nenvirons.\\nwindow-glass.", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0300.jp2"}, "299": {"fulltext": "THE ARTICLE. 13. 295\\nLes Locke, les Montesquieu, les Locke, Montesquieu, J. J. Rous-\\nJ. J. Rousseau, en se levant en Eu- seau, as they arose in Europe, called\\nrope,appel.-rent les peuples moclernes upon modem nations to claim their\\na la liberte. Chateaubriand. liberty.\\n(2.) When proper names are used figuratively, they take the form\\nof the plural.\\nLa France a eu ses Cesars et ses France has had its Ccesars and\\nPompees. Noel et Chapsal. Pompeys.\\nThat is, generals like Pompey and Cassar.\\nUn coup d ceil de Louis enfan- A glance from Louis produced\\ntait des Corneilles. Delille. Corneilles.\\nThat is, poets like Corneille.\\n13. The Article.\\n(1.) The article is a word prefixed to a noun, or to a word used\\nsubstantively, to determine the extent of its signification.\\n(2.) Modern French grammarians recognize only one article,\\n(3.) This article, contracted with the preposition de, is often used\\nbefore a word in a partitive sense. 78.]\\n(4.) The words un, masc, une, fern., answering to the indefinite\\narticle a or an in English, are now, very properly, 1 classed with the\\nnumeral adjectives. We shall, however, for the sake of convenience,\\ndevote a few lines to them under this head.\\n(5.) The article le, the, is la for the feminine, and les for the plural.\\n(6.) The article is subject to two kinds of changes elision 146]\\nand contraction.\\n(7.) Elision is the suppression of the letters e, a, i, 2 which are re-\\nplaced by an apostrophe before a vowel, or an h mute [see\\n3, (10)] thus,\\nl esprit, the mind, instead of le esprit,\\nl amitie, the friendship, la amitie.\\n1 homme, the man, le\\nl liuinanite, humanity, la humanite.\\n(8.) Contraction is the union of the article le, les, with one of the\\nprepositions, a, de. Thus we say by contraction\\nau livre, to the look, instead of a le livre.\\naux fruits, to the fruits, a les fruits,\\ndu livre, of the book, de le livre.\\ndes fruits, of the fruits, de les fruits.\\n1 No difference can be made in rendering English into French, between\\na and one, so that in French, un homme, means a man, or one man. The\\nother numeral adjectives might, with as much propriety, have been called\\narticles as this word un. 2 See 146.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0301.jp2"}, "300": {"fulltext": "296 T1IE ARTICLE. 13.\\n(9.) The contractions au, du, are not used before masculine words\\ncommencing with a vowel, or an h mute, nor before feminine words.\\na l homme, to the man.\\na l ami, to the friend.\\nde l homme, of the man.\\nde l ami, of the friend.\\n(10.) The article used before words taken in a partitive sense\\n78, (1)J, comes in connection or contraction with the preposition\\nde. It is rendered in English by some or any, expressed or under-\\nstood.\\ndu pain. m. bread, some bread, or of the bread (apart of).\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2:it, m. mo\\\\ oaey (a port of I.\\nde la viande, vital, some meat, of the meat (a jmrt if).\\nr-plate pa\\ndes livres, m. books, some books, if the books (a^tartof).\\n(11. i indefinite article, a or on, is rendered in French\\nluline, and unr t ,.r the feminine. When those\\nition the c of the preposition\\ndine. Feminine.\\n(i man. -nan.\\ndun !i..:ii!ii.-, of r from a man. d une famine, f r from a ivoman.\\nu un hum:.. a use femme, at or to u woman.\\nabove Obser*\\nrord, com\\nI I\\nof either\\nJ a lowd or ft mute,\\n.1. M atf case*. J\\nI mmencino with\\nwant, %cm the\\ntfotd ofeithi r\\nIM5. J\\nuline wind. com\\ni itinii i word, I\\nird of either comm at or to the\\nthe plural, in alt cases. J\\nminioe ooon,\\nfather and mother are in\\nU. Dl", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0302.jp2"}, "301": {"fulltext": "THE ADJECTIVE. 14-1, 14-2. 297\\nZ amitia dans no3 coeurs verse un Friendship pours a peaceful happi-\\nbonheur paisible. Demoustier. ness into our hearts.\\nZ honneur aux grands coeurs est Honor is dearer than life in noble\\nplus cher que la vie. Corxeille. hearts.\\nLes filles et les garcons chanterent The toys and girls sang in chorus.\\nen choeur. B. de St. Pierre.\\nSur les rives du Grange, on voit On the banks of the Ganges, we see\\nfleurir Tebene. Delille. the ebony in bloom.\\nLa violette se cache timidement, The violet conceals herself timidly,\\nau milieu des filles de Z ombre. in tlie midst of the daughters of the\\nDeleuze. shade.\\nLe remords se reveille au cri de Remorse is aroused by the cry of\\nla nature. De Belloy. nature.\\nLa moitie des humains vit aux The half of mankind lives at the\\ndepens de Z autre. Destouches. expense of the other.\\n14-1. The Adjective.\\n(1.) The adjective serves to denote the quality or manner of being\\nof the noun.\\n(2.) Adjectives are of two sorts qualifying adjectives, and deter-\\nmining adjectives.\\n(3.) We call qualifying adjectives those which add to the idea of the\\nobject that of a quality proper to it; as, bon, good; noble, noble;\\ncourageux, courageous.\\n(4.) Determining adjectives are those which add to the idea of the\\nobject that of a particular limitation or determination as, quelque,\\nsome; tout, aU; autre, other; mon, my nul, no; un, one; deux,\\ntwo.\\n14-2. Qualifying Adjectives.\\n(1.) These adjectives may express qualities 1. Simply; 2. With\\ncomparison 3. Carried to a very high degree. Thence the three de-\\ngrees of qualification the positive, the comparative, and the super-\\nlative.\\n(2.) The positive is nothing but the adjective in its simplest signi-\\nfication\\nIToi, je suis a Paris irisle, pauvre, At Paris, I am sad, poor, and se-\\nrectus. Boileatj. eluded.\\n(3.) The comparative is the adjective expressing a comparison be-\\ntween two or several objects. There is, then, between the objects\\ncompared, a relation of equality, superiority, or inferiority.\\n(4.) The comparison of equality expresses a quality in the same de-\\ngree in the objects compared. It is formed 1 by placing aussi, as, or\\n1 In French, adjectives cannot be compared, as in English, by means of\\nchanges in the termination. With the exception of meilleur, better moin-\\ndre, less and pire, worse, all comparisons must be formed by means of\\nadverbs.\\n13*", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0303.jp2"}, "302": {"fulltext": "298 QUALIFYING ADJECTIVES. 14-2.\\nautant, as much, before the adjective, and the conjunction que, as\\nafter it\\nL Allemagne est aussi peuplee que Germany is as populous as France.\\nla Fran Volta e.\\nA leor tete est le chien, superbe At their head stands the dog, as\\nautant qu utile. DBXILLK. noble as useful.\\no. The relation or comparison of superiority expresses a quality\\nin a higher degree in one object than in another. This comparison\\nb formed by placing plus, more, before the adjective, aud que, than,\\nafter it\\nLos actions sont plus sine res que Actions are more suiccre tlian\\nMi i.r. DB SCUDI i:v. words.\\nLe pied il i fait que\\noelui du bu.-uC tas. than that of the ox.\\n(G.) The comparison quality in a lower\\nirmed by placing moms,\\nter it:\\nnt mains death are less fatal\\nmtrta which uttack\\nrich arc comparatives of\\nj iltts lortj which i in the sense of\\nTl n est meiOevr nmi ni parent friend, no\\nices.\\n1 kGenr, ;hsh words\\nworse. and when I\\nA\\nnnining the na in English is:\\ni. To cl to the v. rd K r into I m anne r\\nIf tli,- be made witl tha word\\nid$ better i o Wter man- II lit mieux quo son fi\\nner) than his I\\nJ. I na worse manner, it should be trans-\\njilus mal:\\nin a worse man- J\\\\ lit p is (plus mal) quo son ftvro.\\nI Aw broUier.\\n3. When yon may substitute u a emaller amount or tfuan/rty for the\\nword 1 i\u00c2\u00ab\u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00bb\\n/A vca w Jew (a smalicr amount) U lit moi/w qw.\\nt/ia/i Am", "height": "3016", "width": "1766", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0304.jp2"}, "303": {"fulltext": "GENDER, ETC., OP ADJECTIVES. 15. 299\\nPire, instead of plus mauvais, which may however be used\\nLe remede est parfois pire que le Ttie remedy is at times worse than\\nmal. Lenoble. the evil.\\nMoindre, instead of plus petit, an expression also in use\\nCe n est pas etre petit que d etre Being less than great is not being\\nmoindre qu un grand. Boiste. small\\n(8.) The superlative, or third degree of qualification, expresses the\\nquality carried to a very high, or to the highest degree thence there\\nare two sorts of superlatives the relative and the absolute.\\n(9.) The superlative relative marks a very high or the highest de-\\ngree relatively, or with comparison. It is formed by placing, le, la,\\nles, the mon, my ton, thy son, his notre, our votre, your leur,\\nleurs, their, before the comparative of superiority or inferiority.\\nUn bienfa t recu est la plus sacree A benefit received is the most sa-\\nde toutes les deltes. Mme. Necker. cred of all debts.\\nLa probity reconnue est le.pius stir Acknowledged probity is the most\\nde tous les serments. (The same.) secure of all oaths.\\n(10.) The words le plus, le mains, must be repeated before every\\nadjective.\\nCe sont les livres les plus agre- Tliese books are the most agree-\\nables, les plus universelleinent lus, able, the most universally read, and\\net les plus utiles. the most useful.\\nBerxardin de St. Pierre.\\n(11.) The superlative absolute expresses also a very high degree,\\nbut absolutely, without comparison. It is formed by placing be-\\nfore the adjective one of these words, ires, fort, infiniment, extreme-\\nment, etc.\\nII y a a, la ville, comme ailleurs, There are in cities, as elsewhere,\\nde fort sottes gens. La Bruyere. very silly people.\\nJe vous prie de croire que je ne beg you to believe that you are\\nsonge qu a vous, et que vous m etes my only thought, and that you are\\neztremement chere. extremely dear to me.\\nMme. de Sevigne.\\n15. Gender and Number op Adjectiyes.\\n(1.) The adjective has, of itself, neither gender nor number it\\nmust assume the gender and number of the noun to which it belongs.\\n(2.) The termination of the adjective varies according to the gender\\nand number of the noun which it qualifies or determines.\\nUn homme prudent, Une femme prudente.\\nA prudent man. A prudent woman.\\nDes homines prudents, Des femmes prudentes.\\nPrudent men. Prudent women.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0305.jp2"}, "304": {"fulltext": "300\\ni- E it i i x e\\n10.\\n10. Formation of the Femininjs of Adjectives.\\n(1.) All adjectives ending with e mute, remain unchanged in the\\nfeminine.\\nMasculine.\\nI n homme agr Cable.\\nA i agreeable man.\\nUa mur aolide.\\nA strong (solid) wall.\\nmint,\\nUne femme agnalle.\\nAh agreeable woman.\\nUne maison solids.\\nA strong (solid) house.\\n_ i Adjectives not ending in e mute, form their feminine by the\\naddition of e.\\nMasculine.\\nI m garcon diligent.\\nA diligent l oij.\\nUn lioin Hi*\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2S3.\\n.\u00e2\u0080\u00a2line.\\nUne lillf diliijenle.\\nA diligent tjirL\\nUne dam\\n-1 pottfe Wy.\\nMas.\\nil.\\npan.il,\\nanden,\\nboa\\n1 -11\u00c2\u00ab such.\\npareille, like.\\nancienne,\\nmuette, mute.\\nbonne, good.\\noeuve,\\nfat\\ns k, heureux, beureuse, happy\\n(4.) The following, although ending with then terminations, form\\ntheir feminia\\nft\\nclose-\\ndoux,\\nuee/, 1\\ntiers,\\nJ\\nmaAat t\\nfeminine.\\nninine\\ncomplete,\\nconcrete.\\ndoooa\\naing the femi-\\nnine\\n1st. ThOM Which are derived from the participle pretest of a", "height": "2993", "width": "1771", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0306.jp2"}, "305": {"fulltext": "FEMININE OF ADJECTIVES. 8 16.\\n301\\nFrench verb by dropping ant, and substituting eur, change the final\\nletter into se as\\nPres. Part. Masculine.\\ndansawtf, whence dansewr\\ntroinpantf, trompew;\\nFeminine.\\nand thence danseuse.\\ntrompeuse.\\nmalce in the fem-\\ninine\\nHere, however, note that chanteur, when signifying a professional\\nsinger, takes for the feminine cantatrice. Like anomalies appear in\\nthe following\\nambassadeur, ambassador,\\nbailleur, lessor,\\nchasseur, hunter,\\ndemandeur, -plaintiff,\\ndefendeur, defendant,\\ndevineur, guesser,\\nenchanteur, enchanter,\\ngouverneur, governor,\\npecheur, sinner,\\nserviteur, servant, I servante.\\nbailleresse.\\nchasseresse.\\ndemanderesse.\\ndefenderesse.\\ndevineresse.\\nenchanteresse.\\ngouvernante.\\n2d. Those ending in tear and derived from the Latin, and conse-\\nquently, not falling under the Rule (1st) just given, form the feminine\\nby changing teur into trice; as,\\nMasculine.\\nacteur, actor,\\nadmirateur, admirer,\\nFeminine.\\nactrice, actress.\\nadmiratrice, admirer.\\nExceptions to Rule 1st, however, are the following\\ndebiteur, debtor,\\nexecuteur, executor,\\ninspecteur, inspector,\\ninventeur, inventor,\\npersecuteur, persecutor,\\nf debitrice.\\nI executrice.\\nmake in the feminine inspectrice.\\ninventrice.\\npersecutrice.\\n3d. Those ending in erieur, also majeur, mineur, meilleur, follow\\nthe general rule, that is, add e to form the feminine as,\\nexterieur, exterior, f exte rieure.\\nsuperieur, superior, superieure.\\nmajeur, of age, major, make in the feminine majeure,\\nmineur, minor, j mineure.\\nmeilleur, better, J [_ meilleure.\\n(6.) Adjectives, as also nouns, indicating occupation chiefly exer-\\ncised by men, are alike in the masculine and the feminine as 7\\nauteur, author, litterateur, literary person.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0307.jp2"}, "306": {"fulltext": "302\\nIRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 17.\\n(7.) The following adjectives having two forms for the masculine,\\nform their feminine as follows\\nMasculine be/ore\\nMasculine before\\na consonant.\\na vowel or h mute.\\nFeminine.\\nbel,\\nbelle,\\nhandsome\\nfou,\\nfol,\\nfolle,\\nmou,\\nmol,\\nraolle,\\nnouveau,\\nnouvel,\\nnow\\nnew.\\nvieux,\\nvk-il,\\nvieille.\\nold.\\nIrregular Adjecli\\n(8.) The following adjectives form their feminine irregularly\\n!iw:.\\nFeminine.\\nabaoute.\\ninin, 1\\nbenigna\\nblanc,\\nblanche.\\ninfirm.\\ncoke.\\noute.\\nfevori,\\n!a\\\\ i it\\nfraiche.\\nfranc, free, frank.\\nfranobe.\\ngentille.\\n[ue.\\nWbralque, used only of the\\nlete),a stripling,\\njouvenoella\\njllui. :iu.\\njimit lie.\\nr, masterly,\\nmalin, gnant,\\nmalii\\nllJUl.it]\\nmulatre or mulutresse.\\nmil, null, none,\\nlUlllf.\\noblong, oblong,\\noblongoa\\npublic, public,\\npubl\\n1, dianyed,\\nirreit,\\nSot, sdly,\\ntraitp traitor, treacherous,\\ntiaitnsso.\\ntorque,\\nviuillot,\\nvieUlotte.\\nThe following have no feminine:\\nartiaan, mechanic.\\nin, jiartisan.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0hestnul color.\\nt tuoin,\\ni li7i, vellum, of vellum-\\ni; IT.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 FOBKAXION OF THE PLURAL OP AoJSOTl\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094The plural of adj I med by the ad-\\ndition of 5 to the masculine, or to the feminine termination.", "height": "2993", "width": "1771", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0308.jp2"}, "307": {"fulltext": "IKEEGULAE ADJECTIVES. 17. 303\\nMasculine. Feminine.\\nSingular. Plural. Singular. Plural.\\ngrand, great, grands grande, grandcs.\\npetit, small, petits; petite, petites.\\n(2.) This rule has no exceptions, with regard to the feminine ter-\\nmination.\\n(3.) With regard to the masculine termination, it is subject to the\\nthree following exceptions\\nFirst Exception. Adjectives ending in the singular with s or x, do\\nnot change their form in the plural.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nheureux, happy, heureux.\\ndoux, sweet, soft, doux.\\nSecond Exception. Adjectives having in the singular the termina-\\ntion eau, form their plural masculine by the addition of x.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nbeau, handsome, beautiful, beaux,\\njumeau, twin, jumeaux.\\nnouveau, nevj, nouveaux.\\nThird Exception. Adjectives ending in al, form their plural mas-\\nculine by changing al into aiux.\\nSingular.\\nPlural.\\nliberal, liberal,\\nliberaux.\\nnational, national,\\nnationaux.\\nrural, rural,\\nruraux.\\nWe quote from Bescherelle s Grammaire Nationale, those adjectives\\nending in al, which follow the general rule.\\nSingular.\\nPlural.\\namical, friendly.\\namicals.\\nbancal, bandy-legged,\\nbancals.\\nfatal, fatal,\\nfatals.\\nfinal, final,\\nfinals.\\nfrugal, frugal,\\nfrugals.\\nfilial, filial,\\nfilials.\\nglacial, frozen, icy\\nglacials.\\ninitial, initial,\\ninitials.\\nlabial, labial,\\nlabials.\\nmatinal, early,\\nmatinals.\\nmedial, medial,\\nmedials.\\nnaval, naval,\\nnavals.\\npascal, paschal,\\npascals.\\npenal, penal,\\npenals.\\ntheatral, theatrical,\\ntheatrals.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0309.jp2"}, "308": {"fulltext": "304 ADJECTIVES. 18, 19.\\nIS. Agreement of Adjectives with Nouns.\\n(1.) The adjective must agree, in gender and number, with the\\nnoun or pronoun which it qualifies\\nMasculine. Feminine.\\nSingular. Plural Singular. Plural\\njanlin, les beaux jardins la belle maison, les belles maisons.\\nthcj the fine gardens; the fine house,\\nle grand livre, j la grande carte, les grandes cartea\\nr/*e Jarye look, the large looks; the large map, Ou large m\\n(2.) This agreement must tat only when the adjective\\nimmediately precedes or follows the noun or pronoun, but also when\\nit is separated by other words:\\nArm\\nPlaiae A Dieu do to Singular. L*hoanenr de\\nbon pour meriter la vie pour bor, de man-\\nM.u:i\\\\ \\\\r.\\\\.\\nmJ erv\\nr eon-\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0hauls ue b linationa qui Bont\\nbona a rien de boa il foul Bervir Dieu.\\nMill LI MviMINnN.\\nTfie vncked are never, in any cir-\\ncumrtanrts, fitted {good) to perform i fijUow i.\\\\\\nord i\\nto two or trees,\\nwheth plural, and a il\\nput in the plural:\\nin rno the same law, e tame\\nsort J. .1. B fate.\\n(i.i When the words which I of difffarant\\nbe put in the masculine plural:\\nma I try to rcmlr /,a rJ j. lir\\nmon cbiea\\ny cannot be\\ntie le fruit du crime. tfw fruUs j crime.\\nS3.\\nDBTBBimrnra ob Determinatto Asnonra.\\n4fet deinolisti.i\\nthe numeral, and the iud", "height": "2993", "width": "1771", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0310.jp2"}, "309": {"fulltext": "ADJECTIVES. 20. 305\\n20. Demonstrative Adjectives.\\n(1.) The demonstrative adjectives are used, when an object is to\\nhe particularly specified or pointed out. They are never, in French,\\nused substantively, that is, without the nouns which they determine\\nMasculine. Ce, this or that, placed before a word commencing with a\\nconsonant.\\nCet, this or that, placed before a word commencing with a\\nvowel or an h mute.\\nFeminine. Cette, this or that, placed before all sorts of nouns.\\nrf\\nPlural.\\nCes, for both genders.\\nExamples.\\nMasculine Singular. Feminine Singular.\\nce soldat, this or that soldier. cette femme, this or that woman.\\ncet ami, that or this friend. cette epee, that or this sword.\\ncet ho-mme, this or that man. cette harpe, this or that harp.\\nPlural.\\nces homines, these or those men; ces femmes, these or those women.\\nVoyez ce papillon ecliappe du torn- See that butterfly escaped from the\\nbeau tomb his death was a slumber, and\\nSa mort fut un sommeO, et sa tombe his tomb a cradle.\\nun berceau. Delille.\\nCet admirable don, That admirable gift, instinct, is\\nL instinct, sans doute est loin de doubtless far beneath majestic rea-\\nl auguste raison. (The same.) son.\\nLa, cette jeune plante en vase dis- There that young plant prepared\\nposee, as a vase, receives the dew in its\\nDans sa coupe elegante accueille la elegant cup.\\nrasee. (The same.)\\nCes honneurs que le vulgaire ad- Do these honors, admired by the\\nmire, vulgar, awake the dead from their\\nReveillont-ils les morts au sein de sepulchres\\nmonuments Soulb\\\\\\n(2.) When is it necessary to make, in French, a difference similar\\nto that existing between the English words this and that, the adverbs\\nci and la must be placed after the noun.\\nce livre-ci, this book (here), ce livre-la, that book (there).\\nces livres-ci, these books, ces livres-la, those books.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0311.jp2"}, "310": {"fulltext": "30G POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 21.\\n21 Possessive Adjectives.\\n(1.) The possessive adjective,, whieh are always joined to a noun\\nrelate to possession or property; they are:\\nSingular. Plural,\\nMasculine. Feminine. for both genders.\\nadjectives take the gender and nun,\\nthe object p.\\nIll n ,r ma suMir wa,\\ni\\n\\\\iv::\\n2? imencui w\u00e2\u0080\u009el,\\nmute, in order to preve, vo vyWt L\\nor of a vowel and on Am\\nson armee, Am army, but", "height": "2993", "width": "1771", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0312.jp2"}, "311": {"fulltext": "NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 8 22\\n307\\nC en est fait, rnon heure est venue.\\nBoileau.\\nAll is over, my hour is come.\\n(4.) The possessive adjectives must be repeated before every noun.\\nMon frere, ma soeur, et mes cou-\\nsins sont a Paris.\\nMy hrother, sister, and cousins are\\nat Paris.\\n22. Numeral Adjectives.\\n(1.) There are two kinds of numeral adjectives: the cardinal and\\nthe ordinal.\\n(2.) The cardinal numbers indicate simply the number or quality,\\nwithout any reference to order as, un, one deux, two, etc.\\n(3.) The ordinal numbers mark the order or rank which persons\\nand things occupy as, premier, first second, second, etc.\\nWe shall, for the purposes of comparison, place the cardinal and\\nordinal numbers in parallel columns.\\n(4 Cardinal Numbers.\\n(5.) Ordinal Numbers\\nun, feminine une,\\none.\\npremier, feminine premiere,\\nfirst.\\ndeux,\\n2\\ndeuxieme or second, seconde, 2d.\\ntrois,\\n3\\ntroisieme,\\n3d.\\nquatre,\\n4\\nquatrieme,\\n4th.\\ncinq,\\n5\\ncinquieme,\\n5th.\\nsix,\\n6\\nsixieme,\\n6th.\\nsept,\\ni\\nseptieme,\\nVth.\\nhuit,\\n8\\nhuitieme,\\n8th.\\nneuf,\\n9\\nneuvieme,\\n9th.\\ndix,\\n10\\ndixieme,\\n10th.\\nonze,\\n11\\nonzieme,\\n11th.\\ndouze,\\n12\\ndouzieme,\\n12th.\\ntreize,\\n13\\ntreizieme,\\n13th.\\nquatorze,\\n14\\nquatorzieme,\\n14th.\\nquinze,\\n15\\nquinzieme,\\n15th.\\nseize,\\n16\\nseizieme,\\n16th.\\ndix-sept,\\n17\\ndix-septieme,\\n17 th.\\ndix-huit,\\n18\\ndix-huitieme,\\n18th.\\ndix-neuf,\\n19\\ndix-neuvieme,\\n19th.\\nvingt,\\n20\\nvingtieme,\\n20th.\\nvingt et un,\\n21\\nvingt et unieme,\\n21st.\\nvingt-deux, c,\\n22\\nvingt- deuxieme, c,\\n22d.\\ntrente,\\n30\\ntrentieme,\\n30th.\\ntrente et un,\\n31\\ntrente et unieme,\\n31st.\\ntrente-deux, c,\\n32\\ntrente deuxieme,\\n32d.\\nquarante,\\n40\\nquarantieme,\\n40th.\\nquarante et un,\\n41\\nquarante et unieme,\\n41sfc.\\nquarante-deux, c,\\n42\\nquarante-deuxieme,\\n42d.\\ncinquante,\\n50\\ncinquantieme,\\n50th.\\ncinquante et un,\\n51\\ncinquante et unieme,\\n51st.\\ncinquante-deux, c,\\n52\\ncinquante- deuxieme,\\n52d.\\nsoixante,\\n60\\nsoixantieme,\\n60th.\\nsoixante et un,\\n61\\nsoixante et unieme,\\n61st\\nsoixante-deux, c,\\n62\\nsoixante-deuxieme,\\n62d.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0313.jp2"}, "312": {"fulltext": "308\\nXl MEBAL ADJECTIVES.-\\n23.\\nCardinal Xumhtrs.\\nOrdinal Xumbers.\\nBoixante-dix,\\n70\\nEoixante-dixieme,\\n70th.\\n-ouzo,\\n71\\n-onzieme,\\n71st.\\naoixante\\n72\\nsoixante-douzieme,\\n7 I d.\\nBoixaate-treuse,\\n73\\nBOixante-treizieme,\\n7;:d.\\nBoixante-qaatorze,\\nU\\nBoixaate-quaterzieme\\n1Mb\\nsoixante-quinze,\\n7;,\\nsoixante-qainzienie\\n75th.\\n7G\\nsi ixaiito-sei/.i. itu\\n7t:th.\\nsoixant.-dix-sept,\\n77\\nsoixante-dix-septieme,\\n11th.\\nsoixant -ilix-huit,\\n78\\naoixante- dix-huitidme,\\n7stl,\\n1 -dix-ucutj\\n7:\u00c2\u00bb\\nBoixante-dix-neuvieme,\\n7 Jth.\\nj lativ-.\\n80\\nquatre-vingtieme,\\nBOth.\\nquatre-\\n81\\nquatre-vingt-unieme,\\n81st\\nquatre-vtogt-d\\n82\\nquatre-vingt-deuxieme,\\nB2d\\n-lix,\\n90\\nquatre-vingt-dixidme,\\nroth.\\nqoatn\\nquatre-i ingt-on\\n91st\\nquatre-vi\\n92\\nquatre-vingt-don\\nk.m.\\ncent,\\n100\\nIVIlti lllC,\\n100th.\\ncent-un,\\n10]\\ncent-unieme,\\nLOlst\\n200\\ntieme,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a22onth.\\nt mi,\\n201\\n20lBt\\n300th.\\n.1-1111,\\n30l8t\\nmill.\\nmilli mi-.\\n1000th.\\n..lie,\\ndeox inillirino,\\n2000th.\\ndeux tnilli cini\\ndeux mille tinquantl\\n2050th.\\nl.u million,\\n1,000,000\\nmillion. 1,000,\\ng 23. -VaBIAXIOBB OW i hi: Cvkdinai. Nt Mi:i:i:s.\\nOwing cardinal uiimu re \\\\ary\\nr_ .i l ooun to which it hi\\nuu\\nWhen used Bubstantrrel; the form of the\\nplural.\\nmultiplied by one Dumber, and no! I\\nanother, tal f the plural\\nJ\\nyrars, the dnj\\nij h jusr,\\ncents Era J. J.\\nhowever, when mull", "height": "2993", "width": "1771", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0314.jp2"}, "313": {"fulltext": "NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 24. 309\\nfollowed by another, or if not followed by a number, used to indi-\\ncate a particular epoch, do not take the form of the plural.\\nquatre-vingt-cmq liommes, eighty-five men.\\ncinq cent-dews: hommes, five hundred and two men.\\nCharlemagne fut proclame em- Charlemagne was proclaimed em-\\npereur d Occident, le jour de NoeL peror of the West, Christmas-day, in\\nen huit cent. Voltaire. the year eight hundred.\\n(5.) Mille (thousand.) For the date of tbe year, reckoned from\\nthe commencement of the Christian era to the year two thousand of\\nthe same, we use the abbreviated form, mil.\\nL an mil huit cent cinquante, TJie year one thousand eight hun-\\ndred and fifty.\\n(6.) With regard to the years which have preceded our era, and\\nthose which will follow our present thousand, we write the full form,\\nmiUe.\\nLa premiere irruption des Gaulois, The first irruption of the Gauls\\neut lieu sous le regne de Tarquin, took place under the reign of Tarquin,\\nenviron l an du monde trois mille about the year of the world 3416.\\nquatre cent-seize. Vertot.\\n(7.) Million, billion, take the plural form.\\n24. Miscellaneous Observations on the Cardinal\\nNumbers.\\n(1.) In French, in computing from twenty to thirty, thirty to forty,\\nc, the larger number must always precede the smaller. We may\\nnot say, as often in English, one and twenty, but always vingt et un,\\nvingt-deux, c.\\n(2.) The conjunction et, after vingt, trente, c, is only used before\\nun thus we say vingt et un, twenty (and) one, and simply vingt-deux,\\niwenty-two, c.\\n(3.) The word one frequently precedes in English the words hun-\\ndred and thousand it must not be rendered in French. We say\\nmille hommes, one thousand men.\\ncent francs, one hundred francs.\\n(4.) When the words cent and miUe are used substantively before\\nthe name of objects generally reckoned or sold by the hundred or\\nthousand in number or in weight, the word un may be placed before\\nthem, the name of the object being preceded by the preposition de.\\nUn cent, un mille, (millier) de briques,\\nOne hundred, one thousand (of) bricks.\\nUn cent (un quintal) de sucre,\\nOne hundred (weight) of sugar.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0315.jp2"}, "314": {"fulltext": "310 NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. \u00c2\u00a725.\\n(5.) The words septante, seventy octante, eighty and nonante,\\nninety are now nearly obsolete, being used only in a few provinces\\nof France. They are, as may be seen in the preceding table, replaced\\nby the awkward expressions, soixante-du^ixty-tcn; quatre-vingts, four-\\ntwenties (four score) quatre-vingt-dix, four-score-ten, etc.\\n(6.) Before the words onze, eleven, and onzicme, eleventh, the arti-\\ncle is not elided. We say le onze, le onzieme, la onziime. In pro-\\nnunciation, the s of the plural article les is silent when this article\\nprecedes onze or onziime.\\n25.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Observations on the Ordinal Numbkbs.\\n(1.) It will be Been that the ordinal numbers, with the exception of\\nare formed from the cardinal\\n1. By\\n2. By the 1 1 an riding with that vowel;\\n3. By the addition tiding with a consonant;\\nfifth.\\ncj i All ordinal adjectives may take the form f the plural.\\nary for the feminine, and mako\\nnde.\\n.ue (first) is only used in composition with vingt, trente,\\na con-\\ntinuation; secuuJ merely i\\nl-t. W\u00c2\u00ab may say of a work whi b i lots volumes:\\nJ 1 have the second volume of that\\nlunie do\\nonly two Vohl] I i say:\\nvolute \u00e2\u0096\u00a0iry.\\nra may bo pla maa worda\\nlively:\\nof thirty years dur\\nii\\nii a\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2nil.\\nThirty,", "height": "2993", "width": "1771", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0316.jp2"}, "315": {"fulltext": "NUMERAL NOUNS, 5 27.\\n311\\n5th. Of the others, sexagenaire, septuagenaire, and octogenaire only are\\nin frequent use\\nUn octogenaire plantait, etc. A man eighty years old ivas plant-\\nLa Fontaine. ing trees.\\n26. Rules.\\n(1.) In speaking of the days of the month, the French use the car-\\ndinal, not the ordinal number\\nle deux mars,\\nle dix-sept avril,\\nL ouverture des Etats-generaux\\neut lieu le cinq rnai, It 89. Thiers.\\n(2.) We must, however, say\\nle premier (not Vun) juin,\\nthe second of March.\\nthe seventeenth of April.\\nThe opening of the States-general\\ntook place on the fifth of May, 1189.\\nthe first of June.\\n(3.) The cardinal numbers are also employed in speaking of sove-\\nreigns and princes\\nCharles the Tenth.\\nLewis the Eighteenth.\\nLewis the Eleventh was thirty-eight\\nyears old, when he ascended the\\nthrone.\\nThe death of Gregory the Seventh\\ndid not extinguish the fire which he\\nhad kindled.\\nCharles dix,\\nLouis dix-huit,\\nLouis onze avait trente-huit ana\\nquand il monta sur le trone.\\nAnquetil.\\nLa mort de Gregoire sept n etei\\ngnit pas le feu qu il avait allume.\\nVoltaire.\\n(4.) We must say, however,\\nHenri premier, Henry the First.\\n(5.) Deux and second are, in this case, used indifferently\\nCharles deux, Charles second, Charles the Second.\\n(6.) In speaking of Charles the Fifth, of Germany, and of the\\nPope Sixtus the Fifth, the obsolete word quint (fifth) is used.\\nChar\\\\es-qui?it, Charles the Fifth.\\nSixte-quint, Sixtus the Fifth.\\nWe shall, in order to render reference easier, place here some ob-\\nservations on nouns and adverbs of number.\\n27. Numeral Nouns.\\n(1.) The numeral nouns in use with the French are\\nunite,\\nunit\\ntrentaine,\\nthirty\\ncouple, paire,\\ncouple, pair\\nquarantaine,\\ntwo score\\ntrio,\\ntrio, three;\\ncinquantaine,\\nfifty\\ndemi-douzaine,\\nhalf dozen;\\nsoixantaiue,\\nsixty\\nlmitaine,\\neight days\\nquatre- vingtaine,\\neighty\\nneuvaine,\\nnine (nine clays of 1 centaine,\\nhundred\\nprayer)\\ndeux centaines, c.\\ntwo hundred\\ndizaine,\\nten, half a score;\\n1 millier,\\none thousand;\\ndouzaine,\\ndozen\\ndeux milliers,\\ntwo thousand;\\nquinzaine,\\nfifteen, fortnight\\n1 myriade,\\na myriad\\nvingtaine,\\njcore, twenty;\\n1 million,\\na million;", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0317.jp2"}, "316": {"fulltext": "312 INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES. \u00c2\u00a730.\\n(2.) The termination trine signifies sometimes nearly, and when\\nadded to words of number is equivalent to the English some, in cases\\nlike the following: I have some twenty books, i. e., about twenty\\nbooks. J ai une vingtainc de livres.\\n28. Fractional Numerals.\\nnn quart, one quarter an cinquieme, one fifth\\ndeux qaarts, two quarters deux cinquiemes, two fifths;\\ntrois quarts, three quarters un sixieme, eta, one sixth, etc.\\nthe third an dixieme, etc., one tenth) etc\\ndeux tiers, too thirds; an centieme, one hundredth;\\nlamoitta, the half; onmulieme, one thousandth\\nil.) It wili be seen that, with the exception of tiers, quart and\\nmoitid, these numbers take the form of the ordinal numerals. They\\nmay. therefore, take the form of the plural when neee\\nil .i The when used adjectively and preceding the noun\\ni- invariable.\\nnnc (famj-heure, f., in hour.\\nune demi-MU f. half an ell.\\noomiug after the noun to denote an additional \\\\\\\\v\\\\t, it\\nnoun.\\nune hi one hour and a half;\\none ell tad a hut/.\\nWhen need substantively, demi may take the form of the\\nplural.\\nhoiioge sonno les heures ot Tlmt rWk strikes the hours and the\\nlos demies. half-hours.\\n.10.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ()i:i i\\\\ \\\\i Ai-\\\\ ii.iN.\\nC, ii:it ri- lri.-iin nt, fourthly\\nm the first CinquiememeDtj fifthly;\\n(I.) Pren\\nDeuxiemement)\\nrnent,\\nirdhj\\ni place; Bixiemement, sixthly;\\nSeptic moment,\\nsecondly; D \u00c2\u00a3i ememen t :nthb\\nc_ i Tl B86, like adverbs of manner, are formed by the addition of\\nment to the feminine form of the adjective.\\nI, Tnimiimii: AoJBCimS.\\nn. The indefinite adj jed when anything in to I\\nDted or referred to in a general or indefinite manner. They are,\\naucun,\\nnot any, not one;\\nquel,\\nwhat;\\nquelconque,\\nqui k\\nmil.\\ntl,", "height": "2993", "width": "1771", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0318.jp2"}, "317": {"fulltext": "INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES. 30. 313\\n(2.) Aucun is generally followed by a noun, with which it must\\nagree. It is followed by ne when it comes before a verb.\\naucun homme, no man aucune femme, no woman.\\nAucun cheminde fieurs ne conduit No flowery path leads (o glory.\\na, la gloire. La Fontaine.\\nOn meprise tous ceux qui w ont All those who have no virtue are\\naucune vertu. La Rochefoucauld.\\n(3.) Aucun is by the French authors sometimes used in the plural.\\nlis ne peuvent souffrir aucun em- TJiey can hear no legitimate domin-\\npire legitime, ne mettent aucunes ion, set no bounds to their crimes.\\nbornes a leurs attentats.\\nMontesquieu.\\nAticun and nul should be put in the plural, only before such words\\ntas are not used in the singular, or have in the singular a different\\nacceptation.\\n(4.) Chaque is of both genders, and is used only in the singular.\\nIt always precedes the noun, and cannot be separated from it by an\\nadjective or by a preposition. It should never be used without a noun.\\nChaque age a ses plaisirs, chaque Every age has its pleasures, every\\netat a ses charmes. Delille. situation its charms.\\n(5.) Meme, placed before the noun, has the sense of same, in Eng-\\nlish. Placed after the noun, it means, generally, himself, herself, it-\\nself or themselves. It may often be rendered by the word even.\\nWhen meme is an adjective it may take the form of the plural, but\\ndoes not vary on account of gender.\\nc est la meme vertu c est la vertu meme\\nit is the same virtue. it is virtue itself.\\nLe peuple et les grands n ont ni Tlie people and the great have\\nles memes vertus, ni les mimes vices, neither the same virtues nor the same\\nVauvenaegues. vices.\\nLes ecorces memes des vegetans: The bark even of vegetables is in\\nsont en harmonie avec les tempera- harmony with the temperature of the\\ntures de l atmosphere. atmosphere.\\nBernaedin de St. Pieree.\\n(6.) It is at times difficult to distinguish meme an adjective, from\\nmeme an adverb, which is invariable. [See 97, (2,) (3.)]\\n(7.) Nul is a stronger negative than aucun. It agrees in gender\\nand number with the noun which it qualifies. Like aucun, when re-\\nlating to the subject of the sentence, it requires ne before the verbs.\\nNul homme n est heureus nulle No man is happy nothing can\\nchose ne peut le rendre tel. Boiste. render him so.\\nNulle paix pour l impie il la No peace for the impious he seeks\\ncherche, elle le fait. Racine. it, it avoids him.\\n14", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0319.jp2"}, "318": {"fulltext": "314\\nINDEFINITE\\nADJECTIVES. 30.\\n(8). Nul is sometime? used alone, in the sense of no one\\nnth his fortune,\\nnor displeased with his own. wiL\\nNut n est content de sa fortune,\\nni mecontent de son esprit.\\nMme. DESHOUU BES.\\n(9.) Plusieurs is, of course, always in the plural. Il does not Vdvy\\nits form\\nII faut bien qu il y ait plusieurs Tlicre must necessarily be\\nraisons d ennui. quand tout le monde reasons for ennui, when\\nesc d accord pour bailler. Flobian. yau\\n(10.) Quel takes the gender and number of the noun to which it\\nrelates. It is sometimes immediately followed by its noun, from\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2which it may be separated by one or several words\\nQuel tableau ravissant presentent\\nlea camp Dl i.ii.le.\\nQuelle invisible force a soumia\\nis? I., l:\\nQuels sons harmonieux, quels efforts\\n-ants,\\n:.aissauco dgaleut les\\nWHinl a delightful pictur\\ncountry q\\nWhat hand has con-\\nt\\nWlmt harmonious sounds, what\\ni strains, equal the voice of\\ngratitude t\\n(11.) I s plaeed after the noun, and va\\nfor the plural:\\nMv\\nTin: Acadshy.\\nAll\\nn\\nTtvo\\nuse of some (a certain number), or whatew\\npith the noun\\nJl y a da nierite sans I k vatinn,\\n1 \\\\;iii.iii Bans\\nLa EU hi ror. .\\\\ri i\\nvains lauriers quo pro-\\nros Bans ravagcr la\\nterra Bon I\\n(13.) Quelque having the sense of about or some or Itowevcr, is in-\\nvariable\\nThere is\\nbut there is no\\nmerit.\\nWhat\\npromisi a hero without\\nravaging the earth.\\nQuel Vbos avez\\noixante\\nRaoi\\nA.] i\\ncents .1 il vainqoit\\nI i:r.\\ncunemia de la\\nLa. RocnBTOCCACLr\\nyou 1 You I\\nOh I some sixty years.\\nmen, it\\nI men may\\ndo not dare t", "height": "2993", "width": "1771", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0320.jp2"}, "319": {"fulltext": "THE PEONOUN. 31,32. 315\\n(14.) Tel makes in the feminine telle; in the plural masculine,\\ntels; in the plural feminine telles. It agrees with the noun which it\\nqualifies\\ntel livre, such book telle lettre, such letter\\ntels livres, such books; telles lettres, such letters.\\n(15.) Tout meaning every, is of course always in the singular\\nbut varies for the feminine\\nTout citoyen doit servir son pays Every citizen should serve his\\nle soldat de son sang, le pretre de country the soldier with his blood,\\nsou zele. La Motte. the priest with his zeal.\\nEn ioute chose, il faut cousiderer In every thing, we must consider\\nla tin. La Fontaine. the end.\\n(16.) Tout, in the sense of all, agrees in gender and number with\\nthe noun to which it relates\\ntout l argent, all the money; touie la toile, all the cloth.\\nII etait au-dessus de tous ces He was above all those vain objects\\nvains objets qui forment tous les which form all the desires and all the\\ndesirs et toutes les esperances des hopes of men.\\nhommes. Massillon.\\nSee 97 (5).\\n31. The Pkqnottst.\\n(1.) The pronoun, in French, as in other languages, is a word\\nused to represent the noun, in order to prevent its too frequent\\nrepetition.\\n(2.) The pronoun serves also to designate the parts which each\\nperson or thing takes in speech. This part is called person.\\n(3.) There are three persons the first, or that which speaks the\\nsecond, or that spoken to the third, or that spoken of.\\n(4.) There are five sorts of pronouns\\nThe personal The demonstrative\\nThe possessive The relative\\nThe indefinite.\\n32. The Personal Peonouns.\\n(1.) The personal pronouns are so called because they seem to\\ndesignate the three persons more especially than the other pronouns.\\nThese pronouns are\\nNominative Form. JRefleciive Form.\\nSingular. Plural. Singular. Plural.\\n1. je, I; nous, we; me, myself; nous, ourselves;\\n2. tu, thou; vous, you, ye; te, thyself; vous, yourselves\\n!U, he, it, m. ils, m. they himself;\\n[herself; se, themselves;\\nelle, she, it, f. elles, f. they. 01 itself;", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0321.jp2"}, "320": {"fulltext": "lis\\n316 PERSONAL PRONOUNS, 33.\\n(2.) Direct regimen, or Accusative.\\nWhen placed before the verb. When placed after a verb.\\nSingular. Plural Singular. Plural.\\n1. me, me; nous, t\u00c2\u00bb; moi, me; nous, us;\\n2. te, thee; vous, you; toi, thee; vous, you;\\nhim, t tra.; both lc, him, it, m. J both\\nla, heri it, les them gend. her! it! f. les ihem gend.\\n(3.) Indirect regimen, or Dative.\\nWhen placed before the verb.\\nSingular. Plural.\\n1. me, tome; nous, to us\\n2. te, te vous. to you;\\na m i\u00c2\u00a3w. leur.toftem;\\n3 1U1 1 1:?;; (bothers).\\nWhen placed after the verb.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nmoi, a ruoi, nous, a, nous, to us\\ntoi, a t i. tor vous, a vous, to you;\\nlui j a die, to /uv; lcur a ellos, f. J io them\\n(4.) Indirect regimen (lenitive and Ablative.\\nAlways placed after the rerb.\\nSingular. Plural.\\ndo moi, o/ or from me de nous, of or /rem us\\ndo vous, you/\\nde lui, u Wr\u00c2\u00bb; d eux, them, m.\\nfar; d ellea, (Aem, f.\\n33. Rhicabks ox the Personal Pronouns.\\n(1.) The French, as well as the English, use the second person\\nplural for the second person singular, in addressing one person.\\n(2.) The second person singular, however, is used, as in English,\\nin addressing the Supreme Being:\\nGrand Dieul tet increments sout Great God! thy judgments are\\nremplia d fiqoitd. Das Bihrbapx full of equity.\\n(3.) It is also used in poetry, or to give more energy to the diction.\\nmon souverain roi my sovereign king t\\nMe void done tremblante et sculo Here I am trembling and alone be-\\ndevant toi. ILk im\\n(4)Il is used by parents to children, and also among intimate friends.\\n(5.) The pronoun il is used unipcrsonally, in the same manner M\\nthe English pronoun it.\\nil pleut, it rains\\n(5.) Observe, that the personal pronouns of the third person nro\\nnot used lor the indirect regimen to represent inanimate", "height": "2993", "width": "1771", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0322.jp2"}, "321": {"fulltext": "PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 33. 317\\nThe relative pronouns en, of or from it 39 (17)], t, to it 39 (18)]\\nare used instead of the personal pronouns. Thus, in speaking of a\\nhouse, we do not say, Je lui ajouterai une aile, will add a wing to it.\\nWe must say\\nJ y ajouterai une aile I will add a wing to it (thereto).\\nIn speaking of an author, we may say\\nQue pensez-vous de lui Wliat do you thinlc of him\\nBut in speaking of his book, we should say\\nQu era pensez-vous Wliat do you think of it (thereof)\\n(6.) The word m\u00c2\u00a3me, plural memes, may be used after the pronoun\\nin the sense of self selves.\\nle roi lui-meme. the Icing himself.\\nla reine elle-meme. the queen herself.\\nles princes eux-memes. the princes themselves.\\nles princesses elles-memes. the princesses themselves.\\n(7.) The pronouns, moi, toi, ltd, eux, are often used after the verb,\\nto give greater force to a nominative pronoun of the same person,\\nin those cases where the emphasis is placed on the nominative in\\nEnglish, or where the auxiliary do is used.\\nje le dis, moi, I say so, or I do say so.\\nit le dit, lui, he says so, or he does say so.\\n(8.) The same pronouns, moi, ioi, lui, eux, are used instead of the\\nnominative pronouns, je, tu, il, ils, for the English pronouns, I, thou,\\nhe, they, when those pronouns are employed without a verb in an\\nanswer, when they are used by themselves, or have a verb under-\\nstood after them.\\nQui est arrive ce matin? Moi. Who arrived this morning I.\\nLui et moi. Vous et eux. He and I. You and they.\\nVous ecrivez rnieux que lui. You write better than he.\\nVous lisez aussi bien que moi. You read as well as I.\\n(9.) The same pronouns are used in exclamations, and in those\\ncases where the English pronouns, thou, etc., are followed by the\\nrelative pronoun who also after c est, detail, etc.\\nMoi, lui ceder I, yield to him\\nEux, aller a, Londres They, go to London\\nMoi qui suis malade. I who am sick.\\nLui qui est officier. He who is an officer.\\nEux qui sont savants. They who are learned.\\nC est moi c est lui. It is I; it is he.\\nCe sont eux. It is they.\\nPenelope, sa femme, et moi qui Penelope his wife, and 1 who am\\nsuis sou fils, nous avons perdu l es- his son, have lost the hope of seeing\\nperance de le revoir. Fenelon. him again.\\n(10.) These same pronouns are also used instead of the nomi-\\nnatives, je, tu, etc., when the verb has several subjects which are all", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0323.jp2"}, "322": {"fulltext": "31S\\nPOSSESSIVE PEOXOUSfS. 8 34,\\npronouns or partly nouns and partly pronouns. The verb may then\\nbe immediately preceded by a pronoun in the plural, representing in\\none word all the preceding subjects.\\nYotre p TC et moi, nous avons Tour father and I were a long\\nete longtcmps enuemis Tun do time enemies.\\nFRNELON.\\nRica ct moi sommes peut-\u00e2\u0082\u00actre lea Rica and 1 arc perhaps the first\\npremiers. Montesquieu.\\n(11.) The recapitulating pronoun and the verb sometimes come\\nfirst in the sentence.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0us, vous ct moi, besoin You and I have need of tolerance.\\ndo tolSr Voltaire.\\n(12.) The reflective pronoun be, himself, etc., ia used for both\\nand Cor both numbers; for persons and lor things; and\\nalways accompanies a verb.\\nimpont Tfie eyes of friendship an seldom\\nraremeot Voltaire, dt\\nprocal and sometimes\\natext:\\ntheyfia\\nt!- tit, they fit r, each other.\\nMl.) S etc, is of both genders and numbers,\\nand is applied I I things. is used in general and inde-\\nterminate imonly au indefinite pronoun lbr\\nthe nominal\\nin d un plus We have often need of one more\\npetit qu\\nII I pend toujours d\\nhonorablement Gibault-Duvivteb. honorably\\non the persona] pronouns, Bee Synta\\nand follow\\n3 PossEssn i: Pronouns.\\npronouns which arc formed from the personal\\nrepresent, in the radical part, the possessor, while in ter-\\nmination they always agree with the thi Some relate\\ni-.i POSBESSIVSS RELATI1 BSOff.\\nthe\\ntutor.\\nI\\n1. Ie mion, la mienne, lea mil as, 1\\n2. la ti ii, la tii\\nIe aien, la ai itt.", "height": "2993", "width": "1771", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0324.jp2"}, "323": {"fulltext": "POSSESSIVE PIS O NOUNS. 35. 319\\n(3.) Two or more Persons:\\nThe object posses\\n^ed being in the\\nSingular.\\nPlural.\\nMasculine. Feminine.\\nMas. and Fern.\\nle nutre, la nutre,\\nle votre, la votre,\\nle leur, la leur,\\nles nutres,\\nles vutres,\\nles leurs,\\nours\\nyours;\\ntheirs.\\n35. Remarks on the Possessive Pronouns.\\n(1.) It may be seen from the above table that, as before said, the\\ntermination of the possessive pronoun agrees in gender and number\\nwith the object possessed.\\nTotre canif et le mien, Totre plume et et la mienne.\\nTour penknife and mine. Your pen and mine.\\nYos freres et les miens. Yos soeurs et les miennes.\\nTour brothers and mine. Tour sisters and mine.\\nOn voit les maux d autrui, d un We see the misfortunes of others,\\nautre ceil que les siens. Corneille. differently from our own.\\nLes ministres du roi sentent que Tlie ministers of the king feel that\\nleur gloire, commo la sienne, est their glory, like his own, is in na-\\ndans le bonheur national. tional liappiness.\\nBernardin de St. Pierre.\\n(2.) These pronouns should relate to a noun previously expressed.\\nThis rule is often violated in mercantile correspondence\\nJ ai recu la votre en date du, etc., I received yours dated the, etc.\\nis incorrect. It should read thus\\nJ ai recu votre lettre en date du, etc. I received your letter dated, etc.\\n(3.) These pronouns may, however, be used absolutely when we\\nmean thereby our family, our relatives, or intimate friends.\\nMoi, j ai les miens, la cour, le peu- I have my family or friends, the\\npie a coutenter. La. Fontaine. court, the people to please.\\nilalheureux qui parte chez les Wretched is he who carries among\\nsiens le glaive et les flambeaux. his fellow-citizens the sword and the\\nColarpeau. torch.\\nC est a nous a payer pour les We must bear .the penalty of the\\ncrimes des noires. Racine. crimes of our family or ptopile.\\n(4.) Le mien and le tien are also used absolutely as the word mine\\nand thine in English, in the sense of possession, property:\\nEt le mien et le Men, deux freres And mine and thine, two punciili-\\npointilleux. Botleau. ous brothers.\\nLe tien et le mien, sont les sources Mine and thine (meum and ticum)\\nde toutes les divisions et de loutes are the sources of all divisions and\\nles querelles. Girault-Duvivier. quarrels.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0325.jp2"}, "324": {"fulltext": "Singular.\\nPkaral\\nMasculine\\nFeminine.\\nMasculine. Feminine.\\ncclui,\\ncelle,\\nf this,\\n(hat, CCUX ceUes\\ncelui-ci,\\ncelle-ci,\\nthis, ccux-ci, colles-ci,\\ncelui-la,\\ncelle-la,\\nthat, ceux-la, cellos-la,\\nce, it, they.\\nAbsolute Demonstrative Pronouns.\\nceci,\\nccla,\\nthai not use iu t,ie l ,lura\\n320 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 36, 37.\\n36. DEMONSTRATIVE TEOXOUXS.\\nthese\\nthose\\nthese\\nthose.\\n37. Remarks ox tiii: 1 i:mo\\\\sti;.vtive Pronouns.\\n(1.) The demonstrative pronoun no., assume the gen-\\nder and number of the nouns which they represent\\nTe ne connais d\\nl tempa unless it be that of time.\\nStanislas Lbczujsky.\\nlists which the heart\\n9 Qe l I which goodness de-\\ntore. Ma- rva.\\nI These pron- bsolutelv before /uf, ptt\\\\\\nfont, me manner i pronouns he,\\n00 Bfflrvioe doit He who rentiers a service should\\nhe who ne,\\nI\\nthose\\nla reli- th\\ngion\\n_ 3 are used when ii i\\noote the comparative proximity or remotene\\n.\u00e2\u0080\u00a2.ana that\\nceloi-d, (hi celui-la, that one.\\n(4.) Mi, etc., are often used to express contrast or\\nthen equivali\\n//i/.s- o/^, iha\\nan brave A\\nit la guerre aux ennen \u00e2\u0080\u009e.,.,iW do\\ngainst\\nlinaire\\nnir la beauteles talents: u\\nplaisentdaos tons lea temps; i ho\\nLeUe-la n a qu uu temps r plaire. has but one time top\\nvou", "height": "2993", "width": "1771", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0326.jp2"}, "325": {"fulltext": "RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 38,39. 321\\n(5.) Ceci, cela, have no plural, and are used only of things. They\\ndo not refer to a word expressed before, but serve to point out objects\\nprenez ceci, take this. donnez-moi cela, give me that.\\nJ ai deja dit ce qu il faut faire, I have already said what should be\\nquand un enfant veut avoir ceci et done, when a child will have this and\\ncela. J. J. Rousseau. that.\\n(6.) Ce, a pronoun, must not be confounded with the demonstra-\\ntive adjective ce. The pronoun ce is often used without an antece-\\ndent, as the nominative of the verb ttre in the same manner as the\\nEnglish pronoun it\\nc est moi, it is I. c est vous, it is you.\\nCe n est plus le jouet d une flamme It is no longer the sport of an un-\\nservile worthy flame\\n(Test Pyrrhus c est le fils et le rival It is Pyrrhus it is the son and\\nd Achilla. Racine. the rival of Achilles.\\nFor particular rules on this pronoun, see 108.\\n38. Relative Pronouns.\\n(1.) The relative pronouns are so named on account of the inti-\\nmate relation which they have to a noun or pronoun which precedes,\\nand of which they recall the idea. The noun or pronoun so preced-\\ning the relative pronoun is called the antecedent.\\n(2.) Table op the Relative Pronouns.\\nqui, who, which (sujet, nominal) de qui, of, from whom, Regime indi-\\nque, whom, which; (reg. direct, ace.) dont, of, from whom; j- rect, genitive\\nwhich; and ablative.\\na qui, to whom (regime indirect, dative.)\\nlequel, who, which; composed of the article le and quel.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nMasculine. Feminine. Masculine. Feminine.\\nlequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles, who, which;\\nduquel, de laquelle, desquels, desquelles, of, from, which\\nauquel, a laquelle auxquels, auxquelles, to which.\\ny, to it, of it, etc. en, of it, of them, etc.\\nquoi, what, which, why, etc.\\n39. Remarks on the Relative Pronouns.\\n(1.) Qui, who, which, is generally the subject or nominative. It is\\nused for both genders and numbers, for persons and for things. (See\\nNo. 6 of this\\n(2.) When used for things, qui cannot be preceded by a preposi-\\ntion. Its use, in this respect, is restricted to the nominative.\\n(3.) It is used relatively and absolutely.\\n(4.) It is used relatively when it has an antecedent expressed.\\n34*", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0327.jp2"}, "326": {"fulltext": "322 RELATIVE PP. O NOUNS. 39.\\nLe premier qui fut roi, fut un The first who became king, was an\\npere adore. Albert. adored father.\\nL amour avidement croit tout ce Love believes eagerly all that fiat-\\nqui le fiatte. Racine. ters it.\\n(5.) It is used absolutely when it has no antecedent expressed.\\nIt then offers to the mind a vague and indeterminate idea. It is\\nrendered in English by he who, she who, ihey who.\\nQui vent parler sur tout, souvent TT7 o (he who) wishes to speak on\\nparle au basard. Andrieux. every subject, speaks often at random.\\nL cbe, i?ui veut mourir, courageux lie who wishes to die is a coward\\nqui ]n Ut vivre. RACINE, Jun. he who can support life has cpuraye.\\nQui ne fait des heureux, u est He who does not render others\\npas digue do l etre. happy, is not worthy to be so.\\n(6.) Qui is also used absolutely when it is interrogative. It may\\nthen be nominatif or regime\\nqui parlo? wlw speaks t qui voycz-vous? whom do you see?\\n(7.) Que, whom, ichut. which, stands generally for the regime direct.\\nThis pronoun is used for persons and thing.-. It is of both genders\\nand nu::\\nleslettresgi the letters which I\\nthe men whom I Itaie seen.\\n(8.) It is relative when it has an antecedent\\nLa gloire prdte on charmo aux Glory lends a charm to the horrors\\na afiYonte. which\\nI I I.WIfiNK.\\nque DOOfl Buivons, la pre- Of the laics which we follow, the\\n-t l luiiiiieur. VOLTAIRS. first is ho\\n(9.) It is absolute when it has no antecedent, and signifies quelle\\nchose? what thing f quoi? what?\\nque vouloz-voua HI you (have) t\\nque dit- what do people say t\\n(10.) Quo!, what, IS invariable, and said only of things. It may\\nbe used absolutely and relatively\\nj ignoro ce a quoi il pense, am ignorant of what he thinJcs.\\nIn the above sentence it is relative, being preceded by its antc-\\nit ce.\\n(11.) Quoi, when absolute, means quelle chose, irhat thing? and is\\nstly in interrogative and doubtful senti\\nII y a dans cette affaire je ne Baia 77u re is in that of air 7 know not\\nle je n entendfl pas. what, which I do not icnderstand.\\nL Aoadbvib.\\n11 y avail jc no Mis quoi dans sea There was I know not what, in his\\nyeux percaata, qui me faiaail pi ur. piercing eyes, which inspired me with\\nFi.ni.lon. fear.", "height": "2988", "width": "1730", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0328.jp2"}, "327": {"fulltext": "RELATIVE PEONOUIfS, 39. 323\\n(12.) Dont, of whom, of which, whose, is used for both genders and\\nnumbers, for persons and for things. It is always employed rela-\\ntively, and is, therefore, always preceded by an antecedent\\nUn plaisir dont on est assure de A pleasure of which we are sure\\nse repentir, ne peut jamais etre tran- io repent, can never be a peaceful\\nquille. Mme. de La Valliere. one.\\nII faut plaindre le sort du prince We must pity the fate of that un-\\ninfortune, dont le coeur endurci n a fortunate prince, ivhose hardened\\njamais pardonne. Chenier. heart has never forgiven.\\n(13.) Dont is preferable to de qui, of ivhom, and duquel, of which.\\nWhen, however, the pronoun has the sense of from whom, i. e., when\\nused to denote a transfer, de qui is better:\\nLe libraire de qui j ai recu ces The bookseller from whom I have\\nlivres. received these boohs.\\n(14.) Lequel, laquelle, lesquelles, who, which, should only be\\nused in the nominative, and in the direct regimen, in order to avoid\\nambiguity. They may relate to persons or things\\n(Test un effet de la divine Provi- It is an act of divine Providence,\\ndence, lequel attire l admiration de which (act) attracts the admiration of\\ntout le monde. Bussi-Rabutin. every one.\\n(15.) Lequel, preceded by a preposition that is, duquel, auquel,\\ndans lequel, c, must always be used for tilings in the indirect regi-\\nmen. The word qui, as has been mentioned above, cannot relate to\\nthings in the oblique cases\\nUn livre curieux serait celui dans That would be a curious booh in\\nlequel on ne trouverait pas un men- which not a falsehood were found.\\nNapoleon.\\nLa Seine, dans le lit de laquelle The Seine, in the bed of which the\\nviennent se jeter l Tonne, la Marne, Tonne, the Marne, and the Oise empty\\net l Oise. themselves.\\n(16.) Lequel, in all its modifications, may be used absolutely or\\ninterrogatively\\nlequel which one duquel of which one f\\nlequel voyez-vous which one do you see\\n(17.) En, of it, of them. This pronoun is of both genders and\\nnumbers, and relates almost always to animals and things. It is often\\nused for the English words, some, any, when employed absolutely,\\nor even when understood. It is also used as an indirect regimen\\nin relation to things, and sometimes, but not often, in relation to\\npersons 92 (2)], instead of the personal pronouns lui, elles, eux,\\nelks. 103, Rule 1.]\\nVous en parlez, you speah of it. J en ai, I have some of it.", "height": "2964", "width": "1680", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0329.jp2"}, "328": {"fulltext": "INDEFINITE PliONOl XS\\n40, 41.\\nLa fortune a son prix l imprudent\\nen abu.-e,\\nL hypoL-rite en medit, ct l honnete\\nlioumiu en use. Delille.\\nLes iiinites des sciences sout com-\\nnio l horizon; plus on en approche,\\nplus elles reculent. Mme. Neckeb.\\nLa vie est uu depot conlie par lo\\neiel\\nOser en disposer, c est ctre criminel.\\nGrBESSBT.\\n(IS.) Y, to it, to than, thereto, of it, etc. This relative pronoun, of\\nid numbers, is used instead of a lui, a die, cnlui, etc.\\nIt is used of things, and also adverbially in the sense of there.\\nA ij pense, J think of it. J y donno mes soins, I devote my care to it.\\nFortune has its worth; Hie im-\\nprudent abuses it, the hypocrite\\nspeaks evil of it, and the worthy\\ninan uses it.\\nThe limits of science are like the\\nhorizon, the more we approach (them)\\nthe more they recede.\\nLife is a trust confided by heaven;\\nto dare to dispose of it, is a crime.\\nJ :ii connu le malheur, et j y sais\\nr-o. iip.it ir. i\\\\i;n.\\nplus, cher l aulin; plus\\ny pens.-.\\nsens chancel r ma cruelle\\ni; icinb,\\nEn qu tlque pays que j ;i y\\nhare knoicn misfortune, and 1\\ncan sympathize with it.\\nthink no more of (his. dear\\nPauUn; (lie longer I think of it, (he\\nmore I fed my cruel constancy waver.\\nhove but liitle property join\\nm y forlu\\nIn whaU ver country I have been,\\nI lived (there) as if was to\\nmy life in i(.\\nIthougb numerous instances maybe found in which French\\nised y with r ns, these are licenses which\\nit is i.\\nIn. TNDKrrxiTE Pbonottns.\\nlefinite pronouns indicate persons and things without\\narc\\nautrui,\\nqiii.rinquo,\\nwhoever,\\nchacun,\\none.\\nl un l autro,\\none anothei\\nI n.\\none, people, (hey.\\nI un i.t L autre,\\nboth.\\nsuch.\\nsome one, somebody.\\ntout,\\nevery thing, all\\n-Remarks ox the [^definite Pbokoutcs.\\nloun is applied only to persons. It\\nI form I t gender or number, and is used ouly as an\\nimen.\\nI dLscret; il The gentleman is\\nmais. St. Evremond. aU\\\\\\ntu ho nnt unto oUfrs (hat which thou\\nvoudruis pus qu ou te fit. to be done u", "height": "2988", "width": "1730", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0330.jp2"}, "329": {"fulltext": "INDEFINITE PliONOUNS. 41. 325\\n(2.) Chacun, every one, each one. When this pronoun is absolute,\\nand means every one, everybody, it is invariable.\\nLe sens commun n est pas chose Common sense is no common\\ncommune, thing, though every one believes he\\nChacun pourtant, croit en avoir has enough of it.\\nassez. Valaincourt.\\nChacun est prosterne devant les Every one bows before the fortu-\\ngens heureux. Destouches. note.\\n(3.) When chacun is used relatively, it may take the form of the\\nfeminine.\\nChacune de nous (des femmes) se Every one of us {women) thought\\npretendait superieure aux autres en herself superior in beauty to the\\nbeaute. Montesquieu. others.\\n(4.) On {one, people, they) is always in the nominative and although\\nalways construed with a verb in the third person singular, it conveys\\nmost generally the idea of plurality. It is commonly used in indefinite\\nsentences.\\nOn dit, people say, they say, it is said. On parle, somebody speaks, etc.\\nOn garde sans remords ce qu ora We {one, people) keep without re-\\nacquiert sans crime. Corneille. morse that which we {one, people) ac-\\nquire without crime.\\nOn relit tout Racine on cboisit We {people, they) read again and\\ndans Yoltaire. Delille. again all Racine we {etc.) select in\\nVoltaire.\\nOn ne surmonte le vice qu en le We conquer vice only by avoid-\\nfuyant. Fenelon. ing it.\\n(5.) On, coming immediately after the words et, si, ou, and\\nqui, is generally preceded by the article T used for euphony.\\nCe que Von concoit bien, s ex- That which we understand well, we\\nprime clairement. Boileau. express clearly.\\nC est d un roi que Von tient cette It is from a king that we derive\\nmaxime auguste, this august maxim, that one is only\\nQue jamais on n est grand, qu autant great in proportion as he is just.\\nque Von est juste. Boileau.\\n(6.) Personne, no one, nobody, used as an indefinite pronoun, is\\nalways masculine and singular. When used as nominative to a verb\\nexpressed, it is followed by ne.\\nU n est personne qui ne cherche a Tliere is no one who does not seek\\nse rendre heureux. Chinese thought, to render himself happy.\\nPersonne ne veut etre plaint de ses No one wishes to be pitied on ac-\\nerreurs. Vauvenargues. count of his mistakes.\\nNote. The word personne, used as a noun, and meaning a particular\\nperson, is of the feminine gender.\\n(7.) Quelqu un, somebody, some one, any one, anybody, used abso-\\nlutely, is invariable.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0331.jp2"}, "330": {"fulltext": "32G\\nINDEFINITE\\nEnvier quelquCun c est s avoucr To envy any one is confessing ont s\\nson inferieur. Mlle. DE L Espinasse. self his inferior.\\nQuelqu wn a-t-il jamais doute Has any one ever had serious\\nserieuseuient de Fexistence de Dieu doubts of the existence of God\\nGlRAULT-DUYIVIER.\\n(3.) Quelqu un, used relatively, changes for gender and number. It\\nhas then the sense of some of, some one of.\\nConnaissez-vous quelquhine de ces Do you know any one of those\\ndames, quelques-uns de ces mes- ladies, any of those gentlemen t\\nsieurs? Girault-Duvivier.\\n(0.) Qcicoxque, whoever, whosoever, is generally masculine, and\\nhas no plural. It is only said of persons\\nQuiconque flattc ses maitres, les\\ntrahit. Massillox.\\nQuiconque est capable de mentir,\\nest indignc d etre coinpte au nombro\\ndes homines. Flxelox.\\nQuiconque est soupconneux, invito\\nla trahison. Voltaire.\\nWlwever flatters his masters, betrays\\nthem.\\nWhoever is capable of falsehood is\\nunworthy to be counted among the\\nnumber of men.\\nWhoever is susp icious, invites\\ntreachery.\\n(10.) L rx i/actre, one another, each other, the one and the other.\\nThis pronoun makes in the feminine Tunc Tuutre, and in the plural\\nles uns les autres, les uncs les autres:\\nTout le monde so confiait Fun d\\nV autre cette confidence. Kui.m i :i:i:s.\\nTout le peuplo suivit Virginia, fas\\nuns par curiosity I J attires par oon\u00c2\u00ab\\nBideration pour Icilius. Vertot.\\nII y a deux sortes de ruirn\\nl ouvragc du temps, I autre l ouvrago\\ndes homines. Chateaubriand.\\nEvery body confided one to ayiother\\nthis communication.\\nAll the people followed Virginia,\\nsome through curiosity, some through\\n\\\\for Icilius.\\nThere are two sorts of ruins one\\nthe work of time, the other (he work\\nof men.\\n(11.) L un et l autre, les uns et les actres, both. This expression\\nmay be used of persons and things\\nLa Condamino a parcouru Tun et\\nTaidre hemisphere. 1 Buffox.\\nL un et Vaulre consul suivaient\\nses etendunls. Corxeille.\\nSous Tune et Tautre epoque, il\\nperit un tres grand nombre de ci-\\ntoyena Bartiii .lemy.\\nlis so reunissaicnt les uns et les\\nautres contre 1 ennemi connnun.\\nGlBAULT-DUVTVTJBB.\\nLa Condamine travelled over both\\nhemis])heres.\\nBoth consuls followed his stand-\\nards.\\nAt both epoclis, a large number vf\\ncitizens perished.\\nTftey united with one another\\nagainst the common enemy.\\n(12.) Tel, telle, such, many a person, many, is an indefinite\\npronoun in the following and in similar sentences:\\n1 The noun is in the singular, because the word hemisphere is under-\\nstood after the word Tun. This rule is observed by the best French\\nauthors.", "height": "2988", "width": "1730", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0332.jp2"}, "331": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 42 327\\nTd donne, a pleines mains, qui Many a one may give bountifully,\\nn oblige persorme. Corneille. without obliging any one.\\nTd brille au second rang, qui Many a person may shine in the\\ns eclipse au premier. Voltaire. second rank, who is eclipsed in the\\nfirst.\\nTel est pris qui croyait prendre. Many are caught while attempting\\nLa Fontaine. to catch others.\\nTelle, sans aucun attrait pour la Many \\\\a nun] for whom retreat\\nretraite, se consacre au Seigneur par has no attractions, consecrates herself\\npure fierte. Massillox. to the Lord through mere pride.\\nTels que l on croit d inutiles amis, Many friends whom we think use-\\ndans le besoin rendent de bons less, render us in our need valuable\\nservices. Boursault. services.\\n(13.) Tel, in connection with monsieur, madame, etc., as monsieur\\nun td, madame une telle, Mr., Mrs. such-a-one is used substantively.\\n(14.) Tout, every one, every thing. This word, employed absolutely,\\nis invariable.\\nA la seule vertu, sois sur que Be assured that it is with virtue\\ntout prospere. F. de Neufchateau. alone, that every thing prospers.\\nTout n est pas Caumartin, Bignon, Every one is not Caumartin,\\nrii d Aguesseau. Boileau. Bignon, nor d 1 Aguesseau.\\nSon grand genie embrassait tout. His great genius embraced every\\nBossuet. thing.\\n42. Verbs.\\n(1.) The verb is that part of speech which expresses an action\\ndone or suffered by the subject, or simply indicates the condition of\\nthe subject.\\n(2.) The subject or nominative of a verb is the person or thing\\ndoing the action, or being in the condition expressed by the verb. It\\nreplies to the question qui est-ce qui? who? for persons; and qu est-\\nce qui which what for tilings.\\n(3.) Verbs admit two kinds of regimen the direct regimen and\\nthe indirect regimen.\\n(4.) The direct regimen, or immediate object, is that which com-\\npletes in a direct manner the signification of a verb that is to say,\\nwithout the aid of any other intermediate word. It answers to the\\nquestion qui whom for persons, and quoi what for things.\\n(5.) The indirect regimen, or remote object, is that which completes\\nthe signification of the verb by means of an intermediate word, such\\nas the prepositions a, de, pour, avec, dans, etc. a qui to whom\\nde qui of or from whom pour qui for whom avec qui etc.,\\nfor persons and a quoi to what de quoi of or from what etc.,\\nfor things.\\n(6.) Yerbs are regular, irregular, or defective. 44, (2).", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0333.jp2"}, "332": {"fulltext": "328 TEEBS. 43.\\n43. Different Sorts of Verbs.\\n(1.) There are five sorts of verbs active, passive, neuter, reflective\\nor pronominal, and unipersonal.\\n(2.) The active verb is that which expresses an action performed\\nby the subject, and having some person or thing for its object. The\\nobject is the direct regimen of the verb.\\n(3.) Every French verb after -which quelqitun, some one, quelque\\nchose, something, may be placed, is an active verb. Thus, in the fol-\\nlowing sentences, proUger, changer, chanter, etc., are active verbs, be-\\ncause we may say proUger quelqu un, to protect some one; changer\\nquelque chose, to change something.\\nDieu protege l innocence. Racine. God protects innocence.\\nL habit change les rnceurs. Dress changes the manners.\\nVoltaire.\\nLes cygnes no chantent pas leur Swans do not sing their death.\\nmort. Buffon.\\n(4.) The passive verb is the contrary of the active verb. The ac-\\ntive verb presents the subject as performing an action immediately\\ndirected towards an object whereas the passive verb presents the\\nsubject as suffering or receiving an action. The passive verb is com-\\nposed of the past participle of an active verb and the auxiliary ttre,\\nto be. (See 54.)\\nXos campagnes aontferUlisees pat Our fields are fertilized by the\\nL Acadkmie. ain.\\n11 etait guide par la force do son He was guided by the force of his\\ngenie. MassILLON. genius.\\nLes petits esprits sont trop blesses Little minds are too much vexed\\ndes petites ckoses. with trifles.\\nRochefoucauld.\\n(5.) The neuter verb marks, like the active verb, an action per-\\nformed by the subject; but this action can only reach the object in-\\ndirectly; that is, by means of a preposition. Hence it is, that the\\nneuter verb never has a direct regimen, and that the words quelqu ini\\nand quelque chose cannot be placed after it. A neuter verb can never\\nbe used in the passive voice.\\nSocrato passa lo dernier jour do Socrates spent the last day of his\\nsa vie a discourir do l inimortalite life in discoursing upon the immw-\\ndel ame. L Acadkmie. tality of the soul.\\nLe feu qui semblo etoint, dort The Jire v:hich seems extinct, sleeps\\nsouvent sous sa cendre. Corneille. often wider its ashes.\\nLes Plateens citerent les Lacede- Tlie Plateans cited tin Lacedemo-\\nmoniens a comparaitre devant les nians to appeur bifore the Amphic-\\nAmphictyona Le Gbndeb. tyons.\\n(6.) The reflective or pronominal verb is conjugated with two pro-", "height": "2988", "width": "1730", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0334.jp2"}, "333": {"fulltext": "CONJUGATIONS OP TEEBS. 44, 45. 329\\nnouns of the same person je me, tu te, il se, nous nous, voas vous, ils\\nse. (See 56.)\\nJe me flatte, I flatter myself. Yous votes felicitez, you congraiu-\\nII ne faut pas se flatter les plus We should not flatter ourselves the\\nexperiments ont fait des fautes ca- most experienced have coinmitted cap-\\npitales. Bossuet. Hal errors.\\nLes peuples se feliciteront d avoir The nations will congratulate them-\\nun roi qui lui ressemble. selves upon having a king who re-\\nMassillon. sembles him.\\nII ne faut pas permettre a rhomme We should not allow a man to de-\\nde se mepriser entierement. spise himself entirely.\\nBossuet.\\n(7.) The unipersonal verb can only be used in the third person\\nsingular II pleut, it rains il gele, it freezes il tonne, it thunders.\\nPour bien juger les grands, il faut To judge properly of the great, it is\\nles approcher. Aubert. necessary to approach them.\\nE faut rendre meilleur le pauvre We shoidd (it is necessary to) im-\\nqu on soulage. Saint-Lambert. prove the poor whom we relieve.\\n(8.) There are two verbs called auxiliary, because they serve to\\nconjugate all others. They are avoir, to have and etre, to le.\\n44. Conjugations.\\n(1.) The French verbs are divided into four large classes or conju-\\ngations\\n1st. The first conjugation comprises all verbs of which the present of the\\ninfinitive ends in ee as parler, to speak aimer, to love, etc.\\n2d. The second conjugation embraces all those of which the infinitive\\nends in ir as cherir, to cherish punir, to punish, etc.\\n3d. The third conjugation contains all the verbs, which, in the infinitive\\nend in oir such as recevoir, to receive pouvoir, to be able, etc.\\n4th. The fourth conjugation comprises all the verbs terminating with\\nre in the infinitive as rexdre, to render prendre, to take, etc.\\n(2.) The verbs are again divided into regular, irregular, and defec-\\ntive\\n1st. The regular verbs are those which, in all their tenses, are conjugated\\nlike the model verb of the conjugation to which they belong.\\n2d. The irregular verbs are those which are not, in all their tenses, con-\\njugated like the model verb.\\n3d. The defective verbs are those which want certain tenses or persons.\\n45. Modes and Tenses.\\n(1.) There are six modes the indicative, the conditional, the\\nimperative, the subjunctive, the infinitive, and the participle\\n1st. The indicative, whatever may be the tense, indicates or declares in\\na positive, absolute manner j abandonne, I abandon j ai abandonne,\\nhave abandoned; j abandonnerai, I will abandon.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0335.jp2"}, "334": {"fulltext": "330\\nMODES AND TENSE S-\\n45.\\n2d. The conditional indicates a condition or a supposition j abandon-\\nnerais si would abandon if.\\n3d. The imperative is used to express a command, prayer, or exhorta-\\ntion abandonnez cet enfant, abandon that child.\\n4th. The subjunctive is used after propositions expressing doubt, con-\\ntingency, or necessity: il est douteux que je l abandonne, it is not certain\\nthai I \u00e2\u0096\u00a0may abandon him.\\n5th. The infinitive presents the signification of the verb in an unlimited\\nmanner: abandonner ses enfants, to abandon one s children.\\n6th. The participle, while retaining the power of the verb, at the same\\ntime partakes of the nature of an adjective abandonnant ses parents,\\nahandoning his relatives; abandonne de ses enfants, abandoned by his children.\\n(2.) The indicative has eight tenses\\n1st. The present: je parle, I speak je donne, I give.\\n2d. The simultaneous past, or imperfect je parlais, was speaking.\\n3d. The past definite: je parlai, I spoke, I did speak.\\n4th. The past indefinite j ai parle, have spoken j ai donne, I have given.\\n5th. The past anterior: j eus parle, I had spoken.\\n6th. The pluperfect: j avais parle, I had been speaking.\\n7 th. The future absolute: je parlerai, I shad, will speak.\\n8th. The future anterior: j aurai parle, I shall have spoken.\\n(3.) The conditional has two tenses:\\n1st. The present or future, je parlcrais,\\n2d. The past, j aurais parle,\\n(\u00e2\u0096\u00a04.) The imperative has one tense\\nparle,\\n(5.) The subjunctive has four tenses\\n1st. The present or future,\\n2d. The imperfect,\\n3d. The past,\\n4th. The pluperfect,\\nque je parle,\\nquo je parlasse,\\nque j aie parle,\\nI should, would speak.\\n1 should have spoken.\\nthat I may speak,\\nthat 1 might speak.\\nthai I may have spoken.\\nquo j eusse parle, that I might have spoken.\\n(6.) The infinitive has two tenses:\\n1st The present relative,\\n2d. The past,\\nparler,\\navoir parle,\\n(7.) The participle has three tenses:\\n1st The present relative,\\n2d. The pasl active,\\n3d. The past or passive,\\nparlant,\\nayai it parle,\\nto speak.\\nto have spoken.\\nspeaking.\\nhaving spoken,\\nspoken.\\n(8.) Tenses are simple or compound.\\n1. Simple, when they are expressed in a single word: je parle,\\nnpownd, when they require the assistance of the verb avoir\\nor cue j ai parle, have spoken je suis arrive I have arr", "height": "2988", "width": "1730", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0336.jp2"}, "335": {"fulltext": "use oe the auxiliary verbs. 46. 331\\n46. Use of the Auxiliary Verbs, Avoir and Etre.\\n(1.) The auxiliary avoir is used\\n1. In the conjugation of its own compound tenses j ai eu, I have\\nhad.\\n2. In the conjugation of the compound tenses of the verb etre\\nj ai ete, I have been.\\n3. In the compound tenses of the active verbs j ai aime, 1 have\\nloved.\\n4. In the compound tenses of most neuter verbs expressing an\\naction j ai marche, I have walked. [See exceptions to this rule (3.)\\nbelow.]\\n5. It is also used in the conjugation of verbs which are always\\nunipersonal il a plu, it has rained il a grele, it has hailed, etc.\\n(2.) The verb etre is used in the conjugation of:\\n1. All the tenses of passive verbs: je suis aime, lam loved.\\n2. The compound tenses of all reflective or pronominal verbs je me\\nsuis flatte, I have flattered myself; je me suis promene, I have walked.\\n3. The compound tenses of the following neuter verbs, though the\\nsame express action\\naller, to go nattre, to be bom\\narriver, to arrive toraber, to fall\\nchoir, to fall; venir, to come;\\ndeceder, to decease; parvenir, to succeed;\\nmourir, to die devenir, to become;\\nrevenir, to return.\\n4. A few unipersonal verbs, which are not always, but occasionally\\nsuch il lui est arrive un malheur, a misfortune has happened to him.\\n(3.) A certain number of neuter verbs as\\naccourir, to run toivards\\ndisparaitre, to disappear;\\ncroitre, to grow\\ncesser, to cease;\\nperir, to perish\\nmonter, to mount, to ascend\\ndescendre, to go down;\\ntake sometimes avoir, and sometimes tire.\\n1. They take avoir, when we have in view the action expressed by\\nthe verb\\n2. And etre, when situation or condition is the principal idea which\\nwe wish to express\\nExamples.\\nWith AVOIR. With ETRE.\\nEllo a disparu subitement. Elle est disparue depuis quinze\\njours.\\nShe disappeared suddenly. She lias been gone a fortnight.\\nentrer,\\nto enter;\\nsortir,\\nto go out\\npasser,\\nto pass\\nparlir,\\nto depart;\\nvieillir,\\nto grow old;\\ngrandir,\\nto grow\\nrester,\\nto remain, to dwell,", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0337.jp2"}, "336": {"fulltext": "332 USE OF THE AUXILIARY V E E B S 46\\nLa iievro a cesse hier. La fievre est cessee depuis quelquo\\nThe fever ceased yesterday. It is some time since the fever\\nceased.\\nL3 barometro a descendu de II est descendu depuis une heure.\\nplusieurs degres en peu d heures.\\nThe barometer went down several He has been down one hour,\\ndegrees in a few hours.\\nII a passe en Amerique en tel Les ckaleurs sont passees.\\ntemps.\\nlie went to America at such a time. TJie heat is passed.\\nLe trait a parti avec impetuosite. Les troupes sont partis depuis six\\nL ACADKMIE. moiS. L ACADEMIE.\\nThe dart went with impetuosity. The troops have been gone six\\nmonths.\\nLe sang avait cesse de couler. Ce grand bruit est cesse.\\nBoiste. Mme. de Sevigwb.\\nThe blood had ceased to flow. That great noise is over (has\\nceased.)\\n(4.) Hester and dcmeurer, -when meaning to dwell, to reside, take the\\nauxiliary avoir when they mean to remain, to be left, they take itrc:\\nAVOIR. ETRE.\\nJ ai rcste plus d un an en Italic. Ello donnerait pour vous sa vie,\\nMONTESQUIEU, lo seul bicn qui lui soit reste.\\nMarmontel.\\nresided more than a year in She would give for you, her life,\\nItaly the only possession which remains to\\nher.\\nII a demcuro deux ans a la cam- Deux cents liommes sont de-\\npagne. L Academie. meures sur lo champ de bataille.\\nL Acadi mie.\\nlie lived (dwelt) two years in the Two hundred men remained on the\\ncountry. field of bat le,\\n(5.) fichapper, to escape, to pass unnoticed, to be forgotten, takes the\\nauxiliary avoir. In the sense of, to say inadvertent 7 it takes Ctre.\\nAVOIR. ETRE.\\nCette difierence ne \\\\\\\\\\\\a pas echap- Gemot m esl echappd pardonnez\\npe. Rousseau. ma fraaeWse. Voltaire.\\nTltat difference has not escaped That w rd escaped my tips excuse\\nmyfrtumness,\\nJ ai retenu le chant, les vers m ont Exdaeez les fautes qui pourront\\nechappe. Voltaire. m etre ecuappees. BoiLEAtJ.\\ntamed the tune, but the verses Ex/ruse the faults which I may have\\nhave escaped my memory. committed inadvertently.\\n(G.) Oonvenir, to become, to suit, takes avoir. When it is used in\\nthe sense of agreeing, or settling upon a price for an article, it takes\\nCtre.\\nCetto maison m a convenu. Nous sommes convenus du prix.\\nL Academie.\\nThat house suited me. We agreed upon the price.", "height": "2988", "width": "1730", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0338.jp2"}, "337": {"fulltext": "AUXILIARY VERBS,\\n-5 47.\\nJ333\\n47. Paradigms of the Auxiliary Verbs.\\nTo familiarize the student with the frequent use made by the\\nFrench, of the indefinite pronoun on 41, (4.)], we have introduced\\nit in our conjugation of the verbs.\\n(1.) AVOIR, TO HAVE.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 AFFIRMATIVELY.\\nIndicative Mod\\nsimple tenses.\\nPRESENT.\\nJ ai,\\nTuas,\\nII a,\\nOn a,\\nNous\\nVous avez,\\nUs ont,\\nI have\\nthou hast\\nhe has\\none has, people have\\nwe have\\nyou have\\nthey have\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nJ ai eu,\\nTu as eu,\\nII a eu,\\nOn a eu,\\nNous avons eu,\\nYous avez eu,\\nlis ont eu,\\nI have had\\nthou hast had\\nhe has had\\none has had\\nwe have had\\nyou have had\\nthey have had\\nIMPERFECT.\\nJ avais, I had, was having, or I used\\nto Mve\\nTu avais, thou hadst\\nU avait, he had\\nOn avait, one had, people had\\nNous avions, we had\\nYous aviez, you had\\nDs avaient, they had\\nJ avais eu,\\nTu avais eu,\\nII avait eu,\\nOn avait eu,\\nNous avions eu,\\nYous aviez eu,\\nlis avaient eu,\\nI had had\\nthou hadst had\\nhe had had\\none had had\\nvje had had\\nyou had had\\nthey had had\\nPAST DEFINITE.\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nJ eus,\\nTu eus,\\nHeut,\\nOn eut,\\nNous eumes,\\nYous eutes,\\nlis eurent,\\nI had, or did have\\nthou hadst. etc.\\nhe had\\none had, etc.\\nwe had\\nyou had\\nthey had\\nJ eus eu,\\nTu eus eu,\\nII eut eu,\\nOn eut eu,\\nNous eumes eu,\\nYous eutes eu,\\nlis eurent eu,\\ni had had\\nthou hadst had\\nhe had liad\\none had had\\nwe had had\\nyou had had\\nthey had had\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJ aurai,\\nshall or will have\\nJ aurai eu,\\nTu auras,\\nthou wilt have\\nTu auras eu,\\n11 aura,\\nhe will have\\nII aura eu,\\nOn aura,\\none will have\\nOn aura eu,\\nNous aurons,\\nwe shall have\\nNous aurons eu,\\nVous aurez,\\nyou will have\\nYous aurez eu,\\nUs auront,\\nthey will have\\nUs auront eu,\\nI shall, will have had\\nthou shalt have had\\nhe will have had\\none will have had\\nwe will have had\\nyou will have had\\nthey will have had", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0339.jp2"}, "338": {"fulltext": "334\\nAUXILIARY VERBS. 8 47.\\nConditional Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nJ aurais,\\nTu aurais,\\n11 aurait,\\nOn aurait,\\nNous aurions,\\nVous auriez,\\nlis auraient,\\nI should have\\nthou couldst have\\nhe would have\\none would have\\nwe would have\\nyou would have\\nthey would have\\nJ aurais en, should have had\\nTu aurais eu, thou wouldst have had\\nII aurait eu, he should have had\\nOn aurait eu, one should have had\\nNous aurions eu, we should have had\\nVous auriez eu, you should have had\\nlis auraient eu, they should have had\\nImperative Mode.\\nAie,\\nQu il ait,\\nQu on ait,\\nAyons,\\nAyez,\\nQu ils aicnt,\\nhave thou\\nlet him have\\nlet one, people, them, have\\nlet us have\\nhave ye or you\\nlet them have\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nPRESENT.\\nQue j aie, that I may\\nQue tu aies, that thou mayest\\nQu il ait, that he may\\nQu on ait, that one may\\nQue nous ayons, that we may\\nOur vous ayez, that you may\\nQu ils aicut, that they may\\nPAST.\\nQue j aie eu, that I may\\nQue tu aies ou, that thou mayest\\nQu il ait eu, that he may\\nQu on ait eu, that one may\\nQue nous ayons eu, that we may\\nQue vous ayez eu, thai you may\\nQu ils aient eu, that they may\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue j eusse, that I might\\nQuo tu eusses, that thou mighlest\\nQu il cut, that he might\\nQu on eut, that one might I\\nQuo nous eussions, that we might\\nQue vous eussiez, that you might\\nQu ils eussent, that they might __\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue j eusse eu,\\nQue tu eusses\\nthat I might\\neu, that thou\\nmightcst\\nthat he might\\nthat one might\\nQu il cut eu,\\nQu on eut eu,\\nQue uous eussions eu, that we\\nmight\\nQuo vous eussiez eu, that you\\nmight\\nQu ils eussent cu, that they might\\nInfinitive Mode.\\npresent. past.\\nAvoir, to have Avoir eu, to have had\\nParticiple.\\npresent. compound.\\nAyant, having Ayant cu, having had\\nPAST OR PASSIVE.\\nEu, had", "height": "2988", "width": "1730", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0340.jp2"}, "339": {"fulltext": "AUXILIARY VERBS\\n47.\\n335\\n(2.) AVOIR, TO HA VE CONJUGATED NEGATIVELY.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nJe n ai pas,\\nTu n as pas,\\nII n a pas,\\nOa n a pas,\\nNous n avons pas\\nVous n avez pas,\\nlis n ont pas,\\nI have not\\nthou hast not\\nhe has not\\none has not\\nwe have not\\nyou have not\\nthey have not\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nI have\\nthou hast\\nhe has\\none has\\nwe have\\nyou have\\nthey have\\nJe n ai pas eu,\\nTu n as pas eu,\\nII n a pas eu,\\nOn n a pas eu,\\nNous n avons pas eu\\nVous n avez pas eu,\\nlis n ont pas eu,\\nJe n avais pas,\\nTu n avais pas,\\nTl n avait pas,\\nOu n avait pas,\\nNous n avions pas,\\nVous n aviez pas,\\nlis n avaient pas,\\nI had not\\nthou hadst not\\nhe had not\\none had not\\nwe had not\\nyou had not\\nthey had not\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nJe n avais pas eu, had\\nTu n avais pas eu, thou hadst\\nII n avait pas eu, he had\\nOn n avait pas eu, one had\\nNous n avions pas eu, we had\\nVous n aviez pas eu, you had\\nlis n avaient pas eu, they had J\\nPAST DEFINITE.\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nJe n eus pas,\\nTu n eus pas,\\nII n eut pas,\\nOn n eut pas,\\nNous n eumes pas,\\nVous n cutes pas,\\nlis n eurent pas,\\nI had not I Je n eus pas eu, I had\\nthou hadst not Tu n eus pas eu, thou hadst\\nhe had not II n eut pas eu, he had\\none had not On n eut pas eu, one had\\nwe had not j Nous n eumes pas eu, vie had\\nyou had not Vous n eutes pas eu, you had\\nthey had not I lis n eurent pas eu, they had J\\nFUTURE.\\nJe n aurai pas, I shall not\\nTu n auras pas, thou wilt not\\n11 n aura pas, he will not\\nOu n aura pas, one will not\\nNous n aurons pas, we shall not\\nVou3 n aurez pas, you shall not\\nlis n auront pas, they will not _\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJe n aurai pas eu, I shall\\nTu n auras pas eu, thou shall\\nII n aura pas eu, he will\\nOn n aura pas eu, one will\\nNous n aurons pas eu, we will\\nVous n aurez pas eu, you will\\nUs n auront pas eu, they will _\\nConditional Mode.\\nJe n aurais pas, I should\\nTu n aurais pas, thou wouldst\\nII n auralt pas,\\nOn n aurait pas,\\nNous n aurions pas,\\nVous n auriez pas,\\nUs n auraient pas,\\nhe would\\none would\\nwe would\\nyou would\\nthey would\\nPAST.\\nJe n aurais pas eu, I should\\nTu n aurais pas eu, thou shouldst\\nII n aurait pas eu, he would\\nOn n aurait pas eu, one would\\nNous n aurions pas eu, we would\\nVous n auriez pas eu, you would\\nlis n auraient pas eu, they would", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0341.jp2"}, "340": {"fulltext": "33G\\nAUXILIARY VERBS 8 47\\nImperative Mode.\\nN aie pas,\\nQu il n ait pas,\\nQu on n ait pas,\\nN ayons pas,\\nN ayez pas,\\nQu ils n aient pas,\\nhave not\\nlet him not have\\nlet one not have\\nlet us not have\\nhave not ye or you\\nlet them not have\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nsraiPLE TEASES.\\nPRESENT.\\nQue je n aie pas, that I may\\nQue tu n aies pas, tliat thou\\nmayest\\nQu il n ait pas, that he may\\nQu on n ait pas, that one may\\nQue nous n ayons pas, that we\\nmay\\nQue vous n ayez pas, that you\\nmay\\nQu ils n aient pas, that they may\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nPAST.\\nQue je n aie pas eu, that I may\\nQue tu n aies pas eu, that thou\\nmayest\\nQu il n ait pas eu, that he may\\nQu on n ait pas eu, that one may\\nQue nous n ayons pas eu, that\\nwe may\\nQue vous n ayez pas eu, that\\nyou may\\nQu ils n aient pas eu, that they\\nmay\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je n eusse pas, (toll might\\nQue tu n eusses pas, that thou\\nmighiest\\nQu il n eut pas, that he might\\nQu on n eut pas, that one might\\nQue nous n eussions pas, that\\nwe might\\nQue vous n eussiez pas, that you\\nmight\\nQu ils n eussent pas, that they\\nmight\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue je n eusse pas eu, that I\\nmight\\nQue tu n eusses pas cu, that\\nthou mighiest\\nQu il n eiit pas eu, that he might\\nQu on n eut pas eu, that one\\nmight\\nQue nous n eussions pas eu, that\\nwe might\\nQue vous n eussiez pas eu, thai\\nyou might\\nQu ils n eussent pas eu, that\\nthey might\\nInfinitive Mode.\\nNe pas avoir,\\nN ayant pas,\\nto have N avoir pas eu,\\nParticiple.\\nnot to have had\\nCOMPOUND.\\nnot having N ayant pas eu, not having\\nPast or Passive.\\nPas eu, Not had\\nhad", "height": "2988", "width": "1730", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0342.jp2"}, "341": {"fulltext": "AUXILIARY VERBS.\\n47\\n337\\n(3.) AVOIR,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 INTERROGATIVELY.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nAi-je?\\nhave I?\\nAi-je eu\\nhave I\\nAs-tu?\\nhast thou\\nAs-tu eu?\\nhast thou\\nA-t-il? 1\\nhas he?\\nA-t-il eu?\\nhas he\\nA-t-on I 1\\nhas one\\nA-t-on eu\\nhas one\\nv~3\\nAvons-nous\\nhave we?\\nAvons-nous eu?\\nhave we\\nAvez-vous\\nhave you\\nAvez-vous eu\\nhave you\\nOnt-ils\\nhave they\\nOnt-ils eu\\nhave they\\nIMPERFECT.\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nAvais-je\\nhad I?\\nAvais-je eu\\nhadl^\\nAvais-tu\\nhadst thou\\nAvais-tu eu\\nhadst thou\\nAvait-il\\nhad he\\nAvait-il eu?\\nhad he\\nIK.\\nAvait-oa\\nhad one\\nAvait-on eu\\nhad one\\n3\\ne\\nAvions-nous\\nhad we\\nAvions-nous eu?\\nhad we\\nAviez-vous\\nhad you\\nAviez-vous eu\\nhad you\\nAvaient-ils\\nhad they\\nAvaient-ils eu\\nhad tliey\\nPAST DEETNHE.\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nEus-je?\\nhad I?\\nEus-je eu\\nhad I\\nEus-tu\\nhadst thou\\nEus-tu eu\\nhadst thou\\nEut-il\\nhad lie\\nEut-il eu\\nhad he\\nEut-on?\\nhad one\\nEut-on eu\\nhad one\\n13\\nEumes-nous\\nhad we?\\nEumes-nous eu\\nhad we\\nEutes-vous\\nhad you\\nEutes-vous eu?\\nhad you\\nEurent-ils\\nhad they\\nEurent-ils eu?\\nhad they\\nFUTURE.\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nAurai-je\\nshall I have?\\nAurai-je eu\\nshall I\\nAuras-tu\\nshalt thou have\\nAuras-tu eu\\nshaU thou\\nAura-t-H?\\nwill he have\\nAura-t-il eu\\nshall he\\n5\\nAura-t-on\\nshall one have\\nAura-t-on eu\\nshall one\\nAurons-nous\\nshall we have\\nAurons-nous eu\\nshall we\\nAurez-vous\\nwill you have\\nAurez-vous eu\\nshall you\\n^s\\nAuront-ils?\\nshall they have\\nAuront-ils eu?\\nshall they _\\nConditional Mode.\\nAurais-je\\nshould I have\\nAurais-je eu\\nshould I\\nAurais-tu\\nshouldst thou have\\nAurais-tu eu\\nwouldst thou\\nAurait-il\\nshould he have\\nAurait-il eu?\\nwould he\\n1\\nAurait-on\\nwould one have?\\nAurait-on eu\\nslwuld one\\nh\\nAurions-nous\\nwould we have\\nAurions-nous eu\\nshould we\\n1\\nAuriez-vous\\nshould you have\\nAuriez-vous eu\\nshould you\\nr\u00c2\u00abS\\nAuraient-ils?\\nshould they have\\nAuraient-ils eu?\\nwould they j\\nSee Lesson 4, Rule 6.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0343.jp2"}, "342": {"fulltext": "338\\nAUXILIAET TKEBS,\\n47.\\n(4.) AVOIR,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 NEGATIVELY AND INTERROGATIVELY.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nN ai-je pas\\nhave I not?\\nN ai-je pas eu? have I\\nN as-tu pas\\nhast thou not\\nN as-tu pas eu hast thou\\nN a-t-il pas\\nhas he not\\nN a-t-il pas eu? has he\\nN a-t-on pas\\nhas one not\\nN a-t-on pas eu has one\\nN avons-nous pas\\nhave we not?\\nN avons-nous pas eu have we\\nN avez-vous pas\\nhave you not\\nN avez-vous pas eu? have you\\nN ont-ils pas\\nhave they not?\\nN ont-ils pas eu have they _\\nIMPERFECT.\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nN avais-je pas\\nhad I not?\\nN avais-je pas eu had I\\nN avais-tu pas?\\nhadst thou not?\\nN avais-tu pas eu? hadst thou 1\\nN avait-il pas?\\nhad he not\\nN avait-il pas eu had he\\nN avait-on pas\\nhad one not\\nN avait-on pas eu had one\\nN avions-nous pas\\nhad we not\\nN avions-nous pas eu? had we\\nN aviez-vous pas\\nhad you not\\nN aviez-vous pas eu had you\\nN avaient-ils pas?\\nhad they not\\nN avaient-ils pas eu? had they __\\nPAST DEFINITE.\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nN eus-je pas had I not? i N eus-je pas eu had I\\nN eus-tu pas hadst thou not N eus-tu pas eu hadst thou\\nN eut-il pas? had he not? N eut-il pas eu? had he\\nN eut-onpas? had one not? N eut-on pas eu had one\\nN eumes-nous pas had we not N eumes-nous pas eu had we\\nN eutes-vous pas? had you not? N eutes-vous pas eu? had you\\nN eurent-ils pas had they not N eurent-ils pas eu had they _\\nN aurai-je pas?\\nN auras-tu pas?\\nN aura-t-il pas\\nN aura-t-on pas?\\nN aurons-nous pas\\nN aurez- vous pas\\nN auront-ils pas?\\nshall I\\nshalt thou\\nshall he\\nshall one\\nshall we\\nshall you\\nshall they\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nN aurai-je pas eu shall I\\nN auras-tu pas eu shall thou\\nN aura-t-il pas eu shall he\\nN aura-t-on pas eu shall one\\nN aurons-nous pas eu shall we\\nN aurez-vous pas eu shall you\\nN auront-ils pas eu shall they _,\\nConditional Mode.\\npast.\\nN aurais-je pas should I\\nN aurais-tu pas? shouldst thou\\nN aurait-il pas should he\\nN aurait-on pas should one\\nN aurions-nous pas? should we\\nN auriez-vous pas should you\\nN auraient-ils pas? should they\\nN aurais-je pas eu should I\\nN aurais-tu pas eu 1 shouldst thou\\nN aurait-il pas eu? should he\\nN aurait-on pas eu should one\\nN aurions-nous pas exxtskmldwe\\nN auriez-vous pas eulslwvldyou\\nN auraient-ils pas eu should\\nthey 4", "height": "2988", "width": "1730", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0344.jp2"}, "343": {"fulltext": "AUXILIARY VEE:\\n47.\\n339\\n(5.) etre, to be,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 affirmatively.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nJo suis,,\\nTu es,\\nII est,\\nOn est,\\nNous sommes,\\nVous etes,\\nUs sont,\\nlam\\nthou art\\nhe is\\none is\\nwe are\\nor you are\\nthey are\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nJ ai ete,\\nTu as ete,\\nII a ete,\\nOn a ete,\\nNous avons ete,\\nVous avez ete,\\nlis ont ete,\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nI have been\\nthou hast been\\nhe has been\\none has been\\nwe have been\\nyou have been\\nthey have been\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nJ etais,\\nTu etais,\\nII etait.\\nOn etait,\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0Nous etions,\\nVous etiez,\\nUs etaient,\\nI was or I used to be\\nthou wast\\nhe was\\none was\\nwe were\\nyou were\\nthey were\\nJ avais ete,\\nTu avais ete,\\nII avait ete,\\nOn avait ete,\\nNous avions ete,\\nVous ayiez ete,\\nUs avaient ete,\\nI had been\\nthou hadst been\\nhe had been\\none had been\\nwe had been\\nyou had been\\nthey had been\\nPAST DEFINITE.\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nJe fus,\\nTufas,\\nII fat,\\nOn fat,\\nNous fumes,\\nVous fates,\\nUs furent,\\nI was\\nthou wast\\nhe was\\none was\\nwe were\\nyou were\\nthey were\\nJ eus ete,\\nTu eus ete,\\nII eut ete,\\nOn eut ete,\\nNous eilmes ete,\\nVous eutes ete,\\nlis eurent ete,\\nI had been\\nthou hadst been\\nhe had been\\none had been\\nwe had been\\nyou had been\\nthey had been\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJe serai,\\nTu seras,\\nII sera,\\nOn sera,\\nNous serons,\\nVous serez,\\nUs seront,\\nI shall be, will be\\nthou wilt be\\nhe shall be\\none shall be\\nwe shall be\\nyou shall be\\nthey shall be\\nJ aurai ete,\\nTu auras ete,\\nII aura ete,\\nOn aura ete,\\nNous aurons ete,\\nVous aurez ete,\\nlis auront ete,\\nI shall\\nthou shalt\\nhe shall\\none shall\\nwe shall\\nyou will\\nthey will\\nConditional Mode.\\nJe serais,\\nTu serais,\\nII serait,\\nOn serait,\\nNous serions,\\nVous seriez,\\nUs seraient,\\nI should be\\nthou shouldst be\\nhe would be\\none should be\\nwe would be\\nyou should be\\nthey would be\\nJ aurais ete,\\nTu aurais 6te,\\nII aurait ete,\\nOn aurait ete,\\nNous aurions ete\\nVous auriez ete,\\nlis auraient ete,\\nI should\\nthou shouldst\\nhe would\\none would\\nive would\\nyou should\\nthey should", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0345.jp2"}, "344": {"fulltext": "340 AUXILIARY VERBS. 47.\\nImperative Mode.\\nSois,\\nQu il soit,\\nbe thou\\nlet him be\\nQu on soit,\\nSoyous,\\nSoyez,\\nQu ils soient,\\nlet one be\\nlet us be\\nbe ye or you\\nlet them be\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nPRESENT.\\nQue je sois, that I may be\\nQue tu sois, that thou mayest be\\nQu il soit, that he may be\\nQu on soit, that one may be\\nQue nous soyons, that we may be\\nQue vous soyez, that you may be\\nQu ils soient, that they may be\\nCOMPOUND\\nPAST.\\nQue j aie ete, that I may\\nQue tu aies ete, that thou mayest\\nQu il ait ete that he may\\nQu on ait ete, that one may\\nQue nous ayons ete,that we may\\nQue vous ayez ete, thai you may\\nQu ils aient ete, that they may\\nImperfect.\\nQue je fusse, that I might be\\nQue tu fusses, that thou mightest be\\nQu il filt, that he might be\\nQu on fut, tliat one might be\\nQue nous fussions, that we might be\\nQue vous fussiez, that you might be\\nQu ils fussent, that they might be\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue j eusse ete, that I might\\nQue tu eusses ete, that thou\\nmightest\\nQu il eut ete, that he might\\nQu on eut ete, that one might\\nQue nous eussions ete, that we\\nQue vous eussiez ete, that you\\nmight\\nQu ils eussent ete, that they\\nmight\\n\u00c2\u00a3tre,\\nInfinitive Mode.\\nPAST.\\nto be Avoir et\u00e2\u0082\u00ac, to have been\\nParticiple.\\ncompound,\\nbeing Ayant ete, having been\\nPast or Passive.\\ntie,", "height": "2988", "width": "1730", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0346.jp2"}, "345": {"fulltext": "IGULAR VERBS\\n48\\n341\\n48. Regular Verbs.\\nFIRST CONJUGATION,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ENDING IN JEM.\\nMODEL VERB.\\nCHANTEK, TO SING.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES.\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nJe chante,\\nsing\\nJ ai chante,\\nI have sung\\nTu chantes,\\nthou singest\\nTu as chante,\\nthou hast sung\\n11 chante,\\nhe sings\\n11 a chante,\\nhe has sung\\nOn chante,\\none sings\\nOn a chante,\\none has sung\\nNous chantons,\\nwe sing\\nNous avons chante,\\nwe have sung\\nVous chantez,\\nyou sing\\nVous avez chante,\\nyou have sung\\nUs chantent,\\nthey sing\\nUs ont chante,\\nthey have sung\\nIMPERFECT.\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nJo chantais, I was singing, or I\\nJ avais chante,\\nI had\\nused to sing\\nTu chantais,\\nthou wast singing\\nTu avais chante,\\nthou hadst\\ns\\n11 chantait,\\nhe was singing\\n11 avait chante,\\nhe had\\nI\\nOn chantait,\\none was singing\\nOn avait chante,\\none had\\n5\\nNous chantions,\\nwe were singing\\nNous avions chante,\\nwe had\\n1\\nVous chantiez,\\nyou were singing\\nVous aviez chante,\\nyou had\\nrS\\nlis ohantaient,\\nthey were singing\\nlis avaient chante,\\nthey had _,\\nPAST DEFINITE.\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nJe chantai,\\nI sang or did sing\\nJ eus chante,\\ni had sung\\nTu chantas,\\nthou sang est\\nTu eus chante,\\nthou hadst sung\\n11 chanta,\\nhe sang\\n11 eut chante,\\nhe had sung\\nOn chanta,\\none sang\\nOn eut chante,\\none had sung\\nNous chantarnes,\\nwe sang\\nNous eumes chante,\\nwe had sung\\nVous chantates,\\nyou sang\\nVous eutes chante,\\nyou had sung\\nUs chanterent,\\nthey sang\\nlis eurent chante,\\nthey had sung\\nFUTURE.\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJe chanterai,\\n1 shall or will sing\\nJ aurai chante,\\nI will\\nTu chanteras,\\nthou wilt sing\\nTu auras chante,\\nthou shalt\\nJ\\n11 chantera,\\nhe will sing\\n11 aura chante,\\nhe will\\ns\\nOn chantera,\\none will sing\\nOn aura chante,\\none will\\nCO\\nNous chanterons,\\nwe shall sing\\nNous aurons chante,\\nwe shall\\n1\\nVous chanterez,\\nyou will sing\\nVous aurez chante,\\nyou will\\nlis chanteront,\\nthey will sing\\nlis auront chante,\\nthey shall _\\nConditional Mode.\\npresent.\\nJe chanterais, I should, would sing\\nTu chanterais, thou shouldst sing\\n11 chanterait,\\nOn chanterait,\\nNous chanterions,\\nVous chanteriez,\\nlis chanteraient,\\nhe should sing\\none should sing\\nwe would sing\\nyou would sing\\nthey would sing\\nPAST.\\nJ aurais chante, I should\\nTu aurais chante, thou wouldst\\nII aurait chante, he would\\nOn aurait chante, one would\\nNous aurions chante, we would\\nVous auriez chante, you would\\nUs auraient chante, they would _", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0347.jp2"}, "346": {"fulltext": "342\\nEEGULAE VERBS. 48.\\nImperative Mode.\\nChante,\\nQu il chante,\\nQu on chante,\\nChantons,\\nChantez,\\nQu ila chantent,\\nsing thou\\nlet him sing\\nlet one sing\\nlet us sing\\nsing ye or you\\nlet them sing\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nSIMPLE TEASES.\\nPRESENT.\\nQue je chante, that I may sing\\nQue tu chantes, tliat thou mayest sing\\nQu il chante, that he may sing\\nQu on chante, that one may sing\\nQue nous chantions, that ive may sing\\nQue vous chantiez, that you may sing\\nQulls chantent, tliat they may sing\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nPAST.\\nQue j aie chante, that I may\\nQue tu aies chante, that thou\\nmayest\\nQu il ait chante, thai he may\\nQu on ait chante, that one may 1\\nQue nous ayous chante. that we\\nmay\\nQue vous ayez chante, that you\\nmay\\nQu ils aient chante, that they may\\nimperfect.\\nQue je chantasse, that I might sing\\nQue tu chantasses, that thou mightesl\\nsing\\nQu il chantat, that he might sing\\nQu on chantat, that one might sing\\nQue nous chantassions, that toe might\\nsing\\nQue vous chantassiez, that you might\\nsing\\nQu ils chantassent, that they might\\nsing\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue j eusse chante, that I might\\nQue tu eusses chante, that thou\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0in ightest\\nQu il eiit chante, that he might\\nQu on eut chante, that one might\\nQue nous eussions chante, that\\nvje might\\nQue vous eussiez chante, that\\nyou might\\nQu ils eussent chante, thai they\\nmight\\nInfinitive Mode.\\nChanter,\\nChantant,\\nto sing Avoir chante,\\nParticiple.\\nto have sung\\nCOMPOUND.\\nsinging Ayant chant :_ having sung\\nPAST OR PASSIVE.\\nChante, sung", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0348.jp2"}, "347": {"fulltext": "peculiar verbs. \u00c2\u00a749. 343\\n49. Remarks on the Peculiarities op some Verbs\\nof the First Conjugation.\\n(1.) In verbs ending in ger, in order to retain the soft pronunciation\\nof the g, 1 the e of the infinitive is preserved, whenever the g would\\ncome before a, or o\\nNous mangeons, we eat instead of nous mangons\\nJe mangeai, I did eat; jemangai;\\nJugeant, judging; jugant.\\n(2.) In verbs ending in yer, the y is changed into i, before e. es ent,\\nand e (not accented), followed by r and one or more vowels\\nJe paie, i pay instead of je paye 2\\nlis essaient, they try ils essayent\\nJe paierai, I will pay; je payer ai.\\n(3.) In verbs terminating in cer, 3 to preserve to the c its soft pro-\\nnunciation, a cedilla (c) is put under it, when it comes before a ov o:\\nCornmencant, commencing; instead of commencant;\\nNous placons, we place; nous placons;\\n(4.) In verbs ending in eter and eler, the i or I of the infinitive is\\ndoubled, when it comes before e, es, ent and e (not accented), followed\\nby r and one or more vowels\\nJ appelle, IcaU; instead of fappele;\\nJe jetterai, I will throw; je jeterai\\nJ appellerais, I would call; j appelerais.\\n(5.) The following verbs form exceptions to the last rule\\nAcheter, to buy Decolleter, to uncover tJie throat\\nBourreler, to torment Etiqueter, to ticket\\nCongeler, to congeal; Geler, to freeze;\\nColleter, to collar Harceler, to teaze\\nCoqueter, to coquet; Peler, to peel;\\nDeceler, to detect; Suracheter, to over buy\\nDegeler, to throw;\\nIn the above verbs, when the t or I comes before e, es, ent, or e (not\\naccented) followed by r and one or more vowels, a grave accent N\\nis put over the e, which precedes the t or I\\nJe pele, I peel; Je pelerai, I will peel;\\nJ achete, J buy; J acheterai, I will buy;\\n(6.) A grave accent is also used in verbs ending in\\necer, emer, ener, ever:\\n1 See Lesson 3, 9.\\n2 Some French authors, however, retain the y in verbs of this class.\\n3 This rule applies also to o and u in verbs of the third conjugation,\\nending in cevoir, Je recois, I receive J apercois, i perceive.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0349.jp2"}, "348": {"fulltext": "344\\nREGULAR VERBS. 8 50.\\nand the acute accent of the infinitive of those ending in\\necer, egler, eler, erer,\\nebrer, egner, emer, eter,\\necher, egrer, ener, etrer,\\neder, eguer, equer,\\nis changed into a grave one, when the consonant following the first\\ne of these terminations, comes before e, es ent 1 and e {not accented),\\nfollowed by r and one or more vowels\\nJe seme, I sow; Je mene, Head;\\nJe celebrerai, I will celebrate II regnera, lie wiU reign.\\n(7.) In the tables of peculiar, irregular, defective, and unipersonal\\nverbs, we will place a model verb of each class embraced in the pre-\\nceding remarks, and also include, in the same tabic, the names of the\\nprincipal verbs coming under these remarks, with reference to the\\nmodels.\\n50. Regular Verbs. Continued.\\nSECOND CONJUGATION,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ENDING IN IE.\\nMODEL VERB.\\nFINIR, TO FINISH\\nIndicative Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES.\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nJe finis,\\nI finish\\nJ ai fini,\\nI have finished\\nTu finis,\\nthou finishest\\nTu as fini,\\nthou hast finished\\n11 finit,\\nhe finishes\\n11 a fini,\\nhe has finished\\nOn finit,\\none finishes\\nOn a fini,\\none has finished\\nNous finissons,\\nwe finish\\nNous avons fini,\\nwe have finished\\nVous finissez,\\nyou finish\\nVous avez fini,\\nyou have finished\\nUs finissent,\\nthey finish\\nlis out fini,\\nthey have finished\\nIMPERFECT.\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nJe finissais, was finishing, or used\\nJ avais fini,\\nI had finished\\nto finish\\nTu finissais,\\nthou wast finishing\\nTu avais fini,\\nthou hadst finished\\n11 finissait,\\nhe was finishing\\n11 avait fini,\\nhe had finished\\nOn finissait,\\none was finishing\\nOn avait fini,\\none had finished\\nNous finissions,\\nwe ivere finishing\\nNous avions fini,\\nive had finished\\nVous finissiez,\\nyou were finishing\\nVous avioz fini,\\nyou had finished\\nlis linissaient,\\nthey were finishing\\nlis avaient fini,\\nthey had finished\\nPAST\\nDEFINITE.\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nJo finis,\\nI finished, did finish\\nJ eus fini,\\nI had finished\\nTu linis,\\nthou didst finish\\nTu eus fini,\\nthou hods! finished\\n11 Unit,\\nhe finished\\n11 out fini,\\nhe had finished\\nOn finit,\\none did finish\\nOn eut fini,\\none had finished\\nNous finimes,\\nwe finished\\nNous eiimes fini,\\nwe had finished\\nVous finites,\\nyou finished\\nVous eiites fini,\\nyou had finished\\nlis finirent,\\nthey finished\\nlis eurent fini,\\nthey hadjintshed", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0350.jp2"}, "349": {"fulltext": "EfiULAE VERBS. 8 50.\\n345\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nFUTURE.\\nJe finirai,\\nTu finiras,\\nII finira, i\\nOn finira,\\nNous finirons,\\nVous finirez,\\nlis finiront,\\nI shall finish\\nthou wilt finish\\nhe will finish\\none will finish\\nwe shall finish\\nyou will finish\\nthey will finish\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJ aurai fini,\\nTu auras fini,\\nII aura fini,\\nOn aura fini,\\nI shall have\\nthou wilt have\\nhe shall have\\none shall have\\nNous aurons fini, we shall have\\nVous aurez fini, you will have\\nlis auront fini, they shall have __\\nConditional Mode.\\nJe finirais,\\nI would finish\\nJ aurais fini, I should\\nTu fiuirais,\\nihou shouldst finish\\nTu aurais fini, thou wouldst\\n8\\n11 finirait,\\nhe ivould finish\\n11 aurait fini, he might\\n1g\\nOn finirait,\\none might finish\\nOn aurait fini, one should\\n-4\\nNous finirions,\\nwe would finish\\nNous aurions fini, we would\\nVous finiriez,\\nyou might finish\\nVous auriez fini, you might\\n1\\nUs finiraient,\\nthey should finish\\nImperati\\nlis auraient fini, they should _\\nve Mode.\\nFinis,\\nfinish thou\\nQu il finisse,\\nlet him finish\\nQu on finisse,\\nlet one finish\\nPinissons,\\nlet us finish\\nFinissez,\\nfinish ye or you\\nQu ils finissent,\\nlet them finish.\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nQue je finisse, that I\\nQue tu finisses, that thou\\nQu il finisse, that he may\\nQu on finisse, that one may\\nQue nous finissions,# a\u00c2\u00a3 we may\\nQue vous finissiez, that you may\\nQu ils finissent, that they may d\\nQue j aie fini, that 1 may\\nQue tu aies fini, that thou mayest\\nQu il ait fini, that he may\\nQu on ait fini, that one may\\nQue nous ayons fini, that we may\\nQue vous ayez m,that you may\\nQu ils aient fini, that they may\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je finisse, that 1 might\\nQue tu finisses, that thou mightest\\nQu il finit, that he might\\nQu on finit, that one might\\nQue nous finissions, that we\\nmight\\nQue vous finissiez, that you\\nmight\\nQu ils finissent, thai tk\\nPLUPEEFECT.\\nQue j eusse fini, that I might\\nQue tu eusses fini, that thou\\nmightest\\nQu il eut fini, that he might\\nQu on eut fini, that one might\\nQue nous eussions fini, that we\\nmight\\nQue vous eussiez fini, that you\\nmight\\nQu ils eussent fini, that they might __", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0351.jp2"}, "350": {"fulltext": "346\\nEEGTHAE VEEBS. 51\\nInfinitive Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES.\\nFinir,\\nfinish Avoir fini,\\nPaeticiple.\\nto have finished\\nPRESENT. COMPOUND.\\nFinissant, finishing Ayant fini, having finished\\nPast or Passive.\\nFini,\\n51. Regular Veebs, Continued.\\nTHIRD CONJUGATION,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ENDING IN\\nMODEL verb.\\nRECEVOIR, TO RECEIVE.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nJe regois, 1\\nTu regois,\\n11 regoit,\\nOn regoit,\\nNous recevons,\\nVous recevez,\\nlis regoivent,\\nI receive\\nthou receivesi\\nhe receives\\none receives\\nwe receive\\nyou receive\\nthey receive\\nIMPERFECT.\\nJe recevais, was receiving, or\\nused to receive\\nthou wast receiving\\nhe was receiving\\nTu recevais,\\nII recevait,\\nOn recevait,\\nNous recevions,\\nVous receviez,\\n113 recevaient,\\none was receiving\\nwe were receiving\\nyou were receiving\\nthey were receiving\\nJo regus,\\nTu recus,\\nII recut,\\nOn recut,\\nNous regumes,\\nTous regutes,\\nlis regurent,\\npast definite.\\nJ received or did receive\\nthou receivedst\\nhe received\\none received\\ntoe received\\nyou received\\nthey received\\ncompound tenses,\\npast indefinite.\\nJ ai regu, i have received\\nTu as regu, thou hast received\\nII a regu, he has received\\nOn a regu, one has received\\nNous avons recu, we have received\\nVous avez regu, you have received\\nlis out regu,\\nthey have received\\npluperfect.\\nJ avais regu, I had received\\nTu avals regu, Mow hadst received\\nII avait regu, he had received I\\nOn avait regu, one had received\\nNous avions regu, we had received\\nVous aviez regu,7/ow had received\\nlis avaient regu, Me?/ had received\\nJ eus regu,\\nTu eus regu,\\nJl eut regu,\\nOn eut regu,\\nNous cumes regu,\\nPAST anterior.\\nI had received\\nthou hadst received\\nhe had received\\none had received\\nwe had received\\nVous elites regu, you had received\\nlis eurent regu, they had received\\nSeo note 2, 49, (3.) Also, 52.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0352.jp2"}, "351": {"fulltext": "REGULAR VERBS\\n\u00c2\u00a751.\\n347\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nFUTURE.\\nJe recevrai,\\nTu\\nII:\\nOn recevra,\\nNous recevrons,\\nVous recevrez,\\nlis recevront,\\nJe recevrais,\\nTu recevrais,\\nII recevrait,\\nOn recevrait,\\nNous recevrions,\\nVous recevriez,\\nlis recevraient,\\nI shall receive\\nthou wilt receive\\nhe shall receive\\none shall receive\\nwe shall receive\\nyou will receive\\nthey will receive\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJ aurai regu, shall have\\nTu auras regu, thou wilt have\\nII aura regu, he will have\\nOn aura regu, one will have\\nNous aurons regu, we shall have\\nVous aurez regu, you tvill have\\nlis auront regu, they will have _\\nConditional Mode.\\nI should receive I J aurais regu, J should\\nthou wouldst receive j Tu aurais regu, thou wouldst\\nhe should receive II aurait regu, he might\\none might receive On aurait regu, one would\\nwe should receive Nous aurions regu, we should\\nyou might receive Vous auriez regu, you might\\nthey should receive lis auraient regu, they might\\nImperative Mode.\\nRegois, receive thou\\nQu il regoive, let him receive\\nQu on regoive, let one receive\\nRecevons, let us receive\\nRecevez, receive ye or you\\nQu ils regoivent, let them receive\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nQue je regoive, that I may\\nQue tu regoives,/toi thou may est\\nQu il regoive, that he may\\nQu on regoive, that one may\\nQue nous recevions, that we\\nmay\\nQue vous receviez, that you may\\nQu ils regoivent, that they may\\nQue j aie regu, that I may\\nQue tu aies Tequ,lhat thou may est\\nQu il ait regu, that he may\\nQu on ait regu, that, one may\\nQue nous ayons regu, that we\\nmay\\nQue vousayez requ,lhat you may\\nQu ils aient regu, that they may\\nIMPERFECT.\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue je regusse, that I might\\nQue tu regusses, that thou\\nmighlest\\nQu il regiit, that he might\\nQu on regut, that one might\\nQue j eusse regu, that I might\\nQue tu eusses regu, that thou\\nmightest\\nQu il eut regu, that he might\\nQu on eut regu, that one might\\nQue nous regussions, that we\\ns\\nQue nous eussions regu, that ive\\nmight\\nmight\\nQue vous regussiez, that you\\nmight\\nQu ils regussent, that they might\\nQue vous eussiez regu, that you\\nmight\\nQu ils eussent regu, that they\\nmight", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0353.jp2"}, "352": {"fulltext": "348\\nEEGULAE VEEBS. 52, 53.\\nInfinitive Mode,\\nsimple tenses. compound tenses.\\nRecevoir,\\nRecevant,\\nPAST.\\nto receive Avoir recu, to have received\\nParticiple.\\ncompound.\\nreceiving Ayant recu, having received\\nPAST OR PASSIVE.\\nRecu, received\\n52. Remarks.\\n(1.) In the verbs of this conjugation, ending in cevoir, in order to\\npreserve to the c its soft pronunciation, a cedilla c is put under it,\\nwhen it comes before a, o, u\\nJe recois, I receive J apercois, I perceive.\\n(2.) There are only seven regular verbs in this conjugation. They\\nare:\\nApercevoir,\\nConcevoir,\\nDecevoir,\\nDevoir,\\nto perceive;\\nto conceive;\\nto deceive\\nto owe\\nPercevoir,\\nRecevoir,\\nRedevoir,\\nto collect duties, taxes;\\nto receive\\n53. Regular Verbs. Continued.\\nFOURTH CONJUGATION\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ENDING IN RK\\nMODEL VERB.\\nVENDEE, TO SELL.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nJe vends,\\nI sell\\nJ ai vendu,\\nhave sold\\nTu vends,\\nthou sellest\\nTu as vendu,\\nthou hast sold\\n11 vend,\\nhe sells\\n11 a vendu,\\nhe has sold\\nOn vend,\\none sells\\nOn a vendu,\\none has sold\\nNous vendor: s,\\nwe sell\\nNous avons vendu,\\nwe have sold\\nVous vendez,\\nyou sell\\nVous avez vendu,\\nyou have sold\\nlis vendent,\\nthey sell\\nlis out vendu,\\nthey have sold\\nIMPERFECT.\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nJe vendais, I was\\nselling\\nor used to\\nJ avais vendu, I had sold or been\\nsell\\nselling\\n^11 vendais,\\nthou wast selling\\nTu avais vendu,\\nthou hadst sold\\n11 vendait,\\nhe\\nivas selling\\n11 avait vendu,\\nlie had sold\\nmdait,\\none\\nHas selling\\nOn avait vendu,\\none had sold\\nSfous vendions,\\nwe were selling\\nNous avions vendu,\\nwe had sold\\nVoua vendiez,\\nyou\\nwere selling\\nVous aviez vendu,\\nyou had sold\\nlis vendaient,\\nthey\\nwere selling\\nlis avaient vendu,\\nthey Md sold", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0354.jp2"}, "353": {"fulltext": "E E G IT L A E V E E B S\\n53.\\n349\\nSIMPLE\\nTENSES.\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nPAST DEFINITE.\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nJe vendis,\\nI sold or did sell\\nJ eus vendu,\\nI had sold\\nTu vendis,\\nthou soldest\\nTu eus vendu,\\nthou hadst sold\\n11 vendit,\\nhe sold\\n11 eut vendu,\\nhe had sold\\nOn vendit,\\none sold\\nOn eut vendu,\\none had sold\\nNous vendimes,\\nwe sold\\nNous eiimes vendi\\nwe had sold\\nVous vendites,\\nyou sold\\nVous eiltes vendu,\\nyou had sold\\nlis vendirent,\\nthey sold\\nlis eurent vendu,\\nthey had sold\\nFUTURE.\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJe veridrai,\\nI shall sell\\nJ aurai vendu,\\nI shall have sold\\nTu vendras,\\nthou wilt sell-\\nTu auras vendu,\\nthou wilt have sold\\n11 vendra,\\nhe -will sell\\n11 aura vendu,\\nhe shall have sold\\nOn vendra,\\none will sell\\nOn aura vendu,\\none will have sold\\nNous vendrons,\\nwe will sell\\nNous aurons vendi\\nwe shall have sold\\nVous vendrez,\\nyou will sell\\nVous aurez vendu,\\nyou will have sold\\nlis vendront,\\nthey will sell\\nlis auront vendu,\\nthey shall have sold\\nConditional Mode.\\nJe vendrais,\\nTu vendrais,\\nII vendrait,\\nOn vendrait,\\nNous vendrions,\\nVous vendriez,\\nlis vendraient,\\nPAST.\\nI should sell\\nthou wouldst sell\\nhe might sell\\none would sell\\nwe should sell\\nyou might sell\\nthey would sell\\nJ aurais vendu, I should\\nTu aurais vendu, thou wouldest\\nII aurait vendu, he might\\nOn aurait vendu, one should\\nNous aurions vendu, we should\\nVous auriez vendu, you should\\nlis auraient vendu, they should __\\nIndicative Mode.\\nVends,\\nQu il vende,\\nQu on vende,\\nVendons,\\nVendez,\\nQu ils vendent,\\nsell thou\\nlet him sell\\nlet one sell\\nlet us sell\\nsell ye or yoz\\nlet them sell\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nQue je vende, that I may sell\\nQue tu vendes, that thou mayest sell\\nQu il vende, that he may sell\\nQu on vende, that one may sell\\nQue nous vendions, that we may sell\\nQue vous vendiez, that you may sell\\nQu ils vendent, that they may sell\\nQue j aie vendu, that I may\\nQue tu aies vendu, that thou\\nmayest\\nQu il ait vendu, that he may\\nQu on ait vendu, that one may\\nQue nous ayons vendu, that we\\nmay\\nQue vous ayez vendu, that you\\nmay\\nQu ils aient vendu, that they may J", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0355.jp2"}, "354": {"fulltext": "350\\nPASSIVE VERBS,\\n54.\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je vendisse, that I might sell\\nQue tu vendisses, that thou mightest\\nsell\\nQu il vendit, that he might sell\\nQu on vendit, that one might sell\\nQue nous vendissions, that we\\nsell\\nQue vous vendissiez, that you\\nsell\\nQu ils vendissent, that they might\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue j eusse vendu, that I might\\nQue tu eusses vendu, that thou\\nmightest\\nQu il eiit vendu, that he might\\nQu on eut vendu, that one might\\nQue nous eussions vendu, that\\nwe might\\nQue vous eussiez vendu, that\\nyou might\\nQu ils eussent vendu, that they\\nmight\\nInfinitive Mode.\\nVendre, to sell Avoir vendu, to have sold\\nParticiple.\\npresent. compound.\\nVendant, selling Ayant vendu, having sold\\nPast or Passive.\\nVendu, sold\\n54. Conjugation of a Passive Yeeb.\\netre aime, to be loved.\\nlNDiCATrv T E Mode.\\nPRESENT.\\nJe suis aime, m. aimee, am loved\\nTu es aime or aimee, thou art loved\\nII est aime, he is loved\\nElle est aimee, she is bved\\nOn est aime, one is loved\\nNous sommes aimes or aimees, we are loved\\nVous etes aimes or aimees, you are loved\\nlis sont aimes, m. they are loved\\nElles sont aimees, they are loved\\nJ etais aime, m. aimee,\\nTu etais aime or aimee,\\nII etait aime,\\nElle etait aimee,\\nOn etait aime,\\nXous etions aimes or aimees,\\nVous etiez aimes or\\nUs e taient aimes, m.\\nElles etaient aimees,\\nIMPERFECT.\\nI was loved, was being loved\\nthou wast loved, wast being loved\\nhe was loved, was being loved\\nshe was loved, was being loved\\none was loved, was being loved\\nwe were loved, were being loved\\nyou were loved, were being loved\\nthey were loved, were being loved\\nthey were loved, were being loved _", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0356.jp2"}, "355": {"fulltext": "PASSIVE VEKBS 54.\\n351\\nJe fus aime, m. aimee,\\nTu fus aime or aimee,\\nII fut aime,\\nElle fut aimee,\\nOn fut aime,\\nNous fumes aimes or\\nVous fates aimes or\\nUs furent aimes, m.\\nElles furent aimees,\\nJ ai ete aime or aimee,\\nTu as ete aime or\\nII a ete aime,\\nElle a ete aimee,\\nOn a ete aime,\\nNous avons ete\\nVous avez ete aimes or\\nlis ont ete aimes, m.\\nElles ont ete aimees,\\nPAST DEFINITE.\\nI was loved\\nthou wast loved\\nhe was loved\\nshe was loved\\none was loved\\nwe were loved\\nyou were loved\\nthey were loved\\nthey were loved\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nI have been loved\\nthou hast been loved\\nhe has been loved\\nshe has been loved\\none has been loved\\nwe have been loved\\nyou have been loved\\nthey have been loved\\nthey have been loved\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nJ eus ete aime, m. aimee, f.\\nTu eus ete aime or aimee,\\nII eut ete aime,\\nElle eut ete aimee,\\nOn eut ete aime,\\nNous eumes ete aimes or aimees\\nVous elites ete aimes or aimees,\\nUs eurent ete aimes, in.\\nElles eurent ete aimees,\\nhad been loved\\nthou hadst been loved\\nhe had been loved\\nshe had been loved\\none had been loved\\nwe had been loved\\nyou had been loved\\nthey had been loved\\nthey had been loved\\nJ avais ete aime or aimee,\\nTu avais ete aime or aimee\\nII avait ete aime,\\nElle avait ete aimee,\\nOn avait ete aime,\\nNous avions ete aimes or\\nVous aviez ete aimes or ail\\nUs avaient ete aimes, m.\\nElles avaient ete aimees,\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nI had been loved\\nthou hadst been loved\\nhe had been loved\\nshe had been loved\\none had been loved\\nwe had been loved\\nyou had been loved\\nthey had been loved\\nthey had been loved\\nJe serai aime, m. aimee, f.\\nTu seras aime or aimee,\\nII sera aime,\\nElle sera aimee,\\nOn sera aime,\\nNous serons aimes or aimees,\\nVous serez aimes or\\nseront aimes, in.\\nElles eeront aimees,\\nFUTURE.\\nJ shall or will be loved\\nthou shalt or wilt be loved\\nhe shall or will be loved\\nshe shall or will be loved\\none shall or will be loved\\nwe shall or will be loved\\nyou shall or will be loved\\nthey shall or will be loved\\nthey shall or will be loved", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0357.jp2"}, "356": {"fulltext": "352\\nPASSIVE VEEBS; S 54.\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJ aurai ete aime, to. aimee,\\nTu auras ete aime or aimee,\\nII aura ete aime,\\nElle aura ete aimee,\\nOu aura ete aime,\\nNous aurons ete aimes or aimees,\\nYous aurez ete aimes or aimees,\\nlis auront ete aimes, to.\\nElles auront ete aimees,\\nI shall, will have been laved\\nthou shall, wilt have been loved\\nhe shall, will have been loved,\\nshe shall, will have been loved\\none shall, will have been loved\\nwe shall, will have been loved\\nyou shall, will have been loved\\nthey shall, will have been loved\\nthey shall, will have been loved\\nConditional Mode.\\nJe serais aime, to. aimee,\\nTu serais aime or aimee,\\nII serait aime,\\nElle serait aimee,\\nOn serait aime,\\nNous serions aimes or aimees,\\nYous seriez aimes or aimees,\\nlis seraient aimes, to.\\nElles seraient aimees,\\nI should, ivould, could, might be loved\\nthou shouldst, couldst, mightest be loved\\nhe would or might be loved\\nshe might be loved\\none could be loved\\nwe should or ivould be loved\\nyou would or might be loved\\nthey might or should be loved\\nthey might, could, should be loved\\nJ aurais ete aime, m. aimee,\\nTu aurais ete aime or aimee,\\nII aurait ete aime,\\nElle aurait ete aimee,\\nOn aurait ete aime,\\nNous aurions ete aimes or\\nYous auriez ete aimes or aimees\\nlis auraient ete aimes, to.\\nElles auraient ete aimees,\\nSois aime, m. aimee,\\nQu il soit aime,\\nQu elle soit aimee,\\nQu on soit aime,\\nSoyons aimes or aimees,\\nSoyez aimes or aimees,\\nQu ils soient aimes, to.\\nQu ellea soient aimees,\\nPAST.\\nI should, would have been loved\\nthou wouldst have been loved\\nhe would have been loved\\nshe ivould have been loved\\none would have been loved\\nwe might have been loved\\nyou would have been loved\\nthey might have been loved\\nthey should or might have been loved\\nImperative Mode.\\nbe thou loved\\nlet him be loved\\nlet her be loved\\nlet one be loved\\nlet us be loved\\nbe ye or you loved\\nlet them be loved\\nlet them be loved\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nQue je sois aime, m. aimee,\\nQue tu sois aime or aimee,\\nQu il soit aime,\\nQu elle soit aimee,\\nQu on soit nim\\nQue nous soyons aimes or aimees,\\nQue vous soyez aimes or aimees,\\nQu ils soient aimes,\\nQu elles soient aime ea,\\nthat I may be loved\\nthat thou may est be loved\\nthat he may be loved\\nthat she may be loved\\nthat one may be loved\\nthat we may be loved\\nthat you may be loved\\nthat they may be loved\\nthai they may be loved", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0358.jp2"}, "357": {"fulltext": "PASSIVE VERBS. 8 54.\\n353\\nQue je fusse aime, to. aimee,\\nQue tu fusses aime or aimee,\\nQu il fiit aime,\\nQu elle fut aimee,\\nQu on fut aime,\\nQue nous fussiona aimes or aimees,\\nQue vous fussiez aimes or aimees,\\nQu ils fussent aimes, to.\\nQu elles fussent aimees,\\nthat I might be loved\\nthat thou mightest be loved\\nthat he might be loved\\nthat she might be loved\\nthat one might be loved\\nthat we might be loved\\nthat you might be loved\\nthat they might be loved\\nthat they might be loved\\nQue j aie ete aime, m. aimee,\\nQue tu aies ete aime or aimee,\\nQu il ait ete aime,\\nQu elle ait ete aimee,\\nQu on ait ete aime,\\nQue nous ayons ete aimes or aimeeg,\\nQue vous ayez ete aimes or aimees,\\nQu ils aient ete aimes, m.\\nQu elles aient ete aimees,\\nthat I may have been loved\\nthat thou mayest have been loved\\nthat he may have been loved\\nthat she may have been loved\\nthat one may have been loved\\nthat we may have been loved\\nthat you may have been loved\\nthat they may have been loved\\nthat they may have been loved\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue j eusse ete aime, m, aimee,\\nQue tu eusses ete aime or aimee,\\nQu il eut ete aime,\\nQu elle eut ete aimee,\\nQu on eut ete aime,\\nthai 1 might have been loved\\nthat thou mightest have been loved\\nthat he might have been loved\\nthat she might have been loved\\nthat one might have been loved\\nQue nous eussions ete aimes or that we might have been loved\\nJue vous eussiez ete aimes or that you might have been loved\\nthat they might have been loved\\nthat they might have been loved\\nQu ils eussent ete aimes,\\nQu elles eussent ete aimees,\\nInfinitive Mode.\\nUtre aime, m. aimee, to be loved\\nPAST.\\nAvoir ete aime, to. aimee, to have been\\nParticiple.\\npresent.\\nIltant aime, to. aimee, being loved\\nCOMPOUND.\\nAyant ete aime, to. aimee, having been loved\\nfee aime, to. aimee,\\nPAST.\\nloved", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0359.jp2"}, "358": {"fulltext": "354\\n[ELECTIVE VEKBS. 55, 56.\\n55. Rule.\\nThere is only one conjugation for passive verbs. It is formed of\\nthe auxiliary tire in all its tenses, simple and compound, and the par-\\nticiple past of the active verb which we wish to conjugate in the\\npassive voice. See 43, (4).\\n56. COXJTJGATIOK OE REFLECTIVE VeEBS 43, (6.)].\\nModel Verb.\\nSE FLATTER, TO FLATTER ONE S SELF.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nJe me flatte,\\nTu te flattes,\\nII se flatte,\\nOn se flatte,\\nNous nous flattons,\\nVous vous flattez,\\nlis se flattent,\\nI flatter myself\\ntlwu flaiterest thyself\\nlie flatters himself\\none flatters himself or one s self\\nwe flatter ourselves\\nyou flatter yourselves\\nthey flatter themselves\\nJo mo flattais,\\nTu te flattais,\\nII se flattait,\\nOn se flattait,\\nNous nous flattions,\\nVous vous flatticz,\\nHa se flattaient,\\nJe mo flattai,\\nTu te flattas,\\nII se flatta,\\nOn se flatta,\\nNous nous flattames,\\nVous vous flattates,\\nlis se flatterent,\\nI was flattering or used to flatter my-\\nself\\nthou wast flattering thyself\\nhe tvas flattering himself\\none was flattering one s self himself\\nwe were flattering ourselves\\nyou were flattering yourselves\\nthey were flattering themselves\\nPAST definite.\\nI flattered or did flatter myself\\nthou didst flatter thyself\\nhe flattered himself\\none flattered one s self himself\\nwe flattered ourselves\\nyou flattered yourselves\\nthey flattered themselves\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nJo me suis flatte, m. flattee,\\nTu t es flatte or flattee,\\nII s est flatte,\\nElle s est flattee,\\nOn s est flatte,\\nNous nous sommes flattes or flattees,\\nYous vous etes flattes or flattees,\\nUs se sont flattes, m.\\nElles se sont flattees,\\nI have flattered myself\\nthou hast flattered thyself\\nlie has flattered himself\\nshe has flattered herself\\none has flattered himself or one s selj\\nwe have flattered ourselves\\nyou have flattered yourselves\\nthey have flattered themselves\\nthey have flattered themselves", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0360.jp2"}, "359": {"fulltext": "REFLECTIVE VERBS\\n56\\n355\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nJe me fus flatte, m. flattee, f.\\nTu te fus flatte or flattee,\\nII se fut flatte,\\nElle se fut flatte e,\\nOn se fut flatte,\\nNous nous fumes flattes or flattees,\\nVous vous fates flattes or l\\nlis se furent flattes, m.\\nElles se furent flattees,\\nI had flattered myself\\nthou hadst flattered thyself\\nshe had flattered herself\\none had flattered himself, one s self\\nwe had flattered ourselves\\nyou had flattered yourselves\\nthey had flattered themselves\\nthey had flattered themselves\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nJe m etais flatte, m. flattee, f.\\nTu t etais flatte or flattee,\\nII s etait flatte,\\nElle s etait flattee,\\nOn s etait flatte,\\nNous nous etions flattes or flattees,\\nVous vous etiez flattes or\\nlis s etaient flattes, m.\\nElles s etaient flattees,\\nI had flattered myself\\nthou hadst flattered thyself\\nhe had flattered himself\\nshe had flattered herself\\none had flattered himself, one s self\\nwe had flattered ourselves\\nyou had flattered yourselves\\nthey had flattered themselves\\nthey had flattered themselves\\nJe me flatterai,\\nTu te flatteras,\\nII se flattera,\\nOn se flattera-,\\nNous nous flatterons,\\nVous vous flatterez,\\nlis se flatteront.\\nI shall or will flatter myself\\nthou shall or will flatter thyself\\nhe shall or will flatter himself\\none will flatter himself, one s selj\\nwe will flatter ourselves\\nyou will flatter yourselves\\nthey will flatter themselves.\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJe me serai flatte, m. flattee,\\nTu te seras flatte or flattee,\\nII se sera flatte,\\nElle se sera flattee,\\nOn se sera flatte,\\nNous nous serons flattes or flattees,\\nVous vous serez flattes or flattees,\\nlis se seront flattes, m.\\nElles se seront flattees,\\nI shall have flattered myself\\nTliou wilt have flattered thyself\\nHe will have flattered himself\\nShe will have flattered herself\\nOne will have flattered himself\\nWe will have flattered ourselves\\nYou will have flattered yourselves\\nThey will have flattered themselves\\nThey will have flattered, themselves\\nJo me flatterais,\\nTu te flatterais,\\nII se flatterait,\\nOn se flatterait,\\nNous nous flatterions,\\nVous vous flatteriez,\\nlis se flatteraient,\\nConditional Mode,\\npresent.\\nI should, would, could, might flatter\\nmyself\\nthou wouldst flatter thyself\\nhe would flatter himself\\none would flatter himself, one s self\\nwe would flatter ourselves\\nyou would flatter yourselves\\nthey would flatter themselves", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0361.jp2"}, "360": {"fulltext": "356\\nREFLECTIVE VEBBSr\\n5G\\nJe me serais flatte, to. flattee,\\nTu te serais flatte or flattee,\\nII se serait flatte,\\nElle se serait flattee,\\nOn se serait flatte,\\nXous nous serions flattes or\\nVous vous seriez flattes or\\nlis se seraient flattes, to.\\nElles se seraient flattees,\\nI should, would, could, might have\\nflattered myself\\nthou wouldst have flattered thyself\\nhe would have flattered himself\\nshe would have flattered herself\\none would have flattered one s self\\nwe might have flattered ourselves\\nyou would have flattered yourselves\\nthey would have flattered themselves\\nthey would have flattered themselves\\nFlatte-toi,\\nQu il se flatte,\\nQu on se flatte,\\nFlattons-nous,\\nFlattez-vous,\\nQu ils se fiattent,\\nImperative Mode.\\nflatter thyself\\nlet him flatter himself\\nlet one flatter one s self, himself\\nlet us flatter ourselves\\nflatter yourselves\\nlet them flatter\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nQue je me flatte,\\nQue tu te flattes,\\nQu il se flatte,\\nQu on se flatte,\\nQue nous nous flattions,\\nQue vous vous flattiez,\\nQu ils se fiattent,\\nthat I may flatter myself\\nthat thou may est flatter thyself\\nthat he may flatter himself\\nthat one may flatter himself\\nthat we may flatter ourselves\\nthat you may flatter yourselves\\nthat they may flatter themselves\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je me flattasse,\\nQue tu te flattasscs,\\nQuil se flattat,\\nQu on so flattat,\\nQue nous nous flattassions,\\nQue vous vous\\nQu ils so flattassent,\\nthat I might flatter myself\\nthat thou mightest flatter thyself\\nthat he might flatter himself\\nthat one might flatter himself\\nthat ive might flatter ourselves\\nthat you might flatter yourselves\\nthat they might flatter themselves\\nQue je me sois flatte, m. flattee,\\nQue tu te sois flatte or flattee,\\nQu il se soit flatte,\\nQuelle se soit flattee,\\nQu on se soit flatte,\\nQue nous nous soyons flattes or\\nflat dees,\\nQue vous vous soyez flattes or\\nflattees,\\nQa ils se soient flattes, m.\\nQu elles so soient flattees,\\nthat I may have flattered myself\\nthat thou may est have flattered thyself\\nthat he may have flattered himself\\nthat slie may have flattered herself\\nthat one may have flattered himself\\nthat we may have flattered i\\nthat you may have flattered yourselves\\nthat they may have flattered themselves\\nthat they may have flattered themselves", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0362.jp2"}, "361": {"fulltext": "REFLECTIVE VERBS. 8 57. 357\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue je me fusse flatte, m. flattee, that I might have flattered myself\\nQue tu te fosses flatte or flattee, that thou mightest have flattered thy-\\nself\\nQu il se fut flatte, that he might have flattered himself\\nQu elle se fut flattee, that she might have flattered herself\\nQu on se fat flatte, thai one might have flattered himself\\nQue nous nous fussions flattes or thai we might have flattered ourselves\\nQue vous vous fossiez flattes or that you might have flattered your-\\nflattees, selves\\nQu ils se fossent flattes, m. that they might have flattered them-\\nselves\\nQu elles se fossent flattees, that they might have flattered them-\\nInfinitive Mode.\\npresent, past.\\nSe flatter, to flutter one s self S etre flatte, to have flattered one s self\\nParticiple,\\npresent. compound.\\nSe flattant, flattering one s self S etant flatte, having flattered one s self\\nPAST.\\nFlatte, m. flattee, flattes, m. p. flattees, p. flattered\\n57. Negative Form of the Reflective Verbs.\\nNE PAS SB FLATTER, NOT TO FLATTER ONES SELF.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nJe ne me flatte pas, J do not flatter\\nTu ne te flattes pas, thou dost not flatter thyself\\nII ne se flatte pas, he does not flatter himself\\nOn ne se flatte pas, one does not flatter himself\\nNous ne nous flattens pas, we do not flatter ourselves\\nVous ne vous flattez pas, you do not flatter yourselves\\nlis ne se flattent pas, they do not flatter themselves\\nc. c. c. c.\\nWe will add a compound tense and the imperative conjugated in\\nthis form.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0363.jp2"}, "362": {"fulltext": "358\\nEEFIECTITE VERBS. 8 58.\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nJe ne me suis pas flatte, m. flattee,\\nTu ne t es pas flatte or flattee,\\nII ne s est pas flatte,\\nElle ne s est pas flattee,\\nOn ne s est pas flatte,\\nNous ne nous sommes pas flattes\\nor flattees,\\nYous ne vous etes pas flattes or\\nflattees,\\nUs ne se sont pas flattes, m.\\nElles ne se sont pas flattees,\\nc. c.\\nI have not flattered myself\\nthou hast not flattered thyself\\nhe has not flattered himself\\nshe has not flattered herself\\none has not flattered himself\\nwe have not flatten\\nyou have not flattered\\nthey have not flattered themselves\\nthey have not flattered themselves\\nc. c.\\nImperative Mode.\\nNe te flatte pas,\\nQu il ne se flatte pas,\\nQu on ne se flatte pas,\\nNe nous flattons pas,\\nNe vous flattez pas,\\nQu ils ne se flattent pas,\\nc. c.\\ndo not flatter thyself\\nlet him not flatter himself\\nlet one not flatter himself\\nlet us not flatter ourselves\\ndo not flatter yourselves\\nlet them not flatter themselves\\nc. e.\\n58. Interrogative Foeji oe the Reflective Verb.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nMe flatte-je or 1 est-ce que je me\\nflatte\\nTe flattes-tu\\nSe flatte-t-il? 3\\nSe flatte-t-on\\nNous flattoQS-nous\\nVous flattez-vous\\nSe flattent-ils?\\nc. c.\\ndo I flatter myself?\\ndost thou flatter thyself t\\ndoes he flatter himself t\\ndoes one flatter himself?\\ndo we flatter ourselves\\ndo you flatter yourselves?\\ndo they flatter themselves?\\nc. c.\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nMe suis-je flatte, m. flattee?/.\\nT es-tu flatte or flattee\\nS est-il flatte\\nS est-ellc flattee\\nS est-on flatte\\nNous sommes-nous flattes or flat-\\ntees?\\nVous r-tcs-vous flates or flattees?\\nSe sont-ils fiattes m.\\nSesout-elles flattees?/.\\nc. c.\\nhave I flattered myself?\\nhast thou flattered thyself?\\nlias he flattered himself?\\nhas she flattered herself?\\nhas one flattered himself?\\nhave we flattered ourselves?\\nhave you flattered yourselves\\nhave they flattered themselves?\\nhave they flattered themselves\\nc. c.\\nSee 98, and L.\\nSeeL. 4, E. 6.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0364.jp2"}, "363": {"fulltext": "REFLECTIVE VERBS. 59.\\n359\\n59.-\\n-The Reflective Verb Conjugated Negatively\\nand Interrogatively.\\nNe me flatte-je\\nIndicative Mode,\\npresent.\\nne me flatte pas\\nNe te flattes-tu pas\\nNe se flatte-t-il pas\\nNe se flatte-t-on pas\\nNe nous flattons-nous pas\\nNe vous fiattez-vous pas?\\nNe se flattent-ils pas\\nc. c.\\nEst-ce que je do I not flatter my self f\\ndost thou not flatter thyself?\\ndoes he not flatter himself f\\ndoes one not flatter himself?\\ndo we not flatter ourselves\\ndo you not flatter yourselves\\ndo they not flatter themselves\\nc. c.\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nNe me suis-je pas flatte, to. flat-\\ntee\\nNe t es-tu pas flatte or flattee\\nNe s est-il pas flatte\\nNe s est-elle pas flattee\\nNe s est-on pas flatte\\nNe nous sommes-nous pas flattes\\nor flattees\\nNe vous etes-vous pas flattes or\\nflattees\\nNe se sont-ils pas flattes to.\\nNe se sont-elles pas flattees?/.\\nhave 1 not flattered myself?\\nhast thou not flattered thyself?\\nhas he not flattered himself?\\nhas she not flattered herself?\\nhas one not flattered himself?\\nhave we not flatiered ourselves\\nhave you not flattered yourselves\\nhave they not flattered themselves\\nhave they not flattered themselves?", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0365.jp2"}, "364": {"fulltext": "60. TABLE\\nREGULAR TERMINATIONS\\nCon-\\njuga-\\ntion.\\nInfinitive.\\nPees ent\\nParticiple.\\nPast\\npaeticipi.e.\\no\\n1\\nIndicative.\\nImperfect.\\ner.\\nant\\nSing.\\n1\\ne,\\nais,\\n1st\\nER.\\n3\\ns\\ne, mas.\\nfc ee, fern.\\no Plur.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2S 2\\n3\\n1\\nes,\\nw\\no ons,\\nais,\\nSait,\\nw\\no ions,\\nes, mas.\\nI 2\\n3\\nez,\\niez,\\nees,/em.\\nent.\\naient.\\nir.\\nissant.\\nSing.\\n1\\nis,\\nissais,\\ni, mas.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0S 2\\n2\\nis,\\nissais,\\n2d\\nIR.\\nA\\nft\\nie, /em.\\nS Plur.\\n3\\n1\\nis*\\nissous\\nissait\\nissions,\\nis, mas.\\n1*2\\n3\\nissez,\\nissiez,\\nies, /em.\\nissent.\\nissaient.\\nevoir.\\nevant.\\nSing.\\n1\\nois,\\nevais,\\nu, mas.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a21*2\\nois,\\nevais,\\n3d\\nOIR.\\n6\\n6\\n3\\nue, fern.\\n3\\n1\\n6, oit\\ntf evons,\\ni evait,\\nevions,\\nus, mas.\\ni 2\\n3\\nevez,\\neviez,\\nues,/em.\\noivent.\\nevaient\\nre.\\nant.\\nSing.\\n1\\ns,\\nais,\\nu, mas.\\n2\\n3}\\ns,\\nais,\\n4th\\np\\ng\\np ue, /em.\\n3\\ng\\ng ait,\\nRE.\\n1\\nPfor.\\n1\\nons,\\nions,\\nus, mas.\\n3\\nez,\\niez,\\nues,/em.\\nent.\\naient.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0366.jp2"}, "365": {"fulltext": "OF THE\\nOF THE FOUK CONJUGATIONS.\\nPAST\\nDEFINITE.\\nFUTUEK.\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nIilPEBATTVE.\\nSUB-\\nJUNCTIVE.\\nImpeefeot.\\nai,\\nas,\\no times,\\nates,\\nerent.\\nerai,\\neras,\\nera\\no erons,\\nerez,\\neront.\\nerais,\\nerais,\\n5 erait,\\nerions,\\neriez,\\neraient.\\n6-1\\nons,\\nez,\\nent.\\ne,\\nes,\\nH\\na\\no ions,\\niez,\\nent.\\nasse,\\nasses,\\nEh\\n8 assions,\\nassiez,\\nassent.\\nis,\\nis,\\n|it,\\nimes,\\nites,\\nirent.\\nirai,\\niras,\\nira,\\nirons,\\nirez,\\niront.\\nirais,\\nirais,\\nirait,\\nfe irions,\\niriez,\\niraient.\\nis,\\nisse,\\nfe issons,\\nissez,\\nissent.\\nisse,\\nisses,\\nisse,\\nfe issions,\\nissiez,\\nissent.\\nisse,\\nisses,\\nfa issions,\\nissiez,\\nissent.\\nus,\\nus,\\nd. ut\\numes,\\nutes,\\nurent.\\nevrai,\\nevras,\\nevra,\\nw\\nevrons,\\nevrez,\\nevront.\\nevrais,\\nevrais,\\nevrait,\\nevrions,\\nevriez,\\nevraient.\\nois,\\noive,\\nH\\nevons,\\nevez,\\noivent.\\noive,\\noives,\\ni. \u00c2\u00b0i ve\\nevions.\\neviez,\\noivent.\\nusse,\\nusses,\\nussions,\\nussiez,\\nussent.\\nis,\\nis,\\np it.\\nimes,\\nites,\\nirent.\\nrai,\\nras,\\nira,\\nrons,\\nrez,\\nront.\\nrais,\\nrais,\\nq rait,\\nrions,\\nriez,\\nraient.\\ns,\\nons,\\nez,\\nent.\\nes,\\np e,\\nions,\\niez,\\nent\\nisse,\\nisses,\\np it,\\nissions,\\nissiez,\\nissent.\\n16", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0367.jp2"}, "366": {"fulltext": "362 formation of the tenses. 61.\\n61. Formation of the Tenses.\\n(1.) The tenses are simple or compound.\\n1. We call those, simple tenses, which do not borrow one of the\\ntenses of the auxiliaries avoir and tire.\\n2. We call those compound tenses, which are composed of the\\ntenses of avoir and etre and the participle past of a verb.\\n(2.) Among the simple tenses, five are called primitive, because\\nthey serve to form the other tenses. They are\\n1. The present of the indicative\\n2. The past definite\\n3. The present of the infinitive j\\n4. The participle present j\\n5. The participle past.\\n(3.) The other simple tenses, called derived tenses, are formed\\nfrom the primitive.\\n(4.) 1. The present of the indicative forms the imperative, by sup-\\npressing the pronouns as, je chante, chante nous chantons, vous\\nchantez, chantons, chantez. It will be seen that the third person of\\nthe singular and plural of the imperative, is properly the third per-\\nson of the singular and plural of the subjunctive, used imperatively.\\n(5.) The past definite forms the imperfect of the subjunctive, by\\nchanging i into sse for the first conjugation as, je chantai, que je\\nchantas.se, and by adding se for the other conjugations as, je finis,\\nque je finisse je recus, queje regusse je vendis, queje vendisse.\\n(6.) The present of the infinitive forms:\\n1. The future, by adding ai for the first and second conjugations\\nas, chanter, je chanterai finir, je finirai and by changing oir and\\nre into raj for the other two conjugations; as, recevoir, je recevrai;\\nrendre, je rendrai.\\n2. The conditional present is by French grammarians formed from\\nthe future by the addition of s as, je chanterai, je chanterais je\\nfiuirai, je finirais je recevrai, je recevrais je vendrai, je vendrais.\\n(7.) The participle present forms\\n1. The imperfect of the indicative, by changing ant into ais as,\\nchantant, je chantais finissant, je finissais recevant, je recevais\\nvendant, je vendais.\\n2. The present of the subjunctive, by changing ant into e: as,\\nchantant, queje chante finissant, que je finisse vendant, queje vende.\\nException In verbs of the third conjugation the termination evani\\nis changed into oive: as, recevant, queje reqoive.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0368.jp2"}, "367": {"fulltext": "Y AVOIR.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 61-2, 363\\n(8.) This formation must not prevent the change of y into i, ac-\\ncording to Rule (2.) 49.\\n(9.) The participle past forms all the compound tenses of verbs\\nwith the aid of the auxiliaries avoir and etre as, j ai chante, je suis\\naime,favais chante, fetais aime.\\n61-2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Paradigm of the TJjstipeeso^al Veeb Y Avoie,\\nTo BE THERE.\\nIndicative Mode.\\npresent. past indefinite.\\nII y a, there is; there are II y a eu, there has been; there have\\nteen\\nIMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT.\\nII y avait, there was there were II y avait eu, there had teen\\nPAST DEFINITE. PAST ANTERIOR,\\nII y eut, there was there were II y eut eu, there had been\\nFUTURE. FUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nII y aura, there will be II y aura eu, there will have been\\nConditional Mode.\\npresent. past.\\nII y aurait, there would be] H y aurait eu, there would have been\\nImperative Mode.\\nQu il y ait, Let there be.\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\npresent. past.\\nQu il y ait, that there may be Qu il y ait eu, that there may have\\nbeen\\nimperfect. pluperfect.\\nQu il y eftt, that there might he Qu il y eut eu, that there might have\\nbeen\\nInfinitive Mode.\\npresent. past.\\nY avoir, to be there T avoir eu, to have been there\\nParticiple,\\npresent. compound.\\nY ayant, there being Y ayant eu, there having been\\nPast or Passive.\\nEu.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0369.jp2"}, "368": {"fulltext": "62. ALPHABET\\nOF THE IRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE,\\nSEE 44, RULE (2.)\\nThe figures placed after the infinitive of the verbs\\nThe tenses not given in\\nInfinitive.\\nParticiples.\\nIndicative.\\nImpeefect.\\nPast Definite.\\nAbattre, 4. to\\nabattant\\nj abats\\nj abattais\\nj abattis\\npull down\\nabattu, e.\\nsee Battre\\nAbsoudre, 4.\\nabsolvant\\nj absous\\nj absolvais\\nto absolve\\nabsous\\ntu absous\\ntu absolvais\\naux. avoir\\nabsout\\nil absout\\nil absolvait\\ndefective.\\nn. absolvons\\nv. absolvez\\nils absolvent\\nn. absolvions\\nv. absolviez\\ni. absolvaient\\nAbstenir (s\\ns abstenant\\nje m abstiens\\nje m abstenais\\nje m abstina\\n2. to abstain abstenu, e.\\nref. see Tenir\\nAbstraire, 4. abstrayant\\nj abstrais\\nj abstrayais\\nto abstract\\nabstrait, e.\\nsee TRAIRE\\nACCOURIR, 2.\\naccouraut\\nj accours\\nj accourais\\nj accourua\\nto run to\\naccouru, e.\\nsee courir\\nAccroitre, 4.\\naccroissant\\nj accrois\\nj accroissais\\nj accrus\\nto increase\\naccru, e.\\nsee CROlTRE\\nalso reflective\\nAccueillir, 2.\\naceueillant\\nj accueille\\nj accueillais\\nj accueillis\\nto welcome\\naccueilli, e.\\nsee cueillir\\nACIIETER, 1.\\nachetant\\nj achete\\nj achetais\\nj achetai\\nto buy\\nachete, e.\\ntu achetea\\nlike CHANTER\\naux. avoir\\nil acbete\\n49, (5)\\nn. achetons\\npeculiar.\\nv. achetez\\nL achetent\\nAchever, 1.\\nachevant\\nj acheve\\nj achevais\\nj achevai\\nto complete\\nacheve,/. e.\\ntu acheves\\nlike CHANTER\\naux. avoir\\nil acheve\\n49, (6)\\nn. achevona\\npeculiar.\\nv. achevez\\ni. achevent\\nAcquerir, 2. acquerant\\nj acquiers\\nj acquerais\\nj acquis\\nto acquire\\nacquis,/, e.\\ntu acquiers\\ntu acquerais\\ntu acquia\\naux. avoir\\nil acquiert\\nil acquerait\\nil acquit\\nirregular\\nn. acquerons\\nn. acquerions\\nn. acquimea\\nv. acquerez\\nv. acqueriez\\nv. acquitea\\ni. acquierent\\nils acqueraient\\nils acquirent\\nAdjoindre, 4. adjoignant\\nj adjoins\\nj adjoignaia\\nj adjoignis\\nto associate, c. adjoint, e.\\nsee joindre\\nAdmettre, 4. admettant\\nj admets\\nj admettaia\\ni admia\\nto admit\\nadmis, e.\\nsee mettre", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0370.jp2"}, "369": {"fulltext": "ICAL TABLE\\nPECULIAR AND TJNIPERSONAL VERBS.\\n43, rule and 49.\\nindicate the conjugations to which they belong.\\nthis Table are not used.\\nFuture.\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nImperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImpeefect.\\nj abattrai\\nj abattrais\\nabats\\nj abatto\\nj abattisse\\nj absoudrai\\nj absoudrais\\nj absolve\\ntu absoudras\\ntu absoudrais\\nabsous\\ntu absolves\\nil absoudra\\nil absoudrait\\nq. absolve\\nil absolve\\nn. absoudrons\\nn. absoudrions\\nabsolvons\\nn. absolvions\\nv. absondrez\\nv. absoudriez\\nabsolvez\\nv. absolviez\\ni. absoudront\\ni. absoudraient\\nq. absolvent\\ni. absolvent\\nje m abstien-\\nje m abstien-\\nje m abstienne\\nje m abstinsse\\n[drai\\n[drais\\nabstiens-toi\\nj abstrairai\\nj abstrairais\\nabstraia\\nj abstraie\\nj accourrai\\nj accourrais\\naccours\\nj accoure\\nj accourusse\\nj accroitrai\\nj accroltrais\\naccrois\\nj accroisse\\nj accrusse\\nj accueillerai\\nj accueillerais\\naccueille\\nj accueille\\nj accueillisse\\nj acheterai\\nj acheterais\\nj achete\\nj achetasse\\ntu acheteras\\ntu acheterais\\nachete\\ntu achetes\\nlike\\nil achetera\\nil acheterait\\nq. achete\\nil achete\\nCHANTER\\nn. acheterons\\nn. acheterions\\nachetons\\nn. achetions\\nv. acheterez\\nv. acheteriez\\nachetez\\nv. achetiez\\nils acheteront\\ni. acheteraient\\nq. achetent\\nils achetent\\nj acheverai\\nj acheverais\\nj acheve\\nj achevasse\\ntu acheveras\\ntu acheverais\\nacheve\\ntu acheves\\nlike\\nil achevera\\nil acbeverait\\nq. acheve\\nil acheve\\nCHANTER\\nn. acheverons\\nn. acheverions\\nachevona\\nn. achevions\\nv. acheverez\\nv. acheveriez\\nachevez\\nv. acheviez\\nils acheveront\\ni. acheveraient\\nq. achevent\\ni. achevent\\nj acquerrai\\nj acquerrais\\nj acquiere\\nj acquisse\\ntu acquerras\\ntu acquerrais\\nacquiers\\ntu acquieres\\ntu acquisses\\nil acquerra\\nil acquerrait\\nq. acquiere\\nil acquiere\\nil acquit\\nn. acquerrons\\nn. acquerrions\\nacquerona\\nn. acquerions\\nn. acquission3\\nn. acquerrez\\nv. acquerriez\\nacquerez\\nv. acqueriez\\nv. acquissiez\\nils acquerront\\ni. acquerraient\\nq. acquierent\\ni. acquierent\\ni. acquissent\\nj adjoindrai\\nj adjoindrais\\nadjoins\\nj adjoigne\\nj adjoignisse\\nj admettrai\\nj admettrai3\\nj admette\\nj admisse\\nadmet3", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0371.jp2"}, "370": {"fulltext": "366\\nIREEGUL AK, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nInfinitive.\\nPabticipi.es.\\nIndicative.\\nIjifekfect.\\nPast Definite.\\nALLER, 1. to\\nallant\\nje vais\\nj allais\\nj allai\\n90\\nalle, e.\\ntu vas\\ntu allais\\ntu alias\\naux. etre\\nil va\\nil allait\\nilalla\\nirregular\\nn. allons\\nn. allions\\nn. alMmes\\nv. allez\\nv. alliez\\nv. allates\\nils vont\\nils allaient\\ni. allerent\\nAmener, 1. to amenant\\nj amene\\nj amenais\\nj amenai\\nbring amene, e.\\n49, (6)\\nsee ACHEVER\\nAmonceler, 1. amoncelant\\nj amoncelle\\nj amoncelais\\nj amoneelai\\nto heap amoncele,/. e.\\n49, (4)\\nsee APPELER\\nApparaitre,4. :apparaissant\\nj apparais\\nj apparaissais\\nj apparus\\nto appear\\napparu, e.\\nsee paraItre\\nAppartexir,2.\\nappartenaut\\nj appartiens\\nj appartenais\\nj appartins\\nto belong\\nappartenu,/. e.\\nsee TENTR\\nAppeler, 1. to\\nappelant\\nj appelle\\nj appelais\\nj appelai\\ncall\\nappele,/. e.\\ntu appelles\\nlike\\nlike\\naux. avoir\\nil appelle\\nCHANTER\\nCHANTER\\n49, (4)\\nn. appelons\\npeculiar\\nv. appelez\\nils appellent\\nApprendre, 4.\\napprcnant\\nj apprends\\nj apprenais\\nj appris\\nto learn\\nappris, e.\\nsee PRENDRE\\nAppuyer, 1. to\\nappuyant\\nj appuie\\nj appuyais\\nj appuyai\\nsupport\\nappuye, o.\\ntu appuies\\nt. appuyais\\nlike\\naux. avoir\\nil appuie\\nil appuyait\\nCHANTER\\n49, (2)\\nn. appuyons\\nn. appuyions\\npeculiar.\\nv. appuyez\\nils appuient\\nv. appuyiez\\ni. appuyaient\\nAss.ullir, 2.\\nassaillant\\nj assaille\\nj assaillais\\nj assaillis\\nto assault\\nassailli, e.\\ntu assaillcs\\nt. assaillais\\nt. assail] is\\naux. avoir\\nil assaille\\ni. assaillait\\ni. assaillit\\nirregular\\nn. assaillons\\nn. assaillions\\nn. assailltmes\\nv. asaaillez\\nv. assailliez\\nv. assaillftes\\niLs assailleut\\ni. assaillaient\\ni. assaillireut\\nAsseoir, 3. to asseyant\\nj assieds\\nj asseyais\\nj assis\\nset something assis, f. e.\\nsee s asseoir\\ndown; to seatl\\nAsseoir, (s 3. s asscyant\\nj. m assieds\\nje m asseyais\\nj. m assis\\nto sit down assis, e.\\nt. t assieds\\nt. t asseyais\\nt. t assis\\naux. ctro\\ni. s assied\\ni. s asseyait\\nt. s assit\\nirregular and\\\\\\nn. n. asseyons\\nn. n. asseyions\\nn. n. assumes\\nreflective\\nv. v. asseyez\\nv. v. asseyiez\\nv. v. assites\\ni. s asseient\\ni. s asseyaient\\ni. s assirent\\nASTRFJNDRE,4.\\nastreignant\\nj astreins\\nj astreignais\\nj astreignis\\nto compel\\nastreint, e.\\nsee CEIXDRE\\nAtteindre, 4.\\natteignant\\nj atteins\\nj atteignais\\nj atteignis\\nto attain\\natteint, e.\\nsee ceindre\\nAtteler, 1. to\\nattelant\\nj attclle\\nj attelais\\nj attelai\\nput to,harness\\nattele,/. e.\\n49, (4)\\nsee APPELER\\nAttraire,4. to\\nattrnyant\\nj attrais\\nj attrayais\\nattract\\nattrait, e.\\nsee traire\\nAvexir, 2. to\\navenant\\nil avient\\nil avenait\\nil avint\\nhappen\\navenu\\nit happens\\nit was happen-,\\nit happened\\nAvoir, to have\\nsee model, 47\\n[ing", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0372.jp2"}, "371": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPBESONAL VEKBS. 62.\\n367\\nFUTURE.\\nConditional.\\nIHPEEATITE.\\nS0BJUNCXIVB.\\nIlJPEBFECT.\\nj irai\\ni irais\\nj aille\\nallasse\\ntu iraa\\ntu irais\\nva\\ntu ailles\\nn allasses\\nil ira\\nil irait\\nq. aille\\nil aille\\nil allat\\nn. irons\\nn. irions\\nallons\\nn. anions\\nn. allassions\\nv. irez\\nv. iriez\\nallez\\nv. alliez\\nv. allassiez\\nils iront\\nL iraient\\nq. aillent\\ni. aQlent\\nl. allassent\\nj amenerai\\nI amenerais\\namene\\nj amene\\nI amenasse\\nj amoncellerai\\namoncelle-\\n[raig\\namoncelle\\nj amoncelle\\ni amoncelasse\\nj apparaitrai\\napparaitrais\\napparais\\nj apparaisse\\nj apparusse\\nj appartien-\\nappartien-\\nj appartienne\\nj appartinsse\\n[drai\\n[drais\\nappartiens\\nj appellerai\\nappellerais\\nj appelle\\nj appelasse\\ntu appelleras\\nappellerais\\nappelle\\ntu appelles\\nlike\\nil appellera\\nappellerait\\nq. appelle\\ni. appelle\\nCHANTER\\nn. appellerons\\na. appellerions\\nappelons\\nn. appelions\\nv. appellerez\\nv. appelleriez\\nappelez\\nv. appeliez\\ni. appelleront\\ni. appelleraient\\nq. appellant\\ni. appellent\\nj apprendrai\\napprendrais\\napprends\\nj apprenne\\nj apprisse\\nj appuierai\\nappuierais\\nj appuie\\nj appuyasse\\nt. appuierag\\nappuierais\\nappuie\\ntu appuies\\nlike\\ni. appuiera\\ni. appuierait\\nq. appuie\\nil appuie\\nCHANTER\\nn. appuierong\\nn. appuierions\\nappuyons\\nn. appuyions\\nv. appuierez\\nv. appuieriez\\nappuyez\\nv. appuyiez\\ni. appuieront\\ni. appuieraient\\nq. appuient\\nils appuient\\nj assaillirai\\ni assaillirais\\nj assaille\\nj assaillisse\\nt. assailliras\\nassaillirais\\nassaille\\nt. assailles\\nt. assaillisse\\ni. assaillira\\ni. assaillirait\\nq. assaille\\ni. assaille\\ni. assaillit\\nn. assiillirons\\nn. assaillirions\\nassaillons\\nn. assaillions\\nn.assaillissions\\nv. assaillirez\\nv. assailliriez\\nassaillez\\nv. assailliez\\nv. assaillissiez\\ni. assailliront\\ni. assailliraient\\nq. assaillent\\ni. assaillent\\ni. assaillissent\\nj assierai\\nassierais\\nassieds\\nj asseie\\nj assisse\\nje m assierai\\ni. m assierais\\nje m asseie\\nje m assissQ\\nt. t assieras\\nt. t assierais\\nassieds-toi\\nt. t asseies\\nt. t assisses\\ni. s assiera\\ni. s assierait\\nq. s asseie\\ni. s asseie\\ni. s assit\\nn. n. assierons\\nn. n. assierions\\nasseyons-n.\\nn. n. asseyions\\nn. n. assissions\\nv. v. assierez\\nv. v. assieriez\\nasseyez-v.\\nv. v. asseyiez\\nv. v. assissiez\\ni. s assieront\\ni. s assieraient\\nq. s asseient\\ni. s asseient\\ni. s assissent\\nj astreindrai\\nj astreindrais\\nastreins\\nj astreigne\\nj astreignisse\\nj atteindrai\\nj atteindrais\\natteins\\nj atteigne\\nj atteignisse\\nj attellerai\\nj attellerais\\nattelle\\nj attelle\\nj attelasse\\nj attrairai\\nj attrairais\\nattrais\\nj attraie\\nil aviendra\\nil aviendrait\\nil avienne\\nil avint\\nit will happen\\nit wld. happen\\nit may happen\\nit mgt. happen", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0373.jp2"}, "372": {"fulltext": "368 IEEEGTJLAE,\\nDEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nInfinitive.\\nPaeticiples.\\nIndicative.\\nIiiPEEFECT. Past Definite.\\nAvoir (y), to be\\ny ayant\\nil j a\\nil y avait jil y eut\\nthere\\neu (unip.)\\nthere is, are\\nthere iuos, were there was, were\\nBattre, 4. to\\nbattant\\nje bats\\nje battais je battis\\nbeat\\nbattu,/. e.\\ntu bats\\ntu battais tu battis\\naux avoir\\nilbat\\nil battait il battit\\nirregular\\nn. battons\\nn. battions\\nd. battimes\\nv. battez\\nv. battiez\\nv. battites\\nils battent\\ni. battaient\\nils battirent\\nBoire, 4. to\\nbuvant\\nje bois\\nje buvais\\nje bus\\ndrink\\nbu. e.\\ntu bois\\ntu buvais tu bus\\naux. avoir\\nil boit\\nil buvait lil but\\nirregular\\nn. buvons\\nn. buvions n. bumes\\nv. buvez\\nv. buviez v. butes\\nils boivent\\ni. buvaient ils burent\\nBouillir, 2. to\\nbouillant\\nje bous\\nje bouillais je bouillis\\nboil\\nbouilli, e.\\ntu bous\\ntu bouillais tu bouillis\\naux. avoir\\nil bout\\nilbouillait il bouillit\\nirre^uZar\\nn. bouillons\\nn. bouillions n. bouillimes\\nv. bcuillez\\nv. bouilliez v. bouillites\\ni. bouillent\\nils bouillaient\\nils bouillirent\\nBOURRELER, 1.\\nbourrelart\\nje bourrele\\nje bourrelais\\nje bourrelai\\nto torment bourrele, e.\\n49, (5)\\nBraire, 4. to\\\\\\nil brait\\nbray\\nils braient\\ndefective.\\nBruixer, 1. to bruinant\\nil bruine\\nil bruinait\\nil bruina\\ndrizzle bruine\\nit drizzles\\nit was driz-\\nit drizzled\\nunipersonal\\n[zling\\nBruire, 4. fobruissant\\nil bruit\\nil bruyait, or\\nroar, rustle\\nil bruissait\\ndefective.\\nils bruyaient\\nils bruissaient\\nCaciieter, 1.\\ncachetant\\nje cachette\\nje cachetais\\nje cachetai\\nto seal\\neachete, e.\\n49, (4)\\nCeixdre, 4. to ceignant\\nje ceins\\njo ceignais\\nje ceignis\\ngird ceint, e.\\ntu ceins\\ntu ceignais\\ntu ceignis\\naux. avoir\\nil ceiut\\nil ceignait\\nil ceignit\\nirregular\\nn. ceignons\\nn. ceignions !n. ceignimes\\nv. ceignez\\nv. ceigniez v. ce ignites\\nils ceignent\\nils ceignaient ills ceignirent\\nCiiaxceler, 1. chancelant\\nje chancelle\\nje chancelais je chancelai\\nto stagger\\nchancele, e.\\n49, (4)\\nsee appeler\\nCitaxger, 1. to\\nchangeant\\nje change\\nje changeais je changeai\\nchange\\nchange, e.\\ntu changes\\ntu changeais tu changeag\\naux. avoir\\nil change\\nil changeait jil changea\\n49, (1)\\nn. changeons\\nn. changions n. changreames\\npeculiar.\\nv. changez\\nv. changiez \\\\v. changeates\\nils changent\\nilschansreaient ils changerent\\nCircoxscrire, circonserivant\\nje circonscris\\nje circonscri- j. circonscrivis\\n4. to circurn- (Cireonscrit,\\nsee lic RiRE\\n[vais\\n[scribe e.\\nCircoxvexir, circonvenaDt\\nj. circonviens\\njo circonve-\\nje circonvins\\n2. to circum-\\n[yent\\ncirconvenu,\\nsee vexir\\n[nais", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0374.jp2"}, "373": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPEKSOKAIi VERBS.\\n62.\\n369\\nFUTUEE.\\nConditional.\\nIilPEEATIVE.\\nSUUJUNOTIVE.\\nIMPEEFECT.\\nil y aura\\nil y aurait\\nil y ait\\nil y eut\\nthere will be\\nthere would be\\nthere may be\\nthere might be\\nje battrai\\nje battrais\\nje batte\\nje battisse\\ntu battras\\ntu battrais\\nbats\\ntu battes\\ntu battisses\\nil battra\\nil battrait\\nq. batte\\nil batte\\nil battit\\nn. battrons\\nn. battrions\\nbattons\\nn. battions\\nn. battissions\\nv. battrez\\nv. battriez\\nbattez\\nv. battiez\\nv. batissiez\\ni. battront\\ni. battraient\\nq. battent\\ni. battent\\ni. battisscnt\\nje boirai\\nj. boirais\\nje boive\\nje busse\\ntu boiras\\ntu boirais\\nbois\\ntu boives\\ntu busses\\nil boira\\nil boirait\\nq. boive\\nil boive\\nilbut\\nn. boirons\\nn. boirions\\nbuvons\\nn. buvions\\nn. bussions\\nv. boiriez\\nv. boiriez\\nbuvez\\nv. buviez\\nv. bussiez\\ni. boiront\\ni. boiraient\\nq. boivent\\ni. boivent\\nils bussent\\nje bouillirai\\nje bouillirais\\nje bouille\\nje bouillisse\\ntu bouilliras\\ntu bouillirais\\nbous\\ntu bouilles\\ntu bouillisses\\nil bouillira\\nil bouillirait\\nq. bouille\\nil bouille\\nil bouillit\\nn. bouillirons\\nn. bouillirions\\nbouillons\\nn. bouillions\\nn bouillissions\\nv. bouillirez\\nv. bouilliriez\\nbouillez\\nv. bouilliez\\nv. bouillissiez\\ni. bouilliront\\ni. bouilliraient\\nq. bouillent\\nil bouillent\\ni. bouillissent\\nje bourrelerai\\nje bourrelerais\\nbourrele\\nje bourrele\\nje bourrelasse\\nil braira\\nil brairait\\nils brairont\\nils brairaient\\nil bruinera\\nil bruinerait\\nq. bruine\\nq. bruine\\nq. bruinat\\nit will drizzle\\nit wld. drizzle\\nlet it drizzle\\nit may drizzle\\nit mgt. drizzle\\nje cachetterai\\nje cacbetterais\\ncacbette\\nje cacbette\\nje cacbetasse\\nje ceindrai\\nje ceindrais\\nje ceigne\\nje ceignisse\\ntu ceindras\\ntu ceindrais\\nceins\\ntu ceignea\\ntu ceignisses\\nil ceindra\\nil ceindrait\\nq. ceigne\\nil ceigne\\nil ceignit\\nn. ceindrons\\nn. ceindrions\\nceignons\\nn. ceignions\\nn. ceignissions\\nv. ceindrez\\nv. ceindriez\\nceignez\\nv. ceigniez\\nv. ceignissiez\\nils ceindront\\nils ceindraient\\nq. ceignent\\nils ceignent\\ni. ceignissent\\nje chancellerai\\nje chancelle-\\n[rais\\ncbancelle\\nje cbancelle\\nje chancelasse\\nje chaugerai\\nje cbangerais\\nje cbange\\nje changeasse\\nlike\\nchange\\ntu changes\\ntu changeasses\\nCHANTER\\nq. cbange\\nlike\\nil changeat\\nchangeons\\nCHANTER\\nchangeassions\\nchangez\\nv. changeassiez\\nq. changent\\ni. changeassent\\nje circonscri-\\nje circonscri-\\nje circonscrive\\nje circonscii-\\n[rai\\n[rais\\ncirconscris\\n[vLsse\\nje circonvien-\\nje circonvien-\\nje circonvi-\\nje circonvinsse\\n[drai\\n[drais\\ncirconviens\\n16*\\n[enne", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0375.jp2"}, "374": {"fulltext": "3Y0\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nInfinitive.\\nPaeticiples.\\nIndicative.\\nImpekfect.\\nPast Definite.\\nClore, 4. to\\nje clos\\nclose\\nclos\\ntu clos\\ndefective\\nil clot\\nCOLLETER, 1,\\ncolletant\\nje collete\\nje colletais\\nje colletai\\nto collar\\ncollete, e.\\n49, (5)\\nsee ACHETER\\nje combattais\\nCOMBATTRE, 4.\\ncombattant\\nje combats\\nje combattis\\nto combat\\ncombattu, e.\\nsee BATTRE\\nCOJISIETTRE, 4.\\ncommettant\\nje commets\\nje commettais\\nje conimis\\nto commit\\nconimis, e.\\nsee 1IETTRE\\nCOMPARAITRE,\\ncomparaissant\\nje comparais\\nje comparaia-\\nje compares\\n4. to appear\\ncomparu\\nsee PARA1TRE\\n[sais\\nCOMPLAIRE, 4.\\ncomplaisant\\nje complais\\nje complaisais\\nje complus\\nto humor\\ncomplu\\nsee plaire\\nCOMPREXDRE,\\ncomprenant\\nje comprends\\nje comprenais\\nje compris\\n4. to under-\\ncompris, e.\\nsee prexdre\\nstand\\nCOMPROIIET-\\ncompromet-\\nje compromets je compromet-je compromis\\nTRE,4.to com-\\n[tant\\nsee ilETTRE\\n[tais\\npromit\\ncompromis,/e.\\nCOXCLURE, 4.\\nconcluant\\njo conclus\\nje concluais\\nje conclus\\nto conclude\\nconclu, o.\\ntu conclus\\ntu concluais\\ntu conclus\\naux. avoir\\nil conclut\\nil concluait\\nil conclut\\nirregular.\\nn. concluons\\nn. concluions\\nn. conclumes\\nv. concluez\\nv. concluiez\\nv. conclutes\\ni. concluent\\ni. concluaicnt\\nils conclurent\\nCoxcourtr, 2.\\nconcourant\\nje concours\\nje concourais\\nje concourus\\nto concur\\ncoucouru, e.\\nsee courir\\nCoxdujre, 4.\\nconduisant\\nje conduis\\nje conduisais\\nje eonduisis\\nto conduct\\nconduit, e.\\ntu conduis\\ntu conduisais\\ntu eonduisis\\naux. avoir\\nil conduit\\nil conduisait\\nil conduisit\\nirregular.\\nn. conduisons\\nn. conduisions\\nn. conduisimes\\nv. conduisez\\nv. conduisiez\\nv. conduisites\\nils conduiscnt\\ni. conduisaient\\ni. conduisirent\\nCoxfire, 4. to\\nconusant\\nje coiiiis\\nje confisais\\nje confis\\npreserve\\nconlit, o.\\ntu confis\\ntu confisais\\ntu confis\\naux. avoir\\nil count\\nil confisait\\nil confit\\nirregular.\\nn. confisons\\nn. confisions\\nn. confimes\\nv. confisez\\nv. confisiez\\nv. confites\\nL confisent\\ni. confisaient\\nils confirent\\nCOXGELER, 1.\\ncongelant\\nje congele\\nje congclais\\nje congelai\\nto congeal\\ncongele, e.\\n49, (5)\\nCoxjoixdre, 4.\\ncoujoiguant\\nje conjoins\\nje conjoignais\\njo conjoignis\\nto conjoin\\nconjoint, e.\\nsee CEINDRE\\nCoxxaitre, 4.\\nconnaissant\\nje connais\\njo connaissais\\nje connus\\nto know\\nconnu, o.\\ntu connais\\ntu connaissais\\ntu connus\\naux. avoir\\nil connait\\nil connaissait\\nil connut\\nirregular.\\nn. connaissons\\nn. connaissions\\nn. connumes\\nv. connaissez\\nv. connaissiez\\nv. connutes\\ni. connaissent\\ni.connaissaient\\ni. connurent\\nCoxquerir, 2.\\nconquerant\\nje conquiers\\nje conquerais\\nje conquis\\nto conquer\\nconquis, e.\\nsee ACQUERIR\\nCoxsextir, 2.\\nconsentant\\nje consens\\nje consentais\\nje consentia\\nto consent\\nconsenti, e.\\nsee sextir", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0376.jp2"}, "375": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPEKSONAL VEBBS.\\n62.\\n371\\nFUTUER\\nje clorai je clorais\\ntu cloras tu clorais\\nil clora, etc. il clorait, etc.\\nje colleterai je colleterais\\nje combattrai je combattrais\\nje comiuettrai\\nje comparai-\\n[trai\\nje complairai\\nje compren-\\n[drai\\nConditional.\\nje commet-\\n[trais\\nje comparai-\\n[trais\\nje complairais\\nje compren-\\n[drais\\nje compromet- je compromet\\n[trai [trais\\nje conclurai\\ntu concluras\\nil conclura\\nn. conclurons\\nv. conclurez\\nils concluront\\nje concourrai\\nje conduirai\\ntu conduiras\\nil couduira\\nH. conduirons\\nv. condurez\\nils conduiront\\nje confirai\\ntu confiras\\nil confira\\nn. confirons\\nv. confirez\\nL confiront\\nje congelerai\\nje conjoindrai\\nje connaitrai\\ntu connaitras\\nil connaitra\\nn. connaitrons\\nv. connaitrez\\nils connaitront\\nje conquerrai\\nje consentirai\\nje conclurais\\nru conclurais\\nil conclurait\\nn. conclurions\\ny. concluriez\\nil concluraient\\nije concourrais\\nIje conduirais\\ntu conduirais\\nil couduirait\\nIn. conduirions\\nv. conduiriez\\ni conduiraient\\nIje confirais\\ntu confirais\\nil confira it\\nn. confirions\\nv. confiriez\\nils confiraient\\nje congelerais\\nje conjoin-\\n[drais\\nje connaitrais\\ntu connaitrais\\nil connaitrait\\nn. connaitrions\\nv. connaitriez\\ni.connaitraient\\nje conquerrais\\nje consenti-\\n[rais\\ncollete\\ncombats\\ncommets\\ncomparais\\ncomplais\\ncomprends\\ncompromets\\nconclus\\nq. conclue\\nconcluons\\nconcluez\\nq. concluent\\nconcours\\nconduis\\nq. conduise\\nconduisons\\nconduisez\\nq. conduisent\\nconfis\\nq. confise\\nconfisons\\nconfisez\\nq. confisenfc\\ncongele\\nconjoins\\nconnais\\nSubjunctive.\\nje collete\\nje combatte\\nje commette\\nje compa-\\n[raisse\\nje complaise\\nje comprenne\\nje compro-\\n[mette\\nje conclue\\ntu conclues\\nil conclue\\nn. concluions\\nv. concluiez\\nils concluent\\nje concoure\\ntu conduises\\nil conduise\\nn. conduisions\\nv. conduisiez\\nils conduisent\\nje confise\\nItu confises\\nil confise\\nconfisions\\nconfisiez\\nconfisent\\nje conjoigne\\nconnaissez\\nq. connaissent\\nconquiers\\ntu connaisses\\nil connaisse\\nn. connaissions\\nconnaissent\\nje conquiere\\nje consente\\nje colletasse\\ncombattisse\\nje commisse\\nje comparusse\\nje complusse\\nje comprisse\\nje compro-\\n[misse\\nje conclusse\\ntu conclusses\\nil conclut\\nn. conclussions\\nv. conclussiez\\nils conclussent\\nje concourusse\\nconduisisse\\ntu conduisisses\\nil conduisit\\nconduisissions\\nv. conduisissiez\\nconduisissent\\nje confisse\\ntu confisses\\nil conf it\\nn. confissions\\nv. confissiez\\nils confissent\\nje congelasse\\nconjoignisse\\nje connusse\\ntu connusses\\nil connut\\nn. connussions\\nv. connussiez\\nils connussent\\nje conquisse\\nje consentisso", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0377.jp2"}, "376": {"fulltext": "Ill REGULAR, DEFECTIV.\\nPECULIAR\\nINFINITIVE.\\nAETIOIPI.ES.\\nCOXSTRUIRE, 4.\\nto construct\\nCOXTEXIR, 2.\\nto contain\\nCOXTRAIXDRE,\\n4. to constrain\\nfcoXTREDIRE,4.\\nto contradict\\naux avoir\\nirregular.\\nCOXTREFAIRE,\\n4. to counter-\\nfeit\\nCOXTREVEXIR,\\n2. to contra-\\nvene\\nC ONVAIXCRE,\\n4. to convince\\nC JXVKXIR, 2.\\nto suit, fit, etc.\\nCOQUETER, 1.\\nto coquet\\nCORROMPRE, 4.\\nto corrupt\\nCOUDRE, 4. to\\nsew\\naux. avoir\\nirregular.\\nconstruisant\\nconstruit, e.\\ncontenant\\njcontenu, e.\\njcontraignant\\ncontraint, e.\\ncontredisant\\ncontredit, e.\\ncontrefaisant\\ncontrefait, e,\\ncontrevenant\\ncontrevenu/.e.\\nconvainquant\\nconvaincu,/.e.\\nconvenant\\ncouvenu, e.\\ncoquetant\\ncoquete\\ncorrompant\\ncorrompu, e,\\ncousant\\ncousu,/. e.\\nCOURIR, 2. to courant\\nrun\\naux. avoir\\nCOUVRER, 2. to couvrant\\ncover\\nflRAINDRE,\\nR [Rl\\naux. avoir\\nirregular.\\n[convert, e.\\n4. craignant\\neraint, e.\\nfocroyant\\ncru,/. o.\\nCroitre, 4. to\\ngrow\\naux. avoir\\nC tre\\nirregular.\\ncroissant\\ncru, e.\\nIndicative. I Imperfect. Past Definite,\\nje construis\\nsee coxdcire\\nje contiens\\nsee texir\\nje contrains\\nsee CEINDRE\\nje contredis\\ntu contredis\\nil contredit\\nn.contredisons\\nv. contredisez\\ni. contredisent\\nje contrefais\\nsee PAIRE\\nje contreviens\\nsee texir\\nje convaincs\\nsee VAINCRE\\nje conviens\\nsee texir\\nje coquete\\nsee ACIIETER\\nje oorromps\\nRO.MPRE\\nje couds\\ntu couds\\nil coud\\nn. cousons\\nv. cousez\\nils cousent\\nje cours\\ntu cours\\nil court\\nn. courons\\nv. courez\\nils courent\\nje couvre\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2see ouvrir\\nje crains\\nsee CEIXDRE\\nje crois\\ntu crois\\nil croit\\nn. croyons\\nv. croyez\\nils croient\\nje crois\\ntu crois\\nil croit\\nn. croissons\\nv. croissez\\nils croissent\\nje construisais\\nje contenais\\nje contraignais\\nje contredisais\\nlike dire\\nje contrefai-\\n[sais\\nje contreve\\n[nais\\nje convain-\\n[quais\\nje convenais\\nje coquetais\\npeculiar\\njo corrompais\\nje cousais\\ntu cousais\\nil cousait\\nn. cousions\\nv. cousiez\\nils cousaient\\nje courais\\ntu courais\\nil courait\\nn. courions\\nv. couriez\\nils couraient\\nje couvrais\\nje craignais\\nje croyais\\ntu croyais\\nil croyait\\nn. croyions\\nv. croyiez\\nils croyaient\\nje croissais\\ntu croissais\\nil croissait\\nn. croissions\\nv. croissicz\\nils croissaicnt\\nje construisis\\nje contins\\nje contraignis\\nje contredis\\nlike dire\\nje contrefis\\nje contrevins\\nje convamquis\\nje convins\\nje coquetai\\nje corrompis\\nje cousis\\ntu cousis\\nil cousit\\nn. cousimes\\nv. cousites\\nils cousirent\\nje courus\\ntu courus\\nil courut\\nn. courumes\\nv. courutes\\nils coururent\\nje couvris\\nje crus\\ntu crus\\nil crut\\nn. crumes\\nv. crutes\\nil crurent\\nje crus\\ntu crus\\nil crut\\nn. erumes\\nv. crutea\\nils crurent", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0378.jp2"}, "377": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPEESONAL VERBS. \u00c2\u00a762\\n373\\nFUTDBE.\\nConditional.\\nImperative.\\nStTHJTTNCTIVE.\\nImperfect.\\nje construirai\\nje construirais\\nconstruis\\nje contruise\\nje construisis-\\n[se\\nje contiendrai\\nje contien-\\n[drais\\ncontiens\\nje contienne\\nje continsse\\nje contrain-\\nje contrain-\\nje contraigne\\nje contraignis-\\n[drai\\n[drais\\ncontrains\\n[se\\nje contredirai\\nje contredirais\\nje contredise\\nje contredisse\\nlike dire\\nlike dire\\ncontredis\\nq. contredise\\ncontredisons\\ncontredisez\\nq. contredisent\\nlike DIRE\\nlike dire\\nje contreferai\\nje contreferais\\ncontrefais\\nje contrefasse\\nje contrefisse\\njo contrevien-\\nje contrevien-\\nje contrevien-\\nje contrevinsse\\n[drai\\n[drais\\ncontreviens\\n[ne\\nje convaincrai\\nje convaincrais\\nconvaincs\\nje convainque\\nje convain-\\n[quisso\\nje conviendrai\\nje convien-\\n[drais\\nconviens\\nje convienne\\nje convinsse\\nje coqueterai\\nje coqueterais\\ncoquete\\nje coquete\\nje coquetasse\\nje corromprai\\nje corromprais\\ncorromps\\nje corrompe\\nje corrompisso\\nje coudrai\\nje coudrais\\nje couse\\nje cousisse\\ntu coudras\\ntu coudrais\\ncouds\\ntu couses\\ntu cousisses\\nil coudra\\nil coudrait\\nq. couse\\nil couse\\nil cousit\\nn. coudrons\\nn. coudrions\\ncousons\\nn. cousions\\nn. cousissions\\nv. coudrez\\nv. coudriez\\ncousez\\nv. cousiez\\nv. cousissiez\\nils coudront\\ni. coudraient\\nq. cousent\\ni. cousent\\nils cousissent\\nje courrai\\nje courrais\\nje coure\\nje courusse\\ntu courras\\ntu courrais\\ncours\\ntu coures\\ntu courusses\\nil coarra\\nil courrait\\nq. coure\\nil coure\\nil courut\\nn. courrons\\nn. courrions\\ncourons\\nn. courions\\nn. courussions\\nv. courrez\\n7. courriez\\ncourez\\nv. couriez\\nv. courussiez\\nils courront\\nils courraient\\nq. courent\\nils courent\\nils courussent\\nje couvrirai\\nje couvrirais\\ncouvre\\nje couvre\\nje couvrisse\\nje craindrai\\nje craindrais\\ncrains\\nje craigne\\nje craignisse\\nje croirai\\nje croirais\\nje croie\\nje crusse\\ntu croiras\\ntu croirais\\ncrois\\ntu croies\\ntu crusses\\nil croira\\nil croirait\\nq. croie\\nil croie\\nil crut\\nn. croirons\\nn. croirions\\ncroyons\\nn. croyions\\nn. crussions\\nv. croirez\\nv. croiriez\\ncroyez\\nv. croyiez\\nv. crussiez\\nils croiront\\nils croiraient\\nq. croient\\nils croient\\nils crussent\\nje croitrai\\njo croitrais\\nje croisse\\nje crusse\\ntu croitras\\ntu croitrais\\ncrois\\ntu croisses\\ntu crusses\\nil croitra\\nil croitrait\\nq. croisse\\nil croisse\\nil crut\\nn. croitrons\\nn. croitrions\\ncroissons\\nn. emissions\\nn. crussions\\nv. croitrez\\nv. croitriez\\ncroissez\\nv. croissiez\\nv. crussiez\\nils croitront\\nils croitraient\\nq. croissent\\nils croissent\\nils crussent", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0379.jp2"}, "378": {"fulltext": "374 IRREGULAR,\\nDEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nInfinitive.\\nPaeticiples.\\nIndicative. 1\\nIilPEEFEOT. 1\\nPast Definiti\\nCUEILLIR, 2. tO\\n3ueillant\\ne cueille |je cueillais jje cueillis\\ngather\\nsueilli, e.\\nu eueilles\\ntu cueillais\\ntu cueillis\\naux avoir\\nil cueille\\nil cueillait\\nil cueillit\\nirregular.\\na. cueillons\\na. cueillions\\nn. cueillimes\\nv. cueillez\\nv cueilliez\\nv. cueillites\\nlis cueilleut\\nIs cueillaient\\nils cueillirent\\nCuire, 4. to\\ncuisant\\ne cuis\\ne cuisais\\nje cuisis\\nbake, cook, etc.\\ncuit, e.\\nsee CONDUIRE\\nDebattre, 4.\\ndebattant\\ne debats\\ne debattais\\nje debattis\\nto debate\\nde battu, e.\\nsee battre\\nDecacheter,\\ndecachetant\\ne decachette\\ne decachetais\\nje decachetai\\n1. to unseal\\ndecachete, e.\\n49, (4)\\nDechoir, 3. to\\ne dechois\\ne de choyais\\nje dechus\\ndecay\\ndechu, e.\\n;u dechois\\n;u dechoyais\\ntu dechus\\naux. avoir\\nd dechoit\\n1 dechoyait\\nil dechufc\\netre\\nn. dechoyons\\nn. de choyioDS\\nu. de chumes\\ndefective.\\n[Bescherelle)\\nv. de choyez\\nv. dechoyicz\\nv. dechutes\\nOs dechoient\\ndsdechoyaient\\nils de churent\\nDecoudre, 4.\\nde cousant\\nje decouds\\nje decousais\\nje decousis\\nto rip\\ndecousu, e.\\nsee coudre\\nDecouvrir, 2.\\ndecouvrant\\nje decouvre\\nje de couvrais\\nje decouvris\\nto discover\\ndecouvert,/. e.\\nsee ouvrir\\nDecrire, 4. to\\ndecrivant\\nje decris\\nje decrivais\\nje decrivis\\ndescribe\\ndecrit, e.\\nsee ECR1RE\\nDedire, 4. to\\ndedisant\\nje dedis\\nje dedisais\\nje dedis\\nunsay\\ndedit, e.\\nseeCOXTREDIRE\\nDeduire, 4. to\\ndeduisant\\ndeduit, e.\\nje deduis\\nje deduisais\\nje deduisis\\ndeduct\\nsee coxdcire\\nDefaillir, 2.\\ndefaillant\\nil defaille\\nje defaulaia\\nje defaillis\\nto fail, faint\\ndefailli\\nD. difaillons\\netc.\\netc.\\ndefective.\\n(Bescherelle)\\nv. defaillez\\nils defoillent\\nDefaire, 4. to\\ndefaisant\\nje defais\\nje defaisaia\\nje defis\\nundo\\ndefait, e.\\nsee faire\\nDegeler, 1. to\\ndegelant\\nil dvgele\\nil degelait\\nil degela\\nthaw\\ndegele, e.\\nDEJOIXDRE, 4.\\ndejoignant,\\nje dejoins\\nje dejoignais\\nje dejoignis\\ndisjoin\\ndejoint, e.\\nsee ceixdre\\nDejiextir, 2.\\ndementant\\nje demens\\nje dementais\\nje dementis\\nto belie\\ndemeuti, e.\\nsee sextir\\nDemettre, 4.\\ndemettant\\nje de mets\\nje demettais\\nje demis\\nto disjoint\\ndemis, e.\\nsee METTRE\\nDepeixdre, 4.\\ndepeignant\\nje depeins\\nje depeignais\\njo depeignis\\nto depict\\ndepeint, e.\\nsee ceixdre\\nDeplaire, 4.\\ndrplaisant\\nje deplais\\nje deplaisais\\nje deplus\\nto displease\\ndeplu, e.\\nsee plaire\\nDesappren-\\ndesapprenant\\nje desap-\\nje dcsappre-\\nje desappris\\ndre, 4. to un-\\nde sappris, e.\\n[prends\\n[nais\\nlearn\\nsee PREXDRE\\nDesservir, 2.\\ndesservant\\nje dessers\\nje desservais\\nje desservia\\nto clear Hie ta-\\nble\\nDeteixdre, 4.\\ndesservi, e.\\nsee servir\\ndeteignant\\nje deteins\\nje deteignais\\njo deteignia\\nto discolor\\ndeteint, e.\\nsee TEINDRE", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0380.jp2"}, "379": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPEESONAL VERES\\n62.\\n875\\nFutuee. I Conditional.\\nje cueillerai\\ntu cueilleras\\nil cueillera\\nn. cueillerons\\nv. cueillerez\\nils cueilleront\\nje cuirai\\nje debattrai\\nje decachet-\\n[terai\\nje de cherrai\\ntu decberras\\nil decherra\\nd. de cherrons\\nv. decherrez\\nils decherront\\nje decoudrai\\nje decouvrirai\\nje decrirai\\nje de dirai\\nje deduirai\\nsee Bescherelle,\\nDictionnaire\\nNational.\\nje deferai\\nil degelera\\nje dejoindrai\\nje dementirai\\nje demettrai\\nje depeindrai\\nje deplairai\\nje desappren\\n[dra\\nje cueillerais\\ntu cueillerais\\nil cueillerait\\nn. cueillerions\\nv. cueilleriez\\ncueilleraient\\nje cuirais\\nje debattrais\\nje decachet-\\n[terais decachette\\nje decherrais\\ntu decherrais dechois\\nil decherrait q. dechoie\\nn. decherrions dechoyons\\nv. deeherriez dechoyp\\ni. decherraient\\nje decoudrais\\nIMPEKATIVE.\\ncueille\\nq. cueille\\ncueillons\\ncueillez\\nq. cueillent\\ncuis\\ndebats\\nje decouvrirais\\nje decriraia\\nje dediraia\\nje deduirais\\nje deferais\\ndegelerait\\ndejoindrais\\nq. dechoient\\ndecouds\\ndecouvre\\ndecris\\ndedis\\ndeduis\\ndefais\\nq. degele\\ndemettrais\\nje depeindrais\\nje de plairais\\nje desservixai je desservirais\\nje deteindrai\\n[cka\\ndejoiua\\ndemeta\\ndepeins\\ndeplai3\\nSUiMUNCTIVE.\\nje cueille\\ntu cueille3\\nil cueille\\nu. cueilliona\\nv. cueilliez\\ncueillent\\nje cuise\\nje debatte\\nje decacbette\\nje dechoie\\ntu dechoies\\nil dechoie\\nn. dechoyions\\nv. dechoyiez\\nils dechoient\\nje decouse\\ndecouvre\\nje decrive\\nje dedise\\nje deduise\\n]6\\nil degele\\nImpekfect.\\nje deteindrais\\nIdeteina\\ndemente\\ne depeigne\\ne deplaise\\ne desappren-\\n[ne\\nje deteigne\\nje cueillisso\\ntu cueillisses\\nil cueillit\\nn. cueillissiona\\ncueillissiez\\nils cueillissent\\nje cuisisse\\nje debattisse\\nje de cache-\\nje dechusse\\ntu decbusses\\nil dechut\\nn. dechussiona\\nv. dechussiez\\nils dechussent\\nje decousisse\\nje decouvrisse\\ndecrivisse\\nje de disse\\nje deduisisse\\nje defisse\\nil degelat\\nje dejoignisse\\nje dementisse\\nje demisse\\nje depeignisse\\nje deplusse\\nje desapprisse\\nje desservisee\\nje de teignisse", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0381.jp2"}, "380": {"fulltext": "376 IEREGTTD AE,\\nDEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nInfinitive.\\nParticiples.\\nIndicative.\\nImperfect.\\nPast Definite.\\nDetenir, 2. to\\ndetenant\\ne detiens\\ne detenais\\ne detins\\ndetain\\ndetenu, e.\\nsee tenir\\nDetruire, 4.\\ndetruisant\\ne detruis\\ne detruisais\\ne detruisis\\ndestroy\\ndetruit, e.\\nsee conduire\\nDevenir, 2. to\\ndevenant\\ne deviens\\ne devenaia\\ne devins\\nto become\\ndevenu, e.\\nsee tenir\\nDevetir, 2. to\\ndevetant\\ne devets\\ne devetais\\nie devetis\\ndivest\\ndevetu, e.\\nsee tetir\\nDire, 4. to say\\ndisant\\ne dis\\ne disais\\nie dis\\naux. avoir\\ndit, e.\\n;u dis\\n;u disais\\ntu dis\\nirregular.\\nd dit\\nil disait\\nil dit\\nn. disons\\nn. disions\\nn. dimes\\nv. dites\\nv. disiez\\nv. dites\\nds disent\\nils disaient\\nils dirent\\nDlSCOURIR, 2.\\ndiscourant\\ne discours\\nie discourais\\ne discounts\\nto discourse\\ndiscouru\\nsee codrir\\nDlSPARAlTRE,\\ndisparaissant\\ne disparais\\nie disparais-\\nje disparus\\n4. to disappear\\ndisparu, e.\\nsee CONNA1TRE\\n[sais\\nDlSSOUDRE, 4.\\ndissolvant\\nje dissous\\nje dissolvais\\nto dissolve\\ndissous, te.\\nsee ABSOUDRE\\nDlSTR.URE, 4.\\ndistrayant\\nie distrais\\nje distrayais\\nto divert\\ndistrait, e.\\nsee TRAIRE\\nDORMIR, 2. to\\ndormant\\nie dors\\n|e dormais\\njo dormis\\nsleep\\ndormi\\ntu dors\\ntu dormais\\ntu dormis\\naux. avoir\\nil dort\\nil dormait\\nil dormit\\nirregular.\\nn. dormons\\nn. dormions\\nn. dormimes\\nv. dormez\\nv. dormiez\\nv. dormites\\nils dorment\\nils dormaient\\nils dormirent\\nEciioir, 3. to\\necheant\\nil echoit\\nil ecliut\\nfall due\\nechu, e.\\nor il echet\\nEOLOEE, 4. to\\nil eclot\\nhatch\\neclos\\nEuOXDOTRE, 4.\\neconduisant\\ni econduis\\nj econduisais\\nj econduisis\\nto refuse\\nuconduit, e.\\nsee CONDUIRE\\nEcrire, 4. to\\necrivant\\nj ecris\\nj ecrivais\\nj ecrivis\\nwrite\\necrit, e.\\ntu ecris\\ntu ccrivais\\ntu ecrivis\\naux. avoir\\nil ecrit\\nil ecrivait\\nil ecrivit\\nirregular.\\nn. ccrivons\\nn. ecrivions\\nn. ecrivlmes\\nv. ecrivez\\nv. ecriviez\\nv. ecrivitos\\nils ecrivent\\nils ecrivaient\\nils ecrivirent\\nElire, 4. to\\nelisant\\nj elis\\nj elisais\\nj elus\\netecf\\nelu, e.\\nsee lire\\nEmettre, 4. to emettant\\nj emets\\nj emettais\\nj emis\\nemtf jemis, e.\\nsee METTRE\\nEmmeubr, 1. to\\nemmenant\\nj emmcne\\nj emmenais\\nj emmenai\\ntake away\\nemmene, e.\\n49, (6)\\nsee mener\\nE.UOUDRE, 4. to\\nemoulant\\nj emouds\\nj emoulai3\\nj emoulu3\\ns/tarpera\\nemoulu, e.\\nsee MOUDRE\\nEmouvoir, 3.\\nemouvant\\nj emeus\\nj emouvais\\nj emus\\nto excite, etc.\\nemu, e.\\nsee mouvoir\\nEmployer, 1.\\nemployant\\nj emploie\\nj employais\\nj employai\\nto employ\\nemploye, e.\\n49, (2)\\nsee APPUYER\\nEmpreindre,\\nempreignant\\nj empreins\\nj empreignais\\nj empreignia\\n4. to imprint\\nempreint, e.\\nsee CEINDRE", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0382.jp2"}, "381": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPEKSOKAIi VERBS.\\n02\\n377\\nFuture.\\nConditional..\\nImpeeative.\\nSUBJUNCTIVK\\nje detiendrai\\nje detiendrais\\ndetiens\\nje detienne\\nje detruirai\\nje detruirais\\ndetruis\\nje detruise\\nje deviendrai\\nje deviendrais\\ndeviens\\nje devienne\\nje devetirai\\nje devetirais\\ndevets\\nje devete\\nje dirai\\nje dirais\\nje dise\\ntu diras\\ntu dirais\\ndis\\ntu dises\\nil dira\\nil dirait\\nq. dise\\nil dise\\nn. dirons\\nn. dirions\\ndisous\\nn. disions\\nv. direz\\nv. diriez\\ndites\\nv. disiez\\nils diront\\nils diraient\\nq. disent\\nils disent\\nje discourrai\\nje discourrais\\ndiscours\\nje discoure\\nje disparaitrai\\nje disparai-\\nje disparaisse\\n[trais\\ndisparais\\nje dissoudrai\\nje dissoudrais\\ndissous\\nje dissolve\\nje distrairai\\nje distrairais\\ndistrais\\nje distraie\\nje dormirai\\nje dormirais\\nje dorme\\ntu dormiras\\ntu dormirais\\ndors\\ntu dormes\\nil dormira\\nil dormirait\\nqu il dorme\\nil dorme\\nn. dormirons\\nn. dormirions\\ndormons\\nn. dormions\\nv. dormirez\\nv. dormiriez\\ndormez\\nv. dormiez\\nils dormiront\\nils dormiraient\\nq. dorment\\nils dorment\\nil echerra\\nil echerrait\\nil eclora\\nil eclorait\\nq. eclose\\nj econduirai\\nj econduirais\\neconduis\\nj econduise\\nj ecrirai\\nj ecrirais\\nj ecrive\\ntu ecriras\\ntu ecrirais\\necris\\ntu eerives\\nil ecrira\\nil ecrirait\\nq. ecrive\\nil ecrive\\nn. ecrirons\\nn. ecririons\\necrivons\\nn. ecrivions\\nv. ecrirez\\nv. ecririez\\necrivez\\nv. ecriviez\\nils ecriront\\nils ecriraient\\nq. ecrivent\\nils ecrivent\\nj elirai\\nj elirais\\nelis\\nj elise\\nj emettrai\\nj emettrais\\nemets\\nj emette\\nj emmenerai\\nj emmenerais\\nemmene\\nj emmene\\nj emoudrai\\nj emoudrais\\nemouds\\nj emoule\\nj emouvrai\\nj emouvrais\\nemeus\\nj emeuve\\nj emploierai\\nj emploierais\\nemploie\\nj emploie\\nj empreindrai\\nj empreindrais\\nempreins\\nj empreigne\\nImperfect.\\nje detmsse\\nje detruisisse\\nje devinsse\\nje devetisse\\nje disse\\ntu disses\\nildit\\nils dissent\\nje discourusse\\nje dormisse\\ntu dormisses\\nil dormit\\nn. dormissions\\ndormissiez\\ndormissent\\nqu il echut\\ntu ecnvisses\\nil ecrivit\\nn. ecrivissions\\nv. ecrivissiez\\nils ecrivissent\\njemisse\\nj emmenasse\\nj emoulusse\\nj emusse\\nj employasse\\nj empreignisse", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0383.jp2"}, "382": {"fulltext": "378\\nIE REGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nExclore, 4. to\\nenclose\\nEXCOTJRIR, 2.\\nto incur\\nExdormir, 2.\\nto lull asleep\\nExduire, 4. to\\nplaster\\nEXFREINDRE,\\n4. to infringe\\nExfuir, (s 2.\\nto run away\\nExjoixdre, 4.\\nto enjoin\\nEXXUYER, (s\\n1. to be weary\\nExquerir, (s\\n2. to inquire\\nEXTREIIETTRE,\\n(s 4. to in-\\nterpose\\nEXTREPREX-\\nDRE, 4. to un-\\ndertake\\nEXTRETEXIR,\\n2. to entertain\\nExtrevoir, 3.\\nto glimpse at\\nExvoyer, 1. to\\nsend\\naux. avoir\\nirregular.\\nEprendre, v s\\n4. to he smit-\\nten\\nESSATER, 1. to\\ntry\\nEteindre, 4. to\\nextinguish\\nEtixceler, 1.\\nto sparkle\\nEtiqueter, 1.\\nto label\\nEire, 4. to be\\nEtreixdre, 4.\\nto press\\nExclure, 4. to\\nexclude\\nEXTRAIRE, 4.\\nto extract\\nenclos, e.\\nencourant\\nencouru, e.\\nendorniant\\nendormi, e,\\nenduisaut\\nenduit, e.\\nenfreignant\\nenfreint, e.\\ns enfuyant\\nenfui, e.\\nenjoignant\\nenjoint, e.\\ns ennuyant\\nennuye, e.\\ns enquerant\\nenquis, e.\\n;j enclos\\nyencours\\nsee couris\\njj endors\\nsee dormir\\nIj enduis\\nI see coxduire\\nIj enfreins\\njsee CEIXDRE\\n!je m enfuis\\njsee FtJiR\\n!j enjoins\\njsee CEIXDRE\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0je m ennuie\\njsee APPUTER\\nje rn enquiers\\nisee ACQUERIR\\ns entremettant je m entremets\\nentremis, e. see mettre\\nImpeefect. Past Definite.\\nJ\\nj endormais\\nj enduisais\\nj enfreignais\\na m enfuyais\\nj enjoignais\\nj encourus\\nj endormis\\nj enduisis\\nj enfreignis\\nje m enfuis\\nj enjoignis\\nje m ennuyai\\njem ennuyais\\n49, (2)\\nje ni enqueraisje ni enquis\\nje m entre- je m entreniis\\n[mettais\\nentreprenant j entreprends\\nentrepris, e. see prendre\\nentretenant\\nentretenu,/.\\nentrevoyant\\nentrevu, e.\\nenvoyant\\nenvoye, e.\\nsVprcnant\\nepris, e.\\nessayant\\nessaye, e.\\n(Jteiguant\\neteint, e.\\netincelant\\netincele, e.\\ne tiquetant\\ni tiquete, e.\\nsee model\\nt treignant\\netreint. e.\\nexcluant\\nexclu, exclus\\nextrayant\\nextrait, e.\\njj entretiens\\nsee texir\\nj entrevois\\nsee VOIR\\nij envoio\\ntu envoies\\nil envoie\\nenvoyons\\nenvoyez\\nUs envoient\\nje mVprcnds\\nsee prendre\\nJ\\nsee APPUTER\\njVteins\\nsee CEIXDRE\\nj etin cello\\nsee APPELER\\nj etiquete\\nsee ACHETER\\n47, (5)\\nj etreins\\nsee CEIXDRE\\nj exclus\\nsee COXCLERE\\nj extrais\\nsee trake\\nj entreprenais\\nj entretenais\\nj entrevoyais\\nj envoyais\\ntu envoyais\\nil envoyait\\nn. envoyions\\nv. envoyiez\\nils envoj^aient\\njo niY-prenais\\nj essayais\\n49, (2)\\nj eteignais\\nj etinccllo\\n49, (4)\\nj etiquetais\\n49, (5)\\nj etreignais\\nj excluais\\nj extrayais\\nj entrepris\\nj entretins\\nj entrevis\\nj envoyai\\ntu envoyas\\nil envoya\\nn. envoyames\\nv. envoyates\\nils envoycrcnt\\nje mVpris\\nj essayai\\nj t teignis\\nj etincelai\\nj etiquetai\\nj e treignis\\nj exclus", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0384.jp2"}, "383": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPEESONAL VERB!\\n62.\\n379\\nj enclorai\\nj encourrai\\nj endormirai\\nj enduirai\\nj enfreindrai\\nje m enfuirai\\nj enjoindrai\\nje m ennuierai\\nje ni enquerrai\\nje m entre-\\n[mettrai\\nj entrepren-\\n[drai\\nj entretiendrai\\nj entreverrai\\nj enverrai\\ntu enverras\\nil enverra\\nn. enverrons\\nv. enverrez\\nils enverront\\nje m epren-\\n[drai\\nj essaierai\\nj eteindrai\\nj etincellerai\\nj etiqueterai\\nj etreindrai\\nj exelurai\\nj extrairai\\nConditional.\\nj enclorais\\nj encourrais\\nj endormirais\\nj enduirais\\nj enfrein drais\\nje ni enfuirais\\nj enjoin drais\\nje m ennuie-\\n[rais\\nje ni enquer\\n[rais\\nje m entre-\\n[mettrais\\nj entrepren-\\n[drais\\nj entretien-\\n[drais\\nj entreverrais\\nj eaverrais\\ntu enverrais\\nil enverrait\\nn. enverrions\\nenverriez\\nils enverraient\\nje m epren\\n[drais\\nj essaierais\\nj eteindrais\\nj etineellerais\\nj etiqueterais\\nij etreindrais\\nj exclurais\\nj extrairais\\nImperative.\\nencours\\nendors\\nenduis\\nenfreins\\nenfuis-toi\\nenjoins\\nennuie-toi\\nenquiers-toi\\nentreniets-toi\\nentreprends\\nentretiens\\nentrevois\\nSUBJUNCTIVE.\\nq.\\nenvoyons\\nenvoyez\\nq. envoient\\neprends-toi\\netiquete\\netreins\\nexclus\\nj encoure\\nj endorme\\nj enduise\\nj enfreigne\\nje m enfuie\\nj enjoigne\\nje m ennuie\\nje m enquiere\\nje m entre-\\n[mette\\nj entreprenne\\nj entretienne\\nj entrevoie\\nj envoie\\ntu envoies\\nil envoie\\nn. envoyions\\nv. envoyiez\\nils envoient\\nje m eprenne\\nj eteigne\\nj etincello\\nj etiquete\\nj encourusse\\nj endormisse\\nj enduisisse\\nj enfreignisse\\nje m enfuisse\\nj enjoignisse\\nje m ennuyas-\\n[se\\nje m enquisse\\nje m entre-\\n[misse\\nj entreprisse\\nj entretinsse\\nj entrevisse\\nj envoyasse\\ntu envoyasses\\nil envoyat\\nn.envoyassions\\nenvoyassiez\\nils envoyassent\\nje m eprisse\\nexclue\\nextraie\\nj etreignis", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0385.jp2"}, "384": {"fulltext": "380\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nInfinitive.\\nPaeticiples.\\nIndicative.\\nImperfect.\\nPast Definite.\\nFaillir, 2. to faillissant\\nje faillis\\nje faillissais\\nje faillis\\nfail\\nfailli\\nnow regular\\nsee finir, 50\\n(New form)\\n(Bescherelle)\\n(Old form,\\nfaillant\\nje faux\\nje faillais\\nje faillis\\nstill used)\\nfailli\\ntu faux\\ntu faillais\\ntu faillis\\nirregular.\\n(Academie)\\nil faut\\nil faillait\\nil faillit\\nn. faillons\\nn. faillions\\nn. faillimes\\nv. faillez\\nv. failliez\\nv. faillites\\nil faillent\\nils faillaient\\nils faillirent\\nFaire, 4. to do,\\nfaisant 1\\nje fais\\nje faisais 1\\nje fis\\nto make\\nfait, e.\\ntu fais\\ntu faisais\\ntu fis\\naux. avoir\\nil fait\\nil faisait\\nil fit\\nirregular.\\nn. faisons\\nn. faisions\\nn. f irnes\\nv. faites\\nv. faisiez\\nv. f itea\\nils font\\nils faisaient\\nils firent\\nFalloir, 3. to\\nfallant\\nil faut\\nil fallait\\nil faUut\\nbe necessary\\nfallu\\nunipersonal.\\nFeindre, 4. to\\nfeignant\\nje feins\\nje fcignais\\nje feignis\\nfeign\\nfeint, e.\\nsee ceindre\\nFlCELER, 1. to\\nficelant\\nje ficelle\\nje ficelais\\njo ficelai\\ncord\\nficek e.\\nsee appeler\\n49.. (4)\\nFrire, 4. to\\nje fris\\nAy\\nfrit, e.\\ntu fris\\ndefective.\\nil frit\\nFuiR, 2. to\\nfuyant\\nje fuis\\nje fuyais\\nje fuia\\nflee\\nfui\\ntu fuis\\ntu fuyais\\ntu fuis\\naux. avoir\\nil fuit\\nil fuyait\\nil fuit\\nirregular.\\nn. fuyons\\nn. fuyions\\nn. fuimes\\nv. fuyez\\nr. fuyicz\\nv. fuites\\nils fuieut\\nils fu}-aient\\nils fuirent\\nGeler, 1. to\\ngelant\\nil gelo\\nil gelait\\nil gela\\nfreeze, unip.\\ngci.;./. c.\\nGksir, 2. to lie\\ngisant\\nje gisais\\ndefective.\\nilgit\\nn. gisons\\nv. gisez\\nils gisent\\ntu gisais\\nil gisait\\nn. gisions\\nv. gisicz\\nils gisaient\\nGllASSETER,\\ngrasseyant\\nje grasseio\\nje grasseyais\\nje grasseyai\\nto lisp\\ngrasscye\\nsee APPUYER\\n49, (2)\\nGrkler, 1. to\\ngrelant\\nil grele\\nil grelait\\nil grela\\nhail. unip.\\ngrele\\nClM.SU.LER, 1.\\ngresEHant\\nil gresille\\nil gresillait\\nil gresilla\\nin sleet, unip.\\ngresille\\nHair, 2. to\\nhaissant\\nje hais\\nje hai ssais\\nje hai s\\nhate\\nhai, e.\\ntu hais\\ntu hai ssais\\ntu hais\\naux. avoir\\nil hart\\nil haissait\\nil halt\\nirregular.\\nn. bai ssons\\nn. hai ssions\\nn. hai mes\\nv. hai ssez\\nv. hai psiez\\nv. hai tes\\ni. haissent\\nils haissaient\\nils hai rent\\nHarceler, 1.\\nharcelant\\nje harcele\\njo harcelais\\njo harcelai\\nto torment\\nharcele,/. e.\\n49, (5)\\nSeo note, page 179.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0386.jp2"}, "385": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPEESONAL VERBS. 62. 381\\nFUTUBE.\\nConditional.\\nImperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImperfect.\\nje faillirai\\nje Mllirais\\nfaillis\\nje faillisse\\nje faillisse\\nje faudrai\\nje faudrais\\nje faille\\nje faillisse\\ntu faudras\\ntu faudrais\\netc.\\netc.\\nil faudra\\nil faudrait\\nn. faudrons\\nn. faudrions\\nt. faudrez\\nv. faudriez\\nils faudront\\nils faudraient\\nje ferai\\nje ferais\\nje fasse\\nje fisse\\ntu feras\\ntu ferais\\nfais\\ntu fasses\\ntu fisses\\nil fera\\nil ferait\\nq. fasse\\nil fasse\\nilfit\\nn. ferons\\nn. ferions\\nfaisons\\nn. fassions\\nn. fissions\\nV, ferez\\nv. feriez\\nfaites\\nv. fassiez\\nv. fissiez\\nils feront\\nils feraient\\nq. fassent\\nils fassent\\nils fissent\\nil faudra\\nil faudrait\\nq. faille\\nq. faille\\nq. fallut\\nje feindrai\\nje feindrais\\nfeins\\nje feigne\\nje feignisse\\nje ficellerai\\nje ficellerais\\nficelle\\nje ficelle\\nje ficelasse\\nje frirai\\nje frirais\\ntu friras\\ntu frirais\\nfris\\nil frira, etc.\\nil frirait, etc.\\nje fuirai\\nje fuirais\\nje fuie\\nje fuisse\\ntu fuiras\\ntu fuirais\\nfuis\\ntu fuies\\ntu fuisses\\nil fuira\\nil fuirait\\nq. fuie\\nil fuie\\nit fuit\\nn. fuirons\\nn. fuirions\\nfuyons\\nn. fuyions\\nn. fuissions\\nv. fuirez\\nv. fuiriez\\nfuyez\\nv. fuyiez\\nv. fuissiez\\nils fuiront\\nils fuiraient\\nq. fuient\\nils fuient\\nils fuisse nt\\nil gelera\\nil gelerait\\nqu il gele\\nqu il gele\\nq. geldt\\nje grasseierai\\nje grasseierais\\ngrasseie\\nje grasseie\\nje grasseyasse\\nil grelera\\nil grelerait\\nq. grele\\nqu il grele\\nqu il grelat\\nil gresillera\\nil gresillerait\\nq. gresille\\nq. gresille\\nq. gresillat\\nje hairai\\nje hairais\\nje hai sse\\nje haisse\\ntu hairas\\ntu hairais\\nhais\\ntu haisses\\ntu haisses\\nil haira\\nil hairait\\nq. haisse\\nil haisse\\nil hait\\nn. hairons\\nn. hairions\\nhai ssons\\nn. haissions\\nn. haissions\\nv. hai rez\\nv. hairiez\\nhaissez\\nv. haissiez\\nv. haissiez\\nils hairont\\nils hairaient\\nq. haissent\\nils haissent\\nils haissent\\nje harcelerai\\nje harcelerais\\nharcele\\nje harcele\\nje harcelasse", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0387.jp2"}, "386": {"fulltext": "382\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR,\\nInfinitive.\\nPaeticipleb.\\nIndicative.\\nImpeefect.\\nPast Definite.\\nImporter, 1.\\nimportant\\nil importe\\nil importait\\nil importa\\nto matter\\nimports\\nit matters\\nunipersonal.\\nInduire, 4. to\\ninduisant\\nj induig\\nj induisais\\nj induisis\\ninduce\\ninduit, e.\\nsee conduire\\nInscrire, 4. to\\ninscrivant\\nj inscris\\nj inscrivais\\nj inscrrvis\\ninscribe\\ninscrit, e.\\nsee ecrire\\nInstruire, 4.\\ninstruisant\\nj instrais\\nj instruisais\\nj instruisis\\nto instruct\\ninstruit, e.\\nsee CONDUIRE\\nInterdire, 4.\\ninter clisant\\nj interdis\\nj interdisais\\nj interdis\\nto interdict\\ninterdit, e.\\nsee contredire\\nInterroiipre,\\ninterrompant\\nj interromps\\nj interrompais\\nj interrompis\\n4. to interrupt\\ninterrompu/.e.\\nsee ROMPRE\\nIntervener, 2.\\nintervenant\\nj interviens\\nj intervenais\\nj intervins\\nto intervene\\nintervenu,/. e.\\nsee tenir\\nIntroduire, 4.\\nintroduisant\\nj introduis\\nj introduisais\\nj introduisis\\nto introduce\\niatroduit, e.\\nsee CONDUIRE\\nJeter, 1. to\\njetant\\nje jette\\nje jetais\\nje jetai\\nthrow\\njete, e.\\ntu jettes\\ntu jetais\\ntu jetas\\naux. avoir\\nil jette\\nil jetait\\nil jeta\\npeculiar.\\nn. jetons\\nn. jetions\\nn. jetilmes\\n49, (4.)\\nv. jetez\\nv. jetiez\\nv. jotates\\nDs jettent\\nils jetaieut\\nils jeterent\\nJOINDRE, 4 to\\njoignant\\nje joins\\nje joignais\\nje joignis\\njoin\\njoint, f. e.\\nsee CEINDRE\\nLire, 4. to\\nlisant\\nje lis\\nje lisais\\nje lus\\nread\\nlu, e.\\ntu lis\\ntu lisais\\ntu lus\\naux. avoir\\nil lit\\nil lisait\\nillut\\nirregular.\\nnous lisons\\nn. lisions\\nn. lumes\\nvous lisez\\nv. lisiez\\nv. lutes\\nils lisent\\nils lisaient\\nils lurent\\nLtjire, 4. to\\nluisant\\nje luis\\nje luisais\\nshine\\nlui\\nsee CONDUIRE\\nMaintenttr, 2.\\nmaintenant\\nje maintiens\\nje maintenais\\nje maintins\\nto maintain\\nmaintenu, e.\\nsee tenir\\nMalfaire, 4.\\nmalfaisant\\nseldom\\nused except\\nin the\\nto do wrong\\nmalfait, o.\\nMaudire, 4. to\\nmaudissant\\nje maudis\\nje maudissais\\njo maudis\\ncurse\\nmaudit, f. e.\\ntu maudis\\ntu maudissais\\nlike dire\\naux. avoir\\nil maudit\\nil maudissait\\nirregular.\\nn. maudissons\\nv. maudissez\\nils maudissent\\nn. maudissions\\nv. maudissiez\\ni. maudissaient\\nMeconnaitre,\\nmeconnaissant\\nje meconnais\\nje meconnais-\\nje meconnus\\n4. to disown\\nmeconnu, e.\\nsee connaItre\\n[sais\\nMkdire, 4. to\\nmedisaut\\nje medis\\nje medisais\\nje medis\\nslander\\nmedit\\nSee CONTREDIRE\\nMefaire, 4. to\\nmefaisant\\nje mefais\\nje mefaisais\\nje mens\\ndo wrong\\nmefait\\nsee faire\\nMemer, 1. to\\nraenaut\\nje mene\\nje menais\\nje menai\\nlead, tdlce\\nmene, e.\\nMentir, 2. to\\nmentant\\nje mens\\nje mentais\\nje mentis\\nlie\\nmenti\\nsee sentir", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0388.jp2"}, "387": {"fulltext": "AND XJNIPEESOKAL YEE:\\nG2.\\n383\\nil importera\\nj induirai\\nj inscrirai\\nj instruirai\\nj interdirai\\nj interroniprai\\nj interviendrai\\nj introduirai\\nje jetterai\\ntu jetteras\\nil jettera\\nn. jetterons\\nv. jetterez\\nils jetteront\\nje joindrai\\nje lirai\\ntu liras\\nillira\\nn. lirons\\nv. lirez\\nils liront\\nje luirai\\nje maintien-\\n[drai\\ntenses\\nje maudirai\\nlike dike\\nje meconnai-\\n[trai\\nje medirai\\nConditional.\\nje menerai\\nje mentirai\\nil importerait\\nj induirais\\nj inscrirais\\nj instruirais\\nj interdirais\\nj interrom-\\n[prais\\nj intervien-\\n[drais\\nj introduirais\\nje jetterais\\ntu jetterais\\nil jetterait\\nn. jetterions\\nv. jetteriez\\nils jetteraient\\nje joindrais\\nje lirais\\ntu lirais\\nil lirait\\nn. lirions\\nv. liriez\\nils liraient\\nje luirais\\nje maintien-\\n[drais\\ngiven\\nmaudirais\\nlike dike\\nje meconnai-\\n[trais\\nje medirais\\nje meferais\\nje minerals\\nje mentirais\\nImpeeative.\\nq. importe\\ninduis\\ninscris\\ninstruis\\ninterdis\\ninterromps\\ninterviens\\nintroduis\\njette\\nq. jette\\njetOD.3\\njetez\\nq. jettent\\njoins\\nq. use\\nlisons\\nlisez\\nq. lisent\\nmamtiens\\nhere\\nq. importe\\nj induise\\nj inscriTe\\nj instruise\\nmaudissez\\nq. maudissent\\nmeconnais\\nmedis\\nmefais\\n3\\nj interrompe\\nj intervienne\\nj introduise\\nje jette\\ntu jettes\\nil jette\\nn. jetions\\nv. jetiez\\nils jettent\\nje joigne\\nje lise\\ntu lises\\nil lise\\nn. lisions\\nv. lisiez\\nils lisent\\nje luise\\nje maintienne\\nje maudisse\\ntu maudisses\\nil maudisse\\nv. maudissiez\\nils maudissent\\nje medise\\nje mefasse\\nje mene\\nje mente\\nq. importat\\nj induisisse\\nj interdisse\\nj interromp-\\n[isse\\nj intervinsse\\nj introduisisse\\nje jetasse\\ntu jetasses\\nil jetat\\nn. jetassions\\nv. jetassiez\\nils jetassent\\nje joignisse\\nje lusse\\ntu lusses\\nil lut\\nn. lussions\\nv. lussiez\\nils lussent\\nje maudisse\\n:dire\\nje meconnusse\\nje medisse\\nje merisse\\nje menasse\\nje mentisse", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0389.jp2"}, "388": {"fulltext": "384 IEEEGIJLAE, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR,\\nInfinitive.\\nPabticiples.\\nIndicative.\\nImpeefect.\\nPast Definite.\\nMeprexdre,4.\\nse meprenant\\nj. m. meprends\\nj. me mepre-\\nie me mepris\\n(se) to mis-\\nmepris,/. e.\\nsee prexdre\\n[nais\\ntake, ref.\\nHetire, 4. to\\nmettant\\nje mets\\nje mettais\\nje mis\\nput\\nmis, e.\\ntu mets\\ntu mettais\\ntu mia\\naux. avoir\\nil met\\nil mettait\\nil mit\\nirregular.\\nn. mettons\\nn. mettions\\nn. mimes\\nv. mettez\\nv. mettiez\\nv. mites\\nils mettent\\nils mettaient\\nils mirer.t\\nMoudre, 4. to\\nmoulant\\nie mouds\\nje moulais\\nje moulus\\ngrind\\nmoulu, e.\\ntu mouds\\ntu moulais\\ntu moulua\\naux. avoir\\nil moud\\nil moulait\\nil moulut\\nirregular.\\nn. moulons\\nn. moulions\\nn. moulumes\\nv. moulez\\nv. mouliez\\nv. moulutes\\nils moulent\\nils moulaient\\nils moulurent\\nMourir, 2. to\\nmourant\\nje meurs\\nje mourais\\nje mourus\\ndie\\nmort, e.\\ntu meurs\\ntu mourais\\ntu mourus\\naux. etre\\nil meurt\\nil mourait\\nil mourut\\nirregular.\\nn. mourons\\nn. mourions\\nn. mourumea\\nv. mourez\\nv. mouriez\\nv. mourutes\\nils meurent\\nils mouraient\\nils moururent\\nMouvoiR, 3. to\\nmouvant\\nje meus\\nje mouvais\\nje mua\\nmove\\nmu,/. e.\\ntu meua\\ntu mouvais\\ntu mua\\naux. avoir\\nil meut\\nil mouvait\\nil mut\\nirregular.\\nn. mouvons\\nn. mouvions\\nn. mumea\\nv. mouvez\\nv. mouviez\\nv. mutea\\nils meuvent\\nils mouvaient\\nils murent\\nMocvoiR, (se)\\nse mouvant\\nje me meus\\nj. me mouvais\\nje me mua\\n3. to move\\nmu, e.\\nsee jiouvoir\\nreflective.\\nNArTBE, 4. to\\nnaissant\\nje nais\\nje naissais\\nje naquia\\nbe born\\nne,/. e.\\ntu nais\\ntu naissais\\ntu naquia\\naux etre\\nil nait\\nil naissait\\nil naquit\\nirregular.\\nn. naissons\\nn. naissions\\nn. naquimes\\nv. naissez\\nv. naissiez\\nv. naquites\\nils naissent\\nils naissaient\\nils naquirent\\nNegliger, 1.\\nnegligeant\\nje neglige\\nje negligeais\\nje negligeai\\nto neglect\\nneglige, e.\\n49, (1.)\\nNeiger, 1. to\\nneigeant\\nil neige\\nil neigeait\\nil neigea\\nsnow. unip.\\nneige\\nXlVELER, 1. to\\nnivelant\\nje nivelle\\nje nivelais\\nje nivelai\\nlevel\\nnivele, e.\\nsee appeler\\n49, (4)\\nKuire, 4. to in-\\nnuisant\\nje nuis\\nje nuisaia\\nje nuisis\\njure\\nnui\\nsee coxduire\\nObtenir, 2. to\\nobtenant\\nj obtiens\\nj obtenaia\\nj obtina\\nobtain\\nobtenu, e.\\nsee texir\\nOffrir, 2. to\\noffrant\\nj offre\\nj onxaia\\nj offris\\noffer\\noffert, e.\\nsee ouyrir\\nOindre, 4. to\\noipnaut\\nj oina\\nj oignaia\\nj oignia\\nanoint\\noint\\nsee CETXDRE\\nOmettre, 4. to\\nomettant\\nj omets\\nj omettaia\\nj omia\\nmit\\nomis, e.\\nseeMETTBE\\nT1R, 2. to\\nj ouis\\nzar. def.\\noui, e.\\nil ouit", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0390.jp2"}, "389": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPEESONAL VERBS.\\n62.\\n385\\njo me mepren\\n[drai\\nje mettrai\\ntu niettrag\\nil mettra\\nn. metfcrona\\nv. mettrez\\nils mettrout\\nje moudrai\\ntu moudraa\\nil moudra\\nn. moudrous\\nv. moudrez\\nils moudront\\nje mourrai\\ntu mo arras\\nil mourra\\nn. mourrong\\nv. mourrez\\nils mourront\\nje rnouvrai\\ntu mouvras\\nil mouvra\\nn. mouvrons\\nv. mouvrez\\nils mouvront\\nje me rnouvrai\\nConditional.\\nje me mepren\\n[drais\\nje naitrai\\ntu naitras\\nil naitra\\nn. naitroas\\nv. naitrez\\nils naitront\\nje negligerai\\nil neigera\\nje nivellerai\\nje nuirai\\nj obtiendrai\\nj ofirirai\\nj oindrai\\nj omettrai\\nmettraig\\ntu mettrais\\nil inettrait\\nn. mettrions\\nmettriez\\nils mettraient\\nje moudrais\\ntu moudrais\\nil moudrait\\nu. moudrions\\nv. moudriez\\nils moudraient\\nje mourrais\\ntu mourrais\\nil mourrait\\nn. mourrions\\nv. mourriez\\nils mourraient\\nje mouvrais\\ntu mouvrais\\nil mouvrait\\nu. mouvrions\\nv. mouvriez\\nils mouvraient\\nje me mouv-\\n[rais\\nje naitrais\\ntu naitrais\\nil naitrait\\nnaitrions\\nnaitriez\\nils naitraient\\nje negligeraig\\nil neigerait\\nje nivellerais\\nje nuirais\\nj obtiendrais\\nj ofFrirais\\nj oindrais\\nj omettrais\\nmeprends-toi\\nmets\\nq. mette\\nmettons\\nmettez\\nq. mettent\\nmouds\\nqu il moule\\nmoulons\\nmoulez\\nmoulent\\nmeurs\\nq. meure\\nmourons\\nmourez\\nq. meurent\\nmeus\\nq. meuve\\nmouvons\\nmouvez\\nq. meuvent\\n.s-toi\\nq. naissent\\nneglige\\nq. neige\\nnivelle\\nnuis\\nobtiens\\noffre\\noing\\nSuttJUNCTIVE.\\nj. me mepren-\\n[ne\\nje mette\\ntu mettes\\nil mette\\nn. mettions\\nv. mettiez\\nils mettent\\nje moule\\ntu moules\\nil moule\\nn. moulions\\nmouliez\\nmoulent\\nje meure\\ntu meures\\nil meure\\nn. mourions\\nmouriez\\nils meurent\\nje meuve\\ntu meuves\\nil meuve\\nmouvioDS\\nmouviez\\nils meuvent\\nje me\\nje me mepns-\\n[se\\nje misse\\ntu misses\\nil mit\\nn. missions\\nv. missiez\\nils missent\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0je moulusse\\ntu moulusses\\nil moulut\\nn. moulussions\\nv moulussiez\\nils moulussent\\nje mourusse\\ntu mourusses\\nil mourut\\nn. mourussiong\\nv. mourussiez\\nils mourussent\\nje musse\\ntu musses\\nilmut\\nmussions\\nv. mussiez\\nils mussent\\nje me musse\\nje naisse\\ntu naisses\\nil naisse\\nn. naissions\\nv. naissiez\\nils naissent\\nje neglige\\nje naquisse\\ntu naquisses\\nil naquit\\nn. naquissions\\nv. naquissiez\\nils naquissent\\nje negligeasse\\nqu il neige\\nq. neigeat\\n|e nivelle\\nje nivelasse\\nie nuise\\nje nuisisse\\nobtienne\\nj obtinsse\\nonxe\\nj offrisse\\noigne\\ni oignisse\\nomette\\nomisse\\nil ouit", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0391.jp2"}, "390": {"fulltext": "388\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nInfinitive.\\nPA3TICIFLES.\\nIndicative.\\nI.-JPESFEOT.\\nPast Definite.\\nOevrir, 2. to\\nouvrant\\nj ouvre\\nj ouvrais\\nj ouvris\\nopen\\nouvert, e.\\ntu ouvres\\ntu ouvrais\\ntu ouvris\\naux. avoir\\nil ouvre\\nil ouvrait\\nil ouvrit\\nirregular.\\nn. ouvrons\\nn. ouvrions\\nn. ouvrimes\\nv. ouvrez\\nv. ouvriez\\nv. ouvrites\\nils ouvrent\\nils ouvraient\\nils ouvrirent\\nPaitre, 4. to\\npaissant\\nje pais\\nje paissais\\ngraze\\npu\\ntu pais\\ntu paissais\\naux. avoir\\nilpait\\nil paissait\\ndefective.\\nn. paissons\\nv. paissez\\nils paissent\\nn. paissions\\nv. paissiez\\nils paissaient\\nParfaire, 4. to\\nparfaisant\\nje parfais\\nje parfaisais\\nje parfis\\ncomplete\\nparfait, e.\\nsee faire\\nseldom used\\nParaitre, 4\\nparaissant\\nje parais\\nje paraissais\\nje paras\\nto appear\\nparu\\nsee COXNA1TRE\\nParcourie, 2.|pareourant\\nje parcours\\nje parcourais\\nje parcourus\\nto go through parcouru, e.\\nsee courir\\nPartir, 2. to partant\\nje pars\\nje partais\\nje partis\\ndepart parti, e.\\nsee SENTTR\\nParvexir, 2. iparvenant\\nje parviens\\nje parvenais\\nje purvins\\nto succeed, c. parvenu, e.\\nsee texir\\nPater, 1. to ipayant\\nje paie\\nje pavais\\nje payai\\npay P a ye, e.\\nsee apptjter\\n49, (2)\\nPeixdre, 4. to peignant\\nje peins\\nje peignais\\nje peignis\\npaint jpeint, e.\\nsee ceixdre\\nPeler, 1. to pelant\\nje pele\\nje pelais\\nje pelai\\npeel pele, e.\\n49, (4)\\nPermettre, 4. permettant\\nje permets\\nje pennettais\\nje permis\\nto permit ipermis, e.\\nsee METTRE\\nPlaixdre, 4. plaignant\\nje plains\\nje plaignais\\nje plaignis\\nto pity plaint, e.\\nsee ceixdre\\nPlaixdre, (se) se plaignant\\nje me plains\\nje me plai-\\nje me plaignis\\n4.to complain, plaint, e.\\n[gnais\\nreflective.\\nPlaire, 4. to\\nplaisant\\nje plais\\nje plaisais\\nje plus\\nphase\\nplu\\ntu plais\\ntu plaisais\\ntu plus\\naux. avoir\\nil plait\\nil plaisait\\nil plut\\nirregular.\\nn. plaisons\\nn. plaisions\\nn. plumes\\nv. plaisez\\nv. plaisiez\\nv. pi Cites\\nils plaisent\\nils plaisaient\\nils plurent\\nPleuvoir, 3.\\npleuvant\\nil pleut\\nil pleuvait\\nil plut\\nto rain, unip.lplu\\nPoixdre, 4 to\\\\\\nil point\\ndaivn. def.\\nPouRSUlVRE,4. poursuivant\\nje poursuis\\nje poursuivais\\nje poursuivis\\nto pursue |poursuivi, e.\\nsee scivre\\nPOUUVOIR, 3.\\npourvoyant\\nje pourvois\\nje pourvoyais\\nje pourvus\\nto provide\\npourvu,/. e.\\ntu pourvois\\ntu pourvoyais\\ntu pourvus\\naux. avoir\\nil pourvoit\\nil pourvoyait\\nil pourvut\\nirregular.\\nn. pourvoyons\\nn. pourvoyions\\nn. pourvumes\\nv. pourvoyez\\nv. pourvoyiez\\nv. pourvutes\\nils pourvoient\\ni. pourvoyaient\\nils pourvurent", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0392.jp2"}, "391": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPERSONAL VEKES,\\n62.\\n387\\nFUTUEE.\\nConditional.\\nImpeeative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImpebfect.\\nj ouvrirai\\nj ouvrirais\\nj ouvre\\nj ouvrisse\\ntu ouvriras\\ntu ouvrirais\\nouvre\\ntu ouvres\\ntu ouvrisses\\nil ouvrira\\nil ouvrirait\\nq. ouvre\\nil ouvre\\nil ouvrit\\nn. ouvrirons\\nn. ouvririons\\nouvrons\\nn. ouvrions\\nn. ouvrissions\\nv. ouvrirez\\nv. ouvrii iez\\nouvrez\\nv. ouvriez\\nv. ouvrissiez\\nils ouvriront\\nils ouvriraient\\nq. ouvrent\\nils ouvrent\\nils ouvrissent\\nje paitrai\\nje paitrais\\nje paisse\\ntu paitras\\ntu paitrais\\npais\\ntu paisses\\nil paitra\\nil paitrait\\nq. paisse\\nil paisse\\nn. paitrons\\nn. paitrions\\npaissons\\nn. paissions\\nv. paitrez\\nv. paitriez\\npaissez\\nv. paissiez\\nils paitront\\nils paitraient\\nq. paissent\\nils paissent\\nje parferai\\nje parferais\\nparfais\\nje parfasse\\nobsolete\\nje parfisse\\nje paraitrai\\nje paraitrais\\nparais\\nje paraisse\\nje parusse\\nje parcourrai\\nje parcourrais\\nparcours\\nje parcoure\\nje parcourusse\\nje partirai\\nje partirais\\npars\\nje parte\\nje partisse\\nje parviendrai\\nje parviendrai s\\nje parvienne\\nje parvinsse\\nparviens\\nje paierai\\nje paierais\\npaie\\nje paie\\nje payasse\\nje peindrai\\nje peindrais\\npeins\\nje peigne\\nje peignisse\\nje pelerai\\nje pelerais\\npele\\nje pele\\nje pelasse\\nje permettrai\\nje permettrais\\npermets\\nje permette\\nje permisse\\nje plaindrai\\nje plaindrais\\nplains\\nje plaigne\\nje plaignisse\\nje me plain-\\nje rne plain-\\nje*me plaigne\\nje me plai-\\n[drai\\n[drais\\nplains-toi\\n[gnisse\\nje plairai\\nje plairais\\nje plaise\\nje plusse\\ntu plairas\\ntu plairais\\nplais\\ntu plaises\\ntu plusses\\nil plaira\\nil plairait\\nq. plaise\\nil plaise\\nilplut\\nn. plairous\\na. plairions\\nplaisons\\nn. plaisions\\nn. plussiona\\nv. plairez\\nv. plairiez\\nplaisez\\nv. plaisiez\\nv. plussiez\\nils plaironfc\\nils plairaieut\\nq. plaisent\\nils plaisent\\nils plussent\\nil pleuvra\\nil pleuvrait\\nq. pleuve\\nq. pleuve\\nq. plut\\nil poindra\\nil poindrait\\nje poursuivrai\\nje poursuivrais\\npoursuis\\nje poursuive\\nje poursuivisse\\nje pourvoirai\\nje pourvoirais\\nje pourvoie\\nje pourvusse\\ntu pourvoiras\\ntu pourvoirais\\npourvois\\ntu pourvoies\\ntu pourvusses\\nil pourvoira\\nil pourvoirait\\nq. pourvoie\\nil pourvoie\\nil pourvut\\nn. pourvoirons\\nn. pourvoirions\\npourvoyons\\nn. pourvoyions\\nn. pourvussions\\nv. pourvoirez\\nv. pourvoiriez\\npourvoyez\\nv. pourvoyiez\\nv. pourvussiez\\nils pourvoiront\\ni. pourvoiraient\\nq. pourvoient\\nils pourvoient\\nils pourvussent", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0393.jp2"}, "392": {"fulltext": "388\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR,\\nPourvoir, (se)\\n3. to provide\\nPouvoir, 3. to\\nbe able\\naux. avoir\\nirregular.\\nPredire, 4.\\npredict\\nPrendre, 4 to\\ntake\\naux. avoir\\nirregular.\\nPrescrire, 4.\\nto prescribe\\nPressentir, 2.\\nto foresee\\nPRiiVALOIR, 3.\\nto prevail\\nPRliVENlR, 2.\\nto prevent\\nPrkvoir, 3. to\\nforesee\\nProduire, 4.\\nto produci\\nProjeter, 1.\\nto project\\nPROMEriRE, 4\\nto promise\\nProjiouyoir,\\n3. to promote\\nProscribe, 4.\\nto proscribe\\nProvenir, 2.\\nto proceed\\nQvEHiR,to fetch\\nKabattre, 4.\\nto abate\\nRacheter, 1.\\nto buy again\\nRappeler, 1.\\nto recall\\nRapprendre,\\nA.to learn again\\nRATrEINDRE,4.\\nto reach again\\nRebattre, 4.\\nto beat again\\nReoonduire,\\n4. to conduct\\nagain\\nPaBTICII LES.\\nse pourvoyant !je me pour-\\npourvu,\\npouvant\\npu\\npredisant\\npredit,\\nprenant\\npris, f. e.\\nprescrivant\\nprescrit, e.\\npressentant\\npressenli,/. e\\nprevalant\\nprevalu\\nprevenant\\nprevenu,/. e.\\nprevoyant\\nprevu, e.\\nproduisant\\nproduit, e.\\nprojetant\\nprojete, e.\\npromettant\\npromia, f. e.\\npromouvant\\npromu, e.\\nproscrivant\\nproscrit, e.\\nprovenant\\nprovenu, o.\\nonly use\\nrabattaut\\nrabattu, e.\\nrachetaut\\nrachete, e.\\nrappelant\\nrappele, e.\\nrapprenant\\nrappris, o.\\nratteignant\\nratteint, e.\\nrebattant\\nrebattu, e.\\nreconduisant\\nreconduit, e\\n[vois\\nje puis\\ntu peux\\nil peut\\nn. pouvona\\nv. pouvez\\nils peuvent\\nje predis\\nsee contredire\\nje prends\\ntu prends\\nil prend\\nu. prenons\\nv. prenez\\nils prennent\\nje prescris\\nsee ecrire\\nje pressens\\nsee sentir\\nje prevaux\\nsee valoir\\nje previens\\nsee tenir\\nje pre vois\\nlike voir\\nje produis\\nsee CONDUIRE\\nje projetto\\nsee JETER\\nje promets\\nsee JIETTRE\\nje promeus\\nsee mouvoir\\nje proscris\\nsee ecrire\\nje proviens\\nin the infinitive\\nje rabats\\nsee BATTRE\\nje rachete\\nee ACHETER\\nje rappelle\\nsee APPELER\\nje rapprends\\nje ratteins\\nje rebats\\nsee BATTRE\\nje reconduis\\nCONDUIRE\\nje me pour-\\n[voyais\\nje pouvais\\ntu pouvais\\nil pouvait\\nn. pouvions\\nv. pouviez\\nils pouvaient\\nje predisais\\nje prenais\\ntu prenais\\nil prenait\\nn. prenions\\nv. preniez\\nils prenaient\\nje prescrivais\\nje pressentais\\nje prevalais\\nje prevenais\\nje prevoyais\\nlike voir\\nje produisais\\njo projetais\\n-19, (4)\\nje promettais\\njo promouvais\\nje jiroscrivais\\nje provenais\\nexcept in the\\nje rabattais\\nrachetais\\n49, (5.)\\njo rappelais\\n49, (4.)\\njo rappronais\\nje ratteignais\\njo rebattais\\nje recondui-\\n[sais\\nPast Definite.\\nje me pourvus\\nje pus\\ntupus\\nil put\\nn, pumes\\nv. putes\\nils purent\\nje predis\\nje pris\\ntu pris\\nil prit\\nn. primes\\nv. prites\\nils prirent\\nje prescrivis\\nje pressentis\\nje prevalus\\nje previns\\nje previs\\nlike voir\\nje produisis\\nje projetai\\nje promis\\nje promus\\nje proscrivis\\nje provins\\ncomposition of\\nje rabattis\\nje rachetai\\nje rappelai\\nje rappris\\nje ratteignis\\nrebattis\\nje reconduisia", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0394.jp2"}, "393": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPEKSONAL VERBS. 62.\\n389\\nFUTUBE.\\nConditional.\\nje me pour-\\nImperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImperfect.\\nje rne pour-\\nje me pour-\\nje me pour-\\n[voirai\\n[voirais\\npourvois-toi\\n[voie\\n[vusse\\nje pourrai\\nje pourrais\\nje puisse\\nje pusse\\nta pourras\\ntu pourrais\\ntu puisses\\ntu pusses\\nil pourra\\nil pourrait\\n11 puisse\\nilput\\nn. pourrons\\nn. pourrions\\nn. puissious\\nn. pussions\\nv. pourrez\\nv. pourriez\\nv. puissiez\\nv. pussiez\\nils pourront\\nils pourraient\\nils puissent\\nils pussent\\nje predirai\\nje predirais\\npredis\\nje predise\\nje predisso\\nje prendrai\\nje prendrais\\nje prenne\\nje prisses\\ntu prendras\\ntu prendrais\\nprends\\ntu prennes\\ntu prisses\\nil prendra\\nil prendrait\\nq. prenne\\nil prenne\\nil prifc\\nn. prendrons\\nn. preudrions\\nprenons\\nn. prenions\\nn. prissions\\nv. prendrez\\nv. prendriez\\nprenez\\nv. preniez\\nv. prissiez\\nils prendront\\nils prendraient\\nq. prennent\\nils prennent\\nils prissent\\nje prescrirai\\nje prescrirais\\nprescris\\njo prescrive\\nje prescrivisso\\nje pressentirai\\nje pressenti-\\n[rais\\nje pressento\\nje pressentisse\\nje prevaudrai\\nje prevaudrais\\nprevaux\\nje prevale\\nje prevalusse\\nje previendrai\\nje previen-\\n[drais\\npreviena\\nje previenne\\nje previnsse\\nje prevoirai\\nje prevoirais\\nje prevoie\\nje previsse\\nlike pourvoir\\nlike pourvoir\\nprevois\\nlike voir\\nlike toir\\nje produirai\\nje produirais\\nproduis\\nje produise\\nje produisisse\\nje projetterai\\nje projetterais\\nprojette\\nje projette\\nje projetasse\\nje promettrai\\nje promettrais\\npromets\\nje promette\\nje promisse\\nje promouvrai\\nje promou-\\n[vrais\\npromeus\\nje promeuve\\nje promusse\\nje proscrirai\\nje proscrirais\\nproscris\\nje proscrive\\nje proscrivisse\\njo proviendrai\\njo provien-\\n[drais\\nproviens\\nje provienne\\nje provinsse\\nother verbs\\nje rabattrai\\njo rabattrais\\nrabats\\nje rabatte\\nje rabattisse\\nje racheterai\\nje racheteraia\\nrachete\\nje rachete\\nje rachetasse\\nje rappellerai\\nje rappellerais\\nrappelle\\nje rappelle\\nje rappelasse\\nje rapprendrai\\nje rappren-\\n[drais\\nrapprends\\nje rapprenne\\nje rapprisse\\nje ratteindrai\\nje ratteindrais\\nratteins\\nje ratteigne\\nje ratteignisse\\nje rebattrai\\nje rebattrais\\nrebats\\nje rebatte\\nje rebattisse\\nje reconduirai\\nje recondui-\\n[rais\\nreconduis\\nje reconduise\\nje recondui-\\n[sisse", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0395.jp2"}, "394": {"fulltext": "390 IEEEGTJXAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR,\\nInfinitive.\\nPaeticiples.\\nIndicative.\\nImpebfect.\\nPast Definite.\\nEeconnaitre,\\nreconnaissant\\nje reconnais\\nje reconnais-\\nje reconnus\\n4. to recognize\\nreconnu, e.\\nsee CONNA1TRE\\n[sais\\nEeconquerir,\\nreconquerant\\nje reconquiers\\nje reconque-\\nje reconquis\\n2. to conquer\\nreconquis, e.\\nsee acquerir\\n[rais\\nagain\\nEeconstruire\\nreconstruisant\\nje reconstruis\\nje reconstrui-\\nje reconstrui-\\n4. to recon-\\nreconstruit,/e.\\nsee CONDUIRE\\n[sais\\n[sis\\nstruct\\nEecoddre, 4.\\nrecousant\\nje recouds\\nje recousais\\nje recousis\\nto sew again\\nrecousu, e.\\nEecourir, 2.\\nrecourant\\nje recours\\nje recourais\\nje recounts\\nto have re-\\nrecouru\\nsee courir\\ncourse\\nEecouvrir, 2.\\nrecouvrant\\nje recouvre\\nsee ouvrir\\nje recouvrais\\nje recouvris\\nto cover again\\nrecouvert, e.\\nEecueillir, 2.\\nrecueillant\\nje reeueille\\nje recueillais\\nje recueillia\\nto reap\\nrecueilli, e.\\nsee CUEILLIR\\nEedire, 4. io\\nredisant\\nje redis\\nje redisais\\nje redis\\nsay again\\nredit, o.\\nsee DIRE\\nRedutre, 4. to\\nreduisant\\nje reduis\\nje reduisais\\nje reduisis\\nreduce\\nreduit,/. e.\\nsee CONDUIRE\\nEefaire, 4. to\\nrefaisant\\nje refais\\nje refaisais\\nje refis\\nmake again\\nrefait, c.\\nsee faire\\nRejoindre, 4.\\nrejoignant\\nje rejoins\\nje rejoignais\\nje rejoignis\\nto rejoin\\nrejoint, e.\\nsee CEINDRE\\nEelire, 4. to\\nrelisant\\nje relis\\nje relisais\\nje relua\\nread again\\nrelu, c.\\nsee lire\\nEeluire, 4. to\\nreluisant\\nje reluis\\njo reluisais\\njo reluisis\\nshine\\nrelui\\nsee luire\\nEemettre, 4.\\nremcttant\\nje remets\\nje remettais\\nje remis\\nto remit\\nremis, e.\\nsee METTRE\\nEemoudre, 4.\\nremoulant\\nje remouds\\nje remoulais\\nje remoulus\\nto grind again\\nrcmoulu, e.\\nsee MOUDRE\\nEexaitke, 4.\\nrenaiasant\\nje renais\\nje renaissais\\njc renaquis\\nto revive\\nrene, e.\\nsee naItre\\nRendormir, 2.\\nrendormatit\\nje rendors\\nje rendormais\\nje rendormis\\nio lull to sleep\\nrendormi, e.\\nsee DORMIR\\nRentraire, 4.\\nrentrayant\\nje reutrais\\nje rentrayais\\nto darn\\nrentrait, e.\\nset TRAIRE\\nEexvoyer, 1.\\nrenvoyant\\nje renvoie\\njo renvovais\\nje renvoyais\\nto send back\\nrenvoyc./. e.\\nsee ENVOTER\\n49, (2.)\\nBepaitre, 4.\\nrepaissant\\nje repais\\njo repaissais\\njo repus\\nto feed\\nrepu\\nsee paJtre\\nc.\\nEei-artir, 2.\\nrepartant\\njo repars\\nje repartais\\njc repartis\\nto set off again\\nreparti, c.\\nsee sentir\\nEepeindre, 4.\\nrepeignant\\nje repeins\\nje repeignais\\njo repeignis\\nto paint again\\nrcpcint, e.\\nsee ceindre\\nEepexttr, (se)\\nse repentant\\nje me repens\\njo me repen-\\njo me repentis\\n2. to repent, ref.\\nrepenti, e.\\nsee sentir\\n[tais\\nEeprendre, 4.\\nreprenant\\nje reprends\\nje reprenais\\nje repris\\nto take again\\nrepris, e.\\nsee PRENDRE\\nEeproduire,4.\\nreproduisant\\nje reproduis\\nje reprodui-\\njo reproduisia\\nto reproduce\\nreproduit, e.\\nsee CONDUIRE\\n[sais", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0396.jp2"}, "395": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPBES01TAL VERBS.\\n62.\\n391\\nFUTUBE.\\nConditional..\\nje reconnai-\\n[trai\\nje reconquer-\\n[rai\\nje reconnai-\\n[trais\\nje recoaquer-\\n[rais\\nje reconstrui-\\nje reconstrui-\\n[rai\\n[rais\\nje recoudrai\\nje recoudrais\\nje recourrai\\nje recourrais\\nje recouvrirai\\nje recouvrirais\\nje recueillerai\\nje recueille-\\nje redirai\\n[rais\\nje redirais\\nje reduirai\\nje reduirais\\nje referai\\nje referais\\nje rejoindrai\\nje rejoindrais\\nje relirai\\nje reliraig\\nje reluirai\\nje reluirais\\nje remettrai\\nje remettrais\\nje remoudrai\\nje remoudrais\\njo renaitrai\\nje renaitraia\\nje rendormirai\\nje rendormi-\\nje rentrairai\\n[rais\\nje rentrairaia\\nje renverrai\\nje renverrais\\nje repaitrai\\nje repaitrais\\nje repartirai\\nje repartirais\\nje repeindrai\\nje repeindrais\\nje me repenti-\\n[rai\\nje reprendrai\\nje me repenti-\\n[rais\\nje reprendrais\\nje reproduirai\\nje reprodui-\\n[rais\\nreconquiers\\nreconstruis\\nreeoud3\\nrecours\\nrecouvro\\nrecueille\\nredi3\\nredui3\\nrefais\\nrejoLn3\\nrelis\\nreluis\\nremeta\\nremouds\\nrenais\\nrendora\\nrentrais\\nrepars\\nrepeins\\nrepens-toi\\nje reconstrui\\n[se\\nje recouse\\nje recoure\\ne recouvre\\ne recueille\\ne redise\\ne reduise\\nreproduis j\\nSubjunctive.\\nje reconnaisse\\nje reconquiere je\\nje reconnusse\\ne reluise\\nremette\\ne remoulo\\ne rendorme\\ne rentraie\\ne renvoie\\ne repaisse\\ne reparte\\ne repeigne\\nme repente\\nreprenne\\nreproduise\\nje reeonstrui-\\n[sisse\\nje recousisse\\nje recourussa\\nje recouvrisae\\nje recueillisse\\nje redisse\\nje redmsisse\\nje refisse\\nje rejoignisse\\nje relusse\\nje reluisisse\\nje remisse\\nje remoulusse\\nje renaquisse\\nje rendormisse\\nje renvoyasse\\nje repusse\\nc.\\nje repartisse\\nje repeignisse\\nje me repen-\\n[tisae\\nje reprodui-\\n[sisae", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0397.jp2"}, "396": {"fulltext": "392\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nInfinitive.\\nPasticipi.es.\\nIndicative.\\nIMPEEFECT.\\nPast Definite.\\nEequerir, 2.\\nrequerant\\nje requiers\\nje requeraia\\nje requis\\nto require\\nrequis, e.\\nsee ACQUERIR\\nEesoudre, 4. resolvant\\nje resous\\nje resolvais\\nje resolus\\nto resolve Iresolu, resous\\nsee absoudre\\nEessextir, 2. ressentant\\nje ressens\\nje ressentais\\nje ressentia\\nto resent ressenti. e.\\nsee sextir\\nEess.ORTir, 2. Iressortant\\nje ressors\\nje ressortais\\nje ressortia\\nto go out again ressorti, e.\\nsee sortir\\nEessodtenir,\\nse ressouve-\\nje me ressou-\\nje me ressou-\\nje me ressou-\\n(se) to remem-\\n[nant\\n[viens\\n[venais\\n[vin3\\nber, reflective.\\nsouvenu, e.\\nsee TEXTR\\nEestreixdre\\nrestrcignant\\nje restrains\\nje restrei-\\nje restreignia\\n4. to restrain\\nrestreint, e.\\nsee ceindre\\n[gnais\\nEetesir, 2. to\\nretenant\\nje retiens\\nje retenais\\nje re tins\\nretain\\nretenu, e.\\nsee teste\\nEetraire, 4.\\nretrayaut\\nje retrais\\nje retrayais\\nto redeem\\nretrait. e.\\nsee TRAIRE\\nEevenir, 2. to\\nrevenant\\nje reviens\\nje revenais\\njo revins\\nreturn\\nrovenu, o.\\nsee vexir\\nEevktir, 2. to revetant\\nje revets\\nje revetais\\njo revetis\\nclothe revetu, e.\\nsee vktir\\nEevivre, 4. to revivant\\nje re vis\\nje rcvivais\\njo revecus\\nlive again revecu\\nEevoir. 3. to revoyant\\nje revois\\nje revoyais\\nje revia\\nsee again\\nrcvu, c.\\nsee voir\\nEire, 4. to\\nriant\\nje ris\\nje riais\\nje ria\\nlaugh\\nri\\ntu ris\\ntu viais\\ntu ris\\naux. avoir\\nil rit\\nil riait\\nil rit\\nirregular.\\nn. rions\\nn. riions\\nn. rimes\\nv. riez\\nv. riiez\\nn. rites\\nils rient\\nils riaient\\nils rircnfc\\nEomtre, 4. to\\nrampant\\nje romps\\nje rompaia\\nje rompia\\nbreak\\nrompu, c.\\ntu romps\\ntu rompais\\ntu rompia\\naux. avoir\\nil rompt\\nil rompait\\nil rompit\\nirregular.\\nn. rompons\\nn. rompions\\nn. rompimes\\nv. rompez\\nv. rompiez\\nv. rompites\\nils rompeut\\nils rompaient\\nils rompirent\\nEouvrir, 2. to rouvrant\\nje rouvre\\nje rouvrais\\nje rouvris\\nre-open\\nrouvert, e.\\nsee ouvrir\\nSaiixir, 2. to\\nsailiant\\nil saille\\nil saillait\\nproject\\naailli\\nSatisfaire, 4.\\nsatisfaisant\\nje satisfais\\njo satisfaisais\\nje satisfis\\nto satisfy\\nsatislait,/. e.\\nsee faire\\nSavoir, 3. to\\nsachant\\nje sais\\nje savaia\\nje sua\\nknow\\nsu, e.\\ntu sais\\ntu savais\\ntU SU3\\naux. avoir\\nil sait\\nil savait\\nil sut\\nirregular\\nn. savons\\nn. savious\\nu. siimes\\nv. savez\\nv. saviez\\nv. siites\\nils savent\\nils savaient\\nils surent\\nSecourir, 2. to\\nsecourant\\nje secours\\nje secourais\\nje secourua\\nsuccor\\nsecouru, e.\\nsee courir\\nSeduire, 4. to\\nseduisant\\nje seduia\\nje seduisaia\\nje seduisia\\nseduce\\nseduit, e.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0398.jp2"}, "397": {"fulltext": "A5TD UNIPEESONAL VERBS. 62. 393\\nFUTUBE.\\nConditional.\\nImpebative.\\nSUBJUNCTIVE.\\nImpekfect.\\nje requerrai\\nie requerrais\\nrequiers\\nje requiere\\nie requisse\\nje resoudrai\\n[e resoudraia\\nje resolve\\nje resolusse\\nresou3\\nc.\\nje ressentirai\\nie ressentirais\\nressens\\nje ressente\\nje ressentisse\\nje ressortirai\\nje ressortirais\\nressors\\nje ressorte\\nie ressortisse\\nje me ressou-\\nie me ressou-\\nje me ressou-\\nie me ressou-\\n[viendrai\\n[viendrais\\nressouviens-toi\\n[vienne\\n[vinsse\\nje restreindrai\\nje restrein-\\nje restreigne\\nje restrei-\\n[drais\\nrestreins\\n[g-nisse\\nje retiendrai\\nie retiendrais\\nretiens\\nje retienne\\nje retinsse\\nje retrairai\\n[e retrairais\\nretrais\\nje retraie\\nje reviendrai\\nje reviendrais\\nreviens\\nje revienne\\nie revinsse\\nje revetirai\\nje revetiraia\\nrevets\\nje revete\\nje revetisse\\nje revivrai\\nje revivrais\\nrevis\\nje revive\\n|e revecusse\\nje reverrai\\nje reverrais\\nrevois\\nje revoie\\nje revisse\\nje rirai\\nje rirais\\nje rie\\nie risse\\ntu riras\\ntu rirais\\nris\\ntu ries\\ntu risses\\nilrira\\nil rirait\\nq. rie\\nilrie\\nil rit\\nn. rirons\\nn. ririons\\nrions\\nn. riions\\nn. rissions\\nv. rirez\\nv. ririez\\nriez\\nv. riiez\\nv. rissiez\\nils riront\\nils riraient\\nq. rient\\nils rient\\nils rissent\\nje romprai\\nje romprais\\nje rompe\\nje rompisse\\ntu rompras\\ntu romprais\\nromps\\ntu rompes\\ntu rompissea\\nil rompra\\nil romprait\\nq. rompe\\nil rompe\\nil rompit\\nn. romprons\\nn. romprions\\nrompons\\nn. rompions\\nn. rompission3\\nt. romprez\\nv. rompriez\\nrompez\\nv. rompiez\\nv. rompissiez\\nils rompront\\nils rompraient\\nq. rompent\\nils rompent\\nils rompissenfc\\nje rouvrirai\\nje rouvrirais\\nrouvre\\nje rouvre\\nje rouvrisse\\nil saillera\\nil saillerait\\nq. saille\\nq. sailllt\\nje satisferai\\nje satisferais\\nsatisfais\\nje satisfasse\\nje satisfisse\\nje saurai\\nje saurais\\nje sache\\nje susse\\ntu saura3\\ntu saurais\\nsache\\ntu saches\\ntu susses\\nil saura\\nil saurait\\nq. sache\\nil sache\\nilsut\\nn. saurons\\nn. saurions\\nsachons\\nn. sachions\\nn. sussiona\\nv. saurez\\nv. sauriez\\nsachez\\nv. sachiez\\nv. sussiez\\nils sauront\\nils sauraient\\nq. sachent\\nils sachent\\nils sussent\\nje secourrai\\nje secourrais\\nsecours\\nje secoure\\nje secourusse\\nje seduirai\\nje seduirais\\nseduia\\nje seduise\\nje seduisisse", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0399.jp2"}, "398": {"fulltext": "394\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR,\\nInfinitive.\\nPakticipi.es.\\nIndicative.\\nImperfect.\\nPast Definite.\\nSejier, 1. to\\nsemant\\nje seme\\nje semais\\nje semai\\nsow. peculiar.\\nseme,/ e.\\nSentir, 2. to\\nsentant\\nje sens\\nje sentais\\nje sentis\\nfeel\\nsenti, e.\\ntu sens\\ntu sentais\\ntu sentis\\naux. avoir\\nil sent\\nil sentait\\nil sentit\\nirregular.\\nn. sentons\\nn. sentions\\nn. sentimes\\nv. sentez\\nv. sentiez\\nv. sentites\\nils sentent\\nils sentaient\\nils sentirent\\nSeoir, 3. to fit,\\nseyanfc\\nil sied\\nil seyait\\nbecome, unip.\\nsis\\nServir, 2. to\\nservant\\nje sers\\nje servais\\nje servis\\nserve\\nservi, e.\\ntu sers\\ntu servais\\ntu servis\\naux. avoir\\nil sert\\nil servait\\nil servit\\nirregular.\\nn. servons\\nn. servions\\nn. servimes\\nv. servez\\nv. serviez\\nv. servites\\nils servent\\nils servaient\\nils servirent\\nSortir, 2. to\\nsortant\\nje sors\\nje sortais\\nje sortis\\ngo out\\nsorti, e.\\nsee SENTIR\\nSOUFFRIR, 2. to\\nsouffrant\\nje souffre\\nje souffrais\\nje soufiris\\nsuffer\\nsouffert, e.\\nsee odvrir\\nSoumettre, 4.\\nsoumettant\\nje souinets\\nje soumettais\\nje soumis\\nto submit\\nsoumis, e.\\nsee METTRE\\nSOURIRE, 4. to\\nsouriant\\nje souris\\nje souriais\\nje souris\\nsmile\\nsouri\\nsee rire\\nSOUSCRIRE, 4.\\nsouscrivant\\nje souscris\\nje souscrivais\\nje souscris\\nto subscribe\\nsouscrit\\nsee ecrire\\nSoustraire, 4.\\nsoustrayant\\nje soustrais\\nje soustrayais\\nto subtract\\nsoustrai.t, e.\\nsee traire\\nS0UTEN7R, 2.\\nsouteuaut\\nje soutiens\\nje soutenais\\nje soutins\\nto sustain soutenu, e.\\nsee tenir\\nSouvenir, (se) se souvenant\\nje me souviens\\nje me souve-\\nje me souvins\\nH. to remember\\nsouvenu, e.\\nsee tenir\\n[nais\\nStTBVEXIR, 2.\\nsubtenant\\nje subviens\\nje subvenais\\nje subvins\\nto relieve\\nsnbvenu, e.\\nsee tenir\\nSUFFIRE, 4. to\\nsutfisant\\nje sums\\nje suffisais\\nje sums\\nsuffice\\nsuffi\\ntu sums\\ntu suffisais\\ntu sums\\naux. avoir\\nil suffit\\nil suffisait\\nil suffit\\nirregular\\nn. suffisons\\nn. suffisions\\nn. suffime3\\nv. suffisez\\nv. suffisiez\\nv. suffites\\nils suffisent\\nils suffisaient\\nils suffirent\\nSutvre, 4. to\\nsuivant\\nje suis\\nje suivais\\njo suivis\\nfollow\\nsuivi, e.\\ntu suis\\ntu suivais\\ntu suivis\\naux. avoir\\nil suit\\nil suivait\\nil suivit\\nirregular\\nn. suivons\\nn. suivions\\nn. suivimes\\nv. suivez\\nv. suiviez\\nv. suivltes\\nils suivent\\nils suivaient\\nils suivirent\\nSurfatre, 4. to\\nsurfaisant\\nje surfais\\nje surfaisais\\nje surfis\\nexact\\nsurfait,/ e.\\nsee faire\\nStJRPRENDRE,\\nsurprenant\\nje surprends\\nje surprenais\\nje surprig\\n4. to surprise\\nsurpris, e.\\nsee PRENDRE", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0400.jp2"}, "399": {"fulltext": "AND FNIPEKSONAL VERBS. 62.\\n395\\nFuTTJBE.\\nConditional.\\nImperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImpeefect.\\nje semerai\\nje semerais\\nseme\\nje seme\\nje semasse\\nje sentirai\\nje sentirais\\nje sente\\nje sentisse\\ntu sentiras\\ntu sentirais\\nsens\\ntu sentes\\ntu sentisses\\nil sentira\\nil sentirait\\nq. sente\\nil sente\\nil sentit\\nn. sentirons\\nn. sentirions\\nseritons\\nn. sentions\\nn. sentissions\\nv. sentirez\\nv. sentiriez\\nsentez\\nv. sentiez\\nv. sentissiez\\nils sentiront\\nils sentiraient\\nq. sentent\\nils sentent\\nils sentissent\\nil siera\\nil sierait\\nq. siee\\nje servirai\\nje servirais\\nje serve\\nje servisse\\ntu serviras\\ntu servirais\\nsers\\ntu serves\\ntu servisses\\nil servira\\nil servirait\\nq. serve\\nil serve\\nil servit\\nn. servirons\\nn. servirions\\nservons\\nn. servions\\nn. servissions\\nv. servirez\\nv. serviriez\\nservez\\nv. serviez\\nv. servissiez\\nils serviront\\nils serviraient\\nq. servent\\nils servent\\nils servissent\\nje sortirai\\nje sortirais\\nsors\\nje sorte\\nje sortisse\\nje souffrirai\\nje souffrirais\\nsouffre\\nje souffre\\nje soufirisse\\nje soumettrai\\nje soumettrais\\nje soumette\\nje soumisse\\nsoumets\\nje sourirai\\nje sourirais\\nsouris\\nje sourie\\nje souriss8\\nje souscrirai\\nje souscrirais\\nsouscris\\nje souscrive\\nje souscrivisse\\nje soustrairai\\nje soustrairais\\nsoustrais\\nje soustraie\\nje soutiendrai\\nje soutiendrais\\nsoutiens\\nje soutienne\\nje soutinsse\\nje me souvien-\\nje me souvien-\\nje me souvien-\\nje me sou-\\n[drai\\n[drais\\nsouviens-toi\\n[ne\\n[vinsse\\nje subviendrai\\nje subvien-\\n[drais\\nsubviens\\nje subvienne\\nje subvinsse\\nje suffirai\\nje suffirais\\nje suffise\\nje suffisse\\ntu suffiras\\ntu suffirais\\nsuffis\\ntu suffises\\ntu suffisses\\nil suffira\\nil suffirait\\nq. suffise\\nil suffise\\nil suffit\\nn. suffirons\\nn. suffirions\\nsuffisons\\nn. suffisions\\nn. suffissions\\nv. suffirez\\nv. suffiriez\\nsuffisez\\nv. suffisiez\\nv. suffissiez\\nils suffiront\\nils suffiraient\\nq. suffisent\\nils suffisent\\nils suffissent\\nje suivrai\\nje suivrais\\nje suive\\nje suivisse\\ntu suivras\\ntu suivrais\\nsuis\\ntu suives\\ntu suivisse3\\nil suivra\\nil suivrait\\nq. suive\\nil suive\\nil suivit\\nn. suivrons\\nn. suivrions\\nsuivons\\nn. suivions\\nn. suivission3\\nv. suivrez\\nv. suivriez\\nsuivez\\nv. suiviez\\nv. suivissiez\\nils suivront\\nils suivraient\\nq. suivent\\nils suivent\\nils suivissent\\nje surferai\\nje surferais\\nje surfasse\\nje surfisse\\nsurfaia\\nje surprendrai\\nje surpren-\\n[drais\\nsurprends\\nje surprenne\\nje surprisse", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0401.jp2"}, "400": {"fulltext": "IBEEGCLAE, DEFECTIVE, PECUIIAE,\\nInfinitive.\\nPA2TICIPI.EB,\\nIndicative.\\nImperfect.\\nPast Definite.\\nSurseoir, 3.\\nsursoyant\\nje sursois\\nje sursoyais\\nje sursis\\nto supersede\\nsursis./. e.\\ntu sursois\\ntu sursoyais\\ntu sursis\\naux. avoir\\nil sursoit\\nil sursoyait\\nil sursit\\nirregular.\\nn. sursoyons\\nn. sursoyions\\nn. sursimes\\nv. sursoyez\\nv. sursoyiez\\nv. sursites\\nils sursoient\\nils sursoyaient\\nils sursirent\\nSuevexir, 2.\\nsurvenant\\nje surviens\\nje survenais\\nje survins\\nto happen, etc.\\nsurvenu, e.\\nsee tenir\\nScrvivre, 4.\\nsurvivant\\nje survis\\nje survivais\\nje survecus\\nto survive\\nsurvecu\\nsee vivre\\nTaibb, (se) 4.\\nse taisant\\nje me tais\\nje me taisais\\nje mo tus\\nto 6e silent\\ntu, e.\\nsee plaire\\nTeindre, 4. to\\nteignant\\nje terns\\nje teignais\\nje teignis\\ndye\\nteint, e.\\nsee ceixdre\\nTexir, 2. to\\ntenant\\nje tiens\\nje tenais\\nje tins\\nfa 2\\ntenu, e.\\ntu tiens\\ntu tenais\\ntu tins\\naux; avoir\\nil tient\\nil tenait\\nil tint\\nirregular.\\nn. tenons\\nn. tenions\\nn. tinmes\\nv. tenez\\nv. teniez\\nv. tintes\\nils tienncnt\\nils tenaient\\nils tinrent\\nTOX.NER, 1. to\\ntonnant\\nil tonne\\nil tonnait\\nil tonna\\nthunder, unip.\\ntonne\\nI UADUIRB, 4.\\ntraduisanr,\\njc traduis\\nje traduisais\\nje traduisis\\nto translate\\ntraduit, e.\\nsee CONDUIRE\\nTraire, 4. to\\nt rayant\\nje trais\\njo trayais\\nmilk\\ntrait\\ntu trai3\\ntu trayais\\naux. avoir\\nil trait\\nil trayait\\ndefective.\\nn. t rayons\\nv. trayez\\nils traient\\nn. trayions\\nv. trayiez\\nils trayaient\\nTranscbirb, 4.\\ntranscrivant\\nje transcris\\njo transcrivais\\nje transcrivis\\nto\\ntranscrit\\nsee iiCRiRE\\nTh \\\\XSUE1TRE,\\ntransmettant\\nje transmet3\\nje transmettais\\nje transmis\\n1.\\ntransmis, e.\\nsee METTRE\\ni I: SSULLIR,\\ntressaillant\\nje tressaillo\\nje tressaillais\\njo tressaillis\\n2. to start\\ntressailli\\nsee ASSAILLIR\\nVAiXCRE, 4. to\\nvainquailt\\nje vaines\\ntu vaines\\nje vainquais\\nje vainquis\\nvaincu, e.\\ntu vainquais\\ntu vainquis\\nvoir\\nil vainc\\nil vainquait\\nil vainquit\\ntor.\\nn. vainquons\\nn. vainquions\\nn. vainquime8\\nv. vainquez\\nv. vainquiez\\nv. vainquites\\nils vainquent\\nils vainquaient\\nils vainquirent\\nV \\\\LOIR, 3. to\\nvalant\\nje vaux\\nje valais\\nje valus\\nle worth\\nvalu\\ntu vaux\\ntu valais\\ntu valus\\navoir\\nil vaut\\nil valait\\nil valut\\nn. valons\\nn. valions\\nn. valiimes\\nv. valez\\nv. valiez\\nv. valutes\\nils valeut\\nils valaient\\nils valurent\\nYi-xir, 2. to\\nvenant\\nje viens\\nje venais\\nje vins\\ncome\\nvenu. e.\\nsee texir\\naux. etro", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0402.jp2"}, "401": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPEK SONAL VERBS\\n62.\\n397\\nFuture.\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nIMPERATIVE.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImpeekect.\\nje surseoirai\\nje surseoirais\\nje sursoie\\nje sursisse\\ntu surseoiras\\ntu surseoirais\\nsursois\\ntu sursoies\\ntu sursisses\\nil surseoira\\nil surseoirait\\nq. sursoie\\nil sursoie\\nil sursit\\nn. surseoirons\\nn. surseoirions\\nsursoyons\\nn. sursoyions\\nn. sursissions\\nv. surseoirez\\nv. surseoiriez\\nsursoyez\\nv. sursoyiez\\nv sursissiez\\nils surseoiroat\\ni. surseoiraient\\nq. sursoient\\nils sursoient\\nils sursissent\\nje surviendrai\\nje surviendrais\\nsurviens\\nje survienne\\nje survinsse\\nje survivrai\\nje survivrais\\nsurvia\\nje survive\\nje survecusse\\njeme tairai\\nje me tairais\\ntais-toi\\nje me taise\\nje me tusse\\nje teindrai\\nje teindrais\\nteina\\nje teigne\\nje teignisse\\nje tiendrai\\nje tiendrais\\nje tienne\\nje tinsse\\ntu tiendras\\ntu tiendrais\\ntiens\\ntu tiennes\\ntu tinsses\\nil tiendra\\nii tiendrait\\nq. tienne\\nil tienne\\nil tint\\nn. tiendrons\\nn. tiendrions\\ntenons\\nd. tenions\\nn. tinssiona\\nv. tiendrez\\nv. tiendriez\\ntenez\\nv. teniez\\nv. tinssiez\\nils tiendronfc\\nils tiendraient\\nq. tiennent\\nils tiennent\\nils tinssent\\nil tonnera\\nil tonnerait\\nq. tonne\\nq. tonne\\nq. tonnat\\nje traduirai\\nje traduirais\\ntraduis\\nje traduise\\nje traduisisse\\nje trairai\\nje trairais\\nje traie\\ntu trairas\\ntu trairais\\ntrais\\ntu traies\\nil traii a\\nil trairait\\nq. traie\\nil traie\\nn. trairons\\nn. trairions\\ntrayons\\nn. trayons\\nv. trairez\\nv. trairiez\\ntrayez\\nv. trayiez\\nils trairont\\nils trairaient\\nq. traient\\nils traient\\nje transcrirai\\nje transcrirais\\ntranscris\\nje transcrive\\nje transcri-\\n[visso\\nje transmet-\\nje transmet-\\nje transmette\\nje transmisse\\n[trai\\n[trais\\ntransmets\\nje tressaillirai\\nje tressaillirais\\ntressaille\\nje tressaille\\nje tressaillisse\\nje vaincrai\\nje vaincrais\\nje vainque\\nje vainquisse\\ntu vaincras\\ntu vaiucrais\\nvaincs\\ntu vainques\\ntu vainquisses\\nil vaincra\\nil vaincrait\\nq. vainque\\nil vainque\\nil vainquit\\nn. vaincrons\\nn. vaincrions\\nvainquons\\nn. vainquions\\nn.vainquissions\\nv. vaincrez\\nv. vaincriez\\nvainquez\\nv. vainquiez\\nv. vainquissiez\\nils vaiucrout\\nils vaincraient\\nq. vainquent\\nils vainquent\\ni. vainquissent\\njo vaudrai\\nje vaudrais\\nje vaille\\nje valusse\\ntu vaudras\\ntu vaudraia\\nraux\\ntu vailles\\ntu valusses\\nil vaudra\\nil vaudrait\\nn. vaudrions\\nq. vaille\\nil vaille\\nil valut\\nn. vaudrons\\nvalons\\nn. valions\\nn. valussions\\nv. vaudrez\\nv. vandriez\\nvalez\\nv. valiez\\nv. valussiez\\nils vaudront\\nils vaudfaient\\nq. vaillent\\nils vaillent\\nils valussent\\nje viendrai\\nje viendrais\\nje vienne\\nje vinsse\\nviens", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0403.jp2"}, "402": {"fulltext": "398\\nIB REGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nInfinitive.\\nParticiples.\\nIndicative.\\nIjIPEEFECT.\\nPast Definitk.\\nYkhr, 2. to\\nvetant\\nje vets\\nje vetais\\nje vetis\\nclothe\\nvetu, e.\\ntu vets\\ntu vetais\\ntu vetis\\naux. avoir\\nil vet\\nil vetait\\nil vetit\\nirregular.\\nn. vetons\\nn. vetions\\nn. vetimes\\nv. vetez\\nv. vetiez\\nv. vetites\\nils vetent\\nils vetaient\\nils vetirent\\nVbttr, (se) 2.\\nse vetanfc\\nje me vets\\nje me vetais\\nje me vetis\\nio clothe one s\\nvetu,/. e.\\netc.\\netc.\\netc.\\nself. ref.\\nVivre, 4. to\\nvivant\\njevis\\nje vivais\\nje vecus\\nlive\\nvecu\\ntu vis\\ntu vivais\\ntu vecus\\naux. avoir\\nil vit\\nil vivait\\nil vecut\\nirregular.\\nn. vivons\\nn. vivions\\nn. vecumes\\nv. vivez\\nv. viviez\\nv. vecutes\\nils vivent\\nils vivaient\\nils vecurent\\nVoir, 3. to\\nvoyant\\nje vois\\nje voyais\\nje vis\\nsee\\nvu, e.\\ntu vois\\ntu voyais\\ntu vis\\naux. avoir\\nil voit\\nil voyait\\nil vit\\nirregular.\\nn. voyons\\nn. voyions\\nn. vimes\\nv. voyez\\nv. voyiez\\nv. vites\\nils voient\\nils voyaient\\nils virent\\nVorjLoiR, 3. io\\nvoulant\\nje veux\\nje voulais\\nje voulus\\nbe willing\\nvoulu\\ntu veux\\ntu voulais\\ntu voulus\\naux. avoir\\nil veut\\nil voulait\\nil voulut\\nirregular.\\nn. voulons\\na. voulions\\nn. voulumes\\nv. voulez\\nv. vouliez\\nv. vouliites\\nils veulent\\nils voulaient\\nils voulureut\\nAller.\\nBexir\\nTleurir.\\nPOUTOIR\\nEejiarks.\\nThe Academy gives in the past participle of this verb, absou-s\\nand absout, and seems to prefer the latter form. The best\\nwriters, however, prefer the former.\\nThe form, je vas, I go, is obsolete.\\nhas two participles, the regular one, beni, blessed; and the\\nirregular form, Unit, consecrated.\\nThis verb retains the old form in the present participle and\\nimperfect, fiorissant, je florissais, etc., when it is used figura-\\ntively.\\nhas two forms in the present of the indicative, je puis and je\\npeuz. The former is preferable, except when the second nega-\\ntive is put after the verb.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0404.jp2"}, "403": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPEESOUAL VERBS. 8 62.\\n399\\nFUTURE.\\nConditional.\\nImperative.\\nSUUJUNCTIVE.\\nImperfect.\\nje vetirai\\nje vetirais\\nje vete\\nje vetisse\\ntu vetiras\\ntu vetirais\\nvets\\ntu vetes\\ntu vetisses\\nil vetira\\nil vetirait\\nq. vete\\nil vete\\nil vetit\\nn. vetirona\\nn. vetirions\\nvetons\\nn. vetiona\\nn. vetissions\\nv. vetirez\\nv. vetiriez\\nvetez\\nv. vetiez\\nv. vetissiez\\nils vetiront\\nils vetiraient\\nq. vetent\\nils vetent\\nOs vetissent\\nje me vetirai\\nje me vetirais\\nje me vete\\nje me vetisse\\nc.\\nc.\\nvets-toi\\nc.\\nc.\\nje vivrai\\nje vivrais\\nje vive\\nje vecusse\\ntu vivras\\ntu vivrais\\nvis\\ntu vives\\ntu ve cusses\\nil vivra\\nil vivrait\\nq. vive\\nil vive\\nil vecut\\nn. vivrons\\nn. vivrions\\nvivons\\nn. vivions\\nn. vecussions\\nv. vivrez\\nv. vivriez\\nvivez\\nv. vlviez\\nv. vecussiez\\nils vivront\\nils vivraient\\nq. vivent\\nils vivent\\nils vecussent\\nje verrai\\nje verrais\\nje voie\\nje visse\\ntu verras\\ntu verrais\\nvois\\ntu voies\\ntu visses\\nil verra\\nil verrait\\nq. voie\\nil voie\\nil vit\\nn. verrons\\nn. verrions\\nvoyons\\nn. voyions\\nn. vissions\\nv. verrez\\nv. verriez\\nvoyez\\nv. voyiez\\nv. vissiez\\nils verront\\nils verraient\\nq. voient\\nils voient\\nils vissent\\nje voudrai\\nje voudrais\\nje veuille\\nje voulusse\\ntu voudras\\ntu voudrais\\ntu veuilles\\ntu voulusses\\nil voudra\\nil voudrait\\nil veuille\\nil voulut\\nn. voudrons\\nn. voudrions\\nn. voulions\\nn. voulussions\\nv. voudrez\\nv. voudriez\\nveuillez\\nv. vouliez\\nv. voulussiez\\nils voudront\\nils voudraient\\nils veuillent\\nils voulussent\\nEemarks.\\nR^partir (with an accent), is regular and means to divide. It should not\\nbe confounded with repartir, to set off again.\\nRIssoudre has two past participles, resolu, resolved upon, and resous, re-\\nsolved into.\\nRessortir, to depend upon, to oe within the jurisdiction, is regular. It must\\nnot be confounded with ressortir, to go out again, which is con-\\njugated like sortir.\\nTistre, to weave, is only used in the past participle, tissu, woven.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0405.jp2"}, "404": {"fulltext": "400 THE PARTICIPLE. 63, 64, 65, 66.\\n63. The Participle.\\n(1.) The participle is so called, because it participates of the na-\\nture both of the verb and of the adjective. It partakes of the nature\\nof the verb, in having its signification and regimen, and of the na-\\nture of the adjective in relating, like the latter, to nouns and pro-\\nnouns.\\n(2.) There are two sorts of participles the present and the past.\\n64. The Participle Present.\\n(1.) The participle present, which denotes continuance of action\\nanswers to the English participle in ing.\\n(2.) This participle is invariable; always terminating in ant; as,\\nchantant, singing finissant, finishing recevant, receiving vendant,\\nune dame rnarchant, a lady walking;\\ndes hommes marchant, men walking.\\nJ ai vu lea vents grondant su r ces I have seen the winds roaring over\\nmoissons superbes, those superb harvests, root up the\\nDeraciner lea bles, so disputer les grain, and contend for the sheaves.\\ngerbes. Delille.\\n65. Verbal Adjectives ending in ant.\\n(1.) The verbal adjective in ant expresses merely the condition,\\nthe manner of being, the qualify of the noun. It never denotes ac-\\ntion.\\n(2.) This adjective varies in gender and number. We give below\\nexamples of the same words, used as participles and as adjectives\\nAdjectives. Participles.\\nUne femrae obligeante est aime e Une femme olligeant tout le\\ndo tout le monde. monde est generalement aimee.\\nAn obliging woman is loved by A woman obliging every body is\\nevery person. generally loved.\\nLes tribus errantes de l Afrique. Les tribus errant dans l Afrique.\\nThe wandering tribes of Africa. The tribes wandering in Africa.\\nII n y a que les natures aimantes Les natures aimant la solitude,\\nqui soient propres a l etude de la aiment generalement l etude.\\nnature. Bernardin de St. Pierre.\\nAffectionate natures (dispositions) Natures (dispositions) loving soli-\\nonly, are fit for the study of nature. tude, are in general fond of study.\\n66. The Participle Past.\\n(1.) The participle past denotes the completion of the action.\\n(2.) It is susceptible of variations for gender and number.\\n(3.) The participle past, used without an auxiliary, agrees in gen-\\nder and number with the noun which it qualifies, whether the noun", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0406.jp2"}, "405": {"fulltext": "ADVERBS\u00e2\u0080\u0094 67, 68. 401\\nprecedes or follows. In short, all that we have said of the agree-\\nment of the adjective with the noun, may be applied to this par-\\nticiple.\\ndes enfants cheris, beloved children\\ndes femmes estimees, esteemed women;\\nComme une lampe d or, dans l azur Like a golden lamp, suspended in\\nsuspendue, the azure vault, the moon balances\\nLa lune se balance aux bords de herself in the confines of the horizon;\\nl horizon her weakened rays sleep on the turf.\\nSes rayons affaiblis dorment surle\\ngazon. Lamartdte.\\n(4.) For further rules on the past participle, see Syntax, 134, and\\nfollowing.\\n67. The Adverb.\\n(1.) The adverb is an invariable word joined to verbs, adjectives,\\nor to other adverbs, to modify their signification.\\n(2.) Adverbs are divided into seven classes\\n1. Of manner doucement, softly sagement, wisely etc.\\n2. Of order; premierement, first; d abord, at first ensuite, af-\\nterwards; etc.\\n3. Of place ici, here ou, where la, there ailleurs, else-\\nwhere; etc.\\n4. Of time; hier, yesterday; aujourd hui, to-day; demain, to-\\nmorrow etc.\\n5. Of quantity; peu, little; trop, too much; tant, so much; etc.\\n6. Of comparison plus, more moins, less tres, very.\\n1. Of affirmation, ne- oui, yes eertes, certainly non, no nullement, by\\ngation and doubt. no means; peut-etre, perhaps; ne, pas, point,\\nnot; etc.\\n(3.) A few adjectives are sometimes used adverbially. They are\\nthen invariable\\nchanter juste, to sing in tune\\ncouter cher, to cost dear\\nparler haut, to speak loud.\\n(4.) Several words united together, and having the force of an ad-\\nverb, are called an adverbial phrase\\ntout a coup, suddenly\\npeu a, peu, by degrees;\\ntout a, l heure, immediately\\nde temps en temps, now and then, etc.\\n68. Formation oe Adverbs prom Adjectives.\\n(1.) Adverbs ending in merit, may be formed from adjectives in\\nthe following manner\\n(2.) When the adjective ends in the masculine with a vowel, ment\\nis added to form the adverb", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0407.jp2"}, "406": {"fulltext": "402\\nADVERBS.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 69, 10.\\nutile,\\nPoli,\\nfou,\\nmou,\\nnouveau,\\ntraitre,\\nAdjective.\\nuseful; utilement, usefully;\\npolite poliment, politely\\neasy aisement, easily.\\n(3.) Exceptions.\\nbeautiful bellement, beautifully;\\nfoolish follement, foolishly\\nsoft mollement, softly\\nnew nouvellement, newly\\ntreacherous traitreusement, treacherously.\\n(4.) When the adjective ends in the masculine with a consonant,\\nthe syllable ment is added to its feminine termination, as,\\nmasc. fern.\\nbon, bonne, good; bonnement, in a good manner;\\ndoux, douce, soft; doucement, softly;\\nheureux, heureuse, happy; heureusement, happily.\\n(5.) Adjectives ending in nt, change that termination into mment:\\nprudent, prudent prudemment, prudently\\nelegant, elegant; elegamment, elegantly.\\nExceptions.\\nlent, slow; lentement, slowly;\\npresent present; presentenient, presently.\\n(6.) The following adverbs require an acute accent over the e pre-\\nceding ment, which e is mute in the adjective\\naveuglement,\\ncommodement,\\ncommunement,\\nconformement,\\nconfusement,\\ndiffusemeut,\\neDornu-ment,\\nblindly\\ncommodiously\\ncommonly\\nconformably\\nconfusedly\\ndiffusely\\nenormously\\nexpressement,\\nimportunement,\\nincommodement,\\nobscurement,\\nopiniatrement,\\nprecisement,\\nprofondement,\\nexpressly;\\nimportunately\\nincommodiously\\nobscurely\\nobstinately\\nprecisely\\nprofoundly.\\n69. Degrees of Signification in Adverbs ending in\\nMENT.\\n(1.) Adverbs ending in ment, are, like all the adjectives from which\\nthey are formed, susceptible of three degrees of signification the\\npositive, the comparative, and the superlative.\\n(2.) The first expresses the manner simply.\\n(3.) The second expresses it in a degree of equality, superiority,\\nor inferiority, by adding to the adverb the words, si, so aussi, as;\\nplus, more moins, less.\\n(4.) The third, by the addition of the words, bien, tres, fort, very,\\ncarries the signification to the highest degree.\\n8 *70. Adverbs making of themselves a Comparison.\\ncom me,\\nde meme,\\npareillement,\\nj.\\nthe same manner\\nainsi,\\nplus,\\ndavantage,\\nthus", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0408.jp2"}, "407": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITIONS. 11,12.\\n403\\nDe plus,\\nMoins,\\nMieux,\\nPis,\\nTres,\\nbesides\\nless;\\nbetter\\nworse\\nvery\\nNI plus ni moins, neither more nor\\nless\\nPresque,\\nQuasi, J\\nA peu pres,\\nPour le plus,\\nTout au plus,\\nA qui mieux\\nmieux,\\nA l envi,\\nDe mieux\\nmieux,\\nnearly;\\nfor the most;\\nat most\\nvying with one\\nanother\\nen better and better.\\n11. The Preposition.\\n(1.) The preposition is an invariable word, used to express the re-\\nlations of things.\\n(2.) The preposition conveys by itself no distinct meaning. The\\npreposition and the word which it governs, form what is called an in-\\ndirect regimen.\\n8 12. Table op the Principal Prepositions.\\nA,\\nA cause de,\\nto, at, in\\non account of;\\nExcepte,\\nHormis,\\nexcept, but;\\nApres,\\nafter\\nHors,\\nsave\\nAttendu, vu,\\non account of;\\nJusqu a,\\nJusques a, J\\nuntil, as far as;\\nAupres de,\\nnear\\nAutour de,\\nabout, around;\\nLoin de,\\nfar from;\\nAvant,\\nbefore, (earlier)\\nLe long de,\\nalong\\nAvec,\\nwith\\nMalgre,\\nin spite of;\\nChez,\\nat the house of\\nMoyennant,\\nby means of;\\nContre,\\nagainst\\nNonobstant,\\nnotwithstanding;\\nDans,\\nin, within;\\nOutre,\\nbesides\\nD apres,\\nfrom, after\\nPar,\\nby, through;\\nD avec,\\nfrom;\\nPardevant,\\nbefore, (law term)\\nDe,\\nof from, with\\nParmi,\\namong, amongst;\\nDela, au dela de\\nbeyond, on that\\nJ side of;\\nPendant,\\nduring\\nDe dela, par dela\\nPour,\\nfor;\\nDepuis,\\nsince, for\\nPres de,\\nnear, close by;\\nDerriere,\\nbehind;\\nProche,proche\\nde, near by\\nDes,\\nfrom\\nQuant a,\\nas far, with respect,\\nDevant,\\nbefore, opposite;\\nSans,\\nwithout\\nDurant,\\nduring\\nSauf,\\nsaving, except;\\nEn,\\nin, at, to\\nSelou,\\naccording to;\\nEn deca de, 1\\nthis side\\nSous,\\nunder\\nDe deca, par\\non this side\\nSuivant,\\naccording to;\\ndeca, J\\nSur,\\nupon, on;\\nEntre\\nbetween\\nTouchant,\\ntouching\\nE avers,\\nA l egard de,\\ntowards\\nConcernant,\\nconcerning;\\nVers,\\ntowards, to;\\nEnviron,\\nabout;\\nVis-a-vis de,-\\nopposite.\\n(2.) The prepositions are divide\\n1 into several classes.\\n(3.) Among\\nthose denoting plac\\ne are\\nCe n est qu aw\\ntour de lui que\\nvole la victoire.\\nAutour, around\\nEacine.\\nAround him a\\nhne hovers victory.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0409.jp2"}, "408": {"fulltext": "404\\nPREPOSITIONS.\\n72.\\nChez, with; at the\\nhouse of; among\\n(spud of the Latin.)\\nDans, in\\nParmi, among;\\nVers, towards;\\nj Enfin, chez les Chretiens les moeurs sont innocen-\\ntes. Corneille.\\nAmong Christians, finally, the manners are innocent.\\nChez mon pere, at my father s house.\\nRome n est plus dans Rorne. Corneille.\\nRome is no longer in Rome.\\nParmi les rochers, vers le milieu de ces montagnes\\nj escarpees. Fenelon.\\nAmong the rocks, towards the middle of those steep\\nmountains.\\nf L autel couvert de feux, tombe et fuit, sous la\\nJ terre. Voltaire.\\nj The altar covered with fire, falls and disappears un-\\n(_ der the earth.\\nfLes riches ne sont sur la terre que pour faire du\\nbien. Fenelon.\\nThe rich are placed on the earth merely to do good.\\n(4.) Some, denoting time, are\\nDurant, j ur na j Dm ant la nuit, elle n a point dormi. Corneille.\\nPendant, 1 During the night she has had no sleep.\\n(5.) Some mark place and time, as\\nSous, under;\\nSur, upon;\\nDes, from\\n(place;)\\n(time;)\\nDepuis, from since\\n(place;)\\n(time\\nAvant, before;\\n(at an earlier time\\nApres, after\\nEntre, between;\\nDerriere, behind;\\nDevant, before;\\n(in front of;\\nj Des Orleans. Des sa source. L Academie.\\nFrom Orleans; from its source;\\nfL homme, des sa naissauee, a lo sentiment du plaisir\\net de la douleur. Massillon.\\n1 Man from his birth has the sensation of pleasure and\\nof pain.\\nC La France s etend depuis le Rhin jusqu a l Ocean.\\nL Academie.\\n[_ France extends from the Rhine to the Ocean.\\nEn Orient, en Occident, depuis deux mille ans, on\\nne parle que d Alexandre. Massillon.\\nIn the East, in tlie West, since hco thousand years,\\n(_ they speak continually of Alexander.\\nDan?, en, sous, vers, etc., may also be placed under this head.\\n(6.) Some prepositions mark order, as\\nLa conscience nous avertit, en ami, avant de nous\\npunir. Stanislas,\\nCu/tsrir/ice warns us, as a friend, before punishing us.\\nJe crams Dieu, et apres Dieu, je crains principale-\\nment celui qui ne le craint pas. Sadi.\\nI fear God, and, after God, I fear principally the man\\nwho does not fear him.\\nC L hommo est place libre entre le vice et la vertu.\\nMarmontel.\\nMan is placed free between vice and virtue.\\nII se met toujours derriere celui qui parle.\\nLa Bruykre.\\nHe places himself always behind the speaker.\\nFais marcher devant toi l ango exterminateur.\\nVoltaire.\\nSend before thee the exterminating angeL", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0410.jp2"}, "409": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITIONS. 8 72.\\n405\\nAvec, with;\\nOutre, besides\\nExcepte, except\\nHormis, except;\\nHors, except;\\nwithout\\nSauf, save; except;-\\nContre, against\\nMalgre, in spite of;\\nNonobstant, not-\\nwithstanding.\\nf Je veux\\n1 will livt\\n(7.) The prepositions marking union, are\\nvivre avec elle, avec elle expirer.\\nCORNEILLE.\\nlive with her, die with her.\\nOutre restime de soi-meme, l honnete homme possede\\nencore l estime et la confiance universelles.\\nMarmontel.\\nI Besides self-esteem, the honest man possesses universal\\nesteem and confidence.\\n(8.) Those of separation, exception, are:\\nII travaille toute la semaine, excepte le dimanche.\\nLAcademie.\\nHe works the whole week, except Sunday.\\nHormis toi, tout le monde est content.\\nAll are pleased, except you.\\nNul n aura de l esprit, hors nous et nos amis.\\nMOLIERE.\\nNo one shall have wit, out ourselves and our friends.\\nPoint de vertu sans religion, point de bonbeur sans\\nvertu. Diderot.\\nNo virtue without religion, no happiness without\\nvirtue.\\nOn peut tout sacrifier a l amitie, sauf l bonnetete et\\nla justice. Marmontel.\\nWe may sacrifice all to friendship, except honesty and\\njustice.\\n(9.) The prepositions of opposition are\\nLe travail est une meilleure ressource contre l ennui\\nque le plaisir. Trublet.\\nLabor is a better resource against ennui than pleas-\\nure.\\nNous suivrons malgre nous le vainqueur de Lesbos.\\nRacine.\\nWe shall follow against our will the conqueror of\\nLesbos.\\nf La verite, nonobstant le prejuge, l erreur et le mensonge,\\nJ se fait jour a la fin. Marmontel.\\n1 Truth, prejudice error and falsehood notwithstanding,\\n\\\\_ conies at last to light.\\n(10.) The prepositions of conformity are\\nLaterre, cette bonne mere, multiplie ses dons selon\\nle nombre de ses enfants. Fenelon.\\nThe earth, that good mother, multiplies her gifts accord-\\ning to the number of her children.\\nLes talents produisent suivant la culture.\\nMarmontel.\\n_ Talents produce according to their cultivation.\\n(11.) Several words placed together and performing the part of a\\npreposition, are called a prepositional phrase\\nA l egard de, with regard to\\nEn faveur de, in favor of;\\nA la reserve de, reserving; etc.\\nSelon,\\nSuivant.\\naccord-\\ning to", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0411.jp2"}, "410": {"fulltext": "406\\nCONJUNCTIONS. 73,\\n73. The Conjunction.\\n(1.) Conjunctions are invariable words which serve to connect\\nwords and sentences.\\n(2.) French grammarians divide the conjunctions into nine\\net, and; ni, nor; que, that; desorte que, so\\nthat; etc.\\nmais, but; quoique, though; cependant^\\nyet; etc.\\nou, or ou bien, else ni, neither etc.\\nsavoir, namely; comme, as; c est a dire,\\nthat is to say etc.\\nquand, lorsque, when pendant que, while\\nsi, if; sans quoi, ivithout which; suppose\\nque, supposing that, etc.\\ncar, for puisque, since pourquoi, why\\nwherefore; etc.\\nor, done, therefore; ainsi, thus; d ailleurs,\\nbesides, etc.\\n^que, that.\\n1 Copulative,\\n2 Adversative,\\n3 Disjunctive,\\n4 Explanatory,\\n5 Circumstantial,\\n6 Conditional,\\nT Causal,\\n8 Transitive,\\n9 Determinative,\\n(3.) We here present a list of the conjunctions and conjunctiva\\nphrases most commonly used in French. We will divide them into\\ntwo classes.\\n1. Conjunctions and conjunctive phrases which may be placed in\\nthe first or in the second part of a period\\nA cause que,\\nA moins que,\\nAussitot que,\\nAu cas que,\\nApres que,\\nAinsi que,\\nAttendu que,\\nAfin que,\\nAu reste,\\nAvant que,\\nCependant que,\\nDe crainte que,\\nDe meme que,\\nDe peur que,\\nDepuis que,\\nDe sorte que,\\nDurant que,\\nEn eas que,\\nEncore que,\\nbecause\\nunless\\nas soon as;\\nin case that, if;\\nafter that;\\nas, as well as\\nwhereas\\nin order that;\\nbesides\\nbefore that,\\nthan;\\nalthough\\nfor fear that, lest;\\nin the same way as;\\nfor fear that, lest;\\nsince that;\\nso that;\\nwhile\\nin case thai\\nalthough\\nJusqu a. ce que,\\nLorsque,\\nOu bien,\\nOutre que,\\nPendant que,\\nParce que,\\nPourvu que,\\nPuisque,\\nQuand,\\nQuoique,\\nSi,\\nSans que,\\nSitot que,\\nSoit que,\\ni Si ce n est que,\\nSuppose que,\\nTant que,\\nTandis que,\\nVii que,\\nuntil that;\\nif, when;\\nor, else;\\nbesides tliat\\nwhile that\\nbecause\\nprovided;\\nsince\\nif, when\\nalthough, though\\nif;\\nunless\\nprovided thai\\nbe it that;\\nunless\\nsupposing that\\nprovided that;\\nwhile that;\\nprovided that.\\n2. The conjunctions and conjunctive phrase3 which usually co;", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0412.jp2"}, "411": {"fulltext": "INTERJECTIONS. S 14.\\n401\\nbetween two parts of a sentence, or at the commencement of a dis-\\ncourse momentarily interrupted, are\\nAussi bien que,\\nas well as\\nEn effet,\\nin fact;\\nApres tout,\\nnevertheless\\nEt puis,\\nand then\\nA condition que\\non condition that;\\nMais,\\nbut;\\nAu surplus,\\nbesides\\nPartant,\\ntherefore\\nC est pourquoi,\\ntherefore\\nPar consequent,\\nconsequently\\nCependant,\\nhowever\\nPourtant,\\nhowever\\nC est a dire,\\nthat is to say\\nSans quoi,\\nunless that;\\nC est a savoir,\\nthat is\\nSavoir,\\nto wit;\\nCar,\\nfor, because;\\nSinon,\\nunless\\nDone,\\ntherefore\\nTouteibis,\\nnevertheless.\\nSee Lesson 100 Examples on\\nthe different uses of conjunctions.\\n(1.) The interjections indicate some sudden affection or emotion\\nof the mind. They are exclamations which seem to take the place of\\nentire propositions.\\n(2.) Some imply astonishment\\nBeaux arts, eh! dans quels lieux n avez-vous droit\\nde plaire? Delille.\\nFine arts, ah! in what place have you not a right\\nto please\\n(3.) Some express derision, irony, distrust, etc.\\nOuais ce maitre d armes vous tient bien au coeur.\\nMoliere.\\nAh! eh! etc.\\nOuais, ah! indeed!\\nQui da, truly, etc.\\nAh indeed! this fencing master displeases you much.\\n(4.) Others express contempt, aversion and disapprobation\\nFoin du loup et de sa race La Fontaine.\\nFoin away with, etc.\\nTout beau! softly\\nAway with the wolf and his race\\ntout beau\\nMoliere^\\nTout oeau, monsieur\\nSoftly, sir; softly!\\n(5.) We shall carry no further this classification, but content our-\\nselves with giving a list of the most usual interjections\\nAh!\\nah!\\nOh!\\noh!\\nAM!\\neigh\\nOuais\\nah, indeed!\\nBah!\\nbah!\\nOuf!\\neigh\\nChut!\\nsilence! hist!\\nPaf!\\ncrack\\nEh!\\neh!\\nSt!\\nhist!\\nPi!\\nfy-\\nSus!\\nquickly\\nGarel\\ntake care\\nZest!\\nquickly!\\nHa!\\nha!\\nPi done\\nfy then\\nHelas\\nalas!\\nHo ca\\nholla\\nHeu!\\nalas!\\nHe bien\\nnow then!\\nHola!\\nholla\\nEh bien\\nwell then\\nHo!\\nho!\\nOuida!\\ntruly\\nHem!\\nhem!\\nOr ca!\\nquickly\\nHein!\\neh!\\nTout beau I\\nsoftly\\nHum I\\nhum!\\nSilence! Paix!\\nsilence\\nc.\\nc.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0413.jp2"}, "412": {"fulltext": "408 SYNTAX.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 15, 16.\\n15.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 SYNTAX.\\n(1.) Syntax treats of the agreement, government, and arrangement\\nof words in sentences.\\n(2.) One word is said to agree with another, when it takes the\\nsame modification of gender, number, and person.\\n(3.) One word governs another, when by the influence of the\\nformer the latter is made to assume a particular form or place.\\n(4.) The proper arrangement of words consists in placing them in\\nthe order sanctioned by grammatical rules, deduced from the best\\nreputable custom.\\n(5.) For the cases adopted by the modern French grammarians,\\nthe student is referred to 2, and 42, (2,) (3,) (4,) (5.)\\n*76. The Noun. Place of Nouns.\\n(1.) In French, as well as in English, a noun used as the subject\\nor nominative of an affirmative or negative sentence, generally pre-\\ncedes the verb\\nLliomme le plus obscur aime la The most humble man loves liberty.\\nliberte. Chateaubriand.\\nL esperance tient lieu des biena Hope takes the place of the benefits\\nqu elle promet. La Ciiaussee. which it promises.\\n(2.) In poetry and in elevated prose, the subject is sometimes\\nplaced after the verb\\nII n est point de noblesse, ou Nothing noble can exist, where\\nmanque la vertu. Crebillon. virtue is wanting.\\nLa fortune est a. craindre, ou Where wisdom is wanting, fortune\\nmanque la sagesse. Boursault. is to be feared.\\n(3.) In interjected sentences, that is, in sentences which we,\\nwhile repeating the words of a person, throw among other sentences,\\nto indicate that person as the speaker, the subject, in French, must\\nalways follow the verb\\nHeureux, disait Mentor, le peuple Happy, said Mentor, the people\\nqui est conduit par un sage roi who are governed by a wise king.\\nFenelon.\\n(4.) In interrogative sentences, the noun generally precedes the\\nverb, which must be immediately followed by a pronoun correspond-\\ning in gender and number with the noun\\nLa mort est-elle nn. mal La, vie Is death an evil? Is life a bene-\\nest-elle un bien Crebillon. fit Literally, Death, is it an evil f\\netc.\\n(5.) When the sentence commences with one of the following\\nwords, ou, where que, what combien, how much quand, when", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0414.jp2"}, "413": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX or NOUNS. 76. 409\\nthe noun may be placed immediately after the verb, or in accord-\\nance with the last rule\\nOh est votre^re.* or WJ is your father f\\nOu votrejpere est-il? J\\nMais que sert un long regne, a Of what use is a long reign, un-\\nmoins qu il ne soit beau less it be glorious\\nBoursault.\\n(6.) The noun, used as a direct regimen, has the same place in the\\nsentence in French as in English\\nLa force fonde, etend, et main- Power founds, extends, and main-\\ntient un empire. Saukin. tains an empire.\\n(7.) When there are, in the same sentence, two nouns, one used\\nas direct, the other as indirect regimen, and those nouns with the\\nwords qualifying or modifying them, are of equal length, the direct\\nregimen should precede the indirect l\\nLe malheur ajoute un nouveau Misfortune adds a new lustre to the\\nlustre a la gloire des grands horn- glory of great men.\\nmes. Fenelon.\\nAvez-vous donne les livres a, mon Have you given the books to my\\nfrere? Girault-Duvivier. brother.\\n(8.) When, however, the qualifying or explanatory words render\\nthe direct regimen longer than the indirect, the regime indirect is\\nplaced first\\nAvez-vous donne d mon frere les Save you given my brolJier the\\nlivres que vous lui aviez promis books, which you had promised him t\\nLes hypocrites parent des dehors Hypocrites adorn with the appear-\\nde la vertu, les vices les plus honteux. ance of virtue, the most shameful\\nNoel. vices.\\n(9.) The indirect regimen precedes the direct regimen, when the\\nmeaning would otherwise be doubtful\\nTachez de ramener par la douceur Try to bring back by mildness,\\nces esprits egares. these erring spirits.\\nBescherelle.\\nAny other construction would render the sentence equivocal,\\n(10.) In English, the name of the possessor frequently precedes\\nthe name of the object possessed, and the two are connected by\\nmeans of s (the old Saxon genitive termination). In French the\\norder is always different. The name of the object precedes that of\\nthe possessor, and the connecting link is a preposition\\nLes livres de mon ami. My friend s books.\\nVous avez vu la montre de ma You have seen my sister s watch.\\nsoeur.\\nThis must also be the case, when the regime direct is shorter than the\\n18", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0415.jp2"}, "414": {"fulltext": "410 SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 11.\\n(11.) The name of an object always precedes the name of the\\nsubstance of which it is formed, or which it contains. The preposi-\\ntion de comes between them\\nUne table de marbre. A marble table.\\nLa France a beaucoup de carrieres France has many marble quarries.\\nde marbre.\\nUn bouteUle de vin. A bottle of wine.\\n(12.) The word representing an individual always precedes that\\ndescribing his particular occupation, or the merchandise of which he\\ndisposes\\nTJn maitre de danse. A dancing master.\\nUn maitre de langues. A teacher of languages.\\nTJn marchand de drap. A draper, or dealer in cloth.\\n(13.) The name of a vehicle, boat, mill, etc. always precedes the\\nnoun representing the power by which it is impelled, or the purpose\\nto which it is adapted. The connecting preposition is generally cb\\nUn moulin a vent. A wind-mill.\\nUn moulin a, farine. A grist-mill\\nDes moulins a eau. Water-mills.\\nUne voiture a vapeur. A steam carriage.\\nUn bateau a vapeur. A steamboat.\\nUne voiture a deux chevaux. A two horse carriage.\\n(14.) The name of an object precedes the noun representing its\\nparticular produce, use, or appendages, etc. d generally connects\\nthese nouns\\nLe gout du fruit de Varbre d pain The taste of the fruit of the bread-\\nresseinble celui de l artichaut tree resembles that of the artichoke.\\nBern ardin de St. Pierre.\\nLo nom de vertu, dans la bouche The name of virtue, in the mouth\\nde certaines personnes, fait tressail- of certain persons, makes one shud-\\nlir, comme le grelot du serpent d der, like the noise of a rattle-snake,\\nsonnetles. Mme. Necker.\\nLcs bites a comes ne sont pas si Horned animals (neat cattle) are\\nnombrcuses que les betes a laine. not so numerous as sheep (wool ani-\\nmals).\\nLa salle a, manger. The dining room.\\nDu bois a bruler. Fire wood.\\nUn verre a eau. A water glass, L e.. glass for water.\\nSee 81, (2.)\\n11. The Article. Use of the Article.\\n(1.) The article 1 must be used in French before every noun em-\\nployed in a general sense, or denoting a whole species of objects,\\nalthough in similar cases the article is not used in English. Ex\\n1 The student will recollect that the French have only one article, le.\\nThe word un being, by modern French grammarians, very properly classed\\nwith the numeral adjectives.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0416.jp2"}, "415": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OE THE ARTICLE. \u00c2\u00a777. 411\\nLes bienfaits peuvent tout sur Benefits are all powerful with a\\nune ame biea nee. Voltaire. well disposed mind.\\ni honneur, aux grands cceurs, est Honor is,with magnanimous hearts,\\nplus cher que la vie. Corneille. more precious than life.\\nLa houte suit toujours un lache Shame always folloius a cowardly\\ndesespoir. Crebillon. despair.\\n(2.) The article is used in French, as in English, before a noun\\ndenoting a particular object, or taken in a particular sense\\nLe bonheur des mediants comme The happiness of the wicked runs\\nun torrent s ecoule. Racine. away like a torrent.\\ni arbrisseau le plus sain a be- The healthiest shrub needs culiiva-\\nsoin de culture. Hon.\\nFabre d ^glantine.\\nLe moment du peril est celui du The time of peril is the time for\\ncourage. La Harpe. courage.\\n(3.) The article is used before the names of countries, provinces,\\nrivers, winds and mountains\\nLa France est bornee au midi France is bounded on the south\\npar les Pyrenees et la Mediterranee; by the Pyrenees and the Mediterra-\\nd Vest par la Suisse et la Savoie nean on the east by Switzerland\\nau nord par la Belgique, et a Z ouest and Savoy on the north by Bel-\\npar Z Ocean. Ses principales rivieres gium, and on the west by the Ocean.\\nsont la Meuse, le Rhin, la Seine, la Its principal rivers are the Meuse,\\nLoire, la Garonne et le Rhone. the Rhine, the Seine, the Loire, the\\nGaronne and the Rhone.\\n(4.) Those countries which take their name from their capital, or\\nsome other city within their boundaries, take no article\\nNaples est un pays delicieux. Naples is a delightful country.\\nVenise etait un etat puissant. Venice was a powerful state.\\nNew -York est un etat sain. New York is a healthy state.\\n(5.) The French use the article before titles prefixed to names\\nLe general Cavaignac. General Cavaignac\\nLe president Bonaparte. President Bonaparte.\\n(6.) The article is also used before the names of dignities, of cer-\\ntain bodies, systems of doctrine, and with other words mentioned\\nbelow\\nLa monarchic, monarchy\\nLe parlement, parliament\\nLe gouvernement, government\\nLe christianisme, Christianity\\nL episcopat, episcopacy\\nA l eglise, at church\\n(7.) Before the names of the seasons, and the following expres-\\nL annee prochaine, next year L automne dernier, last fall\\nL annee derniere, last year La semaine derniere, last week\\nLe printemps prochain, next spring c. c.\\nA l ecole,\\nat school\\nAu college,\\nat college\\nAu marche,\\nat, to market\\nAu lit,\\nin bed\\nc.\\nc.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0417.jp2"}, "416": {"fulltext": "412 SYNTAX OP THE ARTICLE. 78.\\n(8.) The names of several cities take the article. Those nouns\\nhave generally a meaning, and indicate often natural objects\\nLe Havre, Havre La Rochelle, JRochelle\\nLa Haie, The Hague; Le Detroit, Detroit;\\n(9.) In speaking of the parts of the body, or of the qualities of the\\nmind, the French use the article in cases where the English use a\\npossessive adjective, or the indefinite article\\nVotre frere a les chevaux noirs. Your brother has black hair.\\nII s est blesse a la main. He has hurt his hand.\\nCharles a la memoire excellente. Charles has an excellent memory.\\n78. Use of the Article before Words taken in a\\nPartitive Sense.\\n(1.) A word, when used to denote an entire object or class of ob-\\njects, is said to have a general sense when, however, it is employed\\nto indicate a part of any thing or class of things, considered in refer-\\nence to the whole, it is said to have a partitive sense. Before a word\\ntaken partitively, the word some or any, is, or may, in English, often\\nbe employed. If, for example, I use the words courage and wood,\\nabstractedly, I take them in the general sense but if I say, give me\\nwood; your brotlier has courage, I use them in the partitive sense, that\\nis, I ask for a part of that substance called wood, and attribute to\\nyour brother something of that quality called courage.\\n(2.) The article accompanied by, or in combination with the prepo-\\nsition de, called by some grammarians the partitive article 13, (10.)]\\nis used before nouns taken in a partitive sense\\nDu pain et de l eau lui suffisent Bread and water are sufficient for\\nhim that is, some bread.\\nApportez-nous du sel et du vi- Bring us salt and vinegar; that\\nnaigro. is, some salt.\\nToujours la patrie a des charmes My native land has always (some)\\npour moi. La Haepe. charms for me.\\n(3.) The preposition de only, is used when the noun taken in a\\npartitive sense, is preceded by an adjective:\\nII possede de belles maisons. He possesses fine houses.\\nProposons-nous a nous-memes de Let us propose to ourselves rather to\\ngrands exemples a imiter, plutot imitate great examples, than to\\nque de vains systemes a suivre. follow vain systems.\\nJ. J. Rousseau.\\n(14.) When, however, the noun preceaed by the adjective, is con-\\nnected with it, and the two form a compound noun, that noun takes\\nthe article according to rule (2.), as,\\nDes jeunes gens des grands Young people great men (some.)", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0418.jp2"}, "417": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OP THE ARTICLE. *79 80. 413\\nHeureux, si de son temps, pour do Fortunate would it have been, if, in\\nbonnes raisons, his time, (Alexander s) Macedon had\\nLa Macedoine eut eu des petites- had lunatic asylums.\\n1 1 Boileaxt.\\n(5.) The preposition alone is used before a noun when it is pre-\\nceded by a collective word or by an adverb of quantity\\ntTne multitude de peuples. A multitude of nations.\\nBeaucoup de personnes. Many persons.\\nA quoi bon tant rf amis? Of what use are so many friends?\\nUn seul nous suffit s il nous aime. A single one suffices if he loves us.\\nFloriax.\\n(6.) The article, however, is used, when the noun preceded by a\\ncollective word, is limited by what follows. The words, la plupart,\\nthe most; bien, many and infiniment, infinitely, form also excep-\\ntions to the preceding rule\\nUn grand nombre des personnes Many of the persons whom I have\\nque j ai vues. Noel. seen.\\nII me reste peu, des livres qui I have few left, of the hooks which\\nm ont ete donnes. Noel. have been given me.\\nLes mediants ont bien de la peine The wicked have much trouble to\\neL demeurer unis. Fenelon. remain united.\\n(7.) The preposition is used alone before a noun placed after a\\nverb conjugated negatively, but not interrogatively at the same\\ntime:\\nJe ne vous ferai pas de reproches. I shall cast upon you no reproaches.\\nL on ne dit jamais que l on n a We never say, that we have no wit.\\npoint (f esprit. Bocrsault.\\nOn ne fait jamais de bien a Dieu, We never can do good in respect to\\nen faisaut du mal aux hommes. God, by doing evil to men.\\nVOLTAIRE.\\n(8.) The commencement of rule (6.) will also apply to this sen-\\ntence\\nNe donnez jamais des conseils Never give advice which is danger-\\nqu il soit dangereux de suivre. ous to follow.\\nGIRAULT-DUVIVIER.\\n79. English Indefinite Article A or An.\\nThe French numeral adjective, un, masc. une, fern, answers to the\\nEnglish article a or an 13, (4.) (11.)].\\nThe restrictions to its use are specified in the remarks on the\\narticle.\\n80. Repetition of the Article.\\n(1.) General Rule. The article 1 is repeated before every noun\\nand every word used as a noun, having a separate meaning\\n1 This rule applies to the determinative adjectives, mon, ion, son, ce,\\ncet, etc.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0419.jp2"}, "418": {"fulltext": "414 SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 81.\\nLe cceur, Z esprit, les mceurs, tout The heart, the mind, the manners,\\ngagne a la culture. every thing improves by cultivation.\\nLe pere et la mere semblaient ex- The father and mother seemed to\\ntiter leur petite compagne a s en excite their little companion to feed\\nrepaitre la premiere. Buffon. upon it first.\\n(2.) The article will, therefore, be repeated, when one of two ad-\\njectives, united by the conjunction et, qualifies a noun expressed, and\\nthe other a noun understood\\nZ histoire ancienne et la moderne. Ancient and modem history.\\nthat is, l histoire ancienne et l histoire moderne.\\nLes pnilosophes anciens et les mo- Ancient and modern philosophers.\\ndenies.\\nLe premier et le second etages. The first and second stories.\\n(3.) Should, however, the tvro adjectives qualify the same ex-\\npressed word, the article must not be repeated.\\nLe sage et pieux Fenelon a des TJie wise and pious Fenelon has well\\ndroits bien acquis a I estime gene- established rights to general es-\\nrale. Girault-Duvivier. teem.\\nA ces mots il lui teud le doux et At these icords he presents to him the\\ntendre ouvrage. Boileau. sweet and tender book.\\n(4.) When two nouns are joined by the conjunction ou, and the\\nsecond is merely a repetition or explanation of the first, the article\\nshould not be repeated.\\nLes joues ou cotes de la tetc du The cheeks or sides of the head of the\\ncondor, sont couvertes d un duvet condor, are covered with black down.\\nnoir. BUFFON.\\nOn distinguait parmi les nobles les Tliey distinguished among the nobles\\npalatins ou gouverneurs des pro- the palatines or governors of pro-\\nvincea. J. J. Rousseau. vinces.\\nSI. Miscellaneous Remarks on tiieUse of the Article.\\n(1.) The article is not used before numbers placed after the names\\nof sovereigns, to designate their order of succession 26, (3.)].\\nLouis dix-huil, Charles dix. Louis the eighteenth, Charles the tenth.\\n(2.) The French put no article before nouns placed in apposition\\nwith, or explanatory of, other preceding nouns\\nLouis treize, fils de Henri quatre, fut Louis the thirteenth, the son of Henry\\nbien different de son pere. the fourth, was very different from\\nhis father.\\nLc Tartufe, comedie de Moliere. The Tartufe, a comedy of Moliere,\\nLamartine, celebre poete et prosa- Lamartine, a celebrated French poet\\ntew francais. andprose tenter.\\nJo suis franoai?, vous ttes americain. L atn a Frenchman, you are an\\nAmerican.\\n(3.) If the explanatory word be itself qualified or restricted by\\nother words, the un is then placed before it", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0420.jp2"}, "419": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 81. 415\\nCet homme est un Francais, That man is a Frenchman, of an\\nd une famille illustre, mais malheu- illustrious, but unfortunate family.\\nreuse.\\nCes messieurs sont des marchands Those gentlemen are merchants from\\nde Lyon. Lyons.\\n(4.) Under the second rule of this Section may also be placed the\\nwords mentioned in 76, Eules (11.) (12.) (13.) and (14.)\\nune raontre d or, a gold watch\\nun maitre de dessin, a drawing-master;\\nun moulin a vapeur, a steam mill\\nune chambre a coucher, a bed-room.\\n(5.) Some exceptions to rule (2.) will be better explained by ex-\\namples than by precepts\\nun magasin a foin, a hay loft\\nune bouteille d vin, a wine bottle.\\nare a loft intended for hay, a bottle intended for wine, but not actu-\\nally containing hay or wine.\\nun magasin au foin, a hay-loft\\nla bouteille au vin, the wine-bottle.\\nThat is, the loft actually used for hay, the bottle now used for\\nwine.\\nun magasin de foin, a loft hay\\nune bouteille de vin, a bottle y u (wine;\\n(6.) Proper names of persons do not receive the article, unless it\\nforms a part of the name as, Lebrun, Lamartine, La Harpe, La\\nFontaine as also in some gallicised Italian names as Le Tasse,\\nTasso, Le Dante, Dante, etc. An adjective, however, coming before\\nproper names, is generally preceded by the article.\\nLe bon et naif La Fontaine. The good and candid La Fontaine.\\nLe pieux Fenelon. T/ie pious Fenelon.\\n(7.) It has been seen 12, (1.) Examples] that the plural article\\nis often placed in elevated style before the names of renowned indi-\\nviduals\\nNous avons vu a la fois, a la tete We have seen at once, at the head\\ndes escadrons imperiaux, les Murat, of the imperial squadrons, Murat,\\nles Kellermann, les Lassalle, les Mon- Kellerman, Lassalle, Montorun.\\ntorun. Le General Foy.\\n(8.) Names of kingdoms and provinces, when preceded by the\\npreposition en, take no article\\nEn France, en Amerique. In France, in America.\\n(9.) No article is placed after en preceding a noun used indeter-\\nminately, or after the word ni standing before a noun, which is the\\ndirect regimen of a verb, preceding the negative", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0421.jp2"}, "420": {"fulltext": "416\\nYKTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 8 \u00c2\u00a72.\\nNous irons en voiture. We shall go in a carriage.\\nVous etes en peine. You are in trouble.\\nNous n avons ni or ni argent. We have neither gold nor silver.\\n(10.) The article is omitted before plus and rnoins in comparative\\nsentences, where, in English, it would, in the corresponding place, be\\ninserted\\nPlus une action est utile, plus The more useful an action is, the\\nelle est louable. more praiseworthy it is.\\n(11.) The article precedes plus and rnoins to express comparison\\nin the highest degree, and agrees in gender with the noun\\nVotre soeur ne pleurait pas, quoi- Tour sister did not weep, although\\nqu elle fut la plus affligee de toutes she was the most grieved of all those\\nces dames. ladies.\\n(12.) The article remains invariable when it stands before a super-\\nlative, in which, however, no direct comparison is intended\\nVotre soeur ne pleure pas, lors Tour sister does not weep, even\\nmeme qu elle est le plus affligee. when she is most grieved.\\nNoel.\\n(19.) To give more force to the diction, the article is often omitted\\nin a rapid enumeration of individuals\\nCitoyens, etraugers, amis, enne- Citizens, strangers, friends, ene-\\nmis, tous le reverent. mies, all reverence him.\\n8 82. Idioms in wnicn the Article is omitted.\\nAjouter foi,\\nAvoir besoin,\\nAvoir chaud,\\nAvoir coutume,\\nAvoir dessein,\\nAvoir dispute,\\nAvoir envie.\\nAvoir appctit,\\nAvoir Mm,\\nAvoir froid,\\nAvoir honte,\\nAvoir mal,\\nAvoir patience,\\nAvoir peur,\\nAvoir pitie,\\nAvoir raison,\\nAvoir sommeil,\\nAvoir soil)\\nAvoir soin,\\nAvoir sujet,\\nAvoir tort,\\nChercher fortune,\\nCourir risque,\\nDemander justice.\\nto give faith\\nto have need\\nto be warm\\nto be accustomed\\nto intend\\nto have difficulties\\nto wish, to desire;\\nto have an appetite,\\nto be hungry\\nto be cold;\\nto be ashamed;\\nto have pain\\nto have patience\\nto be afraid;\\nto take pity\\nto be right\\nto be sleepy;\\nto be thirsty;\\nto take care\\nto have reason;\\nto be wrong\\nto seek one s for\\ntune\\nto run the risk\\nto demand justice\\nDemander pardon, to beg pardon;\\nDonner avis,\\nFaire part, inform;\\nEntendre raillerie, 1 to bear jokes\\nFaire attention, to pay attention;\\nFaire bonne cherc,to live well;\\nFaire credit, to give credit\\nFaire envie, to excite envy\\nFaire honneur, to honor\\nFaire horreur, to inspire horror\\nFaire peur,\\nFaire mention,\\nFairo naufrage,\\nFaire place,\\nFaire plaieir,\\nFaire present,\\nFaire reflexion,\\nFaire tort,\\nMettre fin,\\nMcttre ordre,\\nPerdre courage,\\nPorter envie,\\nPorter mainour,\\nPrendre conge,\\nto frighten\\nto mention\\nto suffer shipwreck;\\nto make room\\nto oblige\\nto present\\nto reflect;\\nto injure;\\nto put an end;\\nto arrange;\\nto lose courage\\nto envy\\nto cause misfor-\\ntune\\nto take leave\\n1 Entendro la raillerie, is also said, but it means to understand joking.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0422.jp2"}, "421": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX\\nOF THE ADJECTIVE.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00c2\u00a783,84. 417\\nPrendre feu,\\nto catch fire\\nTenir lieu,\\nto take place;\\nPrendre garde,\\nto take care\\nTenir parole,\\nto keep one s word;\\nPrendre kaleine,\\nto take breath;\\nTrouver moyen,\\nto find means\\nPrendre medecine, to take medicine\\nAvec ardeur, etc.,\\nwith ardor\\nPrendre racine,\\nto take root\\nPar depit, etc.,\\nthrough spite\\nRendre compte,\\nto account;\\nPour recompense,\\nas a reward;\\nRendre justice,\\nto render justice\\netc.,\\nRendre service,\\nto oblige\\nSans peine,\\nwithout difficulty\\nRendre visite,\\nto visit;\\nSans souci,\\nwithout sorrow,\\nTenir compagnie,\\nto accompany\\nwithout care.\\n83. The Adjective.\\n(4.) We have seen 18, Eule (3.)] that an adjective, relating to\\ntwo substantives of the same gender, must agree with them in gen-\\nder, and be put in the plural\\n(2.) And Eule (4.) that an adjective, relating to two or more nouns\\nof different genders, must be put in the masculine plural.\\n(3.) When, however, nouns, united or not by the conjunction et,\\nare somewhat synonymous; when the writer wishes actually to\\nqualify only the last or when the mind, more particularly occupied\\nwith the last noun, seems to forget the others, the adjective will as-\\nsume the gender and number of the last noun only.\\nToute sa vie n a ete qu un travail, His whole life has been nothing but\\nqu une occupation continuelle.\\nMassiixon.\\nJe ne connais point de roman,\\npoint de comedie espagnole, sans\\ncombats. Elorian.\\nLe fer, le bandeau, la flamme est\\ntoute prete. Racine.\\ncontinual labor and occupation.\\nI know no romance, no Spanish\\ncomedy, without combats.\\nThe sword, the band, the flame is\\nall ready.\\n(4.) Sometimes the adjective, preceded by two or more substan-\\ntives joined by the conjunction et, qualifies the last only. It must\\nthen, of course, agree with that noun only.\\nThe good taste of the Egyptians\\nmade them like solidity and un-\\nadorned regularity.\\nTlie smile is a mark of good-will,\\nof applause, and of inward satisfac-\\ntion.\\nLe bon gout des flgyptiens leur\\nfit aimer la solidite et la regularite\\ntoute nue. Bossuet.\\nLe sourire est une marque de\\nbienveillance, d applaudissement, et\\nde satisfaction interieure.\\nBUEFOIT.\\n84. Remarks on the Peculiarities of several Ad-\\njectives.\\n(1.) The adjective feu (late, deceased), is invariable, when placed\\nbefore the article or adjective determining a noun, but varies when\\nplaced after the determining word\\nJ ai oui dire a, feu ma sceur, que I have heard my late sister say,\\nsa fille et moi naquimes la meme that her daughter and I were born\\nMontesquieu. the same year.\\n18*", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0423.jp2"}, "422": {"fulltext": "418\\nYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 84.\\nLe due de doit a la bienveil- The duke of owes to the good-\\nlance dont l honorait la feue reine, will of the late queen towards him,\\nles bonnes graces de l empereur. the good graces of the emperor.\\nDe Salvandy.\\n(2.) The adjectives nu, bare, and demi, half, are invariable when\\nplaced before the noun, and are connected with it by a hyphen\\nII etait WM-tete les pieds chausses He tvas bare-headed he wore on\\nde petites sandales. Voltaire. his feet small sandals.\\nline ^emj -heure apres avoir quitte Half an hour after having left the\\nle vaisseau, je foulai le sol ameri- ship, I trod the American soil.\\ncain. Chateaubriand.\\n(3.) The adjectives nu and demi, when coming after the noun\\nagree with it\\nAccoutumez vos enfants a demeu- Accustom your children to remain\\nrer ete et hiver, jour et nuit toujours summer and winter, day and night,\\ntete nue. J. J. Rousseau. always bare-headed.\\nOpimius paya la tete de Caius Opimius paid for the head of Caius\\nGracchus, dix-sept livres et demie Gracchus, seventeen pounds and a\\nd or. Vertot. half of gold.\\n(4.) The adjectives excepte, except; passe, past; y-compris, in-\\ncluding ci-joint, ci-inclus, annexed, inclosed franc de port, postage\\nfree come under the two last rules\\nVous trouvorez ci-joint la copie\\nde la lettre que M. m a ecrite.\\nJ. J. Rousseau.\\nLe dessin dc cet oiseau m a ete\\nenvoye d Angleterre, avec la de-\\nscription ci-jointe. Buffon.\\nVous trouverez ci-inclus, copie de\\nma lettre. Domergues.\\nJe vous recommande les cinq\\nlettres ci-incluses.\\nRerxardin de St. Pierre.\\nJ ai reeu, franc de port, une lettre\\naDonyme. J. J. Rousseau.\\nLo Contrat social est imprime,\\net vous en recevrez douze exem-\\nplaires, francs de port\\nThe Same.\\n(5.) An adjective used adverbially, that is, modifying a verb, is of\\ncourse invariable G7, (3.)]\\nIn Lapland the skin of the ermine\\ncosts four or five sous the flesh of\\nthis animal smells very bad.\\nYou will find annexed the copy of\\nthe letter ivhich M. has written to\\none.\\nThe draiving of that bird came to\\nme from England, with the descrip-\\ntion here annexed.\\nYou will find inclosed a copy of\\nmy letter.\\nI recommend lo you the five letters\\ninclosed.\\nI received, postage free, an anony-\\nmous letter.\\nThe Social Contract is printed, and\\nyou toill receive twelve copies free of\\npostage.\\nEn Laponie, uno peau d hermino\\ncoute quatro ou cinq sous; la\\nchair de cet animal sent tres mau-\\nvais. Regnard.\\nDe ma vie je n ai entendu des voix\\nde femme monter si haut.\\nM\u00c2\u00abie. DE SfiVIGNE.\\nNever in my life have I heard\\nwomen s voices sound so loud.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0424.jp2"}, "423": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 85. 419\\n85. Place of the Qualifying Adjective.\\n(1.) No invariable rule can be given for the place of the adjective\\nin French, although it follows the noun much more frequently than\\nit precedes it.\\n(2.) The adjectives which are generally placed after the noun are:\\n1. All participles present and past, used adjectively\\nune personne reconnaissante, a grateful person\\nune bistoire amusante, an amusing history\\nun enfant cheri, a beloved child\\nde la viande rotie, roast meat\\n2. All adjectives expressing the form, the shape\\nune table ronde, a round table\\nune chambre carree, a square room\\n(3.) Adjectives explaining the matter of which an object is com-\\nacide sulfurique, sulphuric acid;\\ncorps aerien, aerial body\\n(4.) Those expressing color, taste, or relating to hearing and\\ntouching\\nun habit noir, a black coat;\\ndu fruit amer, bitter fruit\\ndes sons harmonieux, harmonious sounds\\nde la cire molle, soft wax\\n(5.) Adjectives which may be used substantively:\\nun homme riche, a rich man\\nune femme aveugle, a blind woman;\\n(6.) Adjectives representing nation\\nun grammaire francaise, a French grammar;\\nun dictionnaire allemand, a German dictionary;\\n(7.) Adjectives expressing the defects of the body and mind:\\nun homme boiteux, a lame man\\nun esprit aliene, an unsound mind\\n(8.) Almost all adjectives ending in a\\\\ able, ible, ique, and if.\\nun homme liberal, a liberal man\\nune nation paisible, a peaceful nation\\nun esprit fanatique, a fanatical spirit;\\nun soldat fugitif, a fugitive soldier.\\n(9.) It must not be inferred from the rules above that the adjective\\nalways comes after the noun. The deviations are quite frequent\\n1 The French often use the name of the country instead of the adjective\\nof nation particularly when speaking of the produce of the country\\nDe la laine d Espagne, Spanish wool.\\nDu fromage d 1 Angleterre, English cheese.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0425.jp2"}, "424": {"fulltext": "420\\nTNT AX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 8 86.\\nand often no other reason than taste can be assigned for them. We\\ngive a few examples, in which the same adjective is, by different\\nauthors, placed before and after the noun\\nBefore the Noun.\\nJamais nous ne goutons de par~\\nfaiie allegresse. Corneille.\\nWe never enjoy perfect (unalloyed)\\npleasure.\\nII fallut reveiller d un profond\\nsommeil cet autre Alexandre.\\nBossuet.\\nIt was necessary to rouse from a\\nprofound sleep that second Alexan-\\nder.\\nCraignez, d un vain plaisir les\\ntrompeuses amorces. Boileatj.\\nFear the deceitful allurements of a\\nvain pleasure.\\n(10.) We find, however, in our best writers, few examples of a\\nlong adjective placed before a short nouu, although they often place\\nthe adjective before the noun to give variety or force to the diction\\nthey never, for instance, would say (in prose) d imaginaires lois, for\\ndes lois imaginaires, imaginary laws.\\n(11.) The following adjectives when used in a literal sense, gene-\\nrally precede the noun. See 144, Note\\nAfter the Noun.\\nQu a-t-il dit, qu a-t-il fait?\\nQui ne promette a Rome un empe-\\nreur parfait. Racine.\\nWhat has he said, what has he\\ndone which does not promise to Borne\\na perfect emperor 1\\nDans un sommeil profond ils ont\\npasse leur vie. Boileau.\\nTliey spent their life in a profound\\nsleep.\\nLe monde est une figure trompeuse\\nqui passe. Buffon.\\nThe world is a deceitful picture,\\nwhich passes before us.\\nBeau,\\nfine, handsome;\\n*Mauvais,\\nbad;\\n*Bon,\\ngood\\n*Mechant,\\nwicked;\\n*Brave,\\nbrave\\nMeilleur,\\nbetter;\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2Cher,\\ndear (loved);\\nMoindre,\\nless\\nChetif;\\nmean\\nJtPetit,\\nsmall\\n*Grand,\\ntall;\\nSaint,\\nholy\\nGros,\\nlarge\\nYieux,\\nold;\\n*Jeune,\\nyoung\\n*Vrai,\\ntrue, real.\\nJoli,\\npretty\\nThose marked with an asterisk are included in the following table.\\n2 86. List of Adjectives having a Different Meaning,\\naccording as they precede or follow the noun.\\nUn homme bon, a good, benevolent\\nman (un homme de bien)\\nUn homme brave, a brave man\\nUne histoire certaine, a reliable\\nstory\\nUne robe chere, an expensive dress\\nUne commune voix, a unanimous Une voix commune, an ordinary\\nvoice voice\\nUn bon homme, a simple, artless\\nman\\nUn brave homme, a worthy man\\nUne certaine histoire, a certain\\nstory\\nUn cher enfant, c dear child", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0426.jp2"}, "425": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. S 87.\\n421\\nUn cruel homme, a tiresome man\\nLa derniere annee, the last year (of\\na series)\\nUne fausse clef, a false key; an imi-\\ntation key\\nUn furieux menteur, an excessive\\nliar\\nUn galant homme, a gentleman;\\nUn grand homme, a great man\\nLe grand air, the air of good society\\nLe haut ton, a haughty tone;\\nUn honnete homme, an honest man;\\nLe jeuno Pline, young Pliny\\nUn malhonnete homme, a dishonest\\nman;\\nMauvais air, awkvjard appearance\\nUn mediant livre, a poor book;\\nMorte eau, lovjesi tides\\nUn nouveau livre, a new book (ano-\\nther book)\\nUn pauvre liistorien, a wretched his-\\ntorian\\nUn plaisant homme, a ridiculous\\nman\\nUn petit homme, a man of small size;\\nMes propres mains, my own hands;\\nUn seul enfant, a single child;\\nUn simple soldat, a private soldier\\nUn triste homme, a pitiful man\\nUn unique tableau, a single pic-\\nture\\nUn vilain homme, an ugly, unpleas-\\nant man;\\nUne vraie histoire, a mere story\\nUn homme cruel, a cruel man\\nL annee derniere, last year\\nUne clef fausse, a key belonging to\\nanother lock, (the wrong key)\\nUn lion furieux, a furious lion\\nUn homme galant, a man attentive\\nto the ladies;\\nUn homme grand, a tall man\\nL air grand, a noble appearance\\nLe ton haut, a loud tone\\nUn homme honnete, a polite man\\nPline le jeune, Pliny the younger\\nUn homme malhonnete, an unpolile\\nman\\nL air mauvais, malicious appear-\\nance;\\nUn livre mediant, a biting, caustic\\nbook;\\nEau morte, stagnant water\\nUn livre nouveau, a book recently\\npublished;\\nUn historien pauvre, a historian\\nwithout pecuniary means;\\nUn homme plaisant, an agreeable\\nman;\\nUn homme petit, a mean man\\nMes mains propres, my clean hands;\\nUn enfant seul, a child alone\\nUn soldat simple, a foolish soldier\\nUn homme triste, a sorrowful man\\nUn tableau unique, a matchless pic-\\nture\\nUn homme vilain, a sordid, miserly\\nman;\\nUne histoire vraie, a true history.\\n87. Regimen of Adjectives.\\n(1.) The regimen or complement of adjectives is a noun or a verb\\ncompleting or denning their sense. Between the noun and the ad-\\njective comes one of the prepositions, a, de, dans, en, sur, etc\\nGet homme est digne de louange. This man is worthy of praise.\\nCe general est digne de commander. Thai general is worthy to command.\\nIn the first phrase, louange in the second, commander, is the regi-\u00c2\u00bb\\nmen of the adjective digne.\\n(2.) The regimen is not always necessary to the adjective. It is\\nadded to it only to give it a particular limitation\\nWiilwul a regimen. With a regimen.\\nCet homme n est pas content. Cet homme n est pas content de\\nThat man is not pleased.\\nThat man is not pleased with his son.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0427.jp2"}, "426": {"fulltext": "422\\nSYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE.-\\n88.\\n(3.) As may be seen in the last sentence, an adjective is not al-\\nways, in French, followed by the same preposition as the correspond-\\ning adjective in English. Thus, after the adjective content, the\\nFrench use the preposition de (of), while after its English represen-\\ntative (pleased), the preposition with must be employed. M. Bes-\\ncherelle and several other French grammarians, while acknowledging\\nthe difficulty, give us the consoling assurance, that L usage et les\\ndictionnaires les feront connaitre (use and dictionaries will make its\\nacquainted with them) that is, with the prepositions required after\\nthe adjectives. As the student will scarcely be saiisfait de cela, we\\ngive a rule or two on this difficult subject, and add fists of adjectives\\nwith their proper accompanying prepositions.\\n(4.) When an adjective follows the verb etre, used unipersonally,\\nthe preposition de is placed after that adjective, and before the verb\\nfolio wing:\\nIt is sxoeet to die for one s country.\\nIt is easier to be wise for another\\nthan for one s self.\\nIt is more glorious to conquer one s\\nself, than to conquer others.\\n11 est doux de mourir pour son pays.\\nII est plus aiss d etre sage pour les\\nautres que pour soi-meme.\\nLa Rochefoucauld.\\nII est plus glorieux de se vaincre\\nsoi-meme, que de vaincre les autres.\\nScudert.\\n(5.) It should be recollected, that it is only when the verb etre is\\nunipersonal, that it thus seems to influence the choice of the prepo-\\nsition. In other cases, the adjective must be followed by the prepo-\\nsition proper to it. See 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, below.\\nCela est doux au toucher. That is soft to the touch.\\nCela n est pas aise d faire. That is not easy to be done (easily\\ndone.)\\n88. List of Adjectives requiring the Preposition DE.\\nAbsent de,\\nAmbitieux de,\\nAmoureux de,\\nAvido de,\\nApprochaut de,\\nCapable de,\\nCheri de,\\nComplice de,\\nContent de,\\nCurieux de,\\nDesireux de,\\nDedaigneux do,\\nDesole de,\\nDifferent de,\\nDigne de,\\nEnvieux de,\\nEloigne de,\\nEsolave de,\\nabsent (from)\\nambitious of\\nin love with\\neager for\\napproaching, near\\ncapable of,\\nbeloved by\\naccomplice in\\npleased with\\ncurious to\\ndesirous to, of\\ndisdaining to\\ngrieved with\\ndifferent from\\nworthy of, to\\nenvious of\\nremote, far from\\na slave to\\nExempt de,\\nFache de,\\nFatigue de,\\nFier de,\\nFort de,\\nFou de,\\nGlorieux de,\\nHonteux de,\\nImpatient de,\\nIncapable de,\\nexempifrom\\nsorry for\\ntired with, of\\nproud of\\nconfident in\\nelyfond of\\nof\\nashamed of\\nimpatient of\\nincapable of\\nInconsolable de, inconsolable for\\nIndigne de,\\nIndigne de,\\nInquiet de,\\nIvre de,\\nLas de,\\nMecontent de,\\nParent de,\\nunworthy of\\nindignant with\\nuneasy about\\nintoxicated with\\nweary of\\ndispleased with\\nrelated to", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0428.jp2"}, "427": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. \u00c2\u00a789,90.\\n423\\nPlein de, full of Soigneux de, careful of, to\\nRavi de, glad to, of Sur de, sure of\\nRassasie de, satiated with Surpris de, surprised of\\nReconnaissant de, grateful for Tributaire de, tributary to\\nRempli de, filled with Victime de, victim to, of\\nRedevable de, indebted for Vide de, void of\\nQui vit content de rien, posse\\ntoute chose. Boileau\\nII n est pas de Romain,\\nQui ne soit desireux de vous dormer sirous to reach you his hand.\\nla main. Cokneille.\\n89. List of Adjectives Requiring the Preposition A\\nRe who lives content with a little,\\npossesses all.\\nThere is no Roman that is not de-\\nAccessible a,\\naccessible to\\nFormidable a,\\nformidable to\\nAccoutume a,\\naccustomed to\\nFatal a,\\nfatal to\\nAdherent a,\\nadhering to\\nImportun a,\\nimportunate to\\nAgreable a,\\nagreeable to\\nImpenetrable a,\\nimpenetrable to\\nAjuste a,\\nfitted to\\nIndispensable a,\\nindispensable to\\nAnterieur a,\\nprior to\\nInteresse a,\\ninterested in\\nAise a,\\neasy to\\nInvisible a,\\ninvisible to\\nArdent a,\\nzealous for\\nInsensible a,\\ninsensible to\\nAssidu a,\\nassiduous to\\nNaturel a,\\nnatural to\\nAttentif a,\\nattentive to\\nNecessaire a,\\nnecessary to\\nBon a,\\ngood for, fit for\\nNuisible a,\\nhurtful to\\nCher a,\\ndear to\\nOdieux a,\\nodious to\\nConforme a,\\nsimilar to\\nPosterieur h,\\nposterior to\\nContraire a,\\ncontrary to\\nPreferable a,\\npreferable to\\nCruel a,\\ncruel towards\\nPropice a,\\npropitious to\\nDifficile a,\\ndifficult to\\nPropre a,\\nfit for\\nEnclin a,\\nprone to\\nRebelle a,\\nrebellious towards\\nEtranger a,\\na stranger to\\nRedoutable 4,\\nformidable to\\nExact a,\\nexact in\\nSemblable a,\\nsimilar to\\nFacOe a,\\neasy to\\nSujet a,\\nsubject to\\nFavorable a,\\nfavorable to\\nIgnorance is always ready to ad-\\nmire itself.\\nInsensible to life, insensible to death,\\nhe does not know when he is awake,\\nor when he sleeps.\\nL ignorance toujours est prete a\\ns admirer. Boileatj.\\nInsensible d la vie, insensible d la\\nmort,\\nII ne sait quand il veille, il ne sait\\nquand il dort. Racine.\\n90. Adjectives requiring a Different Preposition\\nin French and in English, not included in the above\\nList, with the following Signification.\\nBon pour, kind towards, de- Ignorant en, not versed in\\nvoted to\\nCelebre pour, par, celebrated for\\nCivil envers, polite to\\nQuand on est bon pour tout le\\nmonde, on ne l est pour personne.\\nC Delavigne.\\nII fut celebre par sa doctrine, au-\\ntant que par sa naissance.\\nBOSSUET.\\nIndulgent pour, indulgent\\nInsolent avec, insolent to\\nPoli envers, polite to\\nWhen one is devoted to every body\\none is so towards nobody.\\nHe was celebrated for his doctrine,\\nas well as for his birth.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0429.jp2"}, "428": {"fulltext": "424 SYNTAX OP THE ADJECTIVE. \u00c2\u00a791,92,93.\\n91. Remark.\\nIt must not be forgotten, that when the verb tire is used uniper-\\nsonally before the adjectives contained in the two preceding sections,\\nthese adjectives become subject to rule (4.) 87.\\nII est indispensable d etudier It is indispensable to study much,\\nbeaucoup, pourdevenir savant. to become learned.\\n92. Important Rules.\\n(1.) A noun may be followed by two or more adjectives, having\\none and the same regimen, provided these adjectives require the\\nsame prepositions after them thus we may say\\nCe pere est utile et cher d sa fa- That father is useful and dear to\\nmille. Girault-Duvivier. Ms family.\\nLa religion est necessaire et na- Religion is necessary and natural\\nturelle a l homme. Anonymous. to man.\\nThese two sentences are correct, because the adjectives, utile, and\\ncher, in the first, and necessaire and naturel, in the second, require\\nthe same preposition, a.\\n(2.) We could not in the first of these two sentences, substitute\\nthe adjective chcri (beloved) for the word cher, and say as in English,\\nThat father is useful to, and beloved by his family. Such a construc-\\ntion in French, is never admissible. We must say, That father is use-\\nful to his family, and is beloved by them because the adjective chcri,\\nrequires the preposition de, or its substitute, the relative pronoun en\\n39, (17.)]. 1 Ce pere est utile a sa famille et en est cheri, i. c, est\\nchiri cVelle.\\n93. Determining Adjectives. Demonstrative Ad-\\njectives.\\nThe demonstrative adjective, which must not be confounded with\\nthe demonstrative pronoun 36.], always precedes the noun, and\\nmust be repeated before every substantive. It assumes the gender\\nand number of the word which it determines 20, (1.)]\\nCet air pur, ces gazons, cette voute That pure air, that turf that chang-\\nmobile ing arch here every thing pleases\\nIci tout plait an cceur, tout enchante the heart, and charms the eyes.\\nles yeux. Castel.\\n1 The rule, with regard to the regimen of verbs is equally imperative.\\nWe could not say in French, as in English. Every week I write letters to,\\nand receive letters FROM my brother. We must say, Every week, I write let-\\nters to my brother, and receive some from him. Toutea les semaines, j ecris\\ndes lettres a mon frere, et j en recois de lui.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0430.jp2"}, "429": {"fulltext": "syntax op the adjective. \u00c2\u00a794,95. 425\\n94. Agreement, Repetition, and Place op the Pos-\\nsessive Adjective.\\nWe have said 21, (2.)] that the possessive adjective assumes the\\ngender and number of the object possessed, and (4.) that it must be\\nrepeated before every noun. The place of the possessive adjective\\nis the same in Trench, as in English, that is, before the noun. These\\nadjectives must not be confounded with the possessive pronouns\\n[\u00c2\u00a734,(2.)]:\\nMon pere, ma mere, et mes sceurs My father, mother, and sisters have\\nsont arrives. arrived.\\n95. Remarks,\\n(1.) It has been said 77, (9.)] that the French use the article in-\\nstead of the possessive adjective, when alluding to the parts of the\\nbody. This, however, must only take place where the possession is\\notherwise sufficiently explained. We must say, for instance\\nJ ai mal a la tete. My head aches (I have a pain in\\nthe head).\\nCharles s est casse le bras. Charles has broken his arm.\\nbecause the possession is sufficiently explained by the pronouns j e,\\nin the first sentence, and se in the second. But, we must say,\\nJe vois que mon bras s enfle, J see that my arm swells.\\nbecause without the mon, the possession of the arm would not be\\nindicated.\\n(2.) The English expressions, a hooh of mine, a cousin of his, can-\\nnot be translated literally into French. We must say, un de mes\\namis, one of my friends un de ses cousins, one of his cousins.\\nCinna et Carbon, un de ses lieute- Cinna and Carlo, a lieutenant of\\nnants, se camperent sur les bords du his, encamped on the banks of the\\nTibre. Veetot. Tiber.\\n(3.) In familiar or jocose style, we sometimes use the possessive\\npronoun, mien, tien, sien, without the article, to express the same\\nrelation\\nA travers d un mien pre, certain Through a meadow of mine, a\\nanon passa. Racine. young ass passed.\\nUn mien cousin est juge-maire. A cousin of mine is judge and\\nLa Fontaine. mayor.\\n(4.) When the possessor is an inanimate object, the adjectives son,\\nsa, ses, leurs, should be placed before the object possessed only when\\nthe possessor is the subject of the same proposition\\nLa campagne a ses agrements. The country has its pleasures.\\nCes langues ont leurs beautes. Those languages have their beauties.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0431.jp2"}, "430": {"fulltext": "426 SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. \u00c2\u00a796,97.\\n(5.) When the (inanimate) possessor is not the subject of the\\nproposition, in which the possession is expressed, but of a preceding\\none, the article and the relative pronoun en are used 39, (17.)\\n110.]\\nCe livre est bien imprime, le pa- That book is well-printed, its paper\\npier en est excellent. (the paper of it) is excellent.\\nJ habite la campagne, les agre- inhabit the country, its pleasures\\nments en sont sans nombre. (the pleasures of it) are without num-\\nber.\\nCes langues sont riches, fen ad- Those languages are rich I admire\\nmire les beautes. Noel. their beauties (the beauties of them).\\n(6.) Exception. The possession may be expressed by son, sa, ses,\\nleurs, although the possessor be not the nominative of the same\\nproposition, when the object possessed is the regimen of a prepo-\\nsition\\nParis est une ville remarquable Paris is a remarkable city for-\\nles etrangers admirent la beaute de eigners admire the beauty of its edi-\\nses edifices. Noel. fices.\\n96. Numeral Adjectives.\\n(1.) The cardinal number used simply to indicate number, not\\norder, precedes the noun.\\n(2.) When used to indicate order 26, (3.)], the cardinal number\\ngenerally follows the noun (except when indicating the day of the\\nmonth) 26, (1.)] r\\nLeon dix. Chapitre dix. Leo the tenth. Chapter ten.\\n(3.) The ordinal number is placed before the noun\\nLa dixieme annee. The tenth year.\\n(4.) It follows the words chapitre, livre, article, page, etc., in the\\ndivision of a book.\\nLivre sixieme, chapitre dixieme. Sixth book, tenth chapter.\\n97. Indefinite Adjectives.\\n(1.) Quelque is written in three ways\\n1. Followed by a verb, it is written in two words, quel que the\\nfirst, quel, which is an adjective, agrees in gender and number with\\nthe subject of the verb, and the second, que, which is a conjunction,\\nis invariable.\\nMais quels que soient ton culte et ta But, whatever may be thy religion\\npatrie, or thy country, sleep in security under\\nDors sous ma tente avec securite. my tent.\\nCampenon.\\nGet homme, quelle que fut sa for- That man, ivhatever his fortune or\\ntune ou son merite, ne put reussir his merits might be, could not succeed\\ndans ses entreprises. Boniface. in his undertakings.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0432.jp2"}, "431": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OE THE ADJECTIVE. 97. 427\\n2. Followed by a noun, it is then an adjective 30, (12. jj, and\\nagrees in number with that noun\\nPrinces, quelques raisons que vous Princes, whatever reasons you may\\npuissiez me dire. Racine. give me.\\n3. Quelque followed by an adjective, or an adverb, is invariable.\\nLes jeux de hasard, quelque me- Games of chance, however trifling\\ndiocres qu Os paraissent, sont tou- they may seem, are always expensive\\njours chers et dangereux. and dangerous.\\nMme. de G-enlis.\\n(2.) Mime is an adjective or an adverb\\nIt is an adjective 30, (5.)]\\n1. When it precedes the noun, and means same\\nVous retombez toujours dans les Tou always fall into the same ap-\\nmimes alarmes. Racine. prehensions.\\n2. When it follows a noun or pronoun, and has the sense of him-\\nself, herself, themselves, even, very, and cannot be turned into de la\\nmeme maniere, in the same manner\\nLes dieux eux-memes devinrent The gods themselves became jealous\\njaloux des bergers. Fenelon. of the shepherds.\\nCes murs mimes, seigneur, peu- These very walls, my lord, may\\nvent avoir des yeux. Racine. have eyes.\\n(3.) It is an adverb and is invariable, when it modifies a verb, an ad-\\njective, or a participle. It has then the sense of aussi, also quoique,\\nalthough, or, de la meme maniere, in the same manner\\nFrappez, Tyriens et mime Israel- Strike Tyrians and Israelites also.\\nites. Racine.\\nLeurs vertus et mime leurs noms Their virtues, as well as their\\netaient ignores. names, were unknown.\\nBernardin de St. Pierre.\\nExempts de maux reels, les hom- When exempt from real misfor-\\nmes s en forment mime de chimeri- tunes, men create to themselves imagi-\\nques. nary ones.\\n(4.) We have seen that tout, when an adjective, that is, when sig-\\nnifying every, all, is variable 30, (15,) (16)].\\n(5.) Tout, when it means entirely, quite, nothing hut, is an adverb,\\nand, as such, invariable\\nLe lion est tout nerfs et muscles. The lion is nothing but nerves and\\nBuffon. muscles.\\nII montra, pour rimer, des chemins He showed us, in poetry, paths en-\\ntout nouveaux. Boileau. lirely new.\\nLe cluen est tout zele, lout ardeur, The dog is nothing but zeal, ardor\\ntout obeissance. Buffon. and obedience.\\n(6.) But, here, is the same invariable word, variable by euphony\\nbefore a feminine word, commencing with a consonant or an h as-\\npirate\\nLes plaisanteries ne sont bonnes Jokes are only good when they are\\nque quand elles sont servies toutes served up quite warm.\\nchaudes. Voltaire.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0433.jp2"}, "432": {"fulltext": "428 SYNTAX OF 1UE PKONOUIf. 98.\\nThe following extract (for the historical accuracy of which we do\\nnot vouch), offers an example on the last rule, and on the excep-\\ntion\\nLa vanite est sortie toute paree de Vanity issued quite adorned from\\nla ih\u00c2\u00ae des femmes, comme Minerve woman s head, as Minerva issued\\nest sortie tout armee de la tete de quite armed from the head of Ju-\\nJupiter. Saint-Lambert. piter.\\n98. The Pronoun. Place of the Personal Pro-\\nnoun, used as Subject of the Verb.\\n(1.) Personal pronouns, used as subjects of verbs, are in French\\nas well as in English, placed before them, in affirmative and negative\\nsentences\\nJ inventai des couleurs, j armai la I invented colors, I armed calumny,\\ncalomnie, I touched his glory; he trembled for\\nJ iuteressai sa gloire il trembla pour his life.\\nsa vie. Racine.\\n(2.) In affirmative or negative sentences commencing with au\\nmoins, a peine, encore, peut-ttre, en vain, du moins, combien, etc., the\\npronoun may elegantly be placed after the verb, although this con-\\nstruction is not imperative\\nPeut-etre avez-vous raison. Noel. Perhaps you are right.\\nPeut-etre vous entrctieudrai-j e Perhaps I will converse with you\\naussi de l astronomie. on astronomy.\\nAime-Martin.\\nCombien (l homme) perd-# do IIoiv many wishes he loses, how\\nvceux, combien C it-il de pas many steps he takes\\nLa Fontaine.\\n(3.) In exclamations, the nominative pronoun is often placed after\\nthe verb in French, as well as in English\\nPuissc-je de mes yeux y voir torn- May I with my own eyes see the\\nber la foudre! Corneille. thunder crush it!\\n(4.) In interrogative sentences, the nominative pronoun is placed\\nimmediately after the verb, in the simple tenses, and between the\\nauxiliary and the participle, in the compound:\\nOu Buis-/e qu ai-ye fait que dois- Where am I? ivhat have I done\\nje faire encore what have I yet to do\\n(5.) In interrogative sentences with verbs having only one 1 sylla-\\nble, in the first person singular of the indicative present, and with\\nsome verbs having more than one syllable, but in which that person\\nends with an s preceded by a consonant, and in a number of other\\n1 We may say, however, suis-je? am I? ai-je? have I? que fais-je?\\nwhat am I doing t dois-je? should I? ought I? vois-je? do I see? vais-je?\\ndo I go? entends-je? do I heart puis-je? can It may It", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0434.jp2"}, "433": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PEOKOUN, 99. 429\\nverbs, the pronoun je is not placed after the verb. In such case\\nanother construction must be given to the sentence\\nEsirce que je cours Do I run literally, Is it that I\\nrun\\nEst-ce que je dors Do I sleep\\nEst-ce que je comprends Do I understand\\n(6.) The same construction is admissible, in conversation, with all\\nthe persons and tenses which may be used interrogatively.\\n99. Repetition and Omission of the Nominative\\nPuonoun.\\n(1.) It is proper to repeat the personal pronouns je, tu, il, nous, vous,\\nils, before every verb\\nJe lis, f ecris, je me promene. I read, write, and walk.\\n(2.) The omission of the pronouns je, tu, il, nous, vous, ils, before\\nthe second or third verb of a sentence, is a matter of choice and sub-\\nject to the following restrictions\\nThose pronouns must be repeated\\n1. When the verbs are not in the same tense\\nJe pretends et je pretendrai tou- I maintain and will always main-\\njours. tain.\\n2. When the first verb is in the negative, and the second in the\\naffirmative\\nJe ne plie pas, etje romps. I do not bend, and I break.\\n3. When the propositions are connected by conjunctions other\\nthan et, and ou, or; ni, nor; mais, but:\\nNous detestons les mechants, par- We detest the wicked because we\\nce que nous les craignons. fear them.\\n(3.) Although we would advise the student to follow the 1st rule\\nof this particularly with regard to the pronouns je, tu, nous, vous,\\nand thereby avoid all uncertainty, we give a few examples, where\\nthe pronouns after the first are\\nRepeated. Omitted.\\nJe veux qu on dise un jour aux II s arrache les cheveux, se roule\\npeuples effrayes, sur le sable, reproche aux Dieux\\nII fut des Juifs, il fut une insolente leur rigueur, appelle en vain a son\\nrace. Eacine. secours la cruelle mort.\\nI wish that they may one day say Fenelon.\\nto the frightened nations, there were lie (Telemachus) tears his hair,\\nJews, there was an insolent race. rolls on the sand, reproaches the Gods\\nwith iheir rigor, and calls in vain\\ncruel Death to his aid.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0435.jp2"}, "434": {"fulltext": "430\\nSYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. \u00c2\u00a7100,\\nB s e coute, il se plait, il s adonise,\\nil s aime. J. B. Rousseau.\\nHe listens to himself, he pleases\\nhimself, he adorns himself he loves\\nhimself.\\nNous avons dit, et nous allons\\nprouver, qu il n y a pas de bonheur\\nsans vertu. Beauzee.\\nWe have said, and we are going to\\nprove, that there is n\\nwithout virtue.\\nL Eternel est son notn, le monde est\\nson ouvrage,\\nII entend les soupirs de l humble\\nqu on outrage,\\nJuge tous les niortels avec d egales\\nlois,\\nEt du haut de son trone interroge\\nles rois. Racine.\\nThe Eternal is his name, the world\\nis his work he listens to the sighs\\nof the humble oppressed, judges all\\nmankind with equal laws, and in-\\nterrogates the mighty from his lofty\\nthrone.\\n100. Place of Personal Pronouns used as Regi-\\nmens of Verbs.\\n(1.) The personal pronoun used as regime direct, (direct object or\\naccusative) 42, (4.)], and the pronoun used as regime indirect, (in-\\ndirect object) with the preposition to, expressed or understood, in\\nEnglish, (dative of the Latin), 42, (3.)] are in French placed be-\\nfore the verb\\nIndirect Regimen.\\nJe vous parle, speak to you\\nYous leur parlez, you speak to them.\\nA ce prix je leur permeta do\\nvivre. Racine.\\nOn that condition I allow them to\\nlive.\\nII faut compter sur l ingratitude\\ndes homines, et ne laisser pas do\\nhur faire du bien. Fenelon.\\nWe should expect ingratitude from\\nmen, but not cease, on that account, to\\ndo them good.\\nDirect Regimen.\\nJo vous vois, I see you;\\nVous les voyez, you see them.\\nMadame, enfin le ciel pros de\\nvous me rappclle. Racine.\\nMadam, at last heaven recalls me\\nnear you.\\nPauvre science humaine\\nUn fil tf anvto helas I commo lo\\nmoucherou\\nDu bon Jean La Fontaine.\\nAime Martin.\\nAlas poor human science a web\\nstops thee, like the gnat of the good\\nJean La Fontaine.\\n(2.) 1st Exception When the verb is in the second person singu-\\nlar, or in the first or second person plural of the imperative, used af-*\\nfirmatively, these pronouns must be placed after it\\nPariez-Zewr, speak to them.,\\nMake me a Christian and free,\\nsuhnit to every thing.\\nLet us divest ourselves also from a\\nvain pride.\\nGo, conduct her into the next room.\\nVoyez-fos, see them.\\nRends-?7iot chretienne et libre, a\\ntout je mo soumets. Voltaire.\\nDepouillons-wous aussi d une vaine\\nii.it,. Boileau.\\nAllez, eonduisez-Za dans la cham-\\nbrc prochaine. Racixe.\\n(3.) Remark: But if the verb, in those persons of the imperative,\\nbe used negatively, the pronouns will be placed according to\\nRule(L):\\nNe les voyez pas, do not see them. Ne leur parlez pas, do not speak to them.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0436.jp2"}, "435": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. 8 100.\\n431\\nSi Ton vous propose de faire une If they propose to you to commit a\\nmauvaise action, ne la faites pas. had action, do it not.\\nDissipe tes douleurs, Dissipate thy grief, and trouble me\\nEt ne me trouble pas par ces in- not by these unworthy tears.\\ndignes pleurs. Boileatj.\\n(4.) 2d Exception With reflective verbs, when the regime indi-\\nrect 1 is a person, the pronoun representing it must follow the verb.\\nThis must also be the case with the following verbs\\nAller a., to go to, towards.\\nAccourir\\nto run to, towards\\nCourir a,\\nJe m adresse a lui, a eux.\\nJe vais a vous ou a eux.\\nVous courez a lui ou a elle.\\nElle vient d moi ou d vous.\\nVous pensez a nous ou a lui.\\nlis songent d eux et d vous.\\nVenir a, to come to.\\nBoire a, to drink to.\\nPenser a, songer a, to think of.\\nI apply to him, to them.\\nI go to you or to them.\\nYou run to him or to her.\\nShe comes to me or to you.\\nYou think of us or of him.\\nTliey think of tliem and of you.\\n(5.) The pronoun, used as the indirect regimen of the French,\\nwhich answers to the indirect object of the English, preceded by a\\npreposition other than to, and to the genitive and ablative cases of\\nthe Latin, is always, in French, placed after the verb, and preceded\\nby one of the prepositions, de, of; pour, for avec, with, etc.\\nJe parle de lui et de vous.\\nJ ecris pour lui et pour elle.\\nQui rit d autrui,\\nDoit craiudre qu en revanche on rie\\naussi de lui. Moliere.\\n(6.) When two imperatives, used affirmatively, are joined together\\nby the conjunction et, the pronoun regimen of the second may be\\nplaced before it, or after it, as in English\\nof him and of you.\\nI write for him and for her.\\nHe who laughs at others must fear\\nthat in their turn, they may also laugh\\nat him.\\nAfter the Verb.\\nSortez et laissez-wioi dormir.\\nGo out, and let me sleep.\\nMarche. et suis-nous, du moins, oh\\nl honneur nous appelle. Boileau.\\nMarch and follow us, at least, where\\nhonor calls us.\\nCessez, vous dis-je et laissez-moi,\\nMadame, executer les volontes du\\nroi. Racine.\\nCease, I tell you, and suffer me,\\nMadam, to execute the commands of\\nthe king.\\nBefore the Verb.\\nSortez et me laissez dormir.\\nGo out, and let me sleep.\\nLaissez-moi cette chaine. ou m ar-\\nrachez le jour. La Haepe.\\nLeave me this chain, or deprive me\\nof life.\\nVous attendez le roi parlez et lui\\nmontrez,\\nContre le fils d Hector tous les Grecs\\nconjures. Racine.\\nYou expect the king speak and de-\\npict to him all the Greeks conspiring\\nagainst the son of Hector.\\n1 Object of the verb preceded in English by to, expressed or under-\\nstood, dative of the Latin,", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0437.jp2"}, "436": {"fulltext": "432 SYNTAX OF THE PEONOUN. 101.\\n101. Respective Place op the Pronouns, when two\\noccur with one verb.\\n(1.) When two pronouns occur, one regime direct (accusative) and\\nthe other regime indirect (dative), the pronoun regime indirect, if not\\nin the third person singular or plural, must precede the pronoun re-\\ngime direct\\nII me le donnera. He will give it to me.\\nII te le pretera. He will lend it to thee.\\nlis nous les montreront. They will show them to us.\\nYous nous le direz. You will say it to us.\\nQuand je puis obliger, ma joie est When I can oblige, my joy is great\\nassez grande, enough, without my wishing to wait\\nPour n attendre jamais que l on until they command me (i. e., they\\nme le commande. Boursault. command it to me).\\nJe vous le dis encore, vous n aurez I repeat it to you you can obtain\\nl estime des homines que par une the esteem of men only by real virtue.\\nsolide vertu. M\u00e2\u0084\u00a2e. De Maintenon.\\n(2.) When the pronoun regime indirect is in the third person singu-\\nlar or plural, it must then be placed after the regime direct\\nOn le lui donnera. They will give it to him.\\nVous le lui preterez. You will lend it to him.\\nNous ne le leur preterons pas. We ivill not lend it to them.\\nVous le leur ecrirez. You will write it to them.\\nLe plus sur appui do 1 homme est The surest support of man is God,\\nDieu, et vous voulez le lui ravir. and you wish to deprive him of it.\\nBoiste.\\n(3.) Remark: The reflective pronoun se, used as an indirect regi-\\nmen, makes an exception to the above rule, as it takes precedence of\\nthe direct regimen\\nSi les hommes pensent mal les Jf men think ill of each other, at\\nuns des autres, du moins ils ne se le least they do not say it to each other.\\ndisent pas. Anonymous.\\n(4.) The Rules (1.) and (2.), also the Exception (3.), apply to the\\nimperative used negatively but Rule (1.) cannot apply to the im-\\nperative used affirmatively.\\nExamples of the Imperative used Negatively.\\nNe nous le donnez pas [Rule (1.)]. Bo not give it to us.\\nNe le leur pretez pas [Rule (2.)]. Do not lend it to them.\\nQu ils no se le disent pas [Remark Let them not say it to themselves.\\n(3.)].\\nDu sang de tant de rois c est l u- Of the blood of so many kings, it is\\nnique heritage my only inheritance do not envy it\\nNe me Tenviez pas, laissez-moi mon (to me), leave me my portion.\\npartage. Voltaire.\\n(5.) When the imperative used affirmatively has two regimens,", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0438.jp2"}, "437": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PEONOUH. 8 102, 103. 433\\nthe pronoun regime direct precedes the regime indirect in all the\\npersons\\nEnvoyez- fe-moi.\\nDonnez-le-nous.\\nQu ils h lui donnent.\\n~Montrez-le-moi, ce mortel privi-\\nlegie. Ballanche.\\nilets-le-ioi dans l esprit: qui fait\\nmal, trouve mal. Anonymous.\\n8 102.-\\nSend it to me.\\nGive it to me.\\nLet them give it to him.\\nShow him to me, that privileged\\nmortal.\\nPut this into thy mind: he who\\ndoes evil, finds evil.\\n-Rule.\\nWhen two pronouns in different cases, representing rational be-\\nings, occur, and the pronoun in the regime direct is in the first, or in\\nthe second person, this pronoun must be placed according to the\\ngeneral rules and the pronoun in the regime indirect must follow\\nthe verb, and be preeeded by the proper preposition\\nII nous a recommandes d eux. He has recommended us to them,\\nII vous a presente a elle. He has presented you to her.\\nNul ne peut se comparer a lui, pour No one can compare himself to him,\\nfaire en peu de temps, un travail for doing in a short time, a very\\nfort inutile. La Bruyere. useless piece of work.\\n103.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Rule.\\n(1.) The personal pronouns lui, elle, eux, elles, used as indirect re-\\ngimens of verbs and preceded by a preposition, can only relate\\nto persons, and not to things. The expressions of or from it; of or\\nfrom them, when relating to things, should be rendered by en 39,\\n(17.)]:\\nJ era parle j era donne.\\nJ aime trop la valeur, pour en etre\\njaloux. La Harpe.\\nCelui qui est dans la prosperite\\ndoit craindre d en abuser.\\nFenelon.\\n(2.) The relative pronoun y 39, (18.) 111], is used in French\\nin relation to things, for the indirect regimen, expressed in English\\nby at or to (dative). It means at or to it or to them thereto, etc.\\nI speak of it, of them; I give of it\\n{some).\\nI prize valor too highly to he jealous\\nof it.\\nHe who is in prosperity should fear\\nto abuse it.\\nJ y songerai, will think of it.\\nC est lorsque nous somn\\nde notre pays, que nous sentons\\nsurtout l instinct qui nous y at-\\ntache. Chateaubriand.\\nTous nos jours vont a la mort, le\\ndernier y arrive. Montaigne.\\nLes choses de la terre ne valent\\npas qu on sty attache. Nicole.\\nFaites-y attention, Pay attention to it.\\nIt is when we are far from our\\ncountry that we feel, above all, the in-\\nstinct which attaches us to it.\\nAll our days travel towards death,\\nthe last one arrives at it (reaches\\nit).\\nThe things of the earth are not\\nworth our attachment to them.\\n19", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0439.jp2"}, "438": {"fulltext": "434 STSTTAX OF THE PRONOUN. \u00c2\u00a7104,105,106.\\n(3.) T is sometimes used adverbially, -with the sense of la, there.\\nAllez-vous a New-York Do you go to New York\\nJ y vais, 1 go (there).\\n(4.) In order to avoid its meeting with the vowel i, y is not used\\nin connection with the future and conditional of aller, to go we say\\nJ irais, nous irions, instead of j y irais, nous y irions, etc., I should\\ngo there, we should go there, etc.\\n104.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Place of En and Y.\\n(1.) The place of en and y is the same as that prescribed by Eule\\n(1.) 100, for the personal pronouns. They are also subject to Ex-\\nception (2.) and Remark (3.) of the same See examples above.\\n(2.) En and y are always placed after the other pronouns re-\\ngimes\\nII nous en a parle. He has spoken to us of it.\\nU lui en a dit quelque chose. He has told him something of it\\nTarlez-lui-en. Speak to him of it.\\nNe nous en parlez pas. Do not speak to us of it.\\nJe Vy ai renvove. J have referred him to it.\\nHenvoyez-nous-y. Refer, or send us back to it.\\nNe nous y renvoyez pas. Do not refer us to it.\\n105. Repetitions of the Pronouns n\u00c2\u00a3GiyrES.\\nThese pronouns must, in French, be repeated before every verb\\nAh mon enfant, que je voudrais Ah! my child, how I would like to\\nbien vous voir un peu, vow enten- see you for a short time, to hear you,\\ndre, vous embrasser. vous voir pas- to embraceyou, see you pass.\\nser. Mme. De Sevigxi;.\\nJe veux le voir, le prier, Represser, 1 will see him, entreat him, press\\nZ importuner, le flechir. him, importune him, bend him.\\nBescherelle.\\n106. The Possessive Pronoun.\\n(1.) The possessive pronoun, in French, is always preceded by\\nthe article 34, (2.) (3.)] which, as well as the pronoun itself, agrees\\nin gender and number with the noun represented 35, (1.)]:\\nL ambition ni la fumee ne tou- Neither ambition nor smoke have\\nclient point un coeur comme le mien, power on such a heart as mine.\\nJ. J. Rousseau.\\nAn lieu de deplorer la mort des Instead of bewailing the death of\\nmitres, je veux apprendre de vous a others, I wish to learn from you how\\nleuJre la mienne sainte. to render my own holy.\\n(2.) The pronouns le noire, le voire 34, (3.)], etc., unlike the\\nadjectives notre, votre, etc., always take the circumflex accent:\\nLa musique des anciens Grecs The music of the ancient Greeks\\nctait tres different\u00c2\u00a9 de la ndtre. was very different from ours.\\nYoltaiee.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0440.jp2"}, "439": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PEOlfOUIf. \u00c2\u00a7l\u00c2\u00b0f\u00c2\u00ab 435\\n(3.) When the English possessive pronouns, mine, thine, etc.,\\ncome after the verb to be, they are often rendered into French by\\nthe indirect pronouns, a moi, a toi\\nCe livre est a moi. That book is mine.\\nCes plumes sont-elles a vous Are these pens yours 1\\n107. The Demonstrative Pronoun.\\n(1.) The demonstrative pronouns 36], can never be placed be-\\nfore nouns. They merely represent them\\nLa meilleure lecon est celle des The best lesson is that of examples.\\nexemples. La Harpb.\\nN oublie jamais les bienfaits que Never forget the benefits which thou\\ntu as recus oublie promptement hast received forget quickly those\\nceux que tu as accordes. Boiste. which thou hast conferred.\\n(2.) The pronouns celui, celle, ceux, celles, as has been said 37,\\n(2.)], are often used absolutely, not only in the nominative, but also\\nin the regimes, direct and indirect. They have then the sense of he\\nwho, him whom, of whom that which, of which. They apply, in this\\nsense, as well to things as to persons\\nCelui qui compte dix amis, n en He who reckons ten friends, has not\\na pas un. Malesherbes. one.\\nOn ne saurait forcer celui qui ne We cannot compel him who will not.\\nveut pas.\\nL harmonie la plus douce est la The sweetest harmony is the voice\\nvoix de celle gw on aime. of her whom we love.\\nLa Bruyere.\\n(3.) The French use celui, celle, ceux, celles, indifferently for this,\\nthat. When they institute a contrast or a comparison, they suffix\\nthe adverbs 1 ci (ici) and Id to the pronouns 37, (3.)]\\nCorueille nous assujettit a ses Gorneille subjects us to his charac-\\ncaracteres et a ses idees; Eacine ters and to his ideas; Racine con-\\nse conforme aux notres. Celui-ld forms himself to ours. That one {the\\npeint les hommes, comme ils de- former) paints men as they should be,\\nvraieut etre, celui-ci les peint tels this one (the latter) paints them as\\nqu ils sont. La Bruyere. they are.\\n(4.) Celui-ci, celle-ci, ceux-ci, celles-ci, may be used absolutely in\\nFrench in the sense of this one, that one, etc.\\nOn la vit, toutes les semaines, es- Every week, she was seen wiping\\nsurer les larmes de celui-ci, pour- the tears of this one, providing for\\nvoir aux besoins de celui-ld. the wants of that one.\\nFlechier.\\n1 The same adverbs produce the same difference in meaning with the\\ndemonstrative adjectives ce, cet, etc. They are not placed immediately-\\nafter those adjectives, but after the nouns which they determine: cet\\nhomme-ci, this man, cet homme-la, that man. The commencement of\\nRemark (3.) applies also to the adjectives ce, cet, cette, ces, etc.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0441.jp2"}, "440": {"fulltext": "436 SYNTAX OP THE PRONOUN. 108.\\n(5.) Ceci and cela are always used absolutely. They serve to\\npoint out things only. They can, of course, never be prefixed to a\\nnoun 37, (5.)]\\nTant que le jour est long, il gronde TJie livelong day he mutters be-\\nentre ses dents, tween his teeth, do this, do that, go,\\nPais ceci, fais cela, va, viens, monte, come, go up, come down.\\ndescends. Begnard.\\nJe suis un peu surpris de tout ceci. J am a little surprised at all this.\\nMassillon.\\nYous n avez pu desavouer cela. You have not been able to disavow\\nPascal. that.\\n108. Remarks on the Demonstrative Pronoun CE.\\n(1.) Ce, when used as a demonstrative pronoun, is almost always\\nconstrued with the verb tire, or followed by a relative pronoun\\nC est un poids bien pesant qu un A great name is a very heavy weight\\ngrand nom a soutenir. to sustain.\\nMontesquieu.\\nCe qui me plait c est sa modestie. That which pleases me is her mod-\\nLevizac. esiy.\\n(2.) Ce is used for he, she, they, preceding any part of the verb to\\nle, when that verb is followed by a noun, or an adjective used sub-\\nstantively and preceded by the, a or an, or a possessive or demon-\\nstrative adjective.\\n(3.) Observe, that the verb ttre following the pronoun ce, is put in\\nthe plural, when the noun following that verb is plural The pro-\\nnoun ce, however, remains unchanged.\\n(Test un trompeur. He is a deceitful man.\\nC est la femme que je cherehe. She is the woman whom I seek.\\nC etaient mes amis. They were my friends.\\nCe seraient paroles exquises, They would be exquisite words,\\nSi c etait un grand qui parlat. If a great man were to speak them.\\nMOLlfcRE.\\nNYtaient-ce pas les memes horn- Were they not the same men\\nmes Chateaubriand.\\nAll those sentences are elliptical a noun being understood after\\nthe ce\\nGet homme est un trompeur. That man is a deceitful one.\\nCette femme est la femmo que jo That woman is the woman whom I\\nclierche. seek.\\n(4.) This is, that is, these are, those are, may also be rendered by\\ne es/ ici, ce sont la\\n(Test ici la place. Tliis is the place.\\nCe sont Id mes enfants. Those are my children.\\nYoici, voihi, are, however, to be preferred to c est ici, etc.\\nVoid la place. This is the place.\\nVoild mes enfants. Those are my children.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0442.jp2"}, "441": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PKONOUN. \u00c2\u00a7109. 437\\n(5.) Ce answers to the English pronoun it, when this latter word\\nstands as the nominative of the verb to be, without definite reference\\nto an antecedent\\nCe n est que par les sens que It is only through the senses that the\\nl ame peut s instruire. Fontanes. mind can receive instruction.\\nCe fut d une retraite de patres et It was from a refuge for shepherds\\nd aventuriers, que sortirent les con- and adventurers, that emerged the\\nquerants de l univers. Rollin. conquerors of the world.\\nCest un defaut capital qu il faut This is a capital defect which should\\neviter dans quelque sujet que ce soit. be avoided in whatever subject it may\\nVoltaire. be.\\n(6.) When the verb etre, however, is used unipersonally, and fol-\\nlowed by an adjective 87, (3.)], the pronoun it is not rendered by\\nce, but by the pronoun used with all unipersonal verbs (il)\\nII est necessaire d etudier. It is necessary to study.\\n11 est plus difficile pour les na- It is more difficult for nations than\\ntions que pour les individus, de re- for individuals to recover the esteem\\ncouvrer l estime de leurs voisins, of their neighbors, when they have\\nquand elles Tout perdue. Boiste. lost it.\\n109. The Relative Pbonoun.\\n(1.) The relative pronoun que, tuhom, which, can in French never\\nbe suppressed like the corresponding English pronouns i 1\\nLes louanges que nous donnons, The praises (which) we give, have\\nse rapportent toujours par quelque always in some way a relation to our\\nchose a nous-memes. selves.\\nMassillon.\\n(2.) The pronouns quel, que, quoi, lequel, represent the English\\npronouns which or what used interrogatively.\\n1. Quel is used before a noun in a determinative sense\\nQuel livre lirons-nous What or which book shall we readf\\nQuel est done votre mal What then is your ailment\\nMolieee.\\n2. Que is used before a verb\\nQue dites-vous What do you say\\n3. Quoi is used as an exclamation\\nQuoi est-ce vous What is it you\\n4. Lequel, used interrogatively, means which one\\nVoici deux plumes laquelle vou- Here are two pens which (which\\nlez-vous one) will you have\\n(3.) Qui is also used interrogatively for the regime direct, and\\n1 The conjunction that, is often omitted in English its equivalent que,\\nmust always be expressed in French.\\nJe crois qu il est ici. I believe (that) he is here.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0443.jp2"}, "442": {"fulltext": "438 SYNTAX OF THE PEONOUN. \u00c2\u00a7110-112.\\npreceded by a preposition, for the regime indirect. It then means\\nwhom, of whom, to whom, whose, etc.\\nQui avez-vous vu Wliom have you seen 1\\nDe qui tenez-vous cette nouvelle? From whom have you this news\\nA qui est ce livre Whose book is this\\n110.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Pronoun En.\\n(1.) We have already 39, (17.) 95, (5.) 103, Rule (1.)] made\\nseveral remarks on this pronoun.\\n(2.) En signifies of it, from it, with it, about it, of them, from them,\\netc., expressed or understood. Though en is by some French writers\\noften used in relation to persons, their example should be imitated\\nin such cases only as that presented by the example in 92, (2.)\\n(3.) En, used as an equivalent for the English some or any, ex-\\npressed or understood, preserves its nature of an indirect regimen,\\nand has, in the same manner as the French article placed before a\\nnoun used partitively, the sense of of it, of them the word partie\\nbeing understood\\nAvez-vous des pommes Have you apples f\\nThat is, some, or rather, of the, apart of the apples.\\nJ en ai. 7 have, I have some I have of\\nthem or I have (a part) of them.\\n(4.) En sometimes recalls the whole or part of a proposition\\nL on ne saurait voir, sans en etre We cannot see, without being\\npique, piqued, anotlier person in possession\\nPosseder parun autre un bien qu on of goods ivhich we have failed in ob-\\na manque. Moliere. iaining.\\nN era disputons plus, chacun a sa Let us no longer argue about this,\\npensee. Moliere. every one has his own opinion.\\n111.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Pronoun Y.\\nSome remarks have already been made on this pronoun 39,\\n(18.) 103, (2.)]. Y means to it, at it, to them, at them. It is seldom\\nused in relation to persons or animals, but frequently in relation to\\nthings\\nJe recois votre lettre, ma chere I receive your letter, my dear child,\\nenfant, et j y fais rtiponso avec and answer it (inake answer thereto)\\nprecipitation. M \u00c2\u00bbe- de Sevigxe. in haste.\\nTirer vanite de quelque chose, To feel vanity on account of any\\ne est prouver qu on rx y est pas thing, is proving that we are not ac-\\naccoutume. Boiste. customed to it.\\nChargez-vous de cette affaire; Take this affair upon yourself;\\ndouuez-y tous vous soins. give all your care to it.\\nBOXIFACE.\\n112. Place of the Pronouns En and Y.\\nSee 104, (1.) (2.)", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0444.jp2"}, "443": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PEONOUN. \u00c2\u00a7H3. 439\\n113. The Indefinite Pkonoun On 41, (4.)].\\n(1.) On, which is very extensively used in the French language, is\\nsaid only of persons. The verb, of which it is always the nomina-\\ntive, must be in the singular. Tins pronoun is of the masculine\\ngender. [See (2.)] On is used in French for people, one, some one,\\nwe, they, whenever these words have a general and indefinite mean-\\ning, and do not refer to any particular word\\nOn pardonne aisement le mal We {people, they, etc) easily for-\\ninvolontaire. De la Botjtraye. give involuntary injuries.\\nOn cherche les rieurs, et moi je People (they, we) seek laughing or\\nles evite. La Fontaine. merry people, and I avoid them.\\nAnother translation of the above sentences, will show us that the\\npronoun on often enables the French to make use of the active voice,\\nwhich they always prefer to the passive. 1 Thus, the two examples\\nlast given may be rendered as follows\\nActive Voice in French. Passive Voice in English.\\nOn pardonne aisement le mal Involuntary injuries are easily for-\\ninvolontaire. given.\\nOn cherche les rieurs, mais moi Merry or joyful people are generally\\nje les evite. sought; for my part I avoid them.\\nA few more examples, from some of the best French authors,\\nelucidating the use of this pronoun, will be useful to the student\\nQuand on est chretien, de quelque A Christian, of whichever sex he\\nsexe que Von soit, il n est pas permis may be, is not allowed to be cowardly.\\nd etre lache. Penelon.\\nOn peut etre honnete homme, et One may be a worthy man, and\\nfaire mal des vers. Moliere. make bad verses.\\nOn aime peu celui qui n ose aimer We feel but little love for him who\\npersonne. Delille. dares love nobody.\\nA-t-on jamais pleure d avoir fait Have we ever grieved on account\\nson devoir Chamfort. of having done our duty\\nQuand on a meme but, rarement Those who have the same aim,\\non s accorde. Lebrun. rarely agree.\\nArtistes, ecrivains, poetes, si vous Artists, writers, poets, if you air\\nvous copiez toujours, on ne vous ways copy each other, no person will\\ncopiera jamais. copy you.\\nBernardin de St. Pierre.\\n(2.) If the word on denotes definitely a female, the adjective re-\\nlating to it, takes the feminine termination\\nQuand on est belle, on ne l ignore When one (a lady) is handsome,\\npas. L Academie. she is not ignorant of it.\\n1 On dit, it is said; on rapporte, it is related; on craint, it is feared;\\netc. Cela se fait ainsi, literally, that makes itself thus, that is made in this\\nmanner, etc.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0445.jp2"}, "444": {"fulltext": "440 SYNTAX OF THE TEEB. 114.\\n(3.) The pronoun on, must be repeated before every verb\\nOn leve l ancre, on part, on fuit loin They raise the anchor, they depart,\\nde la terre, they flee far from the land, already\\nOn decouvrait deja. les bords de they discovered the shores of England.\\nl Angleterre. Voltaire.\\n114. The Verb. Agreement of the Verb with its\\nSubject.\\n(1.) The verb agrees with its nominative or subject, whether that\\nnominative precedes or follows\\nL homme est ne pour regner sur Man is lorn to reign over all the\\ntous les animaux. Voltaire. animals.\\nLes hommes sont encore enfants a. Men are still children at sixty.\\nsoixante ans. Aubert.\\nPar ces portes sortaient les fieres Through those gates issued the\\nlegions. Saint- Victor. proud legions.\\n(2.) When a verb has two or more singular nominatives connected\\nby the conjunction et, the verb is put in the plural\\nLa colere et la precipitation sont Anger and precipitation are two\\ndeux choses fort opposees a la pru- things very much ojiposed to pru-\\ndence. Fenelon. dence.\\nLa violence et la vertu ne peuveut Violence and virtue have no power\\nrien l uno sur 1 autre. Pascal. over each other.\\n(3.) When a verb has several singular nominatives not connected\\nby et, it is put in the singular or in the plural, according to circum-\\nstances\\n1. It is put in the singular, if the nominatives are in some way\\nsynonymous\\nLa douceur, la bonte du grand The mildness, the goodness of the\\nHenri, a eto cele breo do inille great Henry, has been celebrated by a\\nlouanges. Pelisson. thousand praises.\\nD ou pent venir cct ennui, ce Whence can proceed that ennui,\\ndegout that disgust\\nColin d IIarleville.\\n(2.) When, in a series of nominatives, the last has more force\\nor interest attached to it, and therefore, makes us, as it were, over-\\nlook the others\\nCe sacrifice, votro interet, votre Tliis sacrifice, your interest, your\\nhonneur, Dieu vous le commande honor, God commands it\\n3. The verb is put in the plural, when the affirmation is intended\\nto be made of all the nominatives taken collectively, and not of each\\nin particular\\nLa douceur, les soupirs de cette TJie sweetness, the sighs of that un-\\nfemme infortunee ne purent le fortunate woman could not move\\nflechir. Wailly. him.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0446.jp2"}, "445": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE VEEB. 115,116. 441\\nSavez vous, si demain, Do you know, if to-morrow, his\\nSa liberie, ses jours, seront en votre liberty, his life, will be in your\\nmain? Bacine. power\\n(4.) On the form of the verb when preceded by several subjects\\nconnected by ou, See Lesson 84, 2, 3.\\n115. Number of the Veeb aftee a Collective Noun.\\n(1.) Every verb, having, as its subject, a general collective noun\\n3, (6.)], preceded by the article, such as la totalite, I infiniie, etc.,\\ntakes the number of that noun\\nL armee des infideles fut entiere- The army of the infidels was en-\\nment detruite. L Academie. tirely destroyed.\\nLa multitude des bonnes choses The multitude of the good things\\nque Ton trouve dans un ouvrage, which we find in a work, makes us\\nfait perdre de vue la multiplicite lose sight of the multiplicity of the\\ndes mauvaises. Caminade. bad ones.\\n(2.) When a partitive collective noun 3, (6.)] occurs as the sub-\\nject of a proposition, the verb agrees with that noun, if it occupies\\nthe first rank in the thought of the speaker or writer.\\nThe verb agrees, on the contrary, with the plural noun following\\nthe collective word, if the collective acts only a secondaiy part, or\\nif it is employed only to add an accessory idea of number\\nAgreement with the Collective. Agreement with the following Noun.\\nUne troupe d assassins entra dans Une troupe de nymphes couron-\\nla ekambre de Coligny. nees de fleurs, nageaient autour de\\nVoltaiee. son char. Fenelon.\\nA gang of assassins entered Co- A troop of nymphs, crowned with\\nligny s chamber. flowers, were swimming around her\\nchariot.\\nUne nuee de traits obscurcit l air. Une nuee de barbares desolereni\\nle pays. L Academe.\\nA cloud of arrows darkened the A cloud of barbarians desolated the\\nair. country.\\nCette espece de paons parait avoir Cette espece de chiens qu on ap-\\neprouve les memes effets par la pelle chiens de Laconie, ne vivent\\nmeme cause. Buffon. que dix ans. Boileau.\\nThat species of peacocks seems to That species of dogs which they\\nhave experienced the same effects call Laconian dogs, live only ten\\nthrough the same cause. years.\\n116. Number of the Veeb Etee aftee the Peo-\\nnoun Ce.\\n(1.) The verb etre, preceded or followed by ce, as the grammatical\\nsubject, takes the number of the noun placed in apposition with that\\npronoun 108, (3.)]\\nCe sont les mceurs qui font la It is morals which form good com-\\nbonne compagnie. La Chaussee. pany.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0447.jp2"}, "446": {"fulltext": "442 SYKTAI OF THE VERB. llY, 118T.\\nSont-ce des religieux et des pre- Are they monks and priests who\\ntres qui parlent ainsi sont-ce des speak so are they Christians 1\\nChretiens Pascal.\\n(2.) The verb etre may also be put in the plural, when the pro-\\nnouns eux and dies are put in apposition with the pronoun ce. This\\nrule, however, is optional, as the examples will show. Before nous\\nand vous similarly plaoed, the verb is always in the singular c est\\nnous c est vous.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nCest eux qui ont bati ce superbe Ce sont eux qui viennent.\\nlabyrinthe. Bossuet. Bescherelle.\\nIt is they who have built that su- It is they who come.\\nperb labyrinth.\\n\u00c2\u00a711 7. The Verb relating to several Subjects in Dif-\\nferent Persons.\\nA verb having several subjects in different persons, is put in the\\nplural, and assumes the termination of the first person in preference\\nto that of the second, and that of the second in preference to that of\\nthe third. It may then be preceded by the plural pronoun of the\\nperson preferred, recapitulating, as it were, all the other subjects\\nTotro pere et moi, nous avons ete Tour father and I, have long been\\nlongtemps enneniis l uu de l autre. enemies to each other.\\nFenelon.\\nAllez vous ct vos semblables Go you and such as you are not\\nn etes point faits pour etre trans- fit to be transplanted.\\nplantes. Montesquieu.\\n118. Use of the Tenses. The Present of the\\nIndicative.\\n(1.) This tense denotes what exists, or is taking place at the time\\nwe speak\\nJelis; vous parlez. I read you speak.\\n(2.) The French have only one form of the indicative present\\nJo lis means, therefore, read, do read, or am reading.\\n(3.) The indicative present is used in French, as well as in Eng-\\nlish, for expressing things which are and will always be true\\nDieu est eternel, sa puissance est God is eternal, his power is bound-\\nsans homes, et sa cle raence est less, and his clemency is great.\\ngrande. Gikault-Duvivier.\\n(4.) It is often used to express a proximate future\\nJo suis do retour dans un mo- I shall be back in a mommt.\\nmcnt. MouftRE.\\nSi Titus a parle, s il Yepouse, je If Titus has spoken, if he marries\\npars. Racine. her, I go (will go).", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0448.jp2"}, "447": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE VERB. \u00c2\u00a7119,120. 443\\n(5.) The present is frequently used for the past, to awaken atten-\\ntion, and place the event, as it were, before the reader\\nJ ai vu, seigneur, j ai vu votre I saw, my lord, I saw your un-\\nmalheureux fils, fortunate son dragged by the horses\\nTraine par les chevaux que sa main lohich his own hand has fed he\\na nourris; wishes to recall them, but his voice\\nII veut les rappeler, mais sa voix frightens them.\\nles effraie. Racine.\\n119. The Imperfect.\\n(1.) The imperfect, or simultaneous past,- is used to express some-\\nthing which was in progress, while another thing was taking place.\\nIt leaves the beginning, duration, and end of an action undeter-\\nmined\\nJ ecrivais, quand je recus votre I was writing, when I received\\nlettre. your letter.\\n(2.) The French imperfect, as may be seen in the above example,\\nrepresents the English past tense formed of the auxiliary to be, and\\nthe participle present of a principal verb.\\n(3.) The imperfect is also used to express repeated or customary\\naction. It may then often be rendered in English by the infinitive\\nof the verb preceded by used to\\nLorsque fetais a Londres, $allais When I was in London, I walked\\nme promener le matin, ensuite je {used to walk) in the morning, after-\\ndtnais, et je passais le reste de la wards dined (usually dined), and\\njournee a lire et a ecrire spent (usually) the remainder of the\\nday in reading and writing.\\n(4.) The use of this tense will be further explained in the next\\nSection.\\n120. The Past Definite.\\n(1.) The past definite indicates an action performed at a time en-\\ntirely past\\nJ allai a Londres, oil je vis votre went to London, where I saw\\npere; je finis mes affaires dans your father I finished my businees\\ncette ville, et revins aussitot ici. in that city, and returned hither im-\\nmediately.\\nM. un tel ecrivit hier au soir un Mr. such-a-one wrote last evening\\nsixain a Mademoiselle une telle. six verses to Miss such-a-one.\\nMoliere.\\n(2.) The past definite can only be used, as we have seen above,\\nwhen the time at which an action took place is entirely elapsed.\\nWe cannot, therefore, use it in connection with the words to-day,\\nthis morning, this week, this month, this year, etc., [See 121, Past", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0449.jp2"}, "448": {"fulltext": "444 SYSTAX OF THE TEEE. 120.\\nIndefinite.] We may use it in speaking of yesterday, last week, last\\nyear, etc.\\nJe vous envoie, mon eher frere, I send you, my dear brother, a let-\\nune lettre que j ecrivis hier pour ter which J wrote yesterday for l\u00c2\u00a3c-\\nMadame de Laval. Fenelox. dame de Laval.\\n(3.) The imperfect may almost always be rendered in English by\\nthe participle present of the verb and the auxiliary to be or by pre-\\nfixing used to to the infinitive mood. The past definite can never\\nbe so rendered.\\n(4.) The imperfect might be called the descriptive tense of the\\nFrench.\\n(5.) The past definite might be called the narrative tense. It ex-\\npresses that which took place at some time fully past. We will\\nendeavor to illustrate this difference between these two tenses: A.\\ntraveller has entered a wood and discovered a retired cottage he\\nwishes to describe what he saw there, and makes use of the imper-\\nfect or descriptive tense he says\\nUn vieillard se promenail sous les An old man was walking under the\\narbres; il teaait un livre a la main; trees; he held (was holding) a book in\\nde temps eu temps, il elevait les his hand; from time to time he raised\\nyeux vers le ciol, ou les couvrait do his eyes towards heaven, or concealed\\nla main, et semblait s abimer dang them with his hand, and seemed to\\nune profonde reverie. Devant la sink into a profound reverie. Before\\nporte de la cabane etait assise une the door of the hut, sat (icas sitting)\\nfemme qui bercail un enfant sur ses a female, rocking (who was rocking) a\\ngenoux clle etait pale ses cheveux child on her knees she was pale Iter\\nflotlaient au gre du vent des larmes hair waved (was leaving) at the mercy\\ncoulaient le long de ses joues, etc. of the wind; tears flowed (were flow-\\ning) down her cheeks, etc.\\nThe traveller has here drawn a picture of what presented itself to\\nhis eyes, as he approached the cottage. Not content with represent-\\ning merely the then present situation of things, he wishes also to\\nnarrate what took place. lie has described the theatre on which the\\noccurrence took place, which lie is going to relate he now proceeds\\nto the narrative, and uses the past definite or narrative tense\\nJe m approchai du vieillard lors- I approached the old man when he\\nqu il m apercut, il s avanca vers moi, perceived me he came towards me,\\nme sahta. et me pria de no pas trou- greeted me, and besought me not to\\nile retraite du mal- disturb this peaceful retreat of the\\nheur. II retourna a i cabane, prit unfortunate. He returned to the cnt-\\nl enfant des bras de la femme, et tage, took the child from the woman s\\nrentra; elle le suivit, etc. arms and went in; she followed him.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0450.jp2"}, "449": {"fulltext": "YNTAX OE THE V E E B \u00c2\u00a7121.\\n445\\nAnother example might be taken from La Fontaine s well-known\\nfable\\nTHE RAVEN AND THE FOX.\\nMaster raven perched upon a tree,\\nheld (was holding) in his beak a\\ncheese; waster fox, attracted by the\\nsmell, addressed him nearly in thefd-\\nwords.\\nLE CORBEAH ET LE RENARD.\\nMaitre corbeau sur un arbre per-\\nche,\\nTenait en son bee un fromage\\nMaitre renard, par l odeur alleehe,\\nLui lint a peu pres ce langage.\\nHere the poet uses the imperfect of tenir in describing the situa-\\ntion in which the fox found the raven, but in relating the action of\\nthe fox, La Fontaine uses the narrative tense of the same verb.\\nThe commencement of the first book of Telemaque, offers an ex-\\ncellent illustration of what we have here advanced, on the use of the\\nimperfect, and the past definite.\\n121. The Past Indefinite.\\n(1.) The past indefinite expresses an action entirely completed,\\nbut performed at a time of which some part is not yet elapsed, as to-\\nday, this month, this year, etc\\nday\\nLe roi m o nomine aujourd hui ar-\\nckeveque de Cambray. Fenelon.\\nCe matin j ai trouve le pave si glis-\\nsaut, que j ai pense que si je veuais\\na, tomber sur le bras droit, je serais\\ntout a fait desempare.\\nBernardin de St. Pierre.\\nJe Vai defendu (see (2.) below) cent\\nfois de racier ton mediant violon;\\ncependant, je Vai entendu ce matin\\nCe matin Ne vous souvient-il pas\\nque vous me le mites 120 (2.)]\\nlrier en pieces Palaprat.\\n(2.) The past indefinite is also used with regard to a time en\\ntirely past, but not specified\\nThe Mng appointed me\\narchbishop of Cambray.\\nThis morning /found the street so\\nslippery, that I thought, in case 1\\nhappened to fall on my right arm, 1\\nshould then be completely helpless.\\nI have forbidden thee a hundred\\ntimes to scrape thy wretched violin ne-\\nvertheless. I heard thee this morning.\\n27ms morning! Bo you not re-\\ncollect that you broke it to pieces yes-\\nterday\\nLes fruits de la terre ont ete la\\npremiere nourriture des hommes.\\nGiratjlt-Duvivier.\\nLes Prancais ont gagne la bataillo\\nde Marengo.\\n27ie fruits of the earth were the\\nfirst aliments of mankind.\\nTlie French gained the battle of\\nMarengo.\\n(3.) When the time is specified and entirely elapsed, the past in-\\ndefinite is by many of the best French writers, used indifferently\\nwith the past definite\\nPast Definite Past Indefinite.\\nHuit jours apres son depart, il Je vous ai ecrit, il y a quinze\\nm ecrivit unc lettre. jours. The Same.\\nBernardin de St. Pierre.\\nA week after his departure, he ivrote 1 wrote to you a fortnight ago.\\nme a letter.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0451.jp2"}, "450": {"fulltext": "446 SYNTAX OF THE Y E E B \u00c2\u00a7122,123,124.\\nJe fus bien fache bier, ma cbere Hier en travaillant a, mon qua-\\ncousine, de vous avoir quittee avec trieme dialogue, j ai eprowe un vrai\\ntant de precipitation. Fenelox. plaisir. Miraeeau.\\nI was very sorry yesterday, my Yesterday, ivhile working at my\\ndear cousin, for having left you in so fourth dialogue, I experienced real\\nmuch haste. pleasure.\\n(4.) When the first verb of a sentence is put in the past indefinite,\\nevery other verb of that sentence, and of the sentences referring to\\nit, should be in the same tense\\nOu avez-vous ete t WJiere have you been\\nJ ai d abord ete d l eglise, ensuite J first went to church, and then\\nje suis venu diner. came home to dinner.\\n122. The Past Axteeioe.\\nThe past anterior expresses what took place immediately before\\nanother event which is also past, the latter event being usually the\\nresult of, or dependent upon the former\\nQuand feus reconnu mon erreur, Wlien I had perceived my error, I\\nje fus honteux des mauvais precedes was ashamed of my lad conduct tc-\\nque j avais eus pour lui. wards him.\\nGrlRAULT-DuVTVTER.\\nSee (3.) of the below.\\n123. The Pluperfect.\\n(1.) The pluperfect marks an event not only past in itself, but ag\\npast with regard to another past event\\nJ avais dejeiine, quand vous vintes I had breakfasted, when you came\\nme demander. Girault-Dcvivier. to inquire for me.\\n(2.) The pluperfect having as its auxiliary the imperfect of the\\nverbs avoir, or tire, partakes of the signification of that tense. It\\nmay, therefore, often be used to denote customary action\\nDes que j avais lu quelques pages, As soon as 1 had read a few pages,\\nje me promenais. used to take a walk.\\nIn such cases it generally precedes or follows another verb in the\\nimperfect.\\n(3.) When the action is not a customary one, and the sentence\\ncommences with one of the adverbs, quand, lorsque, aussitot que, des\\nque, etc., the past anterior is generally used\\nDes que jVus lu quelques pages, As soon as 1 had read a few pages,\\nje sortis. I went out.\\n124.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Two Futuees.\\n(1.) The future simple is used to signify what will be, or will take\\nplace, at a time not yet come\\nYotre frere pariira demain. Tour brother will go to-morrow.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0452.jp2"}, "451": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE VEKB. 125,126. 447\\n(2.) The future is used, in French, after an adverb of time, in cases\\nwhere the English use the present of the indicative\\nQuand vous viendrez, vous appor- When you come, you will bring my\\nterez mon livre. look.\\n(3.) It has sometimes the sense of the imperative in sentences like\\nthe following\\nCroira qui voudra l historien Ca- Believe who will the historian Ca-\\npitolin et quelques autres ecrivains, pitolinus and several other writers,\\nqui font danser les elephants sur la who make elephants dance on a rope.\\ncorde. Feraud.\\n(4.) The future anterior is used to signify what will have been at\\na future period it is also used after an adverb of time in cases where\\nthe past indefinite is used in English\\nQuand faurai fini mes affaires, je Wlien I have finished my affairs, 1\\nvous irai voir. Girault-Duvtvier. will go and see you.\\n125. The Two Conditionals.\\n(1.) The conditional present denotes what would take place under\\na certain condition\\nNous gouterions bien des jouis- We should have many enjoyments,\\nsances, si nous savions faire un bon if we knew how to make a good use\\nusage du temps. of time.\\nGlRAEXT DUVIVIER.\\n(2.) The conditional past denotes what would have taken place,\\nat a time past, if the condition on which it depended, had been ful-\\nfilled\\nII serait alle a la campagne, si le He would have gone into the coun-\\ntemps le lui avait permis. try, if the weather had allowed him.\\n(3.) The two futures, and the two conditionals, cannot, in French,\\nfollow the conjunction si, meaning in case that. The indicative pres-\\nent is then used instead of the future, and the imperfect instead of\\nthe conditional. This rule is often violated by the French, but sel-\\ndom by the Americans or English, who have acquired a good knowl-\\nedge of the French language.\\n126. The Imperative.\\n(1.) The imperative is used to express a command, exhortation,\\npermission or entreaty\\nConnais-moi tout entiere. Know me entirely.\\nCORNEILLE.\\nAh demeurez, seigneur, et daignez Ah remain, my lord, and deign\\nm ecouter. Bacine. to listen to me.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0453.jp2"}, "452": {"fulltext": "448 SYNTAX OF THE VEEE. 127.\\n2$e tardons plus, marchons, et s il Let us tarry no longer, let us pro-\\nfaut que je meure, ceed, and, if I must die, let us die.\\nMourons. Racine.\\n12 1. The SuEJtnsrcTivE.\\n(1.) The subjunctive is the mode of doubt or indecision\\nObeis, si tu veux qu on t obeisse Obey, if thou wishest that one day\\nun jour. Voltaire. others may obey thee.\\n(2.) A verb, which is governed by the conjunction que, must be\\nput in the subjunctive mode in French, though it may be in the in-\\ndicative or conditional in English l\\n1. When the part of the sentence, which precedes que, being in-\\nterrogative or negative, expresses a doubt\\nPensez-vous que vous reussissiez Do you think that you may succeed\\ndaus cette affaire in this affair?\\nJe ne voudrais pas assurer, qu on I would not affirm, that it shouldbe\\nle doive ecrire. Boileau. written.\\nCroyez-vous qu il vienne Do you believe he will come\\n2. When the verb preceding que expresses consent, command, doubt,\\ndesire, surprise, want, duty, necessity, fear, apprehension:\\nJe permets, je souhaite, je doute, je I permit, I wish, I doubt, I desire,\\nveux, fordonne, je suis surpris quo I order, lam suriyrised, that you may\\nvous ceniez. or should come.\\nDes ee memo moment, ordonnez Order, that I may depart this very\\nquejejparfe. Racine. moment.\\nTu veux qu en ta faveur nous Tlwu wishest that for thy sake we\\ncroyions impossible. Corxeille. may believe in impossibilities.\\nJe suis ravi quo nous logions en- lam delighted that we happen to\\nsemble. Destoucues. live together.\\n3. When the first verb expresses fear or apprehension, the verb\\npreceded by que, must also be preceded by ne\\nJe crains, je tremble, j appre- J fear, I tremble, I apprehend, 1\\nkendo, j ai peur, qu il ne vienne. am afraid he may come.\\nGlKAULT-DUVIVIER.\\n(3.) The pronouns qui, que, lequel, dont, and the word ou, meaning\\nin which, should be followed by the subjunctive, when that part of\\nthe sentence which precedes them, expresses an interrogation, or im-\\nplies a wish, a doubt, or a condition. They must also be followed\\nby the verb in the subjunctive, when they are preceded by a super-\\nlative relative 14, (9.)]\\nT a-t-il quelqu un qui ne respecie Is there any one who does not re-\\nlo malheur. sped misfortune.\\n1 When two verbs are united by the conjunction que, the second is put\\nin the indicative, if the first expresses something certain, positive:\\nOn m assure que vous avez recu They assure me that you have re-\\nune lettrc do votro pcro. ceived a letter from your father.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0454.jp2"}, "453": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX Or THE VERB. 128. 449\\nLa meilleure chose que vous puis- The best thing that you can do.\\nsiez faire.\\nChoisissez une retraite ou vous Choose a retreat in which you may\\nsoyez tranquille. enjoy repose.\\n(4.) A verb preceded by que and one of the unipersonal verbs\\nfalloir, importer, convenir, suffire, valoir mieux, or by the verb etre,\\nused unipersonally in connection with the adjectives fdcheux, juste,\\ninjuste, suprenani, possible, or with a propos, temps, a desirer, a\\nsouhaiter, etc., must be put in the subjunctive [see L. 73, E. 1.]\\nII faut que vous veniez. You must come, or it is necessary\\nthat you should come.\\nII est temps que vous partiez pour It is time that you should go to\\nRome. Rome.\\nII ne me plait pas que vous alliez It does not please me that you\\nla. La Academie. slwuld go there.\\nII riest pas certain que vous ayez It is not certain that you are right.\\n(5.) After the expressions quelque que, quel que, si\\nque, quoique, the verb is always put in the subjunctive\\n^we^w eflfbrt que /assent les horn- Whatever effort men may make,\\nmes, leur neant parait partout. their nothingness appears everywhere.\\nBossuet.\\nQui que ce soit, parlez, et ne le Wlwever he may be, speak, and do\\ncraignez pas. Racine. not fear him.\\nSi mince qu il puisse etre, un che- However thin it may be, a hair has\\nveu fait de l ombre. Villefre. a shadow.\\n(6.) For the other conjunctions which must be followed by the\\nsubjunctive, see 143.\\n128. The Infinitive.\\n(1.) The infinitive represents the being, action or passion, in an in-\\ndefinite manner, and without number or person\\nVouloir tromper le ciel, c est folie To wish to deceive Heaven, is folly\\na la terre. La Fontaine. in men.\\nL ardeur de vaincre cede a la The ardor of conquest (to conquer)\\npeur de mourir. Corneille. yields to the fear of death (to die).\\nHair est un tourment. Segur. To hate is a torment.\\n(2.) The infinitive is often used substantively\\nOu plutot, que ne puis-je au doux Or rather, ivhy can I not at the\\ntomber du jour Lamartine. sweet close of the day\\n(3.) The infinitive present is used, in French, after certain verbs,\\nwhich are, in English, joined to other verbs by the conjunction and\\nAllez chercher mon pere. Go and fetch my father.\\n(4.) We might give as a general rule, that a verb immediately pre-\\nceded and governed by another verb (avoir and etre excepted) or by\\na preposition (en excepted) is put in the present of the infinitive\\nTout ce qu elle s imaginait tenir, All that she fancied that she held,\\nlui echappait tout a coup. Fenelon. escaped her suddenly.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0455.jp2"}, "454": {"fulltext": "450\\nYKTAX OF THE VERB. 129, 130.\\nVos raisons sont trop bonnes Tour reasons are too good in ihem-\\nd elles-memes. sans etre appuyees de selves, to need that foreign assistance.\\nces secours etrangers. Racine. You think that you know every-\\nVous pensez tout savoir. Pieyre. thing.\\nCroit-il le pouvoir rompre Does he believe he can break it\\nTh. Corneille.\\n(5.) The French language, preferring the active to the passive\\nvoice, requires the use of the active verb in the following and similar\\ncases wherein the English use the passive voice\\nCette dame est bien a plaindre. That lady is much to be pitied.\\nCette maison est d vendre. This house is to be sold.\\nLa chose est de trop peu de con- The matter is of too little conse-\\nse quence pour la traiter serieuse- quence to be treated seriously.\\nment. Voltaire.\\n129. Government of Yerbs.\\nSome verbs are, in English, governed by prepositions different\\nfrom those which connect or govern the same verbs in French.\\nSome, again, which are, in English, joined by prepositions, require\\nnone between them in French. We give below, lists of verbs with\\nthe appropriate prepositions, according to the bestFrench authorities:\\n130. Verbs requiring no Preposition before another\\nVerb in the Infinitive.\\nAccourir,\\nto run\\nObserver,\\nto notice, to observe\\nAimer mieux,\\nto prefer\\nOser,\\nto dare\\nA Her,\\nto go\\nParaitre,\\nto seem\\nApercevoir,\\nto perceive\\nPenser,\\nto think, to fancy\\nAssurer,\\nto assure\\nPouvoir,\\nto be able\\nAvouer,\\nto confess\\nPretcndre,\\nto pretend\\nCompter,\\nto intend\\nPrelercr,\\nto prefer\\nConfesser,\\nto confess\\nProtester,\\nto protest\\nCourir,\\nto run\\nRappelcr (se),\\nto remember\\nCroire,\\nto believe\\nRapporter,\\nto report\\nDaigner,\\nto deign\\nReconnaitro,\\nto acknowledge\\nDeclarer,\\nto declare\\nRegarder,\\nto look at\\nDesirer,\\nto desire\\nRetourncr,\\nto return\\nDevoir,\\nto be obliged\\nRevenir,\\nto come back\\nEcouter,\\nto hear, to listen\\nSavoir,\\nto know\\nEntendre,\\nto hear\\nSembler,\\nto seem\\nEnvoyer,\\nto send\\nSentir,\\nto feel\\nEsperer,\\nto hope\\nSouhaiter,\\nto wish\\nFaire,\\nto make\\nSoutenir,\\nto maintain\\nFalloir,\\nto be necessary\\nTemoigner,\\nto testify\\n[maginer, (s\\nto imagine\\nValoir mieux,\\nto be belter\\nLaieser,\\nto let, to suffer\\nVcnir,\\nto come\\nMener,\\nto take, to lead\\nVoir,\\nto see\\nNler,\\nto deny\\nVouloir,\\nto be willing\\nJe pretends\\nvous traitei- commo\\nintend to treat you as my own\\nmon propre fils\\nRacine.\\nson.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0456.jp2"}, "455": {"fulltext": "YNTAX OF T II E VERB\\n131.\\n451\\nEt le Rhin do ses flots ira grossir And the Rhine will go and swell\\nla Loire, the Loire with its waves, before the\\nAvant que tes faveurs sortent do remembrance of thy goodness leaves\\nma memoire. Boileau. my memory.\\n131. Verbs requiring the Preposition A before an\\nInfinitive.\\nThe (se) placed after the verb shows it to be reflective.\\nAbaisser (s\\nto stoop\\nEtre, etre a lire,\\nto be reading, writ-\\ning, etc.\\nAboutir,\\nto end in\\na ecrire, etc.\\nAccorder (s\\nto agree\\nEntendre (s\\nto be expert in\\nAccoutumer,\\nto accustom\\nEvertuer (s\\nto strive\\nAcharner (s\\nto strive\\nExceller,\\nto excel\\nAdmettre,\\nto admit, to permit\\nExciter,\\nto excite\\nAguerrir (s\\nto become inured\\nExhorter,\\nto exhort\\nAider,\\nto help in\\nExposer (s\\nto expose one s self\\nAimer,\\nto like\\nFatiguer (se),\\nto weary one s self\\nAppliquer (s\\nto endeavor, to apply\\nHabituer (s\\nto become used to\\nApprendre,\\nto learn\\nHasarder (se),\\nto venture\\nAppreter (s\\nto prepare\\nHesiter,\\nto hesitate\\nAspirer,\\nto aspire\\nInstruire,\\nto instruct\\nAssigner,\\nto summon\\nInteresser,\\nto interest\\nAssujettir (s\\nto subject one s self\\nInviter,\\nto invite\\nAttacher (s\\nto apply\\nMettre,\\nto set, to put\\nAttendre (s\\nto expect\\nMettre (se),\\nto commence\\nAttendre,\\nto put off\\nMontrer,\\nto show, to teach\\nAugmenter (s\\nto increase\\nObstiner (s\\nto persist in\\nAutoriser,\\nto authorize\\nOffrir (s\\nto offer\\nAvilir (s\\nto debase one s self\\nPencher,\\nto incline\\nAvoir,\\nto have\\nPenser,\\nto think, to intend\\nAvoir peine,\\nto have difficulty in\\nPerseverer,\\nto persevere\\nBalancer,\\nto hesitate\\nPersister,\\nto persist\\nBorner (se),\\nto confine one s self\\nPlaire (se).\\nto delight in\\nChercher,\\nto endeavor\\nPrendre plaisir\\nto take pleasure\\nComplaire,\\nto delight in\\nPreparer (se),\\nto prepare\\nConcourir,\\nto co-operate\\nPorte?,\\nProvoquer,\\nto induce, to excite,\\nCondamner (se),\\nto condemn one s\\nto urge\\nself\\nPousser,\\nto urge\\nCondescendre,\\nto condescend\\nReduire,\\nto constrain\\nConsentir,\\nto consent\\nReduire (se),\\nto tend, to end\\nConsister,\\nto consist\\nRenoncer,\\nto renounce\\nConspirer,\\nto conspire\\nRepugner,\\nto be repugnant\\nConsumer,\\nto destroy\\nResigner (se),\\nto be reconciled\\nContribuer,\\nto contribute\\nRester,\\nto tarry too long\\nConvier,\\nto invite\\nReussir,\\nto succeed\\nCouter,\\nto cost\\nRisquer,\\nto risk\\nDeterminer,\\nto induce\\nServir,\\nto serve\\nDeterminer (se),\\nto resolve\\nSonger,\\nto think, to intend\\nDisposer (se),\\nto prepare one s self\\nSuffire (not unip.), to suffice\\nDivertir (se),\\nto amuse one s self\\nTarder,\\nto tarry\\nEmployer,\\nto employ, to devote\\nTendre,\\nto tend\\nEncourager,\\nto encourage\\nTenir,\\nto intend, to aim\\nEngager,\\nto induce\\nTravailler,\\nto labor\\nEnhardir,\\nto encourage\\nViser,\\nto aim\\nEnseigner,\\nto teach\\nYouer,\\nto devote", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0457.jp2"}, "456": {"fulltext": "452\\nYNTAX OF THE V 33 E B 132.\\nL homme n aime point a s occu-\\nper de son neaut, et de sa bassesse.\\nMassillon.\\nAvez-vous jamais pense a offrir a\\nDieu toutes ces souffrances\\nThe same.\\n132. Verbs requiring the Preposition De before\\nan Infinitive.\\nMan does not like to contemplate\\nhis nothingness, and his vileness.\\nHave you ever thought of offering\\nall these sufferings to God\\nAbstenir (s f\\nAccuser (a\\nAchever,\\nAffecter,\\nAffliger (s\\nAgir (s unip.,\\nApplaudir (s\\nApprehender,\\nAvertir,\\nAviser (s\\nAvoir besom,\\nAvoir coutume,\\nAvoir dessein,\\nAvoir eavie,\\nAvoir garde,\\nAvoir houte,\\nAvoir intention,\\nAvoir le temps,\\nAvoir le courage,\\nAvoir pear,\\nAvoir raison,\\nAvoir regret,\\nAvoir tort,\\nAvoir sujet,\\nAvoir soin,\\n13 LI m er,\\nBruler,\\nCensurer,\\nChagriaer (s:),\\nC i trger,\\nCharger (se),\\nChaisir,\\nCommander,\\nConjurer,\\nCtinseiller,\\nCoateater (so),\\nConvaincrQj\\nCoavenir,\\nCorrig :r,\\nCraindre,\\nD ioo irager,\\ngner,\\nDefer) ire,\\nDefen Ire (se),\\nDefier,\\nDepccher (se),\\nto abstain\\nto accuse one s self\\nto finish\\nto affect\\nto grieve\\nto be the question\\nto rejoice\\nto apprehend\\nto warn\\nto bethink one s self\\nto want\\nto be accustomed\\nto intend\\nto wish\\nto tafce care\\nto be ashamed\\nto intend\\nto have time\\nto have courage\\nto be afraid\\nto be right\\nto regret\\nto be ivrong\\nto have reason\\nto take care\\nto blame\\nto wish ardently\\nto censure\\nto cease\\nto grieve one s self\\nto desire, to intrust\\nto take on one s self\\nto choose\\nto command\\nto beseech\\nto advise\\nto be satisfied\\nto convince\\nto become, suit\\nto correct\\nto fear\\nto discourage\\nto forbid\\nto decline\\nto challenge, to dare\\nto hasten\\nDesaccoutumer\\n(se),\\nDesbabituer\\n(se),\\nDesesperer,\\nL esoler, (se),\\nDetourner,\\nDi erer,\\nDire,\\nDisconvenir,\\nDiscontinue^\\nDispenser,\\nDispenser (se),\\nDisculper (se),\\nDissuader,\\nDouter,\\nEfforcer (s\\nEffrayer (s\\nEmpiaher,\\nEmpresser (s\\nEpouvanter (s\\nEutreprendre,\\nEnrager,\\nEtonucr (s\\nEviter,\\nExcuser (s\\nFeliciter,\\nFcimliv,\\nFlatter (se),\\nFremir,\\nGarder (se),\\nCi mir,\\nGlorifier (se),\\nHasarder (se),\\nI later (se),\\nImputer,\\nIndigner (s\\n[ngerer (s\\nTnspirer,\\nJurer,\\nManquer,\\nMediter,\\nMeier, (se),\\nMenacer,\\nMeriter,\\nMoquer (se),\\nto leave off\\nto despair\\nto grieve\\nto dissuade\\nto put off\\nto say. tell\\nto deny\\nto discontinue\\nto dispense\\nto forbear\\nto apologize\\nto dissvade\\nto doubt\\nto endeavor\\nto be frightened\\nto prevent\\nto hasten\\nto be frightened\\nto undertake\\nto be vexed\\nto ivonder\\nto avoid\\nto excuse one s self\\nto congratulate\\nto feign\\nto flatter one s self\\nto shudder\\nto take care\\nto lament\\nto pride one s self\\nto venture\\nto hasten\\nto impute\\nto be indignant\\nto take into one s\\nhead\\nto inspire\\nto sioear\\nto fail\\nto think, to intend\\nto meddle\\nto threaten\\nto deserve\\nto laugh at", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0458.jp2"}, "457": {"fulltext": "YNTAX OF THE V E H B\\n8 133.\\n453\\nIfourir (used\\nto long\\nReeommander,\\nto recommend\\nfiguratively),\\nRefuser,\\nto refuse\\nNegliger,\\nto neglect\\nRegrefcter,\\nto regret\\nNier,\\nto deny\\nRejouir (se),\\nto rejoice\\nPardonner,\\nto excuse\\nRemercier,\\nto thank\\nParler,\\nto speak\\nRepentir (se),\\nto repent\\nPasser (se),\\nto do without\\nReprendre,\\nto censure\\nPermettre,\\nto permit\\nReprimander,\\nto reprimand\\nPersuader,\\nto persuade\\nReprocher (se),\\nto reproach one s\\nPiquer (se),\\nto take pride in\\nself\\nPlaindre,\\nto pity\\nResoudre,\\nto resolve\\nPlaindre (se),\\nto complain\\nRessouvenir (se)\\nto remember\\nPrendre garde,\\nto take care, heed\\nRire,\\nto laugh\\nPrendre soin,\\nto take care\\nRougir,\\nto blush\\nPrescrire,\\nto prescribe\\nScandaliser (se),\\nto take offence\\nPresser,\\nto urge\\nSeoir (unip.),\\nto become, suit\\nPresser (se),\\nto hasten\\nSommer,\\nto summon\\nPresumer,\\nto presume\\nSoupconner,\\nto suspect\\nPrier,\\nto desire\\nSouvenir (se),\\nto remember\\nPromettre,\\nto promise\\nSuffire (unip.),\\nto suffice\\nProposer,\\nto propose\\nSuggerer,\\nto suggest\\nProposer (se),\\nto intend\\nSupplier,\\nto beseech\\nProtester,\\nto protest\\nTenter,\\nto attempt\\nPunir,\\nto punish\\nTrembler,\\nto tremble\\nRebuter (se),\\nto be weary\\nYanter (se),\\nto boast\\nII vaut nrieux hasarder de sauver It is better to run the risk of spar-\\nun coupable, que de condamner un ing a guilty person, than to condemn\\ninnocent. Yoltaire. an innocent one.\\nLe monde se vante de faire des The vjorld boasts that it can render\\nheureux. Hassillon. men happy.\\n133.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Rule.\\n(1.) Two or more verbs may govern the same object, provided\\nthey require the same regimen\\nNous aimons, nous instruisons, et We love, we instruct, and we praise\\nnous louons nos enfants. our children.\\nThis sentence is correct, because aimer, instruire, and louer, being\\nactive verbs, govern one and the same case, the direct regimen.\\n(2.) But when the verbs require different regimens, they cannot\\ngovern one and the same noun and therefore another form must be\\ngiven to the sentence. We could not say in French Un grand\\nnombre de vaisseaux entrent et sortent de ce port tout les mois A\\ngreat number of vessels enter and go out of this port every month, be-\\ncause the verb entrer reaches its regimen by means of the preposition\\ndans, and sortir by means of the preposition de. We should say\\nUn grand nombre de vaisseaux A large number of vessels enter this\\nentrent dans ce port, et en sortent port, and leave it every month,\\ntous les mois.\\nSee 92, (1.) (2.), also note, and 140.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0459.jp2"}, "458": {"fulltext": "454\\nSYNTAX OF THE PAETICIPLE\\n134.\\n134. The Participle Past.\\n(1.) We Lave seen 66, (3.)] that the participle past, not accom-\\npanied by an auxiliary, assumes the gender and number of the noun\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0which it qualifies\\nLes inimities gourdes et cachees Quiet and concealed enmity is\\nsont plus a craindre que les baines more to be feared than open and de-\\nliveries et declarees. Noel. dared hatred.\\n(2.) The participle past accompanied by the auxiliary etre, agrees\\nin gender and number with the subject of the verb, whether the sub-\\nject be placed before or after it. [See 135, (1.)].\\nLe fer est emousse; les buchers\\nsont eteints. Voltaire.\\nLa vertu obscure est souvent\\nmcprisee. Massillox.\\nLes Grecs etaient 2^rsuades que\\nl uine est immortelle.\\nBARTHELEMT.\\nQuand il vit l urne ou etaient\\nrenfermees les cendres d Hippias, il\\nversa un torrent de larmes.\\nFliXELOX.\\nThe sword is blunted; the piles are\\nextinguished.\\nHumble virtue, is often despised.\\nTJie Greeks were persuaded that\\nthe soul is immortal.\\nWlien he perceived the urn in\\nwhich were enclosed the ashes of Hip-\\npias, he shed a torrent of tears.\\n(3.) The participle past, having avoir as its auxiliary, never agrees\\nwith the nominative\\nVous ricz Lcrivcz qu elle a ri.\\nRacixe.\\nMes amis ont parte; leurs coeurs\\nsont attend ris. Voltairr\\nMes cousines ont lu.\\nBescherelle.\\nTou laugh f Put down that she\\nlaughed.\\nMy friends have spoken; their\\nhearts are moved.\\nMy cousins have read.\\n(4.) The participle past, having avoir for an auxiliary, agrees with\\nits direct regimen, when that regimen precedes the participle\\nLa lcttre que vous avez tcrite.\\nlVdro, qu as tu fait de nos mon-\\ntures Seigneur, je les ai attachees\\na la grille. Le Sage.\\nLes meilleures harangues sont\\ncelles que lo coeur a dictees.\\nMarmoxtel.\\nJe les ai cherches dans tons les\\nT/ie letter which you have written.\\nPedro, what hast thou done with\\nour horses? My lord, I have tied\\nthem to the railing.\\nThe best addresses are those which\\nthe heart has dictated.\\ncoins, et je ne les ai pas trouves.\\nMme. Be Gexlis.\\nI have sought them in every corner,\\nbut have not found them.\\n(5.) Tint, if the direct regimen is placed after the participle, this\\nparticiple remains invariable\\nJ ai refit votre lettre. I have received your letter.\\nO est la vt rite elle-meme qui lui It is truth itself which has dictated\\na dictc ces belles paroles. to him those fine words.\\nBossuet.", "height": "2988", "width": "1677", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0460.jp2"}, "459": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. \u00c2\u00a7135. 455\\nLes dieux ont attache presque The gods have attached almost as\\nautaut de malheurs a la liberte, qu a many misfortunes to liberty, as to ser-\\nin servitude. Montesquieu. vitude.\\n135. Remarks on the Foregoing Rules.\\n(1.) Although the compound tenses of the reflective or pronominal\\nverbs 43, (6.), 46, (2.), 56] take etre as an auxiliary, the past\\nparticiple of those verbs does not follow the rule (2.) of the preceding\\nsection, but comes under the same rules with those conjugated with\\navoir. It agrees with the direct regimen, when that regimen comes\\nbefore it, and is invariable when that regimen succeeds\\nVotre soeur s est acheie de belles Your sister has bought (herself)\\nrobes. handsome dresses, i. e., for herself.\\nCette femme s est rendue mal- That woman has rendered herself\\nlieureuse. unhappy.\\nAcheie, in the first example, does not vary, because se, placed before\\nit, is an indirect regimen or dative, while the direct regimen or accu-\\nsative, robes, is placed after the participle. Rendue, in the second ex-\\nample, varies, because the word se, representing femme, is a direct\\nregimen, and precedes the participle.\\nWe will add a few extracts as examples\\nREFLECTIVE PRONOUNS.\\nUsed as indirect Objects. Used as direct Objects.\\nUs ne se sont propose, pour exem- Elles se sont proposees comme des\\npie, que la constitution la plus sim- modeles de douceur,\\npie des auciens. Voltaire. Quoted by Bescher.\\nThey have proposed to themselves, They have proposed themselves as\\nas an example, only the most simple patterns of gentleness,\\nconstitution of the ancients.\\nII est vrai. qu elle et moi nous La langue latine et la langue\\nnous sommes parte des yeux. grecque se sont longtemps^arte es.\\nMOLIERE. LEMARE.\\nIt is true, that she and I have The Latin and Greek languages\\nspoken to each other with our eyes. were long spoken.\\nNeanrnoins, il s etait conserve La vie pastorale qui s est conser-\\nl autorite principale. Bossuet. vee dans l Asie, n est pas sans opu-\\nlence. Voltaire.\\nNevertheless, he had preserved to Tlie pastoral life which has been\\nhimself the principal authority. preserved in Asia, is not without opu-\\nlence.\\n(2.) When pronominal or reflective verbs, of which the second\\npronoun is an indirect regimen, are accompanied by another pronoun,\\nor by a noun, used as a direct regimen, the participle agrees with this\\nlatter pronoun or noun, when it is preceded by it, and remains inva-\\nriable, when the regime direct follows. See Rules (4.) (5.) of the\\npreceding section", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0461.jp2"}, "460": {"fulltext": "456 SYNTAX OF. THE PARTICIPLE. 135.\\nVariable. Invariable.\\nL indiscretion que nous nous Nous nous soromes reproehe l in-\\nsommes reprochee. discretion.\\nThe indiscretion with which we We have reproached ourselves with\\nhave reproached ourselves. the indiscretion.\\nOr to render in English the relations the same as in French\\nThe indiscretion which we have re- We have reproached to ourselves\\nproached to ourselves. the indiscretion.\\n(3.) The participle past conjugated with avoir, and preceded by a\\ndirect regimen, is sometimes followed by an infinitive. In such\\ncases, when the direct regimen is under the government of the in-\\nfinitive rather than of the participle, the latter of course remains\\nunchanged\\nLa regie que j ai commence ex- Tlie rule which I commenced to ex-\\npliquer. plain.\\n(4.) The verb in the infinitive is sometimes understood yet the\\nparticiple must follow the same rule, as if it were expressed. The\\nparticiples fait, followed by an infinitive, and laisse, followed by the\\ninfinitive of an active verb, are always invariable\\nEUe a obtenu toutes les faveurs She obtained all the favors ivhich\\nqu(j]\\\\a a voulu (obtenir). she tvished (to obtain).\\nLa maison que j ai/atf batir. The house which I have had built.\\nCes hommes se sont laisse bat These men have suffered themselves\\nto be beaten.\\n(5.) In some cases, it may be difficult to ascertain whether the\\nregime direct is under the government of the participle, or of the\\ninfinitive.\\nIf the rigime direct is to be represented as performing the action\\nexpressed by the infinitive, the participle is made to agree with that\\nregime in gender and number\\nJc les ai vus secourir leurs ennc- J saw them relieving their enemies.\\nmis.\\nIn this example it will be seen that les (the rigime direct) is repre-\\nsented as actually doing what is expressed by the infinitive, and that\\nthe infinitive itself is translated by the present participle.\\nIf, however, the regime direct is to be represented as suffering the\\naction expressed by the infinitive, then the participle will remain un-\\nchanged, and the infinitive will be translated as a passive. Thus\\nJe les ai vu secourir par leurs I saw them relieved by their ene-\\nennemis. mies.\\nFurther examples\\nVariable. Invariable.\\nJo les ai vus repousscr les enne- Jo les ai vu repousser par les\\nmis. cniieniis.\\nI saw them repel (repelling) Vie I saw them repelled by the ene-\\nenemies. mies.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0462.jp2"}, "461": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PABTICIPLE. 135. 457\\nJe Us ai vus prendre la fuite. Je les ai vu prendre sur le fait.\\nI saw them taking flight. I saw them taken in the deed.\\nJe les ai vus frapper. Je les ai vu frapper.\\nI saw them striking. I saw them struck.\\nLes personnes que j ai entendues Les chansons que j ai eniendu\\nchanter. chanter.\\nThe persons whom 1 heard sing- Tlie songs which I heard sung,\\ning.\\n(6.) The participles past of neuter verbs, conjugated -with avoir,\\nand those of unipersonal verbs, are always invariable\\nQue de bien n a-t-elle pas fait, How much good has she not done,\\npendant le peu de jours qu elle a during the few days that she reigned 1\\nregne Flechiee.\\nLes chaleurs excessives qu il a Tlie excessive heat which we have\\nfait, out cause beaucoup de mala- had, has caused much sickness.\\ndies. t Condillac.\\n(7.) The past participle never agrees with en, because en can have\\nno other relation to the participle than that of an indirect regimen. 1\\nThe presence of en does not, of course, prevent the agreement of the\\nparticiple with a direct regimen preceding the verb\\nAvez-vous mange des fruits Have you eaten of the fruits 1\\nJ en ai mange. have eaten of them.\\nTout le monde m a offert des Every body tendered me services,\\nservices, et personne ne m ere a and no person rendered me any.\\nrendu. Mme. de Maintenon.\\nEn, preceded by the direct Regimen of the Participle.\\nCassius naturellement tier et im- Cassius, naturally proud and im-\\nperieux, ne cherchait dans la perte perious, sought in the death of Cesar\\nde Cesar que la vengeance de quel- only revenge for some injuries which\\nques injures qiCil en avait recues. he had received from Mm.\\nYertot.\\nRendez graces au ciel qui nous en Render thanks to Heaven vshich has\\navenges. Oorneille. revenged us for it.\\n(8.) Le peu has in French two meanings it signifies a small\\nquantity, or the want of.\\nWhen it signifies a small quantity, the participle agrees with the\\nnoun which follows le peu\\nLe peu d affection que vous lui The little affection which you have\\navez temoignee, lui a rendu le cou- shown him, has restored his courage.\\nrage.\\ni Noel and Chapsal, page 165. Several grammarians call en at times a\\nregime direct. We think with Bescherelle (Dictionnaire national, page\\n1114), that era does not represent the entire direct regimen, but only a\\npart of it, or rather merely refers to it, the direct regimen being itself\\nunderstood. Ex. Avez-vous des livres J en ai. Have you books I\\nhave some. In the latter sentence, the word quelques uns, the direct object\\nis understood after the verb. J en ai quelques uns, and en is rather a re-\\nference to it, than a substitute for it. The literal translation of the sen-\\ntence will show this have of them a few.\\n20", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0463.jp2"}, "462": {"fulltext": "458 SYNTAX OF THE ADVEEB. \u00c2\u00a7136,137.\\nWhen le peu is used in the sense of the want of, the participle re-\\nmains unaltered.\\nLe peu d affection que vous lui The want of affection which you\\navez temoigne, l a decourage. have shown him, has discouraged him.\\n136. The Adveeb. Rules. Place op the Adverb.\\n(1.) In French, the adverb used to modify a verb in a simple tense,\\nis generally placed after ihe verb\\nQue de gens prennent hardiment How many people assume boldly\\nle masque de la vertu Scuberi. ihe mask of virtue\\n(3.) Adverbs of place, and those used in interrogation, have the\\nsame place in French as in English\\nOil est votre frere H est id. Where is your brother f He is here.\\n(3.) In compound tenses, the adverb is placed between the auxil-\\niary and the participle\\nVous avez mal fait. You have done wrong.\\nII nous a bien recus. He received us well.\\n(4.) Adverbs of manner ending in ment, may, in compound tenses,\\nbe placed before the participle or after it, when they are not very\\nlong, or followed by other modifying words. When, however, they\\nare followed by such words, they must be placed after the par-\\nticiple\\nCela est heureusemtni expnme.\\nCela est exprime heureusement. w ha PP lh J caressed.\\nII est venu heureusement d temps. He came fortunately in time.\\n(5.) The adverbs aujourd hui, to-day demain, to-morrow; hier,\\nyesterday, may be placed before or after the verb, but never between\\nthe auxiliary and the participle. The adverb davantage, more, must\\nalways follow the participle\\nNous sommos arrives aujourd hui. We came to day.\\nVotre frere s est blesse hier. Tour brother hurt himself yester-\\nday.\\nAujourd hui il fait beau-temps; To-day, it is fine weather; to-\\ndemain il pleuvra. morrow it ivill rain.\\nGirauxt-Duvivier.\\n137. Obseevations.\\n(1.) The adverbs of comparison, plus, moins, must be repeated be-\\nfore every adjective which they modify\\nII est moins paresseux et moins He is less idle and obstinate than\\nobstine que son frere. his brother.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0464.jp2"}, "463": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE ADVERB.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 138. 459\\n(2.) These adverbs, and the adverbs of quantity, need not be re-\\npeated before every noun but the preposition de, which must always\\ncome between peu, trop, beaucoup, tant, plus, moins, and a noun or\\nan adjective used substantively, must be repeated in every case\\nII n y aurait pas tant de peine et Tfiere would not be so much trou-\\nde misere dans ce monde lie and misery in the world.\\nCe libraire a beaucoup de bons This bookseller has many good and\\net de mauvais ouvrages, dans eon bad works, in his establishment.\\n(3.) The adverbs mieux, better pis, worse, must not be confounded\\nwith the adjectives meilleur and pire. See note 14, (7).\\n138. Advekbs op Negation.\\n(1.) The negation is composed of ne, placed before the verb, and\\npas or point, after it in the simple tenses. The second negative comes\\nbetween the auxiliary and the verb, in the compound tenses\\nLe ciel sur nos souhaits ne regie Heaven does not regulate things ac-\\npas les choses. Corneille. cording to our wishes.\\nRome attache point le grade a Borne does not by any means con-\\nla noblesse. Corneille. fine offices to the nobility.\\nL estime est le vrai principe de Esteem is the true principle of con-\\nla, consideration, qui w est pas tou- sideration, which is not always at-\\njours attache aux dignites. tached to office.\\nFONTENELLE.\\nLes rois ne sont point proteges Kings are by no means protected by\\npar les lois. Chenier. laws.\\nIt will be seen in the above examples, that the negative point, is\\nstronger than pas. The meaning of these two words, which are in\\nfact substantives used adverbially to strengthen the negative ne, will\\nsufficiently explain this\\nN^allez pas, means riallez un pas, do not go or move one pace or\\nstep. N allez point, means n allez un point, do not go or move a\\npoint or dot.\\n(2.) The second negative may be suppressed after the verbs pou-\\nvoir, oser, savoir and cesser\\nNon, deesse je ne puis soufirir, No, goddess I cannot suffer that\\nqu un de leurs vaisseaux fasse nau- a single one of their vessels perish.\\nfrage. Fenelon.\\nDans son appartement elle n osait She dared not re-enter her apart-\\nrentrer. Voltaire. ment.\\nQui vit hai de tous, ne saurait He who lives hated by all, cannot\\nlong-temps vivre. Corneille. exist long.\\nLa liberte ne cesse d etre aima- Liberty cannot cease to be worthy\\nble. Corneille. of love.\\n(3.) Pas or point is suppressed, when the verb is modified by an-\\nother negative word, such as jamais, guere, nul, nullement, aucun 7", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0465.jp2"}, "464": {"fulltext": "460 SYNTAX OF THE ADVEEB. \u00c2\u00a7138.\\npersonne, ni, etc., or followed by que, meaning only, and plus used\\nnegatively\\nL ambition, seigneur, n a guere de Ambition, my lord, has scarcely\\nlimites. Boursault. any limits.\\nNul n est heureux, s il ne jouit No one is happy, unless he can es-\\nde sa propre estime. teem himself.\\nJ. J. Rousseau.\\nPersonne n aime a reeevoir de No one likes to receive advice.\\nconseils. De Segur.\\nUn mediant ne sait iamais par- A wicked man never knows how to\\ndonner. Noel. forgive.\\n(4.) Ne used Idiomatically, 127, (2,) 3.]\\nThe negative ne, is used without any negative sense, after the\\nconjunctions, a moins que, unless de peur que, de crainte que, for\\nfear that:\\nA moins que vous ne lui parliez. Unless you speak to Mm.\\nDe peur qu on ne vous trompe. For fear, or lest you might he de-\\nL Academie. ceived.\\n(5.) Ne is used in the same manner after autre, different; autre-\\nment, otherwise plus, moins, mieux, forming a comparison, and after\\nthe verbs craindre, avoir peur, trembler, apprehender, empecher\\nII est tout autre qu il n etait. He is very different from what he\\nwas.\\nII parlc autrement qu il n agit. He speaks and acts very differently.\\nII est plus modeste qu il ne le He is more modest than he appears.\\nparait.\\nJo crains presque, jo crains, qu un I am almost afraid that (lest) a\\nsonge ne m abuse. Racine. dream is deceiving me.\\nVous avez bien peur que je ne You fear much lest I may change\\nchange d avis. Marivaux. my mind.\\nLa pluie empecha qu on ne se T)ie rain prevented their taking a\\npromenat dans les jardins. walk in the gardens.\\nRacine.\\n(6.) Remark. Ne is not used when the verb of the preceding pro-\\nposition is accompanied by a negative\\nII ne parte pas autremont qu il He does not speak otherwise than\\nagit. he acts.\\nII n est pas plus modeste qu il le He is not more modest than lie ap-\\nparait. pears.\\n(7.) After craindre, apprehender, avoir peur, trembler, we put pas\\nafter the ne when we wish for the accomplishment of the action ex-\\npressed by the second verb\\nJe crains qu il ne vienne pas. I fear that he may not come.\\nJ ai peur quo mon frere n arrive am afraid that my brother may\\npas. not come.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0466.jp2"}, "465": {"fulltext": "YNTAX OF THE PEEPOSITIOK. \u00c2\u00a7139. 461\\n139. The Preposition. Regimen op Prepositions\\nand Prepositional Phrases.\\n(1.) Prepositions may be divided, according to their regimen, into\\nthree classes\\n1st. Prepositions governing nouns without the aid of another pre-\\nposition. They are x\\nA,\\nat or to,\\nHors,\\nexcept, {see hor3\\nbelow)\\nDe,\\nof, from\\nHormis,\\nDes,\\nfrom,\\nMalgre,\\nin spite of\\nApres,\\nafter\\nMoyennant,\\nby means of\\nAttendu,\\non account of\\nJoignant,\\njoining\\nAvant,\\nbefore\\nJSTonobstant,\\nnotwithstanding\\nAvec,\\nwith\\nOutre,\\nbesides\\nChez,\\nwith, at the house\\nPar,\\nby\\nof\\nPour,\\nfor\\nConcernant,\\ntouching\\nParmi,\\namong, amongst\\nContre,\\nagainst\\nPendant,\\nduring\\nDans,\\nin\\nSans,\\nwithout\\nDepuis,\\nsince\\nSauf,\\nsafe, save\\nDerriere,\\nbehind\\nSelon,\\naccording to\\nDessus,\\nabove\\nSous,\\nunder\\nDessous,\\nunder\\nSuivant,\\naccording to\\nDevers,\\ntowards\\nSur,\\nupon\\nDevant,\\nbefore\\nTouchanfc,\\ntouching\\nDurant,\\nduring\\nA travers,\\nthrough\\nEn,\\nin\\nVers,\\ntowards\\nE litre,\\nbetween\\nYoici,\\nhere is\\nEn vers,\\ntowards\\nVoila,\\nthere is\\nExcepte,\\nexcept.\\nVu,\\nconsidering\\n2d. Prepositions requiring the\\nreposition de after them a\\nAupres,\\nnear\\nA la reserve,\\nreserving\\nAutour,\\naround\\nA l exception,\\nexcepting\\nEnsuite,\\nafter\\nA l exclusion,\\nexcluding\\nFaute,\\nfor want\\nA l egard,\\nwith regard\\nHors,\\nout of\\nA l insu,\\nunknown\\nLoin,\\nfar\\nA l opposite,\\ncontrary\\nPres,\\nnear\\nA moins,\\nunless, for less\\nProche,\\nnear\\nA raison,\\nby reason, at the\\nA cause,\\non account\\nrate\\nA cote,\\nby the side\\nAu rez,\\non a level\\nA couvert,\\nunder cover\\nAu deca,\\nthis way\\nA fleur,\\neven with\\nAu dela,\\nthat way, beyond\\nA force,\\nby dint\\nAu dessous,\\nunder\\nA la faveur,\\nby means\\nAu dessus,\\nabove\\nA l abri,\\nunder shelter\\nAu dedans,\\nwithin\\nA la mode,\\naccording to the\\nAu dehors,\\nwithout\\nfashion\\nAu devant,\\nbefore, to meet\\nGoverning the accusative.\\nGoverning the genitive or ablative.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0467.jp2"}, "466": {"fulltext": "462 SYNTAX OF THE PREPOSITION. \u00c2\u00a7140,141.\\nthrough\\nat the expense\\nin the neighborhood\\nin spite\\nalong\\nopposite\\nAu milieu, in the middle Au travers,\\nAu lieu, instead Aux depens,\\nAu nioyen, l/y means Aux environs\\nAu niveau, on a level En depit,\\nAu peril, at the peril Le long,\\nAu prix, at the price Vis-a-vis,\\nAu risque, at the risk\\n3d. The prepositions followed by a are\\nAttenant, joining I Par rapport, with regard\\nJusque, as far as Quant, as to\\n(2.) Many of the prepositions which govern the regime direct, are\\nformed from active verbs. Almost all the prepositions requiring de\\nbefore the regimen, are formed of a preposition and a noun. Those\\nrequiring the preposition a, have a relation of tendency, of aim, etc.\\n140. Remark.\\nThe rules which we have given, 92, (1.) (2.) note, and 133],\\nwith regard to the regimen or government of verbs and adjectives,\\napply also to prepositions. When two prepositions require the\\nsame regimen, it is useless to repeat this regimen after each one,\\nbut, if they require a different regimen, it is necessary to give to\\neach its proper object. It would, therefore, be incorrect to say Un\\nmagistrat doit toujours juger suivant et conformement aux lois A\\nmagistrate should always judge in accordance with, and conformably\\nto, the laws; because the preposition suivant governs the noun in the\\nregime direct, that is without the aid of another preposition, and\\nconformement governs the noun in the regime indirect by means of l.\\nWe should say\\nUn magistrat doit toujours juger A magistrate should always judge\\nsuivant les lois, et conformement d in accordance with the laws, and con-\\nce qu elles prescrivent. formally to what they prescribe.\\nMarjiontel.\\n141. Repetition of Prepositions.\\n1. The prepositions a, de, en and sans, must bo repealed before\\nevery regimen, be it a noun, a pronoun or a verb\\nCo monde ci n cst qu unc lotcrie Tliis world is but a lottery of\\nde biens, de rangs, de dignites, de goods, of ranks, of dignities, of\\ndroits. Voltaire.\\nLYUoquence est un art tns\\nserieux, destine d instruire, n-\\nprimcr les passions, a corriger les sions, to correct maimers, to support\\nmoeurs, a soutcnir les lois, etc. the laws, etc.\\nFexelon.\\nTelle est la multitude, et sans Such is the multitude, without re-\\nfrein ct sans lois. La Harpe. siraint and without laws.\\nEloquence is a very important art,\\ndestined to instruct, to repress pas-", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0468.jp2"}, "467": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE CONJUNCTION. \u00c2\u00a7142,143.463\\n2. The other prepositions must also be repeated before every\\nnoun, pronoun, or verb, unless the words used as regimens, have\\na similarity of meaning, in which case the prepositions may be\\nplaced before the first regimen only, or before all, at the option of\\nthe speaker\\nJe vous donne ceci pour vous et I give you this for you and for\\npour votre frere. your brother.\\nII perd sa jeunesse dans la mol- Be wastes his youth in effeminacy\\nlesse et (dans) la volupte. and voluptuousness.\\n142. Observations on several Prepositions.\\n(1.) Avant marks a priority of time and place Devani means\\nsimply opposite, in front of:\\nSI walk before you, i. e., walk\\nearlier than you. or I have the prece~\\ndence of you in walking.\\nJe marche devant vous. I walk in front of you.\\n(2.) En, a, dans. The sense of en is more indefinite, more exten-\\nsive than that of dans. En is generally used before the name of a\\ndivision of the earth, a kingdom, etc. a before the name of a town,\\nand dans before a word restricted by an article or a determinative\\nadjective\\nEn Europe, en France, d Paris, In Europe, in France, in Paris,\\ndans ma chambre. in my room.\\nEn Amerique, ce sont les bisons In America, the bisons have a\\nqui ont une bosse sur le dos. bunch on their back.\\nBUFFON.\\nDans 1 Amerique meridionale, le In South America, the ox was en-\\nbceuf etait absolument inconnu. tirely unknown.\\nBUFFON.\\n(3.) Chez, might be rendered in English by at the house of, with,\\namong, etc.\\nChez votre pere; chez vous. At your father s at your house.\\nLa condition des comediens etait The condition of comedians was\\ninfame chez les Bomains, et hono- infamous among the Romans, and\\nrable chez les Grecs. honorable with the Greeks.\\nLa Bruyere.\\n1 143, The Conjunction. Government of Conjunc-\\ntions. [See 127.]\\n(1.) Conjunctions govern the verbs following them, in the infini-\\ntive, the indicative, and the subjunctive modes.\\n1. The infinitive must be put after every conjunction which is fol-\\nlowed by the preposition de, and after all those which differ from", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0469.jp2"}, "468": {"fulltext": "464 SYNTAX OF THE CONJUNCTION\\n143.\\nprepositions only because they are followed by a verb, instead of a\\nnoun\\nEtudiez diligemmert afin de sur- Study diligently that you may (in\\npasser vos compagnons. order to) surpass your companions.\\nWe think with M. Bescherelle that the words described in the\\npreceding rule, belong more properly to the prepositions than to the\\nconjunctions.\\n(2.) The following conjunctions always require the subjunctive\\nafter them in French, whatever mode they may take in English.\\nThose marked with an asterisk require ne before the verb 138,\\n(403:\\nAfin que,\\n*A moins que,\\nAu cas que,\\nAvant que,\\nBien que,\\n*De crainte que,\\n*De peur que,\\nEn cas que,\\nEncore que,\\nJusqu a ce que,\\nLoin que,\\nQuoiqu d peine\\npuisse resister,\\nin order that\\nunless\\nif\\nlefore that\\nfor fear\\nlest\\nin case\\nalthough\\ntill, until that\\nfar from, not that\\nque,\\nNonobstaut que,\\nNon que,\\nNon pas que,\\nTose que,\\nPour que,\\nPourvu que,\\nQuoiquc quo,\\nSoit que,\\nSuppose que,\\nalthough\\nnotwithstanding\\nnot that\\nnot that\\nsiqiposing that\\nthat, in order that\\nprovided that\\nalthough, though\\nwithout that\\nwhether\\nsupp ose that\\nmes maux jo Although I can scarcely bear my\\nmisfortunes, I would rather suffer\\nJ aime mieux les souffrir, quo de les under them, than deserve them.\\nm enter. Racine.\\nEn, cas que vous persisiiez, il fau- In case you persist, I must men-\\ndra que j allegue au prince et au tion your bad health to the prince and\\nroi memo votre mauvaise sante. even to the king.\\nFlXKLON.\\n(3.) The following conjunctions: Dc maniure que, de sorte que,\\nen sorte que, so that tellement que, in such a manner that; si ce\\nn est que, sinon que, unless that, but that govern the following verb\\nin the indicative or conditional modes, when the preceding verb ex-\\npresses a positive assertion but they govern the subjunctive, when\\nthe preceding verb expresses a desire or a command\\nII se conduisit tres mal, de sorte lie behaved very ill, so that he was\\nqtfilfut contraint de so retirer. obliged to withdraw.\\nEaites en sorte qu on. soii content Behave in such a manner that pro-\\ndo vpus. pie may be pleased toith you.\\n(4.) When there are in a sentence two or more verbs governed\\nby a conjunction, que must be placed before the second and the fol-\\nlowing verbs, or the conjunction itself may be repeated\\nruisqiCon plaide, qiCon meurt, et Since we plead, we die and we be-\\n.qu on devient malade, come sick, we must have physicians,\\nII faut des medecins, il faut des we must have lawyers.\\navocats. La Fontaine.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0470.jp2"}, "469": {"fulltext": "COLLOCATION OF WORDS. \u00c2\u00a7144. 465\\nSi vous partez, et que vous vou- If you go, and wish to take me\\nliez me prendre avec vous. with you.\\nEescheeelle.\\n(5.) The other conjunctions generally govern the same tense in\\nFrench as in English\\nFais du bien aujourd hui puisque Do good to-day, since thou yet\\ntu vis encore. Villefre. livest.\\nItien n eblouit les grandes ames, Nothing dazzles great minds, be-\\nparce que rien n est plus haut cause nothing is higher than they.\\nqu elles. Massillojt.\\n(6.) With regard to the conjunction si, see 125, (3.)\\n144. Collocation of Words.\\n(1.) The place of the different parts of speech has been mentioned\\nin the Syntax, under their several heads, and in various other parts\\nof the work. A resume of the principal rules of construction may,\\nhowever, not be unacceptable here.\\n(2.) The collocation of words, is the order according to which the\\nseveral words which form a sentence should follow one another.\\nThis order is fixed for the several forms of sentences, affirmative,\\nnegative, and interrogative, by the genius of the language, and the\\npractice of the best writers.\\n(3.) The construction of the affirmative sentence is as simple in\\nFrench as it is in English. The following is the arrangement of the\\nwords\\n1. Tlie Subject. 2. The Verb. 3. The Adverb\\nLe marchand est ici.\\nThe merchant is here.\\n(4.) When the subject is accompanied by an adjective, or another\\nattribute, the order is as follows\\n1. The Subject.\\n2. Its Attribute. 1\\n3. The Verb.\\n4. The Adverb.\\nLe marchand\\nThe merchant\\nanglais\\nEnglish\\nest\\nis\\nicL\\nhere.\\nLe fils\\nThe son\\nde votre ami\\nof your friend\\nest\\nis\\nici.\\nhere.\\nLe marteau\\nThe hammer\\ndefer\\nof iron\\nest\\nis\\nici.\\nhere.\\nLe bateau\\nThe boat\\na vapeur\\nsteam\\nest\\nis\\nla.\\nthere.\\n1 Some adjectives 85, (11.)] are generally placed before the noun,\\nwhen used alone with a noun but when another adjective comes with\\nthem, they follow the noun: un petit homme, a little man; un homme\\npetit et gros, a short, stout man others have a different meaning before\\nthe noun or after it 86.]", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0471.jp2"}, "470": {"fulltext": "466 COLLOCATION OF TTOEDS. \u00c2\u00a7144.\\n(5.) When the attribute is placed in apposition with the subject,\\nthe construction is the same in the two languages\\n1. The Subject. 2. The Verb. 3. The Attribute.\\nLe marchand est anglais.\\nThe merchant is English.\\n(6.) When the verb is in a compound tense, many adverbs are\\nplaced between the auxiliary and the participle\\n1. The Subject. 2. The Auxiliary. 3. TJie Adverb. 4. The Participle.\\nNous avons souvent lu.\\nWe have ofkn read.\\n(7.) Long adverbs of manner, ending in ment, other long adverbs,\\nand the adverbs of time and place, aujourd hui, demain, hier, ici, la,\\nare not placed between the auxiliary and the participle 136,\\nLesson 41, 5.]\\nNous avons ecrit aujourd hui, We have written to-day.\\n(8.) When there is a direct regimen in the sentence, it is placed\\nafter the verb\\n1. Subject. 2. Attribute. 3. Verb. 4. Adverb. 5. Regime Direct.\\nL ecolier attentif apprend toujours sa lecon.\\nThe scholar attentive learns always his lesson.\\n(9.) When there are two regimens of equal length, or nearly so,\\nthe direct precedes the indirect\\n1. Subject. 2. Verb. 3. Direct Regimen. 5. Indirect Regimen-\\nJean a donne lo livro a mon pere.\\nJohn has given the book to my father.\\n(10.) Should the direct regimen be followed by a relative pronoun,\\nor by attributes rendering it longer than the indirect regimen, the\\nlatter is placed first\\n1. Subj. 2. Verb. 3. Ind. Regimen. 4. Direct Regimen.\\nJoan a donne a mon pere le livre qu il lui avait promis.\\nJohn has given to my father the book which he had romised him.\\n(11.) The pronouns representing the direct regimen, and those\\nrepresenting the indirect regimen, preceded by to, expressed or un-\\nderstood in English, are placed before the verb in French\\n1. Subject. 2. Direct Reg. 3. Verb. 1. Subject. 2. Ind. Reg. 3. Verb.\\nNous lea voyons. I Nous leur parlons.\\nWe them see. We to them speak\\n(12.) In the imperative used affirmatively, those pronouns follow\\nthe verb\\n1. Verb. 2. Direct Reg. 1. Verb. 2. Ind. Reg.\\nVoyez- les. Parlez- leur.\\nSee them. Speak to them.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0472.jp2"}, "471": {"fulltext": "COLLOCATION OF WORDS. \u00c2\u00a7144. 467\\n(13.) When two personal pronouns are used as regimens in a sen-\\ntence, the indirect, if in the first or second person, precedes the\\ndirect\\n1.\\nSubject.\\n2. Ind. Reg.\\n3.\\nDirect Reg.\\n4. Verb.\\nPaul\\nnous\\nle\\ndonne.\\nPaul\\nto us\\nit\\ngives.\\nPaul\\nvous\\nlo\\ndonne.\\nPaul\\nto you\\nit\\ngives.\\n(14.) Should however, the indirect regimen be in the third person,\\nit is placed after the direct\\n1. Subject. 2. Direct Reg. 3. Ind. Reg. 4. Verb.\\nPaul le lui donne.\\nPaul it to him gives.\\n(15.) In the imperative used affirmatively, the direct regimen pre-\\ncedes always the indirect\\n1. Subj. 2. Dir. Reg. 3. Ind. Reg. 1. Verb. 2. Dir. Reg. 3. Ind. Reg.\\nDonnez- les- nous. Donnez- les- lui.\\nGive them to us. Give them to him.\\n(16.) The pronoun representing a noun in the oblique cases, gen-\\nerally preceded in English by a preposition other than to, is, in French,\\nplaced after the verb\\n1. Subj. 2. Verb. 3. Ind. Reg.\\nJe parle de lui.\\nI speak of him.\\n1. Subj. 2. Verb. 3. Ind. Reg.\\nJe parle avec lui.\\nI speak with him.\\n(17.) To render a sentence negative, ne is placed immediately be-\\nfore the verb, and pas, jamais, rien, etc., after it\\n1. Subject. 2. Negative. 3. Verb. 4. Negative.\\nJe ne vois pas.\\nI not see not.\\nJe ne lis jamais.\\nnot read never.\\n(18.) When the verb is in a compound tense, the first negative is\\nplaced before the auxiliary, and the second between that auxiliary\\nand the participle\\n5. Negat. 6. Participle.\\npas vu\\nnot seen.\\njamai3 parle.\\nnever spoken.\\nrien donne.\\nnothing given.\\n(19.) The pronouns used as direct regimens, and as indirect regi-\\nmens, are placed before the imperative used negatively. They are\\nsubject to the rules of precedence, (13.) and (14.)\\n1. Subject.\\nJe\\n2. Negat.\\nne\\nnot\\n3. Reg. 4. Am\\nV ai\\nMm have\\nJe\\nI\\nne\\nnot\\nleur ai\\nto them have\\nJe\\nne\\nnot\\nleur ai\\nto them have", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0473.jp2"}, "472": {"fulltext": "463.\\nCOLLO C ATI O N\\nO F W OEDS 144.\\n[Rule (14.)]\\n]Sot\\nXe\\nNot\\nnous\\nto us\\nle\\nit\\n1. Negai. 2. Reg. 3. Reg. 4. Verb. 5. Negat.\\n[Rule (13.)] ISfe nous le donnez pas.\\nit give not.\\nlui donnez pas.\\nto him give not.\\n(20.) The construction of an interrogative sentence, which has a\\nnoun for its subject, differs in the two languages. The following ex-\\namples will show the order of the words in French:\\n1. Tlie Subj. 2. Verb. 3. Duplicate Subj.\\nLe marchand recoit- il\\nThe merchant receives he\\n4. Regimen.\\nson argent.\\n7/ is money.\\nMon frere\\nMy brother\\necnt-\\nwriles\\ndes lettres\\nletters f\\n(21.) When the sentence commences with oii, where que, what\\nquel, what, which; combien, how much, how many the noun may\\nbe placed after the verb\\nOu est votre ami\\nQ.ie dit votre pere?\\nWhere is your friend?\\n1\\\\7iat says your father t\\nSubject.\\nvous\\nyou\\n4. Direct Reg.\\nnotre argent?\\nour money\\n4. Part,\\ndonne\\ngiven\\n5. Direct Reg.\\ncet argent\\nthat money\\n(22.) The construction of interrogative sentences, in which the\\nsubject of the verb is a pronoun, is very simple. The pronoun is\\nplaced after the verb in simple tenses, and after the auxiliary in\\ncompound tenses\\n1. Jnd. Regimen. 2. Verb. 3.\\nNous cnvoyez-\\nTo us send\\n1. Tad. Reg. 2. Aux. 3. Subj.\\nLcur avez- vous\\nTo them have you\\n(23.) The order of the words in a sentence, at once negative and\\ninterrogative, is as follows\\n1. 1st. Neg. 2. Reg. Prn. 3. Verb. 4. Subj. 5. Id Keg. 6. Direct Reg.\\nNo nous envoyez- vous pas de l argent\\nNot to us send you not money 1\\n(24.) In a compound tense\\n1. 1st Neg. 2. Reg. Prn. 3. Verb. 4. Subj. 5. 2d Neg. G. Part. 1. Dir. Reg.\\nNe nous avez- vous pas envoye de l argent\\nNoi to us have you not sent money\\n(25 The first person singular of the present of the indicative of\\nmost verbs which have in that person only one syllable, and of a few\\nmore than one syllable, cannot admit of the construc-\\ntion mentioned in the 22d rule of this Section. To render the sen-", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0474.jp2"}, "473": {"fulltext": "USE OF CAPITAL LETTERS. \u00c2\u00a7145. 469\\ntence interrogative, est-ce que is prefixed to the affirmative form of\\nthe verb\\nEst-ce que vous parlez\\nIs it that you speak\\nDo you speak t\\nEst-ce queje pretends lui parler?\\nIs it that I pretend to speak to him\\nDo I pretend to speak to him?\\n(26.) Every person of a tense susceptible of being conjugated in-\\nterrogatively, may be rendered so by prefixing est-ce que to the\\naffirmative form\\nEst-ce que vous lisez Do you read?\\nEst-ce que votre frere est arrive Is your brother arrived!\\n(27.) In poetry and in elevated prose, the subject of an affirmative\\nsentence is sometimes placed after the verb\\nTout-a-coup au jour vif et bril- Suddenly to the vivid and brilliant\\nlant de la zone torride, succede day of the torrid zone, succeeds a\\nline nuit universelle et profonde a universal and profound night to the\\nla parure d ua printemps eternel, attire of an eternal spring, the naked-\\nla nudite des plus tristes hivers. ness of the saddest winters.\\nEaynal.\\n(28.) The article, the demonstrative and the possessive adjective\\nare repeated before every word which they determine [Lesson 86].\\n(29.) Pronouns, used as subjects of verbs, may be repeated before\\nevery verb 99, Lesson 87].\\n(30.) Pronouns, used as regimens of verb3, must be repeated be-\\ne every verb 105, Lesson 87].\\n(31.) Prepositions are generally repeated before every word which\\nthey govern 141].\\n145. Use of Capital Lettees.\\nThe only important difference existing in the two languages, in the\\nuse of capital letters, is that the French do not use a capital for an\\nadjective, unless it be used substantively, and applied to a person or\\npersons, or unless it form an integral part of a name\\nCe monsieur est-il francais Is that gentleman French\\nC est un Francais He is a Frenchman\\nEst-il francais Is he French\\nCette dame est-elle anglaise Is that lady English\\nC est une Anglaise. She is an English lady\\nElle est anglaise. She is English\\nApprenez-vous le francais Do you learn French\\nJe n apprends pas l anglais. I do not learn English\\nJ attends le Francais qui demeure I am waiting for the Frenchman\\nici. who lives here.\\nLe departement des Basses- Alpes. The department of the Lower Alps.\\nLe royaume des Pays-Bas. The kingdom of the Netherlands.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0475.jp2"}, "474": {"fulltext": "470 analogy of english and french. \u00c2\u00a7147\\n146. Elision.\\n(1.) Elision is the suppression of the final vowel of a word, and\\nthe substitution of an apostrophe before words commencing with\\na vowel or an h mute\\nA is only elided in la, article or pronoun L ame, the soul, in-\\nstead of la time; l humilite, humility, instead of la humilite\\nje l admire, je l honore, I admire her, I honor her, instead of\\nje la admire, je la honore.\\nE is elided in le, article or pronoun, in je, te, me, se, ce, (meaning,\\nit, dem. prn.), de, ne, que, parce que, quoique, puisque, jusque,\\nquelque l ami, the friend; l homme, the man.\\nI is only elided in si coming before il, he ils, they.\\no and u are never elided.\\n(2.) Although the words onze and onzicme commence with a\\nvowel, the article is not elided before them le onze, le onzieme.\\n147. Analogy between many English and French\\nWords.\\n(1.) Most words ending in al, ce, de, ge, le, me, ant, ent, ion, are the\\nsame in both languages\\nal Mineral, general, animal, principal, fatal.\\nce Eace, prudence, notice, sacrifice, edifice.\\nde Parade, grade, ambuscade, parricide, prelude.\\nge Courage, page, vestige, orange, deluge.\\nle Docile, capable, table, possible, fertile, ridicule.\\nne Doctrine, mine, scene, famine, machine, heroine.\\nant Dormant, vigilant, constant, instant, arrogant.\\nent Present, content, accident, president, resident\\nion Question, fraction, legion, pension, religion.\\n(2.) Most words ending in ary, ory, gy, ncy, ty, ous, or, ine, ive,\\nbecome French by changing\\nart into aire Necessaire, militaire.\\nMemoire, gloire, victoire.\\nEnergie, geologie, effigie.\\ndemence, ddcence, excellence.\\nCharite, alacrite, divinite*.\\nIndustrieux, curieux, fameux.\\nCandeur, ardeur, acteur.\\nMasculin, feminin, clandestin.\\nActif, passif, massif.\\nORT\\nOIRE\\nGT\\nGIE\\nNCY\\nNCE\\nTT\\nu\\nTE\\nOUS\\nEUX\\nOR\\n11\\nEUR\\nINE\\nIN\\nIVE\\nII\\nIF", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0476.jp2"}, "475": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PHRASES.-\\n148.\\n471\\n14S. Gallicisms or Idiomatic Phrases.\\nGallicisms, or idioms peculiar to the language, are very numerous\\nin French. We have already in the first part of this work, presented\\na considerable number of such expressions, and will here give a\\nsomewhat extended list of those not placed in the examples and ex-\\nercises. In proverbial sayings, we have endeavored to give the equi-\\nvalent English phrase. We would advise the student to analyze\\ncarefully the following idiomatic sentences, and particularly those\\nwhich do not admit of a literal or near translation. Idioms and pro-\\nverbial phrases give a great insight into the character and customs of\\na nation, and their analysis is often of great assistance in the acqui-\\nsition of a language\\nCe piano n est pas d accord.\\nArrangez cette affaire a l amiable.\\nNous sommes d accord sur ce point.\\nQuel age donneriez-vous a cet\\nhomme\\nCela fera bien mon affaire.\\nAllons au fait.\\nVous mettez ma patience a bout.\\nCe sont deux tetes dans un bonnet.\\nVous avez toujours ces propos a la\\nbouche.\\nEntre nous soit dit, ce n est pas la\\nmer a boire.\\nYous ne savez plus de quel bois\\nfaire fleche.\\nJ avais ce mot sur le bout des\\nlevres.\\nC est son bras droit.\\nII nous a ferme la porte au nez.\\nVous allez toujours droit au but.\\nEn tout cas, je leur remettrai votro At all events, I will give them your\\nlettre. letter.\\nNe voyez-vous pas qu il rit EOU3 Do you not see thai he laughs in his\\nThis piano is out of tune.\\nSettle that busi7iess amicably.\\nWe agree upon that point.\\nSow old would you take that man to\\nbe?\\nThat will suit me exactly.\\nLet us come to thepoint.\\nYou exhaust my patience.\\nTliey are both of the same mind.\\nYou always use ih\\nBetween ourselves, the thing is not so\\nvery difficult.\\nYou are put to your last shift. You\\nare at your wifs end.\\nI had that word at my tongue s end.\\nHe is his right hand.\\nHe shut the door in our face.\\nYou come always to the main point.\\ncape?\\nNous avons pique des deux\\nNous en sommes sur ce chapitre.\\nOh pour le coup, vous avez raison.\\nCet orateur bat la campagn^\\nParlez-moi a coeur ouvert.\\nNous avons couche a la belle etoile.\\nJe n ai que faire de son argent.\\nJ ai fait si bien mon compte, que\\nj ai obtenu cet argent.\\nCela ne me fait rien du tout.\\nFaites-moi grace de tous ces details.\\nC en est fait.\\nComme vous voila, fait!\\nsleeve\\nWe put spurs to our horses.\\nWe are speaking about this matter.\\nOh for this time, you are right.\\nThat speaker wanders from his sub-\\nject.\\nSpeak to me without reserve, openly.\\nWe slept in the open air.\\nI do not want his money.\\nI managed matters so well, that I ob-\\ntained that money.\\nThat is nothing at all to me.\\nSpare me all those particulars.\\nIt is all over. All is gone.\\nWhat a condition you are in I", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0477.jp2"}, "476": {"fulltext": "4*72\\nIDI OM ATI C PHEA!\\n6 148.\\nII m a prie de vous faire ses amities.\\nEn attendant, faites-lui mes com-\\npliments.\\nChemin faisant, nous le rencon-\\ntrames.\\nLe plus fort est fait.\\nCe soldat n a jamais vu le feu.\\nII s est bien tire d\\nNous sommes au fort de l hiver.\\nQu allait-il faire dans cette galere\\nC est un homme comme il faut.\\nCe drap est hors de prix.\\n11 se fie jour a travers les ennemis.\\nJe vois cela dans un autre jour.\\nDites-moi au juste ce qu il en est.\\nII ne laisse pas de de penser beaucoup.\\nC est une autre paire de manches.\\nC est un tour de son metier.\\nVous Favcz mis au pied du mur.\\nVoila, qui va le mieux du monde.\\nRevenons a, nos moutons.\\nCela est d un bon nature!\\nCes arbustes grandissent a vuo d ceil.\\nJe regarde cela d un autre ceil.\\nII a vendu sa montre pour un mor-\\nceau de pain.\\nVous lui avez donne la monnaio do\\nsa piece.\\nII a trouve a qui parler.\\nVous ttes un hommo do parole.\\nJe lui ai coupe la parole.\\nVous avez cela sur le cceur.\\nII se creuse la ccrvelle.\\nLc jeu n en vaut pas la chandelle.\\nVous avez pris le change.\\nChansons que tout cela.\\nLes bons comptes font les bons amis.\\nII met la charrue devant les bceufs.\\nVous batissez des chateaux en Es-\\npagne;\\nJo Buia au comblc de la joie.\\nCe n est pas a vous do lui reprocher\\nsa faute.\\nII est tombc do Scylla en Charybde.\\nCct liommo cherche a vous en conter.\\nNous sommes en pays do connais-\\nsance.\\nLa sentinelle nous coucha en joue.\\nCc malade nVn reviendra pas.\\nNous sommes au courant do tout\\ncola.\\nCola fait dresser les cliovoux\\nlis chantont sur une antro note.\\nCo vera est frappo au bon coin.\\nHe wished me to give his love to you.\\nIn the mean while, present my com-\\npliments to him.\\nGoing along, we met him.\\nThe most difficult part is done.\\nThat soldier has never smelt gun-\\npowder.\\nHe came off very well.\\nWe are in the depth of winter\\nWhat business had he there t\\nHe is a gentleman.\\nTliat cloth is extravagantly dear.\\nHe forced his ivay through the enemy.\\nI see that in a different light.\\nTell me exactly hoiu the matter stands.\\nHe spends a great deal, nevertheless.\\nTliat is quite another thing.\\nThat is one of his tricks.\\nYou left him no excuse.\\nThat is going on finely.\\nLet us resume our subject.\\nThat besjjeaks a good disposition.\\nThose shrubs grow jierceptibly.\\nI look upon thai in a different light.\\nHe sold his watch for a mere song.\\nYou paid him in his own coin.\\nHe met with his match.\\nYou are a man of your tcc-rd.\\nI cut him short.\\nYou cannot digest that.\\nHe racks his brain.\\nThe toll is more than the grist.\\nYou started upon the wrong scent.\\nTfial is all nonsense.\\nShort reckonings make long friends.\\nHe puts the cart before the horse.\\nYou build castles in the air.\\nlam overjoyed.\\nIt does not become you to reproach\\nhim with his fault.\\nHe fell from the frying pan into the\\nfire.\\nTliat man is trying to deceive you.\\nWe are here among acquaintances.\\nTlie sentinel levelled his gun at us.\\nThat sick man will not recover.\\nWe are perfectly acquainted with all\\nthat.\\nThat makes one s hair stand on end.\\nThey have, changed their tone.\\nThat verse bears the right stamp.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0478.jp2"}, "477": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC P UKASES. S 148.\\n473\\nJe lui ai donne le clef des champs.\\nII ne sait ou donner de la tete.\\nVous vous donnez toujours raison.\\nII a donne dans le piege.\\nCela lui donne de l kumeur.\\nJe n entre point la dedans.\\nII entre dans vos interets.\\nJe m embarrasse fort peu de cela.\\nSon arnitie est a, toute epreuve.\\nVos propos m echauffent les oreilles.\\nFinissez ce badinage.\\nReposez-vous-en sur moi.\\nCette marchandise n a point de debit.\\n11 est toujours sur le qui-vive.\\nCette maison est a vendre au plus\\noffrant et dernier encherisseur.\\nDe quelle part ce dome3tique vient-\\nil?\\nDoublons le pas il se fait tard.\\nJ y vais de ce pas.\\nPasse pour ceci.\\nII faut en passer par la.\\nVous ra avez peint avec de beaux\\ntraits.\\nPour moi, je m y perds.\\nPeu s en fallut qu il ne me frappat.\\nDites-moi un peu ce que vous en\\npensez.\\nII nous jette de la poudre aux yeux.\\nVous seriez bien embarrasse, si on\\nvous prenait au mot.\\nNe vous en prenez pas a moi.\\nLe malade n en pouvait plus.\\nJe l ai envoye promener.\\nLe bon homme que c est I\\nBrisons-la dessus.\\nII en fut quitte pour la peur.\\nVous en etes quitte a bon marche.\\nCela n est pas de refus.\\nJe l ai entrevu ce matin.\\nJe ne m en soucie guere.\\nII a des affaires par dessus la tete.\\nQu a cela ne tienne.\\nA la bonne heure.\\nTout fin qu il est, il s est trompe.\\nCe n est pas la un trait d ami.\\nTreve de compliments.\\nJe vous vois venir, monsieur.\\nVoila comme vous etes.\\nTout cela va le mieux du monde.\\nVous n y etes pas.\\nVous voila bien avance.\\nI sent him about his\\nHe does not know which way to turn.\\nYou pretend to be always in the right.\\nHe fell into the snare.\\nThat puts him out of temper.\\nThat is no business of mine.\\nHe interests himself for you.\\nI care very little about that.\\nHis friendship will stand any test.\\nYour expressions provoke my anger.\\nPut an end to this trifling.\\nTrust to me about this matter.\\nTJiis article has no sale.\\nHe is always on the watch.\\nThat house is to be sold to the highest\\nbidder.\\nWJio sent that servant\\nLet us mend our pace it is growing\\nlate.\\nI am going thither this moment.\\nLet this pass.\\nWe must submit to those terms.\\nYou have given a fine account of me.\\nAs for me, I cannot see into it.\\nHe came very near striking me.\\nJust tell me what you think of it.\\nHe casts a mist before our eyes.\\nYou would be at a great loss, if you\\nwere taken at your word.\\nDo not blame me about this.\\nThe patient was quite exhausted.\\nHold him to mind his business.\\nWhat a simple man he is\\nNo more of this.\\nHe escaped, though frightened.\\nYou came off cheaply.\\nThat is not to be refused.\\nI had a glimpse of him this morning.\\nI care but little about it.\\nHe is over head and ears in business.\\nTItat shall not make us disagree.\\nWell and good.\\nCunning as he is, he made a mistake.\\nThat is not acting like a friend.\\nNo more compliments.\\nI see what you are about, sir.\\nThat is the way with you.\\nAll goes on as well as possible.\\nThat is not it.\\nYou are much the better for it.\\nFor a very copious collection of Gallicisms, the student is referred to\\nthe second part of the Author s Manual of French Conversation.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0479.jp2"}, "478": {"fulltext": "READING LESSONS,\\n[The manner of dividing \\\\rords into syllables is not the same in French and in\\nEnglish. A practical illustration of the French mode v^ill not be unacceptable to the\\nstudent. In the following fables the hyphen is placed to separate the syllables.]\\nI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 FABLES.\\n1. LE CHE-NE ET LE SY-CO-MO-RE.\\nTJn che-ne e-tait plan-te pres d un sy-co-mo-re. Le der-nier\\npous-sa des 1 feuil-les des le com-men-ce-ment du prin-temps, et me\\npri-sa 1 in-sen-si-bi-li-te du 2 pre-mier. Yoi-sin, dit 3 le che-ne, no\\ncomp-te pas trc-p sur les ca-res-ses de cha-que ze-phyr in-eons-tant.\\nLe froid peuf re-ve-nir. Pour inoi, je ne suis pas pres-se de pous-ser\\ndes feuil-les j at-tends que la cha-leur soit cons-tan-te. II a-vait\\nrai-son 5 une ge-lee de-trui-sit* les beau-tes nais-san-tes du sy-co-\\nmo-re. Eb bien dit l au-tre, n a-vais-je pas rai-son de ne me pas\\npres-scr\\nNe comp-tez ni sur les ca-res-ses ni sur les pro-tes-ta-tions ex-ces-\\nsi-ves 7 elles sont or-di-nai-re-ment de cour-te du-ree. Perrin.\\n1 Lesson 12, Rule 3. a L. 5, R. 1. s From dire, page 37G. From povr\\nvoir, page 3S8. 6 L. 8, R. 1. From delruire, page 37G. 7 L. 13, R. 5.\\n2. LE LOUP DE-GUI-SE.\\nTJn loup, la ter-reur d un trou-peau, ne sa-vait 1 com-ment fai-re\\npour at-tra-per des 2 mou-tons le ber-ger e-tait con-ti-nuel-le-ment\\nsur ses gar-des. L a-ni-mal vo-ra-ce s a-vi-sa de se de-gui-ser de la\\npeau d u-ne bre-bis qu il a-vait en-le-veV quel-ques jours au-pa-ra-\\nvant. Le stra-ta-ge-me lui 4 reus-sit pen-dant quel-que temps mais\\nen-fin, le ber-ger de-cou-vrit l ar-ti-fi-ce, a-ga-ca les chiens con-tre lui\\nQa lui 1 ar-ra-cbe-rent la toi-son dedes-sus les d-pau-les, et le 6 mi-rcnt\u00c2\u00ab\\nen pie-ces.\\nNe vous fiez pas tou-jours a, 1 ex-te-rieur. TJn bom-me de ju-ge-\\nment et de pe-ne-tra-tion ne ju-ge pas se-lon les ap-pa-ren-ces.\\nPerrin.\\nFrom saroir, page 392. L. 12, R. 3. s L. 42, R. 7.\\nL. 27, R. 2. 6 L. 27, R. 1. From mettre, p. 384", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0480.jp2"}, "479": {"fulltext": "HEADING LESSONS. 4*75\\n3. L i-NE ET SON MAi-TEE.\\nUn a-ne trou-va par ha-sarcl une peau de lion, 1 et s en 2 re-ve-tit,\\n(revttir, 2. ir.) Ainsi de-gui-se il al-la dans les lo-rels, et re-pan-dit\\npar-tout la 3 ter-reur et la cons-ter-na-tion. Tous les a-ni-maux fuy-\\naient* de-vant lui. Enfm il ren-con-tra son mai-tre qu il vou-lut\\ne-pou-van-ter aus-si mais le bon hom-me a-per-ce-vant quel-que\\ncho-se de 5 long, aux deux co-tes de la te-te de l a-ni-mal, lui dit\\nmai-tre bau-det, quoi-que vous sc-yez 6 ve-tu com-me un lion, vos\\no-reil-les vous tra-his-sent et mon-trent que vous n e-tes re-el-le-ment\\nqu un u-ne.\\nUn sot a tou-jours un en-droit qui le de-cou-vre et le rend ri-di-\\ncu-le. L af-fec-ta-tion est un jus-te su-jet de me-pris. Perrin.\\ni L. 5, E. 3. 30, (IT.) s L. 8, E. 2. From fuir, page 380.\\n5 L. 18. E. 3. 6 L. 13, E. 4.\\n4. LAI-GLE ET LE HI-BOU.\\nL ai-gle et le lii-bou, a-pres a-voir 1 fait long-temps la guer-re con-\\nvin-rent d u-ne paix; les ar-ti-cles pre-li-mi-nai-res a-vaient e-te\\npre-a-la-ble-ment si-gnes par des 2 am-bas-sa-deurs l ar-ti-cle le plus\\nes-sen-tiel e-tait que le pre-mier ne man-ge-rait pas les pe-tits de\\nl au-tre. Les con-nais-sez 3 -vous de-man-da le hi-bou. ISTon, re-\\npon-dit l ai-gle. Tant pis. Pei-gnez*-les-moi 5 ou me lesmon-trez;\\nfoi d hon-ne-te ai-gle je n y 6 tou-che-rai ja-mais. Mes pe-tits, re-\\npon-dit l oi-seau noc-tur-ne, sont mi-gnons, beaux, bien faits ils ont\\nla voix dou-ce et me-lo-dieu-se 7 vous les re-con-nai-trez ai-se-ment\\na ces mar-ques. Tres bien, je ne l ou-blie-rai pas. II ar-ri-va un\\njour que l ai-gle a-per-cut dans le coin d un ro-cher de 8 pe-tits mons-\\ntres tres laids, re-chi-gnes, avec un air tris-te et lu-gu-bre. Ces en-\\nfants, dit-il, n ap-par-tien-nent pas a no-tre a-mi; man-geons-les J\\naus-si-tot il se mit a en 9 fai-re un bon re-pas. L ai-gle n a-vait pas\\ntort. 10 Le hi-bou lui a-vait fait une faus-se pein-ture de ses pe-tits\\nils n en a-vaient pas le moin-dre trait.\\nLes pa-rents de-vraient e-vi-ter avec soin ce fai-ble en-vers leurs\\nen-fants, il les rend sou-vent a-veu-gles sur leurs de-fauts.\\nPerrin.\\n1 L. 21, E. 2. 2 L. 12, E. 3. s From connaitre, page 370. From\\npemdre, page 386. 5 L. 28, E. 4. 6 39, (18.) 7 L. 13, E. 5.\\ns L. 8, E. 4. 9 L. 15, E. 1. 10 L. 8, E. 1.\\n5. LE PAT-SAN ET LA COU-LEU-VEE.\\nUn pay-san, al-lant au bois a-vec un sac pour y 1 met-tre des noi-\\nset-tes, c e-tait* la sai-son, trou-va u-ne cou-leu-vre. All 1 ah I dit le", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0481.jp2"}, "480": {"fulltext": "476 READING- LESSOXS.\\nman-ant, je te tiens 3 a pre-sent tu ne m e-chap-pe-ras pas tu vien-\\ndras (venir, 2. ir.) dans ce sac et tu mour-ras. 4 L a-ni-mal per-vers\\nje veux dire 5 la cou-leu-vre, et non pas l hom-me lui dit qu ai-je fait\\npour me-ri-ter un pa-reil trai-te-ment Ce que tu as fait Tu es le\\nsym-bole de l in-gra-ti-tu-de, le plus o-dieux de tous les vi-ces. S il\\nfaut que les in-grats meu-rent, re-pli-qua har-di-ment le rep-ti-le,\\nvous vous con-dam-nez vous-meme de tous les a-ni-maux l hom-me\\nest le plus in-grat\u00e2\u0080\u0094 r L hom-me dit le pay-san, sur-pris de la har-\\ndies-se de la cou-leu-vre je pour-rais 7 t e-cra-ser dans l ins-tant, roais\\nje veuxs m en rap-por-ter a quel-que ju-ge. J y con-sens.* U-ne\\nva-che e-tait a quel-que dis-tan-ce on 10 l ap-pel-le, el-le vient; 11 on\\nlui pro-po-se le cas. C e-tait bien la pei-ne de m ap-pe-ler, dit-el-le\\nla cho-se est clai-re la cou-leu-vre a rai-son. Je nour-ris l hom-me\\nde mon lait il en fait du beur-re et du fro-ma-ge et pour ce bien-\\nfait, il man-ge mes en-fants. A pei-ne sont-ils nes 12 qu ils sont e-gor-\\nges et cou-pes en mil-le mor-ceaux. Ce n est pas tout quand je\\nsuis vieil-le, et que je ne lui don-ne plus de lait, l in-grat m as-som-me\\nsans pi-tie; ma peau me-me n est pas a l a-bri de son in-gra-ti-tu-de\\nil la tan-ne et en fait des bot-tes et des sou-liers. De la, je cou-clus\\nque l liom-me est le vrai sym-bo le de l in-gra-ti-tu-de. A-dieu j ai\\ndit ce que je pen-se.\\nL hom-me, tout e-ton-ne, dit au rep-ti-le je ne crois pas ce que\\ncet-te ra-do-teu-se a dit; elle a per-du l es-prit rap-por-tons-nous-en\\na la de-ci-sion de cet ar-bre. De tout mon cceur. L ar-bre e-tant\\npris pour ju-ge, ce hit bien pis en-co-re. Je mets l hom-inc a 1 a-bii 14\\ndes o-ra-ges, de la eha-leur, et de la pluie. En e-te, il trou-ve\\nsous mes bran-ches u-ne om-bre a-gre-a-ble je pro-duis des flours et\\ndu fruit; ce-pen-dant, a-prcs mil-le ser-vi-ces, un ma-nant me fait\\ntom-ber a Goupa de ha-Ghe il cou-pc tou-tes mes bran-ches, en fait\\ndu feu, et re-serve mon corps, pour e-tre sci-e en plan-ches. L hom-\\nme se voy-ant ain-si con-vain-eu je suis bien sot, dit-il, d e-cout-er 16\\nu-ne ra-do-teu-se et un ja-seur. Aus-si-tot il fou-la la cou-leu-vre\\naux pieds et l e-cra-sa.\\nLe plus fort a tou-jours rai-son, il op-pri-me le plus fai-ble. La\\nfor-ce et la pas-sion sont sour-des a la voix de la jus-ti-ce et de la\\nvc-ri-te. Perrin.\\n1 (18.) s L. 82, R. 1. s From tenir, pnjre 396.\\n_ Prom mourir, pa.cje 3S4. L. 32, R. 5. From falloir, page 380.\\nFrom pouvtiir, page 388. 8 From vouhir, pacro 398. 39, (18.)\\nL. 36, II. 1,2. H From venir, page 396. From naUre,v age 384.\\n13 L. 42, R 6. m L. 69, R. 1. i, L. 21, R 2.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0482.jp2"}, "481": {"fulltext": "READING LESSONS 477\\nG. LE SIN-GE.\\nUn vieux sin-ge ma-lin e-tant mort, son om-bre des-cen-dit dans\\nla soin-bre de-meu-re de Plu-ton, ou el-le de-man-da a, re-tour-ner\\npar-mi les vi-vants. Plu-ton vou-lait la ren-voy-er dans le corps\\nd un a-ne pe-sant et stu-pi-de, pour lui 6-ter sa sou-ples-se, sa vi-va-\\nci-te, et sa ma-li-ce. Mais el-le fit tant de tours plai-sants et La-dins,\\nque l in-fle-xi-ble roi des en-fers ne put 1 s em-pe-cher de ri-re, et lui\\nlais-sa le choix d unj con-di-tion. El-le de-man-da a, en-trer dans\\nle corps d un per-ro-quet. Au moins, di-sait-el-le, je con-ser-ve-rai\\npar-la quel-que res-sem-blan-ce a-vec les hom-mes que j ai long-temps\\ni-mi-tes. E-tant sin-ge je fai-sais des ges-tes com-me eux et e-tant\\nper-ro-quet, je par-le-rai a-vec eux dans les plus a-gre-a-bles con-\\nver-sa-tions.\\nA pei-ne l om-bre du sjn-ge fut in-tro-dui-te dans ce nou-veau me-\\ntier, qu u-ne vieil-le fem-me cau-seu-se l a-che-ta. II fit 2 ses de-li-ces\\nel-le le mit dans une bel-le3 ca-ge. II fai-sait bon-ne che-re, et dis-\\ncou-rait tou-te la jour-nee a-vec la vieil-le ra-do-teu-se, qui ne par-lait\\npas plus sen-se-ment que lui. II joi-gnit 4 a son nou-veau ta-lent\\nd e-tour-dir tout le mon-de je ne sais 5 quoi de son an-cien-ne pro-fes-\\nsion. II re-mu-ait sa t6-te ri-di-cu-le-ment, il fai-sait cra-quer son\\nbee, il a-gi-tait ses ai-les de cent fa-cons, et fai-sait de ses pat-tes plu-\\nsieurs tours qui sen-taient en-co-re les gri-ma-ces de Pa-go-tin. La\\nvieil-le pre-nait a tou-te heu-re ses lu-net-tes pour l ad-mi-rer el-le\\ne-tait bien fa-chee d etre un peu sour-de, et de per-dre quel-que-fois\\ndes pa-ro-les de son per-ro-quet, au-quel el-le trou-vait plus d esprit\\nqu a per-son-ne. Ce per-ro-quet ga-te de-vint ba-vard, im-por-tun,\\net fou. II se tour-men-ta si fort dans sa ca-ge, et but 6 tant de vin\\na-vec la vieil-le, qu il en mou-rut. x\\nLe voi-la re-ve-nu de-vant Plu-ton, qui vou-lut 7 cet-te fois le faire\\npas-ser dans le corps d un pois-son. Mais il fit en-co-re une far-ce\\nde-vant le roi des om-bres, et les prin-ces ne re-sis-tent gue-re 8 aux\\nde-man-des des mau-vais plai-sants qui les fiat-tent. Plu-ton ac-\\ncor-da done a ce-lui-ci, qu il i-rait 9 dans le corps d un hom-me mais\\ncom-me le dieu eut hon-te de 10 l en-voy-er dans le corps d un hom-me\\nsa-ge et vert-u-eux, il le des-ti-na au corps d un ha-ran-gueur en-nuy-\\neux et im-por-tun, qui men-tait, qui se van-tait sans cesse, qui\\nfai-sait des ges-tes ri-di-cu-les, qui se mo-quait de tout le mon-de,\\nqui in-ter-rom-pait tou-tes les con-ver-sa-tions les plus po-lies et les\\nplus so-li-des, pour di-re rien, ou les sot-ti-ses les plus gros-sie-res.\\nMer-cu-re qui le re-con-nut n dans ce nou-vel e-tat, lui dit en riant\\nHo! ho! je te re-con-nais; tu n es qu un com-pose du sin-ge et du", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0483.jp2"}, "482": {"fulltext": "478 HEADING LESSONS.\\nper-ro-quet que j ai vus 12 au-tre-fois. Que 13 t 6-te-rait tes ges-tes et\\ntes pa-roles ap-prises par coeur sans ju-ge-ment, ne lais-se-rait rien de\\ntoi. D un jo-li sin-ge et d un bon per-ro-quet on n en fait qu un sot\\nhom-me. Fenelon.\\n1 From pouvoir, page 388; see also 138, (2.) a From /aire, p. 3S0.\\n3 L. 13, R. 6. 4 From joindre, page 382. 5 From savoir, page 392.\\n9 From boire, page 368. 7 From vouloir, page 398. 8 L. 17, R. 5.\\n9 From aller, page 366. 10 L. 21, R. 4. From reconnaitre, page 390.\\n12 L. 42, R, 7. 13 39, (5.)\\nn.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 APOLOGUES ET ALLEGORIES.\\n1. LE BERGER ET LE TROUPEAU.\\nQuand vous voyez quelquefois un nombreux troupeau, qui, repandu\\nsur une colline, vers le declin d un beau jour, pait 1 tranquillement le\\ntliym et le serpolet, ou qui broute dans une prairie une herbe menue\\net tendre, qui aechappe a. la faux du moissonneur; le berger, soigneux\\net attentif, est debout aupres de ses brebis il ne les perd pas de\\nvue il les suit, 2 il les 3 conduit, il les change de paturage si elles se\\ndispersent, il les rassemble si un loup avide parait, il luche son chien\\nqui le met en fuite il les nourrit, il les defend l aurore le trouve\\ndc ja en pleine campagne, d oii il ne se retire qu avec le soleil. Quels*\\nsoins quelle vigilance quelle servitude I Quelle condition vous\\nparait la plus delicieuse et la plus libre, ou du berger, ou des brebis\\nLe troupeau est-il fait pour le berger, ou le berger pour le troupeau\\nImage naive des peuples, et du prince qui les gouverne, s il est bon\\nprince. A Bruyere.\\n1 From padre, page 386. 2 From suivre, page 394. 3 L. 27, R. 7.\\n4 30, (10.) B L. 13, R. 5.\\n2. LES PARVENUS.\\nNi les troubles, Zenobie, qui agitent votre empire, ni la guerre quo\\nvous soutenez virilement contre une nation puissante, depuis la mort\\ndu roi votre epoux, ne diminuent rien de votre magnificence. Vous\\navez preTere i toute autre contree les rives de 1 Euphrate, pour y\\nclever un ,-uperbe gdifice; fair y est sain et lempCre, la situation en\\nest riante, un bois sacre l ombrage du cote du couchant les dieux de\\nSyrie, qui habitent quelquefois la terre, n y auraient pu choisir une\\nplus belle demeure. La campagne autour, est couverte d hotnines\\nqui taillent et qui coupent, qui vent 3 et qui viennent,* qui roulent ou\\nqui charrient le bois du Liban, l airain et le porphyre; les grues et les", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0484.jp2"}, "483": {"fulltext": "READING LESSONS 479\\nmachines gemissent dans l air, et font esperer a ceux qui voyagent\\nvers l Arabie, de revoir, a, leur retour en leurs foyers, ce palais acheve,\\net dans cette splendeur ou vous desirez le porter, avant de l habitcr,\\nvous et les princes vos enfants. N y 5 epargnez rien, grande reine,\\nemployez-y For et tout l art des plus excellents ouvriers que les\\nPhidias et les Zeuxis de votre siecle deploient toute leur science sur\\nvos plafonds, et sur vos lambris. Tracez-y de vastes et delicieux\\njardins, dont l enchantement soit tel, qu ils ne paraissent pas faits de\\nla main des hommes. Epuisez vos tresors et votre industrie sur cet\\nouvrage incomparable et, apres que vous y aurez 7 mis, Zenobie, la\\nderniere main, quelqu un cle ces patres qui habitent les sables voisins\\nde Palmyre, devenu riche par les peages de vos rivieres, achetera\u00c2\u00ab un\\njour a deniers comptants cette royale maison, pour l embellir et la\\nrendre plus digne de lui et de sa fortune. La Brutere.\\n1 39, (17.) 2 134, (2.) 3 From aller, page 366. Prom venir, page 396\\n39, (18.) 49, (2.) L. 61, R. 5. 8 49, (5.)\\n3. LE PALAIS DE LA RENOMMEE.\\nAux extremites du monde, sous le pole, dont 1 l intrepide Cook\\nmesura la circonference, a, travers les vents et les tempetes; au\\nmilieu des terres australes qu une barriere de glace derobe a, la curio-\\nsite des hommes, s eleve 3 une montagne, qui surpasse en hauteur les\\nsommets les plus eleves des Andes, dans le Nouveau-Monde, ou du\\nThibet, dans l antique Asie.\\nSur cette montagne, est bati un palais, ouvrage des puissances in-\\nfernales. Ce palais a mille portiques d airain les moindres bruits\\nviennent 3 frapper les domes de cet edifice, dont le silence n a jamais\\nfranchi le seuil.\\nAu centre du monument, est une voute tournee en spirale, comme\\nune conque, et faite de sorte que tous les sons qui penetrant dans\\nle palais, y aboutissent mais, par un effet du genie de l architecte\\ndes mensonges, la plupart de ces sons se trouvent 4 faussement repro-\\nduits; souvent une legere rumeur s enfle et gronde en entrant par la\\nvoie preparee aux eclats du tonnerre tandis que les roulements de\\nla foudre expirent en passant par les routes sinueuses 5 destinees aux\\nfaibles bruits.\\nC est la, que, l oreille placee a l ouverture de cet immense echo,\\nest assis sur un trone retentissant, un demon, la renommee. Cette\\npuissante fille de Satan et de l orgueil, naquit 6 autrefois pour annoncer\\nle mal. Avant le jour ou. Lucifer leva l etendard contre le Tout-\\nPuissant, la renommee etait inconnue. Si un monde venait a,\\ns animer ou a s eteindre si l i)ternel avait tire un univers du neant,", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0485.jp2"}, "484": {"fulltext": "480 BEADING LESSONS.\\nou replonge un de ses ouvrages dans le chaos s il avait jete un soleil\\ndans l espace, cree un nouvel ordre de seraphins, essaye 7 la bonte\\nd une lumiere, toutes ces choses etaient aussitot connues 8 dans le ciel,\\npar un sentiment intime d admiration et d amour, par le chant mys-\\nterieux de la celeste Jerusalem. Mais, apres la rebellion des mauvais\\nanges, la renommee usurpa la place de cette intention divine. Bientot,\\nprecipiteeo aux enfers, ce 10 fat elle qui publia dans l abyme la nais-\\nsance de notre globe, et qui porta l ennenii de Dieu a tenter la chute\\nde l bomme. Elle vint sur la terre avec la mort, et des ce moment\\nelle etablit sa demeure sur la montagne, ou elle entend et repete con-\\nfinement ce qui se passe sur la terre, aux enfers, et dans les cieux.\\nChateaubriand.\\nI L. 31, R. 8. 2 49, (6.) 3 From venir, page 396. L. 36, R. 2.\\n*L. 13, R.5. 6 From naltre, page 384. 49, (2.) 8 L. 42, R. 6.\\nC6, (3.) L. 81, R. 1.\\n4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 L ACADEMIE SILENCIEUSE OU LES EMBLEMES.\\nII y avait 1 a Amadan une ce*lebre academie, dont le premier statut\\netait concu eu ces termes Les academiciens penseront beaucoup,\\nCcriront peu, el \u00c2\u00abe a parleront que le moins possible. On 3 l appelait\\nT Academie silencieuse, et il n etait point en Perse de vrai savant qui\\nn eiit l ambition d y etre admis. Le docteur Zeb, auteur d uu petit\\nlivre excellent, intitule le Bullion, apprit* au fond de sa province,\\nqu il 5 vaquait une place dans 1 Academic silencieuse. II part aussitot\\nil arrive a Amadan, et, se presentant a la porte de la 6alle ou les\\nacademiciens sent assemble.-, il prie l buissier de remettre au president\\nce billet Le docteur Zeb demande humblement la place vacante.\\nL huissier s acquitta sur-le-champ de la commission; mais le docteur\\net son billet arrivaient trop tard, la place etait deja remplie.\\nL academie fut desolee de ce contre-temps elle avait recu un peu\\nmalgre elle un bel* -esprit dont 7 l dloquence vive et legere faisait\\nl admiration de la cour, et elle se voyait 8 rcduite a refuser le docteur\\nZeb, le fleau des bavards, une tete si bien faite, si bien meublee Le\\npresident charge d annoncer au docteur cette nouvelle desagreable ne\\npouvait presque s y resoudre, et ne savait comment s y prendre.\\nAprda avoir un peu reve, il fit remplir d eau une grande coupe, mais\\nsi bien remplir, qu une goutte de plus eut fait deborder la liqueur\\npuis il fit signe qu on introduisit le candidat. II parut avec cet air\\nsimple et modeste qui annonce presque toujours le vrai merite. Le\\npresident se leva, et, sans proferer une seule parole, il lui montra\\nd un air afflige la coupe emblematique, cette coupe si exactement\\npleine. Le docteur comprit de reste, qu il n y avait plus de place u", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0486.jp2"}, "485": {"fulltext": "READING LESSONS. 481\\nl academie mais, sans perdre courage, il songeait a, faire comprendre\\nqu un academicien surnurneraire n y derangerait rien. II voit a ses\\npieds une feuille de rose, il la ramasse, il la pose delicatement sur la\\nsurface de l eau, et fait si bien, qu il n en echappe pas une seule\\ngoutte.\\nA cette reponse ingenieuse, tout le monde battit des main?, on\\nlaissa dormir les regies pour ce jour-la, et le docteur Zeb fut rem\\npar acclamation. On lui presenta sur-le-champ, le registre ou. les\\nrecipiendaires devaient s inscrire eux-memes. II s y inscrivit done,\\net il ne lui restait plus qu a prononcer selon l usage une phrase de\\nremerciment. Mais, en academicien vraiment silencieux, le docteur\\nZeb remercia sans dire mot. II ecrivit 12 en marge le nombre cent;\\ne etait celui de ses nouveaux confreres; puis, en mettant un zero\\ndevant le chiffre, il ecrivit au dessous lis n en vaudront 13 ni moins ni\\nplus (0100). Le president repondit au modeste docteur avec autant\\nde politesse que de presence d esprit. II mit le chiffre un devant le\\nnombre cent, et il ecrivit: Us en vaudront dix fois davantage (1100).\\nL abbe Blanchet.\\n1 61, 2. 2 L. 19, R. 2. s 41, (4.) 4 From apprendre, page 366.\\nfi tJnipersonal, that there was a place vacant. 6 L. 13, 6. 7 L. 31, 8.\\n8 From voir, page 398. 9 L. 32, R. 3, 4. 10 From paraitre, page 386.\\n11 From comprendre, page 310. 12 From ecrire, page 3?6. is From valoir,\\npage 396.\\nHI. ANECDOTES.\\n1. LE BON MTNISTRB.\\nLe puissant Aaron-al-Raschid commencait a soupconner que son\\nvisir Giafar ne meritait pas la confiance qu il lui avait donnee les\\nfemmes d Aaron, les habitants de Bagdad, les courtisans, les derviches,\\ncensuraient le visir avec amertume. Le caiife aimait G-iafar il ne\\nvoulut point le condamner sur les clameurs de la ville et de la cour.\\nB visita son empire il vit partout la terre bien cultivee, la campagne\\nriante, les hameaux opulente, les arts utiles en honneur, et la jeunesse\\ndans la joie. II visita ses places de guerre et ses ports de mer il vit\\nde nombreux vaisseaux qui menacaient 2 les cotes de l Afrique et de\\nTAsie il vit 3 des guerriers disciplines et contents. Ces guerriers, le3\\nmatelots, et les peuples des campagnes s ecriaient O Dieu be nissez\\n}es fideles en prolongeant les jours dAaron-al-Raschid et de son visir\\n21", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0487.jp2"}, "486": {"fulltext": "482 BEADING LESSONS.\\nGiafar ils maintiennent dans l empire la pais, la justice, et l abon-\\ndance tu manifestes, grand Dieu, ton amour pour les fideles, en leur\\ndonnant un calife comme Aaron, et un visir comme Giafar! Le\\ncalife, touche de ces acclamations, entre dans une mosquee, s y preci-\\npite a, genoux, et s eerie: Grand Dieu! je te rends graces: tu m as\\ndonne un ministre dont mes courtisans me disent du mal, et dont\\nmes peuples me disent du bien. Saint-Lambert.\\ni 134, (4.) 3 119. 3 From voir, page 393.\\n2. BONAPARTE ET LA SENTINELLE.*\\nApres avoir gagne la bataille d Arcole, qui avait dure 1 trois jours,\\nBonaparte, toujours infatigable, parcourait son camp, sous un vete-\\nment fort simple, qui ne decelait point en lui le general en cbef, a,\\nI erTet d examiner par lui-meme si les fatigues de trois journees aussi\\npenibles que cette bataille, n avaient rien fait perdre a, ses soldats de\\nleur discipline et de leur surveillance babituelles. 2 Le general trouve 3\\nune sentinelle endormie, lui enleve doucement son fusil sans 1 eVeiller,\\net fait faction a, sa place. Quelques 4 moments apres, le soldat se\\nreveille se voyant aiusi desarmu et reconnaissant son general, il\\ns ecrie: Je suis perdu Rassure-toi, lui dit Bonaparte avec douceur,\\napres tant de fatigues, il peut etre permis a, un brave tel que toi de\\nsuccomber au sommeil mais une autre fois cboisis mieux ton temps.\\ni 135, (6.) 18, (3.) s 118, (5.) L. 88.\\n3. BIENFAISANCE.\\nLe due de Montmorenci, qui fut decapite a, Toulouse, aimait a, re-\\npandre des bienfaits. Ce seigneur, voyageant 1 en Languedoc, apercut\\ndans un champ, quatre laboureurs qui dinaient a, l ombre d un\\nbuisson. Approchous-nous de ces bonnes gens, dit-il a ceux qui le\\nsuivaient, et demandons-leur s ils sc croient heureux. Trois re-\\npondirent que bornaut leur felicitc a, certaines commodity de leur\\ncondition, que Dieu leur avait donnees,* ils ne soubaitaient rien\\ndans le monde. Le quatrieme avoua franchement qu une chose\\nmanquait a. son bonheur e etaitde pouvoir acquerir certain heritage\\nque ses peres possedaient. Et si tu l avais, 9 cet heritage, dit M. do\\nMontmorenci, serais-tu content? Autant que je le 4 puis etre, re-\\nponditle paysan.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Combien vaut*-il? demanda le due. Deux millc\\nfrancs, repondit le paysan. Qu on leslui donne, repritlcdue, et qu il\\nsoit dit quo j ai rendu un homme heureux en ma vie. Le VassoR.\\n1 49, (1 5 L. 42, R. 7. L. G2, R. (6.) L. 4G, R. 4, 5.\\nFrom valoir, page 396. L. 28.\\nThe word nentini Ut i* always feminine.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0488.jp2"}, "487": {"fulltext": "BEADING LESSONS. 483\\nIV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 MAXIMES ET REFLEXIONS.\\n1.* La religion clonne a la vertu les plus douces esperances, au\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0vice impenitent de justes alarmes, et au vrai repentir les plus puis-\\nsantes consolations mais elle tache surtout d inspirer aux hommes de\\nl amour, de la douceur, et de la pitie pour les hommes.\\nMontesquieu.\\n2. Aimez et observez la religion, le reste meurt, elle ne meurt ja-\\nmais. Fenelon.\\n3. Les vertus nees de la religion, se cachent dans la religion meme.\\nLacretelle.\\n4. La religion est encore plus necessaire a, ceux qui commandent,\\nqu a ceux qui obeissent. Bossuet.\\n5. Prier ensemble, dans quelque langue, dans quelque rite que ce\\nsoit, c est la plus touchante fraternite d esperance et de sympathie\\nque les hommes puissent contracter sur cette terre.\\nMme. DE Stael.\\n6. La conscience est un juge place dans l interieur de notre etre.\\nSegue.\\n7. La conscience est la voix de Fame, les passions sont la voix du\\ncorps. \u00c2\u00abT. J. Rousseau.\\n8. La vertu obscure est souvent meprisee, parce que rien ne la re-\\nleve a, nos yeux. Massillon.\\n9. La vertu est un effort fait sur nous-memes, pour le bien d au-\\ntrui, dans l intention de plaire a, Dieu seul.\\nBernardin de St. Pierre.\\n10. H y a une amitie chretienne que la philosophie humaine ne\\ncomprend guere c est l association de deux ames qui mettent en\\ncommun leur foi et leurs prieres, et s elevent ensemble vers Dieu.\\nLaurentie.\\n11. La modestie est au merite, ce que les ombres sont dans un\\ntableau elle lui donne de la force et du relief. La Bruyere.\\n12. La verite n a jamais besoin de l erreur, et les ombres n ajoutent\\nrien a la lumiere. Lamartine.\\n13. On n est pas digne d aimer la verite, quand on peut aimer\\nquelque chose plus qu elle. Massillon.\\n14. La flatterie est une fausse monnaie qui n a de cours que par\\nnotre vanite La Rochefoucauld.\\nTbis extract and several of the.follownig, furnish excellent illustra-\\ntions of the Rules on the use of the article.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0489.jp2"}, "488": {"fulltext": "484 BEADING LESSONS.\\n15. On ne triomphe de la calomnie qu en la dedaignant.\\nMme. DE MAINTENON.\\n16. Ce n est que pour l innocence, que la solitude peut avoir des\\ncharmes. Leczinska.\\n17. Les conseils agreables sont rarement des conseils utiles.\\nMassillon.\\n18. Ceux qui donnent des conseils sans les accompagner d exem-\\nples, ressemblent a ces poteaux de la campagne, qui indiquent les\\nchemins sans les parcourir. Rivarol.\\nV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 POESIE.\\nHYMNE DE L ENFANT A SON REVEIL.\\nO Pebe qu adore mon pere 1\\nToi qu on ne nomine qu a genoux,\\nToi dont le nom terrible et doux,\\nFait courber le front de ma mere j\\nOn dit que ce brillant soleil\\nN est qu un jouet de ta puissance\\nQue sous tes pieds il se balance\\nComme une lampe de vermeil.\\nOn dit que c est toi qui fais naitre\\nLes petits oiseaux dans les champs,\\nEt qui donncs aux petits enfants,\\nUne ame aussi pour te connaitre.\\nOn dit que c est toi qui produis\\nLes fleurs dont le jardin se pare\\nEt que sans toi, toujours avare,\\nLe verger n aurait point de fruits.\\nAux dons que ta bonte* mesure,\\nTout l univers est convie\\nNul insecte n est oublid,\\nA ce festin de la nature.\\nL agneau broute le serpolet\\nLa chevre s attacbe au cytise\\nLa mouche, au bord du vase, puise\\nLes blanches gouttes de mon lait", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0490.jp2"}, "489": {"fulltext": "BEADING LESSONS 485\\nL alouette a la graine amere\\nQue laisse envoler le glaneur,\\nLe passereau suit le vanneur,\\nEt l enfant s attache a sa mere.\\nEt, pour obtenir chaque don\\nQue chaque jour tu fais eclore,\\nA midi, le soir, a l aurore,\\nQue faut-il prononcer ton nom.\\nDieu ma bouche balbutie,\\nCe nom, des anges redoute,\\nUn enfant meme est ecoute,\\nDans le chceur qui te glorifie\\nAh puisqu il entend de si loin\\nLes vceux que notre bouche adresse,\\nJe veux lui demander sans cesse\\nCe dont les autres ont besoin.\\nMon Dieu I donne l onde aux fontaines,\\nDonne la plume aux passereaux,\\nEt la laine aux petits agneaux,\\nEt l ombre et la rosee aux plaines.\\nDonne aux malades la sante,\\nAu mendiant le pain qu il pleure,\\nA l orphelin une demeure,\\nAu prisonnier la liberte.\\nDonne une famille nombreuse\\nAu pere qui craint le Seigneur,\\nDonne a, 1 moi sagesse et bonheur\\nPour que ma mere soit heureuse. Lamarttke.\\n2. LA FEUILLE.\\nDe ta tige detachee,\\nPauvre feuille dessechee,\\nOu vas tu Je n en sais rien\\nL orage a brise le chene\\nQui seul etait mon soutien.\\nDe son inconstante haleine\\nLe zephyr ou l aquilon,\\n1 The d in this line is a poetical license.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0491.jp2"}, "490": {"fulltext": "486 BEADING LESSONS.\\nDepuis ce jour me promene,\\nDe la foret a la plaine,\\nDe la montagne au vallon\\nJe vais ou le vent me mene,\\nSans me plaindre ou m effrayer\\nJe vais ou va toute chose,\\nOu. va la feuille de rose,\\nEt la feuille de laurier. Arnault.\\n3. LE MOXTAGNARD EMIGRE.\\nCombien j ai douce souvenance\\nDu joli lieu de ma naissance 1\\nMa sceur, qu ils etaient beaux ces jours\\nDe France\\nO mon pays, sois mes amours\\nToujours.\\nTe souvient-il que notre mere,\\nAu foyer de notre chaumiere,\\nNous pressait sur son sein joyeux,\\nMa chere\\nEt nous baisions ses blonds cheveux,\\nTous deux.\\nMa sceur, te souvient-il encore,\\nDu chateau que baignait la Dore,\\nEt de cette tant vieille tour,\\nDu More,\\nOu l airain sonnait le retour\\nDu jour?\\nTe souvient-il du lac tranquille\\nQu eftleurait l hirondelle agile,\\nDu vent qui courbait le roseau\\nMobile,\\nEt du soleil couchant, sur l eau,\\nSi beau\\nTe souvient-il de cette amie,\\nDouce compagne de ma vie\\nDans les bois en cueillant la fleur\\nJolie,\\nHelene appuyait sur mon cceur\\nSon cceur.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0492.jp2"}, "491": {"fulltext": "READING LESSONS. 487\\nOh qui me rendra mon Helene,\\nEt la montagne et le grand chene\\nLeur souvenir fait tous les jours\\nMa peine.\\nMon pays sera mes amours\\nToujours. Chateaubeiand.\\n4. STANCES.\\nEt j ai dit dans mon cceur, que faire de la vie\\nIrai-je encor, suivant ceux qui m ont devance,\\nCorame l agneau qui passe ou sa meYe a passe,\\nImiter des mortels l immortelle folie\\nL un cherche sur les mers les tresors de Memnon,\\nEt la vague engloutit ses voeux et son navire\\nDans le sein de la gloire ou son genie aspire,\\nL autre meurt, enivre par 1 echo d un vain nom.\\nAvec nos passions formant sa vaste trame,\\nCelui-la, fonde un trone, et monte pour tomber\\nDans des pieges plus doux aimant a succomber,\\nCelui-ci lit son sort dans les yeux d une femme.\\nLe paresseux s endort dans les bras de la faim\\nLe laboureur conduit sa fertile charrue\\nLe savant pense et lit; le guerrier frappe et tue;\\nLe mendiant s assied sur le bord du cliemin.\\nOu vont-ils cependant Us vont ou va la feuille\\nQue chasse devant lui le souffle des hivers.\\nAinsi vont se fletrir dans leurs travaux divers\\nCes generations que le temps seme et cueille.\\nUs luttaient contre lui, mais le temps a vaincu.\\nComme un fleuve engloutit le sable de ses rives,\\nJe l ai vu devorer leurs ombres fugitives.\\nUs sont nes, ils sont morts. Seigneur, ont-ils vecu\\nPour moi, je chanterai le maitre que j adore,\\nDans le bruit des cites, dans la paix des deserts,\\nCouche sur le rivage, ou flottant sur les mers,\\nAu declin du soleil, au lever de 1 aurore.\\nLa terre m a crie Qui done est le Seigneur\\nCelui dont Fame immense est partout repandue,\\nCelui dont un seul pas mesure l etendue,\\nCelui dont le soleil emprunte sa splendeur;", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0493.jp2"}, "492": {"fulltext": "488 READING LESSONS.\\nCelui qui du neant a tire la matiere,\\nCelui qui sur le vide a fonde l univers,\\nCelui qui sans rivage a renferme les mers,\\nCelui qui d un regard a lance la lumiere\\nCelui qui ne connait ni jour, ni lendemain,\\nCelui qui de tout temps de soi-meine s enfante,\\nQui vit dans l avenir comme a l heure presente,\\nEt rappelle les temps echappes de sa main.\\nC est lui, e est le Seigneur Que ma langue redise\\nLes cent noms de sa gloire aux enfants des mortels 1\\nComme la harpe d or pendue a ses autels,\\nJe cbanterai pour lui, jusqu si, ce qu il me brise I\\nLamartine.\\n5. LAFAYETTE EN AMERIQUE.\\nRepublicans, quel cortege s avance\\nUn vieux guerrier debarque parmi nous.\\nVient-il d un roi vous jurer l alliance?\\nII a des rois allume le courroux.\\nEst-il puissant? Seul il francbit les ondes.\\nQu a-t-il done fait II a brise des fers.\\nGloire immortelle a, l homme des deux mondes I\\nJours de triompbe, eclairez l univers\\nEuropeen, partout sur ce rivage\\nQui retentit de joyeuses clameurs,\\nTu vois rdgner, sans trouble et sans servage,\\nLa paix, les lois, lc travail, et les mceurs.\\nDes opprimds ces bords sont le refuge\\nLa tyrannie a peuple nos deserts,\\nL bomme et ses droits ont ici Dieu pour juge.\\nJours de triompbe, eclairez l univers\\nMais que de sang nous couta ce bien-etre\\nNous succombions Lafayette accourut,\\nMontra la France, eut Washington pour maitre,\\nLutta, vainquit, et l Anglais disparut.\\nPour son pays, pour la liberie sainte,\\nII a depuia grandi dans les revers.\\nDes fers d Olmutz, nous effacons l empreinte.\\nJours de trigrxipbe, eclairez l univers 1", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0494.jp2"}, "493": {"fulltext": "BEADING LESSONS. 489\\nCe vieil ami que tant d ivresse accueille,\\nPar un heros, ce heros adopt e,\\nBenit jadis, a sa premiere feuille,\\nL arbre naissant de notre liberte.\\nMais aujourd bui. que l arbre et son feuillage\\nBravent en paix la foudre et les hivers,\\nII vient s asseoir sous son fertile ombrage.\\nJours de triomphe, eclairez l univers\\nAutour de lui, vois nos chefs, vois nos sages,\\nNos vieux soldats se rappelant ses traits\\nVois tout un peuple, et ces tribus sauvages,\\nA son seul nom sortant de leurs forets.\\nL arbre sacre, sur ce concours immense,\\nForme un abri de rameaux toujours verts.\\nLes vents au loin porteront sa sentence.\\nJours de triompbe, eclairez l univers 1\\nL Europeen que frappent ces paroles,\\nServit des rois, suivit des conquerants\\nUn peuple esclave encensait ces idoles\\nUn peuple libre a des honneurs plus grands.\\nHelas dit-il, et son ceil sur les ondes\\nSemble cbercber des bords lointains et cbers\\nQue la vertu rapprocbe les deux mondes\\nJours de triomphe, eclairez l univers Berangee.\\n6. LA MAKSEILLAISB.\\nAllons, enfants de la patrie\\nLe jour de gloire est arrive:\\nContre nous de la tyrannie\\nL etendard sanglant est leve.\\nEntendez-vous dans les campagnes\\nMugir ces feroces soldats?\\nUs viennent j usque dans vos bras\\nEgorger vos fils, vos compagnes.\\nAux armes citoyens formez vos bataillons\\nMarchez qu un sang impur abreuve vos sillons\\nGhceur.\\nAux armes citoyens formons nos bataillons\\nMarcbons qu un sang impur abreuve nos sillons", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0495.jp2"}, "494": {"fulltext": "490 BEADING LESSONS.\\nQue veut cette horde d esclaves,\\nDe traitres, de rois conjures\\nPour qui ces ignobles entraves,\\nCes fers des longterups prepares\\nFrancais, pour nous, ah quel outrage,\\nQuels transports il doit exciter\\nC est nous qu on ose menacer\\nDe rendre a l antique esclavage\\nAux armes, etc.\\nQuoi des cohortes etrangeres\\nFeraient la loi dans nos foyers\\nQuoi ces phalanges mercenaires\\nTerrasseraient nos tiers guerriers I\\nGrand Dieu par des mains enchafnees 1\\nISTos fronts sous le joug se plieraient I\\nDe vils despotes deviendraient\\nLes maitres de nos destinees\\nAux armes, etc.\\nTremblez, tyrans et vous, perfides,\\nL opprobre de tous les partis\\nTremblez I vos projets parricides\\nTont enfm recevoir lcur prix.\\nTout est soldat pour vous combattre,\\nS ils tombent, nos jeunes heros,\\nLa France en produit de nouveaux,\\nContre vous tout prets a se battre.\\nAux amies, etc.\\nFrancais en guerriers magnanimeg,\\nPortez ou retenez vos coups\\nEpargnez les tristes victimes,\\nA regret s armant contre vous\\nMais ces despotes sanguinaires,\\nMais les complices de Bouilld\\nTous ces tigres qui, sans pitie,\\nDSohirerit le sein de leur mere\\nAux armes, etc.\\n1 Literally, by chainedrhands, i. by the hands of slaves, of mercenary\\nThe meaning of this word has often itch misunderstood. The.\\nstyle of the Marseillaise Hymu, is perhaps, in one or two places, not\\nstrictly correct", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0496.jp2"}, "495": {"fulltext": "BEADING LESSONS. 491\\nAmour sacre de la patrie,\\nConduis, soutiens nos bras vengeurs,\\nLiberte, liberte cherie\\nCombats avec tes defenseurs.\\nSous nos drapeaux, que la victoire\\nAccoure a tes males accents;\\nQue nos ennemis expirants,\\nVoient ton triomphe et notre gloire\\nAux armes, etc. Eouget de L isle.\\n1. LE EETOUR DANS LA. PATRIE.\\nQu il va lentement le navire,\\nA qui 1 j ai confie mon sort\\nAu rivage ou mon cceur aspire,\\nQu il est lent a trouver un port\\nPrance adoree\\nDouce contree\\nMes yepx cent fois ont cru te decouvrir,\\nQu un vent rapide\\nSoudain nous guide\\nAux bords sacres ou je reviens mourir\\nMais enfin le matelot crie\\nTerre, terre, la-bas, voyez\\nAh tous mes maux sont oublies.\\nSalut a ma patrie\\nOui, voila les rives de France\\nOui, voila, le port vaste et sur,\\nVoisin des champs ou mon enfance\\nS ecoula sous un chaume obscur\\nFrance adoree 1\\nDouce contree\\nApres vingt ans, enfin je te revois\\nDe mon village\\nJe vois la plage,\\nJe vois fumer la cime de mes toits.\\nCombien mon ame est attendrie\\nLa furent mes premieres amours;\\nLa ma mere m attend toujours,\\nSalut a ma patrie\\nA poetical license this should be auquel 39, (2.)", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0497.jp2"}, "496": {"fulltext": "492 READING LESSONS.\\nAu bruit des transports d allegresse,\\nEnfin le navire entre au port.\\nDans cette barque ou Ton se presse\\nHatons-nous d atteindre le bord.\\nFrance adoree\\nDouce coutree 1\\nPuissent tes fils te revoir ainsi tousl\\nEnfin j arrive,\\nEt sur la rive,\\nJe rends au ciel, je rends grace a genoux.\\nJe t embrasse, 6 terre cberie\\nDieu qu un exile doit souffrir\\nMoi, desormais, je puis mourir.\\nSalut a ma patrie Beranger.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0498.jp2"}, "497": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY FOR THE READING LESSONS.\\nABBREVIATIONS.\\nadj.\\nadjective.\\nP-\\nparticiple.\\nadj. v.\\nverbal adjective.\\npi.\\nplural.\\nadv.\\nadverb.\\npre.\\npreposition.\\nart.\\narticle.\\nprn.\\npronoun.\\nconj.\\nconjunction.\\nv. a.\\nactive verb.\\nf.\\nfeminine gender.\\nv. a. n.\\nactive and neuter verb.\\nind. p.\\npresent of indicative.\\nv. aux.\\nauxiliary verb.\\nint.\\ninterjection.\\nv. unip.\\nunipersonal verb.\\nm.\\nmasculine gender.\\nv. ir. or ir.\\nirregular verb.\\nn.\\nnoun.\\nv. n.\\nneuter verb.\\np.d.\\npast definite.\\nv. r.\\nreflective verb.\\nThe numbers after the verbs indicate the conjugation.\\nA-AD.\\nA, a (with a grave accent), pre. at or\\nto.\\nAbondance, n. f. abundance, plenty.\\nAboutir, v. n. 2. to end in, to come\\nto.\\nAbreuver, v. a. 1. to water, to fill.\\nAbyme or abime, n. m. abyss, depth.\\nAbri, n. m. shelter.\\nAcademicien, n. m. Academician.\\nAcademie, n. f. academy.\\nAccent, n. m. accent, pi. voice.\\nAcclamation, n. f. acclamation.\\nAccompagner, v. a. 1. to accompany.\\nAccorder, v. a. 1. to grant (s v. r.\\nto agree.\\nAccourir, v. n. ir. 2. to run, to has-\\nten to.\\nAccueillir, v. a. ir. 2. to welcome.\\nAcheter, v. a. 1. to buy.\\nAchever, v. a. 1. to achieve, com-\\nplete.\\nAcquerir, v. a. ir. 2. to acquire.\\nAcquitter (s v. r. 1. to acquit one s\\nself of, to discharge.\\nAdieu, int. n. m. adieu, farewell,\\nleave.\\nAdmettre, v. a. ir. 4. to admit.\\nAdmiration, n. f. admiration.\\nAdmirer, v. a. 1. to admire.\\nAdopter, v. a. 1. to adopt.\\nAdorer, v. a. 1. to adore.\\nAdresser, v. a. 1. to address; (s ref.\\nto\\nAffectation, n. f. affectation.\\nAfflige, p. adj. v. grieved, af-\\nflicted.\\nAfrique, Africa.\\nAgacer, v. a. 1. to entice, to tease.\\nAgile, adj. nimble, light.\\nAgiter, v. a. to agitate, to shake.\\nAgneau, n. m. lamb.\\nAh int. Ah.\\nAigle, n. m. eagle.\\nAile, n. f. wing.\\nAimer, v. a. 1. to love, to like:\\nAinsi, adv. thus, so.\\nAir, n. m. air.\\nAirain, n. m. brass.\\nAisement, adv. easily.\\nAjouter, v. a. 1. to add.\\nAlarm, n. f. alarm.\\nAllegorie, n. f. allegory.\\nAllegresse, n. {.joy.\\nAller, v. n. ir. 1. (ind. p., je vais,)\\nto go.\\nAlliance, n. f alliance.\\nAllumer, v. a. 1. to light, kindle.\\nAlouette, n. f. lark.\\nAmbassadeur, n. m. ambassador.\\nAmbition, n. f. ambition.\\nAme, n. f. soul.\\nAmer, e, adj. bitter.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0499.jp2"}, "498": {"fulltext": "494\\nAM-AT.\\nAT-BE.\\nAmerique, America.\\nAmitie, n. f. friendship.\\nAmertume, n. f. bitterness, sorrow.\\nAmi, e, n. m. friend.\\nAmour, n. m. love.\\nAne, n. m. ass, donkey.\\nAn, n. m. annee, f. year.\\nAncien, m. adj. ancient, old.\\nAnge, n. m. angel\\nAnglais, e, adj. English.\\nAnimal, (pi. aux.) n. m. animal.\\nAnimer, v. a. 1. to animate, to excite.\\nAnnoncer, v. a. 1. to announce.\\nAntique, adj. ancient, antique.\\nA peine, adv. scarcely, hardly.\\nApercevoir, v. a. 3. to perceive.\\nApologue, n. m. apologue.\\nApparence, n. f. appearance.\\nApparteuir, v. n. ir. 2. (ind. p. j ap-\\npartiens), to belong.\\nAppeler, v. a. 1. to call.\\nAppreudre, v. a. 4. (p. appris), to\\nlearn.\\nApprocher, v. a. 1. to bring near, (s\\nv. r. to approach.\\nAppuyer, v. a. 1. to lean.\\nApres, pre. after.\\nAquilon, n. m. north wind.\\nArabie, Arabia.\\nArbre, n. m. tree.\\nArcbiteote, n. m. architect.\\nAnner, v. a. 1. to arm (a?), v. r. to arm\\none 8 self.\\nArracher, v. a. 1. to tear.\\nArriver, v. n. 1. to arrive.\\nArt. ii. in. art.\\nArticle, n. m. article.\\nArtilico, n. m. artifice, cunning,\\ntrick.\\nAsie, Asia.\\nAspirer, v. n. 1. to aspire.\\nAflfl imbler, v. a. 1. to assemble.\\nAsseoir (s v. r. ir. 3. (ind. p. jo\\nm assieds, p. assis), to sit down.\\nAssociation, n. f. association, com-\\npony.\\nAflBommer, V. a. 1. to strike down,\\nto kll.\\nAlia iher, v. a. 1. to attach.\\nAi a i adj. attached.\\nAttei id re, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. j at-\\nteignis), t reach, to hit.\\nAlt [re, I. to mi-till, to e/pect.\\nAn. ii hi, e, a. v. p. moved, graved.\\nAtteutif, vc, adj. attentive.\\nAttraper, v. a. 1. to catch.\\nAu, art. at or to the.\\nAujourd hui, adv. to-day.\\nAuparavant, adv. before.\\nAupres, pre. adv. near.\\nAuquel, prn. to which.\\nAurore, n. dawn, aurora.\\nAussi, conj. adv. as, so, also.\\nAussitot, adv. immediately.\\nAustral, e, adj. austral.\\nAutaut, adv. as much, as many.\\nAutel, n. m. altar.\\nAuteur, n. m. author.\\nAutour, pre. adv. round, around.\\nAutre, adj. other.\\nAutrefois, adv. formerly.\\nAutrui, prn. other, others.\\nAux, art. at or to tlie.\\nAvancer (s v. r. 1. to advance,\\napproach\\nAvant, pre. before.\\nAvare, n. adj. miser, avaricious.\\nAvcc, pre. with.\\nAvenir, n. m. future.\\nAveugle, adj. blind.\\nAvide, adj. arixious, eager.\\nAviser (s v. r. 1. to think, to take\\ninto oiie s head.\\nAvoir, v. aux. a. ir. (p. d. j eus),\\nto have.\\nAvouer, v. a. 1. to confess.\\nB.\\nBadin, e, adj. playful.\\nBaigner, v. a. 1. to bathe.\\nBaillon, s. ni. gag.\\nBaiser, v. a. 1. to kiss.\\nBalancer, v. n. 1. to balance, hesi-\\ntate.\\nBalbutier, v. a. n. 1. to stammer.\\nBarque, n. f. bark, boat.\\nBarriere, n. f. gate.\\nBataille, n. f. battle.\\nBataillon, n. m. battalion.\\nBatir, v. a. 2. to build.\\nBattre, v. a. ir. 4. (p. battu,) to beat.\\nBaudot, n. m. donkey.\\nBavard, e, n. adj. talkative, prat-\\ntler.\\nBeau, bel, C belle, adj. fine, hand-\\nBeaucoup. adv. much, many.\\nBeauU n. f. beauty.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0500.jp2"}, "499": {"fulltext": "BE-CE.\\nCE-CO.\\n495\\nBee, n. m. beak.\\nBel-esprit, n. m. wit.\\nBenir, v. a. 2. to bless.\\nBergcr, n. m. shepherd.\\nBesoin, n. m. need, want.\\nBeurre, n. m. butter.\\nBien, n. m. property, adv. well.\\nBien-etre, n. m. welfare, comfort.\\nBienfaisance, n. f. beneficence, be-\\nnevolence.\\nBienfait, n. m. benefit.\\nBientot, adv. soon.\\nBillet, n. m. note.\\nBlanc, blanche, adj. white.\\nBoire, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je bus, p.\\nbu) to drink.\\nBois, n. m. wood, forest.\\nBon, ne, adj. good, kind, simple\\nBonheur, n. m. happiness.\\nBonne-chere, n. f. good living.\\nBonte, n. f. goodness, kindness.\\nBord, n. m. border, shore.\\nBorner, v. a. 1. to confine, to bound.\\nBotte, n. f. boot, bundle.\\nBouche, n. f. mouth.\\nBouillir, v. n. ie. 2. to boil, to bubble.\\nB ranch e, n. f. branch.\\nBras, n. m. arm.\\nBrave, adj. brave, worthy.\\nBraver, v. a. 1. to brave, affront.\\nBrebis, n. f. sheep.\\nBrillant, e. adj. shining, brilliant.\\nBriser, v. a. 1. to break.\\nBrouter, v. a. n. 1. to browse, to\\ngraze.\\nBruit, n. m. noise.\\nBuisson, n. m. bush.\\nC, pm. it.\\nCacher, v. a. 1. to hide, conceal; (se),\\nv. r. to hide one s self.\\nCage, n. f. cage.\\nCalife, n. m. calif.\\nCalomnie, n. f. calumny.\\nCamp, n. m. camp\\nCampagne, n. f. country, campaign.\\nCandidat, n. m. candidate.\\nCaresse, n. f. caress.\\nCas, n. m. case.\\nCauseur, se, adj. talker, talkative.\\nCe, pro. adj. this, that.\\nCelebre, adj. celebrated.\\nCeleste, adj. celestial.\\nCelui, pm. this, that.\\nCensurer, v. a. 1. to censure.\\nCent, adj. num. hundred.\\nCentre, n. m. centre.\\nCependaut, conj. however.\\nCertain, adj. certain.\\nCes, adj. these, those.\\nCesse (sans), without ceasing.\\nCette, adj. this, that.\\nCeux, prn. these, those.\\nChaleur, n. f. heat.\\nChamp, n. m. field.\\nChanger, v. a. n. 1. to change.\\nChant, n. m. so?ig, singing.\\nChanter, v. a. n. 1. to sing.\\nChaos, n. m. chaos.\\nChaque, adj. each.\\nCharger, v. a. 1. to charge, load.\\nCharme, n. m. charm.\\nCharrier, v. a. 1. to transport, carry.\\nChasser, v. a. n. 1. to hunt, to chase,\\nto drive away.\\nCh teau, n. m. castle, villa.\\nChaume, n. m. thatch.\\nChaumiere, n. f. cottage.\\nChefJ n. m. chief.\\nChemin, n. m. way, road.\\nChene, n. m. oak.\\nCher, e, adj. dear.\\nChercher, v. a. 1. to seek.\\nChere, f. fare; faire bonne-chere, to\\nlive well.\\nCheri, adj. cherished, beloved.\\nCheveux, n. m. pL hair.\\nChevre, n. f. goat.\\nChien, n. m. dog.\\nChiffre, n. m. figure.\\nChceur, n. m. choir, chorus.\\nChoisir, v. a. 2. to choose.\\nChoix, n. m. choice.\\nChose, n. f. thing.\\nChretien, n. adj. Christian.\\nChute, n. f. fall.\\nCiel, n. m. (pi. cieux,) heaven.\\nCime, n. f. peak, top.\\nCirconference, n. f. circumfei\\nCite, n. f. city.\\nCitoyen, n. m. citizen.\\nClair, e, adj. clear, n. m. light.\\nClameur, n. f. cry, clamor.\\nCoeur, n. m. heart.\\nCohorte, n. f. cohort.\\nCoin, n. m. corner.\\nColline, n. f. hill.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0501.jp2"}, "500": {"fulltext": "496\\nCO-CO.\\nCombattrc, v. a. n. 4. to combat,\\nto fight.\\nCommander, v. a. 1. to command, to\\norder.\\nCombien, adv. how much, hoio many.\\nComme, adv. conj. as, like, when.\\nCommencement, n. m. beginning.\\nCommencer, v. a. 1. to begin.\\nComment, adv. how.\\nCommission, n. f. commission.\\nCommodite, n. f. convenience.\\nComrnun, c, adj. common, usual.\\nCompagne, n. f. companion.\\nComplice, n. m. accomplice.\\nComposer, v. a. 1. to compose.\\nComprendre, v. a. ir. 4. to under-\\nstand, to comprise.\\nComptant, adj. adv. ready, for cash.\\nCompter, v. a, 1. to count, to intend.\\nConcevoir, v. a. 3. to conceive.\\nConclure, v. a. ir. 1. to conclude.\\nConcours, n. m. concourse, assembly.\\nCondamner, v. a. 1. to condemn.\\nCondition, n. condition.\\nConduire, v. a. ir. 4. to conduct.\\nConfiance, a. confidence, depen-\\ndence.\\nConfier, v. a. 1. to trust, to confide.\\nConfrere, n. m. brother, fellow.\\nConfinement, adv. confusedly.\\nConjure, a. v. sworn together.\\nCounaitre, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. jo con-\\nnus, p. connu), to know, to be ac-\\nquainted with.\\nConque, n. shell.\\nConquerant, n. m. conqueror.\\nConscience, n. f. conscience.\\nConseil, n. m. advice, counsel\\nConsentir, v. n. 2. to consent, agree.\\nConscrver, v. a. 1. to preserve.\\nConsolation, n. consolation.\\nConstant, e, adj. constant.\\nConsternation, n. f. consternation.\\nContent, e, adj. pleased, content.\\nContinuellement, adv. continually\\nContracter, v. a. 1. to contract.\\nContre, pre. against.\\nContive, n. f. country, district.\\nContre-temps, n. m. disappointment.\\nConvainore, v. a. ir. 4. to convince.\\nConvonir. v. n. 2. to agree, to suit,\\nto confess.\\nConversation, n. conversation.\\nConvier, v. a. 1. to invite.\\nCorps, n. m. body, corps.\\nCortege, n. m. retinue.\\nCote, n. f. coast.\\nC6te, n. m. side.\\nCouchant, n. m. West.\\nCoucher, (se), v. rtf. 1. to lie down.\\nCouleuvre, n. f snake, adder.\\nCoup, n. m. blow.\\nCoupe, n. f. cup, vessel.\\nCouper, v. a. 1. to cut.\\nCour, n. f. court.\\nCourage, n. m. emirage.\\nCourber, v. a. 1. to bend, to bow.\\nCourroux, n. m. anger.\\nCourt, e, adj. short.\\nCours, n. m. course.\\nCourtisan, n. ru. courtier.\\nCoiiter, v. n. 1. to cost.\\nCouvrir, v. a. ir. 2. to cover.\\nCraLndre, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je craignis,\\np. craint), to fear.\\nCraquer, v. a. n. 1. to crack, to snap.\\nCreer, v. a. 1. to create.\\nCrier, n. a. 1. to cry.\\nCroire, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je crus, p.\\ncm), to believe.\\nj Croquer, v. a. 1. to eat greedily.\\nCueillir, v. a. ir. 2. to gather, to\\npick.\\nCultiver, v. a. 1. to cultivate.\\nCuriosite, n. curiosity.\\nCytise, n. m. ajtisus.\\nD.\\nDans, pre. in, into.\\nPavantage, adv. more.\\nDe, pre. of or from.\\nI barquer, v. a. n. 1. to land.\\nDeborder, v. n. 1. to run over.\\nDebout, adv. standing.\\nDecapiter, v. a. 1. to behead.\\n1 Verier, v. a. 1. to discover.\\nDechircr, v. a. 1. to tear.\\nDecision, n. decision\\nDeclin, n. m. decline, fall.\\nDecouvrir, v. a. ir. 2. to discover, un-\\ncover.\\nP daifrner, v. a. 1. to disdain.\\nDefaut, n. m. defect.\\nDefendre, v. a. 4. to defend, to forbid.\\nDefenseur, n. m. defender, protector.\\nDeeuiser, v. a. 1. to disguise.\\nI ej; i. adv. already.\\nDelicat, c, adj. delicate.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0502.jp2"}, "501": {"fulltext": "DE-DI.\\nDI-EM.\\n49 7\\nDelicatement, adv. delicately.\\nDelice, n. m. delight.\\nDelices, n. f. pi. delight.\\nDelicieux, se, adj. delightful, deli-\\ncious.\\nDemands, n. f. request, question.\\nDemander, v. a. 1. to ask, to request.\\nDeineure, n. f. abode, dwelling.\\nDemon, n. m. demon.\\nDeniers, n. m. p. money, means.\\nDeployer, v. a. to display.\\nDepuis, pre. since.\\nDaranger, v. a. 1. to disturb, to put\\nout of order.\\nDernier, e, adj. last, latter.\\nDerober, v. a. 1. to steal, to conceal.\\nDerviche, n. m. dervise.\\nDes, pre. from.\\nDesagreable, adj. disagreeable.\\nDesarme, adj. v. disarmed.\\nDescendre, v. n. 4. to descend, to\\ncome down.\\nDesert, n. m. desert.\\nDesirer, v. a. 1. to wish, to desire.\\nDesoler, v. a. 1. to distress, to grieve,\\nto desolate.\\nDesormais, adv. henceforth.\\nDessecher, v. a. 1. to dry up, to\\ndrain.\\nDessous, adv. under.\\nDessus, adv. above.\\nDestinee, n. f. fate.\\nDestiner, v. a. 1. to destine.\\nDetacher, v. a. 1. to detach, to sepa-\\nrate.\\nDetruire, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je de-\\ntruisis), to destroy.\\nDeux, adj. two.\\nDevancer, v. a. 1. to outstrip, to come\\nbefore.\\nDevaut, pre. before, opposite.\\nDevenir, v. n. 2. to\\nDevoir, v. a. 3. to owe.\\nDivorer, v. a. 1.\\nDieu, n. m. God.\\nDigne, adj. worthy.\\nDiminuer, v. a. 1. to diminish.\\nDiner, n. m. dinner.\\nDiner, v. n. to dine.\\nDire, v. a. ir. 4. (p. dit.) to say, tell\\nDiscourir, v. n. ir. 2. to discourse.\\nDiscipline, n. f. discipline.\\nDisparaitro, v. n. ir. 4. to disappear.\\nDisperser, v. a. 1. to disperse.\\nDistance, n. f. distance.\\nDivers, adj. diverse, different.\\nDivin, e, adj. divine.\\nDix, adj. ten.\\nDocteur, n. m. doctor.\\nDome, n. m. dome.\\nDon, n. m. gift.\\nDone, conj. therefore, then.\\nDonner, v. a. 1. to give.\\nDont, prn. of which, of whom.\\nDorer, v. a. 1. to gild.\\nDormir, v. n. ir. 2. to sleep.\\nDoucement, adv. softly, sweetly.\\nDouceur, n. f. softness, sweetness.\\nDoux, ce, adj. soft, sweet.\\nDrapeaux, n. m. p. colors, standards.\\nDroit, n. m. right.\\nDroit, adj. adv. straight.\\nDu, art. of or from the.\\nDue, n. m. duke.\\nDuree, n. f. duration.\\nDurer, v. n. 1. to last, to endure.\\nE.\\nEau, n. f. water.\\nEchapper, v. n. 1. to\\nEcho, n. m. echo.\\nEclairer, v. a. 1. to light.\\nEclat, n. m. brightness, splendo\\nEclore, v. n. ir. 4. to hatch.\\nEcouler (s v. r. 1. to\\npass.\\nEcouter, v. a. 1. to listen, to hear.\\nEcraser, v. a. 1. to crush.\\nEerier (s v. r. 1. to exclaim.\\nEcrire, v. a. ir. 4. to write.\\nEdifice, n. m. edifice.\\nEffacer, v. a. 1. to efface.\\nEffet, n. m. effect.\\nEffleurer, v. a. 1. to graze, to touch\\nEffort, n. m. effort, endeavor.\\nEffrayer, v. a. 1. to frighten, (s ref.\\nto be frightened.\\nforger, v. a. 1. to slaughter, to mur-\\nder, to cut the throat.\\nEh bien int. well\\nElever, v. a. 1. to raise.\\nElle, prn. she, it, her.\\nEloquence, n. f. eloquence.\\nEmbellir, v. a. 2. to embellish.\\nEmblematique, adj. emblematical.\\nEmbleme, n. m. emblem.\\na. 1. to embrace, to kiss.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0503.jp2"}, "502": {"fulltext": "498\\nEAI-ET.\\nEmigre, n. adj. emigrant.\\nEmp*clier, v. a. 1. to prevent.\\nEmpire, n. m. empire.\\nEmployer, v. a, 1. to employ, to\\nuse.\\nEmpreinte, n. mark, print.\\nEmprunter, v. a. 1. to borrow.\\nEn, pre. in, into, at, to.\\nEd, rel. prn. of it, of them, etc.\\nEncenser, v. a. 1. to flatter, to worship.\\nEnehainer, v. a. 1. to chain.\\nEneliantement, n. m. enchantment,\\ncharm.\\nEncore, adv. yet, stilt, again.\\nEndormir, v. a. ir. 2. to put or lull to\\nsleep, (s re\u00c2\u00a3 to go to sleep.\\nEndroit, n. m. spot, place.\\nEnfant, n. m. child.\\nEufanter, v. a. 1. to produce.\\nEn for, n. m. hell.\\nEnfers, n. m. pi. infernal regions.\\nEnlin. adv. at last, finally.\\nEnfler, (s v. r. 1. to swell, to increase.\\nitir, v. a 2. to swallow up.\\nEnivrer, v. a. 1. to intoxicate.\\nEnlever, v. a. 1. to lake or carry\\naway.\\nEimc-mi. n. m. adj. enemy, in-\\nEnnuyeux, sc, adj. tiresome, weari-\\nsome.\\nMe, adv. tojether.\\nEntendre, v. a. 4. to hear, to under-\\nstand.\\nEatravee, n. f. pi. bonds, obstacles,\\nEntrer, v. n. I. to enter, to go in.\\nKnvers, pre. towards, to.\\nr. i. v. r. 1. to fly away.\\nGpargner, v. a. 1. to spare.\\nEpaule, n. f. shoulder.\\nE| uvaiiter, v. a. 1. to frighten.\\nBe, n. rn. f. husband, wife.\\nEpuiser, v. a. 1. to exhaust,\\nErreur, n. f. error.\\nEnclave, n. m. t\\nK-p;iiv. n. id. *pace.\\nEaperanee, a C\\nE-ji irer, v. a. 1. to hope.\\nEsprit, n. in. v i:\\nr, v. a. 1. to try, attempt.\\nEl, I onj. and.\\nEtablir, v. a. 2. to establish.\\nd m. state, condition, trade.\\nEi u. in. summer.\\nEteindre, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. j e teignis),\\nto extinguish, put out.\\nEtendard, n. in. ttaudard.\\nEtendue, n. f. extent.\\nEteruel, le, adj. n. eternal\\nEtonner, v. a. 1. to astonish.\\nEtourdir, v. a. 2. to stun, to disturb.\\nEtre, v. aux. n. ir. 4. (ind. p. je\\nsuis, p. d. je rus), to be.\\nEtre, n. m. being.\\nEuphrate, Euphrates.\\nEuropeen, ne, n. adj. European.\\nEux, prn. m. pi. them.\\nEveiller, v. a. 1. to awake.\\nEviter, v. a. 1. to avoid.\\nExactement, adv. exactly.\\nExaminer, v. a. 1. to examine.\\nExcellent, e, adj excellent.\\nExccssif, ve, adj excessive.\\nExciter, v. a. 1. to excite.\\nExeniple, n. m. example.\\nExile, u. m. adj. exile, exiled.\\nExpirant, adj. v. expiring, dying.\\nExpirer, v. n. 1. to expire.\\nExterieur, n. m. outside, exterior.\\nExterieur, e, adj. exterior.\\nExtrCmite, n. extremity.\\nF.\\nFaelie, e, adj. v. angry, sorry.\\nFacon, n. f. fashion, way.\\nFaction, n. f. faction, watch.\\nFagotiu, m. a name often given in\\nl- ronr,- to monb ys.\\nFail ile, adj. weak, feeble.\\nEaim. n. f. hunger.\\nEaire, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je fis), to\\nmake, to do, to cause.\\nFalloir, v. nnip. ir. 3. (ind. p. il faut),\\nto be necessary.\\nFamille, n. f. family.\\nFarce, n. f farce, trick,\\nFarouche, adj. uild, stern.\\nFatigue, n. f. fatigue, weariness.\\nFausaeiiHiit, adv. falsely.\\nFaUX, n. f. scythe.\\nFaux, Be, adj. false.\\nFelicite, n. f. happiness, felicity.\\nl emnic, n. woman, wife.\\nFers, ii. in. pi. chains, irons.\\nFertile, adj. fruitful, fertile.\\nFeu. n. rn fire.\\nFeuillage, n. m. foliage.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0504.jp2"}, "503": {"fulltext": "GE-HO.\\n499\\nFeuille, n. f. leaf.\\nFestin, n. m. sumpituous meal, repast.\\nFidele, n. m. adj. faithful.\\nFier, e, adj. proud, formidable.\\nFier, (se), v. r. 1. to trust, to confide.\\nFille, n. t daughter, girl.\\nFils, n. m. son.\\nFlatterie, n. f. flattery.\\nFleau, n. m. scourge.\\nFletrir, v. a. n. 2. to fade, wither.\\nFleur, n f. flower.\\nFleuve, n. m. river, stream.\\nFlotter, v. n. 1. to float, to wave.\\nFoi, n. f. faith.\\nFois, n. f. time.\\nFolie, n. f. folly.\\nFond, n. m. bottom.\\nFonder, v. a. 1. to\\nFontaine, n. f. fountain, spring.\\nForce, n. f. strength, force.\\nForet, n. f. forest, wood.\\nFormer, v. a. 1. to form.\\nFort, e, adj. strong.\\nFortune, n. f. fortune.\\nFoudre, n. f. thunderbolt.\\nFou, folle, adj. n. m. f. fool,\\nfoolish.\\nFouler, v. a. 1. to tread under foot.\\nFoyer, n. m. hearth.\\nFoyers, n. m. pi. hearth, home, na-\\ntive country.\\nFranc, n. m. franc.\\nFrancais, e, adj. French.\\nFranchement, adv. frankly.\\nFranchir, v. a. 2. to step over, to pass\\nover.\\nFrapper, v. a.. 1 to strike.\\nFraternite, n. f. brotherhood.\\nFroid. n. m. cold.\\nFromage, n. m. cheese.\\nFront, n. m. forehead, brow.\\nFruit, n. m. fruit.\\nFugitif, ve, adj. fugitive.\\nFuite, n. f. flight.\\nFumer, v. n. a. 1. to smoke.\\nFusil, n. m. gun.\\nG.\\nGagner, v. a. 1 to tvin, gain.\\nGarde, n. f. guard, watch, care.\\nGate, adj. v. spoiled.\\nGelee, n. f. frost.\\nGemir, v. n. 2. to moan, groan.\\nGeneral, n. m. adj. general.\\nGeneration, n. f. generation.\\nGenie, n. in. genius.\\nGenou, n. m. knee.\\nGens, n. pi. people.\\nGestes, n. m. pi. gestures.\\nGlace, n. f. ice, looking-glass.\\nGlaneur, d. m. gleaner.\\nGlobe, n. m. globe.\\nGloire, n. f. glory.\\nGlorifier, v. a. 1. to glorify, praise.\\nGoutte, n. f. drop.\\nGouverner, v. a. 1. to govern.\\nGraces, n. f. pi. graces, thanks.\\nGraine, n. f. grain.\\nGrand, e, adj. great, large.\\nGrandir, v. n. 2. to grow.\\nGrimaces, n. f. pi. grimaces, faces.\\nGrander, v. a. n. 1. to scold, to roar.\\nGros, se, adj. large.\\nGrassier, e. adj. coarse.\\nGrue, n. f. crane.\\nGuere, adv. but little, but few.\\nGuerre, n. f. war.\\nGuerrier, n. m. warrior.\\nGuide, n. m. guide.\\nHabitant, n. m. inhabitant.\\nHabiter, v. a. 1. to inhabit.\\nHabituel, le, adj. usual, habitual.\\nHache, n. f. axe.\\nHaleine, n. f. breath.\\nHameau, n. m. hamlet.\\nHarangueur, n. m. orator.\\nHardiesse, n. f. boldness.\\nHardiment, adv. boldly.\\nHarpe, n. f. harp.\\nHasard, n. m. chance.\\nHater, v. a. 1. to hasten.\\nHauteur, n. f height, haughtiness.\\nHerbe, n. f. herb, grass.\\nHeros, n. m. hero.\\nHeure, n. f. hour.\\nHeritage, n. m. inheritance, property.\\nHeureux, se, adj. happy, fortunate.\\nHibou, n. m. owl.\\nHirondelle, n. f. swallow.\\nHiver, n. m. winter.\\nHomme, n. m. man.\\nHonnete, adj. honest, polite.\\nHonneur, n. m. honor.\\nHonte, n. f. shame.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0505.jp2"}, "504": {"fulltext": "500\\nHO-JA.\\nHorde, n. horde, troop.\\nHujssier, n. m. dourke per, attendant.\\nHumaiu, e, adj. human, humane.\\nHumblement, adv. humbly.\\nHymne, n. hymn.\\nIdole, n. idol.\\nIgnob e. adj. mean, low, debasing.\\nII, lis, prn. lie. it. they.\\nimage, n. f. image, resemblance.\\nIiniter, v. a. 1. to imitate.\\nI.umense, adj. immense, vast.\\nImmortal, ie. adj. immortal.\\nImpenitent, adj. impenitent, unrepent-\\ning.\\nImportUQ, e, adj. importunate, trou-\\nble-\\nImpur, e, adj. impure.\\nIncomparable, adj. incomparable,\\nmatchless.\\nInconno, e, adj. unknoion.\\nidj. inconstant, change-\\nable.\\nIndiquer, v. a. 1. to indicate, to point\\nout\\nIndustrie, n f. industry.\\nlie, adj. indefatigable, w.tir-\\nInfernal, o, adj. inf-rnal.\\nWe, unbending.\\nif nil.\\nIngratitu i tu k.\\nnee.\\ni scribe.\\nInstant, a. m. inatani, moment.\\non, 7 i auing.\\nIntenenr, a adj. n.\\n[nterrompre, v. a. ir. I to interrupt\\nIntime, adj. intimate, close.\\nIntitule, adj. v.\\nadj. intrepid.\\nB ir 4. (p. d. j intro-\\nduisis), to i \u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0080\u00a2luce.\\nJ.\\nJadia, adv. formerly.\\nJamais, adv. never.\\nJardin, n. m. garden.\\nJaseur, se, n. in. f. talker, prattler.\\nJe, j prn. I.\\nJeter, v. a. 1. to throw, cast.\\nJeunesse, n. youth.\\nJoie, n. joy.\\nJoindre, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je joignis,\\np. joint), to join, to connect, to add.\\nJoli, e, adj. pretty.\\nJuuet, n. m. plaything, sport.\\nJoug, n. m. yoke, subjectio?i.\\nJour, n. m. day. l\u00c2\u00abjht.\\nJournee, n. t. day, day s work.\\nJoyeux, se, adj. joyful, glad.\\nJuge, n. m. judge.\\nJugement, n. m. judgment, decision\\nJuger, v. a, 1. to judge, to decide.\\nJurer, v. a. n. 1. to sivear,to promise.\\nJusque, pre. as far, as far as.\\nJuste, adj. n. just.\\nJustice, n. f. justice.\\nLa. T, art. the.\\nLa, 1 prn. it\\nLa, adv. there la-baa, yonder.\\nLaboureur, n. iu. husbandman.\\nLac, n. in. lake.\\nv. a. 1. to lose hold of, to let\\ngo.\\nLaid, e, adj. ughj.\\nLame, n. C\\nLaisser, v. a. 1. to lave, to let.\\nI.ail. Ii. I\\nLambris, n. ni. wainscot.\\nl. .imi v. ii. f. lamp.\\nLancer, v. a. 1. to dart, to send forth\\nwith vioU nee, to launch.\\nLangue, n. f. tongue, language.\\nLaurier, n. m. laurel\\nhe.\\nLe, Y, les, prn. it, them,\\nI. gi r, e. a lj. light\\nLendemain, n. m. nert day, morrow.\\nLea, art. pL the; lea, prn. them.\\nLeur, adj. pi. I\\nLeur, prn. to ^em.\\nLever, v. a L. to raise, (se), v. r. to\\narise.\\nLever, n. m. rising.\\nLilian, rv n\\nLiberie*, n. C liberty, freedom.\\nLibre, adj. free.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0506.jp2"}, "505": {"fulltext": "501\\nLieu, n. m. place, spot.\\nLion, n. m. lion.\\nLiqueur, n. f. liquor, liquid.\\nLivre, n. m. hook.\\nLoi, n. f! law.\\nLoin, adv. far.\\nLointain, e, adj. remote, distant.\\nLong, ue, adj. long.\\nLong-temps, adv. long, long lime.\\nLoup, n. m. wolf.\\nLugubre, adj. mournful, sad.\\nLui, prn. to him, to her\\nLumiere, n. f. light.\\nLunettes, n. f. pi. spectacles.\\nLutte, n. f. struggle, contest.\\nLutter, v. n. 1. to contend with, to\\nM.\\nMa, adj. pos. f. my.\\nMachine, n. f. machine.\\nMagnanime, adj. magnanimous.\\nMagnificence, n. f. magnificence.\\nMain, n. f. hand.\\nMaintenir, v. a. ir. 2. (ind. p. je\\nmaintiens, p. d. je maintins), to\\nmaintain.\\nMais, conj. but.\\nMaison, n. f. house.\\nMaitre, n. m. master.\\nMai, n. m. evil, adv. badly.\\nMalade, n. adj. patient, sick.\\nMale, adj. manly, dignified.\\nMalgre, pre. in spite of.\\nMalice, n. f. cunning, malice.\\nMalin, inaligne, adj. sarcastic, sly.\\nManant, n. m. peasant, clown.\\nManger, v. a. 1. to eat.\\nManifester, v. a. 1. to manifest, to tes-\\ntify, to show.\\nManquer, v. a. n. 1. to miss, to fail.\\nMarcher, v. n. 1. to walk, to march.\\nMarge, n. f. margin.\\nMarque, n. f. mark.\\nMarseillaise, n. f. Marseillaise hymn.\\nMatelot, n. m. sailor.\\nMatiere, n. f. matter.\\nMauvais, e, adj. bad.\\nMaxime, n. f. maxim.\\nMe. prn. me, to me.\\nMelodieux, se, adj. melodious.\\nMeme, adj. adv. same, self, even.\\nMenacer, v. a. 1. to threaten.\\nMendiant, n. m. beggar.\\nMener, v. a. 1. to lead, to take\\nMensonge, n. m. falsehood.\\nMentir, v. n. ir. 2. to lie, to tell a\\nfalsehood.\\nMenu, e, adj. small, short.\\nMepris, n. m. contempt.\\nMepriser, v. a. 1. to despise.\\nMer, n. f. sea.\\nMercenaire, adj. mercenary.\\nMercure, Mercury.\\nMere, n. f. -mother.\\nMerite, n. m. merit.\\nMeriter, v. a. 1. to merit, to deserve.\\nMes, adj. pos. pi. my.\\nMesurer, v. a. 1. to measure.\\nMetier, n. m. trade, occupation.\\nMettre, v. a. ir. 4. (ind. p. je mets,\\np. d. je mis, p. mis), to put, to\\nset.\\nMeubler, v. a. 1. to furnish.\\nMidi, n. m. south, noon.\\nMignon, ne, adj. delicate, pretty.\\nMilieu, n. m. middle.\\nMille, adj. num. thousand.\\nMinistre, n. m. minister.\\nMobile, adj. movable, light.\\nModeste, adj. modest.\\nMceurs, n. f. pi. morals, manners.\\nMoi, prn. me.\\nMoindre, adj. lesser, less.\\nMoins, adv. less, (au) least.\\nMois, n. m. month.\\nMoissonneur, n. m. harvest-man,\\nreaper.\\nMoment, n. m. moment.\\nMonde, n. m. world, people, (tout le)\\nevery body.\\nMonnaie, n. f. money, change.\\nMonstre, n. m. monster.\\nMontagnard, n. m. mountaineer.\\nMontagne, n. f. mountain.\\nMonter, v. a. n. 1. to ascend, to\\nmount.\\nMontrer, v. a. 1. to show, to point\\nout.\\nMonument, n. m. monument.\\nMoquer, (se), v. r. 1. to laugh at, to\\nmock.\\nMorceau, n. m. piece, morsel\\nMort, n. f. death, n. m. dead.\\nMosquee, n. f. mosque.\\nMot, n. m. word.\\nMouche, n. f. fly.\\nMourir, v. n. ir. 2. to die.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0507.jp2"}, "506": {"fulltext": "502\\nMO-OB.\\nOP-PA.\\nMouton, n. m. sheep.\\nHugir, v. n. 2. to roar.\\nMysterieux, adj. mysterious.\\nK\\nNa .f, re, adj. artless, unaffected,\\nsni, pit, innocent.\\nNaissance, n. I birth.\\nNnis-aut, c, adj. v. rising, growing.\\nNaitre, v. n. ir. 4. (ind. p. je nais,\\np. d. je naquis, p. ne), to le born.\\nNation, n. f. nation.\\nNature, n. i. nature.\\nNavire, n. m. ship, vessel.\\nNe, adv. not,\\nNe, p. born.\\nNe pa?, adv. not.\\nN que, adv. cm/i/, u\u00c2\u00a3.\\nNeant, n. m. nothingness, nothing.\\nlire, adv. necessary.\\nlire, n. m. necessaries of life.\\nNi, conj. nor, neither.\\nNocturne, adj, nocturnal, nightly.\\ni.. f. hazel-nut.\\nNombre, a. m. number.\\nNummcr, v. a. 1. to name, to call.\\nNon, adv. no.\\nNos, adj. wur.\\nNourrir, v. a. 2. to feed, to nourish.\\nNous. prn. we, as.\\nNouveau, nouvcl, nouvelle, adj.\\nnerc.\\nNouvelle. n. f. news.\\n0.\\nObelr, v. n. 2. l- obey.\\nB, adj. darti^ obscure.\\nObserver, v. a. 1. to observe, to take\\nof.\\nObtenir, v. a. ir. 2. (ind. p. d. j ob-\\np. d. j obtins), I obtain.\\nhateful\\nOeU, ii. in. (pi. yeux), eyes.\\nn. in. bird.\\ntad*, to shelter.\\nOn, prn. ind\\nen dit, it is laid (one says).\\nOnde, n t wave, water,\\nOpprime, adj. v. oppressed.\\nOpprobre, n. m. opprobrium, shame.\\nOpuleDt, e, adj. rich, wealthy.\\nOr, n. m. gold.\\nOrage, n. m. storm.\\nOrdinairement, adv. commonly.\\nOi dre, n. m. order.\\nOreille, n. f. car.\\nOrgueil, n. m. pride.\\nOrplielin, c, n. m. f. orphan.\\nOter, v a. 1. to take away, to de-\\nprive of.\\nOu, conj. or.\\nOu, adv. where, in which, wherein.\\nOublier, v. a. 1. to forget, to neglect.\\nOutrage, n. m. outrage, offence, shame.\\nOuverture, n. f. opening.\\nOuvrage, n. m. work.\\nOuvrier, n. m. workman.\\nPairre, v. a. n. 4. to graze.\\nPaix, n. f peace.\\nPalais, n. in. palace.\\nPalmyre, Palmyra.\\nPar, pre. by.\\nParaitre, v. n. ir. 4. (p. paru), to ap-\\npear.\\nrarce que, conj. because.\\nParcourir, v. a. ir. 2. to travel over,\\nto cross, to look onr.\\nPared, lc, adj. equal, similar, such.\\nParer (se), v. r. 1. to adorn one s\\nself.\\nParesseux, se, adj. idle, lazy, indo-\\nbut.\\nTarler, v. n. 1. to speak.\\nParmi, pre. among, amongst.\\nParole, n. f. word.\\nParricide, adj. patricidal\\nParti, n. in. pari, party, resolution.\\nPartir, v. n. ir. 2. to set out, to leave,\\nto depart.\\nPartout, adv. everywhere.\\nParvenu, adj. v. (used as a noun),\\nupstart.\\nPas, adv. not, n. m. step, pace.\\nPasser, v. n. 1. to\\nau, n. in. sparrow.\\nPassion, n. E i\\nPatre, n. in. herdsman, shepherd.\\nPatrie, n. f. country, native country.\\nPatte, n. f. paw.\\nPAturagp, rj. m. pasture, pasturage.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0508.jp2"}, "507": {"fulltext": "PL-m.\\n503\\nPauvre, adj. poor.\\nPays, n. m. country.\\nPa/san. n. m. peasant, countryman.\\nPeage, n. in. foW.\\nPea i, n. f. skin.\\nPeliidre, v. a. ir. 4. (ind. p. jepeins,\\np. d je peignis), to paint, describe.\\nPeine, n. f. trouble, pain.\\nPe;n. (a), ad/, hardly, scarcely.\\nPeniblej adj. laborious, painful.\\nPendant, pre. during.\\nPendre, v. a. n. 4. to hang.\\nPenetration, n. (.penetration.\\nPenetrer, v. a. 1. to penetrate.\\nPenser, v. n. 1. to think.\\nPere, n. m. father.\\nPerfide, adj. perfidious, treacherous.\\nPerdre, v. a 4. to lose.\\nPermettre, v. a. ir. 4. to permit, al-\\nlow.\\nPerroquet, n. m. parrot.\\nPerse, Persia.\\nPersonne, prn. ind. nobody.\\nPervers, a Ij. perverse.\\nPetit, e, adj. small, little.\\nPesant, adj. v. heavy.\\nPeu, adv. Utile.\\nPeuple, n. m. people.\\nPeupler, v. a. 1. to people.\\nPhalange, n. m. phalanx.\\nPhilosophic, n. f. philosophy.\\nPhrase, n. f. phrase, sentence.\\nPiece, n. f. piece.\\nPied, n. m. foot.\\nPieg n. ra. trap, snare.\\nPis, adv. worse, taut pis, so much\\nthe worse.\\nPitii, n. f. pity.\\nPlace, n. f. place, spot.\\nPlacer, v. a. 1. to place.\\nPlafond, n. m. ceiling.\\nPlage, n. f. sJiore, beach.\\nPlain ire (se), v. r. ir. 4. (ind. p. je me\\nplains, p. d. je me plaignis), to\\ncomplain.\\nPlaine, n. f. plain.\\nPlaire, v. n. ir. 4. (p. d. je plus, p.\\nplu), to please.\\nPlaisanfc, n. m. wag, joker.\\nPlanter, v. a. 1. to plant.\\nPlein, e, adj. full, open.\\nPleurer, v. a. n. 1. to weep, to\\nmourn.\\nPlier, v. a. 1. to low, to bend.\\nPluie, n. rain.\\nPlume, n. f. feather, pen.\\nPlupart (la), n. col. the most, most.\\nPlus, adv. more.\\nPlusieurs, adj several.\\nPluton, Pluto.\\nPoint, n. m. point, adv. not.\\nPoisson, n. m.Jish.\\nPole, n. m. pole.\\nPoli, e, adj. polite, polished.\\nPolitesse, n. i politeness.\\nPorphyre, n. m. porphyry.\\nPort, n. m. port.\\nPorter, v. a. 1. to carry, to bear.\\nPortique, n. m. portico.\\nPoser, v. a. 1. to lay, to set, to place.\\nPosseder, v. a. 1. to possess.\\nPossible, adj. possible.\\nPoteau, n. m. stake, post.\\nPour, pre. for.\\nPousser, v. a. L to push, to hasten.\\nPouvoir, v. n. ir. 3. (ind. p. je puis, p.\\nd. je pus, p. pu), to be able.\\nPrairie, n f. meadow.\\nPrealablement, adv. previously.\\nPrecipiter, v. a. 1. to hasten, precipi-\\ntate.\\nPreferer, v. a. 1. to prefer.\\nPreliminaire, n. adj. preliminary.\\nPremier, e, adj. first.\\nPrendre, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je pris. p.\\npris), to take; (s y) ref. to com-\\nmence, to open the matter.\\nPreparer, v. a. 1. to prepare.\\nPres de, pre. near, nearly.\\nPresident, n. m. president.\\nPresence, n. f. presence.\\nPresent, n. m. present.\\nPresenter (se), v. r. 1. to present\\none s self.\\nPresque, adv. almost.\\nPresser, v. a. r. 1. (se), to hasten, to\\npress.\\nPret, e, adj. ready, prepared.\\nPrier, v. a. n. 1 to pray, to entreat.\\nPriere, n. f. prayer.\\nPrince, n. m. prince.\\nPrintemps, n. m. spring.\\nPrisonnier, n. m. prisoner.\\nPrix, n. m. price, prize.\\nProduire, v. a. ir. 4. to produce.\\nProferer, v a. 1. to utter, to speak.\\nProfession, n. f. profession.\\nProjet, n. m. project.\\nProlonger, v. a. 1. to extend, to con-\\ntinue, to lengthen.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0509.jp2"}, "508": {"fulltext": "504\\nPR-RE.\\nRE\u00e2\u0080\u0094 RE.\\nPromener, v. a. 1. to carry about.\\nPronoucer, v. a. 1. to pronounce.\\nProtestation, n. protest, protesta-\\ntion.\\nProvince, n. f. province, district.\\nPublier, v. a. 1. to publish.\\nPuis, adv. then.\\nPuiser, v. a. 1. to dip, to find.\\nPuisque, conj. since.\\nPuissance, n. f. power.\\nPuissant, e, adj. powerful.\\nQ.\\nQuand, adv. when.\\nQuatre, adj. num. four.\\nQu que, conj. that, prn. which,\\nQuel, adj. what, which.\\nQuelque, adj. some, adv. however.\\nQuelque chose, n. m. something.\\nQuelquefois, adv. sometimes.\\nQui, pm. who, which.\\nQuoi, prn. which, what.\\nQuoi I int. what I\\nQuoique, conj. altlwugh, though.\\nRadoteur, Be, a m. kt dotard.\\nRaison, n. f. reason, rigid.\\nBamaaser, v. a. 1. to pick up, to col-\\nlect.\\nRameau, n. m. branch.\\nBappeler, v. a. L to reeaB, to re-\\nmind, (se) v. r. to remember, to re-\\ncollect,\\nRapporter; v. a. 1. to bring back, to\\nrelate.\\nRapprocher, v. a. 1. to bring near or\\ntogether,\\nRaroment, adv. rarely, seldom.\\nRasa mbler, v. a. 1. to collect, to\\ntogether.\\nr fee), v. r. 1. take cour-\\ni rlieer up, to settle.\\nv. a. to r#\\ni adj. gruff, awkward, re-\\nidaire, n. m. candidate, one\\na. ir. 4. to recognize,\\nknow again.\\nRedire, v. a. ir. 4 to say again, re-\\npeat.\\nRedoute, adj. v. dreaded, feared.\\nReduire, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je redui-\\nsis, {to reduce, to compel.\\nReellenient, adv. really.\\nReflexion, n. f. reflection.\\nRefuge, n. m. refuge, asylum.\\nRefuser, v. a. 1. to refuse.\\nRegard, n. ru. look.\\nRegistre, n. m. register, book.\\nRegie, n. f. rule, regulation.\\nReguer, v. n. 1. to reign, to prevail.\\nRegret, n. m. regret.\\nReine, n. f. queen.\\nReligion, n. f. religion.\\nRelever, v. a. 1. to raise again.\\nRelief, n. m. en relief, raised, em\\nbossed.\\nRemerciment, n. m. thank.\\nRemettre, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je re-\\nmis, p. remis), to replace, to give,\\nto hand, to deliver.\\nRemplir, v. a. 2. to fill, to fulfill\\nRemucr, v. a. 1. to move, to stir.\\nRencontrer, v. a. 1. to meet.\\nRendre, v. a. 4. to render, to return,\\nto give back.\\nRenfermer, v. a. 1. to inclose, to con-\\ntain.\\nRenommee, n. {.fame, report.\\nRenvoyer, v. a. ir. 1. to send back,\\nto send again.\\nRepandre, v. a. 4. to spread, spill,\\nshed.\\nRepas, n. m. repast, meal\\nRepentir, (se), v. r. 2. to repent.\\nRepeter, v. a. 1. to repeat.\\nRepliquer, v. a. 1. to reply.\\nReplongor, v. a. 1. to plunge, or cast\\nagain.\\nRepondre, v. a. 4. to answer, reply.\\nReposse, n. reply.\\nReproduire, v. a. ir. 4. to reproduce.\\nReptile, n. m. reptile.\\nRepubllcail), n. ailj. republican.\\nr, v. a. 1. to reserve, to keep.\\nr, v. n. 1. to resist.\\nv. a. A n. ir 4. (p. d. jo\\nreaolus, p. r solu), to resolve, to\\nlance, n. f. retembhmoa,\\nReste, n. in. rest, remainder, rem-\\nnai.i.", "height": "2965", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0510.jp2"}, "509": {"fulltext": "KE-SA.\\nSA-SO.\\n505\\nReste, (de), adv. sufficiently, fully,\\nbesides.\\nHester, v. n. 1. to remain, to dwell.\\nRctenlir, v. n. 2. to resound.\\nRcteutissant, adj. v. resounding.\\nllctirer (se), v. r. 1. to retire, with-\\ndraw.\\nRetour, n. m. return.\\nRetourner, v. n. 1. to return, to go\\nback.\\nReussir, v. n. 1. to succeed.\\nReveil, n. m. act of aioaking.\\nReveiller (se), v. r. 1. to awake.\\nRevenir, v. n. ir. 2. to return, come\\nback.\\nRever, v. n. 1. to dream, to think.\\nRevers, n. m. reverse, wrong side.\\nRevetir, v. a. ir. 2. (ind. p. je re-\\nvets), to clothe, invest.\\nRevoir, v. a. ir. 3. (p. revu), to see\\nagain.\\nRiant, adj. v. laughing, smiling,\\npleasant, cheerful.\\nRicbe, adj. rich, wealthy.\\nRidicule, n. m. ridicule, adj. ridicu-\\nlous.\\nRidiculement, adv. ridiculously.\\nRien, adv. nothing.\\nRite, n. m. rite.\\nRivage, n. ra. bank, shore.\\nRive, n. IT bank, shore.\\nRire, v. n, ir. 4. (ind. p. je ris,\\nri), to laugh.\\nRocher, n. m. rock.\\nRoi, n. m. king.\\nRose, n. f. rose.\\nRoseau, n. m. reed.\\nRosee, n. f. dew.\\nRoute, n. f. road, way, path.\\nRoulement, n. m. rolling.\\nRouler, v. a. n. 1. to roll.\\nRoyal, e, adj. royal, kingly.\\nRumeur, n. f. rumor, report, noise.\\ns.\\nSa, adj. poss. f. his, her, its.\\nSable, n. m. sand.\\nSac, n. m. sack, bag..\\nSacre, e, adj. sacred, holy.\\nSage, adj. wise, good.\\nSagesse, n. f. wisdom.\\nSain, e, adj. healthy, wholesome.\\nSaint, e, adj. holy.\\nSaison, n. f. season.\\nSalle, u. f. hall, parlor, room.\\nSalutI int. Hail! good luck!\\nSang, n. in. blood.\\nSanguinaire, adj. bloodthirsty, san-\\nguinary.\\nSanglant, e adj. bleeding, bloody.\\nSans, pre. without.\\nSaute, n. f. health.\\nSauvage, adj. wild, savage.\\nSavant, adj. n. m. learned, learned\\nman.\\nSavoir, v. a. ir. 3. (ind. p. je sais, p.\\nd. je sus, p. su), to know.\\nScience, n. f. knowledge, science.\\nScier, v. a. 1. to saw.\\nSe, prn. him, her, himself, herself.\\nSeigneur, n. m. Lord.\\nSein, n. m. bosom.\\nSelon, pre. according to.\\nSembler. v. n. unip. 1. to seem, to\\nappear.\\nSemence, n. f. seed.\\nSemer, v. a. 1. to sow, to scatter.\\nSensement, adv. sensibly.\\nSentiment, n. m. sentiment, thought.\\nSentinelle, n. f. sentinel.\\nSentir, v. a. ir. 2. (ind. p. je sens), to\\nfeel, smell.\\nSeraphin, n. m. seraphim.\\nSerpolet, n. m. wild thyme.\\nServage, n. m. bondage.\\nServir, v. a. n. 2. (ind. p. je sers), to\\nserve, to be used.\\nServitude, n. f. servitude, slavery.\\nSes, adj. pos. pi. his, her, its.\\nSeul, e, adj. alone, only.\\nSeuil. n. m. threshold, door-step, sill.\\nSi, conj. if, adv. so.\\nSiecle, n. m. age, time, century.\\nSigne, n. m. sign.\\nSigner, v. a. 1. to sign.\\nSilence, n. m. silence.\\nSilencieux, se, adj. silent, not loqua-\\ncious.\\nSillon, n. m. furrow.\\nSimple, adj. simple.\\nSinge, n. m. ape, monkey.\\nSinueux, se, adj. sinuous, winding.\\nSituation, n. f. situation.\\nSoigneux, se, adj. careful.\\nSoi-meme, prn. himself, one s self.\\nSoin, ri. m. care.\\nSoir, n. m. evening.\\nSoldat, n. m. soldier.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0511.jp2"}, "510": {"fulltext": "506\\nSO-STT.\\nSoleil, n. m. sun.\\nSolide, adj. strong, solid.\\nSolitude, n. f. solitude.\\nSombre, adj. dark, gloomy, sad.\\nSommeil, n. m. sleep.\\nSommet, n. m. summit, top, pinnacle.\\nSon, n. ra. sound.\\nSou, adj. pos. m. s. his, Iter, its.\\nSourer, v. n. 1. to dream, to think.\\nSonner, v. n. 1. to ring.\\nSort, u. ra. lot, fate.\\nSorte, n. f. kind; de sorte, adr. so\\nthat.\\nSortir, v. n. ir. 2. (ind p. je sors), to\\n(J) out.\\nSot, sotte, n. adj. fool, foolish.\\nSottise, n. f. nonsense.\\nSoudaiu, e, adj. sudden, unexpected,\\nadv. suddenly.\\nSouffle, n. m. breath, tvind.\\nSouffrir, v. a. ir. 1. to suffer, to bear.\\nr, v. a. 1. to wish, to desire.\\nSoulier, n. m. shoe.\\nSoup ;onner, v. a. 1. to stispect.\\nSouplesse, n. f. suppleness, docility.\\nSour J, e, adj. deaf.\\nSous, pre. under.\\nBo itenir, v. a. ir. 3. (ind. jo soutiens),\\nin sustain, to sup port, to bear, to\\nmaintain.\\nSoutien, el ra. support.\\nu. f. remembrance, re-\\nHon.\\nir, n. m. remembrance, re-\\ncoHea\\nSouvenir (ae), v. r. ir. 2. (ind. p. jeme\\nsouviens), to remember, recullecl.\\nSouvent, adv. often.\\nSpirale (en), wi i\\nSplendeor, n. f. brilliancy, sptlcndor.\\nStatut, n. in. v\\nStratagems, n. m. stratagem, trick.\\nStupide, adj. stupid, s 1 y.\\nv. a. ir. i. (ind. p. jo suis), to\\n,v n. subject.\\nadj. proud, superb, magnifi-\\nan\\nij. sure, certain, safe.\\nBur, pee. on, upon.\\nBur-le-chatnp, adv. immediately.\\nBortaoe, n. f. surface.\\nSumumeraire, adj. supernumerary.\\nSurpasser, v. a. 1. to surpass.\\nSurprendre, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je sur-\\npris, p. surpris), to surprise.\\nSurpris, e, adj. v. surprised.\\nSurtout, adv. above all.\\nSurveillance, n. f. watch, care.\\nSymbol, n. m. symbol.\\nSycomore, n. m. sycamore.\\nSympatliie, n. f. sympathy.\\nSyrie, Syria.\\nT.\\nTableau, n. m. table, picture.\\nTacher, v. u. 1. to endeavor, to try.\\nTailler, v. a. 1. to cut, to shape.\\nTalent, n. m. talent.\\nTandis, adv. while*\\nTanner, v. a. 1. to tan.\\nTant, adv. so much.\\nTant mieux, adv. so much the better.\\nTant pis. adv. so much the worse.\\nTard, adv. late.\\nTc, prn. thee.\\nTell, telle, adj. such.\\nTemper^, e, adj. temperate.\\nTempete, n. f. tempest.\\nTemps, n. in. time, weather.\\nTendre, adj. tender, kind.\\nTenir, v. a. ir. 2. (ind. p. jo tiens, p.\\nd. je tins, p. tenu), to hold.\\nTenter, v. a. 1. to tempt, to attempt,\\nto try.\\nTerme, n. m. term, end, expression.\\nTerrasser, v. a. 1. to throw down.\\nlYrro, n. f. land, earth.\\nT. rreur, n. f. fear, terror.\\nTerrible, adj. terrible.\\nTete, ii. E head.\\nTliyin, n. ni. thyme.\\nTip ii. f. stalk, stem.\\nTigre, n. in. tiger.\\nTirer, v. a. 1. to draw, to extract, to\\nfire, to\\nToi, prn. thee, thou.\\nI nis. .n. n. L fleece.\\nToil, ii. in. roqf.\\nTomber, v. n. 1. tofalL\\nIon, adj. thy.\\nTonnerte, n. ni. thunder.\\nTort, n. in. wrong.\\nr, v. a. 1. to touch\\nToujour.*, adv. always.\\nTour. n. f. tower.", "height": "2948", "width": "1735", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0512.jp2"}, "511": {"fulltext": "507\\nTour, n. m. trick, turn.\\nTourmenter, v. a. 1. to torment, to\\ntease.\\nTourner, v. a. 1. to turn.\\nTout, e, adj. all, every.\\nTout, adv. entirely, quite.\\nTracer, v. a. 1. to trace, to mark.\\nTrahir, v. a. 2. to betray.\\nTrait, n. m. feature, trait, arrow.\\nTraitement, n. m. treatment,\\nTraitre, n. m. adj. traitor, treacher-\\nous.\\nTrame, n. f. woof, plot.\\nTranquille, adj. quid, tranquil.\\nTrail quillement, adv. quietly, tran-\\nquilly.\\nTransport, n. m. transport, carriage.\\nTravail, n. m. work, labor.\\nTravers (a), pre. through, across.\\nTrembler, v. n. 1. to tremble, to shud-\\nder.\\nTres, adv. very.\\nTxesor, n m. treasure.\\nTribu, n. f. tribe.\\nTriomphe, n. m. triumph.\\nTriste, adj. sad, sorrowful.\\nTrois, adj. num. three.\\nTrone, n. m. throne.\\nTvo]}, adv. too much, too many.\\nTrouble, n. ni. trouble, vexation, dis-\\nturbance.\\nTroupeau, n. m. flock, herd.\\nTrouver, v. a. 1. to find; (se), v. r. to\\nhappen to be, to be present, to\\nappear.\\nTu, prn. thou.\\nTuer, v. a. 1. to kill, slay.\\nTyrannic, n. f. tyranny.\\nu.\\nTin, une, adj. num. one, a, an.\\nUnir, v. a. 2. to unite.\\nUnivers, n. m. universe.\\nUsage, n. m. custom, use.\\nUsurper, v. a. 1. to usurp.\\nUtile, adj. useful.\\nY.\\nVacant, e, adj. vacant, unoccupied.\\nVache, n. f. cow.\\nVague, n. f. wave, billow.\\nVain, e, adj. vain.\\nVaincre, v. a. ir. 4. (ind. p. jo vaincs,\\np. d. je vaiaquis, p. vaincu), to\\nvanquish, to conquer, to overcome.\\nVaisseau, n. m. vessel, ship.\\nVallon, n. m. valley, vale.\\nValoir, v. n. ir. 3. (ind. je vaux, p.\\nd. je valus), to be worth.\\nVanite, n. f. vanity.\\nVanneur, n. m. winnower.\\nVanter (se), v. r. 1. to boast.\\nVaquer, v. unip. n. 1. to be vacant.\\nVase, n. m. vase, vessel.\\nVaste, adj. vast.\\nVengeur, n. in. avenger.\\nVenir, v. n. ir. 2. (ind, p. je viens, p.\\nd. je vins), to come.\\nVent, n. m. wind.\\nVerger, n. m. orchard.\\nVerite, n. f. truth.\\nVermeil, n. m. silver gilded.\\nVers, pre. towards.\\nVert, adj. green.\\nVertu, n. f. virtue.\\nVertueux, se, adj. virtuous.\\nVetement, n. m. garment.\\nVt tir, v. a. ir. 2. to clothe.\\nVice, n. m. vice.\\nVictime, n. f. victim.\\nVide, adj. empty, n. m. empty space.\\nVie, n. f. life.\\nVieux, vieil, vieille, adj. old, anti-\\nquated.\\nVif, ve, adj. lively, quick.\\nVigilance, n. t vigilance.\\nVil, e, adj. vile, mean, low.\\nVillage, n. m. village.\\nVille, n. f. town, city.\\nVirilement, adv. manfully, coura-\\ngeously.\\nVisir, n. m. vizier.\\nVisiter, v. a. 1. to visit.\\nVivacite, n. f. vivacity.\\nVivant, e, adj. v. living.\\nVivre, v. n. ir. 4. (ind. p. je vis, p.\\nd. je vecus, p. vecu), to live.\\nVceu, n. m. vow, wish.\\nVoici, pre. here is, this is.\\nVoila, pre. there is, that is.\\nVoler, v. n. 1. to fly, v. a. to steal.\\nVoie, n. f. ivay, path, road.\\nVoir, v. a. ir. 3. (p. d. je vis, p. vu),\\nto see, to perceive.\\nVoisin, n. m. neighbor.\\nVoix, n. f. voice.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0513.jp2"}, "512": {"fulltext": "508\\nvo-vu.\\nVorace, adj. greedy, voracious.\\nVos, adj. pos. pi. your.\\nVotre, adj. p. your.\\nVouloir, v. a. n. ir. 3. (ind. p. je\\nveux, p. d. je voulus, p. voulu),\\nto wish, to be willing.\\nYou?, prn. you.\\nVbfite, n. f. vault, arch.\\nVoyager, v. n. 1. to travel\\nV rai, e, adj. true.\\nV raiment, adv. truly.\\nYue, n. f. view, sight.\\nY, adv. there.\\nY, prn. to it, to them, at it, at them,\\nin it, in them.\\nY avoir, v. unip. 3. il y a, there is,\\nthere are il y a un an, a year ago.\\nTeux, n. m. p. (plui-al of ceil), eyes.\\nZenobia, Zenobia.\\nZephyr, n. in. light wind, zephyr.\\nZero, n. m. zero, naught.", "height": "2948", "width": "1735", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0514.jp2"}, "513": {"fulltext": "PUBLISHED BY IVIS0N, PHINNEY CO., NEW YORK.\\nFASQUELLE S\\nFRENCH SERIES.\\nBy LOUIS FASQUELLE, LL.D.,\\nProfessor of Modem Languages in the University of Michigan.\\nCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES.\\n1. The plan of this popular Series embraces a combination\\nof the two rival systems the Oral, adopted by Ollendorff,\\nRobertson, Manesca, and others, with the old Classical, or\\nGrammatical System. One of its principal features is a con-\\nstant comparison of the construction of the French and English\\nLanguages.\\n2. Another important feature consists in the facility with\\nwhich the instructor or student can elect in the course of study\\nthe practice and theory combined, or as much or as little of\\neither as he deems proper.\\n3. The Course commences with a complete though short\\ntreatise on pronunciation, presenting the power of each letter\\nas initial, medial, or final, and also its sound when final and\\ncarried to the next word, in reading or speaking.\\n4. The changes in the words are presented in the most simple\\nmanner, and copiously exemplified by conversational phrases.\\n5. The rules of composition, grammatical and idiomatical,\\nare introduced gradually, so as not to offer too many difficulties\\nat one time.\\n6. The verbs are grouped by tenses, and comparisons insti-\\ntuted, showing their resemblance or difference of termination\\nin the different conjugations.\\n7. The second, or theoretical part, offers, in a condensed\\nform, a solution of the principal difficulties of the language.\\n8. The Rules are deduced from the best authorities, and illus-\\ntraded by short extracts from the best French writers.\\n9. A treatise on gender is given, containing rules for determin-\\ning gender by the meaning of words, and also by the termination.\\n10. The Irregular, Defective, and Peculiar verbs are pre-\\nsented in an Alphabetical Table, producing a Complete Dic-\\ntionary of these verbs.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0515.jp2"}, "514": {"fulltext": "PUBLISHED BT IVISOK, PHINSTEY CO., NEW YORK.\\nFASQUELLE S FRENCH SERIES.\\nI. FASQUELLE S FRENCH COURSE:\\nOB, HIW METHOD OF LEAEXnJG TEE FEENCH LANGUAGE.\\nRevised and enlarged. Price, $1 25.\\nEmbracing both the Analytic and Synthetic modes of In-\\nstruction. By Louis Fasquelle, LL.D., Professor of Modern\\nLanguages in the University of Michigan.\\nThis work is on the plan of Woodbury s Method with Ger-\\nman. It pursues the same gradual course, and comprehends\\nthe same wide scope of instruction. It is the leading book in\\nthe best literary institutions in the United States, and has also\\nbeen reprinted in England, where it has an extended sale.\\nH. A KEY TO THE EXERCISES IN FASQUELLE S\\nFRENCH COURSE.\\nPrice, 75 cents.\\nni. FASQUELLE S COLLOQUIAL FRENCH READER.\\n260 Pages. Duodecimo. Price, 75 cents.\\nContaining Interesting Narratives from the best French\\nwriters, for translation into English, accompanied by Conver-\\nsational Exercises. With Grammatical References to Fasquelle s\\nNew French Method explanation of the most difficult passages,\\nand a copious Vocabulary.\\nIV. FASQUELLE S TELEMAQUE.\\nYlni Price, 75 cents.\\nLes Aventures de Tulemaque. Par M. Fenelon. A New\\nEdition, with notes. The Text carefully prepared from the\\nmost approved French Editions.\\nTho splendid production of Fcn61on Is hero presented In a beautiful mechanical\\ndress, with copious references to Fasquelle s Grammar, full notes explanatory of diffi-\\nculties In the text, and a full vocabulary.\\nV. NAPOLEON. BY ALEXANDER DUMAS.\\nPrice, 75 cents.\\nArranged for the use of Colleges and Schools; with Conver-\\nsational Exercises on the plan of Fasquelle s Colloquial French\\nReader, Explanatory Notes, and Idiomatical and Grammatical\\nReferences to the New French Method. By Louis Fasquelle,\\nLL.D.\\n2", "height": "2948", "width": "1735", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0516.jp2"}, "515": {"fulltext": "PUBLISHED BY IVISON, PIIINNEY CO., NEW YORK.\\nFASQUELLE S FRENCH SERIES.\\nVL FASQUELLE S CHEFS D CEUVRE DE RACINE.\\n832 Pages, 12-mo. Price, 75 cents.\\nFor Colleges and Schools. With Explanatory Notes and\\nGrammatical References to the New French Method.\\nThis Edition contains five of Racine s best plays Les Plai-\\ndeurs, Andromaque, Iphigenie, Esther, and Athalie. The\\nNotes will be found, in all the plays, sufficiently full, without\\nbeing diffuse in Les Plaideurs, the only comedy written by\\nRacine, the explanations, however, are much fuller than the\\nothers.\\nVII. FASQUELLE S INTRODUCTORY FRENCH COURSE.\\nlSmo. Price, 56 cents.\\nA new work, on the plan of the larger Course, adapted\\nto Beginners.\\nVni. FASQUELLE S MANUAL OF FRENCH CONVER-\\nSATION.\\n12w? o. Price, T5 cents.\\nA Complete Manual of Conversation, Idioms, etc., with refer-\\nences to Fasquelle s Course.\\nTestimonials of Teachers and Professors.\\nFasquelle s French Series has been recommended by State\\nSuperintendents and Boards of Education, by hundreds of\\ndistinguished Professors and Teachers, whose testimonials\\nwould fill a volume. The following are specimens\\nJoseph Wm. Jenks, Professor of Languages in the University\\nof Urbana, 0., says I have taught many classes in the French language, and do\\nnot hesitate to say, that Fasquelle s French Course is superior to any other French\\nGrammar I have met with, for teaching French to those whose mother-tongue is\\nEnglish. It combines, in an admirable manner, the excellences of the old, or classic,\\nand the new, or Ollendorffian methods, avoiding the faults of both.\\nMessrs. Guillaume H. Talbot, T. A. Pelletier, E. H. Vian,\\nH. Sest, and N. B. De Montkaeciit, well known to the community as among the\\nmost eminent teachers in BOSTON, unite in a testimonial in which they heartily\\nand unanimously testify, that the work is held in high esteem and approbation among\\nus, and that we consider it the very best heretofore published on the subject of which\\nit treats. For the true interest of all engaged in the study of the spoken French, we\\nrould advise its universal adoption.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0517.jp2"}, "516": {"fulltext": "PUBLISHED- BY IVIS0N, PHINNEY fc CO., NEW YORK.\\nFASQUELLE S FBENCH SERIES.\\nMessieurs Masset and Yilleplait, Professors of the French\\nLanguage in New York, write TVe consider Fasqrjelle s French Course a valu-\\nable and appropriate addition to the different grammars of the French Language.\\nThe arrangement adopted is systematic, and so simplified as greatly to facilitate the\\nprogress of the student.\\nProf. Alphonse Brtjnner, of Cincinnati, says Having\\nbeen a teacher of my vernacular tongue the French for ten years, in my opinion, it\\nis the best book yet prepared. I recommend it as superior to tho old theoretical\\ngrammars.\\nProf. J. B. Torricelli, of Dartmouth College, writes I\\ntike pleasure in recommending to the teacher as well as to tho private student,\\nFasquelle s New Method, as the best yet published. Its adoption in our Colleges\\nand Seminaries has given entire satisfaction. Mr. Fasquelle dcsorves tho thanks of\\nall lovers of the French language.\\nRev. Charles Collins, DP)., President of Dickinson College,\\nPa. We have introduced Fasquelle s French Series with very decided approbation.\\nProf. Everett, of Bowdoin College, Me.: Fasquelle s\\nFrench Conrse is decidedly the best grammar ever published.\\nEdward North, A.M., Professor of Languages, Hamilton\\nCollese, N. Y. Fasquelle s French Course I continue to use, and to like. It is\\nWorthy of its immense popularity.\\nRev. Gborgb B. Jbwbtt, late Professor of Modern Lan-\\nguages, Amb T-t College:\u00e2\u0080\u0094 have examined Fasquelle s French Series with much\\n:i. They form an admirable series.*\\nProf. Charles Gobblle, Professor of Modern Languages,\\nNewburv Female Colli VI I have been using Fasquelle s French\\nConrse during tbe pasl two years in one of the best schools In Mew England. It is\\nk 1 know of for Instruction In the French language.\\nProf, T. Pbyrb Ferry, Teacher of French in the New Jersey\\nNormal School, Trenton Fasquelle s Course Is the best work c\\\\ er published of the\\nkind. It enables the pupil to acquire a practical knowledge of the French language. 1\\nRev. G. W. QrjBRBAU, A.M., Principal of Conference 8am\\nnary, Greenwich, R. I. Fasquelle s Conrse Is our standard text-book in French.\\nWe use it because we think it best. I speak with some confidence, and am satisfied\\ntl.at li Is deoldi any other book of the kind.\\nJambs Ajtgbll, A.M.. Professor of Modern Languages in\\nBrown University, writes:\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I gladly testify to the excellence of Ifasquelle s Treses\\nI I in my nlaiwnn for three rears.\\nP. Lboendre, Professor of French, New Haven, t.,\\nsiys Never has a work oome under my notice, that blends SO happily and har-\\nmoniously the great rival dements of the language. My pupils study it with plea\\nE. .1. P. Wohranoe, Professor of Modem Languages in tho\\nff. Y. Central College, v time original\\nand complete in Itself, supers* now In use.\\nThe A says: Prof. F. is somewhat of\\nan enthusiast a* to bis metho I of teaching, and b ling bli 1 with as much\\nexperience, makes a better arranged text-book, and grades the difficulties mete bap\\nplly than any other modern teaober. H\\nThe Philadelphia Daily News Bpenks of the Napoleon, as\\nM a very concise and Interesting French history which, edited as it is by Prof. Foa\\nquelle. Van n.it fail to prove a very popular school-book. Tho narrative U In Dumas\\nmost brilliant and attrai\\nThe X. P. Tndejh of the Napoleon It com-\\ntbe student, a good French\\nstyle and grammatical and critical exercises and annotation*", "height": "2948", "width": "1735", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0518.jp2"}, "517": {"fulltext": "PUBLISHED BV IVISON, PHINNEY CO., NEW YORK.\\nWOODBURY S\\nGERMAN SERIES.\\nBy W. H. WOODBURY, A.M.\\nI. New METiroD-wiTn German,.. 1 50\\nII. Key to tub New Method,.... 50\\nIII. Shorter Course, 75\\nI V. Key to Shorter Counsrc, 50\\nV. Elementary German Header, 75\\nVI. Eclectic German Reader,.. 1 00\\nVII. German English Reader,... 25\\nVIII. New Method for Germans,.. 75\\nIX. Glauhensklf.e s Grammar,.. 75\\nX. Glaubensklee s Header,.. 50\\nThis system is founded on similar principles with Fasquelle s\\nFrench Series, and is highly popular. Our Catalogue and\\nCirculars present cordial testimonials from a large number of\\neminent educators and scholars, among whom are\\nProf. Schmidt of Columbia College, who says The\\nMethod 1 is truly admirable, and with willing learners, can not fail to accomplish the\\nmost satisfactory results.\\nProf. Arthur L. Perry, Professor of Modern Languages,\\nWilliams College, Mass., writes, Sept. 19, 1857 I have introduced Woodbury s\\nNew Method, in my German classes with the best results. It is very nearly a per-\\nfect book for beginners. I am also entirely satisfied with his entire Series.\\nW. H. Allen, LL.D., President of Girard College, pro-\\nnounces it all that is necessary to make the acquisition of German easy and delight-\\nful to the student. Its style is perspicuous, its arrangement natural, and its method,\\ncombining, as it does, the practical with the theoretic, is well adapted to all classes\\nof learners.\\nRev. George B. Miller, D.D., Professor of Theology in the\\nITartwick, N. Y., Lutheran Seminary, an accomplished and experienced German\\nteacher, writes, June 13, 1S57:\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Having used Woodbury s New Method for several\\nyears, I consider it to be far in advance of the old Ollendorf Method, and so far as I\\nknow, the best system of teaching German that is extant.\\nProf. Torricelli, of Dartmouth College: Having for\\nthe past two years used it in the College, and in the Female Seminary in this place,\\nI find that nothing bettor can be desired. No German teacher will hesitate to adopt\\nit in preference to any others.\\nProf. Peissner, Professor of German in Union College,\\nwrites: With great delight I see the publication of a German Grammar somewha\\ndifferent from the systems hitherto followed. I admire in Mr. Woodbury s work the\\nlogical arrangement, and the use of practical phrases and exercises. It is, in short,\\njust the work which we have been in need of, and I do not hesitate to recommend it\\nto every one who studies with me, or asks my advice. Professor Foster, a German\\nscholar of great perfection, confirms my opinion.\\nRev. Dr. Nast, Editor of Christliche Apologete Hon. R.\\nAllyn, Commissioner of Rhode Island President Allen, Girard College; and many\\nother well-known German teachers, with many notices from the press, among which\\nwe cite the following:\\nThe Bibliotheca Sacra, edited by Rev. Professors Park\\nand Taylor, Andover, Mass., says: We can confidently commend this Grammar\\nas one of the best we have seen on any modern language. It bears the mark of intel-\\nligent and conscientious labor on every page. We observe that it is highly spoken of\\nby educated Germans among us.\\nRecommendations from the following are excluded for want\\nof space: Pres. Hoshotjr, N. W. C. College Prof. B^eemann, Troy Female Semi-\\nnary Prof. Picard, Illinois College Prof. Fasquelle, University Michigan Profc\\nJabman, Union University, Tenn., and others.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0519.jp2"}, "518": {"fulltext": "PUBLISHED BY IVISON, PHINXEY CO., NEW YORK.\\nGRAY S\\nBOTANICAL SERIES.\\nThe most full, scholarly, and attractive apparatus for the study of Botany to ho\\nfound in the language. The hooks have recently been warmly endorsed by Profs.\\nAOASeiZ, Sii.um.\\\\n\\\\ Tor.r.KV. HlTcnooCK, Henry, and nearly every scientist of emi-\\nnence in this country, and by Drs. Linim.f.y. Hooker, and other distinguished Botan-\\nists in Europe. They are us e l in hundrc Is of Colleges, Academies, i nd Institutes in\\nthis country, and in the Univrrsity of Cambridge, England; University of Edin-\\nbbro, Scotland; Trinity Coixkgr, Dublin, Sx.\\nR AY S HOW PLANT8 GROW. For Yonrtff People. 500 cuts 75\\nGllAVS LESSONS l.\\\\ BOTANY. f ,_ drawings 1 N\\nOKAYS MANUAL OF BOTANY ion.) 1 W\\n(ill.W S MANUAL AND LES80NS, in 1 vol 9 85\\nGKAYS MANUAL WITH MOSSES. ETC. Illustrated I 60\\nGRAYS STRUCTURAL AND BYBTEMATIC BOTANY. (Beoised and\\nimproved Edition of Botanical Text-Book 2 00\\nWELLS\\nSCIENTIFIC SERIES.\\nI .y DAVID A. WELLS, A.M., Editor of Annual of Scientific Discovery.\\nKnowledge la Power, Ac. Embodying the latest researches In physical science,\\nand excelling in their lucid style, numerous facts, copious illustrations (over 7i\u00c2\u00bbo.\\nand practical app the arts of every -day life, and endorsed hy\\nhundreds of oinlnent and successful practical Educators in all parts of the country,\\nand tin- P\\nMr. Wells 1 scientific qualifications have been approved by the most eminent\\nscholars In the country among them Profs. Bj Henry, Hoksiord,\\nWvmax, Llenl oonl Mai\\nit li H( i: OP COMMON THINGS. With cut- 75\\nWKLLS NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 87:2 cuts. Isold).... 1 00\\nWELLS PRIN IPLES OP CHEMISTRY. 212 cut* 1\\nWKLLS FIRST PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY. 75\\nOOLTON AND FITCH S\\nGEOGRAPHIES.\\nThlsscrle |a the most full, practical, aeenrnte, and satisfactory, ever published.\\nIr inn .m :i unit \u00e2\u0080\u00a2no system of scales,\\nley arc I ho\\nin the country, and have hecn nfllclaUy\\nT1IK PRIMED OF GEOGRAPHY 25\\nINTRODUCTORY GEOOKAPIIY. I M UM N\\nMODKKN SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY. 48 Maiw 75\\nAMI RICAN BCllOOL GEOGRAPHY AND ATLAS 1 so\\nL GEOGRAPHY 1 00\\nWILL\\nSCHOOL HISTORIES.\\nmonlala have\\nIn different\\nWILLSOrTS PRIMARY AMERICAN niSTORY 84\\nWILLSON S HISTORY r THE INI I ED STA IT- I, and\\nWILLSON S AMERICAN HISTORY. 1 N\\nWIL1.SOVS AMERICAN HISTORY.\\nWILL- J OF HISTORY. 1 5\\nWILLSON i II. INI OF HISTOID\\nWILLSON S CHART OF AMERICAN HISTORY. (Rollers) 8 00\\nG", "height": "2948", "width": "1735", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0520.jp2"}, "519": {"fulltext": "PUBLISHED BY IVISON, PI1INNEY CO., NEW YORK.\\nROBINSON S\\nCOMPLETE MATHEMATICAL SERIES.\\nBy HORATIO N. ROBINSON, A.M., late Prof, of Mathematics in the U. S. Navy.\\nMost of the books of the series have been thoroughly revised and corrected, and\\npublished in superior style. For extent of research, and facility and aptness of illus-\\ntration, the author is unsurpassed, and his long experience as a practical mathemati-\\ncian and teacher guarantees the utility and sound science of his works. They have\\nreceived the unqualified approval of most eminent educators, including several State\\nSupf.rintkndents of PuiiLtc Instruction, and many Presidents and Professors in\\nColleges. They are already used and preferred to any others in thousands of the best\\nColleges, Academies, and High Schools throughout the Union.\\nROBINSON S PROGRESSIVE PRIMARY ARITHMETIC 15\\nROBINSON S PROGRESSIVE INTELLECTUAL ARITHMETIC 25\\nROBINSON S THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL ARITHMETIC 50J\\nROBINSON S KEY TO PRACTICAL ARITHMETIC 5ll\\nROBINSON S HIGHER ARITHMETIC. (In press) 75\\nROBINSON S KEY TO HIGHER ARITHMETIC. (In press.) 75\\nROBINSON S ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA 75\\nROBINSON S NEW ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA 75\\nROBINSON S KEY TO NEW ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA 75\\nROBINSON S UNIVERSITY ALGEBRA 1 25\\nROBINSON S KEY TO UNIVERSITY ALGEBRA 1 00\\nROBINSON S GEOMETRY AND TRIGONOMETRY 1 50\\nROBINSON S SURVEYING AND NAVIGATION 1 50\\nROBINSON S ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY AND CONIC SECTIONS.... 1 50\\nROBINSON S MATHEMATICAL OPERATIONS 2 25\\nROBINSON S ELEMENTARY ASTRONOMY 75\\nROBINSON S UNIVERSITY ASTRONOMY 1 75\\nROBINSON S DIFFERENTIAL AND INTEGRAL CALCULUS. (In press.)\\nROBINSON S KEY TO ALGEBRA, GEOMETRY, SURVEYING, AND\\nCALCULUS.\\nSPENCERIAN PENMANSHIP.\\n77ie Spencerian System of Penmanship is a scientific, methodical, beautiful and\\ncomplete series of writing books, eminently practical, and admirably adapted to im-\\npart a correct knowledge of the art. They have been adopted as the text-book on\\npenmanship by many of the Commercial Colleges in the United States, among which\\nare Bryant fc Stratton s Chain of Commercial Colleges at New York, Philadelphia,\\nAlbany, Buffalo, Cleveland, Detroit, Chicago, St. Louis, and Pittsburgh (the most ox-\\ntensive Chain of Colleges in the world), and have recently been adopted in the Public\\nSchools of the cities of Buffalo, Cleveland, Detroit, St. Louis, Rochester, Oswego, and\\nother large cities and towns. The School Series is complete in the first five Nos.\\nSPENCERIAN PENMANSHIP. Newly engraved. In 9 Nos.\\nNos. 1, 2, S\u00e2\u0080\u0094 BEGINNERS COURSE 12i\\nNo. 4\u00e2\u0080\u0094 CAPITALS 124\\nNo. 5\u00e2\u0080\u0094 SENTENCES AND REVIEW OF CAPITALS 124\\nNo. 6\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ANALYTICAL AND SYNTHETICAL REVIEW OF THE SYS-\\nTEM, with Short Business Forms 124\\nNo. 7\u00e2\u0080\u0094 GENERAL BUSINESS FORMS (containing nearly 150 lines) 124\\nNo. S\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ANALYSIS OF THE SYSTEM IN ITS APPLICATION TO\\nLADIES PENMANSHIP ]2\\nNo. 9\u00e2\u0080\u0094 LADIES 1 BOOK OF FORMS FOR PRACTICE is|\\n(The first five Nos. constitute the Common School Series f- the last four\\nNos. the Commercial and High School Series. 11\\nCOMPENDIUM OF THE^ SPENCERIAN SYSTEM. 60 pages (over\\n400 lines), illustrating Chirography in its analytical, practical,\\nand ornamental forms. Paper 1 00\\nCloth 1 so\\nCloth, full gilt 2 00\\nSPENCERIAN CHART OF LETTERS. Size, 3S by 44 inches:\\nMounted on rollers and varnished 2 00\\nCanvas back (not mounted) 1 \u00c2\u00a30\\nThis Chart is designed to suspend in the School-room, from which to give\\ngeneral explanations of the Elements and Rules of the System. The Ele-\\nments are all given and numbered, their slope, shading, and proportions,\\ntogether with their combinations, giving the perfectly formed letters, are\\nfully elucidated 30 that when the pupil has fixed in his mind a perfect ideal\\nof the elements and letters as here exhibited, he becomes a teacher unto\\nhimself.", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0521.jp2"}, "520": {"fulltext": "PUBLISHED BY IVIS0N, PHIXXEY fc CO., NEW YORK.\\nHITCHCOCK S\\nInatomy and physiology.\\nFOR COLLEGES, ACADEMIES, AND SCHOOLS.\\nBy Edward Hitchcock, D.D., LL.D., President of\\nAmherst College, author of Geology, c, and\\nE. Hitchcock, Jr., M.D.\\nIllustrated it/ nearly 400 engraving*. 441 pages. Retail price $1 00.\\nThe authors give the leading principles and facts in such\\nworks as Carpenter s Human Physiology, his Comparative\\nPhysiology and Anatomy, Hassall s Microscopic Anatomy,\\nGriffith and Henfrey 8 Micrographic Dictionary, Peaslee s His.\\ntology, Todd and Bowman s Physiological Anatomy, Wilson s\\nAnatomy, Draper s, Dunglison s, and Dalton s Physiologies,\\nthe works of Cuvier, Owen, and Wagner, on Comparative Anat-\\nomy, also those Agassis, Van Dor Hoeyen, Siebold, c\\ntf several important new features of this book, one is Micro-\\ntcopic Anatomy, and an unusually full treatment of Comparative\\nmy and Physiology, Hygiene, Gh/mnastiee, fcc, fec\\nAmong the commendatious from eminent Educators, we\\nhave only room for the following:\\nFrom Pres. Collins, D.D m Dickinson College, Penn., March,\\nimy and Physiology, 1 and am\\nme I., tt.-r as I liose sciences Hum any work\\nt Comparative Ann-\\nj worthy of tUo\\nwho would keep np with tlio i.\\nProm the Mi* Educational Journal,\\nI knowledge of tlio\\nnd tin- I k very strongly. Thla branch of atndy\\ntually studied In our\\nla low.\\nr !u t i,. tn:\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The most full and\\nhas oome to oar knowledge, l\\ni, become the general text-book lu our\\nF Prof. W. D. Wilson, D.D. of Hobart Free Coll\\nnslder II much superior t\u00c2\u00ab. anytl\\nand ai a manual for goneral reference, oxoeyt\\nl r-.ni- tin- X. V. Evening Post: There has been no\\nthe win i, of advanced students who n 1 mora than\\nong testimonials from manj al", "height": "2948", "width": "1735", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0522.jp2"}, "521": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0523.jp2"}, "522": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2948", "width": "1735", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0524.jp2"}, "523": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2969", "width": "1703", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0525.jp2"}, "524": {"fulltext": "LIBRARY OF CONGRESS\\n111! I II 111 II1III I\\n003 116 763 2", "height": "2948", "width": "1735", "jp2-path": "newmethodoflear00fasq_0526.jp2"}}